(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "Novitates Zoologicae"

N0VITATE8 ZOOLOGICAE. 



Vol. XXXVIII, 1932-33. 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE 



H ^ouvnal of ZooioQ^ 

IN CONNECTION WITH THE TRING MUSEUM. 




iujiA^ ».»*:!>^ 



EDITED BY 



LORD ROTHSCHILD, F.R.S., Ph.D., 
Dr. ERNST HARTERT, and Dr. K. JORDAN, F.R.S. 



Vol. XXXVIII, 1932-33. 



(WITH TWO PLATES.) 



Issued at the Zoologicai, Museum, Trino. 



PRINTED BY HAZEM., WAT.SON & VINEY, Ltd., LONDON AND AYI.ESBUHY 

1932-1933 



CONTENTS OF VOLUME XXXVIII (1932-33). 



GENERAL SUBJECTS. 

PAGES 

1. Journey to Algeria and Marocco in 1929. Ernst Hahtekt . . . 331 — 335 

2. Crossing the Great Atlas in Marocco ill 1 930. Eknst Haeteet . . 336 — 338 



AVES 

1. The Birds of Tristan da Cunha. G. M. Mathews and J. G. Gordon . 13 — 48 

2. Ornithologische Ergebnisse der Expedition Stein, 1931-32. Lord Roths- 

child, E. Steese.m.ann and K. Palud.an ..... 127 — 247 



LEPIDOPTERA 

1. The Lepidopterous Genus Nobilia (Geometridae Subfam. Sterrhinae). L. B. 

Prout ......... . . ] — 6 

2. Some new .species of Thyrididae. R. J. West ..... 7 — 10 

3. On the Geometridae of the Expedition of Ch. AUuaiid and R. Jeaniiel to 

Central Africa. L. B. Prout ....... U — 12 

4. The LjTiiantriidae of the Malay Peninsula (Plates I and II). C. L. 

Collenette .......... 49 — 102 

5. New exotic Geometridae. L. B. Prout ...... 103 — 126 

6. On some new Eupterotidae . Lord Rothschild ..... 250 — 252 

7. Spolia Mentawiensia : Geometridae. L. B. Prout . . . . 314 

8. On a collection of Lepidoptera from Spanish Morocco. Lord Rothschild 315 — 330 

9. Two new species of Mazuca. an African genus of Agaristidae (Lepidopteral 

Karl Jordan .......... 339 — 341 

10. A new Sphingid from Madagascar (Lepidoptera). K.arl Jordan . . 342 



ANTHRIBIDAE. 

1. Some new African Antliribidae. Karl Jordan ..... 295 — 300 

2. Further records of Aiithribidao from Java. Karl Jordan . . . 301 — 304 

3. New Oriental Anthribidae. Karl Jordan ...... 305 — 313 

4. Now Oriental Anthribidae (Colcoptcra). Karl Jordan .... 362 — 383 



vi CONTENTS OF VOLUME XXXVIII (1932-33). 

SIPHONAPTERA 

1. Tuttga bondari eine neue Art der Sandflohe. J. Wagner 

2. Siphonaptera collected by Mr. Harry S. Swarth at At I in in British 

Columbia. Kakl Jordan ........ 

3. Siphonaptera collected by Mr. J. L. 0. Jfuster.s in Norway on the I-emniing. 

Karl Jordan .......... 

4. Siphonaptera collected by Mr. C. Elton in Lapland. K.arl Jordan 

5. Siphonaptera collected by Herr Georg Stein in the High Tatra. Karl 

Jordan ........... 

6. A new Xenopsylla from Hawaii. Karl Jordan ..... 

7. New Oriental Flea's. K.arl Jord.^n ....... 

8. Siphonaptera collected by Harold Stevens on the Kelley-Roosevelt 

Expedition in Ymuian and Szechuan. Karl Jord.\n 

9. Notes on Siphonaptera. K.\rl Jordan ...... 

10. Fotir new Fleas collected by Professor F. Spillman in Ecuador. Karl 

Jord.\n ........... 

11. Two new species of Ctcnophthalmus from Tropical Africa (Siphonaptera). 

Karl Jordan .......... 

12. Fleas collected by Dr. Max Bartels in Java. Karl Jordan . 

13. Two new South American Bird-fleas. Ivarl Jordan .... 



PAGES 

248—249 


253- 


-255 


256- 


-257 


258- 


-260 


261- 


-263 


264- 


-266 


267- 


-275 


276- 


-290 


291- 


-294 


343- 


-348 


349- 


-351 


352- 


-357 


358- 


-361 



INDEX 385-404 



PLATES IN VOLUME XXXVIII. 

PLATES I-II. Malayan Lymantriidse. 



ERRATA. 
Pp. 25C to 258 reatl Lcmmus le.mmus instead of Lemnus lemnus. 
P. 292, line 1 from below read Aphropsylla instead of Archaeopsylla. 
P. 326, line 11 from below read Acontia instead of Acoutia. 
P. 334, line 16 from below read Carduelis instead of Cardaelis. 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE. 



H Journal of Zoology 



EDITED BT 



LORD ROTHSCHILD, F.R.S., Ph.D., 
De. ERNST HARTERT, and Dr. K. JORDAN, F.R.S. 



XOL. XXXVIII. 



No. 1. 

Paqbs 1-314. 

lesiTED December 30th, 1932, at the Zoological Museum, Tring. 



PKINTED BY HAZELL, WATSON & VINEV. Ltd., LONDON AND AYLESBURV. 

1932. 



Vol. XXXVIII. 

NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE. 

BDITBD BT 

LORD ROTHSCHILD, ERNST HABTERT, and KARL JORDAN. F.R.S. 



CONTENTS OF NO. I. 



1. THE LEPIDOPTEROUS GENUS NOBILIA 

(GEOMETRIDAE subfam. STERRHINAE) 

2. SOME NEW SPECIES OF THYRIDIDAE 

3. ON THE GEOMETRIDAE OF THE EXPEDI- 

TION OF CH. ALLUAUD AND R. JEANNEL 
TO CENTRAL AFRICA .... 

4. THE BIRDS OF TRISTAN DA CUNHA 

5. THE LYMANTRIIDAE OF THE MALAY 

PENINSULA (PLATES I AND II) 

6. NEW EXOTIC GEOMETRIDAE . 

7. 0RNITH0L06ISCHE ERGEBNISSE DER 

EXPEDITION STEIN 1931-32 . 



8. TUNG A BONDARI, EINE NEUE ART DER 

SANDFLOHE 

9. ON SOME NEW EUPTEROTIDAE 

10. SIPHONAPTERA COLLECTED BY MR. HARRY 

S. SWARTH AT ATLIN IN BRITISH 
COLUMBIA 

11. SIPHONAPTERA COLLECTED BY MR. J. L. C. 

MUSTERS IN NORWAY ON THE LEMMING 

12. SIPHONAPTERA COLLECTED BY MR. C. 

ELTON IN LAPLAND .... 

13. SIPHONAPTERA COLLECTED BY HERR 

GEORG STEIN IN THE HIGH TATRA . 

14. A l^EW XENOPSYLLA FROM HAWAII 

15. NEW ORIENTAL FLEAS .... 

16. SIPHONAPTERA COLLECTED BY HAROLD 

STEVENS ON THE KELLEY-ROOSEVELT 
EXPEDITION IN YUNNAN AND SZECHUAN 

17. NOTES ON SIPHONAPTERA 

18. SOME NEW AFRICAN ANTHRIBIDAE 

19. FURTHER RECORDS OF ANTHRIBIDAE 

FROM JAVA 

20. NEW ORIENTAL ANTHRIBIDAE 

21. SPOLIA MENTAWIENSIA : GEOMETRIDAE 



L. B. Prcmt 
R. J. West 



L. B. Primt . 
G. M. Mathews and 
J. G. Gordon 

C. L. Collenette 
L. B. Prout . . . 

Lord Rothschild, E. 
Stresemann and 
K. Paludan 

J. Wagner 
Lord Rothschild 



Karl Jordan 

Karl Jordan 

Karl Jordan 

Karl Jordan 
Karl Jordan 
Karl Jordan 



Karl Jordan 
Karl Jordan 
Karl Jordan 

Karl Jordan 
Karl Jordan 
L. B. Prout 



1—6 

7—10 



11—12 

13^8 

49—102 
103—126 

127—247 

248—249 
250—252 

253—255 

256—257 

258—260 

261—263 
264—266 
267—275 



276—290 
291—294 
295—300 

301—304 

305—313 

314 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE 



Vol. XXXVin. DECEMBER 1932. No. 1. 



THE LEPIDOPTEROUS GENUS NOBILIA (GEOMETRIDAE subfam. 

STERRHINAE). 

By LOUIS B. PROUT. 

XT' ROM the year 1897, when Warren described his nebulosa and obliterata, 
-*- until 1922, when Lord Rothschild (Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1922, p. cxxxii) 
commented on the wide divergences in the genitalia of the forms passing as 
turbata Walk., very little attention appears to have been paid to the genus 
Nobilia Walk. It was tacitly assumed tliat there were four species, and four 
only ; a brief note which I published in 1917 (Nov. ZooL. xxiv, p. 307) is, so far 
as I am aware, the only intermediate reference in the literature, and this pays 
no attention to the morphology. 

Naturally Lord Rothschild's observations excited my interest and a desire 
to subject the so-caUed turbata forms to a more searchmg analysis ; but until a 
few months ago my preoccupation with other studies equally or still more urgent 
has frustrated my intentions. Now that I have carried them out, I take the 
opjjortunity to offer a revision of this small but interestuig genus. I have to 
acknowledge with gratitude the ready help of Mr. W. H. T. Tams in making 
preparations of the genitalia of a number of specimens in the British Museum. 

Nobilia Walk. {List Lep. Ins. xxiv, p. 1098, 1862), which is clearly one of 
the outliers of Scopida (Acidaliinae of Pierce), was treated by Hampson in his 
" Fauna of British India, Moths," as Sect. II B of Somatina, another outlier of 
the same group. His sectional characterization (ui, p. 465) runs : " Hind tibia 
of male shortened, and with the tuft from its base short ; the first joint of tarsus 
long, dilated, and with a fold containing a tuft of hair." The genus Somatina 
itself is distinguished in the Key to the Genera of the " Acidaliuiae " [Sterrhinae] 
in the same work by the non-elongate terminal joint of palpus, origin of vein 5 
of both wings before the middle of the discocellulars, double areole of forewing 
and non-stalking of veins 6 and 7 of hindwmg. This classification affords a good 
frame-work, but leaves Somatina as a sort of supergenus, of almost world-wide 
distribution and susceptible of much further subdivision. 

The principal characters of Nobilia are the following. Palpus with 2nd 
joint extending somewhat beyond the face, with densely compact scaling, 3rd 
joint in ^^ short ; $ with both these joints slightly longer than in ^. Antenna of 
cJ with dense fascicles of long cilia, usually arising from small triangular teeth ; 
intermediate fascicles much shorter and sUghter. Antenna of $ minutely ciliate. 
Hindtibia of ^ short and broad, spurless, with a dense hair-tuft from femoro- 

1 



2 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 

tibial joint, hindtarsus of j' with 1st joint densely tufted ; $ with 4 spurs. Fore- 
wing with apex pointed, termen smooth, rather straight anteriorly, more curved 
posteriorly ; cell rather less than J, DC short, DC curved anteriorly (often 
rather sharply) ; areole double, with SC arising from stalk of SC'^*, R^ rather 
extremely placed, M^ well separate. Hindwing with termen slightly waved, bent 
(sometimes slightly toothed) at R", tornus well expressed ; cell rather short (f or 
less) ; C anastomosing with cell, usually at slightly more than a point, or at first 
not rapidly diverging, SC^ about connate, or quite shortly stalked, R^ scarcely 
before middle of DC, M' separate. Genitalia of (J complicated, highly fused, 
more or less asymmetrical ; uncus slight or obsolete, socii developed, valves 
specialized into strongly chitinized arms, dorsal and ventral, 8th sternite with 
an irregular plate, aedoeagus strongly chitinized. Apart from the genitalia, 
Nobilia differs from Somatina in shape and facies, more extreme position of R* 
of the forewing, details of hindleg structure, etc. ; from most of the allies 
(Craspediopsis, Orthoserica, Lissoblemina, Ignobilia) also in the non-pectinate ^ 
antenna, Craspediopsis, which is nearest to it in R" and in the angled hindwing, 
is farthest away in the scaling and pattern and is, according to these criteria, 
as well as the genitalia, much nearer to Scopula. 

KEY TO THE SPECIES. 

1. Wings beneath not more ochreous than above . . 2 
Wmgs beneath bright ochreous .... 3 

2. Wings above without white subterminal line . .1. obliterala Warr. 
Wings above with white subterminal line . . .2. cupreata Pagenst. 

3. Forewing with median area concolorous with costal . 4 
Forewing with median area concolorous with distal . 7. strigata Warr. 

4. Prevailing tone cinnamon to hazel ; (^ socii apjjroxi- 

mated ........ 3. sp.n. (India). 

PrevaiUng tone darker ; cJ socii remote ... 5 

5. Larger (48 mm.), rather brighter, aedoeagus large . 5. sp.n. (Celebes). 
Smaller, generally darker, aedoeagus normal . . 6 

6. Hindwing scarcely toothed at R^ ; left socius not 

conspicuously the larger ; Malayan . . .4. turbata Walk. 

Hindwing well toothed at R' ; left socius conspicuously 

the larger ; Papuan . . . . . .6. sp.n. 

1. Nobilia obliterata \\'arr. 

No'.ilia ohlitemla Warr., Nov. Zool. iv. 220 (1897) (Borneo). 

The simplest species in markings. Forewing with apex scarcely at all 
produced, termen scarcely waved, the hindwing with the bend at R' weak, the 
termen very little waved. Rather uniform pinkish cinnamon (nearly 15" c of 
Ridgway), with very fine, almost regularly spaced whitish strigulae ; costal 
edge of forewing dark, not succeeded by the pale or drab area which characterizes 
all the other species except cupreata ; the wings otherwise marked nearly alike, 
with black cell-dot (that of forewing minute), faint pinkish cinnamon median 
shade, and fine, sinuous greyish postmedian, somewhat accentuated by blacker 
teeth outward on the veins. Underside sUghtly more pmkish, smooth and 
uniform, only with posterior region pale. 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 3 

Genitalia of ^J : posterior edge of dorsal plate even less prominent centrally 
than in No. 3 ; socii approximated, rather long, the left very decidedly longer 
than the right, down-curved, valve with the dorsal arm considerably longer than 
the ventral ; ventral plate posteriorly with two broad lobes, somewhat asym- 
metrical, but lacking the projecting thorn of No. 3. 

Borneo and Perak. 

2. Nobilia cupreata (Pagenst.). 

Plulodes cupreata Pagenst., J. B. Nass. Ver. Nat. xli. 178 (1888) (Amboiiia). 
No'iilia ne'jvlosa Warr.. Nov. Zool. iv. 58 (1897) (Amboina). 

In shape and colour rather similar to obliterata. Hindwing with the bend 
at R' still slighter. Forewing with costal edge less darkened, except at the base, 
the succeeding area with a suggestion of the pale streak of the rest of the species ; 
cell-spot small and weak ; proximal and distal areas — the latter also on hindwing 
— suffused with a slightly deeper, more coppery shade ; both wings with a fine 
white subtermmal line, slightly nearer termen than in turbata, some bluish-white 
admixture beyond it ; cell-mark of hmdwing nearly as in turbata. Underside 
as in obliterata. 

Genitalia of ^ : distinguishable at once from all the others by having the 
dorsal plate produced centrally into a long, fine (pseudo-)uncus ; socii remote ; 
plate of 8th sternite with posterior arms long and slender, almost symmetrical. 
(Examination without dissection.) 

Amboina. 

This must be a rare species. I have seen only Warren's type cj, while 
Pagenstecher also described from a single cJ. Excepting the implications 
mvolved in his entuely erroneous generic location, the description by the latter 
author is good ; no doubt Warren's failure to recognize it and his consequent 
creation of a synonym are attributable to this erroneous location. 

3. Nobilia avellanea sp.n. 

{J$, 42-45 mm. Closely similar to turbata, but distinguishable by the tone 
of colour and nearly always by the postmedian line of the forewing. Very pale 
buff, very closely strigulated and reticulated with orange-cinnamon (general 

aspect vinaceous-cinnamon to hazel), admixture of dark scaling slight. 

Forewin-g with posterior patch rather broad, cut off rather suddenly at M, reap- 
pearing as a small spot or triangle in cell near the discal lunule ; discal lunule 
not broad, almost always well separated from postmedian line ; postmedian 
forming an acute angle at M^ ; extreme terminal area, excepting the costal 

streak, concolorous with rest of extra-postmedian region. Hindwing with 

extreme distal area almost concolorous with the rest at least to behind R-.^ 

Underside orange-buff or slightly deeper, the forewing suffused with flesh-ochre 
about the fold and narrowly at costa and termen. 

Genitaha of (^ : Socii approximated, almost parallel, fairly long, straightish, 
only slightly asymmetrical. Valves (as in all the examined Nobilia) small, 
highly cliitinous, apparently rather strongly fused to the anellus ; costal arm 
slender, curved, ventral arm long, strong, arising from the innerside of the 
" sacculus." Plate of 8th sternite remarkably asymmetrical, its posterior edge 
quite irregularly tapering, not two-armed, a strong rose -thorn -shaped prong 
rising from its left-hand side near the end. 



4 NoVITATES ZOOLOOICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 

N. India : Darjiling and Assam, the type ^ from Cherrapmiji in coll. Tring 
Mus. Also known from Burma, Tonkin, Selangor, Penang, Singapore, Sumatra 
(Korintji) and Borneo. 

This is the " Indian " Sobilia of Rothschild (loc. cit.) and is certainly com- 
moner there than elsewhere, but its range overlaps with that of turbata. 

• 4. Nobilia turbata Walk. 

Nohilia turbata Walk., List Lep. Ins. xxiv. 1098 (1862) (Sarawak). 

Plutodes strigvlaria Snell. in Veth, Midilen-Suiiuilm iv. : 1 (2) 57 (1880) (Central Sumatra). 

Plutodes (Omiza) strignluria Pagenst., Jahrh. Nass. Ver. Xat. xli. 178 (1888). 

Smnalina turbata Hmpsn. (part.), Faun. Inrl. Moths, iii. 465 (1895). 

Walnut brown largely suffused with Hay's brown, the general tone inclining 

to cameo brown or chocolate. Forewing with posterior patch behind M 

generally less broad than in ai'dlanea, not broken except by M itself, but with 
its continuation in front thereof more isabelline or light brownish olive, the dark 
spot near cell-mark wanting or reduced to a dot ; cell-mark rather broad, some- 
what reniform, its hinder edge commonly touching the postmedian ; postmedian 
less acutely angled at M= than in avellanea ; extreme terminal area generally 

paler, at least posteriorly. Hindiving with extreme distal border almost 

concolorous with the rest at apex, but soon (at least from cellule 6) becoming 
pale. Underside with the flesh-ochre suffusions broader than m avellanea. 

Genitalia of (J : " Socii " extremely sundered (forming terminal jirocesses 
to the lateral flanges of the 10th tergite), asymmetrically curved, the right short, 
the left less so ; valve with costal arm much more highly developed than in 
avellanea, though still slender, ventral arm rather shorter than costal, broader. 
Plate of 8th sternite with long arms anteriorly (i.e. cephalad), also strongly 
emarginate posteriorly, though here with the arms less long than in No. 2 and 
No. 6. 

E. Pegu, Tenasserim, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Java, Borneo and 
Mindanao. 

By the genitalia, there will almost certainly be some differentiable races, 
but more material and more study will be required before they can be estab- 
lished ; the more striking thing, and the first to demonstrate, is the general 
homogeneity, together with the great structural difference from avellanea. This 
(turbata vera) is the " Malayan " Nobilia of Rothschild, loc. cit. 

It should be added that the discovery that the two closely similar species 
occur on Sumatra has raised some doubts as to my earlier synonymy, here pro- 
visionally retained. Snellen's type, a S from Silago, was described as " rust- 
brown," which would rather speak for avellanea, but tlie " narrow " grey median 
area and the confluence of the cell-mark with the distal area would favour turbata 
and it is obviously better, until the type can be studied, to keep the name sunk 
than to resuscitate it hazardously for the jireceding species. 

5. Nobilia erotica sp.n. 

(J, 48 mm. Larger than the other species, more cinnamon than in most 
turbata, though more dark-mixed than avellanea, some of the pale strigulae on 

the outer area of the forewing apparently stronger than in any other Nobilia. 

Forewing with postmedian line almost as acutely angled as in avellanea, the discal 



NOVITATES ZoOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 5 

lunule similarly removed from it. Hindwing with termen apparently slightly 

more crenulate than in fiirhata ; terminal area between the radials more clouded 
with the ground-colour than in typical turbata. 

Genitalia of ^J : similar to those of iurbata ; anal cone (in dried specimen) 
so strong as to be easily mistaken for an uncus ; " socii " nearly symmetrical, 
decumlient, rather slender and recurved, their edges appreciably serrate ; plate 
of 8th sternite less deejily emarginate at posterior edge than in lurhnia ; costal 
arm of valve strong, strongly curved ; aedoeagus much stouter than m the 
other species. 

Celebes : Tondano (Weigall), 1 q in Mus. Tring (unfortunately worn, 
especially the right wings). 

6. Nobilia aphrodite sp.n. 

cj$, 42-48 mm. Very varialsle, sometimes extremely similar to turbata, 
though distinguishable by the shape of the hindwing. The pale parts nearly 
always with a more decided tinge of brown, the hindwing very generally with 
an appreciably pale band between the median and postmedian lines, though this 

is never so clear as the corresponding part of the forewing. Foreiving with 

the ceU-spot and often the postmedian line more as in avellanea than in turbata, 
the terminal area as in turbata or on an average even paler ; the dark parts in 
the (J commonly more clouded with black than in turbata, in the less clouded 
forms with the brown seen to be slightly less reddish ; $ more cinnamon, occa- 
sionally even much Uke avellanea. Hindwinrj termen with well-defined tooth 

at R' ; terminal pale admixture generally as in turbata. 

Genitalia of (^ : Dorsal plate (0th tergite) produced to an almost uncus-hke 
point (though less acute and much less long than that of c.upreata) ; "socii " 
widely sundered, the left-hand one the larger and less decumbent ; plate of 8th 
sternite almost H-shaped in the length of the arms both anteriorly and posteriorly. 
Valve with the arms not very unequal, perhaps more so m thickness than m 
length, the ventral broad and fairly long. 

New Gumea, the type from Upper Aroa River m Mus. Tring ; also from 
Ron, the d'Entrecasteaux, Dampier, Vulcan and apparently throughout the 
Bismarck Archipelago. 

A rather striking aberration, which may possibly prove a separate species, 
has the wings strongly suffused with violet-grey. 

7. Nobilia strigata Warr. 

Nobilia strigata Warr., Nov. Zool. iii. 112 (1896) (Borneo). 

In its purplish colour very distinct from all the other species, nearest to the 
colour of the last-mentioned aberration, but much more freckled and with the 

median and terminal areas of the forewing scarcely any paler than the rest. 

Forewin,g with broad pale costal streak, otherwise not strongly marked, the 
scheme as m the turbata group, but with the jjostmedian broad and sinuous, the 

pale subterminal weak or subobsolete ; discal lunule moderate. Hindwing 

with termen rather strongly toothed at R^ apex slightly less pronounced than in 
the turbata group ; almost unicolorous, except for the white, black-tipped cell- 
mark and the rather weak postmedian. 



6 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 

Genitalia of ^ : Dorsal plate with posterior edge not very convex ; left 
" socius " produced into a slender downward-curved claw. Plate of 8th sternite 
elongate, roughly jjarallel -sided, irregularly and asymmetrically tapered poster- 
iorly, but not two-pronged, a rose-thorn-shaped process rising from its right-hand 
side near the end, preceded anteriorly on the same edge by some small serration. 
Valves fairly similar to those of turbata. 

Borneo, the Malay Peninsula and S. Java, apparently pretty constant. 

It is a curious coincidence, though it would be rash to give it any special 
significance, that the two otherwise very dissimilar species avellanea and strigata 
should have a very simOar " rose-thorn " on the plate of the 8th sternite, in the 
one case on the left side, in the other on the right. 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII, 1932. 



SOME NEW SPECIES OF THYRIDIDAE. 

By R. J. WEST. 

{Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Miiseum.) 

1. Striglina synethes sp.n. 
cJ. Palpus sayal brown. Antenrui minutely ciliate. Head : frons and vertex 
sayal brown. Thorax: patagium and tegula sayal brown. Abdomen sayal 
brown, venter light buff tinged with sayal brown. Pectus light buff. Legs sayal 
brown, fuscous on tibia and tarsus of foreleg. Forewing sayal brown, strigulate 
with fuscous, a small fuscous spot on discocellulars, an oblique, fuscous line from 
vein 6 subtermLnally to inner margin medially. Hindwing concolorous with 
forewing, an oblique line forming continuation of that on forewing ; subter- 
minally, a fuscous spot between veins 5 and 6. Und,erside similar to upperside 
with fuscous spots more prominent. 

Expanse 28 mm. (tip to tip 25 mm.). 

Holotype S : 28.xii.1912, paratype ^ : 30. vi. 1913, Philippine Is., Luzon 
I., subprov. Benguet, Palali, 2,000 ft. 

Nearest ally : 8. divisata Warr. 

2. Betousa penestica sp.n. 

$. Palpus light buff. Antenna minutely ciliate. Head : frons and vertex 
light buff. Thorax : patagium and tegula light buff. Abdomen light buil tinged 
with livid brown, venter light buff. Pectus and legs light buff. Forewing 
glossy, light buff, faintly strigulate with warm blackish brown, a prominent 
blackish brown spot in apical area. Hindwing similar in colour and markings 
to forewing, but having a tinge of hvid brown on inner margin. Underside 
similar to upperside, with markings more strongly defined ; a thickly scaled, 
warm buff streak through upper half of cell and just beyond on the forewing. 

Expanse 21 mm. (tip to tip 20 mm.). 

Holotype 9 : 2.vii.l9I3, Philippine Is., Luzon I., subprov. Benguet, Palali, 
2,000 ft. 

Nearest ally : B. subrosealis Leech. 

3. Brixia hyphaema sp.n. 

(J. Palpus light buff. Antenna ciliate. Head : frons and vertex light buff. 
Thorax : patagium and tegula light buff. Abdomen light buff above and beneath. 
Pectus and legs light buff. Forewing light buff tinged with fuscous on proximal 
half up to postmedial ; postmedial fascia consisting of a fuscous band obliquely 
incurved from costa to base of vein 6, straight to vein 2, then inwardly oblique 
to inner margin ; subterminal fascia consisting of a short fuscous band, obUquely 
excurved from end of postmedial on costa to termen at vein 5, below this band 
two wavy streaks, the lower one finishing at tornus. Hitulwing concolorous 
with forewing, an oblique fascia across middle of wing forming continuation 



8 



NOVITATES ZoOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 



of postmedial on forewing. Underside similar to upperside, markings more 
defined. 

Expanse 20 mm. [tip to tip 19 mm.). 

$. Similar to (J. 

Expanse 23 mm. (tip to tip 21 mm.). 

Holotype ^ : 14.viii.l896, Japan, Shikoku, prov. lyo, Komatsu ; allotype 
$: 8.viii.l895, Kyushu, prov. Satsuma, Kure ; paratypes \ q : 3.vii.lS95, 
1 $ : 3.ix.l895, Kyushu, prov. Osumi, Tarumiza. 

Nearest ally : B. emblicalis Moore. 



4. Brixia phaula sp.n. 

cj. Palpus avellaneous. Antenna apparently simple. Head : Irons and 
vertex aveUaneous. Thorax : patagium and tegula avellaneous. Abdomen 
light buff suffused with aveUaneous, venter light buff. Pectus light buff. Legs 
light buff suffused with avellaneous, tarsi avellaneous, light buff at joints. Fore- 
wing glossy, light buff covered with a network of aveUaneous and fuscous lines, 
avellaneous along costa ; subbasal fascia consistmg of an aveUaneous Ime shghtly 
excurved ; antemedial fascia consisting of an avellaneous Une slightly incurved 
from costa to median nervitre, angled, then slightly incurved to mner margin ; 
postmedial fascia consisting of an inwardly obUque, fuscous Ime. Hindwing 
concolorous with forewing, antemedial fascia fuscous, inwardly obUque ; post- 
medial fascia obliquely incurved from costa to vein 3 near termen, then mwardly 
oblique and wavy to inner margin near tornus. Underside similar to upperside, 
with hnes in a suffusion of russet. 

Expianse 28 mm. (tip to tip 26 mm.). 

Holotype ^ : 8.iv.l912, Philippine Is., Luzon I., subprov. Benguet, 
Klondyke, 800 ft. 

Nearest aUy : B. ypsilon Warr. 



5. Brixia erythroides sp.n. 

cj. Palpus ochraceous-tawny, suffused with fuscous. Antenna minutely 
ciUate. Head : frons and vertex ochraceous-tawny. Thorax : patagium and 
tegula cartridge-buff suffused with fuscous. Abdomen cartridge-buff above and 
beneath, with lateral suffusion of fuscous to Brazil red, anal tuft ochraceous- 
tawny mixed with Brazil red. Pectus cartridge-buff. Legs cartridge-buff hghtly 
suffused with fuscous, tarsi suffused with fuscous, cartridge-buff at joints. Fore- 
wing BrazU red on proximal half diffusing into ochraceous-tawny on distal haff, 
cartridge-buff on costa, a fuscous suffusion from base dividing into two streaks, 
one along subcosta, the other along median nervure, frmge fuscous edged with 
cartridge-buff. Hindwing Brazil red, frmge fuscous edged with cartridge-buff. 
Underside : fore- and hindwings, ground colour similar to upperside, irrorated 
with metaUic pale blue scales forming transverse bands defined by fuscous, more 
prominent on hmdwing. 

Expanse 28 mm. (tip to tip 26 mm.). 

Holotype (^ : 2.vii.l913; paratype q : 3. vii. 1913, Philippine Is., Luzon I., 
subprov. Benguet, Palali, 2,000 ft. 

Nearest ally : B. uniformis Hmpsn. 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 9 

6. Brixia plinthochroa sp.n. 

(^. Palpus first segment white, second segment army brown mi.xed with 
white, third segment army brown. Antenna minutely eiliate. Head : frons 
and vertex ferruginous suffused with army brown. Thorax : patagium and 
tegula ferruginous suffused with army browii. Abdomen ferruginous lightly 
suffused with army brown, venter cartridge-buff. Pectus cartridge-buff. Legs 
ferruginous suffused with army brown. Forewing ferruginous tinged with 
fuscous, cartridge-buff patches on costa, covered with faint, wavy, fuscous, 
transverse lines, interneiu'al fuscous-black spots on termen. Hindwing similar 
to forewing, with a prominent fuscous-black spot on discocellulars. Underside : 
forewing ferruginous, with transverse series of army brown patches ; a patch of 
fuscous-black and whitish raised scales in cell, three fuscous-black streaks from 
discocellulars along veins 6, 7, and 8, strigulate with fuscous-black in subterminal 
area ; hindwing light buff with transverse series of ferruginous patches, strigulate 
with fuscous-black. 

Expanse 32 mm. (tip to tip 30 mm.). 

HolotypeS'- 30. v. 1914; piaratypes \ ^ : 15.v., 1 ^ : 29. v. 1914, Philip- 
pine Is., Mindanao I., subprov. Lanao, Kolambugan (plains). 

Nearest ally : B. uniformis Hmpsn. 

7. Brixia lipara sp.n. 

(J. Palpus bay. Anterma, minutely eiliate. Head : frons and vertex 
ochraceous-buff suffused with bay. Thorax : patagium and tegula ochraceous- 
buff suffused with bay. Abdomen ochraceous-buff above and beneath. Pectus 
ochraceous-buff. Legs ochraceous-buff suffused with bay. Forewing ochraceous- 
buff with a number of fine, transverse, wavy, bay lines ; a streak of white on 
costa densely irrorated with bay (mcreasing in width toward apex) in which is a 
wide, bay, V-shaped mark above discocellulars, the point reaching to below 
vein 6, a bay patch at apex. Hindwing concolorous with forewing, but lightly 
suffused with bay on distal half. Underside sunilar to ujiperside, but markings 
more defined. 

Expanse 34 mm. (ti2) to tip 32 mm.). 

?. Similar to (J. 

Expanse 38 mm. (tip to tip 36 mm.). 

Holotype ^ : 21.xii.l911; allotype^: 17.iv. 1912, Philippme Is., Luzon I., 
subprov. Benguet, Klondyke, 800 ft. 

Nearest ally : B. atripunclalis Wlk. 



8. Brixia allocota sp.n. 

(J. Palpus white, fuscous above. Antenna minutely ciHate. Head : frons 
white, a triangular fuscous patch on upper haff, vertex white, fuscous patch in 
middle. Thorax : patagium and tegula white. Abdomen white above and 
beneath. Pectus white. Legs white, with fuscous patches. Forevnng glossy, 
white, a series of fuscous lunules on costa, three fuscous spots on inner margin, 
the proximal one small, the next a little larger, the distal one, large, oval, and 
placed obUquely, interneural spots on termen. Hind-wing concolorous with 



10 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 

forewing, interneural spots on termen, a spot on inner margin at one half. 
Underside : fore- and hindwings, glossy, white. 

Expanse 38 mm. {tip to tip 36 mm.). 

Hololype (^ : lO.vi. 1913, Philippine Is., Luzon I., subprov. Benguet, 
Baguio, 5,000 ft. 

Nearest ally : B. pudicola Guen. 

i). Brixia polyterpes sp.n. 

S- Palpus fuscous, white inwardly and at joints. Antenna minutely eiliate. 
Head : frons and vertex fuscous tinged with old rose. Thorax : patagium 
fuscous, tegula fuscous, white posteriorly, rest of thorax white. Abdomen white 
above and beneath, some old rose spots laterally. Pectus white. Legs : coxae, 
femora and tibiae white with patches of old rose, tarsi fuscous, white at joints. 
Forewing glossy, white, faintly strigulate with old rose, a sufiusion of fuscous on 
proximal third of costa. Hindwing glossy, white, subbasal fascia consisting of 
an obUque old rose line ; postmedial fascia consisting of an old rose band formed 
by a number of interlaced, old rose lines. Underside : forewing white, suffused 
over the greater part with ochraceous-buff , veins old rose ; irrorated with old 
rose below costa on proximal half, cell filled with raised scales irrorated with 
fuscous-black and metallic white ; hindwing similar to upperside. 

Expanse 30 mm. {tip to tip 28 mm.). 

Holotype cJ : 2.vii.l913, Philippine Is., Luzon I., subprov. Benguet, Palali, 
2,000 ft. 

Nearest ally : B. separata Warr. 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 11 



ON THE GEOMETRIDAE OF THE EXPEDITION OF CH. ALLUAUD 
AND R. JEANNEL TO CENTRAL AFRICA. 

By LOUIS B. PROUT. 

TDY an unfortunate accident, due to a rearrangement of my manuscript, the 
'-^ Sterrhinae of the Traminda group were dropped out of my report on the 
above collection {Mem. Soc. Zool. Fr. xxix, pp. 375-512, 1932). As this in- 
cludes a new race of which the Paris Museum has been credited with the type, 
it is necessary to make good the omission ; in any case, it is desirable that 
the intention of giving a complete survey of the very valuable collection should 
not be frustrated. 

The following are the species in question. 



SuBFAM. STERRfflNAE Meyr. 
Chlorerythra rubriplaga extenuata n.subsp. 

Type : a 5 from Taveta in Mus. Paris. 

Smaller than r. rubriplaga Warr. (Nov. Zool. ii, j). 91, S. Africa), more 
weakly marked, the forewmg beneath with the rosy costal shading more re- 
stricted, generally leaving the cell as well as the posterior part of the wing 
whitish. 

Kenya Colont : Taveta (alt. 7,500 m.), st. 65, 16-21 March 1912, 1 $ ; 

Serengheti Desert : Landjoro (alt. 900 m.), st. 64, March 1912, 1 $ ; Mbujnini 
(alt. 1,150 m.), St. 63, March 1912, 1 $. 

Also from Kibwezi (Kenya Colony) and Kongwa (Tanganyika Territory) in 
Mus. Tring. Probably the specimens which I have recorded from SomaUland 
(Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1916, p. 148) likewise belong here, but I cannot now 
compare them. 

Traminda acuta pallida Warr. 

T. (?) pallida Warr., Nov. Zool. vi, p. 296 (1899) (Kenya Colony : Kiboko River). 

Kenya Colony : Taveta (alt. 750 m.), st. 65, March 1912, 1 ^, 1 ?; 

Serengheti Desert: Mbuyuni (alt. 1,150 m.), st. 63, March 1912, 1 $; Voi, 

September 1909, 1 $ (Ch. Allttatjd). 

Known from the White Nile, the Uelle district, Kenya and Tanganyika 
Territory, I think also from British SomaUland. 



Traminda atroviridaria (Mab.). 

Thalera atroinriduria Mab., C.B. Soc. Ent. Belg. xxiii, p. xxii (1891) (" Madagascar"). 
Traminda ocellain Warr., Kon. Zool. ii, p. 100 (189.5) (S. Africa). 
Tratninda riifa Warr., Mop. Zool. iv, p. 65 (1897) (ah.) (Natal : Weenen). 

Uganda : Unyoro, East Albert Nyanza, 1909, 1 $ (Ch. Alluaud). 
Widely distributed ; already known from Unyoro, Rhodesia, Transvaal, 
Natal and Cape Colony. I have never seen it from Madagascar and suspect a 



12 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXX\aiI. 1932. 

mistake as regards the type locality. The Alluatjd specimen Ls of the green 
form. 

Traminda neptunaria (Guen.). 

Thnandra neptunaria Guen., Spec. Gen. Lip. x, p. 3, t. xviii, f. 5 (1858) (Abyssinia). 

Gna7nptolo-ma nepliiruiria Warr., Nov. Zool. ii, p. 95 (1895). 

Traminda neptunaria Swinh., Tr. Ent. Soc. Lonil. 1904, p. 562 (1904) (Dar-es-Salaam). 

Timandra neptunaria Hmpsn., Pror. Zool. Soc. Land. 1910, p. 477 (1910) (N.E. Rhodesia ; Portuguese 

E. Africa). 
Traminda neptunaria Prout, Proc. Zool. Sor. Land. 1916, p. 148 (1916) (British Somaliland). 

Kenya Colony : Serengheti Desert : Landjoro (alt. 900 m.), st. 64, March 

-Voi (alt. 600 m.), st. 60, March 1912, 1 $. 
Occurs almost throughout tropical Africa, and even reaches Natal. 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 13 



THE BIRDS OF TRISTAN DA CUNHA. 
By GREGORY M. MATHEWS, with Notes by J. G. GORDON. 

'X'RISTAN DA CUNHA is the general name for a group of three small volcanic 
■'■ islands belonging to Great Britain, situated in the South Atlantic ; the 
summit of the largest being in 37° 5' 50" South by 12° 16' 40" West. 

They were discovered in 1 506 by the Portuguese admiral, Tristan (or TrLstao) 
da Cunlia (1460-1540), who was nominated first Viceroy of Portuguese India in 
1504, but owing to temporary blindness was unable to serve ; he was, however, 
placed in command of a fleet which operated on the east coast of Africa. After 
discovering the Lslands which now bear his name, he visited Madagascar, Mozam- 
bique, Brava and Sokotra. 

Dutch vessels brought back reports on the islands in 1643 ; and in 1656 
Van Riebeck, the founder of Cape Town, sent a ship from Table Bay to Tristan 
to see if it was suitable for a military station. Later in the seventeenth century 
ships were sent from St. Helena by the English East India Company, with the 
idea of forming a settlement. 

A British naval officer visited the group in 1760 and named Nightmgale 
Island. 

John Patten and his crew lived on Tristan from August 1790 to April 1791. 

The first permanent inhabitant, however, was Thomas Currie, who landed 
there in 1810. Later an American named Lambert and another man named 
Williams made Tristan their home, till they were drowned in May 1812. 

During the war between the United States and Great Britain, the islands 
were largely used as a base by American cruisers, sent to prey on British merchant 
ships. This and other considerations urged by Lord Charles Somerset, Governor 
of Cape Colony, caused the islands to be taken possession of as a dejjendency of 
the Cape. The formal proclamation of amie.xation was made on August 
14th, 1816. 

A mihtary detachment consisting of about fifty men, with a captain, two 
subalterns and a medical officer, left the Cape in the s.s. Fahnouth on November 
2nd, 1816, with the necessary equipment of cattle and agricultural implements. 
Owing to adverse winds they did not arrive on Tristan till the 28th of the month. 
This small garrison was maintained there tiU November 1817. 

At their own request WUliam Glass, a corporal of the Royal Artillery, with 
his wife and two children and two masons, were left Ijehind, and these began the 
present settlement. In 1827 five coloured women from St. Helena were mduced 
to migrate to Tristan to become the wives of the five bachelors. Later, coloured 
women from Cape Colony married residents on the island. Other settlers are of 
Dutch, Italian and Asiatic origin. The settlement was on the plain on the north- 
west of the island of Tristan da Cunha. 

Over the commimity Glass (1817-53) ruled in patriarchal fashion. After 
Glass came Cotton, who was succeeded by Green. They now manage their own 
affairs without any written laws, the project once entertained of providing them 
with a formal constitution being deemed unnecessary. 

Gough Island, or Diego Alvarez, discovered by the Portuguese in the sixteenth 



14 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 

century, has been claimed as a British possession since the annexation of Tristan. 
It lies 250 miles S.S.E. of this group. It was called by its present name after 
Captain Gough, the commander of a British ship which visited it in 1731. The 
birds of Gough Island were worked up by Clark in the Ibis for 1905, p. 247 ei seq., 
and, of course, are not included m this article. 

The Tristan group he in lat. 37° 2' 48" South ; long. 12° 18' 20" West. 
From the Cape of Good Hope they lie westward 1,550 miles and about one-third 
farther from Cape Horn, lying nearly on a line drawn between the two capes. 
They lie 1,320 miles south of St. Helena. In October 1873 the islands were care- 
fully surveyed by the Challenger. 

The islands rise from the submarine elevation which runs down the middle 
of the Atlantic. The depth between the islands is m some places over 1,000 
fathoms. 

Tristan, the largest and northernmost island, has an area of 16 sq. miles, 
is nearly circular in form, about 7 miles in diameter, and has a volcanic cone 
(7,640 ft.), usually capjjed with snow, m the centre. Precipitous cliffs, 1,000 
to 2,000 ft., rise from the ocean on all sides, except the north-west, where 
there is an irregular plateau of about 12 sq. miles, 100 ft. above the sea. A 
stream crosses the northern end of the plateau, faUing over the clifi in a fine 
cascade. The crater of the central cone contains a fresh-water lake about 150 
yards in diameter. This and other crater lakes are said never to be frozen 
over. 

Inaccessible Island, the westernmost of the group, is about 20 miles from 
Tristan. It is quadrilateral in form, the sides being about 2 miles long, with 
cUSs about 1,000 ft. Its highest pomt (1,840) is on the west. At the base of the 
cliffs in some places are narrow frmges of beach. 

Nightingale Island, the smallest and most southern of the group, is 10 
miles from Inaccessible Island. Its area is not more than 1 sq. mile. Its coasts, 
imlike those of the other two islands, are surrounded by low cliffs, from which 
there is a gentle slope up to two peaks (1,100 ft. and 900 ft. high). There are 
two small islets, Stoltenhoff (325 ft.), called after two brothers of this name, 
marooned on Inaccessible Island, and Middle (150 ft.), and several rocks adjacent 
to the coast. 

The rocks of Tristan da Cmiha are basalt, porphyritic basalt, dolerite, augite- 
andesite, palagonite, volcanic tuff and ashes. A block of gneiss in the crater 
indicates a continental foundation of the island. The caves m Nightingale Island 
mdicate that it has been elevated several feet. On almost all sides the islands 
are surrounded by a broad belt of kelp {Macrocystis pyrifera), through which a 
boat may approach the rocky shores even in stormy weather. There is no good 
anchorage in rough weather. 

The prevailing winds are westerly. December to March is the fine season. 
The cUmate is mUd and on the whole healthy, the temperature averagmg 68° 
Fahr. in summer, 55° in wmter, sometimes faUing to 40°. Rain is frequent ; 
hail and snow fall occasionally on the lower ground. The sky is usually cloudy. 
The islands have a cold and barren appearance. The tide rises and falls about 
4 ft. The greatest known depth of the ocean is midway between the islands of 
the Tristan group and the mouth of the Rio de la Plata. The bottom was here 
reached at a depth of 46,236 ft., or 8J miles, exceeding by more than 17,000 ft. 
the height of Mt. Everest. 



NOVITATES ZOOLOOICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 16 

The first published account of the natural productions of this group appears 
in the Trans. Linn. Soc. {Land.), vol. xii, p. 483 et seq., 1818. The paper was 
read before the Society on December 16th, 1817, by Captain Dugald Carmichael. 
This naturalist went with the expedition in November of 1816 and stayed tUl 
March 30th, 1817. He explored Tristan and gave an excellent description of the 
formation, etc. On January 4th, 1818, he, together with Dr. Evers and their 
servants and a guide, ascended the peak. On their return they encounted Iomi 
species of Albatross which breed on the island, viz. Diomedea spadicea,^ exulans, 
chlororynchos and fuliginosa. This author is the first to describe the nesting of 
Phoebetria fusca. He also described the nest of TJialassarche chlororhynchus. Of 
this latter bird he says that " it builds its solitary nest in some sheltered corner, 
selecting in particular the small drains that draw the water off the land into the 
ravines. There it runs up its nest to the height of ten or twelve inches, of a 
cylindrical form, with a small ditch round the base. A curious circumstance 
with regard to this bird is, that when irritated the feathers of its cheeks are 
separated so as to display a beautiful stripe of naked orange skin,- running from 
the corners of the mouth towards the back of the head. 

" They nourish their young by disgorging the contents of their stomach. We 
could not help admiring the utter unconsciousness of danger displayed by them 
on oiu' approach. Their plumage is in the finest order, copious and without the 
slightest stam. They find great difficulty in getting on wing and must run 
twenty or thirty yards along the ground with expanded wings before they can 
get fairly under way." 

Of Phoebetria fusca he says they are " at this season (January) gregarious, 
building their nests close to each other. In the area of half an acre I counted 
upwards of a hundred. They are constructed of mud raised five or six inches, 
and slightly depressed at the top. At the time we passed, the young birds were 
more than half grown, and covered with a whitish down. There was something 
extremely grotesque in the appearance of these birds standing on their respective 
hillocks motionless like so many statues, untU we approached close to them, when 
they set up the strangest clattering with their beaks, and if we touched them 
squirted on us a deluge of foetid oily fluid from the stomach." 

He mentioned a species of Thrush, Turdus guianensis { = Nesocichla ereniita), 
a Bunting, Emberiza brasiliensis ( = Nesospiza acunhae) and a Moor-hen, Fulica 
cMorojyiis ( = Porphyriornis). These birds have spread over the whole island, 
and are found on the tableland as well as on the low ground. The Fulica con- 
ceals itself in the wood, where it is occasionally run down by the dogs ; the others 
fly amongst the cantonment. 

He also mentioned that there are six species of ProceUaria, but only names 
Macronectes giganteus, Adamasior cinereus and Pachyptila vittata [keyteli). 

He increased his list by adding Catfiaracta antarctica, Sterna vittata ( = varies 
very little from S. hirundo) and Anous stolidus, and he brings his total up to 
fourteen by the inclusion of Aptenodytes chry.wcoma ( = Eudyptes cristatus moseleyi). 

Thus a list of the birds of Tristan containing fourteen species was started 
in 1818. 

* Can spadicea be meant for vielanophrts ? 

2 At the Natural History Museum on the 29th April, Mr. E. F. Stead, of New Zealand, told me 
that this exposed orange skin was a continuation of the gape, and that these birds could open their 
bill as wide as at an angle o£ 90 degrees. 



16 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 

The Challenger surveyed the group in 1873, and the birds collected then and 
during the famous cruise were worked up by Sclater, in the Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 
for 1878, and this was again printed and many birds figured in part viii, Report 
on the Birds of the Challenger, 1881. 

The two land birds depicted are Nesocichla eremila, pi. xxiii, and a figure of 
the biU, foot and wing given on p. Ill; and Nesospiza acunhae, on pi. xxiv, and a 
cut of the head, foot and wing given on p. 112. 

In the Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1861, p. 260, pi. xxx, Sclater had added the 
Tristan coot, Gallinula nesiotis. 

To the list of fourteen the Gallinula was added, and M egalo pier its (as Anows 
melanogenys), Pelagodroma tnarina and Oestrelata mollis, making now a total of 
eighteen. 

The only Penguin from Tristan was figured on pi. xxx and worked up on 
p. 128. 

Moseley, Notes by a Naturalist, 1892, p. 115, adds that Daption capensis and 
Macronectes breed on Tristan, and that Procellaria glacialoides was also obtamed 
(= Priocella antarctica). Total twenty. 

From Inaccessible Island, Moseley writes of Eudyptes : " All night the 
penguins were to be heard screaming on shore and about the ship, and as parties 
of them passed by, they left vivid phosphorescent tracks behind them as they 
dived through the water alongside." 

He comments on the action of these birds in the water : " they showed black 
above and white beneath, and came along in a shoal of fifty or more from seawards 
towards the shore at a rapid pace, by a series of successive leaps out of the water, 
and splashing into it again, describing short curves in the air, taking headers out 
of the water and headers into it again, splash, splash went this marvellous shoal 
of animals, till they went splash through the surf on to the black stony beach and 
there struggled and jumped up amongst the boulders and revealed themselves as 
wet and diipping penguins. 

" In penguin rookeries the grass covers wide tracts with a dense growth like 
that of a field of standing corn, but denser and higher, the grass reaching high 
over one's head. The millions of pengums sheltering and nesting amongst the 
grass saturate the soil on which it grows with the strongest maniu'e, and the grass, 
thus stimulated, grows high and thick and shelters the birds from wind, rain and 
enemies, such as the i^redatory gidLs. 

" The sulphur ])lumes lie close to the head when the bud is swimming or 
diving, but they are erected when it is on shore, and seem then almo.st by their 
varied posture to be used in the expression of emotion, such as inquisitiveness 
and anger. 

" The bill is bright red and very strong and sharp at the point ; the iris is 
also red. The iris is remarkably sensitive to Ught ; they feed at sea at night as 
well as in the daytime. 

" Most of the droves of penguins make for one landing-place, where the 
beach was covered with a coating of dirt from their feet, forming a broad track, 
leading to a lane in the tall grass about a yard wide at the bottom, and quite bare, 
with a smoothly beaten black roadway ; this was the entrance to the main street 
of this part of the ' rookery.' 

" Other smaller roads led at intervals into the rookery to the nests near its 
border, but the main street was used by the majority of birds. It is called ' rock- 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 17 

hopper,' from its curious mode of progression. The birds hop from rock to lock 
with both feet placed together. 

" Naturally going through this horde of nesting birds was very difficult, as 
owing to the high grass one cannot see far and the ' roads ' join and bifurcate in 
all directions. The stench is overpowering and the yelling of the birds perfectly 
terrifying. The nests are placed so thickly together that you cannot help treaduig 
on eggs and young birds at almost every step. 

"'A parent bird sits on each nest with its sharp beak erect and open ready 
to bite, yelling savagely 'caa-caa-urr-urr,' its red eye gleaming and its plumes at 
haK-cock, and quivering with rage. No sooner are your legs within reach than 
they are furiously bitten, often by two or three birds at once. Naturally your 
progress is slow and painful. The air is close in the rookery and the sun hot 
above. 

" These penguins make a nest which is simply a shallow depression in the 
black dirt, scantily hned with a few bits of grass or not lined at all. 

" They lay two greenish-white eggs, and both male and female incubate, in 
October, when eggs and young are found. The breeding season is probably 
September to November. 

" One of the most remarkable facts about the penguins Ls that they are 
migratory ; they leave Inaccessible Island in the middle of April after moulting, 
and leturn, the males in the last week in July, the females about August 12th." 

Moseley, loc. cit., on p. 105, from Inaccessible Island comments on the 
extreme tameness of the Thrush (Nesocichla) and the Finch (Nesospiza). The 
Thrushes could be knocked over with a stick, but they were not so tame as those 
on Tristan. The Finch seems to be extinct on Tristan. 

Of the Porphyriorriis on Inaccessible Island, he says that it is much smaller 
than the Tristan form, with finer legs and a longer beak. This is true, as the 
bird is Atlantisia roger.si Lowe. 

" On this island also the noddies, Megalopterus, were sitting on the tree-tops 
with the thrushes. These noddies breed also in St. Paul's Rocks in the Atlantic 
in August, when young and eggs were found. The nests were made of green 
seaweed {Caulerpia davifera), which grows on the bottom in the bay and around 
the rocks, and which, getting loosened by the surf, floats and is picked up by the 
birds on the surface. The weed is cemented together by the birds' dung, and the 
nests, havnig been used for ages, are now soUd masses, with a circular platform 
at the sunnnit, beneath which hang down a number of tails of dried seaweed. 
The older nests project from the cliffs on the sheltered side of the rocks, Uke 
brackets, having been originally commenced, as may be seen by the complete 
graduations existing, by a pair of birds laying an egg (always single) on a small 
projecting ledge of rock and adding a few stalks of weed. 

" It is only the stronger and more vigorous noddies that are able to occupy 
and hold possession of a nest of this description. 

' ' Prions and other sea birds have riddled the peaty ground underneath the 
trees in the Phylica wood in all directions with their holes. The burrows are 
about the size of large rats' holes and they traverse the ground everywhere, 
twisting and turning and undermining the grovmd, so that it gives way at almost 
every step." 

Still on Inaccessible Island he says that Catharacla antarctica were plentiful. 
"These predatory gulls were quarrelling and fighting ovej- the dead bodies of 

2 



18 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 

penguins. They quarter the ground when hunting, and when there is a kill 
assemble in numbers in the same curious way as vultures. They steal eggs, but 
their chief food is the prions, which they sometimes even draw from their burrows. 

" On Nightingale Island the penguins were nesting in the tall grass, very 
much in the same way as those on Inaccessible Island. This island is the only 
one where there are caves ; these are so numerous as to form a striking feature. 

" Here the Yellow-billed MoUymawk (chlororhynchus) made numerous nests 
amid the thousands of penguins' nests in the long grass. The ground of the 
rookery is bored in all directions by the holes of prions and petrels, which thus 
live under the penguins. Their holes are not so numerous in the rookery at 
Inaccessible Island as here. The holes add immensely to the difficulties of 
traversing a rookery, since when the ground gives way a fall into the black filthy 
mud amongst a host of furious birds, which have then full chance at one's eyes 
and face, is far from pleasant. One or two skuas also nested in the rookery. 
Truly a medley of birds. The skuas lay two eggs. There are about 400,000 
penguins on Nightingale Island." 

Wilkins [4] says that he collected between May 28th and June 1st, 1922, the 
eggs of Thalassarche chlorhynchus, Ardenna gravis, Eitdyptes cristatit^ and 
Catharacta antarctica. He also reports that Diomedea exulans, which used to 
breed on Tristan, is now only rarely found on Inaccessible Island. Phoebetria 
fusca nests in August and young birds leave the nest in April. P. palpebrata were 
hatched on January 15th at South Greorgia. 

TJmlassarche chlororhynchus nests in August ; young leave the nest in April. 
T. chrysostoma were hatched on January 1st, at South Georgia. 

Pterodroma macroptera moults in May and lays in July. 

Pterodroma brevirostris ? lays in November. 

Pachyptila vittaia keyteli lays in September. 

Catharacta antarctica lays in September. 

Sterna vittata lays in November. 

Anoiis stolidu-s arrives in September and lays in November, but goes away 
for the winter. 

Eiidyptes crislatus moults in March and leaves the island and comes again in 
August and lays its eggs in September. 

Lowe [5] describes some new forms from this group, and on p. 522 gives a 
drawing of the head and wings of two Nesospiza. He also discussed the genus 
Nesocichla and gives text figures on pp. 526-7. 

Apart from the foregoing works, the following should be consulted, as they 
bear upon the ornithology of the South Atlantic. 

1. Clarke, Ibis, 1905 (April), pp. 247-68. " On the Birds of Gough Island." 

2. Clarke, Ibis, 1 906 (January), pp. 145-87. " On the Birds of the South Orkney 

Islands." 

3. Clarke, Ibis, 1907 (April), pp. 325-49. " On the Birds of the Weddell and 

Adjacent Seas, Antarctic Ocean." 

4. Wilkins, Ibis, 1923 (April), pp. 474-511. "Report on the Birds collected 

during the Voyage of the Q2iest " (pp. 495-501). 

5. Lowe, Ibis, 1923 (April), pp. 511-29. " Notes on Some Land Birds of the 

Tristan da Cunha Group, collected by the Quest Expedition " (pp. 519-29). 



NOVITATES ZOOLOCICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 19 

6. Lowe, Ibis, 1928 (January), jjp. 99-1.31. "A monograph on Atlantisia 

rogersi : The Flightless Tristan RaU." 

7. Lowe and Kinnear, British Antarctic {Terra Nova) Expedition, 1910. 

Zoology, vol. iv, no. 5, pp. 103-93, " Birds, September 1930." 

8. Stenhouse, Scottish Naturalis, 1924, pp. 93-6, " Notes on Rare Land Birds 

from Tristan d' Acunha in the Royal Scottish Museum, Nesospiza acimhae." 

9. Oliver, New Zealand Birds, 1930. 

10. Kinghorn and Cayley, Emu, vol. xxii, pp. 81-96, October 1922. 

11. Bent, Life Histories, North American Petrels, etc., 1922. 

12. Rogers, The Lonely Island, 1926. 

The following is a list of the birds made by P. C. Keytel on Tristan da Cunha, 
kindly sent me from the South African Museum by the Director, Dr. E. L. Gill. 
They are now in the South African Museum. 

Eudyptes cristatus (with eggs). 

Diomedea exidans (with egg). 

Thalassarche chlororhynchus (with egg and photograph of bird on nest). 

Phoebetria fusca (with egg). 

Pterodroma macroptera. 

Ardenna gravis. 

Pachyptila viltatus (broad-billed) (with egg). 

Catharacta antarctica (with egg). 

Sterna vittata (with eggs), adult and juvenile. 

Anous stolidus (with egg). 

Porphyriornis nesiotis, adult and juvenile. 

Nesospiza acunhae. 

Nesocichla eremifa, adult and juvenile. 

Atlantisia rogersi — not in Keytel's collection, but two specimens obtained by 

South African Museum in 1932. Also FregeUornis grallaria. 

Note. — I hear that about fifteen specimens of this Rail have been sent to 
different museums in America. It is sincerely to be hoped that the bird will not 
be exterminated by any evil-disposed person for the sake of money. 

UP-TO-DATE LLST OP THE BIRDS OF TRISTAN DA CUNHA. 

The page numbers represent the page in Syst. Av. Aethiop. Sclater. 

*-f Eudyptes cristatus moseleyi — Rock Hopper Penguin. 
Oceanites oceanica oceanica — The Yellow- webbed Storm Petrel. 
*Pelagodroma marina 7tmrina — The White-faced Storm Petrel. 
? [Garrodia nereis chubbi — Falkland Island Grey Storm Petrel.] 
? [Fregetta melanogaster — Black-bellied Storm Petrel.] 
*-\Fregettornis grallaria — White-fringed Storm Petrel. 
Fregettornis melanoleuca — Black and White Storm Petrel. 
*'\Puffinus assimilis elegans — Gough Island Shearwater. 
*-\ Ardenna gravis — Greater Shearwater. 
Priocella antarctica — Silver-grey Petrel. 
*?f Adamastor cinereus — Great Grey Shearwater. 

* Tristan breeding birds. f Gordon collection. 



P. 


3. 


p. 


5. 


p. 


6. 


p. 


6. 


p. 


7. 


p. 


8. 


p. 


9. 


p. 


10. 



p. 


12, 


p. 


13. 


p. 


14 


p. 


15 



20 NOVHTATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 

P. 11. 1 [Procellaria aequinoctialis — Cape Hen.] 

*^Pterodroma macroptera — Long-winged Petrel. 

*'\Pterodroma incerta — Atlantic Petrel. 

■fPterodroma externa — Juan Fernandez Petrel. 

*fPterodroma mollis — Soft-plumaged Petrel. 

? [Pterodroma brevirostris — Kerguelen Petrel.] 

Daption capensis — Cape Pigeon. 

*'\Pachyptila vittata keyteli — Tristan Broad-billed Prion. 

Macronectes giganteus — Giant Petrel. 

*Pelecanoides urinatrix dacunhae — Tristan Diving Petrel. 

*'\Diomedea exidans exulans — Wandering Albatross. 
P. 16. ■\Thalassarche melanophris — Black-browed MoUymawk. 

*'\Thalassarche chlororhynchus — Yellow-nosed Mollymawk. 
P. 17. *'fPhoebetriafusca — Sooty Albatross. 
P. 104. *'fAtlantisia rogersi — Tristan Rail. 
P. 109. *Porphyriornis nesiotis — Tristan Coot (extinct ?). 
P. 144. *?t Larus dominicanus — Southern Black-backed Gull. 
P. 147. *-fCatharacta antarctica — Antarctic Skua. 
P. 149. *1[ Sterna vittata — Kerguelen Tern. 
P. 154. *-fAnous stolidu-s — Atlantic Noddy. 

P. 155. *Megalopterus mimitus atlanticus — Atlantic White-capped Noddy. 
P. 447. *'\Nesocichla eremita eremita — Tristan Thrush. 

*'\Nesocichla eremita gordoni — Inaccessible Island Thrush. 
P. 833. *Nesospiza acunhae acunhae — Tristan and Inaccessible Island Bunting. 

*Nesospiza acunhae questi — Nightingale Island Bunting. 

*Nesospiza wilkinsi — Large-billed Bunting (Nightingale Island). 
P. 844. ^lonornis martinica — American Purple Gallinule. 

Total thirty-six, of which twenty-two at least breed in the group. 

In the following compilation I have endeavoured to bring together the main 
items of interest in the life history of those birds which have been recorded from 
this group of islands, together with the history of the discovery of the islands and 
subsequent occupation, taken from the published accounts. 

Mr. Jack G. Gordon's notes are m square brackets. 

[At all times, but especially when the potato crop fails, and suppUes rim low, 
the islanders dejiend largely on the various sea-birds and their eggs for food. 
All the species frequenting the islands, with the exception of Skuas and Penguins, 
are eaten, as are all eggs, those of the Penguin and Yellow-nosed Albatross 
easily outnumbermg all the rest put together. Unfortmiately the people are 
careless, and take no thought or care to conserve this very valuable source of 
supply, so several species have become scarce or have left the island. Both 
Mrs. Barrow and Mrs. Rogers give several instances of wholesale destruction, 
no less than 6,939 " Mollyhawks " being killed durmg March and April in one 
year " and 25,200 Penguins' eggs being taken in one season." On the 12th 
January, 1909, Mrs. Barrow writes: "Six men who had been to Inaccessible 
returned, and I am sorry to say that one of them purposely set fire to the tussac 
grass, which has been burning for three days. The fire can be seen from here 
25 miles away. The men say that thousands of birds must have been destroyed, 

• Tristan breeding birds. | Gordon collection. 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1!»32. 21 

as it is their nesting time. It is horrible to thinly of." She adds that it was still 
burning a month later ! Acts like this should be severely punished. At that 
time several men of a bad type came from Cape Town and caused much trouble 
in the generally peaceful community. 

Also a great many dogs were kept, some families having as many as four, 
most of which had to find their own living, and the birds suffered in consequence. 
But this has been remedied. Until 1882 there were no rats on Tristan, but that 
year half a dozen managed to get ashore from the wreck of the Henry B. Page. 
Mr. Dodson, the missionary then, urged the men to kill them, pointing out what 
troulile they would cause. But they thought a few rats wouldn't hurt, and did 
nothing ! In later years these rats wrought great havoc among the crops, and 
were probably the cause ot all the land birds becoming extinct on the island. 

Seemingly there are no rats yet on either Inaccessible or Nightingale Islands, 
and long may it continue so . 

I had wished to get into touch with Tristan, and learn something of its birds. 
But it is well named " the lonely isle," for my first letter, written in 1910 and 
addressed simply to "the Chief man, Tristan da Cunha, S. Atlantic " took five 
years to get there ! and three more for an answer to reach me ! There were 
then letters from three " Chiefmen " and one " Chiefwoman." I have since 
received occasionally rough skins, and eggs (mostly broken), but many seem to 
go astray on the long journey. All are of great interest, several being first records 
for the group. The chief difficulty has been to get any data with the specimens. 
Though I have sent out scores of data cards, some already written up as guides, 
it seems impossible for them to do it correctly, and some of their efforts are very 
quaint. Here are some samples. " Mollyhawk egg, from Franks HiU, North 
West Point of Tristan da Cunha. We name this hill after a man by the name of 
Frank who got lost on the mountain and he made his h^^use on the mountain and 
slept there, and we call it Franks Hill." Nothing about the bird, nest or any- 
thing ! " The Peho egg, a blackliird with yellow on the beak. This bird make 
the nest near the edge of cliffs and it is very dangerous to get at their nests at 
times." This is a bit better. " These 6 eggs shell are call the ' Seahen,' we got 
them on the 14th of October 1920, and my boy had to go 9 miles for them and 
my boy's name is William and he is thirteen years of age and we got them the 
placewe call Sandypoint." Too much William and not "Seahen " about this effort! 

Almost aU the skins are now in the Royal Scottish Museum, Edinburgh, and 
were verified by W. Eagle Clarke and Surgeon-Admiral T. H. Stenhouse. Gregory 
M. Mathews has also examined some of them. 

I am greatly indebted to the books on the island, by Mrs. Barrow and Mrs. 
Rogers, for much urPormation regarding the birds and islands.] 

1. EUDYPTES CRISTATUS MOSELEYI M. & I. The Rock-hopper Penguin 

(Penguin).' 

Eudypies serresianus nwseleyi Mathews and Iredale, Man. Birds Aicstr. vol. i, p. 11, March 9th, 1921. 
Inaccessible Island, Tristan da Cunha Group. 

This species has a very wide range, extending from Prince Edward, Marion, 
Crozets, Kerguelen and Gough Islands : Tristan da Cunha to the Austro-New 
Zealand Region. 

^ The second name given in a few instances is tlie name by which the Tristan islanders call 
the bird. 



22 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 

The typical form is from the Falkland Islands (figured in Cim. Phys. pi. 49). 
It is represented by this subspecies in the Tristan Group, which is figured in 
Yoy. Chall. pi. 30, 1881, and on Kerguelen by interjectus ; while the Austro- 
New Zealand subspecies must be called filholi, which I have figured and described 
in my Bird/i of Norfolk and Lord Howe Islatuli, pi. 32, 1928. The older-used name 
was chrysocome, but this is now considered indeterminable by up-to-date workers. 

It spends a lot of its time at sea, only coming ashore to breed. It moults in 
March, then goes to sea in the middle of AprU, returning again in July or August. 
Mates, and commences nesting in September. In October eggs and young are 
found, and by November all or most of the eggs have been hatched. 

The Austro-New Zealand form leaves Macquarie Island early in May, after 
moulting in AprU, and returns about the middle of October, and its breeding 
season is October to December. 

They nest in colonies, in the long grass, making a nest which is just a 
depression, sometimes Ihied. 

The eggs consist of two to the clutch, and are bluish white to greenish white, 
ovoid in shape and with a smooth surface, but pitted, and measure 65-5 by 56-5 
mm. (Macquarie Island) and 70 by 57-5 (Campbell Island) (Oliver 9). 

The breeding season is September to November. 

[They are very numerous in the group, and at Tristan there are large 
rookeries, at " Stony Beach," " Trypot," " Seal Bay," " Sandy Point," etc., 
where they nest close to the sea, as a rule. 

Last year young come in to moult in December, and Mrs. Barrow writes in 
January 1908 : " The poor penguins that land on this shore (i.e. near the settle- 
ment) have but a short Hfe, as the dogs hunt them out at once. While moulting 
they need no other food than that which Nature has provided in a store of oil 
from which they can dra^. They hide in holes, small caves, etc., during the time 
they are helpless." 

The eggs are a great asset in hard times, but Mrs. Rogers states that the 
birds themselves are not eaten by the people. On the 24th September, 1906, 
Mrs. Barrow writes : " The men again went to Sandy Point for eggs. I wish they 
did not take them in such a wholesale way. They brought back shoals ! " While 
on the 19th September, 1907, she says : " The men went to the Penguin rookery 
to-day. Each man carries a box on his back holding 150 eggs, no light load ! 
When the birds are up for laying, the pairs keep together, the hen on the nest, 
and the cock standing by. They make a tremendous noise day and night. 
While in 1924 Mrs. Rogers records that Penguin eggs are used in great quantities 
in September and October, and that 25,200 were said to have been used that year, 
7,200 being collected by the boats in a day round the island. While on the 21st 
September, 1925, 5,000 were collected. Little, if any, nest is made, and two eggs 
are the usual clutch, but they will lay several if the first are taken when fresh. 
The eggs are white, with a tinge of blue, and rather spherical in shape, and are 
often much stained, when the rookery is in peaty or damp ground. They vary 
greatly in size. My two largest sets taken 14/9/17 and 8/9/20 measure 72 x 57-5 
and 71-5 X 55-5, and 72-5 x 57 and 70 X 55. While the smallest taken 8/9/20 is 
only 58-5 x 48 and 57-5 x 47. One egg taken 5/9/20 and " first egg the Penguin 
lay" measures 63-5 x 44 and is unlike a Penguin's in shape, bemg elongate and 
pointed. 

Of Nightmgale Island the Rev. H. M. Rogers says, 31st January, 1924 : " The 



NOVITATES ZooLoaiCAE XXXVIII. 1932. 23 

1,000's of Penguins in their rookeries are a truly remarkable sight. Though 
moulting, they were fat and lively, but we noticed many dead young, and numbers 
of spoiled eggs. They nest right up, far ashore, here in the Tussac, which grows 
taDer than a man. Nothing molests them — men, rats, cats and dogs are all 
absent." There are large rookeries, too, on the small adjacent islets — " Alec's," 
" White," '■ Stoltenhoff , " and " Old Man." I have received several skins at 
various times.] 

GARRODIA NEREIS CHUBBI Mathews. Falkland Grey-backed Storm Petrel. 

This bird flies the southern oceans. It is figured by Godman in his Monograph, 
pi. 14, 1907. It is represented in the South Indian Ocean by the Kerguelen form, 
couesi, and the typical form occurs in the Soiith Pacific Ocean in the Austro-New 
Zealand region. This latter bird is figured by Gould, vol. vii, pi. 64, 1845, and by 
myself in vol. ii, pi. 69, 1912. 

PELAGODROMA MARINA MARINA (Lath.). White-faced Storm Petrel. 

This bird was originally described from the mouth of the Rio de la Plata, 
where it was collected, and a drawing made by Sidney Parkinson. It breeds on 
Nightingale Island. 

There are four or five forms, the above being the typical subspecies ; it is 
represented by hypoleuca breeding on the Great Salvage, Canary and Cape Verde 
Islands. The Australian form is dulciae, figured in my Birds Austr., vol. ii, pi. 70, 
1912, and the New Zealand bird maoriana, figured by Godman in his Monograph, 
pi. 15, 1907. 

The nest is placed at the end of a burrow. 

The clutch is one ; variable in size and shape. Sometimes pure white, at 
others the larger end is thickly speckled with minute rusty spots and others 
sparsely all over. Elongately oval to subrotundately oval. The measurements 
are 35-41 mm. x 25-28. 

Bent [11] gives the average of the typical form as 36-20 x 22-03. 

Breeding season November to January. 

[In the Systema Aefhiopica, vol. I, 1924, this petrel is described as breeding at 
Nightingale Island. While Alexander's Birds of the Ocean, 1928, also records it 
from Tristan. I have not received any Tristan skins, nor have I had any in- 
formation from the natives regarding this kind. But they easily overlook species 
at all similar. 

Eggs of the typical form are lacking ui my collection, but two from Mud 
Island, Victoria, of P. m. dulciae, the Australian form, measure 38-9 X 25 and 
37 X 27-5. They are rather oval, and white with fine pale-red dots. Nest in a 
small burrow.] 

OCEANITES OCEANICUS OCEANICUS (Kuhl.). YeUow-webbed Storm Petrel. 

The bird breeds on Kerguelen and other islands in the Southern Ocean, such 
as the South Orkneys. Wanders north to Africa and Queensland in Australia. 
Europe. 

The typical form was collected off the mouth of the Rio de la Plata, in South 
America. It was figured by Gould in vol. vii, pi. 65, 1846 ; Godman, in his 



24 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXV'III. 1932. 

Monograph, pi. 12, 1907, and I figured the Austro-New Zealand subspecies, in my 
Birds of Australia, vol. ii, jil. 68, 1912. 

It nests (Clarke 2) on Laurie Island, in the South Orkneys, in the chfEs. A 
photo is given on pi. x, where on December 1 1th the first egg was obtamed. 

" There was no attempt at nest making ; the egg was simply laid in a hollow 
in the earth in narrow clefts and fissures in the face of the cliff, under boulders 
and sometimes luider stones, on the screes sloping from the foot of the precipice 
at heights varying from 20 to 300 ft. above sea-level. Sometimes the egg was 
placed very far in. The searcher could hear the low hoUow whistle uttered every 
few seconds by the sitting bird. When caught on the egg the birds brought up a 
reddish fluid, which issued both from the mouth and nostrils. 

" In addition to the low whistle, these Petrels had a harsh screaming chuckle. 
These noises they kept up almost continuously after dark, especially on still 
nights. 

" They appear to return year after year to the same nesting places, for both 
eggs and dead young birds of previous seasons were numerous in the tenanted 
holes contaming the fresh egg. 

" The eggs are elongated ovals, dull white, peppered with tiny dots of reddish- 
brown and underlying ones of hlac, mostly accumulated round one end, but 
occasionally sprinkled all over the surface. Eight eggs average 33'7 X 24 mm. 
The largest 36 x 24, and the smallest 32 x 23. Bent (11) gives the average as 
32-2 X 23-2." 

The Austro-New Zealand from exa^speratiis breeds at Cape Adare in January, 
where it forms a tunnel, at the end of which is an enlarged chamber, lined with 
feathers. 

The clutch is one, elongated, dull white, sparingly dotted with reddish spots, 
and sometimes these spots form a ring round the larger end. They measure 33 
X 23 mm. 

Lowe and Kinnear (7) give a text-figure and say that these birds fly very 
close to and along the contour of every little wave, with outsjjread wings, very 
seldom flapping, but every now and again dropping the feet to touch the water 
and then picking up some small crustacean (?) from the surface. The feet, when 
the bird is on the wing, project about three-quarters of an inch beyond the taU, 
giving the tail a cuneate form which it does not reaUy possess, the taU being cut 
across more or less square. Dr. Wilson was impressed with the resemblance of 
this Petrel to a house martin. 

[This species was observed near the group by the Quest Expedition in May 
1922. But on questioning the people they were told that this Petrel was rarely 
seen at the islands. 

I have only a single egg taken at Jason Island, Falkland Isles, on the 12th 
December, 1928, nest a few feathers imder a boulder. It measures 34 x 23, and 
is duU white, with a ring of tiny reddish spots.] 

FREGETTORNIS GRALLARIA TRISTANENSIS. The Atlantic White-fringed 
Storm Petrel (or Storm Pigeon). 

Mathew,s, Bull. B.O.C Hi, p. 123, April 5tli, lii:i2. liiaec;i.',s,siljU- Island. 

This bird nests on Inaccessible Island, as reported by the Islanders, and this 
is the first record for the Atlantic Ocean. This and Pterodroma externa tristani 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 25 

occur on the Tristan Group. The question arises, what is the connection between 
Juan Fernandez Island in the Eastern Pacific and the Tristan Group ? 

The species is figured as Fregetta grallaria in my Birds of Australia, vol. ii, 
pi. 72, 1912, and in my Birds of Norfolk and Lord Howe Islands, pLs. 6 and 10, 
1928. 

In the American Museum Novilates no. 124, July 22nd, 1924, Dr. Robert C. 
Murphy proved that the type of grallaria did not come from Australia and re- 
stricted the type locality to the breeding form on Juan Fernandez Island. Now 
grallaria occurs commonly in the South Pacific Ocean, between Australia and 
South America, and we hav^three forms there. Wing of typical birds 153-9mm. ; 
innominatus, 160-8 ; titan, 181-6. In the same publication no. 322, July 14th, 
1928, p. 4, Murphy named his large form, titun, when he had 17 males and 10 
females ; he found the females slightly exceed the males in size ; in 63 skins 
measured from Juan Fernandez, the females also were slightly larger. 

It was the finding of this species in the Atlantic, so near the type locality 
of leucogaster, that caused all the workers to mix up the two forms. A bird with 
white fringes to the feathers of the uppersurf ace and an all-white undersurface 
was to most men typical leucogaster ; hence they called leucogaster short-toed, 
as this trisfanensis is. Some workers speak of the short-toed leucogaster 
{= tristanensis) and the long-toed. 

Writing of the typical form of grallaria, Bent (II), under leucogaslris, quotes 
Beck as saying that it breeds on Santa Clara Island, which lies about ten miles 
from the west end of Masatierra Island. " The nests were usually in rock piles 
inider a good-sized rock. The few nests examined were lined with straws or a 
few twigs from bushes. One nest with its downy occupant was plainly visible 
without moving the overshadowing rock. On January 19th, 1914, the date of 
my visit, I found more nests with young birds than with eggs. As with other 
species of petrels, the downy young is left alone during the day." 

Eggs. — Clutch one. The eggs vary in shape from oval to broad elliptical 
ovate. The shell is smooth, but without lustre, and the colour is dull white, more 
or less discoloured. One has a wreath of small purphsh-brown dots near the 
larger end, and in one these dots form a cap over the whole of that end ; the 
other has a larger cap of such dots with many minute dots scattered over the egg. 
The three measure 34-5 X 24 ; 34 x 25 ; 32-5 x 25 mm. (average 33-6 X 24-66). 

Breeding season December and January (Juan Fernandez Group). 

Juvenils. — The new plumage, which shows under the quaker drab-coloured 
down, is much like the adult plumage, except that the scapulars and the wing- 
coverts, particularly the latter, are broadly edged with white. 

An interesting characteristic of this bird is the manner in which it strikes 
the water with one foot. In a breeze or wind it was always the leeward leg that 
was used, the windward one being stretched out behind. As our schooner was 
always on the wind, the Petrels usually had but little use for the leg on the south- 
ern side of the body. When the birds flew directly into the wind either one or 
the other or both legs might be used. 

[Local name " Storm Pigeon." This species is well known to the people 
and is not uncommon in the islands. Two skins have been sent me, one of which 
is labelled " Inaccessible Island, 28th April, 1923." I do not know if it ever breeds 
on Tristan itself, but it is said to do so on either Inaccessible or Nightingale, or 
possibly both, though no eggs have been sent as yet. 



26 NOVITATES ZooLOCilCAE XXXVIII. 1932. 

The egg is described as measuring 33-5 x 25, dull white in colour, slightly 
spotted with reddish brown at the larger end, while the nest is of dry grass in a 
burrow 18 in. long.] 

FREGETTORNIS MELANOLEUCA. Black and White Storm Petrel. 

This bird was said by Salvadoii to be from Tristan da Cunha. So far it 
remains unique. Its equUateral-shaped foot shows it to be a Fregettornis, but 
the size of the foot prevents it being any known form other than itself. 

As we have no material on which to form an opinion, we must leave it as it 
is, and estabUsh it as a species, as I pointed out in my Birds of Norfolk and Lord 
Howe Inlands, p. 9, October 16th, 1928. 

FREGETTA TROPICA MELANOGASTER (Gould). Black-beUied Storm Petrel. 

This subspecies was described by Gould, from the South Indian Ocean, and 
figured by him, vol. vii, pi. 62, 1847, and in my Birds Austr. vol. ii, pi. 71, 1912, 
and by Godman on pi. 17, 1907, from the South Indian Ocean, breeding on 
Kerguelen and the Crozets : and the Austro-New Zealand bird is australis breed- 
ing on the Auckland Islands off New Zealand. 

It breeds on Laurie Island in the South Orkney Islands, in December 
(Clarke 2), in a crevice in a rock, placed about 15 ft. above the sea-level. The 
female was sitting. The eggs measured 36 x 25-5 mm. The Kerguelen egg 
(clutch one) is duU white sparingly dotted all over with small pink dots and 
measures 37 x 27 mm. 

The Austro-New Zealand form constructs a small burrow in the bare earth, 
about 18 in. long, at the end of which is an enlarged chamber, Hned with a good 
handful of dried grass. 

The clutch is one egg, which is elliptic, blunt at each end ; white with a 
pinkish tinge and a broad ring of maroon speckles in or above middle. The 
measurements are 38-5 by 27 mm. (OUver 9) ; 37 by 27 (Stead, June 13th, 1932). 

Breeding season January and February, Auckland Island. 

Lowe and Kinnear (7), pp. 126-8, go fully into the species, and doubt if 
melanogaster can be separated from tropica. 

PUFFINUS ASSIMILIS ELEGANS G. and S. Gough Island Shearwater. 

In my Birds of Australia, vol. ii, pp. 50-71, pi. 73, 1912, 1 gave the full history 
of this species, and for the first time showing clearly the differences between 
assimilis and Iherminieri, which up to then had been mixed up by all workers ; 
later Dr. Murphy, in the Artier. Mus. Novit. No. 276, September 8th, 1927, also 
discussed these forms. 

Godman, in his Monograph, pi. 36, 1908, figured the type skin of elegans, 
which had already been figured by Salvin in Rowley's Miscell.. pi. 34, in 1876. 
The type came from S. Lat. 43° 54' ; E. Long. 9° 20'. 

It was found breeding (Clarke 1) on Gough Island. The nesting burrows 
were deep and situated on the steep grass-covered bank flanking the side of the 
ravine. The locality was honeycombed with their holes. 

The typical bird's egg (the clutch is single) is white, oval in shape, smooth 
and without gloss, and the average measurements are 50 x 35 mm. 



NOVITATES ZOOLOOICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 27 

[This form wa.s found breeding on Gougli Island by the Scotia Expedition. 

It seems little known in the Tristan Group, however, but a single skin was 
found in the collection sent in 1919, which is possibly the first record for the 
island. With it was an egg said to be of the same species, taken from a burrow, 
but with no data. It is oval and white and measures 51 x 35-8. 

I have two eggs of the typical form taken at Lord Howe Island on the 30th 
July, 1929. They are smooth, pure white and rather oval, and measure 50 X 
35-3 and 48 x 33 ; while two of the form P. a. kermadecensis from the Ker- 
madecs are 50-8 x 33-2 and 49-8 x 35-8.] 

[PUFFINUS Lri^RMINIERI. Brown-backed Little Shearwater. 

Bent (11), under Iherminieri of Lesson, says that the birds breed in colonies 
in holes or crevices of the rocks, but seldom more than a foot from the surface. 

The single egg is laid on the rock or in a loosely constructed nest of twigs or 
dried grass. 

The egg is white, fragile and not highly jjolished. The average measurements 
are 62-5 x 36-2 mm. The four extremes measure 57-3 x 40-8, 49-2 x 35-2, 
50 X 34 mm. 

The breeding season on the Bahama Islands is April. 

Incubation is carried on by both parents, and before the egg is laid both 
occupy the hole together. The parent does not brood the young, but merely sits 
beside it duruig the first day or two of its existence, after which it is left alone 
during the daytime. 

This species does not occiu' in Tristan, but is added for comparison.] 

ARDENNA GRAVIS (O'Reilly). Greater Shearwater (Petrel). 

This bird is figured by Godman in his Monograph, pi. 25, 1908. It flies the 
Atlantic Ocean from Greenland to South Africa and South America. 

On Night mgale Island Wilkins (4) says that many burrows of this bird were 
dug out, but m May they showed no sign of mating. 

They breed on both Nightingale and Inaccessible Islands m November, 
where at night they flock in by the hundreds. A few were caught in their 
burrows. 

Bent (11) says that this bird is called the hag, hagdon or hagdown by sailors. 
He quotes Jomdain, who describes the eggs (the clutch is single) as white, with 
no trace of markings, though slightly stained by the soil. The shape is a pointed 
oval ; and they are entirely devoid of gloss. The smooth surface, being covered 
closely with minute granulations. The average measurement of eight eggs is 
77-7 X 48-6 mm., and the breeding season given me by this latter contributor is 
May on Tristan Group, March on Nightmgale Island, September on Inaccessible 
Island ; surely a varied season. 

" The flight of the Greater Shearwater is extremely graceful and very 
characteristic. With long, sharply pointed, sUghtly decurved whigs they scale 
along close to the waves, sailmg into the teeth of the wind by skilfully taking 
advantage of the air currents deflected upwards from the surges. Now they turn 
on their side with one wing just grazing the water, the other high in the air. 
Again they take a few quick whig strokes and land themselves just above a 
breaker, but so close that one expects to see them overwhelmed in the foam. 



28 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1032. 

One cannot help noticing the shape of their bodies, cylindrical and tapering 
posteriorly, a cigar-shape well adapted for rapid passage through the air without 
' dragging.' 

" Owing to the great length of their wings, Shearwaters need a strong wind 
to rise from the surface of the water, and even then they often make the surface 
foam as they climb uji the waves paddling vigorously with alternate feet. In 
perfect calms the advent of a swift-moving steamer in the midst of a flock becomes 
for these birds a matter of serious concern. They flap along the siu-face heavily, 
using both feet and wings, and as they struggle they ' lighten ship ' by vomiting 
up the contents of their crops and stomachs. Some, unable to rise above the 
water, endeavour to hide themselves below the surface by vigorous actions of 
both wings and feet, but in this, as in the case of the proverbial ostrich in the sand, 
they are only partially successful. Like Petrels, the Shearwaters occasionally 
skip along the surface of the water on their feet, using their wings to balance and 
support them. 

" The Greater Shearwater is on occasions an active diver, and is able to swim 
well under water. It dives from the surface of the water on which it first alights. 

" Two that had been caught walked as well as ducks and made no pretence 
of sitting on their rumps. . . . When set at liberty they launched towards the 
water, dived several yards obliquely, and on coming to the surface splashed and 
washed themselves for several minutes before they took to wing. 

" The vocal performances of the Greater Shearwater are limited to harsh cries 
and screams which they emit when eager for food. 

" The eagerness of these birds for food is so great that they seem to be devoid 
of all fear of man and recklessly approach close to the boat from which the food 
supply comes. 

" The cylindrical, tapering body, the long curved and pointed wmgs and 
gracefid flight make the recognition of this Shearwater an easy one. The black 
biU, white breast and belly, the greyish -brown back and dark head, the white 
patch at the base of the tafl, and the dark bars on the sides and flanks are all 
points to be noticed in its recognition." 

The eggs vary in measurements, the largest being 81-7 x 47-4 from Inacces- 
sible Island, September, and the smallest 70-3 < 46-9 ; the widest is 80-2 X 52, 
Nightingale Island (March), the narrowest 71-6 x 44-3, Inaccessible Island. 

It seems unlikely that this bird breeds on the same group in March, May, 
September and November. Perhaps the islanders who collect these eggs get the 
dates wrong. I suggest the breeding season as September to November. 

[Local name. " Petrel." This is the correct local name among the Tristan 
people, and not " Pediunker," as has been stated elsewhere, the latter name 
referring to Adamastor cineretis. About a dozen skins have been sent me at 
different times, two from Inaccessible being dated 26th April, 1923. The Great 
Shearwater is plentiful round Tristan, Nicol stating, on the 17th January, 1906, 
that " it was seen in some abundance, and nearly always two together, so probably 
breeds there. But it does not appear to nest on this island, though it does so in 
large numbers on both Inaccessible and Nightingale. The Quest E.xpedition 
records that on the 21st May, 1922, " many burrows of this species were found 
on the hillsides on both islands, but that between 10 a.m. and 5 p.m. very few 
were occupied. And although many were dug up, there was no trace of a nest, 
nor did the few birds captured, betrayed by their grmiting, show any sign of 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 29 

being near the mating period. At night they seemed to flock in by the hundred. 
The Tristan Group is, curiously enough, the only known breeding place of this 
common Shearwater, though the eggs in some older collections come from some 
weird and unlikely places, as Greenland ! Seemmgly the first authentic eggs 
were four or five obtained with skins by P. C. Keytel on Inaccessible in November, 
1908. (It is stated by Mrs. Barrow, in her book, page 174, that the 
Rev. J. G. Barrow and a boat's crew from Tristan visited Inaccessible from 5th 
to 11th November, 1907, and "were able to get a few 'Petrels'' eggs, but 
digging these out of the nest holes was wet and muddy work.") 

The first egg I obtained was collected by John Class at Inaccessible on the 
11th November, 1917, and was taken from a burrow on a hillside there. It is a 
small egg measuring only 70-3 x 46-9. The Rev. H. M. Rogers most kindly sent 
me a dozen eggs all taken at Inaccessible on the 14th November, 1924. The 
nests were made of a little dry grass at the end of a long burrow in hiUsides, and 
several of the birds were caught at home. Unfortunately most of these eggs 
arrived smashed, but I have been able to measure ten which average 77 x 49. 
The 1917 egg is slightly the smallest, while one long pomted egg measures 
84-5 X 50.] 

PRIOCELLA ANTARCTICA (Stephens). SUver-grey Petrel. 

This bird was observed on Laurie Island m November and December, and it 
was considered highly probable that a few pairs were nesting there (Clarke 2). 
It was said (Clarke 3) to nest at Cape Roquemaurel, on the west coast of Louis 
Philippe Land. 

The maxilla and mandible are tipped with black, the middle portion of the 
bill pale flesh coloured and the base and nares pale cobalt-blue. Feet pale flesh, 
the webs washed with yellow, claws black. Iris dark brown and the pupil blue- 
black. It was recorded by Moseley ; and Wilkins (Ibis, 1923, p. 497) from Tristan. 

Lowe and Kinnear (7) say the bird moults in March, and reports it common 
at sea. 

The bird is figured by Gould, vol. vii, jjI. 48, 1848, and in Godman's Mono- 
graph, pi. 43, 1908, and in my Birds of Austr. vol. ii, pi. 82, 1912. 

It breeds at Penguin Point, Haswell Island, and Stillwell Point, Adelie Land, 
in December [and January ?]. The biu-rows may be formed in firm snow or in 
niches among the boulders or ensconced in bowers excavated beneath the snow. 

The clutch is one, white, dull f*id lustreless ; oval to pointed oval ; the 
shell is fine grained, with numerous irregularly shaped pittings over the surface. 
They measure 70, 75 and 84 x 46-5 mm., 48 and 49. Average of three, 76-3 
X 47-6 (North). 

ADAMASTOR CINEREUS (Gm.). Great Grey Petrel (Pediunker). 

This bird has a vast distribution, breedmg on Gough Island in the Atlantic 
and Round Island near Mauritius and Kerguelen Island ; also Macquarie Island, 
off New Zealand. It occurs around the Antarctic Circle. 

This bird was discovered on Cook's voyage, off New Zealand, and beautifully 
described by Solander as Procellaria ■pallipes. It is figured by Gould, vol. vii, pi. 
47, 1848, Godman's Monogr., pi. 41, 1908, and in my Birds of Austr., vol. ii, pi. 81, 
1912. 



30 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 

In life from Gough Island the maxilla is dull pea-green ; the nostrils, culmen 
and unguis are black ; the mandible with apical i)late and cutting edge is black, 
the lower plate pea -green. Tarsus and toes pinkish grey, darker or blackish at 
the joints, the webs yellowish (Clarke 1). 

Lowe and Kinnear (7) give a cut of the bill, showing a different coloured bill 
for the Austro-New Zealand bird, and say that it dives into the water after the 
garbage thrown overboard, with its wings haK outspread from a position as if it 
was just about to settle on the water. WUkins (4) found them in burrows on the 
hillside about 1,800 ft. up on Gough Island, between May 28th and June 1st, 1922. 

The Austro-New Zealand bird differs from the Gough Island form in the 
colour of its bill. The Austro-New Zealand bird has the tips of both mandibles 
horn-colour ; the apical plate pale horn-colour, not black ; the lower plate dull 
white, not pea-green. It nests in a burrow on the mountain of Tristan da Cunha 
in April. The white eggs measure 79-85 x 57-58 mm. 

[Local name, " Pedimiker " or " Paddyunker," which is the correct Tristan 
name for this species, and does not refer to the Great Shearwater, which Ls locally 
known as " Petrel." 

In the Appendices to Mrs. Barrow's book the following rather mixed account 
appears, which from the breeding date, etc., undoubtedly refers to this bird, and 
not to the Great Shearwater, which nests in November. 

" 10 The Pediunker lays in May and June ; it is Uke a Petrel. We think it 
must be the Shearwater [Priofimis cinerems] of which we were told at the South 
African Museum, Cajie Town, that it frequents Scotland and that its nesting- 
place was unknown until Mr. Keytel brought a specimen of it and its eggs from 
Tristan in 1909." I received one skin from Tristan in 1919, and two labelled 
" Paddyiuiker," " Inaccessible," 26th April, 1923. Three eggs have also been 
sent me, one said to be from a burrow with the first skin. One data reads, 
" ' Paddyunker ' eggs from burrows from the side of the moiuitain, Tristan da 
Cunha, 6th April, 1923." These eggs measure 85 x 58, 81 x 53 and 79 x 57. 
They are dull white, without gloss, the ends being rounded. One is considerably 
earth-stained. Colonel R. Sparrow has also three Tristan taken eggs which 
measure 85-2 X 55, 84 x 56-5 and 83-5 X 57-5, but they are without date. 
[Are these the eggs of Procellaria ? See next species. — G. M. M.] 

Although this species has been recorded as breeding at Gough Island, there 
is, I believe, no record m hterature of its occurrence in the Tristan Group. If 
these are correct, there is something seriously wrong with the eggs recorded 
previously. Eggs accompanied by a skin of the bird were collected on Macquarie 
Island in the latter part of November 1896 by Joseph Burton. A. J. Campbell 
gives the average of seven of these eggs as only 70-6 X 51-4, the largest being 
71-5 X 51-4, and describes them as either roundish or broad oval ; texture of 
shell close, but coarse, surface very sUghtly glossy, and colour pure white, but 
become nest-stained.] 



PROCELLARIA AEQUINOCTLALIS AEQUINOCTIALIS (L.). Cape Hen or 

White-chinned Petrel. 

There is another well-known Petrel to the early travellers. It occurs off 
the Cape, the Falklands and the Southern Ocean, up to South America and New 
Zealand. 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 31 

Godman figured it in his Monograph, pi. 44, 1908, from Valparaiso — this is 
brabo2irnei ; and I figured the Austro-New Zealand form steadi in my Supplement 
to the Birds of Norfolk and, Lord Howe Islands. The typical form breeds on the 
Falklands or South Georgia, while mixta breeds on Kerguelen and the Crozets. 
In my Birds of A ustralia, vol. ii, p. 111,1912,1 give a text figure of mixta, showmg 
the white extending down the tliroat, and on p. 112 the very small chin spot of 
the Austro-New Zealand bird. Gould, in vol. vii, pi. 46, 1848, figured the form 
known as conspicillata, and so did I, in vol. ii, pi. 79, 1912, of which the type 
locality is Cape Seas, where the bird I figured was caught at sea by Mr. Richard 
H. W. Leach, somewhere about 1863, on his voyage to Australia. In spite of 
what Gould says, this form does not occur off the Australian-New Zealand waters, 
and must be removed from the list. 

" On Kerguelen they nest in burrows on the sloping sides of a hill, frequently 
with an inch or two of water at the entrance. The nesting chamber is spherical 
in shape and rather large ; the nest is composed of mud and pieces of plants 
arranged m the form of an m verted saucer, three or four inches high, sUghtly 
hoUowed out on the top, a space bemg left between its base and the sides of 
the chamber." 

Egg. — Clutch one, white, nearly equally pointed at both ends, and measures 
81 X 52 mm. Breeding season, December. 

" Both sexes sit on the egg, the males by day. Duruig the period previous 
to nesting, the birds make an extraordinary cackling in the burrow at night. 
When dug out of their nests, if handled the birds utter a high-pitched cry and 
frequently inflict a severe wound with their beak and claws. They make no 
attempt to fly, unless chased, but waddle back to their burrows." 

On Antipodes Islands the burrows are the same, the egg is laid in December 
and the young fully hatched m May. 

" On Auckland they nest in January and February. Nests consisting of a 
considerable accumulation of dry grass, placed in an enlarged termmal chamber, 
at the end of a bm'row about three feet long. In the wet peaty bank, the upward 
sloping burrow opened at its inner end into a chamber about a foot and a half in 
diameter. The mud from the floor of this chamber had been raked up into a heap 
in the centre of it, leavmg a perfectly formed dram all round, from which the 
water trickled out down the burrow. The nest was built of grass, as before, and 
placed in a shallow depression in the central heap, two or three mches above the 
water in the smrouncUng drain. I later ascertained that the birds build those 
heaps by standing knee deep in mud in the middle of the nest chamber and 
raking the mud mwards with their bills (Stead in OUver 9)." 

Egg. — Clutch one, white and ovoid, 80-83 x 53-5-55 mm. 

Breeding season, December to February. Young fully fledged in May 
(Oliver 9). 

Lowe and Kinnear (7) tell us that when feeding they go completely mider 
water, with their feet and wings outspread, and come up again with the wings 
still spread, exactly as do the Shearwaters. 

[The Quest Expedition m May 1922 saw this species in the vicinity of the 
group, but the peoj)le, when questioned, said that they were seldom seen, and that 
they did not think they nest at the islands. I have had no skins, nor have the 
people mentioned it to me. 

I have no eggs of this bird myself, and the only description I can find of them 



32 NoVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVllI. 1932. 

is that of the Rev. A. E. Eaton, who accompanied the Trartsit of Venus Expedition 
to Kerguelen I.sland. 

He describes the breeding season as from November to January, and the 
nest as a burrow on a slophig hillside with a spherical chamber at the end ; 
the egg as an elongated oval, coarse in texture, slightly glossj' and pure white 
in colour, measuring 86 x 52. 

This is much nearer the size and description of the eggs taken on the 
mountain in April and sent to Col. R. Sparrow and myself, the largest bemg 
85 X 58 ; but the skins are certamly A. cinereus, and both skins and eggs are 
labelled " Paddyunker."] 



PTERODROMA MACROPTERA MACROPTERA (Smith). Great-winged Petrel 

(Black Eaglet). 

This bird breeds on Tristan da Cunha in June and July, not high upon the 
mountain-side, where it forms a burrow in the ground, at the end of which it 
lays its egg, oval in shape, white, with no gloss ; measurements 68-69 
X 48-49 mm. 

It is figured by Godman in his Monograph, pi. 46, 1908, and I figure the 
New Zealand form gouldi in vol. ii, pi. 83, 1912, which breeds on the island north 
of New Zealand ; the eggs measurmg 65-5-67 >; 48-5-49 mm. The Western 
Australian form albaiii is found on Rabbit Island. 

Lowe and Kinnear (7) give a text figure showmg the bird in flight. 

Dr. R. C. Murphy suggests that " Eaglet " is a corruption of " Haglet," 
which is a common name for Petrels amongst American whalemen. 

[Local name, " Black Eaglet." This is a common Petrel at Tristan, and well 
known to aU the people. 

Mrs. Barrow states that it comes in to moult in May, and lays in the first 
week of July. But she also ^Tites on the 24th May, 1906 : '' Glass brought back 
some Eaglets' eggs from the ' Bluff,' they are about as big as a Duck's and white. 
We had them for supper, they have a sUghtly fishy taste." On the 13th June she 
continues : " Diu-ing a picnic to the ' Base ' some 2,000 ft. up my husband looked 
for Eaglets' eggs, but only found one. The hen was caught but liberated agaui, 
when unfoi'tunately the dogs got it." On the 22nd of that month she adds : 
" Rob the collie also learned to hunt for Eaglets, which nest in holes, but had to 
be restrained, as he killed the birds. We had scrambled Eaglets' eggs for break- 
fast to-day." But from the dates I fear that she must have had scrambled cliff- 
Petrels, as well as their eggs ! ! She also writes on the 7th October, 1906 : " The 
men, in their spare time just now, hunt for young Eaglets, which they are 
bringing in in large quantities." The only mention of them in Mrs. Rogers' 
book is, '■ Black Eaglets are got in June and July, and we foiuid them good 
eating." 

I have received several Tristan skins, one of which is labelled " Seal Bay, 
Tristan, 1st June, 1923." 

On Tristan they breed plentifully on the hillsides above the " Base," at an 
elevation of some 2,000 ft., making a sUght nest in a buirow. The egg is very 
white and smooth, without gloss, and rather oval in shape. Six eggs average 
about 68-8 x 48-2, my largest being 69 x 49. They also breed on Inaccessible 
and Nighthigale.] 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVTII. 1932. 33 

PTERODROMA INCERTA (Sclilegel). Atlantic Petrel. 

This bird was obtained on Tristan da Cunha, and is figured by Godman in 
his Monograph, pi. 53, 1908, where he considered that it may be a brown phase 
of lessoni, as it has the blackish mark in front of and round the eye. It is prac- 
tically the same size. 

In my Birds of Australia, vol. ii, p. 148, 1912, I discuss Procellaria alba 
GmeUii (see also Ibis, 1913, p. 231). However, Loomis, in the Auk, 1920, p. 88, 
is quite satisfied that alba is the parvirostris of Peale = wortheni of Rothschild, 
and should be called by the older name. 

The Procellaria sandaliata of Solander, the description of which I reproduced 
on p. 1.51, Ls probably this bird, collected off the east coast of South America, at 
the mouth of the Rio de la Plata. As sandaliata was put as a sjaionym of 
arminjoniana in the Catalogue of Birds, vol. xxv, p. 413, 1896, it cannot be again 
used. 

[I do not know of any local name for this Petrel, and only one or two of the 
people recognize it ; though Nicoll states that on the 17th January, 1916, it 
was observed off Tristan, and possibly nests there also. He describes it as about 
the size of a large pigeon, dull brown on the back, with almost golden neck, and 
white underparts. I have only received one skin of this species, from Tristan, 
and a single egg said to have been taken from a burrow on a hillside at the 
" Bluff " in June 1918. This egg is dull white, bluntly oval, with a very thin 
shell, and measures 61-5 x 48.] [Is this the first description of the egg of this 
species ? — G. M. M.] 

PTERODROMA EXTERNA TRISTANI Mathews. Juan Fernandez Petrel. 

Pterodroma externa trislani Mathew.s, Bull. B.O.C. Hi, p. 63 (19.31). Tristan da Cunlia. 

This bird breeds on the Juan Fernandez Group. It is figured by Godman in 
his Monograph, pi. 62, 1908 ; it Ls replaced in the Kermadec Island Group by the 
subspecies cervicalis which breeds on Sunday Island. This subspecies is also 
figured by Godman on pi. 63 ; the Catalogue of Birds, vol. xxv, pi. 6, 1896, and 
by BuUer in his Supplement, pi. iv, 1905. The egg is j)ure white, broadly ovoid, 
and measures 64-68 x 57-48. The egg is laid at the end of a burrow in 
December and January, on Sunday Island. In November they are found in 
their burrows. The young leave the island in June (Oliver 9). 

The discovery of this bird on Tristan is most peculiar, as it is a Pacific Island 
form. Compare ante under Fregettornis grallaria. 

In working up the distribution of the Petrels, I find that latitude is most 
important. That is to say, that the birds in the same latitude resemble each 
other more closely, although sejiarated by many mUes, than do bu'ds separated 
by many degrees of longitude. 

PTERODROMA MOLLIS MOLLIS (Gould). Soft-plumed Petrel (White-breasted 

Black Eaglet). 

This bird was foimd breeding on Tristan da Cunha in November of 1917. 
This is the tirst time the eggs have been described (see Ibis, 1932, January, p. 165). 
The bird forms a burrow and lays a smgle egg at the end, which is enlarged into 
a chamber. The egg is white, duU with no gloss and measures 63-5 x 49-8 mm. 

It is represented by a subspecies feae, which breeds in Madeira and occurs at 

3 



34 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 

the Desertas and Cape Verde Islands. The Rev. F. C. R. Jourdain writes me that 
the eggs of this subspecies measure 55-5 x 41-2 ; 52-7 ;< 40-2 ; 59 x 42 ; 
the average being 56-4 x 41-1 ; one weighed 2-45 g., another 2. -95 g. 

The typical form occurs in the South Atlantic and Indian Oceans, east to 
St. Paul's and Amsterdam Island, and on the west coast of Australia, where three 
occurrences have been recorded. 

It is figured by Gould in vol. vii, pi. 50, 1848, and Godman Monograph, pi. 54, 
1908, and I figured a supposed Australia bird, vol. ii, pi. 86, 1912. 

The Challenger Expedition obtained two specimens on Nightingale Island 
on 17th October, 1873, and three examples were secured off Gough Island, and 
the egg obtained was believed to be of this bird (Clarke 1, p. 202) ; it measures 
61 X 42 mm. It will be noted that this egg is smaller than the Tristan one 
and larger than those of feae. The average of the five eggs is 58-2 X 
43-04 mm. 

Lowe and Kinnear (7) record one taken off Cape Town and one at sea N.W. 
of Tristan da Cimha, and on pi. vi give a coloured drawing of the head and leg. 

WOkins (4) found them in their burrows in the hillside near the beach on 
Gough Island, from 28th May to 1st June, 1922. Many others were observed 
coming inland in the late evening, and their croakuigs could be heard throughout 
the night. He also observed them at sea on the voyage from Gough Island to 
Tristan. 

[Local name. White-breasted Black Eaglet. All Mrs. Barrow says of this 
species is " that it lays in November." However, it seems to be quite well known 
to the Tristan people, though it was some years before we could make out for 
what species the above local name stood. However, in 1919 a skin arrived with 
this local name attached, which proved to be mollis. Unfortunately I have no 
information as to whether this species is jilentLfuI or not at Tristan, but believe 
that it is found on all three islands. Two eggs have been received at different 
times, one taken at Tristan in November 1917 and the other in November 1923. 
They are duU white with no gloss, rather spherical in shape and measure 64 x 49-6 
and 63-5 x 49-8. The nests were at the end of burrows on a slope. Does it also 
breed at Gough Island ?] 

In the Bird Room of the Natural History Museum is a bird of the same size 
as mollis from South Lat. 36° 8' and East Long. 88° 55'. It is uniform dark 
grej'ish ; the chin and upper throat are mottled, like the lores and forehead. It 
can be called Pterodroma deceplornis. Type 43-7-14-34. The nearest land is 
New Amsterdam and St. Paul's Islands. 

PTERODROMA BREVIROSTRIS (Less.). Kerguelen Petrel. 

This bird breeds on Kerguelen Island. It is figured b}' Godman m his Mono- 
graph, pi. 60, 1908. 

The nest, placed at the end of a burrow of varying lengths, is in an enlarged 
chamber and composed of damp and decayed vegetable matter. The egg is single, 
white and measures 50 ■; 38 mm. The breeding season is from October to 
December. Young found in January. 

It was recorded from 69° 33' South and 15° 19' West (Clarke 3), and from 
Australia by Campbell from a specimen washed up in Western Australia on 
6th June, 1926. I figured and described it in my Birds of Norfolk and Lord Howe 
Islands, p. 102, pi. 38, 1928. 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. ■ 35 

[Local name, " Night-hawk " ( ?). There is no mention of this Petrel in either 
Mrs. Barrows' or Mrs. Rogers' books. The people have not mentioned it in any 
of their lists, but then they have a habit of forgetting species that are quite 
common there. Nor have I received any skins in any of the collections sent. 

The Quest Expedition in May 1922, from questioning the people, include it 
with a query, as breeding there in November, but they did not see any themselves. 

W. B. Alexander, in Birds of the Ocean, 1928, says that it breeds at Tristan 
da Cunha and Kerguelen. On what authority I do not know. 

Among some eggs sent to Col. R. Sparrow from Tristan in 1929 by R. Glass, 
but with very scanty data, are .4. cinerea, P. gravis, P. macroptera, etc., and a single 
egg which Glass considers distinct, and named " Night-hawk." It is very white, 
oval and pointed and measures 69-5 x 53-5. 

I have no eggs of this Petrel myself for comparison.] [Are these the eggs of 
Adamastor ? — G. M. M.] 

DAPTION CAPENSIS (L.). Cape Pigeon or Spotted Petrel. 

It is also called the " Pmtado " bird, of which the genus name is an anagram. 

This widely distributed bird occurs in the Antarctic oceans and northward 
almo.st to the equator. It is figured by Gould, vol. vii, pi. 53, 1847 ; Godman, 
in his Monograph pi. 80, 1909 ; and in my Birds of Australia, vol. ii, pi. 90, 1912. 
The Austro-New Zealand subspecies probably breeds ofi New Zealand. 

The Pintado bird of the world's early navigators is probably the best known 
of all the Petrels to travellers. Its eggs, however, were not found tiU 2nd December, 
1903, at the South Orkneys (Clarke 2). 

" The three nests from which eggs were obtained were placed on open 
exposed edges of cliffs on the west side of Uruguay Cove, Laurie Island, at heights 
of from twenty to one hundred feet above sea-level. 

" The nests were composed of a few small angular fragments of rocks and a 
little earth, and contained single eggs, which were quite fresh. 

" When approached, the sittmg birds ejected an evil-smelUng reddLsh fluid, 
of semi-digested crustaceans, with great precision for a distance of six or eight feet. 
They did not, however, leave their nests, and were captured while sitting. 

" They seemed of a sociable nature and nested together, but isolated nests were 
not uncommon. Both sexes were often found sittuig side by side, one on the 
nest and the mate close alongside, and cooing and clucking to each other. 

" Eggs were taken also in January. On the 18th of this month a chick five 
days old was taken, and others were still m down on 5th February. 

" The adult, before laymg its egg, sits close on the nest for about a month 
and then entirely disapjieared for some ten days, when it returned and laid its egg. 

" The eggs, which are pure white, vary from oval to elongate ovate in form. 
The former measure 56-5 X 43 mm. ; and the latter 67-2 x 43-3 ; the average 
being 62-35 by 43-11. The length varies from 56-5 to 67-2, and the breadth from 
46-5 to 40-5. 

" The numerous nests fomid were placed either on ledges of cliffs, or, though 
these were few, in hoUows in the earth and among small stones on steep scree - 
slopes, and all were quite open. Whereas on Kerguelen they nest in burrows 
and grottoes. It is also thought to breed at South Georgia. About 20,000 birds 
of this species nest on Laurie Island. The chick in down, five days old, is slaty- 
grey above, and paler and sooty on the undersurface. 



36 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 

" A young bird has the head and body clad in down, with feathers developing 
on the wings and scapulars. The down on the uppersuiface is sooty, darker on 
the head and cheeks, and paler and greyish on the underparts. The wing-quiUs, 
the largest of which are two inches in length, are black, some of them with the 
inner webs white towards the base. The feathers of the scapulars are black and 
white. There are no signs of tail feathers. Wing eight inches. 

" They leave the breeding place in April, and the first of the spring migrants 
returned on 1st October, and became plentiful by the 23rd." 

Further notes were added by Clark (3) ; Lowe and Kinnear (7) do not admit 
a subspecies, and quote WUson's note : " I saw one dip entirely, with half -spread 
wings, to get a piece of garbage, and reappear with a splash like a Shearwater. 
To rise from the water it had to rim on the surface, four or five splashing steps. 

PACHYPTILA VTTTATA KEYTELI (Mathews). Tristan Broad-billed Prion 

(Nightbird). 

This bird lays its eggs on the stones at the back of a dark cave on Inaccessible 
Island in September (lOth, 1917) (c/. Ibis, 1932, January, p. 165). 

It is recorded for Gough Island (Clarke 1) with a wing of 220 mm. The lower 
plate of the mandible was pale blue and the remamder of the bill black ; tarsus 
and toes cobalt-blue, webs black. Wilkins (4) says it lays in September. He also 
dug them out of deep burrows on the hillside near the beach on Gough Island 
between 28th May and 1st Jime. 

[Local name, " Nightbird." This species, once common, seems to have 
become scarce at Tristan. Mrs. Barrow writes, 17th September, 1908: "Mr. 
Keytel, my husband and Rapetto went by boat to'visit Freshwater Cave in search 
of Nightbirds. The cave Ls about 100 yards in length. At the far end is a 
pebbly beach where the birds were supposed to be. Between it and the mouth 
was water which had to be crossed. They saw about a dozen Nightbiids and got 
seven eggs." Mrs. Rogers also visited this cave in 1923, and writes : "There is a 
shingly beach, and a small dark cave at the end at one time the haunt of Night- 
birds, but they seem now to have completely deserted it. Indeed, these birds 
seem to be leaving Tristan now. They used to be easily caught by the curious 
expedient of lightmg fires in the caves, which attracted them down. Their eggs 
are very good eating. Near by is ' Guano ' or ' Dry ' Cave, also about 100 
yards long and fairly lofty. The floor is of sand mixed with guano, and quite dry. 
But the buds have now deserted it also." However, they stLU breed m some 
numbers on both Inaccessible and Nightingale. One skin was received from 
Tristan in 1919, and two obtained at Inaccessible on the 26th April, 1923. I have 
only two eggs, white and smooth and rather oval in shape. One taken at Fresli- 
water Cave on the 10th Sejitember, 1917, measures 52-5 x 35, and the other at 
the same place on the 20th September, 1922, is 51-5 x 35.] 

MACRONECTES GIGANTEUS (Gmel.). Giant Petrel. 

This large dimorphic, ugly-billed Petrel, the Nelly of sailors, has a bad repu- 
tation, as it catches and swallows whole, the Prion, on the wing. 

It is figured by Gould, vol. vii, pi. 45, 1848 ; Godman, in his Monograph, pi. 
76, 1909 ; and in my Birds of Austr. vol. ii, pi. 89, 1912. 

If we consider giganteus to be the Staaten Land form, including the South 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 37 

Orkneys, and breeding on Graham's Land ; and treat the Falkland Island form 
(solanderi) and the Kerguelen Island breeding bird (halli) as wandering in the off 
season up the we.stern coast of South America (forsteri), as sjnionynis, we must 
admit the Austro-New Zealand .subspecies alhus, with the Ross Sea bird (wilsoni) 
and the Australian form (dovei), as synonyms. 

This makes the Tristan breeding bird also giganteiis, which seems wrong ; 
perhaps solanderi would be more correct. 

This bird breeds on Gough Island (Clarke 1), where it lays its egg in the middle 
of September. It enters the Penguin rookeries and carries o£E the young ; and 
it pulls Petrels out of their holes. The egg is ovoid to elliptical, white, shell 
coarse and granulated and rough with no indication of gloss. 

" Breeding season, South Georgia, November, December and January ; 
Falkland Islands, October and November ; Gough Island, September. 

" Five thousand birds nest on Laurie Island, South Orkney Islands (Clarke 2). 
They nest in rookeries, and the nests consist of great piles of small angular 
stones and measiu-e two feet in diameter. The clutch is single, and the average 
(80 eggs) is 103-8 x 65-7. mm. 

" The bird had to be f)ushed off the nest to get the egg. They showed no fight, 
and usually sat down a yard away. They did not shoot oil from their nostrils, 
but vomited the contents of their stomachs, not as defence, but to lighten them- 
selves before taking to the wing." 

A photo appears of nest, egg and adult on pi. xi. 

Lowe and Kinnear (7) devote twelve pages to this bird, of which four and a 
half are measurements of tarsus and the length and depth of the bills. In all about 
a hundred birds are measured. They admit no subspecies, although two are 
indicated. They prove that the white phase starts life in white down and the 
dark phase in dark down. That is, age had nothing to do with colour ; this I 
have always thought to be the case. Young Diomedia exulans can always be 
distinguished from Macronectes by the fact that exulans at aU ages has the under- 
wing white, with a black tip and edging, whereas all dark phases of Macronectes 
have the under wing dark. Otherwise both are very dark on the ixpperparts 
and show no white. 

[It is stated in Sclater, Syst. Av. Aethiop. i, p. 15, 1924, that it breeds at 
Tristan. Alexander, in Birds of the Ocean, 1828, repeats this. However, no 
skins, or eggs, have been sent me by the jjcople as yet, nor has it been mentioned 
in any of their letters, and it seems strange that, if these large, conspicuous birds 
breed at all commonly at the islands, no one seems to know it. 

It breeds commonly at Gough Island, some 250 miles away. Two eggs of 
the M . g. solanderi, which is said to be the subspecies occurring m these seas, 
from the Falkland Islands measure 102-3 x 63 and 101 >; 65-2, and are very 
white and rough in texture ; while two eggs of the typical race from South 
Georgia are 106 x 65 and 100 x 66. 

The nest is just a hollow on the ground.] 

PELECANOroES URINATRIX DACUNHAE Nicoll. Tristan Diving Petrel 

(Flying Penguin). 

This form breeds on Tristan ; the Austro-New Zealand bird is figured by 
Gould, vol. vii, pi. 60, 1844 ; Godman figured a form in his Monograph, pi. S6, 



38 NOVTTATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 

1910, and the Kerguelen bird exsul, \)\. 87 ; and I figured the Chatham Island 
subspecies, vol. ii, pi. 94, 1912. There are about half a dozen forms. 

It is recorded from Gough Island (Clarke 1). It breeds on Nightingale 
Island in November ; the clutch is single, white, dull with no gloss, and oval in 
shape. 36-5 X 30 mm. ; 38 x 29. The egg is placed at the end of a burrow. 

[Local name, " Flying Penguin." This Diving Petrel is pecuhar to the 
Tristan group, and was first recognized by Nicoll on the 17th January, 1906, off 
Tristan, who remarks : " a new species, half a mile from the shore they were on 
all sides." However, since that date very little seems to have been recorded 
about this bird, and neither Mrs. Barrow nor Mrs. Rogers mention it in their 
books. No skins have been foimd in any of the collections received, nor have 
any of the natives mentioned it in their lists or notes of species found in the 
islands. 

Among the last eggs given me by the Rev. H. M. Rogers is one supposed to 
be that of this little Petrel. It is white, rather stained, and roundish in shape, 
and measures 38 x 29. It was taken from a small bvu-row hned with feathers, 
etc., at Inaccessible on the 14th November, 1924. 

In January 1930 Colonel R. Sparrow, who had obtained some eggs from 
Tristan (mostly broken), most generously gave me an egg of this bird taken by 
R. Glass at Nightingale in 1929. Unfortunately his data is very vague. All he 
says is, " No. 5 The Flying Penguin, one of the most important birds which lay 
on Nightingale Island, which I went especially across with my boat for to collect 
Seabirds' shells." This egg measures 36-5 x 30, and is much like the other but 
rather rounder and more stained.] 

DIOMEDEA EXULANS EXULANS L. Wandering Albatross (Gony). 

This bird formerly bred on Tristan da Cunha, now only on Inaccessible 
Island in this group. Gould figured it in vol. vii, pi. 38, 1844 ; and Godman, pi. 
89, 1910 ; and I figured the Austro-New Zealand form in vol. ii, 95, 1912. 

It also breeds on Gough Island (Clarke 1) in December (end) and 
January. The young stay on the island till they are ten months old before they 
go to sea. Numbers are killed by the Nellies and Skuas, only about 5 per cent, 
reach maturity. 

Lowe and Kinnear (7) give a text figure showing a scarlet mark on the head 
behind the eyes, like a red collar. They give the plumage changes from nestling, 
through four changes, to adult, and consider chionoptera to be the Kerguelen 
Island subspecies. 

[Local name, "Gony." Mrs. Barrow writes, 9th February, 1907: " Yesterday 
the men went out in a boat to shoot Albatrosses, and got seven. Once they 
nested on the island, but now nests are not to be found nearer than Inaccessible 
Island." Mrs. Rogers also remarks in 1923 : " Albatrosses have entirely left the 
island." 

Four skins were received in 1919 from John Glass and Tom Rogers, but an 
egg they also sent, with others, never arrived ! 

However, the Rev. H. M. Rogers sent me a single egg taken on Inaccessible 
Island on the 1st November, 1924. with the remarks : " Nest cone-shaped, and 
over a foot high, among grass. Only a few breed here now." This egg, con- 
siderably stained and seemingly unmarked, measures 134 x 76 mm. How it 



NOVITATISS ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 39 

arrived here unbroken is a marvel, as it was half out of the box when I received 
it from the postman ! !] 

THALASSARCHE MELANOPHRIS MELANOPHRIS (Tcmm.). Black-browed 

Mollyniawk. 

ThLs bird is found off South Africa and the Atlantic and Indian Oceans ; 
breeding at the Falkland and Kerguelen Islands. It includes belcheri from 
Kerguelen and richmondi from the west of South America as synonyms, and is 
replaced by impavida from the Australian waters. 

It is figured by Gould, vol. vii, pi. 43, 1844 ; and Godman, pi. 97, 1910 ; and 
I figured the Australian form in vol. ii, pi. 96, 1912. 

This bird was not found on Gough Island (Clarke 1), but was collected on 
Tristan. Lowe and Kinnear (7) give a coloured figure of the head, and say that 
this bird settles on the water when things are thrown overboard, and then from 
that position dives completely under after them if necessary. It dives into and 
under water with three-quarters expanded wings, coming up with the wmgs still 
half open. After examining and measuring a long series, they admit two sub- 
sjiecies as above. It appears not to breed on Tristan. 

[This species does not seem to have been recorded by any writer from the 
Tristan group, nor is it recognized by the inhabitants. But there is a single skin 
in the collection sent me by John Glass and Tom Rogers in 1919 which seems to 
be the first obtained there. However, the Quest Expedition state that it was 
seen at Gough Island, and also at the Tristan group in May 1922. So that it is 
not unlikely that it breeds unobserved on one of the islands. 

Eggs of the typical form from the Falkland Islands, where it breeds plenti- 
fully, are rather narrow as a rule, the spots and blotches being more liver-coloured 
than red. Eight eggs average 105 x 66 mm. 

It is interesting to note that the eggs of these three species can be separated 
in a series with fair certainty. Those of T. chlororhynchiis being the smallest, 
while P. f. fusca eggs are much wider, and those of T. melanophris average con- 
siderably longer.] 

THALASSARCHE CHLORORHYNCHUS CHLORORHYNCHUS (C!m.). YeUow- 

nosed MoUymawk (Mollyhawk). 

From the Cape all over the Southern Ocean, this bird is seen at some season 
of the year. It breeds on the Tristan Group, probably Nightingale Island, where 
it was found resting (Wilkins 4) on the grass in an open glade near the summit of 
that island. It was quite tame and allowed itself to be caught. 
• It is figured by Gould in vol. vii, pi. 42, 1844 ; by Godman, pi. 102, 1910 ; and 
by myself in vol. ii., pi. 98, 1912. The form carteri was also figured by Godman, 
pi. 102a, and myself, pi. 99. Lowe and Kinnear (7) consider that there are only 
two forms of this bird, and put eximiiis from Gough Island, and carteri, an acci- 
dental visitor to west coast of Australia, as synonyms. The Australian sub- 
species they call bassi, and give the reason for their decision. 

Australia. — Adult: head, entire neck and underparts pure white ; mantle 
greyish brown ; ocular streak and loral smudge famt. When freshly moulted a 
slight tinge of bluish grey suffuses the sides of the head, nape and hind neck. 

Tristan da Cunha. — Top of head white ; sides of face, nape and hind neck 



40 NOVITATES ZooLoaiCAE XXXVIII. 1932. 

very distinctly washed with grey ; chin, throat and iinderparts white ; mantle 
greyish brown ; ocular streak and loral smudge of a darker and more decided tone. 

Moseley, writing of this MoUyma\^■k (chlororhynchus) from Nightingale 
Island, says that it is about the size of a goose, the bill is black with a yellow streak 
on the top and with a bright yellow edge to the gape, which extends right back 
under the ej^e. Carmichael says that when irritated the feathers of its cheeks 
are separated, so as to display a beautiful stripe of naked orange skin, rumiing 
from the corners of the mouth towards the back of the head, which is a 
continuation of the gape. 

It seems strange that well over a century has passed and stUl we have no 
drawing showing this yellow line. 

" The birds make a cjdindrical nest of tufts of grass, claj' and sedge, which 
stand up from the groimd. The nest is neat and round. There is a shallow con- 
cavity on the top for the bird to sit in, and the edge overhangs somewhat, the old 
bird imdermining it during incubation by pecking away the turf of which it is 
made. The nest is fourteen inches in diameter and ten niches high. The bird 
lays a single egg, elongate, with one end larger than the other, as are all albatross 
eggs. 

" The egg is held m a sort of pouch, whilst the bird is incubating. Thus the 
bird has to be driven right off the nest before it will drop the egg out of its pouch. 

" The birds, when approached, sit quietly on their nest or stand by them and 
never attempt to fly ; indeed, they seem, when thus bent on nesting, to have 
almost forgotten the use of their wings. 

" When bullied with a stick or handled on the nests, the birds snap their 
bills rapidly together with a defiant air, but they may be pushed or poked oS with 
great ease. Usually a pair is to be seen at each nest, and then by standing near 
a short time one may see a curious courtship gomg on. 

" The male stretches his neck out, erects his wings and feathers a bit, and 
utters a series of high-iiitched, rapidly repeated somids, not milike a shrill laugh ; 
as he does this he puts his head close up against that of the female. 

" Then the female stretches her neck straight up and, tm-ning up her beak, 
utters a similar sound, and rubs biUs with the male again. The same manoeuvre 
is constantly repeated. 

" Sometimes they nest right in the middle of a penguin road, or they take 
up their abode in separate pairs anywhere in the rookery, or under the trees 
where there are no pengums, which latter situation they seem to prefer." 

[Local names, "'Mollyhawk" or "Mollymawk." This appears to be the 
common Albatross in the group, and occurs in large numbers on all three islands ; 
and although Mrs. Rogers states that the flesh is very strong and mipleasant, 
many are eaten by the people. They are hunted from January to March, and in 
1923, whUe 2,139 were taken in January, no less than 4,800 were killed in March. 
The Rev. H. M. Rogers tried to keep statistics of the various birds' eggs taken 
for food, etc., diu^ing his stay. 

They come to nest in August, lay during October, and leave again in April. 
The eggs are also used in large numbers for food, and on the 7th October, 1906, 
Mrs. Barrow writes : " Mollyhawk eggs are just in, and nearly every man has been 
out on the mountain after eggs. John Glass got 162. The men say that this 
bird never lays more than one egg each season. In time I fear that these beautiful 
birds will be driven from the island." 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 41 

On the 6th February, 1 !)07, she also says : "While sitting on the cliffs at Sandy 
Point, a pair perched within a few feet of us. They are exceedingly handsome 
birds, for the most part white, their bUls black, with a bright yellow stripe down 
the middle. They have the most graceful movements, and this pair bowed, and 
clicked their bills together, and made love to each other in the most charming 
way. They cannot rise off flat ground unless there is wind, only from a hiU or 
cliff edge. On the 5th January near the ponds among bushes and fern," she con- 
tinues, " we came across a good many MoUyhawks sitting on their nests, which 
they seem to frequent after the young ones have flown. We also saw 1 or 2 of 
the young, which are covered with a fluffy blue down. While on the 24th of 
April, also near the ponds, we saw many young ones, sitting near their nests, and 
looking white in the undergrowth." There are several large breeding colonies on 
Tristan, the nests being cones of peat, etc., placed among the bushes and fern, 
specially near the ponds and above the base. 

The single egg is more or less dusted and freckled, or ringed with reddish 
spots at one end. Twenty eggs average 96-5 x 62-5. 

They also breed at Inaccessible. While at Nightingale Island the Rev. H. M. 
Rogers wrote, on the 31st January, 1924; '" The Mollymawks thrive here, both 
in the tussac and in the open valleys, as well as on the cliffs. I saw one rookery 
in a beautiful but swampy valley, containing over 500 of these handsome birds, 
right in the middle of the Island." 

Three skins have been sent me from Tristan.] 

[THALASSARCHE CHRYSOSTOMA Forster. Grey-headed MoUymawk. 

The eggs of this bird were found on South Georgia (Wilkins 4) for the first 
time. Not recorded from the Tristan Group. 

Young. — Just hatched. Light grey down, slightly darker on the wings, 
becoming darker with age. Bill dark horn-colour ; iris light brown ; feet light 
grey. 

Nest. — Cone-shaped, twelve to fourteen inches high ; about a foot wide at 
the top and about twenty inches at the bottom, with moss and earth, Uned with 
gra.ss. 

The nests are used each year for breeding purposes. The young birds have to 
be pushed off, in order that the parents may lay a new season's egg. 

Egg. — Clutch one, dull white ; average measmements 101 X 74 mm. 

Breeding Season. — December and January, South Georgia. Young hatched 
on January 1st.] 

Although this form does not occur on the Tristan Group, it is included for 
comparison. 

PHOEBETRIA FUSCA FUSCA (Hils.). Sooty Albatross (Pe-o). 

This species and the former {chlororhynchus) were described as nesting on 
Tristan as far back as 1818. The bird is figured by Gould, vol. vii, pi. 44, 1848 ; 
Godman, pi. 103, 1910 ; and I figured it in my Birds of Norfolk and Lord Howe 
Islands, pi. 41, 1928. 

It is reported as breeding on Gough Islaild (Clarke 1), bill " dark, \\ith a 
yellow stripe on each side." It is common, ^ut does not breed in rookeries ; it 
places its nests separately on cliffs or projecting rocks, where it is most difficult 



42 NoviTATES Z001.0GKAE XXXVIII. 1932. 

to get at them. The bird commence.s to lay by the middle of September, and 
while sitting keeps up a continual cry similar to that of a young goat. This is 
the only Sooty Albatross seen at Tristan (WUkins 4), although a watch was speci- 
ally kept for palpebrata. Lowe and Kinnear (7) give a coloured figure of the 
head of ■palpebrata. In the A.O.U. Check List, 1931, p. 366, auduboni is con- 
sidered a South Pacific Ocean bird, and therefore becomes a synonym of P. 
palpebrata huttoni. 

[Local name, " Pe-o " or " Pe-ho." Common on Tristan, though not nearly 
so numerous as T. chlororhynchus. It comes in to nest in August and leaves 
again in April. This species, which is well known to the natives, is described as a 
" brown bird with yellow on the bill." 

I received two TrLstan skins in 1819. 

They breed on the island during October in some numbers, but not in large 
colonies in the grass and fern Uke the " MoUyhawk," the cone-shaped nest 
being usually placed in dangerous situations on the edge of cliffs on the coast or 
inside the crater on the mountain. 

Curiously enough, I have no records from either Inaccessible or Nightingale, 
though they probably occur there too. 

Eggs vary in shape and size, some being almost unmarked, while others are 
spotted, ringed or speckled with reddish. 

Eight eggs average 100 x 67.] 

ATLANTISIA ROGERSI Lowe. Tristan RaU (Island Cock). 

We owe the discovery of this bird to the Rev. H. M. C. Rogers, acting Resident- 
Chaplain on Tristan da Cunha, who forwarded two skins to the British Museum 
in 1923. Later he forwarded the body of a bird in spirits. 

Dr. P. R. Lowe described it as a new genus and species, and later {Ibis, 1928) 
gave an exhaustive monograjjh, with a coloured figure. He says that it is the 
smallest flightless bird known to exist, or to have existed. It is said to live in 
burrow, under the talus slopes on Inaccessible Island, and to be a fast runner. 

In the Bulletin of the British Ornithologists' Club, vol. xlviii, p. 121, July 10th, 
1928, Lord RothschUd described the eggs. 

Clutch three (?) ; greyish milk-white tinged with buff; dotted all over 
sparingly with rather small chocolate -rufous spots and underlying ones of 
lavender-mauve ; all markings are considerably more concentrated round the 
apex. The measurements are 35 x 25 mm. 

The eggs are typical Rail's eggs and very large for the size of thabird, and 
almost indistinguishable from some varieties of the eggs of Crex crex. 

Breeding season, October and November. 

Mrs. Rogers (12) says that it can run with great speed, shelters in the tussocks 
and Uves in a burrow. 

ThLs bird occurs only on Inaccessible Island, where Mr. Philip Lindsay 
discovered the nest in 1927 and 1928. 

[Local name, " Island Cock." 

On the 2nd February, 1923, the Rev. Rogers visited Inaccessible with three 
boats' crews and succeeded in obtaining two specimens, now in the British 
Museum. He described this Rail a^s unable to fly, but runs with great speed, and 
shelters in the tussac. It lives in a burrow, and feeds on insects and worms. 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAJE XXXVIII. 1932. 43 

Tom Rogers sent me a single skin, now in the Royal Scottish Museum, 
labelled "'Island Cock,' Inaccessible Island, 5th May, 1923. They are the 
hardest little birds to catch."] 

PORPHYRIORNIS NESIOTIS NESIOTIS (8cl.). Tristan Coot. 

This bird is figured at the original description ; and notes on the Gough 
Island subspecies are quoted in the Ibis (Clarke 1) under the name P. comeri 
Allen. The two forms are very smiilar. 

LARUS DOMINICANUS DOMINICANUS Licht. Southern Black-backed Gull. 

Tills bird ranges from >South Africa to Kerguelen ; South America and the 
Southern Ocean ; Tristan, Crough Island, etc., and is represented in New Zealand 
by a subspecies antipodus, which is figured by Buller in his first edition, pi. 20. 
The typical form is figured in Gray and Mitchell's Genera of Birds, vol. iii, pi. 
180, 1845. 

It is not recorded from Gough Island (Clarke 1), but breeds on Laurie Island, 
South Orkney Island (Clarke 2), where some remam all the year round, the return 
of the spring immigrants commencing in mid-October. The birds were paired 
on 3rd November and the first eggs laid on the 15th. The first young mentioned, 
19th December. Fresh eggs marked on 3rd December were found chipped on 
the 28th, an incubation period of about twenty-five days. Young in down as 
late as 30th January. 

" The nests were placed on raised beaches, small screes and rocks within a 
few yards of the shore. The nest was a well-bmlt structure of seaweeds, mosses, 
lichens and feathers, and was usually surrounded by great quantities of limpet- 
shells, this moUusk being evidently a favoiu-ite food of the bird. The eggs were 
usually two in number, but sometimes three and occasionally only one. Wilkins 
(4) did not consider that they nested on Nightingale Island, although he pro- 
cured an immature male there on 21st May, 1922." 

The New Zealand eggs (clutch two or three) vary from green to stone and 
dark stone, with large dark and pale-brown blotches, chiefly at the larger end, and 
measure 69-72 x 47-50 mm. It breeds in scattered colonies on shingly river 
beds and coastal rocks and beaches. The nest is sometimes a mere hollow in 
the sand, with a few pieces of grass or sedge as lining ; at others they are large 
and made entirely of leaves. The upper portion of the nest is composed of dry 
leaves ; the base consists of more or less decomposed leaves and earth — apparently 
the birds forming a new nest on the old one of the year before. November is the 
usual laying month and three the most common number of eggs (Oliver 9). 

[Surprisingly little seems to be known in Tristan regarding the status of this 
species, and I have only received a single immature skin in the collections sent. 

However, the Quest Expedition, on the 21st May, 1922, saw many immature 
birds at Nightingale Island, and obtained one, a juvenile male of the year, which 
they thought must have been bred on the island, as it seemed much too young 
to have travelled any great distance. But no adults were seen, and the natives, 
when questioned, did not think that any bred in the group, although adidts were 
sometimes observed. This species is very destructive to eggs and yomig of other 
birds, and wiU also attack a weakly lamb. I have no Tristan eggs, but in 
Appendix II in Mrs. Rogers' book, in the list of Natural History specimens 



44 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 

collected by them at TrLstan, and now in the British Mu.seum, appears No. 6 egg 
of the Southern Black-backed Gull {Larit^s dominicanus), but I fear some mistake. 
The nest is placed on a rock, or near the shore, and Ls composed of dry grass, 
or seaweed. Two or three eggs are laid, generally stone-colour sjiotted with brown 
and black. This species has a very wide breeding range. C/2 from Cape Colony 
measure 75 x 48 and 72 x 49. A c/3 from Buenos Aires are 74-5 X SO, 
70 X 49-5, 60 X 52. C/2 from Megellanes measure 70-5 x 52 and 69-5 x 50. 
A c/3 Falkland Isles are 73 X 51-5,73 x 52,74 x 51. But a, cl2Lariisd.antipodus 
from New Zealand are very dark narrow eggs and measure 72 x 47 and 70 X 47. 

CATHARACTA ANTARCTICA ANTARCTICA (Less. ). Antarctic Skua (Sea-hen). 

This hawk amongst gulls frequents the southern area, breeding on the 
Falkland Islands ; it occurs at Gough Island and Tristan, and has wandered to 
AustraUa. The Indian Ocean form, intercedens, breeds in Kerguelen ; clarkei 
occurs in the South Orkneys, South Shetlands and South Georgia ; lonnbergi is 
the Austro-New Zealand bird ; and tnaccormicki is from Antarctica, breeding at 
Victoria Land. 

I have figured the Austro-New Zealand form in my Birds of Australia, 
vol. ii, p. 122, 1913, and maccormichi in my Birds of Norfolk and Lord Howe 
Islands, pi. 42, 1928, and the Australian example of the typical bird in the 
Supplement not yet published. On Gough Island they commence to lay in the 
middle of September (Clarke 1) : when the Penguins lay, the Sea-hens come 
ashore in large numbers and get their living by robbing the nests and catchmg the 
young. They also kUl the young albatrosses. They nest on Laurie Island, 
South Orkney Islands (Clarke 2). They leave durmg the whiter months after 
28th April and return on 16th October. The first eggs were laid on 2nd December 
and young were out by 22nd January. By 11th February dark feathers were 
appearing on the wings and sides of the breast of those youngsters. Incubation 
period about six weeks ; next year, 1904, they returned on 21st October, and the 
first eggs were found on 27th November. 

" The nests were usually placed on the tops of mossy rocks, or on plateaux 
from 100 to 400 feet above the sea, and consisted of well-made hollows in the moss, 
while teased-out fragments of moss formed the Unmg. Occasionally nests were 
found on the tops of moraines and were then hoUows in the earth lined with 
lichens. 

" The eggs were two m number, on which the bird sat very close, her mate 
usually remaining near at hand. When approached, the owners screamed 
defiance and the sitting bird had to be forcibly ejected from the nest. The nests 
were surrounded by many shells of eggs and remains of young penguins. The 
young soon wandered from the nest and were most difficult to detect among the 
moss. Wilkins (4) said that they were seen in great numbers about each island 
of the Tristan group." 

Lowe and Kinnear (7) have published eleven pages on this bird, five of which 
deal with measurements ; they make all forms subspecies of Caiharacta skua 
and admit seven forms. They go carefully into the plumages, from the cinnamon- 
red to the straw or lighter-coloured feathers. 

[Local name, " Sea hen." This well-known species is resident and plentiful 
on all three islands. They are great robbers and devour the eggs and young of 



NOVITATES ZOOLOOICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 45 

other species, and Mrs. Barrow has seen them attack and kill a weakly lamb more 
than once. 

I have received four or five skins, one of which is dated 17th April, 1923. 
Antarctic Skuas breed during August and Sejatember, singly as a rule, and the 
nests are just scrapes lined with a little grass or weed, and placed near the shore. 
Two eggs are laid, showing considerable variation, even in a clutch, being pale 
olive, greenish, or dark brownish, more or less sjjotted with dark brown at the 
larger end, and rather dumpy in shape. Ten eggs are very uniform in size and 
average 70 x 51, whUe four eggs from the Falkland Islands average 69'5 x 49, 
being slightly shorter and distinctly narrower. For comparison, 100 eggs of the 
British bird average 70-59 X 49-37.] 

STERNA VITTATA VITTATA Gmel. Sub-Antarctic Tern (Kingbird). 

This bird occurs m the South Atlantic and Indian Ocean and off South 
Africa ; it breeds on St. Paul's Island and Tristan da Cunha, and is represented 
in New Zealand by the subspecies bethunei. The typical form is from Christmas 
Harbour, Kerguelen. I have figured it in the Supplement to my Birds of Norfolk 
and Lord Hoive Islands. It occurs in Gough Island (Clarke 1 and Wilkins 4). 

[Local name, " Kingbird." Of this species Nicol writes, 17th January, 
1906, " Very like our common Tern, and judging from the numbers of young 
just able to fly, there must be a considerable nestmg colony." While all that 
Mrs. Barrow says about them is : " Comes in September, and lays m November." 
I have received several skins, two of which, one adult and the other immature, 
were shot at Tristan on the 15th February, 1923. All my eggs come from Sandy 
Point, on the east side of the island, but they may breed elsewhere. One or two eggs 
are laid on the bare sandy ground, with a few straws at times for Uning. Six 
eggs taken on the 14th November, 1923, and 16th November, 1924, average 
46 X 32 mm., the largest bemg 47-5 x 33. Four are stone colour with small 
grey, brown and blackish sjjots, mostly at the larger end, while two are much 
darker and more heavily spotted.] 

ANGUS STOLIDUS STOLIDUS (L.). Noddy (Wood Pigeon). 

This Tern is distributed throughout the tropical seas, in the Atlantic Ocean 
breeding at St. Helena, Ascension and Tristan ; off Africa from the Gold Coast 
to the Congo. The Indian Ocean has the subspecies, rousseaui, from Madagascar ; 
plunibeigularis occurs m the Red Sea ; pileatus is from the Philippines, Liu Kiu 
Islands and China ; unicolor from the South Pacific ; galajMgensis from the 
Galapagos Islands ; ridgwayi from the west coast of Mexico ; and the Australian 
bird is gilberti, of which antelius is a synonym. Gould figured it m vol. vii, pi. 34, 
1846, and I in vol. ii, pi. 115, 1912. It occurs on Gough Island (Clarke 1) and 
nests at Tristan. 

[Local name, " Wood Pigeon." Comes in September, lays in November, 
but goes away for the winter. ThLs species seems rather scarce at Tristan, 
although I have received one or two skins. On the 14th November, 1907 Mrs. 
Barrow writes: " My husband and Rapetto went off to the ' Hardies,' some rocks, 
in the sea, beyond 'Hottentot Pomt,' in search of 'Wood Pigeons,' eggs. 
This is a seabird, in spite of its land-sounding name. They had to swim to a high 
rock a short distance from the shore, and then cUmb to the top of it. It was 



46 NOVHTATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 

rather too early for eggs, and they only found one, but satisfied themselves of 
its identity. These rocks, the ' Hardies,' are the only actual nesting-places that 
I know of, though there are probably others, and only a few breed there." These 
eggs, taken on the 24th November, 1023, and 20th November, 1924, at these rocks 
measure 51 x 35, 49 x 36 and 48 X 34 ; two are slightly spotted with grey and 
reddish brown, while the middle one is almost unmarked. 

The Rev. H. M. Rogers reported large numbers on Nightingale Island on 
the 31st January, 1 924, and remarks : The ' Wood Pigeon ' is a big bird, black and 
grey, with a long beak, and utters a rather cawing note.'] 

MEGALOPTERUS MINUTUS ATLANTICUS Mathews. White-capped Noddy. 

This form occurs in the Atlantic, breeding on Ascension Island, St. Helena 
and Inaccessible Island. The Australian form is minutus and the Philippme one 
is worcesteri ; Marcus Island has marcusi ; while from Cocus to Clippeaton 
diamesus occurs ; and americanus is from the Caribbean Sea. 

Gould figured it in vol. vii, pi. 36, 1846, and I m vol. ii, p. 117, 1912. 

[It is stated in the Syst. Av. Aethiop. i, p. 155, 1924, that it occurs on In- 
accessible Island of the Tristan group. 

No skins have been sent me, nor have I any record of it, but I do not think 
that the Islanders can distinguish between these two rather similar Noddies, 
even though their nests are so unlike. Mr. Rogers does not mention any Noddy 
at Inaccessible, though on the 31st January, 1924, here marks on the large numbers 
seen at Nightingale Island. 

The nest is composed of fresh seaweed sUghtly hollowed and firmly 
cemented to the branch of a tree or side of a rock. 

The egg is whitish stone with a few grey dots, the larger end being spotted 
with reddish brown. It measures 45-47 x 31'5-33. 

I have one very small Noddy egg, only 47-9 x 34, with a few grey and 
brownish dots at the top, taken 18th November, 1917, in the group.] 

NESOCICHLA EREMITA EREMTTA Gould. Tristan Thrush (Starchy). 
NESOCICHLA EREMITA GORDONI Stenh. Inaccessible Island Thrush. 

The tyjjical form is confined to Tristan and is said to be extinct ; a subspecies 
occurs on Inaccessible and Nightingale Islands. In the Challenger Report, p. iii, 
we are told that seven skins were collected on Tristan, and the coloured tigiu'e on 
pi. xxiii was made for the first time. A cut of the leg, wing and bill from the 
above is also given. The subspecies gordoni was collected on Inaccessible as told 
by Stenhouse. The sexes are alike. They are found in all jDarts of each island 
(WUkins 4). They seemed to prefer the more open glades, where the tussock 
grass grows rankly. More often than not they perched on the branches of trees 
when disturbed in feeding on the flies and insects found by the edge of streams 
and near the beach. They were not seen on Gough Island. 

In Cat. Birds Brit. Mus. vi, p. 332, 1881, Sharpe considered this a true 
Thrush, which Seebohm had not admitted in vol. v., p. 404, 1881. In Ibis for 
1923, pp. 523-9, Dr. P. R. Lowe has given us a detailed account of the structure, 
and gives a text-figure of the peculiar tongue, the sternum and a front and back 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 47 

view of the pterylosis. And on pp. 528-9 gives measurements of the wing, bill 
and tarsus of examples from the three islands in the group. The Tristan bird is 
smaller in the wing, and is paler and more fulvous than those from the other two 
islands, which are similar to each other (gordoni). 

[Local name, "Starchy." On the 10th August, 1907, Mrs. Barrow writes: 
'' William to-day brought in a bird which he calls a ' Starchy,' but which is just 
like our old friend the garden thrush. He says that there are lots on the hill. 
They have no song." In Mrs. Rogers' book there is no mention of it at Tristan. 
When the QueM called there in May 1922, it was reported to be extinct. So that 
the two Tristan specimens I received in 1919, and now in the Royal Scottish 
Museum, are probably among the last of their race. No eggs seem to be known 
from Tristan. 

In 1924 the late Surg. -Admiral J. H. Stenhouse separated this race from the 
Tristan form on the strength of larger size, darker plumage, and especially the 
larger, deeper bill. The three skms sent were collected at Inaccessible on the 26th 
April, 1923, where the bu-d is stiU plentiful ; it also occurs at Nightingale. Eggs, 
though described to the Challejiger Expedition m 1 873 by the Stoltenhoff brothers, 
were unknown until 1923, when the Rev. H. M. Rogers discovered two nests on 
the 3rd February at Inaccessible. The nests were cup-shaped, of various dry 
grasses, etc., one in tussac and the other in an " island tree." The eggs are blue 
with rusty spots and freckles. Both nests contained two eggs. No. 1 measuring 
29 X 23 and 29 x 22, whUe No. 2 is 31 x 21 and 29 x 22, one egg being rather 
elongated.] 

NESOSPIZA ACUNHAE ACUNHAE Cab. Tristan Bunting (Canary). 
NESOSPIZA ACUNHAE QUESTI Lowe. Nightingale Island Bunting. 

The first occurred only on Tristan, where it is believed to be extmct and the 
latter stLU lives on Nightingale Island. 

The typical form is figured in the Challenger Report, p]. xxiv, from Inacces- 
sible, and on p. 112 a cut of the foot, wing and side view of the head is given. 

This bird was described in 1 873 by Cabanis from an old skin acquired by the 
BerUn Museum, from the sale of the Bullock collection. 

This bird " builds in the bushes, and lays four or five eggs very like those of 
the Common Canary." WiUdns (4) says that the birds are very tame and are 
found in considerable numbers in all parts of the two islands. Nightingale and 
Inaccessible. On the beaches and the uplands they were feeding on the flies and 
insects found in damp places ; also on the seeds of tussocks gras.s. Lowe (5), 
workmg up this material, p. 519, gives an account of the bird, and on p. 520 
described a new subspecies from Nightingale, and on p. 521 gives measurements 
of the Inaccessible and Nightingale Island birds, showmg the smaller size of the 
latter ; on p. 522 is a text-figure of the head and wing of this and imlkinsi. 

The bird described by Cabanis at the same time as the above, that is 
C'rithagra insularis, in the Journ.J. Ornith. 1873, p. 153, as supjiosed also to be 
from Tristan, has been a stumblmg-block to many. However, Dr. E. Stresemann, 
who has examined the type, tells me that it is a synonym of Serinu-s Jiaviventris 
(Swainson 1 828) from South Africa, and the locaUty guessed (cf . Ornith. Monatsber. 
1923, p. 142). Crithagra of Swainson, in Cat. Birds Brit. Mas. xu, p. 348, 1888, 
is placed as a synonym of Serinus, but it may be a good genus. 



48 NOTITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 

NESOSPIZA WILKINSI Lowe. Nightingale Island Large Bunting. 
This new species from Nightingale Island is a giant of the former bird. It 
has the same colourmg a.s tlie others (questi), but is a much bigger and heavier 
bird in every way (Wilkins 4). Lowe, in the Ibis for 1923, p. 521, described it as 
a new species ; the drawing of the head and wmg on p. 522 will show that it 
differs from Nesospiza m the formation of the bUl. 

lONORNIS MARTINICA (L.). American Purple Gallinule. 

In Bull. B.O.C. xhv, p. 72, 1924, Dr. Percy R. Lowe records that he had 
received at the British Museum, from the Rev. H. M. C. Rogers, an immature 
example of this bird, which had been taken on the island of Tristan da Cimha. 
This is the first record for the island. A second example is recorded by Stenhouse 
in the Scottish Naturalist for 1924, p. 96. 

In the Birds of Massachusetts, vol. i, November 1925, p. 364, Forbush has 
given a good description, and on pi. 24 a coloined figure of the adult in breeding 
plumage. He says that it breeds in swamps and marshes, and the nest is a 
platform of rushes, etc., like a shallow basket suspended among, and woven into, 
marsh vegetation. 

Eggs. — Clutch 6 to 10, soiled white, creamy or pale buff, sparsely spotted, 
chiefly about the larger end with brown, umber and neutral tints. They measiu'e 
1-63-1-54 X 1-16-1-13 inches. 

Breeding season, April to June (October). 

Incubation period, 23 to 25 days. 

In the " Life Histories of North American Marsh Birds," Bulletin 135, p. 339, 
1926, A. C. Bent gives a dehghtful account of this bird. He says that the clutch 
is 6 to 8, usually ovate in shape, and the shell is smooth with little or no gloss. 
Pale cinnamon-pink or pale pinkish buff to cartridge-buff. They are lightly and 
mievenly marked, with very small spots and fijie dots of bright browns and pale 
drabs. Average measiu-ements of 56 eggs, 39-2 x 28-8. Extremes, 42-7 
X 30-2, 39 X 30-2 and 34-6 X 26-2. 

Breeding months, April, May and June. 

[Two have been obtained at Tristan, and seem to be the only specimens 
recorded from the Aethiopian Region. 

An immature specimen of this species was included among the skins sent 
me in 1919. It was obtained (date not recorded) by Tom Rogers, who wrote: 
" It is the only one we ever saw on the island, and I only got it by chance when 
gomg to the other side of the island called the ' Rooky.' I did not have a gun, 
but knocked it down with a stone." A second specimen, also immature, was 
obtained by the Rev. H. M. Rogers at Tristan, and is now in the British Museum. 

These birds must be " some travellers," when immature specimens can cross 
the 2,000 miles of ocean to Tristan.] 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 4& 



THE LYMANTRIIDAE OF THE MALAY PENINSULA. 

By C. L. COLLENETTE. 

(Plates I and II.) 

T HAVE been aware for some time past that the Malayan Lymantriidae had 
been much neglected, and in going through the material in the Britisli 
Museum, the majority of it collected by H. N. Ridley in Singapore, it further 
became evident that several species were misidentified and that in some cases 
(J (J of one species were associated with $? of another. 

An analysis of localities given in the Indo-Australian section of Seitz showed 
Java to have been credited with 77 species, Borneo with 69 and the Malay 
Peninsula with only 39, while Van Eecke in his Heterocera van Sumatra (Zool. 
Med. Leiden, Deel xi, p. 78, 1928) reached a total for that island of 91 species. 

The present paper, undertaken mainly to fiU the evident deficiency, gives a 
total for the Malay Peninsula (excluding Peninsular Siam) of 153 species, of which 
49 are new. 

This advance has been rendered possible by a generous response to my 
appeal for material, a large collection having been received from the F.M.S. 
Museum, Kuala Lumpur, the great majority of the specimens obtained by the 
personal collecting of Mr. H. M. Pendlebury, who has worked " light " in a very 
thorough manner in a number of localities. 

I have worked tlirough the British Museum collection and that of the 
Zoological Museum, Tring, and am grateful for the loan of insects from the Hope 
Department, Oxford University Museum ; the Zoological Museum, Berlin ; and 
the Imperial Institute of Entomology (Malayan Agric. Dept.). 

Although I believe that the specimens examined are fairly representative 
for the neighbourhoods of Penang, Kuala Lumpur and Singapore, it Ls evident 
from the number of species represented by single specimens that many more 
forms remain to be discovered m the hills, both in the interior and near the 
coast. I have drawn attention in the text to a number of deficiencies, especially 
of cases in which one sex of a species is well known and the other sex undescribed. 

By a careful examination of type specimens, of which I have seen nearly all, 
it has been possible to clear up a number of difficulties which have puzzled 
earlier workers who did not have access to the types. 

A number of specimens in the collection, especially in the genus Leucoma, 
have been left unidentified, by reason of their poor condition. Without doubt 
new species are present among these, but I have refrained from making types 
out of rubbed and damaged material unless some easily recognized marking or 
characteristic existed to make the description intelligible. 

Although Seitz's Orossschm. d. Erde has given us a foundation, much work 
still remains to be done on the generic classification of the Lymantriidae. In 
the present paper I have in some cases refrained from corrections which will 
eventually have to be made, because such corrections would involve many other 
species quite outside the scope of the paper. At the present time it is hardly 
possible to examine a Lymantriid and run it down to its genus. So many species 

4 



50 NOVITATES ZOOLOOICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 

are out of place, so many genera badly defined and so many divergent opinion.? 
expressed as to the types of the genera, that I have sometimes hesitated from 
expressmg my own opinion for fear of adding to the confusion. It is plain that 
this work must eventually be attempted as a whole rather than genus by genus. 
Each genus and each species must be critically exammed, and I look forward to 
the time when I shall feel competent to attempt the revision. 

In this paper the Comstock-Needham system has been employed for the 
wing-neuration, and Ridgway's Color Standards and Color Nomenclature, 1912, 
for descriptions of colour in new species. 

I have to acknowledge my great mdebtedness to Mr. W. H. T. Tams for 
advice and assistance during the writing of the j)aper, and wish also to pay 
tribute to the reliable work of Mr. van Eecke in the above-mentioned Heterocera 
van Sumatra, which has considerably lightened my labours. 

I. Leucoma singaporensis Strand. 

Leucoma singaporensis Strand, in Seitz, Macrolep. oj the World, x, p. 310, pi. 39b (1914). 

Type, o, Singapore, in coU. Seitz. 

II cJcJj 2 ??, Singapore ; 1 $, Penang ; in British Museum. 2 ^J^J, Penang ; 
1 (J, Padang Rengas ; 1 (J, Gunong Ijau ; in Tring Museum. 1 $, Perak ; in 
Zoological Museum, Berlin. ^ SS> Singapore ; 1 (J, near Jitra, Kedah ; 1 (^, 
3,500 ft., Lubok Tamang, Pahang ; in F.M.S. Museum. 

The origmal description of this species appeared in the English edition of 
Seitz, where it is dated 14.xii.l9I4. The corresponding page in the German 
edition was not published until 31 .iii. 1915. 

The greenish hue m the veins of the forewing, noted by Strand as present 
in the ^J, is visible also in the $. 

2. Leucoma discirufa Swinh. 

Leucoma discirufa Swinh., Trans. Ent. Soc. Land., p. 384 (1903) ; Seitz, Grossschm. d, Erde, x, p. 309, 
pi. 39b (1915). 

Type, (^, Pulau Laut, S.E. Borneo ; in British Museum. 

1 cj, at Ught, 11 .iii. 1924, Kuala Lumpur (E. Seimund) ; in F.M.S. Museum. 

The single Malayan (^ is much worn and discoloured, but agrees well in 
structure with the type, and can be assigned to this species with some confidence. 
In the F.M.S. Museum is a further ^J of the species from Khao Luang, Peninsula 
Siam. 

[Leucoma lactea Moore.] 

Eedoa lactea Moore, Lep. Coll. Atk., p. 46 (1879). 

Leucoma lactea Moore, Seitz, Grossschm. d. Erde, x, p. 309, pi. 39a (1915). 

Type, ?, Darjeeling, m BerUn Museum (see remarks in Seitz, I.e., p. 309). 
Paratype $, Darjeeling, in British Museum. 

A single $, with the printed label " Singapore," is in the F.M.S. Museum, 
and appears exactly to match the paratjrpe § from Darjeeling. As L. lactea is 
large and conspicuous, and does not appear to have been recorded previously 
from Malaya or the East Indies, it seems best to regard this locality label with 
suspicion, and not to include the species in the Malayan list for the present. 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 61 

3. Leucoma ecnoinoda Swinh. 

Leucoma ecnonwda Swinh., A.M.N.H. (7), xx, p. 77 (1907); id.. I.e. (8), xviii, p. 215 (1916) (?) ; 
Seitz, Grossschm. d. Erie, x, p. 309 (1915). 

Holotype (J, Java, in British Museum. Neallotype $, Sumatra, in British 
Museum. 

2 (^cJ, 1 $, Singapore ; in British Museum. 1 (^, Tengah Mts., Pahang ; 
in Tring Museum. 4 c?c?, Singapore ; 5 (^^, Pulau Pisang, Johore ; 4 (J (J, 
2 ??, Kuala Lumpur ; 3 ^S, 3,500 ft., Bukit Kutu, Selangor ; 1 •?, 3,200 ft., 
Kedah Peak ; m F.M.S. Museum. 

I have compared specimens from Java, Sumatra and Malaya, and can see 
no difference in facies or the cJ genitalia which would justify their separation. 

Van Eecke, in Zool. Med. Leiden, xi, p. 141 (1928), has sunk L. ecnomoda to 
L. saturnioides Snell (1879), which latter species was described from a $ from 
Takalar, Celebes. In the British Museum are two Celebes ^J^J, one of them from 
Macassar close to Takalar, and evidently of this species. These two ^JcJ are 
larger (40-41 mm.) and paler than ^JcJ of L. ecnomoda, and in both fore- and 
hindwing the hyaline portion approaches nearer to the termen. Moreover, the 
genitalia of the Macassar specimen appear distinct from those of Javanese L. 
ecnomoda, with, among other distinctions, plainly marked serrations down the 
dorsal margin of the valve in the former, which are present only in a very dimin- 
ished form on a portion of the margin in L. ecnomoda. I have therefore treated 
L. ecnomoda Swinh. as a separate species from L. saturnioides SneU. 

Van Eecke has also stated (Ent. Ber., vi, p. 176, 1923) that he considers 
L. fenestrata Hamps. (1893) and L. thyridophora Hamps. {Fauna of Br. India, i, 
p. 488, 1893) to be one and the same species. There is here an unfortunate 
similarity of name to L. thyridoptera Hamps. (Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc, xx, 
p. 114, 1910), which has caused confusion. I have pubUshed my conclusion 
{A.M.N.H. (10), vii, p. 510, 1931) that L. thyridoptera Hamps. sinks to L. fenes- 
trata Hamps., as they are plainly the $ and (^ of the same Ceylon species. L. 
thyridophora Hamps., of which the type $, Sikkim, is in the Tring Museum, is a 
rare insect, of which I have seen no (J ^J; and it seems best to retain it as a separate 
species until specimens of this sex can be studied. 

4. Leucoma perfecta Wlkr. 

Redoa perfecta Wlkr., Journ. Linn. Soc. Land. (Zool.), vi, p. 128 (1862). 
Leucoina perfecta Wlkr., Seitz, Grossschm. d. Erde, x, p. 309 (1915). 

Type, ^, Sarawak, in Oxford Museum. 

3 (?(^, Penang ; 5 (^^, Singapore; in British Museum. 3 ^J^J, Bukit 
Kutu, Selangor ; 1 ,^, Gunong Tahan ; 2 (J^J, Penang ; in Trmg Museum. 
11 (^(J, Kuala Lumpur ; 1 ^, 2,000-2,700 ft., Gunong Angsi, Negri SembOan ; 
1 (J, Pulau Pisang ; 15 ^^, 3,450-3,500 ft., Bukit Kutu, Selangor ; 1 ^, Gintang 
Sempak, Pahang ; 2 ^$, 4,000-4,200 ft., Eraser's Hill, Pahang ; 2 cJ^J, 4,800 ft., 
Cameron's Highlands, Pahang ; 1 <^, The Gap, Pahang ; 3 cJcJ, 3,300 ft., Kedah 
Peak ; m F.M.S. Museum. 

Although the ^J is evidently commonly taken throughout Malaya, the $ 
does not appear to be known. It must be a large and conspicuous insect. 

In Seitz, x, p. 309, it is stated that Leucoma divisa WUtr., List Lep. Ins. B.M ., 
p. 836 (1855), occurs at Singapore and Penang. This is probably a misidentifica- 



S2 NOVITATES ZOOLOC.ICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 

tion of the present species. The type of divisa, a 5 from Nepaul, is a Euproctis 
with a dark abdomen and yellow anal tuft, resembling E. latijascia Wlkr. (1855). 

5. Leucoma submarginata Wlkr. 

Redoa suhmarginata Wlkr., List Lep. Ins. B.M. iv, p. 826 (1855). 
Leucoma suhmarginalti Wlkr. Seitz, Grossschm. d. Erde, x, p. 310 (1915). 

Type, (J, Silliet, in British Museum. 

1 (J, 2,000-3,500 ft., Perak ; m British Museum. 1 J, 2,000-3,000 ft., 
Gunong Ijau, Perak ; 1 ^, Ipoh ; in Tring Museum. 4 (JrJ, Kuala Lumpur ; 
1 cj, Ulu Lengat, Selangor ; 3 cJcJ. 1 ?. 3,400-3,500 ft., Bukit Kutu, Selangor ; 
1 cJ, Kuala Teku, Pahang ; 1 (J, 4,800 ft., Cameron's Highlands, Pahang ; 1 (J, 
Lankawi Islands ; 1 $, near Jitra, Kedah ; in F.M.S. Museum. 

The type of L. submarginata has unfortunately lost the abdomen, but the 
Malayan insect appears to match it exactly in facies. 

L. submarginata bears considerable resemblance to Leucoma (Redoa) transiens 
Wlkr. (1862), but appears to be distinct. The type of L. transiens is said in the 
original description to come from Sarawak, and this statement has been copied 
by Walker himself (List Lej3. In.s. B.M . xxxii, p. 343), and also by Kirby and 
Swinhoe. The insect labelled as type in the British Museum Ls a ^J answering 
to the original description, and on the pin is the printed name cut from vol. xxxii, 
p. 343. It also bears a label in Wallace's handwriting " Aru," and a museum 
label with " Aru Isl." on one side and " 58.48 " on the other, which latter corre- 
sponds to Wallace's Aru Island donation in 1858. The Sarawak collection was 
donated in 1857. After a careful but unsuccessful search in the British Museum 
for another specimen with which this type might have been confused, I have 
come to the conclusion that an Aru specimen was mixed with the Sarawak 
collection which Walker was describing, and that the type of Redoa transiens 
Wlkr. comes from the Aru Islands and not Sarawak. 

6. Leucoma hipparia Swinh. 

Leucoma hipparia Swinh., A.M.N. U. (6), xii, p. 213 (1893); Seitz, Grossschm. d. Erde, x, p. 310 
(1915). 

Type, cJ, Singapore, in British Museum. 

In the material before me there are a number of ,^<;J from Malaya which 
cannot definitely be separated from this species by any external character. I 
have examined the genitaha of some eight specimens, and not only is it impossible 
to match any with L. hipparia. but they show great divergence among themselves. 
I have come to the conclusion that in this case the genitalia cannot be relied 
upon for separating the species, and that bred series should be obtained before 
further forms are described. 

7. Leucoma flavescens Moore. 

Redoa flavescens Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lottd., p. 600 (1877). 

Leucoma flavescens Moore, Seitz, Grossschm. d. Erde, x, p. 311, pi. 39c (1915). 

Type, cJ, S. Andamans, in British Museum. 

7 cj(^, Kuala Lumpur ; 2 ^^, \ '^, 3,500 ft., Bukit Kutu, Selangor ; 1 $, 
4,900 ft., Cameron's Highlands, Pahang ; 1 <^, 1,800 ft., Batang Padang, Perak : 
in F.M.S. Museum. 



I 



NOVITATES ZoOLOr.ICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 53 

The type of L. flavescerus is unique, and in rather poor condition. It appears 
to agree with the series from Malaya, but fvirther material may show subspecifio 
difference. 

The $ exhibits the same pattern on the f orewing as the <J, but is less heavily 
scaled. 

8. Leucoma riguata Snell. 

Leucoma riguata Snell., Iris, viii, p. 138 (1895) ; Seitz, Grossschm. d. Erde, p. 310 (1915). 

T3T)e, cJ, Sumatra, in Leiden Museum. 

1 c?> Singapore ; in British Museum. 1 ^J, 1 $, Penang ; in Tring Museum. 
2 (JcJ, Singapore ; 1 $, Kuala Lumpur ; 1 (J, 3,400 ft., Bukit Kutu, Selangor ; 
1 ?, Taiping, Perak ; in F.M.S. Museum. 

I have compared the two Malayan c^,^ with a Sumatran (J determined by 
Mr. van Eecke, and they appear to be conspecific. 



9. Leucoma phrika sp. nov. (plate I, fig. 23). 

cJ. Palpus slightly upturned, snuff-brown, mixed towards the base with 
white. Antennal .shaft white, mixed towards the tip with snuff-brown ; pectina- 
tions Sudan brown. Head bistre, the lower part of the frons whitish. Thorax 
and abdomen, above and beneath, white. Legs white ; a patch of bistre 
proximally on tibia and tarsus of foreleg and tarsus of middleleg ; distal segments 
of all tarsi pale orange-yellow. Forewing white, iridescent, with a " watered 
silk " effect over the whole wing ; a small fuscous spot on the discocellulars ; 
costa narrowly orange-buff ; fringe white, between veins R4 and C'u2 Saccardo's 
umber, this colour also invading the wing area as interneural termmal patches. 
Hindwing white ; fringe white at apex and anal angle, the remainder white 
mixed with Saccardo's umber. Underside of both wings white ; fringes as on 
upperside. 

$. Resembles ^, but with the forewing less iridescent ; the orange-buff on 
the costa of forewing, and Saccardo's umber on termen and fringe of forewing 
and fringe of hindwing, almost absent. 

Expanse : ^^ 26-29 mm., $? 32 mm. 

1 J (holotype), Penang, 2,260ft., 27.iii.I898 (S. S. Flower) ; 1 ^ (paratype), 
Singapore, 6.ii.l908 (G. Meade Waldo); British Museum. 1 $ (allotype), 
Kedah Peak, 3,300 ft., 25.iii.1928; 1 ^ (paratype), Sungei Renglet, Pahang, 
3,500 ft., 13.iii.l925; 1 (J (paratype), Tanah Rata, Cameron's Highlands, 
4,800 ft., 20. V. 1931 ; 5 c?c? (paratypes), Kuala Lumpur, February, April and 
October ; 4 <5'^ (paratypes), Bukit Kutu, Selangor, 3,500 ft., March and April ; 
all taken at light by H. M. Pendlebury ; 3 J,^ (paratypes), Bukit Kutu, 3,400 ft., 
August 1915 ; 1 ^ (paratype), Ginting-Sempak Pass, Pahang, May 1927 (C. F. 
Constant) ; F.M.S. Museum. I ^ (paratype), Bukit Kutu, 3,450 ft., April 
1915 ; Tring Museum. Allotype presented to British Museum. 

This species is considerably smaller than L. riguata Snell (1895), and has 
the " watered silk " effect on the forewing considerably more marked. It is 
also quite distinct from L. flavescens Moore (1877), which has no discoceUular 
sjjot on the forewing. 



54 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 

lu. Leucoma poecilonipha sp. nov. (plate I, fig. 27). 

(J. Palpus slightly upturned, orange-buff, at the base whitish. Antennal 
shaft white, pectinations pinkish buff. Head tawny, the lower part of the frons 
whitish. Thorax and abdomen white, the latter thinly scaled. Legs, pectus 
and venter whitish, a patch of bistre proxinially on tibia and tarsus of fore- and 
middJeleg, distal segments of aU tarsi orange-buff. Forewing white, covered 
with shinmg opalescent scales and in some lights showing a duU antemedial and 
postmedial fascia ; a conspicuous fuscous spot on the discocellulars ; distal half 
of costa orange-buff ; fringe white at apex and tornus, the remainder Saccardo's 
umber, this colour also invading the wing area as intemeural terminal patches. 
Hindwing white ; a limited number of shining opalescent scales towards the anal 
angle ; fringe white at apex and anal angle, the remamder Saccardo's umber. 
Underside of both wings dull white ; costa of forewing, and frmges of both wings, 
as on upperside. 

$. Strongly resembles the (J. 

Expanse : cJ(J 29-34 mm., ? 42 mm. 

1 (^ (holotype), Taiping, Perak (E. Seimund) ; 1 c? (paratype), Kuala 
Lumpur, 28.x. 1921, and 1 ^ (paratype), Bukit Kutu, Selangor, 3,500 ft., 
le.iii. 1931, both at Ught (H. M. PencUebury) ; F.M.S. Museum. 1 $ (allotype), 
Ipoh, Perak (F. Hankin) ; Tring Museum. Holotype presented to British 
Museum. 

This beautiful species is easily distinguished by the opalescent sheen, and 
may be placed near to L. phrika CoUnt. 



11. Leucoma semihyalina Swinh. 

Leucoma semihyalina Swinh., A.M.N. H. (7), xiv, p. 421 (1904) ; Seitz, Grossschm. d. Erde, x, p. 310, 
pi. 39c (1915). 

Type, cJ, Sumatra, in British Museum. 

1 c?, Kuala Ketil, Kedah ; in British Museum. 6 c?c?. * ??. Kuala Lumpur ; 
1 $, Kuala Tahan, Pahang ; in F.M.S. Museum. 

The $ closely follows the J in markings, and has an expanse of from 29 
to 38 mm. 

12. Leucoma camurisquama sp. nov. (plate I, fig. 22). 

(J. Palpus porrect or slightly upturned. Mars yeUow. Antennal shaft 
whitish, pectinations cinnamon-buff. Head whitish, vertex Sudan brown. 
Abdomen above and beneath, pectus, and legs whitish, fore- and middleleg with 
a Brussels-brown spot frontally at the proximal end of both tibia and tarsus. 
Forewing shining white ; a small fuscous spot on the centre of the discocellulars ; 
beyond the end of the cell, and beyond the origins of veins M2 to Cu2, a " dull " 
patch caused by the scales being directed towards the apex and costa instead of 
towards the termen, almost at right angles to the normal direction ; when the 
wing is turned in a different direction the patch becomes bright and the remainder 
of the wing dull ; distal half of costa narrowly Mars yellow ; fringe Sudan brown, 
at the point of the apex, and between vein Cu2 and the toi-nus, whitish. Hind- 
wing dull white ; fringe Sudan brown, from vein Ml to the apex and at the anal 
angle whitish. Underside of both wings dull white ; fringes as on upperside. 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 55 

$. Resembles the ^J, but with the forewing somewhat less shining. 

Expanse : <^(^ 28-34 mm., $$ 36-41 mm. 

1 (J (holotjqje), 1 $ (allotype), 3 ^^ and 1 $ (paratypes), Singapore (H. N. 
Ridley) ; 1 ^ (paratype), 2,000-3,500 ft., Perak (W. Doherty) ; British Museum. 
1 cJ, Penang (Curtis), and 1 (^, Malay Peninsula (paratypes) ; Tring Museum. 
1 J (paratype), 7.ii.l924, Kuala Lumpur (E. Seimund) ; 1 $ (paratype), 27.xii. 
1922, Singapore (J. C. Moulton) ; 1 ? (paratype), at light, 4,200 ft., 2.vii.l931, 
Eraser's HiU, Pahang (H. M. Pendlebury) ; F.M.S. Museum. 

1 have examined a number of Lymantriidae which show " watered silk " 
markings on the forewing, but in no case other than the present is this due to 
the scales being directed in a different direction from those on the remainder of 
the wing. These scales do not appear to differ from the others in shape or in the 
angle of attachment to the wing surface, and are present in both sexes. The 
species is somewhat similar in appearance to Leucoma submarginata Wlkr. (1855), 
with which it has hitherto been confounded. 

13. Leucoma marginalis Wlkr. 

Redoa marginalis Wlkr., Journ. Linn. Soc. Loni. (Zool.), vi, p. 128 (1862). 
Leucoma marginaUs Wlkr.. Seitz, Grossschm. d. Erde, x, p. 311, pi. 39c (1915). 

Type, ($, Sarawak, in the Oxford Museum. 

2 (J (J, Smgapore ; 1 (J, 2,260 ft., Penang ; in British Museum. 1 ^, 
Penang ; in Tring Museum. 2 ^^, Kuala Lumpur ; 1 ^, 3,450 ft., Bukit Kutu, 
Selangor ; m E.M.S. Museum, Kuala Lumpur. 

Some of these ,^^ have a distinct greenish hue in the veins of both wings, as 
in L. singaporensis Strand. 

14. Leucoma phasmatodes sp. nov. 

$. Palpus pale pinkish buff, darker at the tip. Antennal shaft whitish, 
pectinations warm buff. Head whitish (discoloured in type), on the frons below 
the antenna Prout's brown. Thorax and abdomen white, the latter thinly 
scaled. Pectus, venter and legs whitish, fore- and midlegs with a Prout's brown 
spot proximally on the outer side of tibia and tarsus, and a further spot at the 
junction of femur and tibia. Wings semi-hyaline, whitish ; iridescent scales on 
the discocellulars, also above and below the anal vein and over the distal one- 
fourth of the wing ; these scales on the hindwing are somewhat less prominent 
than on the forewing ; fringes whitish. Underside of both wings, and fringes, 
whitish. 

Expanse : $? 49-58 mm. 

1 ? (holotype), 15. v. 1931, and 1 ? (paratype), February 1931, Kuala 
Lumpur; 1 ? (paratype), Bukit Kutu, Selangor, 3,500 ft., 16.iii. 1931 ; all 
taken at light by H. M. Pendlebury ; F.M.S. Museum. Holotype presented to 
British Museum. 

Resembles Leucoma diaphana Moore (1879), but is a much smaller insect. 
I have also compared it with ,^rj of L. marginalis Wlkr. (1862), but it Ls evidently 
distinct. 

15. Leucoma niphobola sp. nov. (plate I, fig. 26). 

(J. Palpus cartridge-buff, the tip tawny olive. A small aborted proboscis. 
Antennal shaft cartridge -buff, pectinations Prout's brown. Thorax cartridge- 



gg NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 

buff. Abdomen above and beneath whitLsh, thinly scaled ; anal tuft cartridge- 
bufi. Pectus and legs cartridge-buff, the latter banded with Prout's brown. 
Wings semi-hyaline ; on the forewing a patch of white shining scales in the 
centre of the cell, a further patch on the discocellulars, patches interneurally near 
the origins of 1/3 to anal vein, and a postmedial series of long interneural patches 
with a few scales of Prout's brown at their distal ends ; costa narrowly cartridge- 
buff mixed with Prout's brown ; fringe whitish. Hindwing similar to forewing 
in markings, but with no colouring on the costa, and with cartridge-buff on the 
inner niargm ; fringe whitish. Underside of both wings without markings ; 
fringe whitish. 

Expanse : <J<J 29-31 mm. 

1 tj (holotype) and 2 cjcj (paratypes), Taipmg (E. Seimund) ; F.M.S. 
Museum. 1 S (paratype), Padang Rengas ; Tring Museum. Holotype pre- 
sented to British Museum. 

16. Leucoma nivosa Wlkr. 

Lmcoma nivosa Wlkr., List Lep. Ins. B.M., xxxii, p. 344 (1865) ; Seitz, Grossschm. d. Erde, x, p. 312 
(1915). 

Type, ? (not cj as stated in the original description), Mt. Ophir, Malacca, in 
Oxford Museum. 

1 $, Singapore (H. N. Ridley) ; in British Museum. 

This species much resembles L. singaporensis Strand, but (m the $) there is 
no trace of greenish colour in the veins of the forewing. L. nivosa has a rather 
heavier and less transparent appearance and, in spite of its specific name, the 
forewing is creamy white as compared with the snowy white of L. singaporensis. 
In structure the two species appear to be very similar, although I have not 
compared the genitalia. 

17. Leucoma micacea Wlkr. 

Redoa micacea Wlkr., Journ. Linn. Soc. Land. (Zool.), vi, p. 127 (1862). 
Leiicoma micacfa Wlkr., Seitz, Grossschm. d. Erde, x, p. 311, pi. 39d (1915). 
Leucoma pulverulenia Snell., Iris, viii, p. 138 (1895) ; Seitz, x, p. 310 (1915). 

Type, (S, Sarawak, in British Museum. 

1 cJ, Penang ; in Trmg Museum. 1 <3, near Jitra, Kedah ; 1 (J, 3,400 ft., 
Bukit Kutu, Selangor ; 1 S, 1,500 ft., Batang Padang, Perak ; 1 ^, Ginting- 
Sempak, Pahang ; 1 ?, 500 ft., Kuala Teku, Pahang ; in F.M.S. Museum, Kuala 
Lumpur. 

18. Leucoma flora Swinh. 

Leuccnna flora Swinh., Tran.?. Ent. Soc. Lond.. p. 383 (1903); Seitz, Grossschm. d. Erde, x, p. 312, 
pi. 39g (1915). 

Type, cJ, Pulau Laut, in British Museum. 
1 (J, Singapore (H. N. Ridley) ; in British Museum. 

This (S agrees m appearance and venation with Bornean specimens, but is 
much smaller than the type, 23 mm. as against 28 mm. 

19. Leucoma egerina Swinh. 

Leucoma egerinn Swinh., .4.M.N.H. (6), xii. p. 213 (1893); Seitz, Grossschm. d. Erde. x. p. 311, 
pi. 39c (1915). 

Type, (J, Singapore, in British Museum. 
7 (5cJ, 3 $?, Smgapore ; 1 $, Semangho, Selangor; in British Museum. 



NOVITATES ZOOLOOICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 57 

1 ,:J. Singapore ; 1 $, Penang ; in Tring Museum. 2 $$, Kuala Lumpur ; in 
F.M.S. Museum. 

The $ resembles the (J in general appearance. 

20. Caviria impressa Snell. 

Leucoma impressa Snell., Tijdschr. v. Ent., xx, p. 8, pi. 1, fig. 1 (1877). 
Caragola impressa Snell.. Seitz. Grossschm. d. Erde, x. p. ,313 (1915). 

Type, 9, Java, in Leiden Museum. 

2 (S<S. 3,500 ft., Bukit Kutu, Selangor ; 1 ?, Cheras, Selangor ; 2 ??, Kuala 
Lumpur ; 1 $, Kuala Tahan, Pahang ; in F.M.S. Museum, Kuala Lumpur. 

21. Caviria ochripes Moore. 

Stilpnolia ochripes Moore, Lep. Coll. Atk., p. 45 (1879). 

Caragola ochripes Moore, Seitz. Grossschm. d. Erde, x, p. 313, pi. 39d (1915). 

Type, $, DarjeeKng, in Berlin Museum. 

1 ?, 20.vii.l915, Kuala Lumpur ; in F.M.S. Museum, Kuala Lumpiir. 
The Malayan specimen corresponds well to the original descriiDtion, and I 
have little doubt that it is correctly determined. 

22. Perina nuda Fabr. 

Bomhyx nuda Fabr., Manl. Ins. ii. p. 119 (1787). 

Perina nuda Fabr., Seitz, Grossschm. d. Erde, ii. p. 134, pi. 21d (1910). 

Type, (^, India, in British Museum (Bankes collection). 

1 c?. Singapore ; 1 $, Penang ; m British Museum. 1 $, Perak ; in Zoolo- 
gical Museum, Berlin. 1 ^, Kuala Lumpur ; 1 ^, 3,500 ft., Bukit Kutu, Selan- 
gor ; 1 $, 3,500 ft., Lubok Tamang, Pahang ; in F.M.S. Museum. 

23. Porthesia subnotata Wlkr. 

Orvasca siihnotala Wlkr., List Lep. Ins. B.M. xxxii, p. 502 (1865). 
Euproctis subnotata Wlkr., Seitz, Grossschm. d. Erde, ii, p. 139 (1910). 

Type, $, Hindostan, in British Museum. 

5 ?9, Singapore ; 2 5$, Kuala Lumpur ; in British Museum. 1 cJ, Penang ; 
in Tring Museum. 1 ?, Singapore ; 4 ^^, 12 $?, Kuala Lumpur ; 1 ?, 3,500 ft., 
Bukit Kutu, Selangor ; in F.M.S. Museum. 

Malayan specimens are probably indistinguishable from the Indian form, 
but in the British Museum the available material of the latter is too small for 
detailed comparison. 

24. Porthesia scintillans similis Moore. 

Artaxa similis Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. E.l.C. ii, p. 351 (1859). 

Euproctis similis Moore, Seitz, Grossschm. d. Erde, x, p. 352, pi. 44c (1918). 

Type, ?, Java, in British Museum. 

4 $5, Singapore ; in British Museum. 2 $$, Penang ; m Tring Museum. 
4 cJcJ, 1 $, Kuala Lumpur ; 1 (J, 3,300 ft., Kedah Peak ; 1 (J, 1 ?, 3,500 ft., 
Bukit Kutu, Selangor ; in F.M.S. Museum. 

Considerably darker in both sexes than P. scintillans Wlkr., and the yellow 
on the fore wing reduced in area. 



58 XOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 11132. 

25. PorUiesia limbata Butl. 

Arlaxa limljala Butl., III. Het. Br. Miis. v, p. 53, pi. sc, fig, 3 (1881). 
Euproctis lim'iata Butl., Seitz, Grossschvi. d. Erde, ii, p, 139 (1910). 

Type, $, Darjeeling, in British Museum. 
1 (^, Kuala Lumpur ; F.M.8. Museum, ex coll. Agric. Dept. 
On the material available it is not possible to say whether the Malayan 
race should be separated from the Indian. 

26. Porthesia virguncula Wlkr. 

Euproctis virguncnla Wlkr., Lut Lep. Ins. B.M. iv, p. 836 (18.55). 

Porthesia inrgiincula Wlkr., Seitz, Grossschm. d. Erde, x, p. 333, pi. 45b and c (1915). 

Type, cJ, Punjab, in British Museum. 

1 cj. Malacca ; in Zoological Museum, Berlin. 

27. Porthesia orphnaea sp. nov. (plate I, fig. 8). 

$. Palpus porrect, light buff. Antennal shaft ochraceous-buff, pectinations 
lighter. Head ochraceous-buff. Thorax ochraceous-buff to ochraceous-tawny. 
Abdomen above and beneath bone brown, anal tuft ochraceous-buff. Pectus 
light buff. Legs light buff to warm buff. Forewing drab, irrorated rather 
faintly over the whole wing with tawny olive and fuscous ; on two of the para- 
types there are traces of an antemedial and a postmedial fascia, indicated by a 
decrease in the irroration ; fringe drab. Hindwing hair brown, fringe drab. 
Underside of both wings, and fringes, uniform drab. 

Expanse : ?? 36-42 mm. 

1 ? (holotype), 12.iii.l931, 1 $ (paratype), 17.iii.l93I, 1 $ (paratype), 
16. iv. 1926, at light, 3,500 ft., Bukit Kutu, Selangor (H. M. Pendlebury) ; 1 ? 
(paratype), Sungei Renglet, Pahang, at light, 3,500 ft., 27. ii. 1925 (H. M. Pendle- 
bury) ; F.M.S. Museum. Holotype presented to British Museum. 

28. Euproctis atereta sp. nov. (plate I, fig. 18). 

cJ. Palpus upturned, warm buff. Antenna tawny oUve. Head and pata- 
gium orange-buff, remainder of thorax snuff-brown. Abdomen fuscous, towards 
the base snuff-brown ; anal tuft light orange-yellow. Pectus, venter and legs 
warm buff mixed with light buff, front of pectus orange-buff. Forewing saj-al 
brown irrorated sparsely over the whole wing with fuscous ; on the termen three 
large semicircular cream-buff spots, one at the apex, another between veins Ml 
and Ms, another from vein Cul to below vein Cu2 ; fringe sayal brown, cream- 
buff opposite the terminal spots. Hindwing bistre, terminal area narrowly 
cream-buff ; fringe cream-buff. Underside of forewing and fringe cream-buff. 
Underside of hindwing cream-buff ; the area between the cell and inner margin, 
and as far as the anal angle, bistre ; fringe cream-buff. 

Expanse : ^^ 29-37 mm. 

1 S (holotype) and 3 ^^ (paratypes), 3, .500 ft., April 1926 and March 1931 ; 
1 <S (paratype), Tanah Rata, Cameron's Highlands, Pahang, 4,800 ft., 20. v. 1931 ; 
all taken at light by H. M. Pendlebury ; F.M.S. Museum. Holotype presented 
to the British Museum. 

This species has much the same appearance as Porthesia similis Moore 
(1869), but has the venation of an Euproctis. 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 59 

29. Euproctis atomaria Wlkr. 

Artaxa atomaria Wlkr., List Lep. Ins. B.M. iv, p. 796 (1855). 

Euproctis atomaria Wlkr., Seitz, Grossschm. d. Erde, ii, p. 138, pi. 21h (1910) ; Van Eecke, Zool. Med. 
Leiden, xi, p. 126 (1928). 

Type, 9, North India, in British Museum. It should be noted that the 
insect mentioned in the original description under the heading " female " bears 
the data " 43.10. North India," while " var. (5 " bears the data " 43.43. East 
Indies." 

1 9, Gunong Tahan (J. Waterstradt) : in Tring Museum. 

The Malayan $ is rather larger (expanse 38 mm.) than the type from N. 
India, with broader and darker forewing. In the absence of further specimens 
it Ls not possible to decide whether it belongs to a separate race. 

30. Euproctis varians Wlkr. 

Artaxa varians Wllcr., List Lep. Ins. B.M. iv. p. 796 (1855). 
Euproctis varians Wlkr., 8eitz, Grossschm. d. Erde, ii, p. 137 (1910). 

Type, 9, N. China, in British Museum. 

1 (J. 1 ?> Ulw Gombak, .5.x. 1929, larvae on Oryza sativa L. ; \ ^, LHu 
Langat, 30.x. 1929, larva on 0. sativa ; 1 ^, Serdang, 27.iii.1928, larva on Con- 
bera odullurn ; 1 $, Kuala Lumpur, 3.x. 1928, larva on Citriis aurantiaca, all 
G. H. Corbett ; British Museum, ex Imperial Institute of Entomology. 1 cj, 
Padang Rengas ; 3 c^c?, 2 ?$, Kuala Lumpur ; in Trmg Museum. 1 ^, Malacca ; 
in Zoological Museum, Berlin. 1 ^^,1 ??, Kuala Lumpur ; in F.M.S. Museum. 

31. Euproctis dyssema sp. nov. 

c?. Palpus upturned, tawny olive. Antennal shaft pinkish bu£F, pectina- 
tions tawny olive. Head and thorax ochraceous-bufif. Abdomen bistre, basal 
segments and anal tuft ochraceous-bufF. Pectus and venter ochraceous-buff. 
Legs fringed with long hair-scales, jjale yeUow-orange, mixed on foreleg with 
ochraceous buff. Forewing light yellow-orange, slightly darkened medially 
below the cell by scattered scales of tawny olive ; a very faint postmedial fascia, 
lighter than the ground colour and roughly parallel with the termen ; fringe light 
yellow -orange. Hindwing and fringe light buff, inner marginal area slightly 
shaded with tawny olive. Underside of both wings light buff, slightly darker 
in the costal areas ; fringes light buff. 

$. Resembles the ^, but forewmg practically without markmg. 

Expanse : ^^ 29-37 mm., ?$ 31-37 mm. 

1 S (holotype), 1 ^J and 2 $9 (paratypes), Kuala Lumpur, October 1921 (3) 
and l.i.l931 (1); 2 ,$^ (paratypes), Bukit Kutu, Selangor, 3,450-3,500 ft., 
12.iii.l931 and 16. iv. 1926 ; 1 S (paratype), Ginting-Sempak Pass, 21.x. 1921 ; 
1 9 (paratype), near Jitra, Kedah, 8.iv.l928 ; F.M.S. Museum. 1 9 (allotype) 
and 1 (^, 1 9 (paratypes), Singapore, H. N. Ridley ; 1 9 (paratype), Malacca 
(J. Waterstradt), 1904; British Museum. 3 99 (paratypes), Perak ; Tring 
Museum. Holotype and one S paratype presented to British Museum. 

This species can be distinguished from E. varians Wlkr. by the dark abdomen 
and larger size. The 99 in the series are rather small as comparefl with the f^,^, 
but appear to be conspecific. There is no trace of a spot on the discocellulars 
in either sex. 



gQ NOVITATES ZoOLncIOAE XXXVIII. 1932. 

Among several small yellow Eiiproctis from Malaya which are before me 
and which are not in good enough condition for identification, there appears to 
be at least one additional new species. Bred series of these difficult insects 
would greatly help in clearing up present uncertainties. 

32. Euproctis bipunctapex Hamps. 

Somena hipunclapej: Hamps., III. Hel. Br. Mvs. viii, p. 57, pi. cxl, fig. 1.3 (1891). 
Euproctis bipunctapex Hamps., Seitz, Grossschm. d. Erde, ii, p. 137, pi. 21h (1910). 

Type, ?, Nilgiris, in British Museum. In the original description Hampson 
apparently refers to Nilgiri specimens of both sexes, but there is no .} from this 
locality m the British Museum. The ? figured is labelled by him as type of the 
species. 

2 cJt^, 4 9$, Smgapore ; 1 <S, 2,000-3,500 ft., Perak ; in British Museum. 
2 (Jc?, Gunong Tahan ; 2 S^, Penang ; in Tring Museum. 1 S, - ??. 3,500 ft., 
Bukit Kutu, Selangor ; 1 ^, 2 ??, Kuala Lumpur ; 1 S, Taiping ; 1 (J, near 
Jitra, Kedah ; in F.M.S. Museum. 

I have seen no ^ from Southern India, but judging from a comparison of 
the ?$, Indian and Malayan specimens do not differ. 

33. Euproctis bigutta Wlkr. 

Euproctis bigidta Wlkr.. List Lep. Ins. B.M. iv, p. 837 (1855) ; Seitz, Grossschm. d. Erde, ii, p. 138 
(1910), and x, p. 337 (1915). 
Type, cJ. Canara, Malabar Coast, in British Museum. 

3 .^^, 2 $?, Singapore ; in British Museum. 

The 3 ^ cJ of this series have a small spot on the discocellulars of the fore wing, 
as in the type. The 2 $$ are without this spot. 

34. Euproctis digramma Boisd. 

Bombyx digmmma Boisd., in Gu6r., Icon. Regne Anim. de Cuvier, p. 508, pi. 86, fig. 4 (1844). 
Euproctis digramma Gu&., Seitz, Grossschm. d. Erde, ii, p. 138 (1910). 

Type, (J, Java, in British Museum. 

1 $, 2,000-3,500 ft., Perak; m British Museum. 6 cJcJ, Penang; 1 ?, 
Ipoh, Perak ; in Tring Museum. 2 ??, Kuala Lumpur; 1 ?, 1,800 ft., Batang 
Padang, Perak ; in F.M.S. Museum. 

In addition to the two conspicuous black spots on the forewing between 
veins Ri-Ro and J/ 1-71/2, some of the above specimens of both sexes show 
smaller spots between veins iJ3-iJ4 and R5-MI. This is also the case with 
Javanese specimens. 

35. Euproctis bimaculata Wlkr. 

Euproctis bimaculata Wlkr., List Lep. Ins. B.M. iv, p. 836 (1855); Moore, Lep. Ceylon, ii, p. 89, 
pi. 112, figs. 6 and 6b (1883) ; Seitz, Grossschm. d. Erde, ii, p. 138 (1910). 

Type, $, Ceylon, in British Museum. 

1 9, Malacca (expanse 44 mm.) ; in Zoological Museum, Berlin. 

This species, which is evidently rare, is represented m the British Museum 
by 2 99 and 1 ^ from Ceylon. They are uniform, showing a cream-colour fore- 
wing, a white hindwing, and on the discocellulars of the forewmg a very large 
and almost round black spot, measuring nearly 2 mm. in diameter. The two 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 61 

illustrations in Seitz, on pi. 21h of vol. ii and pi. 45h of vol. x, are misleading. 
The species apjiears to be quite distinct from E. bigulta Wlkr. (1855). 

The evidence for the occurrence of the species in Malaya rests on the specimen 
mentioned above, which has no data other than " Malacca." 

36. Euproctis protea sp. nov. (plate I, fig. 13). 

(J. Palpus and head ochraceous-buff. Antenna warm buff. Patagium and 
base of tegula ochraceous-buff, remainder of thorax pinkish buff. Abdomen 
Verona brown ; anal tuft ochraceous buff, Hght buff at the base. Pectus and 
venter ochraceous buff mixed with light buff ; legs light buff. Forewing warm 
buff ; on the discocellulars a conspicuous fuscous spot ; fringe warm buff. Hind- 
wing light buff mixed with drab, lighter in the costal and terminal areas ; fringe 
light buff. Underside of both wings, and frmges, light buff. 

Expanse : (^^J 34—37 mm. 

1 cJ (holotype), Provmce Wellesley, Distant ; in British Museum, ex Joicey 
collection, 'i <SS (paratypes), Penang, March-April 1897 and 1898 (Curtis) ; 
1 (J (paratype), Ipoh, Perak (F. Rankin) ; 1 (^ (paratype), Kasoon Mountains, 
November 1896 (Curtis) ; in Tring Museum. 

There is considerable variation in this species, both in the size of the fuscous 
spot on the forewing, and also in the ground-colour of fore- and hindwing. 

37. Euproctis hapala sp. nov. (plate I, fig. 16). 

$. Palpus porrect and rather long, antiinony-yeUow. Antenna and head 
antimony-yeUow. Thorax much worn, but apparently antimony-yeUow, and 
with some long spatulate benzo-brown scales tipped with white in patagium and 
tegula. Abdomen fuscous, mixed with light buff dorsaUy at the base. Pectus 
and venter light buff, legs light buff to pinkish buff. Forewing Najales yellow ; 
a broad central band of benzo-brown occupying more than a third of the wing, 
produced inwardly below the cell to the base of the wing, cUstaUy reaching the 
postmedial area where it is bounded narrowly with white, and produced between 
veins MS and C'ul almost to the termen ; along the inner margin some long 
spatulate benzo-brown scales tipjied with white ; in the apex a small fuscous spot 
between veins iJ4 and E5, and a large rounded fuscous spot between veins R5 
and Ml ; fringe Naples yellow. Hmdwmg light buff, fringe pale pinkish buff. 
Underside of forewing pale pmkish buff, the central band and Naples-yeUow 
areas faintly indicated towards the costa and apex, and the two fuscous spots 
plainly marked in the apex ; fringe Najjles yellow mixed with pale pinkish buff. 
Underside of hindwmg and fringe pale pinkish buff. 

Expanse : 28 mm. 

1 ? (holotype), Eraser's Hill, Pahang, at light, 4,200 ft., 5.vii.l931 (H. M. 
Pendlebury) ; F.M.S. Museum. Kindly presented to British Museum. 

Somewhat resembles in facies E. dispersa Moore (1879), but considerably 
smaller, and without the prolongation of the dark area in the forewmg towards 
the termen between vems Ml and M2. 

38. Euproctis plagiata syngenes subsp. nov. (plate II, fig. 30). 
$. Palpus porrect, pinkish buff, with a patch of Natal brown on the outer- 
side. Antennal shaft pinkish buff, pectinations cinnamon-buff. Head and 



62 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 

patagium Mars yellow, tegiila somewhat lighter. Abdomen above and beneath 
fuscous, anal tuft, and basal segments dorsally, Mars yellow. Pectus and legs 
antimony yellow mixed with Mars yellow. Forewing sayal brown, irrorated 
over the whole wing with fuscous ; a large almost rectangular patch of pale 
orange-yellow, free of irroration, occupying the origin of veins J/2 to Cu2, and 
measuring approximately 5x3 mm. ; terminal area for a depth of about 3i mm. 
pale orange-yellow irrorated with fuscous ; some long lanceolate fuscous scales 
along the basal half of the inner margm ; fringe pale orange-yellow. Hindwing 
pale orange-yellow mixed rather heavily with sayal brown and fuscous ; cell pale 
orange-yellow ; some dark bushy hair -scales between cell and inner margin ; 
terminal area for a depth of about li mm., and fringe, pale orange-yellow. 
Underside of forewing pale orange-yellow irrorated with sayal brown, terminal 
area free of irroration for a depth of about 5 mm., also more narrowly along the 
inner margin ; frmge pale orange-yellow. Underside of hindwing pale orange- 
yellow irrorated with sayal brown, terminal area free of irroration for a depth of 
about 4 mm. ; on the discocellulars a faint dark striga ; frmge pale orange- 
yellow. 

Expanse : 66 mm. 

1 $ (holotype). Tana Rata, Cameron's Highlands, Pahang, 4,800 ft., 
16. vi. 1926 (D. Kedit) ; F.M.S. Museum. Kindly presented to British Museum. 

Can be separated easily from E. plagiata Wlkr. by the presence of dark 
irroration on upper- and underside of hindwing. The genitaUa appear to differ 
very little, and I infer that this $ represents the Malayan race of the N. Indian 
species. 

39. Euproctis biplagata Heyl. 

Antipha biplagata Heyl., C. R. Soc. Ent. Bdg. i, p. 10 (1892). 

Euproctis biplagata Heyl., Van Eecke, Zool. Med. Leiden, xi, p. 125, pi. x, figs. 9a-9c (1928). 

Euproctis biplagalana Strand, Seitz, Grossschm. d. Erde, x, p. 352 (1918). 

Euproctis renifera Swlnh., Trans. Ent. Soc. Land., p. 12 (1895). 

Type, (J, Praeanger, Java, in Leiden Museum. 

Tjrpe (E. renifera), $, Cherra Punji, Assam, m British Museum. 

2 $$, Smgapore ; 1 $, Kuala Lumpur ; in British Museum. 1 $, Padang 
Rengas ; 1 $, Gunong Ijau, Perak ; in Tring Museum. 1 9, 1,800 ft., Jor Camp, 
Batang Padang, Perak ; 1 (J, Kuala Lumpur ; 1 $, 3,500 ft., Lubok Tamang, 
Pahang ; 1 ?, 3,400 ft., Bukit Kutu, Selangor ; 1 ?, 3,300 ft., Kedah Peak ; 
in F.M.S. Museum. 

1 have identified these Malayan $$ with the Javanese and Sumatran E. 
biplagata Heyl. on the strength of van Eecke's description and figures, which 
support the original description. 

A comparison of the genitalia of a Javanese ^J and of a (J from Assam shows 
no distinction, and E. renifera Swinh. should sink to E. biplagata Heyl., as already 
suspected by van Eecke. 

40. Euproctis atrisignata Swinh. 

Evjiroclis atrisignata Swinh., Trans. Ent. Soc. Land., p. 423 (1903) ; Seitz, Grossschm. d, Erde, x, 
p. 339, pi. 44c (1915). 

Type, cJ, Singapore, in British Museum. 

2 (?(?. 1 ? (neallotype), Singapore ; in British Museum. 3 cJ(J, Kuala 
Limipur ; in F.M.S. Museum. 



I 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 63 

The 9, which has not hitherto been described, resembles the cJ, but the 
white spots along the termen of the forewing are barely visible, and there is a 
somewhat heavier irroration of dark scales on the forewing. This irroration of 
dark scales Ls not mentioned in Swinhoe's original description of the ,^, but is 
nevertheless present in the type and in the other specimens enumerated above. 

41. Euproctis minutissima Swinh. 

Euproctia minutissima Swinh., Trans. Ent. Soc. Land., p. 425 (1903) ; Seitz, Grossschm. d. Erde, x, 
p. 339, pi. 44c (1915). 

Type, cJ, Singapore (H. N. Ridley), in British Museum. 
42. Euproctis chirunda Swinh. 

Euproctis chirunda Swinh., Trans, Ent. Soc. Lond., p. 422 (1903) ; Seitz, Grossschm. d. Erde, x, p. 349, 
pi. 44a (1918). 

Type, 9, Sandakan, in British Museum. 

1 9, Singapore ; in Zoological Museum, Berlin. 1 $, Kuala Lumpur ; in 
F.M.S. Museum. 

There is a further $ in the British Museum from Lebong Tandai, Benkoelen, 
Sumatra, but I have seen no ^JJ. 

43. Euproctis hemicyclia Collnt. 

Euproctis hemicyclia Collnt., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., p. 69 (1930). 

Type, (^, Sumatra, in British Museum. 

1 ?, at light, 4,200 ft., Fraser's Hill, Pahang, 2 . vii. 1931 (H. M. Pendlebury) ; 
in F.M.S. Museum. 

This species was described from a series taken in S.W. Sumatra, at a height 
of 5,000-7,300 ft., and may prove to be confined to high elevations. 

44. Euproctis ruptata Wlkr. 

Ariaxa (?) ruptata Wlkr., Joum, Linn. Soc, Lond, (Zool.), v\. p. 126 (1862). 
Euproctis ruptata Wlkr., Seitz, Grossschm. d, Erde, x, p. 349 (1918). 

Type, (J, Sarawak, in Oxford Museum. 

1 (?, at light, 3,500 ft., 7.vi.l923, Lubok Tamang, Pahang ; and 1 (J, 1 ?, 
at light, 13. vi. 1931 and 20. v. 1931, Kuala Lumpur (all taken by H. M. Pendle- 
bury) ; in F.M.S. Museum. 

The type is in poor condition and without an abdomen, but the Malayan 
specimens appear to correspond. 

The insect which I take to be the $ has similar venation, and the same 
pattern can be traced on the forewing, but in a more diffuse and less clear-cut 
form. The abdomen is dark, with a large, light-coloured anal tuft, and there is 
dark irroration over the whole of the hindwing. Expanse 28 mm. 

45. Euproctis lyclene Swinh. 

Euproctis lyclene Swinh., Trans, Ent, Soc, Lond., p. 144 (1904) ; id., Sarawak Mus, Journal, iii, 
p. 141 (1926) (o') ; Seitz, Grossschm, d, Erde. x, p. 349 (1918). 

Type, $, Kuchmg, Borneo, in British Museum. 
Neallotype, J, Mt. Poi, Sarawak, in British Museum. 



64 NOVTTATES ZOOLOOICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 

1 ?, at light, 1,800 ft., 20.1.1925, Jor Camp, Batang Padang, Perak (H. M. 
Pendlebury) ; iii F.M.S. Museum. 

I have seen only the two type specimens and the present 9 from Perak, all 
of which are in poor condition. The Malayan specimen is probably shown 
correctly under this name, but is much larger than the type — 34 mm. as against 
23 mm. 

46. Euproctis stenopa sp. nov. (plate II, fig. 29). 

cJ. Palpus upturned, warm buff, on the outer side cinnamon-brown. 
Antemial shaft light buff, pectinations buckthorn-brown. Head warm buff. 
Thorax ochraceous-tawiiy, shading posteriorly to drab. Abdomen above and 
beneath fuscous, anal tuft tawny olive. Pectus and legs light buff. Forewing 
pale pinkish buff, irrorated fairly heavily with fuscous, more lightly in the apical 
area ; basal third of wing lightly shaded with drab ; three conspicuous fuscous 
subtermuial spots, one on vein Ml, another between veins J/3 and Cul, and 
another just above the anal vein ; fringe pale pinkish buff mixed sparsely with 
fuscous. Hmdwing drab ; fringe pale pinkish buff, this colour slightly invading 
the wing area near the anal angle. Underside of both wings snuff-brown, gradmg 
to pale pinkish buff in the distal third of each wing ; fringes pale pi nkis h buff. 

Expanse : ^JcJ 34-37 mm. 

1 (J (holotype), 11. ix. 1929, and 1 ^ (paratype), 16. iv. 1926, at light, 
3,450-3,500 ft., Bukit Kutu, Selangor (H. M. Pendlebury) ; 1 (J (paratype). 
The Gap, Pahang, March 1921 ; 1 t^ (paratype), Kuala Lumpur, at light, 
6. iii. 1918; F.M.S. Museum. Holot5rpe presented to British Museum. 

47. Euproctis cheela Swinh. 

Euproctis cheela Swinh., Trans. Ent. Soc. Land., p. 412 (1903) ; Seitz, Qrosssckm. d. Erde, x, p. 341 
(1915). 

Type, (J, Singapore, in British Museum. 

3 (J J, Singapore ; in British Museum. 

The 9 of this species appears to be unknown. 

48. Euproctis flavociliata Swinh. 

Euproctis flavociliata Swinh., AJl.N.H. (7). vii, p. 465 (1901) ; Seitz, Grossschm. d. Erde, x, p. 342, 
pi. 44a (1915). 

Type, 9, Perak, in British Museum. 

1 $, Singapore ; in British Museum. 1 $, Penang ; 1 ?, Perak ; in Tring 
Museum. 1 $, Kuala Lumpur ; in F.M.S. Museum. 

I have not been able to identify the ^ of this species. 

49. Euproctis singapura Swinh. 

Artaxa singapura Swinh., Cat. Lep. Het. Oxford, i, p. 189, pi. vi, fig. 19 (1892). 
Euproctis singapura Swinh., Seitz, Grossschm. d. Erde, x, p. 343 (1915). 

Type, cj, Singapore, in Oxford Museum. 

Other than the type, I have seen no specimen of this insect. It appears to 
be quite distinct from E. varians Wlkr., having an expanse of 28 mm. (lyV inches) 
as against 18-22 mm. in the series of 15 Malayan cJ(^ of £. varians in the present 
paper. 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 65 

50. Euproctis callipotama .sp. nov. (plate I, fig. 4). 

9. Palpus long and poriect, [)mkish buff, tipped with tawny. Antenna 
pinkish buS. Head and thorax pinkish buff, mixed on vertex and patagium 
with ochraceous-buff. Abdomen above and beneath fuscous, anal tuft ochraceous- 
buff. Pectus and legs pinkish buff to pale pinkish buff. Forewing cream-colour, 
irrorated thickly with bone-brown, but with basal and costal areas almost free of 
irroration ; an antemedial fascia, indicated by an absence of irroration, runs 
from the origin of vein Cu2 oblique inwardly to the inner margin ; a patch free of 
irroration is situated at the origin of veins M2 to Cul ; occupying the apex is a 
patch free of irroration, having a conspicuous fuscous spot at its centre and 
extending downwards to vein R5 ; a further free patch occurs between veins 
Ml and 312, extending inwards to about 3 mm. from the termen ; fringe cream- 
colour, mixed with bone-brown except from the apex to vem R5, Ml to M3, 
and Cul to Cu2. Hindwing drab, with a narrow border of cream -colour along 
the termen ; fringe cream-colour. Underside of forewing drab ; inner marginal 
area below the anal vein pale pinkish buff ; the two light areas on the termen of 
the upperside are reproduced and rather extended in area, but without the 
fuscous spot ; fringe pale pmkish buff to cream-colour, mixed with drab. Under- 
side of hindwmg, and fringe, pale pinkish buff, shading to drab in the basal 
third of the wing. 

Expanse : 43 mm. 

1 ? (holotype), Sungei Renglet, Pahang, at light, 3,500 ft., 4.iii. 1925 (H. M. 
Pendlebury) ; F.M.S. Museum. Kindly presented to the British Museum. 

This insect is nearly related to an umiamed (J and $ in the British Museum, 
from Assam, and also to E. kanshireia Wileman (1910). 

51. Euproctis singapura Swinh. 

Artaxa singapura Swinh., Cat. Lep. Het. Oxford, i, p. 189, pi. 6, fig. 19 (1892) ; Seitz, Grosasehm. d. 
Erde, x, p. 343 (1915). 

Type, cJ, Singapore, in Oxford Museum. 

I have seen no Malayan specimens of this species other than the type. 

52. Euproctis javana epirotica subsp. nov. (plate II, fig. 37). 

$. Palpus, head, patagium and base of tegula warm buff, remainder of 
thorax benzo-brown. Anteimal shaft warm buff, the pectinations darker. 
Abdomen above and beneath benzo-brown ; anal tuft large, tawny oUve, at the 
base warm buff. Pectus and legs hght buff mixed with warm buff. Forewing 
cinnamon-brown ; a semicircular patch of buff-yellow above the end of the 
cell ; a fuscous spot on the discocellulars just mside the cinnamon-brown area ; 
terminal area buff-yellow, the cinnamon-brown reachmg the termen at the apex 
and at vein J/ 3 ; frmge buff-yeUow. Hmdwing benzo-brown ; fringe, and 
termen narrowly, buff -yellow. Underside of both wings, and fringes, much as 
on upperside, but with costa of forewing narrowly buff-yeUow, and without the 
fuscous spot on the discocellulars. 

Expanse : 46 mm. 

1 $ (holotype), Kampong Padang, TembiUng River, Pahang, at light, 
27. ii. 1923 (H. W. Wooly) ; F.M.S. Museum. Kindly presented to British 
Museum. 

5 



66 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 

In examples of E. javana Aiiriv. the black spot on the discocellulars of the 
forewing is in the centre of a semicircle of yellow, but in the Malayan $ described 
above it is just inside the cinnamon-brown area. This and other differences 
seem to indicate subspecific rank for the Malayan form, but this should be 
revised when (J (J are avaUable. 

Euproctis varia Wlkr. (1855), illustrated on pi. ixa, fig. 5, of Moore's Cat. 
Lep. Mns. E.I.C. ii, is a very distinct form from E. varia var. javana Auriv., 
Ent. Tijskr., p. 174 (April 1894), and I now raise the latter to the status of a 
species. The insects represented on pi. ix, figs. 12 and 12a of Zool. Med. Leiden, 
Deel xi, belong to the form which I recognize as E. javana Auriv. 

1 have compared the genitalia of the tjrpe J of E. oreosaura Swinh., A.M .N.H. 
(6), xiv, p. 4,35 (December 1894), with those of specimens of E. javana and find 
a considerable difference, especially in the shape of the valve. I therefore regard 
E. varia Wlkr. (N. India), E. oreosaura Swinh. (Cherra Punji) and E. javanu 
Auriv. (Java) as distinct species. 

53. Euproctis ormea Swinh. 

Euproctis ormea Swiah., Trans. Ent. Soc. Land., p. 426 (1903) ; Seitz, Grossschm. d. Erde, x, p. 347, 
pi. 44f (1918). 

Type, 9, S.E. Borneo, in British Museum. 

2 $?, larva on Aleurites montana, Kuala Lumpur ; in British Museum. 

54. Euproctis postnigra Swinh. 

Euproctis postnigra Swinh., Trans. Ent. Soc. Land., p. 421 (1903); Seitz, Grossschm. d. Erde, x, 
p. 348, pi. 43d (1918). 

Type, $, Matang, Borneo, in British Museum. 

1 $, 1920, The Gap, Pahang ; in F.M.S. Museum. 

The Malayan specimen has the ochreous ground-colour of the forewing less 
bright than in the type, and the hindwing is of a lighter tint of brown. This 
may be due to fading. 

55. Euproctis xanthomela Wlkr. 

Euproctis xanthomela Wlkr., Jmirn. Linn. Soc. Land. (Zool.), vi, p. 128 (1862) ; Seitz, Grossschm. d. 
Erde, x, p. 348 (1918). 

Type, cj, Sarawak, in Oxford Museum. 

1 <J, 3,300 ft., Bukit Kutu, Selangor ; in British Museum. 2 c^^, 3,400- 
3,500 ft., Bukit Kutu ; 1 S, Kuala Tahan, Pahang ; in F.M.S. Museum. 

In the original description Walker remarks that E. xanthomela " is most 
allied to " E. atomaria. He refers here to E. atomaria Wlkr., List Lep. Ins. B.M . 
iv, p. 837, 1855 (nom. praeocc) = E. catala Swinh. (1903), and not, as stated by 
Strand in Seitz, to E. atomaria Wlkr., List Lep. Ins. B.M . iv, p. 796 (1855). 

56. Euproctis cincta Swinh. 

Euproctis cincta Swinh., A.M.N.H. (7), xvii, p. 541 (1906); Seitz, Grossschm. d. Erde, x, p. 348 
(1918). 

Type, (J, Kina Balu, in British Museum. 

1 (J, 1 .ii.l923, Singapore (C. J. Saunders) ; in F.M.S. Museum. 
The Singapore specimen has the distal third of the hindwing yellowish white, 
but at least one ^ in the British Museum series from Kina Balu matches it in 



NOVTTATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 67 

this respect. As the determination is based on only one (^ it is not without 
doubt, but a comparison of the genitalia gives no clear characters for separation. 

57. Euproctis moalata Swinh. 

Euproctis divisa Wlkr., Joum. Linn. Soc. Land. (Zool.), vi, p. 129 (1862) (nom. praeocc). 
Euproctis moalata Swinh., A.M.N. H. (8), xviii, p. 216 (1916). 
Euproctis divisdla Strand, Seitz, Grossschm. d. Erde, x, p. 347 (1918). 

Type, <J, Sarawak, in Oxford Museum. 

2 cJ(J, 3,450-3,500 ft., Bukit Kutu, Selangor ; in F.M.S. Museum. 

In the F.M.S. Museum is a 9from Kuala Lumpur, taken at light on 7.ii. 1931 
by H. M. Pendlebury, which may belong to this species. It resembles the (J, but 
has a faint dark spot on the discocellulars of the fore wing, while the ochreous 
border of the hindwing is confined to the fringe. Expanse 47 mm. Further 
material is required to verify the determination. 

The majority of cJc^ from Sarawak have a faintly marked light spot on the 
discocellulars of the fore wing. 

58. Euproctis inunda Wlkr. 

Euproctis munda Wlkr., Joum. Linn. Soc. Land. (Zool.), vi, p. 129 (1862) ; Seitz, Orossschm. d.Erde, 
X, p. 348, pi. 44h (1918). 

Type, c?. Sarawak, in British Museum. 

6 (J (J, 1 5, Singapore ; 5 $$, Kuala Lumpur ; in British Museum. 2 (J (J, 
Penang ; in Tring Museum. 

A comparison of the genitalia of the type ^ and of 2 Singapore (^^ shows 
no difference on which they should be separated. 

There is considerable variation in the forewing of both sexes, from that 
which in the words of the original description is entirely " very pale fawn-coloiu" 
or nankeen colour," to a form in which the wmg is darker, with a border of 
buff-yellow some 1 J mm. broad along the termen and less plainly along the distal 
half of the costa, where it tends to merge into the ground-colour. These forms 
are satisfactorily linked together m the series of 5 $$ from Kuala Lumpur, 
where both are present in insects reared from larvae feeding on Canangium 
odoratum. 

59. Euproctis leucophleba sp. nov. (plate II, fig. 31). 

$. Palpus porrect, pinkish buff. Antennal shaft verona brown, pectma- 
tions Mars yellow. Head and thorax Mars yellow ; some long spatulate hair- 
scales with light tips in patagium and tegula. Abdomen above and beneath 
Saccardo's umber, anal tuft ochraceous-tawny. Pectus and legs pale pinkish buff 
to clay-colour. Forewing yellow-ochre, irrorated evenly and rather thickly with 
fuscous ; all veins whitish exceptmg in the basal half of costal area ; on the 
discocellulars an oblong fuscous spot, below which, embracing the origin of veins 
M2, Jf 3, Cu\ and Cii2, is a large and conspicuous patch of white ; fringe yellow- 
ochre, mixed with fuscous interneurally. Hindwing Saccardo's imiber, fringe 
hght buff. Underside of both wings snuff-brown, grading in the subterminai 
areas to light buff irrorated with snuff-brown ; fringes light buff, mixed inter- 
neiu'ally in the forewing with fuscous. 

Expanse : ?$ 39-45 mm. 



68 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 

1 $ (holotype), Lebong Sandai, Benkoelen, S.W. Sumatra ; British Museum 
(ex Joicey collection). 1 $, Padang Rengas, Perak ; Tring Museum. 

The Malayan specimen, which Ls not in such good condition as the type 
from Sumatra, agrees well in facies but is smaller in expanse. 

Somewhat resembles E. posinigra Swinh. (1903), in which, however, the 
light patch on the forewing is beyond the discocellulars instead of below. 

60. Euproctis corbetti Tams. 

Xygmia corhetli Tams, A.M.N.H. (10), i, p. 626 (1928). 

Type, (J, Kuala Lumpur, in British Museum. Larva feeding on Aleurites 
montana. 

1 $, Singapore, originally described as the allotype of Euproctis ridleyi 
Swinh. ; in British Museum. 1 $, Kuala Lumpur ; in Oxford Museum. 

Both sexes have three pairs of faint white spots on the termen of the fore- 
wing, arranged as in E. atrisigmita Swinh. (1903). There is also a black spot on 
the discocellulars of the forewing, plainly visible in the 5$, but indistmct in the 
(J holotype owing to the rubbed condition of the specimen. 

61. Euproctis tamsi sp. nov. (plate II, fig. 38). 

cj. Palpus short, upturned, tawny-olive, mixed laterally and above with 
fuscous. Antemial shaft drab, pectinations ochraceous-tawny. Head and 
thorax tawny-ohve. Abdomen above and beneath Prout's brown, anal tuft 
ochraceous-buff. Pectus and legs light buff to warm buff. Forewing pinkish 
bufP, irrorated with fuscous and orange-buff ; a rather large fuscous spot on the 
discocellulars ; a broad postmedial fascia composed of interneural fuscous spots, 
running at right angles from the costa down to vein M 1 , thence slightly bowed 
inwardly to the inner margin at a httle more than one-half ; fringe pinkish buff 
mixed with fuscous and orange-buff. HLndwing snuff-brown, grading to pinkish 
buff in the termmal and costal areas ; fringe pmkish buff lightly mixed with 
snuff -brown. Underside of forewing pinkish buff, mixed in and beyond the cell 
with snuff-brown ; fringe pinkish buff. Underside of hindwmg pinkish buff, 
mixed m the basal half of wing with snuff-brown ; fringe pinkish buff. 

Expanse : 44-47 mm. 

1 cJ (holotype), Bukit Kutu, Selangor, at light, 3,500 ft., 13. iv. 1926 (H. M. 
Pendlebury) ; 1 ^J (paratype), Bukit Kutu, 3,400 ft., August 1915 ; 1 (^ (para- 
type), Kedah Peak, at light, 3,300 ft., 19.iii. 1928 (H. M. Pendlebury) ; m F.M.S. 
Museum. Holotype presented to British Museum. 

A distmct species, which cannot be confused with any other. 

62. Euproctis erema sp. nov. (plate I, fig. 25). 

$. Palpus and head pale yellow-orange, palpus porrect, third segment 
downturned. Antenna cinnamon-buff. Thorax light buff mixed with ochra- 
ceous-tawny. Abdomen fuscous, the basal segments lighter ; anal tuft rather 
large, pinkish buff. Pectus and venter light buff ; legs TpaAe yellow-orange. 
Forewing antimony-yellow, irrorated with ochraceous-tawny and fuscous ; a 
broad medial band formed by an increase in the fuscous irroration, bordered 
proximally by a light-coloured almost straight antemedial fascia running at right 
angles to the inner margin, and bordered distaUy by a Ught-coloured postmedial 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 69 

fascia bowed (convexity terminad) from costa to vein Cu2, thence parallel with 
the termen to the inner margin ; two large circular preterminal fuscous spots, 
one between veins i?4 and i?5, the other between veins Ml and M2 ; fringe 
antimony-yellow mixed with ochraceous-tawny. Hindwing drab ; fringe tilleul- 
bufl. Underside of forewing drab ; terminal area lighter ; fringe antimony- 
yellow. Utiderside of hindwing tilleul-bu£F slightly shaded with drab ; fringe 
tilleul-buff. 

Expanse : 31 mm. 

1 9 (holotype), Bukit Kutu, Selangor, at light, 3,500 ft., 18.iii.l931 (H. M. 
Pendlebury) ; F.M.S. Museum. Kmdly presented to British Museum. 

Resembles E. icelomorpha Swmh. (1906) and E. perplexa Swinh. (1903), 
but with a broader medial band in the forewing, and without the whitish line 
joining the antemedial and postmedial fascias. 



63. Euproctis acodes sp. nov. (plate I, fig. 2). 

(J. Palpus upturned, cirmamon-brown. Antennal shaft cinnamon-brown, 
pectinations ochraceous-tawny. Head ochraceous-buff. Thorax sayal-brown. 
Abdomen above and beneath snuff-brown, somewhat lighter dorsally towards 
the base ; anal tuft ocliraceous-buflf, lighter at the base. Pectus ocliraceous-buff. 
Legs pinki.sh buff to ochraceous-buff. Forewing with ground-colour tUleul-buff, 
and covered with scales of fuscous and yellow-ochre in roughly even proportions, 
the whole giving an effect of tawny-olive ; costal area above the upper margin of 
the cell and vein R2 slightly darker and with scales of only one colour ; a rather 
large round fuscous spot on the discocellulars ; fringe tawny-olive. Hindwing 
and fringe slightly darker than forewing. Underside of forewing tawny-olive, 
grading to jsinki.sh buff in the subterminal area ; fringe pinkish buff. Underside 
of hindwing pinkish buff, shading to tawny-olive in the inner margmal and basal 
areas ; fringe pinkish buff. 

Expanse : ^^ 39-40 mm. 

1 c? (holotype), Bukit Kutu, Selangor, at light, 3,500 ft., 13. iv. 1926 (H. M. 
Pendlebury) ; I (J, Tanah Rata, Cameron's Highlands, Pahang, 4,800 ft., 
10.xii.l924 (J. Kedit) ; F.M.S. Museum. Holotype presented to British 
Museum. 

Somewhat resembles E. ridleyi Swinh. (1906), but without the light border 
to the hindwing, and with much less prominent irroration on the forewing. The 
forewing also is shorter and more rounded. 

64. Euproctis rubiginosa Snell. 

Euproctis ruhiginosa Snell., Tijdschr. v. Ent., xx, p. 10, pi. 1. fig. 3 (1877) ; Seitz, Grossschm. d. Erde, 
X, p. 350, pi. 47g (1918). 

Type, (^, Java, in Leiden Museum. 

1 cJ, at light, 6. iv. 1927, Kuala Lumpur ; 1 cj, at light, 3,500 ft., 19.iii.l931, 
Bukit Kutu, Selangor ; both taken by H. M. Pendlebury ; F.M.S. Museum. 
Expanse : 2 (J (J, 20 mm. 

These two ,^(J agree closely with the description of Snellen's type, but I 
have not been able to compare them with Javanese specimens. The Bukit Kutu 
specimen has the basal half of forewing fiUed in with olive-brown. 



70 NOVITATES ZOOLOOICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 

65. Euproctis ridleyi Swiiih. 

Euproclis ridleyi .Swinh.. A.M.N.H. (7), xvii, p. 542 (1906) ; Seitz, Orossschm. d. Erde, x, p. 350 
(1918). 

Type, cJ, Singapore, in British Museum. 

3 (^(^, Singapore ; in British Museum. 1 ,^, Penang ; 1 cJ, 3,000 ft., Bukit 
Kutu, Selangor ; m Tring Museum. 10 (S<S, 3,450-3,500 ft., Bukit Kutu ; 1 ? 
(neallotype), 3,500 ft., 19.iii.l931, Bukit Kutu (H. M. Pendlebury) ; 2 <S^, 
Kuala Lumpur ; 1 ^, The Gap, Pahang ; in F.M.S. Museum. Neallotype 
presented to British Museum. 

The insect described by Swinhoe as the allotype $ of this species is actually 
a $ of Euproclis corbetti Tarns — see remarks under that species in this paper. 

The true $ of E. ridleyi closely resembles the (^, with the exception that 
the light marginal band on the hindwing is confined to the fringe, and that the 
underside of both wings is a uniform dark brown, with lighter fringes. Expanse 
(neallotype) : 52 mm. 

This species appears to come very close to Euproctis fumosa Snell., 1877 
(Sumatra). Van Eecke remarks {Zool. Med. Leiden, xi, p. 119, 1928) that 
Snellen has given a not entirely correct figure of the ^, and illustrates it afresh 
on pi. X, fig. 1. As I have seen no Sumatran specimens of E. fumosa, I am 
unable to say whether E. ridleyi should sink to it. 

66. Euproctis perplexa Swinh. 

Euproctis perplera Swiah., Trans. Etit. Soc. Land., p. 422 (1903) ; Seitz, Grossschm. d. Erde, x, p. 350, 
pi. 44c (1918). 

Type, $, Singapore, in British Museum. 

2 $$, Singapore ; in British Museum. 1 $, Kuala Lumpur ; in F.M.S. 
Museum. 

The 3 $$ other than the type have a subterminal spot between veins i?4 
and jR5 in the apex of the forewing, and in one case a further much smaller spot 
between veins i?3 and if4. 

The (^ of this species appears to be unknown. 

67. Euproctis hypolispa sp. nov. (plate I, fig. 6). 

$. Palpus porrect, ochraceous-buff. Head and antennal shaft warm buff, 
the pectinations lighter. Patagium Mars yellow, remainder of thorax, and 
abdomen above and beneath, snuff-brown to bistre ; anal tuft ochraceous-buff. 
Pectus Ught buff, legs light buff to warm buff. Forewing drab ; fringe warm 
buff. Hindwing light drab ; fringe light buff to warm buff. Underside of both 
wings drab to light drab ; fringes as on upperside. 

Expanse : $? 38-44 mm. 

1 $ (holotype) and 1 $ (paratype), Tanah Rata, Cameron's Highlands, 
Pahang, at light, 4,800 ft., 19. v. 1931; 1 $ (paratype), Jor Camp, Batang 
Padang, Perak, at light, 1,800 ft., 26. ii. 1928 ; all taken by H. M. Pendlebury ; 
F.M.S. Museum. Holotype presented to British Museum. 

68. Euproctis adela sp. nov. (plate 1, fig. 3). 
$. Palpus porrect, warm sepia. Antenna and head Verona brown. Pata- 
gium Mars yellow, remainder of thorax Verona brown. Abdomen above and 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 71 

beneath warm sepia ; anal tiiit large and biLshy, Saccardo's umber, grading to 
pinkish buff at the base above and to cinnamon-buff beneath. Pectus and legs 
Verona brown. Forewing Verona brown ; a faint light-coloured postmedial 
fascia (not visible in the paratype) running at right angles to the costa down to 
vein Ms, thence roughly parallel with termen to inner margin ; frmge warm buff. 
Hindwing hair-brown, becoming lighter towards the termen ; fringe light buff. 
Underside of both wings, and fringes, as on upperside. 

Expanse : ?$ 33-34 mm. 

1 ? (holotype), 17.1.1931, and 1 $ (paratype), 12. iv. 1931, at light, Kuala 
Lumpur (H. M. Pendlebury) ; F.M.S. Museum. Holotype j)resented to British 
Museum. 

69. Euproctis phaula sp. nov. (plate I, fig. 14). 

(J. Palpus upturned, warm buff. Antennal shaft light buff, pectinations 
cinnamon-buff. Head and thorax warm buff. Abdomen drab, somewhat 
lighter towards the base ; anal tuft pinkish buff. Pectus, venter and legs pale 
pinkish buff to pinkish buff. Forewing cinnamon-buff ; fringe pale pinkish buff. 
Hindwing drab ; fringe pale pinkish buff. Underside of both wings pale pinkish 
buff, somewhat shaded with drab ; fringes pale pinkish buff. 

$. Palpus with second segment porrect, the third downturned. Abdomen, 
fore- and hindwing on upper side rather darker than in the (J. 

Expanse : J J 23-25 mm., $ 39 mm. 

1 (J (holotype), 14.iii.-18.iv.l928, 1 ? (allotype) January 1897, 1 ^ 
(paratype). May 1898, all Penang (Curtis) ; in Tring Museum. 

The $ is lighter, larger in expanse and with a smaller anal tuft than E. adela, 
and has not the warm buff fringes of E. hypolispa. I have decided to include 
the $ under the same name as the two (^(J, but this is subject to confirmation 
when further material comes to hand. 

70. Euproctis isabellina Heyl. 

Porthesia isabelliTta Heyl., C.R. Soc. Eni. Belg. xxxvi, p. 9 (1892) ; Seitz, Grossschm. d. Erde, x, p. 334 
(1915). 

Type, $, Padang Rengas, Sumatra, in Leiden Museum. 

1 $, 10. vi. 1921, Kuala Lumpur (H. M. Pendlebury) ; in F.M.S. Museum. 

71. Euproctis funeraUs Swinh. 

Euproctis funeralis Swinh., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 421 (1903); Seitz, Grossschm. d. Erde, x, 
p. 349 (1918). 

Type, (J, Singapore, in British Museum. 

3 $9, Singapore ; in British Museum. 1 $, Penang ; in Tring Museum. 
1 ?, Kuala Lumpiu' ; in F.M.S. Museum. 

The specimen described by Swinhoe as the allotype $ of E. funeralis is in 
the British Museum, and does not belong to this species, but to E. pelopicta 
Collnt., described below. 

The true $ matches the (^ in colour of forewing, which has a greenish-yellow 
tinge ; the veins on the forewing are lighter than the ground-colour, and the 
wing is covered with dark irroration. The hmdwlng may be described in 
Swinhoe 's words : " Entirely blackish brown with pale yellowish outer margins." 
Expanse : $$ 51-53 mm. 



72 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 

The illustration of the $ in Seitz, x, pi. 43c, evidently represents another 
species, but van Eecke's illustration in Zoo!. Med. Leiden, xi, pi. ix, fig. 14 (1928), 
appears to be correct. 

In this species there is no trace of a postmedial fascia on the forewing, such 
as occurs in E. pelopicta Collnt. and E. peperites Collnt. 

72. Euproctis pelopicta sp. nov. (plate II, fig. 33). 

(J. Palpus clay-colour, the second segment fuscous laterally and above. 
Antennal shaft pinkish buff, pectinations cinnamon-buff. Head and patagium 
cinnamon-buff to orange-buff, remainder of thorax clay-colour. Abdomen bone- 
brown ; anal tuft orange-buff. Pectus and legs clay-colour to tawny-olive, 
venter tawny-olive. Forewing light buff, irrorated thickly with cinnamon- 
brown, giving a tawny-olive effect ; a postmedial fascia, straight and fairly well 
defined, slightly darker than the ground-colour, roughly parallel with the termen, 
running from vein J/ 1 at one-half to the inner margin at two-tiiu'ds ; fringe light 
buff. Hmdwing light buff, covered so thickly with Verona brown as practically 
to obscure the ground-colour except in the costal and terminal areas ; inner 
marginal area with long silky hair-scales of Verona brown ; fringe Ught buff. 
Underside of forewing light buff irrorated with Verona brown, which except 
beyond the cell and in the terminal area is thick enough to obscure the ground- 
colour ; costal area broadly cinnamon-buff ; frmge light buff. Underside of 
hindwing light buff irrorated with Verona brown, which basad of a line from the 
costa at one-third through the lower angle of the cell to the termen is thick 
enough to obscure the ground-colour ; fringe light buff. 

?. Resembles the S, but with head, patagium and anal tuft less bright. 
The postmedial fascia is less pronounced, but is faintly visible in almost all the 
paratypes. The hindwing on upperside, and both wings on underside, are lighter 
as a whole, but the light buff is almost obscured, and only visible to a slight 
extent in the terminal areas. 

Expanse : S3 55-56 mm., ?$ 63-78 mm. 

1 S (holotype), 1 $ (allotype) and 2 ?? (paratypes), Singapore (H. N. 
Ridley) ; 1 ? (paratype), Singapore (E. E. Green) ; 1 $ (paratype), Penang 
(Biggs); in British Museum. 1 $ (paratype), Singapore ; in Zoological Museum, 
BerUn. 1 ^ (paratype), Kuala Lumpur, 13.iii.l928, larva on Ficus elaslica ; 
in coll. Agric. Dept., Kuala Lumpur. 3 ?? (paratypes), Kuala Lumpur, at light, 
24.iii.1931, 22.vii.1929 and 30. ix. 1931 (H. M. iPendlebury) ; 1 ? (paratype), 
Bukit Kutu, Selangor, at light, 3,500 ft., 15. iv. 1926 (H. M. Pendlebury) ; in 
F.M.S. Museum. 

The presence of a postmedial fascia differentiates this species from E. 
funeralis Swinh. (1903), and the absence of a discocellular spot from E. fumosa 
Snell. (1877). 

73. Euproctis peperites sp. nov. (plate II, fig. 34). 

S- Palpus short, slightly upturned, warm buff. Antennal shaft drab, 
pectinations buckthorn-brown. Head and thorax warm buff. Abdomen 
Prout's brown, the basal segments warm buff ; anal tuft warm buff. Pectus 
and legs warm buff, the femora and tibiae fringed with long hair-scales. Venter 
Prout's brown. Forewing light buff, irrorated thickly and evenly with scales of 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 73 

Front's brown and yellow-ochre, the whole giving an effect in which the yellow- 
ochre predominates ; veins rather lighter than the remainder of the wing ; a 
postmedial fascia, straight and fairly well defined, cinnamon-brown' roughly 
parallel with the termen, running from vein Ml at one-half to the inner margin 
at a httle more than one-half : fringe light buff, mixed interneurally with Prout's 
brown and yellow-ochre. Hindwing cinnamon-brown, mixed with light buff in 
the terminal and costal areas ; fringe light buff mixed sparsely with cinnamon- 
brown. Underside of both wings light buff mixed heavily with cmnamon-brown ; 
terminal areas rather lighter ; costa of forewing narrowly light buff ; fringes 
light buff mixed sparsely with cmnamon-brown. 

$. Resembles the (^, but with head and thorax somewhat darker. Forewing 
and postmedial fascia of almost exactly the same appearance as in the o . Upper- 
side of hindwing, and underside of both wings, with less admixture of light buff 
in the terminal areas. 

Expanse : SS 49-53 mm., $$ 56-61 mm. 

2 (J (J (holotype and paratype). The Gap, Pahang, 1920 ; in F.M.S. Museum. 
1 ? (allotype), Penang, 2,260 ft,, 20.iii.l928 (S. S. Flower) ; in British Museum- 
3 $9 (paratypes), Penang (Curtis) ; in Tring Museum. Holotype jjresented to 
British Museum. 

In addition there are 4 $$ in the F.M.S. Museum, from 3,500 ft. on Bukit 
Kutu and Lubok Tamang, which resemble this species rather closely. They are 
larger and slightly lighter, with a paler thorax, and with no trace of the post- 
medial fascia. In the absence of cjc? I have thought it best to leave these 
insects undescribed, although I believe that probably they represent a distinct 
species. 

The postmedial fascia in E. peperites finishes farther from the tornus than in 
E. pelopicta, while yellow-ochre predominates in the forewing as compared with 
tawny-olive in E. pelopicta. 

74. Euproctis epinephela sp. nov. (plate I, fig. 1). 

$. Palpus, head, antennal shaft, patagium and tegula light orange -yellow. 
Pectinations of antenna pale orange-yellow. Thorax posteriorly drab. Abdo- 
men above and beneath Natal brown ; anal tuft antimony-yellow. Pectus and 
legs pale orange-yellow to light orange -yellow. Forewing drab to benzo-brown ; 
costa very narrowly and terminal area for a depth of about 1 1 mm. buff-yellow, 
wider across the apex, and approachuig nearest to the termen between veins 1/3 
and Cu\ ; a rather ill-defined spot of the same colour as the main area of the 
wing on vein Ml, about 1 mm. in diameter and i mm. from the termen ; fringe 
buff-yellow. Hindwing drab to benzo-brown ; fringe buff-yellow, this colour 
also narrowly invading the wing near the anal angle. Underside of forewing 
drab to benzo-brown, terminal area narrowly buff-yellow, slightly wider across 
the apex ; fringe buff-yellow. Underside of hindwing as on upperside. 

Expanse : 48 mm. 

1 ? (holotype), Singajrore, 14.ii. 1023 ; F.M.S. Museum. Kindly presented 
to British Museum. 

This species resembles E. flavolimbata Auriv. (1S!)4), but has a greater area 
of buff-yellow in the forewing and a subterminal spot. There is a possibility 
that it may be the true $ of E. cincta Swmh. (1006), in which case Swinhoe's 



nA NOVITiTES ZOOLOGICAB XXXVIII. 1932. 

aUotype ? (which seems too small to be associated with the S) would require a 
new name. 

75. Euproctis transversa Moore. 

Artaxa transversa Moore, Cat. Lep. Mns. E.I.C. ii, p. 352, pi. 9a, fig. 8 (1859). 
Euproctis transversa Moore, Seitz, Grossschm. d. Erde, x, p. 352, pi. 44a (1918). 
Euproctis humida Smnh., A.M.N.H. (7), xvii, p. 543 (1906) ; Seitz, I.e., p. 340 (1915). 

Type, ?, Java, in British Museum. 
Type {humida), ^, Singapore, in British Museum. 

7 cJc?, 3 ??, Singapore ; 1 c?, 1 ?, Perak ; 1 ?, Selangor ; in British Museum. 
1 cJ, Singapore ; 1 <S, Penang ; 2 ??, Padang Rengas ; 2 ??, Gunong Ijau ; 
1 ?, Taiping ; in Tring Museum. 5 ^S, 4,800 ft.. Tana Rata, Cameron's High- 
lands ; 1 S, 3,500 ft., Lubok Tamang, Pahang ; 1 ?, 4,000 ft., Eraser's Hill, 
Pahang ; 1 ?, 3,500 ft., Bukit Kutu, Selangor ; 1 ?, near Jitra, Kedah ; 5 So, 
Taiping ; in F.M.S. Museum. 

Swinhoe's E. humida is clearly the S of E. transversa, but I cannot trace 
that this fact has been noted previously. In both sexes the venation departs 
from that usually found m Euproctis, by vein Rl anastomosing shortly with the 
stalk of E2 to R5 to form an areole, but in other respects the species conforms 
to the genus. 

76. Euproctis coelebs sp. nov. (plate II, fig. 45). 
(J. Palpus upturned, warm buff, on the outer side darker. Antennal shaft 
light buff, pectinations ochraceous-tawny. Head and patagium capucme- 
yellow, shading to cinnamon-buff on the remamder of the thorax ; tegula long 
and bushv. Abdomen above and beneath fuscous ; anal tuft orange-buff. 
Pectus and legs hght buff mixed with warm buff. Forewing warm buff, irrorated 
rather evenly over the whole wing with fuscous ; a series of three large equi- 
distant antemedial fuscous spots, oblique outwardly from the inner margm at 
one-third, one of the spots being below the anal vein, another above it, the third 
below the origin of vem Cu2 ; a similar fuscous spot on the centre of the disco- 
cellulars ; a series of postmedial interneural fuscous spots commencing below vem 
M2 at a point rather closer to the termen than the cell, runnmg parallel with the 
termen to below vem Cu2, thence oblique outwardly to the mner margm ; the 
antemedial spots have a somewhat indistinct border of white distally and the 
postmedial spots a similar border proximally, while m some specimens there is 
also a white border round the discocellular spot ; fringe warm buff. Hmdwing 
fuscous, mixed with warm buff in the costal area ; frmge warm buff. Uivlerside 
of forewmg fuscous ; area above subcostal vein warm buff ; distal fourth of 
wmg, inner marginal area and fringe, light buff. Underside of hindwing fuscous, 
grading to light buff in distal third of wing, the division runnmg approximately 
from the costa at two-thirds to the anal angle ; fringe hght buff. 
Expanse: ^J (J 36-42 mm. 

1 S (holotype) and 3 cjc? (paratypes), at hght, March 1931, 2 oM (paratypes), 
September 1929, all 3,500 ft., Bukit Kutu, Selangor (H. M. Pendlebury) ; 1 ^ 
(paratype), 3,400 ft., August 1915, Bukit Kutu ; F.M.S. Museum. 1 cj, Penang, 
March 1898 (CurtLs) ; Tring Museum. Holotype and one paratype presented 
to the British Museum. 

This species appears to be quite distinct from E. transversa Moore (1859), in 
which there is a closed areole in the forewing and a postmedial fascia running 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 75 

from costa to inner margin. E. coelebs has no areole. Moreover, the type ? of 
E. transversa measures only 35 mm., which is smaller than any (J in the present 
series. The $ of E. codebs probably measures not less than 50 mm. 

77. Euproctis innupta sp. nov. (plate II, fig. 46). 

$. Palpus porrect, pinkish buff ; the third segment rather long, downturned, 
darker. Antennal shaft sayal brown, pectinations Verona brown. Head and 
thorax Mars yellow. Abdomen above and beneath fuscous ; anal tuft buiiy 
brown above, lighter at the base, on the underside light buff. Pectus and legs 
sayal brown to snuff-brown. Forewing clay-colour, irrorated over the whole 
wing with fuscous, most thickly between postmedial and termen, more sparsely 
between antemedial and base ; a series of four large antemedial fuscous spots, 
one in the cell, two between cell and anal vein, one below anal vein, the series 
being bowed slightly towards the termen, and directed at right angles to the inner 
margin ; a series of postmedial interneural fuscous spots, those between Ri, R5 
and Ml larger than the remainder, running at right angles from the costa at 
three-quarters to vein Cu\, thence bowed (concavity terminad) to inner margin ; 
the antemedial spots have a border of white distally and the postmedial spots a 
similar border proximally ; fringe cinnamon-buii. Hindwing hair-brown ; fringe 
cinnamon-buff. Underside of forewing Saccardo's umber, mixed in the terminal 
area with pinkish buff, area above subcostal vein clay-colour ; frmge cinnamon- 
buff. Underside of hindwing iSaccardo's umber, mixed sparsely in the apical 
area with pinkish buff ; fringe cinnamon-buff. 

Expanse : ?$ 53-56 mm. 

1 9 (holotype), 19. iv. 1931, 3 $? (paratypes), January 1931, 1 9 (paratype), 
April 1931, 2 $9 (paratypes), May 1931, all at light, Kuala Lumpur (H. M. 
Pendlebury) ; F.M.S. Museum. Holotype and one paratype presented to 
British Museum. 

The bowed antemedial fascia, absence of spot on the discocellulars, and con- 
tinuance of postmedial fascia to the costa, serve to separate this species from 
E. coeleb!'. Moreover, vein R\ anastomoses shortly with vein iJ4 to form an 
areole. 

It is also very different in appearance from E. transversa Moore on account of 
the larger size, larger and more conspicuous spots, and bowed antemedial. 

Although the 99 of this species appear to be not luicommon at Kuala 
Lumpiu-, I am unable to find a (J in the material before me. It may be possible 
to obtain the (J by breeding from a captured specimen. 

78. Euproctis phloeochroa sp. nov. (plate II, fig. 35). 
(J. Palpus, head and thorax argus brown, mixed sparsely on the frons with 
pinkish buff. Antennal shaft pinkish buff, pectinations snuff-brown. Abdomen 
Saccardo's umber, anal tuft cinnamon-buff. Pectus and legs pinkish buff mixed 
with snuff-brown, the legs fringed with long hair-scales. Venter pinkish buff. 
Forewing snuff-brown, slightly darker between the costa and the upper margin 
of the cell ; a Brussels-brown antemedial fascia, almost straight, angled inwardly 
at the anal vein, and roughly at right angles to the inner margin ; an indication 
of a Brussels-brown streak on the discocellulars ; a Brussels-brown postmedial 
fascia, bowed inwardly from costa to vein Cul, thence outwardly oblique to the 
inner margin ; just beyond the postmedial a series of interneural fuscous spots ; 



76 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 

a dark line along the tennen ; fringe .snuff-browii. Hindwing and fringe Sac- 
cardo's umber, with a dark line along the termen. Underside of both wings, and 
fringes, pinkish buff, mixed sparsely with snuff-brown, the latter predommating 
in and beyond the cell of forewing. 

Expanse : i^q 37-43 mm. 

1 c? (holotype), 13. iv. 1926, and I ^ (paratype), 22.iii.1931, Bukit Kutu, 
Selangor, 3, .500 ft. ; 1 ,^ (paratype), Jor Camp, Batang Padang, Perak, 5 .iii . 1924, 
1,800 ft. ; all at light (H. M. Pendlebury) ; 1 (^ (paratype), Kuala Tahan, Pahang, 
March 1921 ; 1 (J (paratype), Taiping, Perak ; both taken by E. Seimund ; 
F.M.S. Museum. Holotype presented to the British Museum. 

79. Euproctis Unfa Moore. 

Artaxa linta Moore, Cat. Lep. In.i. Mux. E.I.C. ii. p. Ii.51 (1859). 
Euproctis linta Moore, Seitz, Grossschm. d. Erde, x, p. 352, pi. 44e (1918). 
Euproctis nuhilosa van Eecke, Zool. Med. Leiden, xi, p. 121 (1928). 

Type, 9, Java, in British Museum. 

15 (^^ and 1 9^ Penang ; in Tring Museum. 1 ,^, Kuala Lumpur ; 1 ?, 
3,500 ft., Bukit Kutu, .Selangor ; in F.M.S. Museum. 

Van Eecke states (I.e., p. 121) that the species which Strand in Seitz takes 
for E. linta Moore, and illustrates, is not in fact that species, because in the 
original description of E. linfa there is no mention of the apical brown spot in 
the forewing. Actually it is the original description which is at fault, for an 
examination of the type shows that the spot is plainly present on both wings, 
but being somewhat worn had been overlooked by Moore. Van Eecke's very 
excusable assumption has led him to describe this species afresh as E. nuhilosa, 
but this name must now sink. E. hemibathes Swinh. (1906), sunk by van Eecke 
in the course of the same discussion, remains as a good species. 

80. Euproctis cosmia sp. nov. (plate I, fig. 17). 

(J. Palpus, antenna and head antimony-yellow. Patagium antimony- 
yellow ; tegula antimony-yellow at base, sayal-brown distally ; remainder of 
thorax drab. Abdomen drab, anal tuft ochraceous-buff. Pectus pale pinkish 
buff. Legs cream-colour, the foreleg fringed with long hair-scales. Venter 
pinkish buff. Forewing with basal half benzo-brown, the distal edge of this area 
semicircular (convexity terminad) running from the costa at one-half to the inner 
margin at two-thirds ; remainder of wing, and fringe, buff-j'ellow. In some 
specimens the extreme edge of basal half of costa is buff-yellow. Hindwing 
cream-buff, the basal area from costa at one-third to inner margin at two-thirds 
benzo-brown ; fringe cream-buff. Underside of forewing as on upperside, but 
the buff-yellow replaced by cream-buff ; fringe buff-yellow. Underside of hind- 
wing as on upperside, but the benzo-brown area somewhat reduced. 

Expanse : i^,^ 25-27 mm. 

1 (J (holotype), 10. iv. 1931, 1 ,^ (paratype), 24.1.1931, 1 ^ (paratype), 
19.x. 1921, all at light, Kuala Lumpur (H. M. Pendlebury); 1 S (paratype), 
Cheras, Selangor, at light, 2. v. 1927 (E. Seimund) ; F.M.S. Museum. Holotype 
presented to the British Museum. 

This species appears to be identical with that illustrated by van Eecke in 
Zool. Med. Leiden, xi, pi. x, fig. 3, under the name of E. linta Moore. For further 
particulars, see remarks under the name of that species in the present paper. 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 77 

E. cosmia is somewhat similar to E. hemibathes Swinh. (1906), but has a 
much smaller area of benzo-brown on both fore- and hindwLng. 

81. Euproctis eumorpha sp. nov. (plate I, fig. 5). 

cJ. Palpus, antenna, head and patagium ochraceous-buff to orange-bufi ; 
remainder of thorax drab. Abdomen drab above and beneath, anal tuft ochra- 
ceous-buff. Pectus pale pinkish buS. Legs cream-colour, the foreleg fringed 
with long hair-scales. Forewing with basal two-tliirds benzo-brown, the distal 
edge of this area running from the costa at two-thirds, bowed (convexity apicad) 
to vein Cul at two-thii-ds, thence parallel with the termen to the imier margin ; 
remainder of wing, and fringe, maize-yellow. Hindwing with basal half benzo- 
brown, the distal edge of this area running from the costa at one-half, outwardly 
oblique to vein Cm2 at two-thirds, thence jJarallel with the termen to the inner 
margin ; remainder of wing, and fringe, cartridge-buff. Underside of both wings 
as on upperside, but the maize-yellow on the forewing replaced by cartridge-buff. 

Expanse : 34 mm. 

1 (J (holotype), Fraser's Hill, Pahang, 4,000 ft., 31.1.1929 (H. M. Pendle- 
bury) ; F.M.S. Museum. Presented to British Museum. 

Resembles the last species E. cosmia and also E. hemibathes Swinh., but can 
be easily separated by the shape of the benzo-brown areas on fore- and hindwings. 

82. Euproctis obscura Moore. 

Artaxa obscura Moore, Cat. Lep. ilus. E.I.C. ii, p. 351 (1859). 
Euproctis obscura Moore, Seitz, Grossschm. d. Erde, x, p. 352 (1918). 

Type, ?, Java, in British Museum. 

1 (2, Singapore ; '2 iS(S> Serdang, Selangor, larva feeding on Terminalia 
catappa ; in British Museum. 

Expanse, 3 Malayan (J J, 12-15 mm. 

The above (J from Singapore was referred to this species by SwLnhoe, and 
the two Serdang (^.^ agree with the Singapore specimen. In the absence of 
adequate Javanese material it is not possible to confirm the determination, but 
it appears correct. 

In the apex of the forewing is a small black spot, not mentioned in the 
original description, but visible m the type $ and consjiicuous ui the (J,^. 

83. Euproctis flavolimbatulana Strand. 

Euproctis flavolimbatulana Strand, in Seitz, Grossschm. d. Erde, x, p. 351, pi. 44e (1918). 

Type, $, Java, in coll. Seitz. 

1 (J, at hght, l.vi.l927, Gmtang-Sempak Pass, Selangor-Pahang (H. M. 
Pendlebury) ; m F.M.S. Museum. 

I have not seen the type of this species, but the present specimen answers 
well to Strand's description and illustration. Expanse (cJ) 28 mm. 

84. Euproctis subrana Moore. 

Artaxa suhrana Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. E.I.C. ii, p. 351 (1859). 

Euproctis suhrana Moore, Seitz, Grossschm. d. Erde, x, p. 352, pi. 44b (1918). 

Type, $, Java, in British MiLseum. 

1 cj, 1 $, Singapore ; in British Museum. 7 (J^J, Kuala Lumpur ; 1 $, 
1,800 ft., Batang Padang, Perak ; in F.M.S. Museum. 



78 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 

The two Malayan $$, as compared with the type $ from Java, are consider- 
ably darker, and the white spots on the forewing larger. Of Javanese specimens 
I have seen onlj' the type ; further material may possibly show subspecific 
distinction. 

85. Euproctis giittulata Snell. 

Euprociis gullulata Snell., Tijds. voor Ent. xxix, p. 36, pi. 1, fig. 3 (1886) ; Seitz, Orossschm. d. Erie, 
X, p. 353 (1918). 

Type, $, Sumatra, in Leiden Museum. 

1 (J, 5 $$, Singapore ; 2 ?$, Malacca ; 1 ?, Bindings ; 2 $$, Province 
Wellesley ; in British Museum. 1 $, Perak ; 2 $$, Gunong Ijau ; 3 $$, Penang ; 
in Tring Museum. 3 $$, Kuala Lumpur ; 2 $$, Singapore ; in F.M.S. Museum. 

The spot on the forewing of the $ is at the origin of veins Mi, J/3 and Cu\, 
and may vary considerably in size in specimens from the same locality. 

I have examined the type of Euproctis (Adlullia) praecurrens Wlkr. (1865), 
which is a $, not (J as stated in the original description, and quite distinct from 
the j)resent species. The spot on the forewing is below the junction of vein Cu2 
with the cell. The figure shown as praecurrens on pi. 43e of Seitz, vol. x, is 
evidently guttulata. 

The (^ of E. guttulata, of which I have seen only one specimen, resembles 
E. boleora Swinh. (1892). I have not been able to examine critically the type (^ 
of the latter, but it may prove to be nothing more than a synonym of guttulata. 



86. Euproctis orgyioides v. Eecke. 

Euproctis orgyioides v. Eecke, Zool. Med. Leiden, xi, p. 113, pi. ix, figs. 9 and 9a (1928). 

Type, cJ, Sumatra, in Leiden Museum. 

1 c?, 1.000 ft., May 1898, Government Hill, Penang (CurtLs) ; in British 
Museum. 1 (J, 18.xii.l928, larva on Cinnamormim zeylanicum, Kuala Lumpur 
(G. H. Corbett) ; 1 cj, at light, 3,300 ft., 23 .iii . 1928, Kedah Peak (H. M. Pendle- 
bury) ; in F.M.S. Museum. 

In pattern of forewing, the ^ of this species strongly resembles Orgyia nucula 
Swinh., A.3I.N.H. (6), xiv, p. 435 (1894), which, however, is much larger, and 
with the hindwing black. The latter species is a Euproctis, and should be 
transferred to that genus ; it has two pairs of spurs on the hindtibia, and no 
areole in the forewing. 

87. Euproctis biftircata v. Eecke. 

Euproctis Kfurcala v. Eecke, Zool. Med. Leiden, xi, p. 122, pi. x, figs. 5 and 5a (1928). 

Type, (^, Sumatra, in Tring Museum. 

1 (J, 2,800 ft., Gap, Pahang ; 1 ^, 3,450 ft., Bukit Kutu, Selangor ; in 
British Museum. 1 <^, without data; 2 S<S, 3,450-3,500 ft., Bukit Kutu, 
Selangor ; m F.M.S. Museum. 

These (J (J are larger (34—36 mm.) than the measurement given for the type 
(30 mm.), and the yellow margin to the wings is rather better defined. From 
Sumatra I have seen only the type, and in the absence of further specimens 
have treated the Malayan form as inseparable. 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 79 

\ 

88. Euproctis solitaria v. Eecke. 

Euproctis solitaria v. Eecke, Zool. Med. Leiden, xi, p. 129, pi. x, fig. 11 (1928). 

Type, $, Sumatra, in Leiden Museum. 

1 9, 3,400 ft., August 1915, Bukit Kutu, Selangor ; in F.M.S. Museum. 
This single $ agrees well with van Eecke 's figure, but has a considerably 

greater expanse — 54 mm. as against 38 mm. 

89. Euproctis alboscripta v. Eecke. 

Euproctis alboscripta v. Eecke, Zool. Med. Leiden, xi, p. 115, pi. ix, fig. 11 (1928). 

Type, cJ, Sumatra, in Leiden Museum. 

2 cJcJ, Waterfall Valley, Penang, March-April 1898 (Curtis) ; in Tring 
Museum. 

These two cJ(J appear to conform to van Eecke's description and figure. 
The species is related to Euproctis faceta Swinh. (1903), of New Guinea. 

90. Euproctis chalcostoma sp. nov. (plate I, fig. 11). 

cJ. Palpus porrect, orange-buff. Antennal shaft maize-yellow, pectinations 
pinkish buff. Head orange-buff, frons lighter. Patagium and tegula orange- 
buff, remainder of thorax benzo-brown. Abdomen above and beneath pinkish 
buff. Pectus pale pinkish buff. Legs light buff to warm buff. Forewing benzo- 
brown ; terminal area rather narrowly maize-yeUow (width at vein M3, J mm.), 
wider across the apex, and continued narrowly along the costa ; fringe maize- 
yellow. Hindwing light buff, the basal two-thirds very lightly shaded with 
benzo-brown ; fringe light buff. Underside of forewing as on upperside, but the 
benzo-brown area more pale, and the maize-yellow replaced by light buff. 
Underside of hindwmg, and fringe, light buff. 

$. Resembles the (J in facies. Anal tuft orange-buff. Light buff area on 
upperside of hindwing restricted to the distal fourth of the wing, and its division 
from the benzo-brown area better defined than hi the (^. Underside of huidwing 
with basal two-thirds benzo-brown. 

Expanse : ^J 20 mm., $ 25 mm. 

1 ^ (holotype), Bukit Kutu, Selangor, 3,500 ft., 12. ix. 1929; 1 $ (allo- 
type). Eraser's Hill, Pahang, 4,200 ft., at light, 4.vii.l931 ; both taken by 
H. M. Pendlebury ; F.M.S. Museum. Types kincUy presented to British 
Museum. 

Evidently resembles E. puinilia v. Eecke (1928), of which, however, I have 
seen no examples. In E.pumilia the hindwing appears to be entirely dark apart 
from the fringe, wlule in the forewing the light area is also more restricted than 
in the present species. 

91. Aroa lithosioides Wlkr. 

Amaacta lithosioides Wlkr., Joum. Linn. Soc. Land. (Zool.), vi, p. 127 (1862). 
Aroa lithosioides Wlkr., Seitz, Grossschm. d. Erde, x, p. 303 (1915). 

Type, cJ, Sarawak, in Oxford Museum. 

1 (J, Malacca (Kiinstler) ; in Zoological Museum, Berlin. 



80 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 

92. Aroa scytodes sp. nov. (plate II, fig. 44). 

(J. Palpus and head capucine-yellow. Anteniial shaft drab, the pectinations 
darker. Patagiuni capucuie-yeUow, remainder of thorax buckthorn-brown. 
Abdomen Front's brown, anal tuft capucine-yellow. Pectus, venter and legs 
warm buff mixed with buckthorn-brown, the front of the pectus capucine-yellow. 
Forewing Dresden brown ; on the discocellulars a conspicuous patch of light 
buff ; terminal area for a depth of about 1 mm. antimony-yellow, this colour 
contmued narrowly for a short distance along the costa and inner margin ; fringe 
light buff mixed with antimony-yeUow. Hmdwing Prout's brown ; fringe as in 
forewing. Underside of both wmgs snuff-brown ; a small light buff patch on 
the discocellulars of the forewing ; terminal area of forewing and fringes of both 
wings as on upperside. 

Expanse : 28 mm. 

1 3" (holotype), Jor Camp, Batang Padang, Perak, at light, 1,800 ft., 26. ii. 
1924 (H. M. Pendlebm-y) ; F.M.S. Museum. Presented to British Museum. 

May be placed near to Aroa lithosioides Wlkr. (1862). 

93. Aroa socrus Geyer. 

Gynaephora socrus Geyer, Zutrdge Exot. Schmett. v, p. 12, figs. 837-838 (1837). 
Aroa socrus Geyer, Seitz, Grossschm. d. Erde, x, p. 304, pi. 47a (1915). 

Type, cJ, Java. 

1 cJ, 3,500 ft., 19. vi. 1921, Gunong Jerai, Kedah ; in F.M.S. Museum. 

The Assam form, A. substrigosa Wlkr., List Lep. Ins. B.M . iv, p. 794 (1855), 
has been treated by most writers as a synonym of the Javanese A. socrus. I have 
compared the ,^ genitalia of three Javanese specimens, two Assam specimens, 
one from Hongkong and the above-mentioned specimen from Malaya, but there 
is so much individual variation that the result is rather inconclusive. In colora- 
tion, however, the Javanese c?c? ^r^ readily separable from the Indian, and I 
have no hesitation in treating them as distinct. 

The smgle Malayan specimen is considerably rubbed, but appears to agree 
with A. socrus in coloration, whUe in the genitalia it also agrees better with the 
Javanese than the Assam form. 

94. Cassidia obtusa Wlkr. 

Cassidia oUusa Wlkr., Proc. Linn. Soc. Land. {Zool.), vi, p. 130 (18G2); Swinhoe. A.M.N.H. (ix), 
11, p. 83 (1923). 

Type, (^, Sarawak, in Oxford Museum. 

6 (J (J, Singapore ; 1 ^, Sungei Ujong ; in British Museum. 1 ^J, Kuala 
Piiah ; 1 ^, Batang Padang, Perak ; 1 (J, Kuala Lumpur ; 1 ^, 3,300 ft., Kedah 
Peak ; in F.M.S. Museum. 

A good series of C. obtusa, taken in Sarawak, is in the British Museum. 

On the pin of the type at Oxford is a note in Hampson's writing : " sinks 
to Dura albicans Wlkr.," but this statement is clearly an error. 

C. obtusa Ls omitted by Strand in Seitz, but under the name of Aroafenestricu- 
lata Strand (1910) an insect is included, from Central Sumatra, which is evidently 
close to it or possibly identical, but of which I have not seen a specimen. 

I am of opinion that Walker's genus Cassidia should be retained for the 
present species. 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 81 

95. Scarpona ennomoides Wlkr. 

Scarpona ennomoides Wlkr., Joum. Linn. Soc. Land. (Zool.), vi, p. 123 (1862) ; Seitz, Orossschm. d. 

Erde, x, p. 316 (1915). 
Topomem suhinanis Wlkr., List. Lep. Ins. B.M. xxxr, p. 1921 (1866) ; Seitz, I.e., p. 332, pi. 39b 

(1915). 

Type, $, Sarawak, in Oxford Museum. 

Type (subinanis), $, Java, in British Museum. 

4 cJcJ- 1 9. Singapore ; in British Museum. 1 ^, Mt. Ophir ; 1 (^, Perak ; 
1 (J, Malay Peninsula ; 1 9, Penang ; in Tring MiLseum. 1 (J, Kuala Tahan ; 
1 ?, Kuala Lumpur ; 1 $, 3,500 ft., Bukit Kutu, Selangor ; 1 ?, 3,300 ft., Kedah 
Peak ; in F.M.S. Museum. 

An examination of the genitalia of (JcJ from Sarawak, Java and Singapore 
shows no distinction on which forms could be separated. 

I have recently published the information (Nov. Zool. xxxvii, 2, p. 179, 
1932) that T. subinanis Wlkr. sinks to 8. ennomoides Wlkr. 

96. Numenes contrahens Wlkr. 

Numenes contrahens Wlkr., Joum. Linn, Soc. Land. (Zool.), vi, p. 122 (1862) ; Seitz, Grossschm, d. 
Erde, x, p. 316 (1915). 

Type, cJ, Sarawak, in Oxford Museum. 

1 (J, Government HiU, Penang ; in Tring Museum. 1 ^J, Bukit Fraser, 
Pahang ; 1 o, 3,500 ft., Bukit Kutu, Selangor ; 1 (J, without data ; in F.M.S. 
Museum. 

These Malayan specimens match a series of 6 (J(J m the British Museum 
from the Barisan Range, S.W. Sumatra. They are somewhat larger than 
Walker's type, with a broader border to the hindwing, and may prove to be 
separable as a geographical race. 

Although N. contrahens is represented in the present paper only by i^^J, and 
N. siletti only by $$, the two species are certainly distinct. 

■ 
97. Numenes siletti Wlki-. 

Numenes siletti Wlkr., List Lep. Ins. B.M. iii, p. 663 (1855) ; Seitz, Grossschm. d. Erde, x, p. 317 
(1915). 

Type, 9, SUhet, in British Museum. 

1 $, Perak ; in British Museum. 1 $, Gunong Tahan ; in Tring Museum. 
1 $, Kuala Lumpur ; in F.M.S. Museum. 

I oan see no reason for separating these insects from Assam specimens, 
although the subtermmal markings on the hindwing are more extensive than in 
any Indian examples I have examined, running from the costa to vein if 2, and 
from vein Cul almost to the anal vein. 

98. Cobanilla phaedra sp. nov. (plate I, fig. 24). 

cJ. Palpus slightly upturned, English red. Antennal shaft ochraceous- 
tawny, pectinations buckthorn-brown. Frons Enghsh red, vertex pale yellow- 
orange. Thorax and abdomen, above and beneath, pale yellow-orange. Legs 
missing in the type. Forewing tawny, mixed in the basal area with pale yellow- 
orange ; basal half of costa English red ; fringe tawny, tipped with auburn. 
Hindwing ochraceous-bufE, fringe tawny. Underside of forewing pale yellow- 

6 



82 NOVITATES ZOOLOOICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 

orange ; the costal area to the upper margin of the cell and vein Ml, also 
narrowly along the termen, but not including the apex, orange-rufous ; fringe 
orange -rufous. Underside of hindwing pale yellow-orange, distal half of wmg, 
from the costa at one-half to the anal angle, orange-rufous ; fringe orange-rufous 
mixed with pale yellow-orange. 

Expanse : 27 mm. 

1 (^ (holotype). Waterfall Valley, Penang, March-April 1898 (Curtis); in 
Truig Museum. 

Related to Cobanilla marginata Moore (1883), but much more richly coloured. 

99. Laelia suffusa VVlkr. 

Ricine mfnm Wlkr., List Lep. Ins. B.M. iv, p. 824 (1855). 

Uielia siiffvsa Wlkr., Seitz. Grossschm. d. Erde. x, p. .306, pi. 42d (1915). 

Type, $, Java, in British Maseum. 

3 c?c?! 2 ??, larvae feeding on padi, 12 .xii. 1924, Parit Buntar (Corbett and 
Gater) ; 1 ^, Penang ; I $, Kuala Ketil, Kedah ; in British Museum. 1 (^, 
Singapore; in Berlin Museum. 1 $, 2,000-3,000 ft., Gunong Ijau ; 1 $, Penang ; 
in Tring Museum. 2 ^J^J, 1 $, Lanka wi Islands ; 1 ^, Alor Star, Kedah ; 2 $?, 
Taiping ; m F.M.S. Museum. 

The life-history of this insect has been described in " A Note on Laelia 
suffusa Wlkr. damaging Padi," by A. R. Gater and Mohammed Yusope, Malayan 
Agric. Journ. xiii, p. 72 (1925). In this paper the determination of the species 
is regarded as provisional. 

The type of L. suffusa is a $, and Malayan $9, in the limited material before 
me, have a whiter forewing than the Javanese. The genitalia do not appear 
to differ. 

In the male sex, the hindwing of the Javanese insect is usually lighter than 
that of the Malayan, and the expanse rather greater. The genitalia again do 
not appear to differ. 

In these circinnstances I am using the name of L. suffusa for the Malayan 
insect, although the comparison of large series might possibly show racial 
distinction. 

100. Laelia atestacea Hamps. 

Laelia atestacea Hamps., Fauna Br. India, i, p. 443 (1893) ; Seitz, Grossschm. d. Erde, x, p. 306, 

pi. 42c (1915). 
Harapa teslacea Moore, Lep. Coll. Atk. p. 47 (1879) (praeoce.). 

Type, $, DarjUing. 

1 (J, 1904, Malacca (J. Waterstradt) ; in British Museum. 1 ^, at light, 
21.x. 1925, Kuala Lumpur (A. Seimund) ; in F.M.S. Museum. 

A comparison of the limited material available gives no grounds for dis- 
tinguishing a Malay form of this species. 

101. Laelia adara Moore. 

Procodeca adara Moore. Cat. Lep. Mns. E.l.C. ii, p. 337 (1859). 
Laelia adara Moore, Seitz, Orossschm. d. Erde, x, p. 307, pi. 42d (1915). 

Type, $, Java, in British Museum. 

1 ?, at light, Kuala Lumpur ; in F.M.S. Museum. 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 83 

102. Laelia melantera sp. nov. (plate I, fig. 9). 

(J. Palpus porrect, sayal brown. Antenna well developed, shaft snuff- 
brown, pectinations Saccardo's umber. Head, thorax and abdomen sayal 
brown, legs somewhat darker. Forewing buckthorn-brown ; faint interneural 
sayal-brown patches in the angles of veins ilf 2 to Cu2 ; fringe buckthorn-brown. 
Hindwmg and fringe tawny-olive. Underside of both wmgs, and fringes, buck- 
thorn-brown ; a faint light patch on the discocellulars of the forewing, the inner 
marginal area also lighter. 

$. Resembles <^, but on the upperside of forewing there is a patch on the 
discocellulars slightly lighter than the ground-colour. Hindwing and fringe 
pinkish buff, considerably Ughter than the forewing. 

Expanse : (J 29 mm., $ 37 mm. 

1 (^ (holot3T3e), Smigei Ujong (Durnford) ; in British Museum. 1 $ (aOo- 
type), Kuala Tahan, Pahang, March 1921 (E. Seimund) ; F.M.S. Museum, 
kindly presented to British Museum. 

Resembles Laelia adara Moore (1859), but a much darker insect. 

103. Laelia venosa Moore (plate I, fig. 12). 

Laelia venosa Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 601 (1877) ; Seitz, Orossschm. d. Erde, x, p. 307 (1915). 

Type, cj, S. Andamans, in British Museum. 

1 5, Singapore ; in British Museum. 1 q, 3,000 ft., Bukit Kutu, Selangor ; 
ui Tring Museum. 2 ^J^J, Taiping ; 1 (J, 1 $, Kuala Lumpur ; in F.M.S. Museum. 

104. Dasychira costiplaga Wlkr. 

Lacida costiplaga Wlkr., Joum. Linn. Soc. Lond. (Zool.), vi, p. 126 (1862). 

Dasychira chalana costiplaga Wlkr., Seitz, Grossschm. d. Erde, x, p. 297. pi. 38b (1915). 

Type, o> Sarawak, in Oxford Museum. 

1 cJ, Taipmg ; 1 ^, 3,500 ft., Bukit Kutu, Selangor ; 2 ^^, 3,200-3,300 ft., 
Kedah Peak ; in F.M.S. Museum. 2 $?, Layang Layang, Johore ; coll. Agric. 
Dept., Kuala Lumpur. 

A comparison of these Malayan specimens with a series from Sarawak shows 
no distinction in facies, and this has been confirmed by a comparison of the (^ 
genitalia of two Sarawak and two Malayan specimens. 

Dasychira costalis Wlkr. (1855), type $ (not (J as stated in original descrip- 
tion), Java, in British Museum, approaches rather closely to D. costiplaga Wlkr. 
in markings and general appearance. The genitaUa, however, show striking 
distinctions in form of valve and uncus, and leave no doubt that the two are 
distinct. 

Of D. chalana Moore (1859), type $, Java, in British Museum, I have seen 
only Moore's original pair of specimens. Both markings and J genitaUa seem 
to show specific distinction from D. costalis Wlkr., but further specimens might 
perhaps show the differences to be individual. D. chalana is quite distinct 
from D. costiplaga. 

105. Dasychira mendosa Hiibn. 

Olene mendosa Hiibn., Ziilr. Ex. Schimll. ii, p. 19, figs. 293 and 294 (1823). 
Dasychira mendosa Hiibn., Seitz, Grossschm, d. Erde, x, p. 292, pi. 38a (1915). 

Type, 9, Java. 

1 9, Kuala Lumpur, larva on Aleuriies montana ; in British Museum. 3 J^^J, 
Penang ; in Tring Museum. 1 $, Singapore ; in Zoological Museum, Berlin. 



g4 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 

106. Dasychira osseata Wlkr. 

Orgyia osseata Wlkr., Joum. Linn. Soc. Land. (Zool.), vi, p. 125 (1862). 
Dasychira osseata Wlkr., Seitz, Grossschm. d. Erde, x, p. 301 (1915). 

Type, o, Sarawak, in Oxford Museum. 

34 ^,^, Singapore ; in British Museum. 2 cJcJ, Penang ; 1 cj. Padang 
Rengas ; in Tring Museum. 2 (JcJ. Singapore ; 6 (J^, Kuala Lumpur ; 2 ^^, 
3,400-3,450 ft., BukitKutu, Selangor; 1 ^, 3,000-3,500 ft., Kedah Peak ; 1 <J, 
near Jitra, Kedah ; 1 cJ, 1.800 ft., Batang Padang, Perak ; 1 ^, Taiping ; in 
F.M.S. Museum. 1 ^, 15. i. 1927, larva feeding on Annona muricata, and 1 $, 
13.11. 1925, larva feeding on Guava, Kuala Lumpur ; in coll. Agric. Dept., Kuala 
Lumpur. 

The cJ of this species is very variable. Some specimens are only with diffi- 
culty separated from the next species (q.v.), and its relationships have entailed 
the making of many genitalia sUdes and much careful comparison. 

Dasychira albiplaga Swinh. (Seitz, x, pi. 38e) is represented in the British 
Museum by the type S and $ (Java) and a second $. The o genitalia show that 
this insect has at least subspecific distinction from D. osseata, while the expanse 
of the (J D. albiplaga Is slightly greater and the pattern on the fore wing not truly 
duplicated in any specimen of the above series. The $$ named by Swlnhoe as 
D. albiplaga resemble each other, and are so like the cJ in pattern that he has 
used almost the same description for both sexes. The $ of D. osseata, on the 
other hand, is a very different insect from the (J. I have discussed D. albiplaga 
for the reason that van Eecke's figures of that species, in Zool. Med. Leiden, xi, 
pi. vii, figs. 7a to 7e, appear to me in every respect to represent D. osseata, and 
not D. albiplaga, which he has evidently misidentified. 

D. osseata resembles in both sexes D. mendosa Hbn., but the latter can be 
separated by its much larger size. 



107. Dasychira araea sp. nov. (plate II, fig. 43). 

J. Palpus, head, thorax and abdomen bistre mixed sparsely with snuff-brown 
and pinkish buff, and with fuscous dorsal tufts on basal segments of abdomen. 
Antennal shaft tawny-olive, pectinations fuscous. Pectus and venter pinkish 
buff. Legs pinkish buff to clay-colour, with fuscous patches on the outersides. 
Forewing snuff-brown ; an irregular bistre subbasal fascia ; a patch of bistre 
below the cell between subbasal and antemedial, not visible in all specimens ; an 
irregular bistre antemedial fascia crossing the wing to the inner margin at one- 
haK ; a light patch between antemedial and postmedial, from vein C'u2 to the 
inner margin, not visible in all specimens ; some Indistmct bistre spots round the 
dlscoceUulars ; a crenulate bistre postmedial fascia, bowed round the discocellu- 
lars to vein C«2, thence oblique outwardly to the inner margin ; some interneural 
bistre streaks between postmedial and termen, that below vein Cu2 being the 
most conspicuous and having a sjwt of white at its distal end ; fringe snuff-brown, 
bistre interneurally. Hindwing and fringe snuff-brown. Underside of both 
wings pinkish buff, with an indistinct darker postmedial fascia ; fringes pinkish 
buff, mixed interneurally on the forewing with bistre. 

5. Much Ughter than the (J, with a very narrow forewing ; subbasal, ante- 
medial and postmedial fasclas are as in the ^, and the patch of bistre below the 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 85 

cell between subbasal and antemedial is conspicuous ; there is a further patch 
of bistre below the costa just beyond the postmedial. 

Expanse : c?c? 26-29 mm., $ 43 mm. 

1 (? (holotype) 5. v. 1931, 1 ? (allotype) 2.xi.l921, Kuala Lumpur; and 
the following paratypes : 4 (^^^ January 1931, 1 cj April 1931, 1 ^ May 1931, 
1 cJ August 1931, 1 ^ October 1921, all Kuala Lumpur ; 2 ^^, 3,500 ft., Kedah 
Peak, March 1928; 1 ,3, 3,500 ft., Bukit Kutu, Selangor, 15. iv. 1920; 1 cJ, 
near Jitra, Kedah, 1 1 .iv . 1928 ; all taken by H. M. Pendlebury ; F.M.S. Museum. 
Types and one paratype presented to British Museum. 

In the (^ sex slightly larger than D. ossmla Wlkr., and with a darker hind- 
wing. The subsidiary arm of the valve is longer than the main arm, whereas in 
D. osseata it is considerably shorter. In the latter species there is a short spine 
at the middle of the subsidiary arm of the valve, which is not present in D. araea. 

108. Dasychira alampeta sp. nov. (plate I, fig. 20). 

(J. Palpus snufE-brown. Antennal shaft bistre, pectinations Saccardo's 
umber. Head and thorax bistre mixed with snuff-brown. Abdomen snuff - 
brown. Pectus, venter and legs tawny-olive, the foreleg darker. Forewing 
snufif-brown, irrorated in an irregular manner with bistre ; a patch of bistre in 
the subbasal area ; an antemedial fascia formed of two poorly defined and 
irregular lines of bistre ; a fairly distinct bistre postmedial fascia, somewhat 
broken up into spots, except towards the costa, where it is broader and more 
distinct ; fringe bistre, mixed with snuff-brown at the vein-ends. HindwLng and 
fringe snufE-brown. Underside of both wings somewhat lighter than upperside 
of hindwing ; forewing with proximal three-fourths of costa narrowly marked 
with bistre, and a patch of the same colour postmedially ; fringe of both wings 
mixed Lnterneurally with bistre. 

Expanse : ^^ 21-29 mm. 

1 o (holotype) and 1 ^ (paratype), near Jitra, Kedah, 8. and 10. iv. 1928 ; 

1 ^ (paratype), 3,500 ft., Bukit Kutu, Selangor, 13. iv. 1926 ; all taken by H. M. 
Pendlebury ; 2 ^^ (paratypes), 3,400 ft., Bukit Kutu, August 1915 ; 2 ^^ 
without data ; F.M.S. Museum. Holotype presented to British Museum. 

109. Dasychira pennatula Fabr. 

Bomhyx pennatvla Fabr., Ent. Sysl. iii. 1. p. 465 (1793). 

Dasychira securis Hiibn., Seitz, Grossschm. d. Erde, ii, p. 11.5, pi. 22c (1910). 

Type, (J, India, in the Museum of the Cbpenhagen University. (See Auri- 
vilUus on Fabrician types, Entom. Tirskrift, p. 157, No. 114, 1897.) 

2 (J (J, Kuala Ketil, Kedah ; in British Museum. 

110. Dasychira horsfieldii Saund. 

Arctia horsfieldii Saund., Trans. Ent. Soc. Land. p. 162 (1851). 

Dasychira horsfieldii Saund., Seitz, Orossschm. d. Erde, x, p. 292, pi. 38 (1915). 

Type, tJ, Java, in British Museum. 

9 ,^(J, 2 9$, Singapore ; 1 J, 2,000-3,500 ft., Perak ; 1 $, Malacca ; 1 ?, 
Penang ; in British Museum. 1 $, Kuala Kangsar, Perak ; in Oxford Museum. 

2 <?cJ. 1 $> Bukit Kutu, Selangor; 1 ^, Penang; in Tring Museum. 2 (^^, 
3,500 ft., Bukit Kutu, Selangor ; 1 c?, 4,200 ft., Eraser's Hill, Pahang ; 1 ^, 



86 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 

4,800 ft., Tanah Rata, Cameron's Highlands ; 2 ??, Taiping, Perak ; in F.M.S. 
Museum. 

The genitalia of (J specimens from Java, Sumatra, Malaya, Sarawak and 
Ceylon have been compared, and reveal no subspecific difference. The teeth on 
the clasping process of the valve vary somewhat in size and spacing, but this 
appears to be individual rather than racial. 

111. Dasychira vaneeckei sp. nov. (plate II, fig. 32). 

(J. Palpus ochraceous-buff, on the outer side fuscous. Antennal shaft 
whitish, pectinations tawny-olive. Head and thorax yellowish olive. Abdomen 
pale yellow-orange, with yellowish-olive dorsal tufts on the basal segments. 
Pectus light buff, in front orange-buff. Foreleg yellowish olive, on the inner side 
of femur and tibia orange-buff ; middleleg yellowish oUve mixed with light buff ; 
hindleg light buff, with fuscous patches on the outside of tibia and tarsus. Venter 
light buff. Forewing yellowish olive, grading in distal half of wing to light 
brownish olive ; a faint dark line roiuid the discoceUulars, the space filled in 
with yellowish olive ; faint dark subterminal and preterminal fasciae, crenate, 
points on the veins, concavities terminad ; fringe light brownish olive. Hindwing 
light orange-yellow ; a fuscous patch on the discoceUulars ; a broad fuscous 
subterminal fascia, broken between veins M'i and Cu2, and finishing at the anal 
angle ; fringe light buff. Underside of both wings light buff ; a fuscous patch 
on both discoceUulars ; the subbasal fascia on upperside of hindwing reproduced 
below in a reduced form ; fringes light buff. 

$. Resembles the J. 

Expanse : (J (J 42-44 mm., $ 68 mm. 

1 cJ (holotype) 18.iii.l931, and 2 ^^ (paratypes) 19.iii.l931 and 20. iv. 
1926, Bukit Kutu, Selangor, at light, 3,500 ft. ; 1 $ (allotype), Kuala Lumpur, 
7.ii.I922; all taken by H. M. Pendlebury ; F.M.S. Museum. Types presented 
to British Museum. 

In the British Museum is a series of 5 {J^ from Korintji Peak, Sumatra, 
apparently of this species. 

Allied to Dasychira virescens Moore (1879), from which it may be 
distinguished by the absence of the dark preterminal fascia on the hindwing. 

112. Dasychira amydra Collnt. 

Dasychira amydra Collnt., Nov. Zool. xxxvii, 2, p. 175 (1932). 

Type, (J, Palawan, in Tring Museum. 

1 cJ, Selangor ; in British Museum. 1 (J, Kuala Lumpur ; 1 ^, 3,500 ft., 
Bukit Kutu, Selangor ; 1 ^, 4,800 ft., Tanah Rata, Cameron's Highlands, 
Pahang ; in F.M.S. Museum. 

Agrees well in facies with Philippine specimens. I have not seen a $ from 
Malaya. 

113. Dasychira inclusa Wlkr. 

Dasychira inclusa Wlkr., List Lep. Ins. B.M. vii, p. 1737 (1856) ; Seitz, Grossschm. d. Erde, x, p. 293, 

pi. 38a (1915). 
Dasychira asvata Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. E.I.C. ii, p. 340 (1859) ; Seitz. I.e.. p. 296, pi. 38b (1915). 

Type (inchusa), ^, Java, in British Museum. 
Type (asvata), ,^, Java, in British Museum. 
1 <£', Singapore ; 1 ^, Bindings ; in British Museum. 1 (^, Kuala Lumpur ; 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. , 87 

1 (5', Penang ; in Tring Museum. 1 3*, 22.1.1931, Saba Bernam, larva feeding 
on Elasis guineensis ; 1 (^, 2 $$, 1 2 . i . 1 930, Layang Layang, Johore, larva feeding 
on Derris sp. ; in coll. Agric. Dept., Kuala Lumpur. 2 ^J^J, Singapore ; 1 i^, 
Kuala Pilah, Negri Sembilan ; 3 ^i^, 3,400-3,500 ft., Bukit Kutu, Selangor ; 

2 J (j", Kuala Lumpur ; 1 J, Kuala Krau ; 1 ,^, Kedah Peak ; in F, M.S. Museum. 

There is considerable variation in the appearance of the insects in this series, 
but a comparison of the genitalia of six Malayan (^^, and of a Javanese and a 
Malayan $, does not show grounds for splitting up. Preparations have also 
been made from the types of D. indiisa and D. asvata, which show that the latter 
must sink. The white network on the forewuig of the type of D. asvata, well 
shown in the illustration in Seitz, is an individual variation found in differing 
degrees in other specimens. 

114. Dasychira cerigoides Wlkr. 

Janassa cerigoides Wlkr., Jonrn. Linn. Soc. Land. (Zool), vi, p. 13.5 (1862) (,J). 
Dasychira cerigoides Wlkr., Seitz. Grossschm.. d. Erde, x, p. 296 (1915). 
Lymanlria galinara Swinh., Trams. Ent. Soc. Land. p. 490 (1903) (?. nee ^J). 

Type, (Jj Sarawak, in Oxford Museum. 

3 $9, Singapore ; in British Museum. 1 ^, Singapore ; in Tring Museum. 
2 $9. Singapore ; in Zoological Museum, Berlin. 2 (^^, 2 9?, Singapore ; in 
F.M.S. Museum. 

The 9 of this species, hitherto unidentified, was found to have been described 
in error as the allotype of Lyviantria galinara Swinh. 

A comparison of the (J genitalia of two Malayan, two Sarawak and one 
Sumatran specimen shows no character on which they can be separated, although 
there is a certain amount of individual variation. 

In Seitz, x, p. 299, Singapore is mentioned as a locality for Dasychira grossa 
Pag., but I think it probable that this record actually relates to D. cerigoides. 

115. Dasychira diplozona sp. nov. (plate II, fig. 28). 

(^. Palpus uptiu-ned, bistre, distally pinkish buff. Antennal shaft white 
mixed distally with ochraceous-tawny ; pectinations ochraceous-tawny. Head 
and thorax whitish mixed sparsely with fuscous, giving an effect of pale smoke- 
grey. Abdomen Prout's brown, distal segments mixed with whitish ; anal tuft 
pale smoke-grey. Pectus and legs pale smoke-grey, femora and tibiae frmged 
with long bushy hair-scales. Venter pinkish buff. Forewing whitish : an ante- 
medial fascia composed of a double line of Prout's brown, the inner line almost 
straight across the wing, the outer line irregular, the Prout's brown replaced by 
fuscous above the lower margin of the cell, where the outer line runs oblique 
outwardly to the costa and the interspace is filled in with cinnamon-brown ; a 
faint Prout's brown patch on the costa just before the discocellulars ; a Prout's 
brown postmedial fascia, curved outwardly from the costa to vein M 1 , thence 
crenate inwardly to vein Cu2, thence outwardly oblique to the inner margin ; a 
Prout's brown streak on the costa just beyond the postmedial fascia ; a Prout's 
brown subterminal fascia, roughly equidistant from the termen for its whole 
length, but irregular between veins M2 to Cul ; fringe whitish. Hindwing 
Prout's brown, inner marginal area slightly darker ; fringe whitish mixed sparsely 
with Prout's brown. Underside of both wings whitish, mixed in an irregular 
manner with Prout's brown, the latter almost absent towards the termen, but 



88 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 

with the veins marked with Prout's brown and with a terminal line of the same 
colour ; costa of forewing and both fringes whitish. 

Expanse : cJ(J 44-49 mm. 

1 cJ (holotype) 18. iii. 1931, and 1 (J (paratype) 12. iv. 1926, 3,500 ft., Bnkit 
Kntu, Selangor ; 1 ^ (paratype), 23.x. 1921, Kuala Lumpur ; 1 ^ (paratype), 
15. iii. 1928, 3,300 ft., Kedah Peak ; all taken at light by H. M. Pendlebury ; 
F.M.S. Museum. Holotype presented to British Museum. 

Allied to Dasychira poslfu.sca Swinh. (1895), but the forewing lighter and the 
antemedial fascia doubled below the cell, whereas in D. postjusca it is represented 
only by the outer line. 

116. Dasychira strigata Moore. 

Dasychira strigata Moore, Up. Coll. Atk: p. 58 (1879) ; Seitz, Grossschm. d. Erde, x, p. 295 (1915). 

Type, ?, Masuri, Garhwal, in British Museum. 

1 (J, Kuala Lumpur ; in F.M.S. Museum, Kuala Lumpur (ex coll. Agric. 
Dept.). 

This specimen does not differ in facies from Indian examples, but is very 
large in expanse (63 mm.). 

It is surprising that only a single example of such a conspicuous species 
should occur in the present collection. The data on the specimen are as given 
above, but the occurrence should perhaps be treated with reserve until confirmed 
by other captures. 

117. Dasychira angulata Hamps. 

Dasychira angvlata Hamps., Trans. Enl. Soc. Land. p. 292 (1895); Seitz, Grossschm. d. Erde, x, 
p. 295, pi. 38e (1915). 

Type, cj. Sikkim, in British Museimi. 

1 (J, Singapore ; in British Museum. 1 S, Penang ; in Trmg Museum. 
1 ^, Kuala Pilah ; 1 ?, 3,500 ft., Kuala Pilah, Selangor ; 1 $, 6,000 ft., Gunong 
Benom, Pahang ; in F.M.S. Museum. 

The British Museum collection contains only one ^ and one ? from India. 
Van Eecke has included Sumatra, Java and Borneo in the range of this species, 
and Malayan specimens appear to conform. 

118. Dasychira zelotica sp. nov. (plate II, fig. 49). 

(J. Palpus porrect, ochraceous-bu£f, mixed on the outerside with fuscous. 
Antenna large, the shaft light buff, pectmations ochraceous-tawny. Head and 
thorax light buff. Abdomen snuff-brown. Pectus, venter and legs light buff ; 
the legs on outerside spotted with fuscous. Forewing whitish, irrorated with 
sayal brown and snuff-brown ; an indistinct wavy antemedial fascia, indicated 
by an increase in the irroration ; discocellulars faintly outlined with sayal brown ; 
faint bistre postmedial and preterminal fascias, crenate, points on the veins, 
concavities terminad ; fringe whitish, marked interneurally with bistre. Hind- 
wing snuff-brown ; fringe somewhat lighter, marked interneurally with bistre. 
Underside of both wings light buff mixed with snuff-brown ; a patch of bistre 
on the discocellulars of both wings ; fringes light buff marked interneurally 
with bLstre. 

$. Fasciae on forewing less distinct and hindwing lighter than in the J. 
The dark interneural markings on the fringes of both wings more plainly marked 
than in the (J- 



NOVITATES ZOOLOOICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 89 

Expanse : (^ 55 mm., $ 69 mm. 

1 c? (holotype), Kuala Lvmipur, ex coll. Agric. Dept. ; 1 $ (allotype), Bukit 
Kutu, Selangor, at light, 3, .500 ft., 14. iv. 1926 (H. M. Pendlebiiry) ; F.M.S. 
Museum. Tjrpes pre.sented to British Museum. 

Resembles a DasycMroide.s in appearance but has the venation of a Dasy- 
chira. The termina in both sexes are evenly curved, not angled as in D. angulata 
Hamps. 

119. Dasychira tristis Heyl. 

Dasychira tristis Heyl., Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 36, p. 12 (1892) ; Seitz, Grossschm. d. Erde, x, p. 296 

(1915). 
Dasychira anaha Swinh., A.M.N.H. (7), xviii, p. 406 (1906) ; Seitz, I.e.. x, p. 296, pi. 38e (1915). 

Type, 5, Padang, Sumatra, in Leiden Museum. 
Type (anaha), ^, Padang, Sumatra, in British Museum. 
1 (S, Kuala Lumpiu-, 12. xi. 1928 (G. H. Corbett) ; in coll. Agric. Dept., 
Kuala Lumpur. 

120. Dasychira viridis Druce. 

Dasychira viridis Druce, A.M.N.H. (7), iii. p. 470 (1899) ; Seitz, Grossschm. d. Erde. x, p. 295 (1915). 

Type, (J, 2,000-3,500 ft., Perak, in British Museum. 

1 3, 2,260 ft., Penang ; in British Museum. 3 ,^ J, 3,000 ft., Bukit Kutu, 
Selangor ; 1 cj, 2,000-3,000 ft., Gmiong Ijau ; 4 (^^, Penang ; in Tring Museum. 
1 c?, Ulu Langat, Selangor ; 12 ^^, 3,400-3,500 ft., Bukit Kutu ; 1 9, Gombok 
Valley, Kuala Lumpur; 1 J, 1 $, 1,800 ft., Batang Padang, Perak; 1 (J, 
Taiping ; 1 $, 4,200 ft., Eraser's Hill, Pahang ; in F.M.S. Museum. 

I have little doubt that this species will sink to Dasychira baruna Moore 
(1859), the type $ of which, from Java, is in the British Museum collection. I 
have been unable to obtain a Javanese ^ for comparison, and failing this have 
been obliged to leave the question open. 



121. Dasychira callima sp. nov. (jilate II, fig. 39). 

cj. Palpus tawny-olive, orange-buff beneath at the base, fascous on the 
outerside and above. Antennal shaft deep lichen-green, pectinations buckthorn- 
brown. Head tawny-olive, vertex j'ellowish olive. Thorax yellowish olive, 
mixed centrally with warm sepia ; tegula distally warm sepia. Abdomen above 
and beneath warm buff, with dorsal tufts on the basal segments of yellowish olive 
mixed with fuscous-black ; anal tuft warm buff. Pectus warm buff, orange-buff 
in front. Legs tawny-olive ; foreleg on the outerside yellowish olive ; tarsus of 
hindleg whitish. Forewing yellowish olive, grading in distal half of wing to 
buffy olive ; some indistinct light markings along the costa ; a fuscous line 
round the discocellulars ; indistinct fuscous postmedial, subterminal and pre- 
terminal fasciae, crenate, points on the veins, concavities terminad ; a series of 
terminal interneural fuscous spots ; fringe tawny-olive, interneurally fuscous. 
Hmdwing warm sejjia ; fringe warm buff. Underside of forewing warm sepia ; 
costal area narrowly, inner marginal and terminal areas broadly, light buff ; 
fringe as on upperside. Underside of hindwing warm sepia ; fringe warm buff, 
this colour also narrowly invading the terminal area. 

Expanse : 38 mm. 



90 NovaTATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 

1 (J (holotype), Cameron's Highlands, Pahang, 20.x. 1928, larva feeding on 
Cinchcma sucdruhra (G. H. Corbett). Presented to the British Museum by the 
Imperial Institute of Entomology. 

Somewhat resembles Dasychira chloroptera Hamps. (1893), but smaller, and 
the broad terminal band of warm buff on the hindwing replaced by a fringe only 
of this colour. 

122. Malachitis preangerensis Heyl. 

Dasychira (Mardara) preangerensis Heyl., C.R. Soc. Eni. Belg. 36. i, p. 13 (1892) ; Seitz, Orossschm. 
d. Erde, x, p. 296 (1915) ; van Eecke, Zool. Med. Leiden, xi, p. 98, pi. ix, figs. 17 and 17a (1928). 

Type, $, Java, in Leiden Museum. 

1 cJ, at light, 4,800 ft., 20. v. 1931, Tana Rata, Cameron's Highlands, Pahang 
(H. M. Pendlebury) ; in F.M.S. Museum. Expanse : 39 mm. 

The type of Malachitis rnelanochlora Hamps. (1895), which is in the British 
Museum, is a small rubbed ,^ from Bhutan. In the British Museum is a further 
(J from the Khasis, which agrees well with a j' from Java and the Malayan 
specimen recorded above. I have little doubt that M . rnelanochlora is a synonym 
oi M . preangerensis, but the material is insufficient for a definite pronouncement. 

123. Mardara ruficeps Hamps. (plate I, fig. 19). 

Mardara ruficeps Hamps., Fauna of Bnt. India, iv, p. 489 (1896) ; Seitz, Grossschm. d. Erde. x, 
p. 300 (1915). 

Type, $, Bhutan, in British Museum. 

I 9, Perak (Hartert) ; in Zoological Museum, Berlin. 

The type of this species is considerably rubbed, but the Malayan specimen 
appears to match it very weU. I have seen no other examples. 

When a longer series is available, a transfer to another genus will be required. 
In the forewing, vein -Rl rises beyond the areole from the stalk of B2-R5 ; 
and in the hindwing, M3-Cul and Rs-M\ are each on a long stalk. 

The illustration shows the Perak specimen. 

124. Pida decolorata Wlki-. 

Cyclidia. (?) decolorata Wlkr., Char. Undescr. Lep. Met. p. 96 (1869). 
Pida decolorata Wlkr.. Seitz, Grossschm. d. Erde, x, p. 315 (1915). 

Type, (^, near Benares, in Devon and Exeter Museum. 

1 9, at light, 4,000 ft., 6.vii. 1931, Fraser's Hill, Pahang (H. M. Pendlebury) ; 
in F.M.S. Museum. 

This single Malayan $ is within the range of variation of Indian specimens. 
The postmedial fascia on the forewing is scarcely visible. 

125. Pida strigipennis limbata subsp. nov. 

(J. Easily distinguished from the dark form of the N. Indian J by its larger 
size and broad border of light buff (width about 3 mm.) in the terminal area of 
the hindwing. The underside of the forewing is entirely light buff. 

$. Perhaps not distinguishable by colour or marking from the variable N. 
Indian $, but in size the present allotype is considerably larger than any Indian 
$ in the British Museum series. 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 91 

Expanse : ^ (holotype) 51 mm. (3 N. Indian ^J^J of dark form, 37-41 mm.), 
9 (allotype) 67 mm., 9 (paratype ; deformed ?) 50 mm. 

1 cJ (holotype), Jor Camp, Batang Padang, Perak, 1,800 ft., 8.iii.l924; 
1 ? (paratype), Kuala Lumpur, 10. iv. 1931, both at light (H. M. Pendlebury) ; 
F.M.S. Museum. 1 $ (allotyise), Singapore (H. N. Ridley) ; British Museum. 
Holotype presented to British Museum. 

Apparently this is the Malayan race of the N. Indian species. 
The Indian rj' has two forms, both of which are in the British Museum from 
Assam. The dark form was described by Leech in Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., p. 128 
(1899), while the light form, strongly resembling the $, seems to have been noted 
first by Hampson in Faun. Br. India, i, p. 457 (1893). These two forms do not 
appear to differ in the genitalia. 



126. Orgyia turbata Butl. 

Orgyia turbata Butl., Trans. Linn. Soc. Loiul. (2), i, p. 560 (1879) ; Seitz, arossschm. d. Erde, x, 
p. 300, pi. 42h (1915). 

Type, cj, Malacca, in British Museum. 

6 c?(J, Penang ; 3 rjcj. Province Wellesley ; 1 (J, Perak ; 1 (3', Malacca ; 
3 cJ^, Sungei Way ; 1 ^, Kuala Lumpur ; 1 ^, Serdang ; in British Museum. 
10 <^(J, Penang ; 2 (^^, Perak ; 1 ^, Kuala Lumpur ; 2 J^, Gunong Tahan ; 
in Tring Museum. 2 ^^, Malacca ; in Zoological Museum, Berlin. 10 t$^, 
Kuala Lumpur ; 1 ^J, Kuala Tahan ; 1 ^J, Jitra, Kedah ; in F.M.S. Museum. 

The 9 has aborted wings. 

For the life-history and a discussion of the insect as a possible pest of rubber, 
see Corbett and Dover in Malayan Agric. Journal, xv, p. 240 (1927). 

127. Orgyia postica Wlkr. 

Lacida postica. Wlkr., List Lep. Ins. B.M. iv. p. 803 (1855). 

Orgyia postica Wlkr., Seitz, Grossschm. d. Erde, x, p. 301, pi. 42i (1915). 

Type, cJ, East Indies, in British Museum. 

1 c?> Singapore ; 1 (J, Negri Sembilan ; in British Museum. 1 <^, Penang ; 
in Tring Museum. 2 ^Jc?, Kuala Lumpur ; 2 ^^, 3,450-3,500 ft., Bukit Kutu, 
Selangor ; 4 ^^, 3,300 ft., Kedah Peak ; 1 cJ, Langkawi Islands ; in F.M.S. 
Museum. 

128. Orgyia shelfordi sp. nov. (plate II, fig. 40). 

(^. Palpus porrect, long and heavily haired, mummy-brown. Antenna 
mummy-brown, the pectinations widely spaced. Head, thorax, and abdomen 
above and beneath, mummy-brown. Pectus and legs pinkish buff. Upperside 
of both wings mummy-brown, the termina slightly darker ; a prominent dark 
spot on the discocellulars of the forewing ; fringes mummy-brown. Underside 
of both wings, and fringes, mummy-brown, the dark spot on the discocellulars 
faintly visible. 

Expanse : cJJ 14J mm. 

1 o (holotype) and 1 ^ (paratype), Larut Hills, Perak, 4,000-4, .500 ft., 
February-March 1905 (R. Shelf ord) ; in Oxford Museum. Paratype presented 
to British Museum. 



92 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 

Resembles Orgyia tisdala Swinh. (1903). but smaller and darker, and with 
the apex of the forewing somewhat less rounded. 

129. Pantana bicolor Wlki-. 

Pantana bicolor Wtkr., List Lep. Iris. B.M. iv, p. 820 (1855). 

Pantana semilwida Svrinh., Trans. Ent. Soc. Land. p. 439 (1903); Seitz, Grossschm. d. Erde, x, 

p. 315 (1915). 
Etohetna lineosa Wlkr., List Lep. Ins. B.M. xxxii, p. 389 (1865). 
Pantana lineosa Wlkr., Seitz. I.e., p. 315 (1915). 

Tjrpe {bicolor), ^, Java, in British Museum. In Walker's description this 
insect is said to be without locaUty, but a label on the specimen bears the museum 
number 40.4.3. 146 (i.e. 3rd April, 1840, specimen 146), and the museum register 
shows that it came from Java. 

Type (lineosa), ^J, Singapore, in Oxford Museum. 

2 (J (J, Penang ; 1 ^, Province Wellesley ; 1 (J, 1 $, Perak ; 2 ?$, Malacca ; 

1 o, Johore ; 1 ^J, 2 9?> Singapore ; in British Museum. 1 (^, Penang ; 1 $, 
Taiping ; 1 o, 1 ?, 3,000 ft., Bukit Kutu, Selangor ; in Tring Museum. 1 S, 

2 $$, Malacca ; in Zoological Museum, Berlin. & SS' Penang ; 5 cj J, 2,000- 
3,500 ft., Bukit Kutu ; 1 ^, Gunong Tampin ; 1 $, Gunong Pulai, Johore ; in 
F.M.S. Museum. 

The c?(5 of this species from Penang have a white or nearly white hindwing, 
while in those from Singapore and the south of the peninsula the hindwing is 
dark. Intermediates occur in Selangor. The genitalia do not appear to show 
any distinction, and I have not separated the two forms. 

Swinhoe states (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 439, 1903) that Pantann bicolor 
Wlkr., List Lep. Ins. B.M . iv, p. 820 (1855), is preoccupied by Pantann (Orgyia) 
bicolor Wlkr., List Lep. Ins. B.M. iv, p. 787 (1855). The latter (type in Oxford 
Museum) is, however, a Euproctis with an expanse of only 10 lines, an East Indian 
insect which is apparently rare, as it cannot be matched in the British Museum 
collection. Swinhoe's nom. nov. of P. semiliicida is therefore not required, and 
must sink. 

The representation in Seitz, x, pi. 42a, 7th figure, which is named bicolor and 
altered in the errata on p. 314 to lineosa, and yet again on the last hne of p. 314 
to semilucida, is in fact none of these three, but apparently Pantana delineata 
WUcr. (1855). The representation on Seitz, ii, pi. 20b, .5th figure, correctly repre- 
sents Pantana bicolor Wlkr. (1855), but the description with which the figure is 
associated, on p. 125, is of P. delineata Wlkr. ! 

130. Pantana baswana Moore. 

Pantana baswana Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. E.I.C. ii. p. 336. pi. ixa, fig. 1 (1859) ; Seitz, Orossschm. d. 
Erde, x, p. 315, pi. 41g (1915). 

Type, o, Java, in British Museum. 

1 ?, at light, 2,000 ft., 21 .viii. 1922, Jor Camp, Perak (E. Seimund) ; in 
F.M.S. Museum. 

In this specimen the dark spotting and irroration on the upperside of fore- 
wing is less heavy than in Javanese $$ which I have seen. Although Javanese 
cJcJ greatly outnumber ?$ in collections, the (J does not seem to be known 
from Malaya. 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 93 

131. Pantana visum Hiibn. 

Liparis visum Hiibn., Zutriige Ex. Schmett. iii, p. 33, figs. 543 and 544 (1825). 
Pantana lisum Hiibn., Seitz, Grossschm. d. Erde, ii, p. 125 (1911). 

2 (JcJ, Perak ; in British Museum. 1 (J, flying at 10 a.m., 18. iv. 1920, 
Kuala Lumpur (W. A. Lamborn) ; in Oxford Museum. 1 ^, 28.vii.1922, 
Kuala Lumpiu' (H. M. Pendlebury) ; in F.M.S. Museum. 

I have seen no $$ of this species, and they are probably wingless. 



132. Sitvia denudata Wikr. 

Silvia denudata Wlkr., List Lep. Ins, B.M. xxxii, p. 388 (1865) ; Seitz, Grossschm. d. Erde, x, p. 319, 
pi. 39e (1916). 

Type, (J, Malacca, in Oxford Museum. 

1 cj, Perak ; 1 cJ> Malacca ; 1 $, Penang ; 1 $, Singapore ; in British 
Museum. 1 ^J, Kuala Lumpur ; in Oxford Museum. 6 $$, Penang ; 1 $, 
C4xmong Ijau ; in Tring Museum. 3 ,^ J, Kuala Lumpur ; 1 $, 3,450 ft., Bukit 
Kutu, Selangor ; 1 (J, 1,000 ft., Kedah Peak ; 1 $, Langkawi Islands ; in 
F.M.S. Museum. 

133. Lymantria obsoleta Wlkr. 

Lymanlria obsoleta Wlkr., List Lep. his. B.U. iv, p. 880 (1855) ; Seitz, Grossschm. d. Erde, ii, p. 130 
(1910). 

Type, (S, N. India, in British Museum. 

1 9, at light, 3,500 ft., 16. iv. 1926, Bukit Kutu, Selangor (H. M. Pendle- 
bury) ; in F.M.S. Museum. 

The Malayan specimen appears to conform to this variable species, but in 
the absence of (J" c^ its exact position is uncertain. It has no pmk on the abdomen. 
The ovipositor is extruded, as in all other $$ of L. obsoleta that I have seen. 



134. Lyniantria atemeles sp. nov. (plate II, figs. 36, 41). 

(J. Palpus light buff, the first segment, and second segment on the outerside, 
Prout's brown. Antemia fuscous. Head light buff, the eye fringed on the mner- 
side with Prout's brown. Thorax light buff ; a line of capucine-yellow at the 
junction of head and thorax ; patagium Prout's brown laterally and a narrow 
band of the same colour dorsaUy ; a small patch of capucme-yellow dorsally just 
below the patagium, not present in some of the paratypes. Abdomen above and 
beneath light orange-yellow, with a series of fuscous spots laterally and a further 
series dorsally, the latter developing on the basal segments mto tufts. Pectus 
Prout's brown mixed with light orange -yellow. Legs Prout's brown, banded 
with light buff, and fringed with light buff hair -scales. Forewing snuff-brown, 
with numerous whitish markings, of which the following are the most prominent : 
a large patch in the subbasal area, reacliing from costa to inner margin, enclosing 
some snuff-brown spots ; a patch occupyuig the end of the cell, enclosing a snuff- 
brown spot and extending upwards to the costa ; a crenate postmedial fascia, 
concavities terminad, ends on the veins ; a crenate preterminal fascia, the Imiules 
between Ml and M3, and also C'ul and Cu2, larger than the remainder ; fringe 
snuff-brown, the vein-ends whitish. Hindwing light orange-yellow ; a snuff- 



94 No-riTATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 

brown spot on the discocellulars, absent in some specimens ; costa and termen 
broadly bordered with snuff-brown, approximately 2^ mm. wide, narrowing at 
the anal angle ; within the border a whitish patch between veins Ciil and Cu2, 
and further smaller patches nearer the costa ; between the end of the cell and 
the marginal band the light orange-yellow is to some extent replaced by whitish ; 
frmge whitish, at the apex snuff-brown. Underside of both wings, and fringes, 
as on upperside, but on the hiiidwing the snuff-brown spot on the discocellulars 
is increased in size, while the light orange-yellow is replaced by whitish except 
in the cell and inner marginal area. 

$. Resembles the o generally m pattern and appearance, but in the fore wing 
the large subbasal whitish patch does not enclose any spots, and the whitish post- 
medial fascia is broad and conspicuous. In the hindwing the light orange-yellow 
is entirely replaced by whitish excepting for a slight tmge basaUy on the inner 
margin, and there are no whitish markings enclosed i:i the marginal band. 

Expanse : cJJ 39-48 mm., $$ 59-71 mm. 

1 (5 (holotype) 16.iii.l898, 1 ? (allotype) 30.iii.l898, 2,260 ft., Penang 
(S. S. Flower) ; and the following paratypes : 1 5, Province Wellesley (H. N. 
Ridley) ; 1 (^ and 1 $, 8.ui.l927, Taiping, feeding on Mangifera indica (G. H. 
Corbett) ; in British Museum. 15 ,^^, 3 $$, Penang (Curtis), taken in the 
months March-May and November-December ; Trtng Museum. 1 J, Lankawi 
Islands, 29. iv. 1928 (H. M. Pendlebury) ; 1 ^, Batu Gajah, 19.iii.l919 ; 2 $?, 
Taiping ; F.M.S. Museum. 

This insect is perhaps nearest to Lyinantria marginata Wlkr. (1855), described 
from a SyUiet $. The $$ are distinct in detaUs of marking, one of these details, 
holding good for eight N. Indian and eight Malayan specimens which I have ex- 
amined, being the presence in the former of one or more white spots in the middle 
of the dark margin of the hindwing, these spots being entirely absent in the 
Malayan $$. In this respect, Butler's figure of the $, in 111. Lep. Het. v, pi. xc, 
fig. 13, is at fault, as the hindniargm is illustrated as spotless, the mistake being 
due to the damaged condition of the type. 

The o of L. marginata has a dark, almost black, hindwing, while in L. 
atemeles the hindwing is light orange-yellow, having a dark border spotted 
with whitish. 

135. Lymantria beatrix Stoll. 

Bomhyx beatrix StoU, Suppl. Pap. Exot. p. 173, pi. 40, 6g. 2 (1790). 
Lymantria beatrix StoU, Seitz, Grossschm. d. Erde, x, p. 325 (1923). 

Lymantria ganaha Swinh., Trans. Ent. Soc. Land. p. 487 (19(i3) ; van Eecke, Zool. Med. Leiden, 
xi, p. 101, pi. vii, fig. 11 (1928) ; Seitz, I.e., p. 325 (1923). 

Type (beatrix), $, Batavia. 

Tjrpe {ganaha), $, Java, in British Museum. 

1 (^, 2 $?, Singapore ; in British Museum. 3 9?, Singapore ; 1 ?, 3,500 ft., 
Bukit Kutu, Selangor ; m F.M.S. Museum. 

Van Eecke (see reference above) states that he is inclined to unite L. beatrix 
Stoll and L. ganaha Swinh. There is a good series of Javanese $? in the British 
Museum, graduating from an insect agreeing well in appearance with StoU's 
figure, to Swinhoe's type which has a dark forewing. Moreover, the genitalia of 
the Ughter and darker form do not appear to differ. I have therefore had no 
hesitation in sinking L. ganaha Swinh. 



NOVITATES ZOOLOOICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 95 

136. Lymantria capnodes sp. nov. (plate II, fig. 48). 

1^. Palpus orange-buff, tipped with Prout's brown. Antenna mummy- 
brown. Head, thorax and abdomen Prout's brown. Peotu.s and venter tilleul- 
buff to light buff. Legs tilleul-buff fringed with snuff-brown, the distal half of 
foretibia marked with orange-buff. Forewing Prout's brown with the following 
markings of Saccardo's umber : a basal patch and a bowed (concavity basad) 
subbasal fascia, a sinuous antemedial fascia, a patch in the distal third of the cell 
containing a Prout's brown spot, indistinct postmedial and subterminal fasciae 
and a series of preterminal interneural markings ; fringe Prout's brown. Hind- 
wing and fringe bistre. Underside of both wings, and fringes, Prout's brown ; 
inner marginal area of forewing, below the cell and vein Cu2, ochraceous-buff. 

Expanse : ^(^ 38-41 mm. 

1 cJ (holotype) and 1 (^ (paratype), Bukit Kutu, Selangor, 3,500 ft., 6. and 
ll.ix.l929 (H. M. Pendlebury) ; F.M.S. Museum. Holotype presented to 
British Museum. 

This msect would ajjpear at first sight to be a dark rj form of one of the 
species in the L. beatrix group, but I cannot establish that this is the case, and 
have found it necessary to name it as a new species. 

137. Lymantria pendleburyi sp. nov. (plate II, fig. 47). 

^. Palpus orange-buff, with patches of orange-brown on the outer side of 
first and second segments. Antenna buckthorn-brown. Head and thorax 
whitish, the eye frmged with orange-buff, a line of the same colour at the junction 
of head and thorax, and a further line centrally across the thorax just below the 
patagium. Abdomen rather worn in all specimens of this series, but apparently 
orange-buff with a dark spot dorsally on each segment ; anal tuft whitish. Pectus 
orange-buff in front, light buff laterally. Femur of foreleg orange-buff, legs 
otherwise light buff, fringed with long whitish hair-scales. Forewhig whitish, 
crossed by numerous broad bands of snuff-brown, which from the inner margin 
to a point midway between vein Cii'2 and the anal vein are so broad as almost to 
exclude the ground-colour ; vems mamly whitish ; towards the end of the cell a 
round snuff-brown spot, and a dark >-shaped liiie on the discoceUulars ; on the 
distal side of the postmedial fascia a broad area free of markings, increasing in 
size towards the tomus ; a series of pretermmal interneural snuff-brown spots ; 
fringe whitish. Hindwing pale yellow-orange, darker in the inner marginal 
area ; traces of a dark striga on the discocellidars ; fringe whitish. Underside 
of both wings light buff ; costa of forewing and inner marginal area of hindwing 
more heavily scaled and darker ; fringes whitish. 

Expanse : (J^J 46-56 mm. 

1 S (holotype) and 1 ^ (paratype), at light, 3,300 ft., 14. and 18.iii.l928, 
Kedah Peak; 1 ^ (paratype), 3,500 ft., 6.ix.l929, Bukit Kutu, Selangor, all 
taken by H. M. Pendlebury ; 1 (J (paratype), 2,646 ft., November 1916, Gimong 
Kledang, Perak ; 1 ^ (paratype), Taiping (E. Seimund) ; F.M.S. Museum. 
Holotype and one paratype presented to the British Museum. 

Resembles in pattern of forewing L. mathura Moore (1865), but with clearly 
marked differences of detail. Can be easily distinguished by the light antenna, 
the lighter appearance of the whole insect, and the fact that apart from the 
faint discoceUular striga the whole of the hindwing is unmarked. 



96 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 

138. Lymantria ganara Moore. 

Lymunlria ganara Moore, Cal. Lep. 31 u^. E.I.C. ii, p. 344 (1859) ; Seitz, Orossschm. d. Erie, x, p.325 
(1917) ; van Eecke, Zool. Med. Leiden, xi, p. 101, pi. viii, figa. 2 and 2a (1928). 

Type, (J, Java, in British Museum. 

2 c?(?, Singapore ; 2 (J(^, 1 ?, Malacca ; 1 ?, 2,000-3,500 ft., Perak ; 1 ?, 
Penang ; in British Museum. \ ^, 2 $$, Singapore ; 1 $, Malacca ; 1 (J, 
Penang ; in Tring Museum. 2 (J<;J, Taiping ; 1 (J, Trolak Forest Reserve, 
Sungkai ; in F.M.S. Museum. 



139. Lymantria narindra Moore. 

Lymantria narindra Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. E.I.C. ii, p. 342 (1859); Seitz, Grossschm. d. Erde, x, 
p. 326 (1917). 

Type, $, Java, in British Museum. 

1 (J, Selangor ; 1 S> Taiping Hills ; in British Museum. 1 ^J, Bukit Kutu, 
Selangor ; in F.M.S. Museum. 



140. Lymantria singapm-a Swinh. 

Lymantria singapura Swinh., A.M.X.H. (7), x-rii. p. 547 (1906) ; Seitz, Grossschm. d. Erde, x, p. 323 
(1917). 

Type, (J, Singapore, in British Museum. 

1 (J, Singapore ; 1 cJ, Selangor ; 1 $ (neallotype), Malacca (J. Waterstradt, 
1904, ex Oberthiir collection) ; 1 $, Penang ; in British Museum. 5 (^ J, 
Penang ; 1 (J, Gunong Tahan ; 1 ^, Pulau Tikus ; 1 J, Bukit Kutu, Selangor ; 
m Tring Museum. 1 (J, Kuala Lumpur ; 6 ^^, 1 $, 3,450-3,500 ft., Bukit 
Kutu, Selangor ; 1 o, The Gap, Pahang ; 2 ^^, 3,300 ft., Kedah Peak ; in 
F.M.S. Museum. 

Writing of this species in 1928, van Eecke (Zool. Med. Leiden, xi, p. 100) 
remarks that the $ appears to be unknown. On looking through the insects 
assembled for the present paper, the $ at once becomes apparent. It is not 
readily distinguishable in facies from L. todara Moore (1879), but a series would 
probably show a smaller average exj)anse, as the three specimens listed above 
measure only 63-68 mm. 



141. Lymantria brunneiplaga Swinh. 

Lymanlria l,runneiplaga Swinh., Trans. Enl. Soc. Land. p. 491 (1903) ; Seitz, Grossschm. d. Erde, x, 
p. 325. pi. 40f (1917). 

Type, (J, Java, in British Museum. 

1 (J, Province Wellesley ; in British Museum. 1 $, Kuala Lipis, larva 
feeding on Palaquinm yulla Burch ; in coll. Agric. Dept., Kuala Lumpur. 1 (J> 
Suigapore ; 1 o, Kuala Krau ; 1 J, Bukit Kutu ; in F.M.S. Museum. 

Swinhoe's original $ allotype does not belong to this species, but is evidently 
the $ of Lymantria ganara Moore (1859). Van Eecke illustrates another insect 
as the true $ of L. brunneiplaga in Zool. Med. Leiden, xi, pi. viii, fig. 3 (1928), 
and I have followed his conclusion. 



NoVlTiTES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 97 

142. Lymantria orestera sp. nov. (plate II, fig. 42). 

cJ. Palpus pinkish buff, beneath and on the outerside fuscous. Antenna 
bistre. Head and thorax pale pinkish buff. Abdomen light coral-red, with a 
series of fuscous spots laterally and a further series dorsally ; anal tuft pale 
pinkish buff. Pectus pinkish buff, light coral-red in front. Legs with femora 
bLstre, distally hght coral-red ; tibiae and tarsi pale pinkish buff, the former 
fringed with long hair. Venter snuff-brown. Forewing white ; a small patch of 
light coral-red at the base of costa ; a number of basal and subbasal interneural 
fuscous spots ; an irregular but fairly straight snuff-brown antemedial fascia, at 
right angles to the inner margin, merging into a large jaatch of snuff-brown, which 
occupies the space between vein Cu2 and the inner margin and extends to the 
postmedial fascia ; a fuscous spot in the distal half of the cell ; a streak of snuff- 
brown on the discocellulars, beyond which is a conspicuous patch of the same 
colour extendmg and widening to the costa ; postmedial fascia snuff-brown, 
crenate (concavities terminad), points on the veins, the whole roughly parallel 
with the termen ; a rather faint subterminal fascia, resembling the jaostmedial, 
the portion between veins Ri and iJ5 enlarged mto a patch of snuff-brown ; a 
series of terminal interneiu'al snuff-brown spots, extending on to the fringe, which 
is otherwise white. Hmdwing tiUeul-buff shaded with snuff-brown ; a faintly 
visible snuff-brown streak on the discocellulars, and postmedial and subterminal 
fasciae ; a series of terminal interneural snuff-brown spots, extending on to the 
fringe, which is otherwise whitish. Underside of both wmgs with pattern faintly 
reproduced in a more indefinite form, the area in and beyond the cell of forewing, 
and above the cell to the costa, mainly snuff-brown. 

Expanse : cJ^J 53-58 mm. 

I cj (holotype) and 2 ^^ (paratypes) May 1931, 1 ^ (paratype) 14. vi. 1923, 
all at light, 4,800 ft., Tahah Rata, Cameron's Highlands, Pahang (H. M. 
Pendlebury) ; 2 ^^ (paratypes), at Ught, 3,450-3,500 ft., April 1926, Bukit 
Kutu, Selangor (H. M. Pendlebury) ; F.M.S. Museum. Holotype and one 
paratype presented to the British Museum. 

Resembles L. brunneiplaga Swinh. (which also occurs on Bukit Kutu), but 
easily separated therefrom. L. orestera is larger, the fasciae on the forewing 
more heavily marked, the hind wing hghter and the fasciae more distinct. 

I have not seen a $, but it is possible that this sex is not easily separated 
from specimens of L. brunneiplaga. 

143. Lymantria strigata Auriv. 

Lyniantria strigata Aurir., Eyil. Tidskr. p. 172 (1894) ; Heitz, Grossschm. d. Erde, x, p. 324 (1917). 

Type, cj, Java, in Stockholm Museum. 

1 ?, at light, 3,500 ft., 18 .iii . 1931 , Bukit Kutu, Selangor (H. M. Pendlebury) ; 
in F.M.S. Museum. 

This specimen agrees well with two Javanese $$ in the British Museum 
collection, but has a broader and rather darker border to the hindwing, occupying 
nearly half the wing area. 

144. Lymantria kinta sp. nov. (plate I, fig. 7). 
<J. Palpus and head amber-brown mixed with light buff, the palpus short 
and porrect. Antemia amber-brown. Thorax Prout's brown mixed with light 

7 



98 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 

buff. Abdomen above and beneath light buff (darkened by grease in the type), 
dorsally on the basal segments amber-brown. Pectus light buff, amber-brown in 
front. Legs amber-brown mixed with light buff. Forewing light buff irrorated 
thickly with hazel and amber-browii ; basal foiu-th of wing marked fairly heavily 
with fuscous, the distal border of this area almost straight, and at right angles 
to the inner margin ; a > -shaped fuscous mark on the discocellulars ; a crenate 
hazel subterminal fascia, points on the veins, concavities terminad and to some 
extent filled in with light buff ; a series of large but indistinct interneural dark 
patches between subtermmal fascia and termen, absent between veuis M2 and 
ilf 3 ; fringe light buff, mixed with hazel interneurally. Hindwing light buff, 
marked with hazel along the termen from vein C'u2 to the anal angle. Uiiderside 
of forewing light buff ; some indistinct hazel markings beyond the cell, in the 
apical area and along the costa ; fringe light buff, hazel interneurally. Hindwing 
and fringe light buff. 

Expanse : 5*^ 29-35 mm. 

1 S (holotype), Kinta Valley, S. Perak, September-October (H. N. Ridley) ; 
1 o' (paratype), Larut Hills, Perak, 3,000 ft., 20. iv. 1898 (S. S. Flower); in 
British Museum. 4 J^J October 1921, 1 ^ 25. ix. 1929, and 1 ^ 22. ii. 1931 
(paratypes), Kuala Lumpur (H. M. Pendlebury) ; 2 ^^ (paratypes), Bukit 
Kutu, Selangor, at light, 3,500ft., 18. iv. 1926 and 16.iii. 1931 (H. M. Pendlebury); 
in F.M.S. Museum. 

Perhaps nearest to Lymantria strigata Auriv. (1894). 



145. Lymantria ganaroides Strand (?). 

Lymantria ganaroides Strand. Seitz, Orossschm. d. Erde, x, p. 325, pi. 41c (1917). 

3 (S<S, Kuala Lumpur ; 1 ^, 3,500 ft., Bukit Kutu, Selangor ; 2 ^^, The 
Gap, Pahang ; 5 <S^, 3,200-3,300 ft., Kedah Peak ; in F.M.S. Museum. 1 ^, 
Perak ; in Zoological Museum, Berlin. 

Strand described this species from 3 ^(^ with a doubtful patria : " ? New 
Guinea." He also states : " I have seen a probably very closely alhed specimen 
from Perak." This specimen, which I have before me, is poorly marked and 
somewhat rubbed, but agrees with the Malayan series enumerated above. Other 
fresher and better marked specimens in the series conform well to Strand's 
description and figure, and it seems best to emply the name of L. ganaroides for 
them. 

The British Museum possesses no closely allied specimens from New Guinea 
or the Dutch East Indies. 

146. Lymantria lepcha galinara Swinh. 

Lymantria galinam Swinh.. Trans. Ent. Sue. Land. p. 490 (1903); Seitz, Grossschm. d. Erde, x, 
p. 326, pi. 40f (1917). 

Type, cJ, Singapore, in British Museum. 

10 c?(J, 2 $9, Singapore ; in British Museum. 3 (^cj, Bukit Kutu, Selangor ; 
in Trmg Museum. 2 J^J, Perak ; in Zoological Museum, Berlin. 3 (J (J, Singa- 
pore ; 1 cJ, Kuala Lumpur ; 3 ^S> The Gap, Pahang ; 1 ^, 4,200 ft.. Eraser's 
Hill, Pahang ; 6 cJcJ, 1 ?, 3,450-3,500 ft., Bukit Kutu, Selangor ; 2 ^^S, 3,200- 
3,300 ft., Kedah Peak ; 1 ?, Parit Buntar ; m F.M.S. Museum. 



NOVITATES ZoOLOalCAE XXXVIII. 1932. 99 

Swinhoe's allotype $ of L. galinara is wrongly associated with the ^, and is 
the $ of Dasychira cerigoides Wlkr. (1862). Van Eecke has illustrated the true $ 
in Zool. Med. Leiden, xi, pi. viii, fig. 5a (1928). Van Eecke 's illustration of the 
1^ in fig. 5 of the same plate does not agree with the type, but seems to represent 
L. viarginalis Wlkr. (1862). The true ,^ is illustrated in Seitz, x, pi. 40f. 

It will be seen that I have sunk L. galinara to the level of a subspecies of 
L. lepcha Moore (1879). The cj genitalia are similar, but the forewing of the cJ 
galinara. is whiter in appearance and the markings heavier, the hindwing has an 
orange Hush as compared with the pmk flush of L. lepcha, and the average expanse 
of L. lepcha is greater. The $$ are perhaps distinguishable only by locality. 

147. Lymantria marginalis Wlkr. 

Lymaniria nuirginalis Wlkr., Joiirn. Linn. Hoc. Land. {Zool.). vi, p. 131 (1862) ; Seltz, Orossschm. d, 
Erde, x, p. 326 (1917). 

Type, cJ, Sarawak, in Oxford Museum. 

1 3, 3,000 ft., Bukit Kutu, Selangor ; in Trmg Museum. 10 ^.^, 3,500 ft., 
Bukit Kutu, Selangor ; 5 (J (J, 4,800 ft.. Tana Rata, Cameron's Highlands, 
Pahang ; 1 ^, The Gap, Pahang ; in F.M.S. Museum. 

The British Museum possesses no (J^J from Sarawak, but the type at Oxford 
is similar in facies to Malayan, Javanese and Sumatran specimens. The type 
exhibits no marking on the hindwing, but this is also the case with a small 
proportion of Malayan specimens. 

The (J is illustrated in Zool. Med. Leiden, xi, pi. viii, fig. 5, under the name 
of L. galinara. 

The $ appears to be unknown. 

Lymantria sp. 
A single $ in rather poor condition, in the F.M.S. Museum collection, labelled. 
" The Gap, 1920, ex coll. Agric. Dept.," bears a strong resemblance to L. bivittata 
Moore (1879). It may be the $ of L. marginalis Wlkr. (1862), but in the absence 
of adequate material I have thought it better not to place it under the heading 
of that species. 

148. Cispia ochrophaea sp. nov. (plate I, fig. 15). 

(J. Palpus ochraceous-tawny, the tip lighter. Antennal shaft whitish, with 
a streak of snufi-brown running along the upperside ; pectinations hair-brown. 
Head, legs, thorax, and abdomen above and beneath, warm buff, mixed on vertex 
with Mars yellow. Forewing cinnamon-bufi ; some indistinct fuscous spots in 
the basal area ; discocellulars whitish ; fringe cinnamon buff. Hindwing and 
fringe whitish. Underside of both wings, and fringes, whitish, tinged in the 
costal area of forewing with cinnamon-buff. 

$. Resembles the ^, but paler m colour, and with the white on the dis- 
cocellulars scarcely visible. Tarsi of legs Prout's brown, tibiae mixed with 
Prout's brown. 

Expanse : cJ 50 mm., $$ 69-77 mm. 

1 ^ (holotype) and 1 $ (allotype), Perak, July-August 1895 (Lakatt and 
Pamboo) ; in British Museum ex Oberthiir collection. 1 ? (paratype), Kinta, 
Perak, August 1898 (Curtis) ; in Tring Museum. 

Allied to Cispia charrna Swinh. 



100 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 

149. Cispia aphrasta sp. nov. (plate I, fig. 21). 

cj. Palpus whitish, mixed on the outer side with fuscous. Antenna whitish, 
eacli pectination fuscous at the base and at the tip. Head, thorax, abdomen and 
legs whitish, mixed on tibia and tarsus of foreleg with bistre. Wings semi- 
hyaline, white, fringes white ; forewing with a faint circular Saccardo's umber 
spot on the discocellulars ; similar preterminal interneural spots above veins 
B4, M\, M'i and C'u'2, and a fiu-ther spot postmedially above vein 7?5. Wings 
beneath, and fringes, white. 

$. Resembles (J, but with the preterminal interneural spots on the forewing 
continuous from costa to vein Cu2, oblong in shape, the spot between veins M\ 
and 312 smaller than the remainder ; the angle between veins R4 and R5, also 
between veins E5 and Ml, filled in with Saccardo's umber. The foreleg is 
marked with fuscous in place of bistre. 

Expanse : J 28 mm., $ 39 mm. 

1 (J (holotype), near Jitra, Kedah, 9.iv.l928 (H. M. PendJebury) ; 1 $ 
(allotype), Patalung, Peninsular Siam, at light, 2. v. 1924 (I. H. N. Evans); 
F.M.S. Museum. Tj'pes presented to British Museum. 

I have included these two insects mider the same name with some hesitation. 
They were taken in localities about 100 miles apart, but are very distinct from 
any other species. 

150. Imaus durioides Strand. 

Imaus durioides Strand, in Seitz, Orossschm. d. Erde, x, p. 330, pi. 40a (1915). 

Type, (J, (?) New Gumea. 

1 (J, Gunong Ijau, Perak ; in Tring Museum. 

151. Imaus munda Wlki'. 

Lymantria mnnda Wlkr., List Lep. Ins. B.M. iv, p. 875 (1855). 

Iniati^ mundua Wlkr., Seitz, Grossschm. d. Erde, x, p. 330, pi. 40b (1915). 

Type, $, SUhet, in British Museum. 

1 (J, at light, 1 8.x. 1921, Gombak Valley, Kuala Lumpur (H. M. Pendle- 
bury) ; in F.M.S. Museum. 

In the Tring Museum are long series of Indian and Javanese specimens, 
which can be separated in both sexes by the shape of the markings in the sub- 
terminal fascia of the forewing, > -shaped in Indian specimens and oblong in 
Javanese specimens. In this respect and in other small details of marking the 
(J from Kuala Lumpur resembles the Indian race. 

152. Dura amianta sp. nov. (plate I, fig. 10). 

$. Palpus porrect, whitish, on the outerside fuscous. Antennal shaft 
whitish, pectinations Saccardo's umber. Head, thorax, abdomen and legs 
whitish. Forewing whitish, crossed by four indistinct fuscous fasciae, of which 
the postmedial is crenate, points on the veins, concavities termmad ; the 
subterminal fascia crenulate and roughly parallel with the termen ; discocellulars 
edged faintly with fuscous ; a series of small terminal interneural fuscous spots ; 
fringe whitish. Hindwing and fringe whitLsh. Uriderside of both wings, and 
fringes, whitLsh ; on the discocellulars of the hindwing an indistinct fuscous spot. 



NOVITATES ZoOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 



101 



but without the discocellular spot on the underside of 



(^. Resembles the 
the hind wing. 

Expanse : (^ 38 mm., $? 46-52 mm. 

1 9 (holotype), Kuala Lumpur, 1 . 
Mu.seum. 1 (^ (allotype), Perak (Hartert) ; 
(paratype), Padang Rengas ; Tring Museum. 

Allied to Dvra alba Moore (1879), but much paler, and without the series 
of terminal spots in the hindwing. 



,1920 (W. A. Lamborn) ; Oxford 
; Zoological Museum, BerUn. 1 $ 



153. Dura panthera v. Eecke. 

Dvra panthera v. Eecke, Zool. Med. Leiden, xi, p. 137 (1928). 

Type, 9, Sumatra, in Tring Museum. 

1 (J, Malacca (W. Doherty) ; in British Museum. 1 <J, 1,000 ft., 22 .iii. 1898, 
Government Hill, Penang (Curtis) ; in Tring Museum. 1 $, 3,450 ft., April 
1915, Bukit Kutu, Selangor ; in F.M.S. Museum. 

The two (JcJ measure 43 and 44 mm. in expanse, and are not distinguishable 
from the $ in markings. 

In the original description of the tyjje $, van Eecke describes and illustrates 
the peculiar path of vein R'2 m the fore wing, which approaches so near to vein R\ 
that it appears to form two areoles. In the present series from Malaya, and also 
in a $ from Kuching in the British Museum collection, vein R'2 rises from the 
stalk of RS~R5 just beyond the cell, and takes a direct path to the costa near 
the apex. The venation of the type is no doubt abnormal in this respect. 

The present species does not show an angled hindwing as in other species of 
Dura, nor does vein M 1 of the forewing arise from below the upper angle of the 
cell. It would seem to fall better into the genus Lymantria Hiibn., but as con- 
siderable revision is called for among allied species, it seems best to postpone 
any transfer imtil a more general review can be undertaken. 



EXPLANATION OF PLATES I AND II. 
Plate I. 

Fig. 1. E uproctis epinephela s\). nov., '^holoiype 

2. ,, acodes sp. no v., ^ holotype . 

3. ,, adela sp. nov., $ holotype 

4. ,, caUipotama sp. nov., 9 holotype 

5. ,, eumorpha sp. nov., rj holotype 

6. ,, hypolispa sp. nov., 9 holotype 

7. Lymantria kinta sp. nov., ^ holotype . 

8. Porthesia orphnaea sp. nov.. 9 holotype 

9. Laelia m.elantera sp. nov., ^ holotype . 

10. Dura amianta sp. nov., 9 holotype 

11. Euproctig chalcostorna sp. nov., (^holotype 

12. Laelia venosa Moore, ,^ holotype 

13. Euprocti.s prolea up. nov., J holotype . 

14. ,, phaula .sp. nov., ^ holotype . 

15. Cispia ochrophaea sp. nov., J holotype 



73 
69 
70 
65 
77 
70 
97 
58 
83 
100 
79 
83 
61 
71 
99 



102 



NOVITATES ZOOLOOICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 



F 


ig 


16. 


»5 


17. 






18. 






19. 






20. 






21. 






22. 






23. 






24. 






25. 






26. 






27. 


Fig 


28. 


,, 


29. 


,, 


30. 


„ 


31. 


9i 


32. 


„ 


33. 


3» 


34. 


»J 


35. 


,, 


36. 


,, 


37. 


jj 


38. 


,, 


39. 


>> 


40. 


,j 


41. 


5> 


42. 


JJ 


43. 


„ 


44. 


U 


45. 


JJ 


46. 


JJ 


47. 


»» 


48. 






49. 



Ewproctis hapala sp. nov., $ holotype . 
„ cosmia sp. nov., (J holotype . 
,, atereta sp. nov., ^ holotype . 
Mardara rvficeps Hamps., $, Perak 
Dasychira alam'peta sp. nov., ^ holotype 
Cisfiia (rphrasta sp. nov., q holotype 
Leucoma camvrisquama sp. nov., ^ holotype 

,, phrika sp. nov., (^ holotype . 
Cobanilla phaedra sp. nov., ^ holotype 
Euproctis ereina sp. nov., $ holotype 
Leiicmna niphobola sp. nov., t^ holotype 

,, poecilonipha sp. nov., (^ holotype 

Plate II. 

Dasychira diplozona sp. nov., ,^ holotype 
Euproctis sienopa sp. nov., (J holotype 

,, plagiata syngenes subsp. nov., 9 holotj^e 

,, leucophJeba sp. nov., $ holotype 
Dasychira vaneeckei sp. nov., 3* holotype 
Euproctis pelopicta sp. nov., ^^ holotype 
pe.perites sp. nov., (J holotype 

,, phloeochroa sp. nov., q holotype 
Lymantria atemeles sp. nov., $ allotjrpe 
Euproctis javana epirotica subsp. nov., 9 holotype 

,, tamsi sp. nov., (J holotype 
Dasychira callima sp. nov., ^ holotype 
Orgyia shelfordi sp. nov., (^ holotype . 
Lymantria atemeles sp. nov., (^ holotype 

,, nrestera sp. nov., cj holotjrpe 

Dasychira araea sp. nov., ^ holotype . 
Aroa scytodes sp. nov., ^J holotype 
Euproctis coelebs sp. nov., (J holotype . 

,, innupfa sp. nov., $ holotype 
Lymantria pendleburyi sp. nov., ,^ holotype 

,, capnodes sp. nov., J holotype 

Dasychira zelotica sp. nov., ^ holotype 



p- 


61 


p- 


76 


p- 


58 


p- 


90 


p- 


85 


p- 


100 


p- 


54 


p- 


53 


p- 


81 


p- 


68 


p- 


55 


p- 


54 


p- 


87 


p- 


64 


p- 


61 


p- 


67 


p- 


86 


p- 


72 


p- 


72 


p- 


75 


p- 


93 


p- 


65 


p- 


68 


p- 


89 


p- 


40 


p- 


93 


p- 


97 


p- 


84 


p- 


80 


p- 


74 


p- 


75 


p- 


95 


p- 


95 


p- 


88 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 103 



NEW EXOTIC GEOMETRIDAE. 
By LOUIS B. PROUT. 
SuBFAM. LARENTIINAE. 

1. Larentia hancocki sp.n. 
(J, 39-41 mm. Nearly related to heteromorpha Hmpsn. {Tr. Zool. Soc. Lonrl. 
xix. (2), p. 128, t. iv, f. 61) but much larger. Antenna slightly longer, the 
pectinations slenderer, contmuing to about the 26th, sometimes even to the 28th 
joint (in heteromorpha to about the 23rd-25th). 

Forewing with SC* from apex of distal areola or slightly stalked beyond, or 
still more distal ; much more glossy than heteromorpha, rather thin but tough 
(texture of so many high-altitude or winter Larentiinae) ; darker and more 
uniform grey-brown, relatively weakly marked, the white element almost entirely 
suppressed, or at best an admixture of whitish scales in the three palest lines 
(borders of median area and the interrupted subterminal) ; median band generally 
broad (6-5 to 8-5 mm. at costa), fairly solid or with paler centre and distinct 
proximal and distal line) ; postmedian line more jagged than in heteromorpha, 
at least anteriorly to the double lobe ; fringe less sharply marked than in hetero- 
morpha. Hindiving very glossy, pale drab-grey ; a minute cell-dot ; traces of 

the markings of the underside, especially the postmedian (which ends in a darker 
spot at abdominal margin) and sometimes some suffusion proximal thereto. 

Underside well marked, though less sharply than in heteromorpha, the 
ground-colour being less whitish ; forewing with the principal markings repro- 
duced, excepting the antemedian (the dark median suffusion continuing to the 
base) ; hindwing at least with sharp cell-dot, strongly sinuous (twice incurved) 
postmedian and somewhat macular presubterminal shading, often also with 
some additional though weaker lines. 

Ruwenzori : Bujuku, 12,500 feet, 18 August 1931, 6 ,i.^, and 12,000 feet, 
16 August, 2 ^S (G. L. R. Hancock). Type in Mus. Brit. 

Rather variable, but not extravagantly. The browii tinge which usually 
suffuses the median area of the forewing above is more reddish than that which 
suffuses the jsroximal subterminal region and (more weakly) the subbasal, this 
latter tinge more inclining to cinnamon or tawny oUve. A more strongly marked 
cJ from Kigo, 10,500 feet, 20 August, with the shades lighter and brighter 
(cinnamon-buff to clay-colour), the basal and median bands darker mixed, and 
strong proximal spots to the subterminal, is probably conspecific ; expanse 39 mm. 

The much larger size and the grey hindwing distinguish hancocki at once 
from heteromorpha ; the size equally from the still darker wellsi Prout (1928), 
which may possibly prove a somewhat melanic form of heteromorpha. Both were 
taken with hancocki at 12,000 feet. 

2. Gonanticlea penicilla sp.n. 
cJ, 35-36 mm. Forewing closely like that of amplior Th.-Mieg (1910) but 
looking slightly less broad, on account of the rather less square-cut tornus ; pale 



104 NOVITATES ZOOLOOICAE XXXVIII. 1032. 

central band fairly broad, at least posteriorly, in none of the known examples so 
whitish as in normal amplior ; distal prominence of the dark area beyond more 
nearly parallel with the termen at its outer edge than in amplior, thus noticeably 

further from termen behind R'. Hindwing quite differently shaped from that 

of amplior, elongate costally (and to extremity of SC^) instead of hindmargin- 
ally ; a longitudinal pale buff hair-pencil on upperside, arising in base of cell 
between SC and cell-fold ; colour bright in the tyjse, but more suffused in Javan 
examples, which I would not, without more material, separate racially, in neither 
case with the broadly smoky abdommal area of amplior, etc. 

$ probably variable, as in the allies ; three which may pretty safely be 
referred here are closely similar to large occlnsata Feld. (1875) $$, the hindwing 
intermediate in tone between those of o. occlusata and o. laetifica Prout (1931) ; 
in all three the cell-dot of the fore wing stands outside, instead of on, the edge of 
the proximal dark band. 

W. Sumatra : Kormtji, 4,500 feet (type ^) and 7,300 feet (I 9) (Robinson 
& Kloss). Java : Bandong, 1 cJ ; 2 $$ not exactly localized. All in coll. 
Tring Mus. Also a cJ from Mt. Gede, 4,000 feet (Fruhstorfer), in the Oberthiir 
coDection. 

3. Polyclysta gonycrota sp.n. 

9, 28 mm. Face pale, mixed with fuscous. Palpus fuUy 2, 2nd joint 
slightly down-curved, 3rd elongate, slightly more so than in the genotype, 
hypogram.mata Guen. (1858) ; 1st and 2nd joints dark fuscous on outerside, 3rd 
(with extremity of 2nd) pale. Vertex pale, tinged with ochreous. Thorax above 
largely fuscous ; abdomen pale, slightly ochreous, with weak dark dorsal paired 
spots (or interrupted saddles). 

Forewing at least as elongate as in hypogrammata $, the tornus perhaps stUl 
weaker ; cell not quite i, SC'^ from close to apex of cell, R" from very slightly 
behind end of cell-fold ; wliitish, tinged with buff ; markings dark brown (bistre 
to sepia), mixed in places with deep red scaling, which occupies most of the 
veins on the dark areas ; ground-colour remaining in a streak along SC and an 
intricate pattern of lines ; a subbasal pair (the proximal strong, the distal faint) 
angled outward at fold ; an antemedian strongly oblique inward from costa to 
SC, then slightly curved outward, bending sharply (curved rather than angled) 
after crossing fold, oblique inward to hindmargin near second subliasal ; an 
almost equally strong line (? median) commencing at costa neaT the antemedian 
(well proximal to midcosta), parallel with it at first, but angled on end of cell- 
fold to run out almost longitudinally to R', almost touchmg first postmedian, 
then oblique inward to fold, almost touching antemedian, finally about vertical 
to hindmargin ; area between these two lines more pale-mixed than other dark 
areas ; two very fine sinuous postmedian lines, succeeded by a very strong one 
from beyond J costa to near tornus and with an outward curve between R'' and 
M" ; a fine line beyond and parallel with this, separated by a bright brown line ; 
a thick dash from apex, on R' touching the last postmedian ; a waved subter- 
minal from R' to SM- close to termen, acutely angled inward on M^ ; the space 
between last postmedian, apical dash, subterminal line and R' presenting a 
rather solid dark, irregularly triangular patch ; pale streaks from suliterminal 

to termen, separating the terminal dark spots. Hindwing long and narrow 

(very decidedly more so than in hypogram,mata) \ DC (as in some $$ of Crasilogia) 



NOVITATES ZOOLOCICAE XXXVIII. 11(32. 105 

not actually biangulate, but with R^ central, arising very slightly behind cell-fold ; 
whitish buff, with cell-dots and traces of bands of underside. 

Underside more suffused with cinnamon-buff ; forewing with principal 
markings of upperside weakly reproduced or indicated, the darkest parts (between 
first subbasal and antemedian and again from the strongest postmedian inward 
about to the cell) presenting themselves as Ul-defined dusky bands ; hindwing 
with cell-spot, thickish wavy postmedian line and faint dusky subterminal band. 

Viti ? (C. A. Stuhlmann),' tyjie in Zool. Mus. Hamburg. 

Without the ^J, which will almost certainly be highly specialized, it is 
impossible to divine the exact position of this very distinct species. It should, 
however, fall into the group of Polyclysta, Protavlaca. and Crasilogia, which — for 
purposes of this description — may be regarded as merely (^ sections of one 
comprehensive genus. 

4. Collix stellata Warr. 

CoUix stellata Warr., Nm. Zool. i. 679 (1894) (Khasis). 

Warren's type, a rather small i^, has the palpi abraded and is unfortunately 
somewhat damaged by mould, but is clearly conspecific with a Khasi ^ 1 mm. 
larger and a very small " Assam " [Khasi] q, both in the Trmg Museum, and 
probably a worn Shillong ,^. also in that collection. A growing suspicion that 
these represented a different species from most of the material which has been 
passing for stellata has been confirmed by Mr. Tarns on an examination of the 
genitaUa of an example of each from the Joicey collection. The uncus in stellata 
is decidedly narrower, valve perhaps slightly longer, than that of the other 
species, in which it is identical with that of griseipalpis Wileman. 

5. Collix griseipalpis Wileman. 

" Collix stellata Warr. (?) " Prout, Ent. Mitt, iii, 248 (1914) (Formosa). 
Collix griseipnlpis Wileman, Entom. xlix, 34 (1916) (Formosa). 

On account of Warren's having determined the (not uncommon) Khasi race 
of this species as stellata, I have long been treating the two as races of one species ; 
see the preceding note. My comparisons of " stellata " in erecting some of my 
new species (w'c^e Nov. Zool. xxxii, 42; xxxv, 66) are therefore to be referred to 
griseipalpis, although the close similarity of the two species makes them at least 
approximately accurate as they stand. C. griseipalpis is more sharply marked 
than stellata, with the subbasal, median and postmedian lines of the forewing 
more blackened at costa, the postmedian more sharply angled inward at SC, 
the palpus paler, but black-marked on outerside. Besides the name-typical 
form, I recognize two races, both of which agree perfectly with it in the genitalia. 

C. g. relocata subsp. n. Generally larger than g. griseipalpis (35-40 mm.), 
a little less dark and still more sharply marked, the postmedian on an average 
less broad, the underside sometimes less heavily streaked longitudinally, the 
lateral orange streak of abdomen perhajjs less often clear. Khasis, not rare, the 
type cJ in coll. Tring Mus. 

C. g. phaeochiton subsp. n. Costal margin of forewing perhaps somewhat 
more rounded than Lii the other races ; ground-colour slightly darker and less 
brown-tinged than in g. griseipalpis, the lines rather weak, but more or less 

^ All the specimens bearing this labelling in the Museum, so far as I have seen, are indisputably 
Fijian species. 



106 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 

strongly black-dotted at the veins, the postmedian at costa liardly thickened, 
subcostally with about as sharp an indentation as in g. relocala, the white sub- 
terminal dots very sharply expressed. Malay Peninsula : Kuala Lumpur, bred 
from larvae on Trigonostemon indicus (G. H. Corbett), 12 in Mus. Brit., including 
the type ,^. others bred from larvae on Ardisia sp. (H. M. Pendlebury) ; Penin- 
sular Siam and — possibly a different race or another very close ally, with cell-spot 
larger, etc. — Kedah Peak (H. M. Pendlebury). 

6. Eupithecia dissobapta sp.n. 

9, 13-14 mm. Head whitish. Face rather flat, with a very slight dark 
ridge at lower edge. Palpus slender, not greatly over 1, dark-marked on outer- 
side. Tongue strong. Antenna minutely ciliated. Body and legs whitish, 
with some brown irroration ; hindtibial spurs rather short. 

Foreicing elongate, costa very slightly arched near base and in distal half, 
apex rather acute, termen very strongly oblique, faintly curved or bowed ; 
areole simple ; white, irregularly irrorated with fuscous-black, with the three 
principal lines of this colour ; subbasal irregularly band-like, twice acutely angled 
outward ; antemedian thickest anteriorly, strongly incurved behind base of M-, 
angled outward on SM-, oblique inward to hindmargin ; an interrupted ochre-red 
band between, separated from each by a white line ; median area broad, the 
postmedian thickened (at least between costa and medians, but not sharply 
defined proximally. the irroration becoming progressively denser, particularly in 
the type, between the inconspicuous cell-spot and the line), somewhat oblique 
outward from costa to SC^ rather more so just behind SC^ between this and 
R' or Ml only about 1 mm, distant from termen, between the medians deeply 
and again near hindmargin more shallowly inangled, with a rounded lobe between 
the.se angles ; an ochre-red band occupying most of the distal area, separated 
from postmedian by a white line and showing in places — at least at costa and an 
enlarged spot between the medians — the white subterminal, with some weak and 
variable dark maculation at its proximal side ; terminal line broken into elongate 
spots ; fringe rather long, weakly mottled, with white interneural spots at base. 

Hindwing with apex rounded, termen rounded about R^-M", straighter 

before and behind : SC^^-Ri very well stalked ; darker than forewing, less 
variegated ; predominantly fuscescent, a white admixture appearing chiefly in 
median area ; indefinite bands showing through from beneath, the postmedian 
whitish -edged distally ; terminal line and fringe nearly as on forewing. 

Both wings beneath as far as the postmedian suffused with grey, especially 
the forewing, in which it shows a more drab tinge ; a postmedian band (sometimes 
strong) and indications of blurred antemedian and median ones, the three sepa- 
rated by more white-mixed areas ; distal area paler, sometimes conspicuously 
so, but always showing (excepting the white boundary-line of the postmedian) 
some irroration. 

Madagascar : Station Perinet, 148 km. E. of Tananarive, 20 October-lO 
November 1930 (Mme N. d'Olsoufieff), 7 $$ in Tring Mus. 

A pretty and very distinct little species. 

7. Eupithecia streptozona sp.n. 
$, 14 mm. Face-cone short. Palpus rough-scaled, rather short (less than 
U). Antenna minutely ciliated. Head and body concolorous with wings, 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 107 

palpus with some dark scales on outerside. Hindtibia with only one proximal 
spur present, terminals moderate. 

Forewing of medium width, termen straightish anteriorly and posteriorly, 
gently curved in middle ; cell \ or slightly over, DC present though short ; 
areola simple ; whitish buff, in places suffused or weakly mottled with cream- 
buff (at least in distal area), the coloration more suggestive of a Sterrha (e.g. 
S. msticata [Schiff.]) than of normal Ewpithecia ; cell-spot strong : other markings 
relatively weak ; basal patch chiefly indicated by a costal streak at about 
1 mm. ; median band darkened with grey irroration but not intense, the ante- 
and ])ostmedian costal spots rather strong, only 1-5 or 2 mm. a])art (the broadest- 
banded specimen showing also a smaller median spot), the antemedian thence 
slight, curved, the postmedian from the spot nearly to R' strongly oblique out- 
ward, then somewhat sinuous, as far as R' parallel with (or continuing very 
slightly to approach) the termen, thence somewhat more oblique inward than 
termen ; subterminal defined by dark shading proximally, strongest at costa ; 

terminal line weak, apparently punctiform ; fringe pale. Hindwing shaped 

nearly as in the preceding species, slightly more rounded ; cell about \ ; SC'-R* 
shortly stalked ; concolorous with forewing ; cell-dot sharp, but smaller than on 
forewing ; markings otherwise slight, excepting a strong abdominal spot at end 
of postmedian ; antemedian also slightly strengthened at abdominal margin ; 
median band variable, either obsolescent or fairly strong, though only distally 
to the cell-dot ; postmedian following a similar course to that of forewing, but 
more strongly oblique inward behind R' and incurved about fold ; terminal line 
and fringe as on forewing. 

Underside similar. 

Madagascar : Station PerLnet, 149 km. E. of Tananarive, 20 October-10 
November 1930 (Mme N. d'Olsoufieff), type and paratype in Tring Mus. 
S. Betsileo (Hildebrandt), 1 ? in Zool. Mus. Berlin, with the median band rather 
well developed. 

All three examples are worn, but with the aid of the three all the essential 
markings have been definitely made out, while the coloration and peculiar struc- 
ture — suggesting a doubt whether a new genus should not be established — 
render it easy of recognition. 

8. Chloroclystis scintillata sp.n. 

(^$, 13-14 mm. Face-cone strong. Palpus nearly 2 ; 2nd joint rough- 
scaled above, 3rd joint small. Antennal ciliation of (^ minute. Head and body 
concolorous with wings ; a blackish transverse stripe connecting bases of 
forecoxae. 

Forewing with SC' running into C ; grey, in places suffused with purplish 
brown ; copious scattered bronzy metallic scales (in some lights more silvery or 
iridescent) ; antemedian double or band-like, straighter and posteriorly less 
oblique than postmedian, its distal edge outbent at both folds ; postmedian 
with a blunt, flattened prominence about SC'-R' ; subterminal irregularly dark- 
shaded, in part crenulate, about R'-M' nearly always cut by a pale longitudinal 

spot ; fringe weakly mottled. Hindwing with termen rounded ; SC" not 

stalked ; principal markings continued. 

Underside much paler ; the two Unes developed, at least on forewing, but 
not sharp. 



108 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAF. XXXVIII. 1932. 

Fiji : Lautoka (H. Phillips), a series in beautiful condition. Type in coll. 
Brit. Mus. 

Probably a small race of the little-known inexplicata (Walk., 1866) which I 
have re-examined since describing the above as new. A striking peculiarity, 
hitherto unnoticed, is an oblique process from the upperside of the ^ foretarsus, 
causing its 1st joint to apjjear forked ; this is exhibited by both the species or 
races in question. 

9. Asthenotricha torata sp.n. 

^, 28 mm. Head and body pale, irrorated with red-brown and some dark 
scales. Antenna almost simple, scaled area dark-dotted. 

Foretcing less broad than in the other species, apex minutely produced, 
termen waved, bowed, rather strongly oblique posteriorly ; an extensive special- 
ized area in anterior part of cell, bounded on underside by a pretty regularly 
curved line which runs from areole (and DC) to SC scarcely more than 2 mm. 
from base and in its middle is scarcely over 1 mm. from M ; pale, as far as the 
postmedian with dense red-brown irroration and a few darker scales, distally 
with the brown scaling slightly less reddish and less evenly disposed ; coarse 
suberect dark-tipped scales at proximal part of costa, succeeded (on and behind 
the " specialized area " as defined above) by more floccous hair -tufts ; a sinuous 
dark postmedian line from nearly | costa, slightly oblique outward and faintly 
wavy to R', then bluntly bent, more sinuous, nearly parallel with termen except 
for a deeper proximad angle at M'' ; famt indications of a more dentate line 
beyond and nearly parallel with this, indefinitely pale-edged distally at all the 
folds ; the pale subterminal lunulate-dentate, about parallel with termen, 
defined by indistinct lines ; terminal line moderate ; a pale line at base of fringe. 

Hitidwing with termen subcrenulate, especially behind middle ; R^ from 

near R' ; nearly concolorous with distal part of fore wing, though with some faint 
reddish suffusions in proximal part ; postmedian present but weak, more sharply 
angled at R' than on forewing ; distal markings much as on forewing or still 
weaker. 

Forewing beneath more whitish behind M and M', anteriorly coloured 
nearly as above ; the specialized area with rough scaling, looking slightly dark- 
ened ; suggestions of a dark Ime on DC^"' ; postmedian and distal area nearly as 
above. Hindwing beneath much as above, or slightly more reddish. 

Madagascar : Station Perinet, 14!) km. E. of Tananarivo, 20 October- 
10 November 1930 (Mme N. d'Olsoufieff), 1 S in Tring Mus. 

SuBFAM. GEOMETRINAE. 
10. Mauna diasporas sp.n. 

^, 42 mm. Palpus scarcely 1 i, 3rd joint distinct, though small. (Antennae 
lost.) Head and thorax pecan-brown, the tegulae mixed with violet, the thorax 
beneath partly whitish ; abdomen rather slender for a Mauna ; paler, at base 
white. Hindtibial dilation strong ; hindtarsus shortened. 

Wings broader than in typical Manna, shaped as in perquisita Prout (1922). 
Foreumu/ pecan-brown, dulled with grey (which to the naked eye looks some- 
what jjurplish grey) and with a few black scales ; cell-dot small, black ; ante- 
median line faintly traceable in grey, oblique outward from costa at 5 mm., 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAB XXXVIII. 1932. 109 

acutely angled just in front of M close before origin of M'', then oblique inward ; 
postmedian fine, blackish, slenderly defined by whitish distaUy, arising at costa 
2 mm. from termen, at first oblique and curving to become more so, from R^ or 
R* straight, reaching hindmargin little beyond middle ; termen and frmge 

slightly warmer brown. Hindwing white at base, gradually assuming a tinge 

of light buflf ; a very faint curved line suggested, rather than expressed, at about 
5 mm. from termen. 

Forewing beneath with costal and distal borders a little paler than above, 
the rest much paler ; postmedian line strong from costa to R', then dying out. 
Hindwing costally and anterio-terminally more buff-tinged than above, even 
inclinmg — especially at apex — to the brown of forewing ; a curved grey line 
about 3'5 mm. from termen, strongest anteriorly, especially on the vems. 

Uganda : Nyimabitaba, Mt. Ruwenzori, 8,500 feet, 21 August 1931 (G. L. R. 
Hancock), 1 ^J. Type in Brit. Mus., presented through the Imperial Institute of 
Entomology. 

Probably nearest to ardescens Prout (1916). It is the first Mauiia known 
from Uganda ; the genus is chiefly South African, though I have described one 
species {electa Prout, 1917) from Nyasaland. 

11. Derrioides hypopyrrha sp.n. 

$, 40 mm. Face dull brown, mixed with blackish. Palpus IJ or barely ; 
bright red, the terminal joint blackish, very small. Antennal pectinations 
reduced to strong serrations. Vertex and base of antenna very pale grey ; the 
rest of antennal shaft reddish brown. Thorax and abdomen concolorous with 
wings ; legs predominantly greyish, the femora largely red. 

Forewing with termen slightly more waved than in the type species ; 
gQ5.3.4 very long-stalked, R^ arisuig unusually near R^ ; prussian red, much 
suffused, especially costal margin and distal area, with dull purple, costal margin 
with some white-grey irroration, which apically spreads as far as the radials ; 
cell-spot grey, inconspicuous ; an oblique whitish (very pale olive-buff) line from 
costa (2 mm. from apex) almost straight to about J hindmargin, broadly shaded 
with dark grey on its proximal side and more finely and indefinitely on its distal ; 

fringe dark grey mixed with whitish, and with reddish spots at the vein-ends. 

Hindwing with termen somewhat more crenulate than in typical Derrioides ; 
colouring and line of forewing continued ; costal edge clearer and redder ; fringe 
as on forewing. 

Underside predominantly orange-red (dragon's blood red to vinaceous- 
rufous), especially on the greater part of forewing, elsewhere more purplish ; 
some grey, white-mixed speckling, especially costally on forewing and on distal 
half of hindwing ; the oblique line more sharply whitish, somewhat broadened 
(especially on the hindwmg), its proximal dark grey band on the forewing with 
indications of a very fine pale line near the proximal edge ; fringe nearly as above. 

Madagascar : Station Perinet, 149 km. E. of Tananarivo, 20 October- 
10 November 1930 (Mme N. d'OLsoufieff), 1 ? in Tring Mus. 

12. Drepanogynis protactosema sp.n. 
cJ, 32-34 mm. Face brown. Palpus 11, with 3rd joint very small ; black 
distally ; the hair beneath 1st and 2nd joints red. Vertex and extreme base of 



110 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 

antenna white ; antenna otherwise buff, a large part of the shaft (except distally) 
suffused with reddish ; pectinations 3 or 4, a rather longer part of the tip non- 
pectmate than in typical Drepanogynis. Body rather robust, pallid purple- 
drab, the abdomen with some reddish-fawn suffusion and with anal end 
darkened. 

Forewing not broad, rather elongate, apex not produced, termen smooth, 
strongly curved in middle to become rather strongly oblique, tornus not strong ; 
SC* running to apex, R- somewhat before middle of DC ; pallid purple-drab or 
slightly more violaceous, with quite sparse blackish irroration ; costal edge 
narrowly reddish ; black spots at costa just beyond J and at 5, the former 
extended to reach cell-fold, the latter flattened, only just crossing the stalk of 
SC^-* ; a minute cell-dot ; antemedian wanting ; postmedian double from R' to 
hindmargin, about as oblique as termen but faintly curved in the opposite direc- 
tion ; inner postmedian (greyish) olive, continued on and just in front of R' as 
a blackish dash, from which runs at an acute angle an extremely fine olive con- 
tinuation to connect it with the costal spot ; outer postmedian blackish, weak 
anteriorly ; subterminal deeply lunulate, chiefly defined by darkish shaduig on 
its proximal side ; very indistinct dark terminal patches, from costa to R^ and 

from M' about to fold ; fringe somewhat browner. Hindwing rather elongate 

costally, apex and termen (especially anteriorly) well rounded, smooth ; double 
postmedian continued, straightish, obUque, the inner running to abdominal 
margin near tornus, the extreme end of the outer lost in a grey suffusion close to 
tornus ; proximal area paUid purple-darb, distal strongly suffused with fawn ; 
subterminal traceable, posteriorly with some indistinct spots proximally. 

Underside much more uniformly suffused with fawn, the forewing apically 
(in front of R') and the hindwing abdominally pale ; costal edge of forewing more 
reddish, j)roximally with some coarse black irroration ; some scattered dark 
irroration elsewhere ; very small black cell-dots ; a fairly thick pale postmedian 
line, on both wings curved or bent about R', thence on forewing straightish, on 
hindwing faintly inciu-ved, lost m the pale abdominal region. 

Madagascar : Station PerLnet, 149 km. E. of Tananarive, 20 October- 
10 November 1930 (Mme N. d'Olsoufieff), 3 cJcJ m coll. Tring Mus. A smaller, 
much damaged $ of a similar species — possibly even an ab. of protactosema — 
was taken by Melon at Diego Suarez in December 1916. 



13. Hypochrosis euphrantica sp.n. 

$, 35 mm. Head, with antenna, dark, strongly suffused with purple-red ; 
palpus little over 1, rather slender, upcurved, reddish, proximally more mixed 
with buff ; tongue well developed ; pectinations long (6 or over). Thorax and 
abdomen (partly denuded above) beneath predommantly yellow, with the thorax 
red-mixed ; legs dull rosy. 

Forewing moderate, apex not falcate (shape nearly as in tinctaria [Walk., 
1862], or, rather, the less well kao-wn fiaviftisata [Moore, 1888]) ; SC' anastomos- 
ing shortly with C., K- well before middle, but not extreme ; marguerite-yellow, 
with a very broad rosy border (about o mm.) from hindmargin to near SC 
(hellebore-red or slightly brighter) ; cell-spot blackish, immediately preceded by 
a very slightly curved black-grey transverse bar of 1 mm. width, which gradually 
fades away behind the fold ; ground-colour proximally to this bar with a good 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. Ill 

deal of rosy suffusion and with some thick black-grey strigulae chiefly in and 
behind cell ; a roundish dark, red-brown centred costal spot about 3 mm. from 
apex. Hinclwing with termen slightly more rounded than in tinctaria ; margue- 
rite-yellow (or slightly brighter) proximally, hellebore-red (or slightly brighter) 
distally, the small dark cell-dot lying on the little curved boundary of the two 
colours ; a weak dark costal dash at corresponding position ; a very narrow apical 
border of the yellow colour, tapering to a point just behind R' ; fringe yellowish 
(partly lost). 

Underside similar, the yellow brighter, the red paler, the proximal suffusion 
of the forewuig more orange ; hindwing with costal mark stronger, more 
pyramidal, yellow border anteriorly broader, continuing to near tornus, though 
posteriorly somewhat mixed with reddish. 

Madagascar : Station Permet, 149 km. E. of Tananarivo, 20 October- 
10 November 1930 (Mme N. d'Olsoufieff), 1 ? in Tring Mus. 



14. Psilocerea barychorda sp.n. 

(J, 35 mm. Head whitish ; palpus light brown, with 1st joint paler and 
more buff-tinged, 2nd dark-sprinkled on outerside. Thorax and abdomen 
concolorous with wings, the abdomen dorsally with a slightly interrupted dark 
patch on the posterior segments. Legs pale, dark-spotted ; hindtibia not 
dilated. 

Forewing shajjed nearly as in the (^ of rachicera Butl. (1880), termen slightly 
less sinuous ; cell appreciably less than i, the short stalk of SC''^ arising from 
that of SC*"' ; ground-colour nearly as in rachicera ^ ; markings darker ; ante- 
median similarly outbent in cell, but stronger, especially anteriorly, on costa 
closely preceded proximally by a redder mark ; postmedian thick, fuscous, 
arising from apex, markedly incurved m anterior part, running close to costa for 
some distance, closely approaching the small cell-dot, straighter and oblique 
from base of M> to before (proximal to) middle of hindmargin ; the line is accom- 
panied anteriorly (between SC* and SC') by some duU lavender shading on its 
proximal side, thence by a line of its own width, which Ls red-brown to R', 
subsequently huffy olive ; subterminal markings of underside faintly showing 
through ; fringe warmer than wing, dark-mixed at base, especially at vein-ends. 

Hindwing shaped about as in rachicera ; concolorous with forewing, the 

broad double line (olive and fuscous) continued, crossing end of cell, proximal 
edge crossing furcation of M with M^ ; an almost longitudinal dark mark beyond 
it, its more proximal part arising in front of M^, its distal occupying the base of 
cellule 3, its middle part (on M') rather less dark and redder ; subtermmal mark- 
ings of underside showing ; fringe as on forewing. 

Underside similar, with the principal markings reproduced but strongly 
shaded in part with Sanford's brown, which also suffuses the base of the forewing 
(followed by dark subbasal spots), forms a conspicuous subapical patch on the 
forewing between R' and costa and a costal patch accompanying the line on 
hindwing ; subterminal markings mixed with fuscous and orange-brown, on the 
forewing oblique from M' to near tornus, strongest posteriorly, on the hindwing 
complete, dentate, suffusing towards termen in anterior half. 

Madagascar : Station Perinet, 149 km. E. of Tananarivo, 20 October- 
10 November 1930 (Mme N. d'Olsoufieff), 1 J in coll. Tring Mus. 



112 NOVITATES ZOOLOOICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 

15. Psilocerea severa sp.n. 

cj, 46 mm. ; $, 49-50 mm. Larger than wigrrowacwZato Warr. (1897). Fore- 
wing with apex slightly more produced, hindwing without even the blunt angle 
at R' ; irioration rather less coarse (general tone nearest to warm buff of Ridg- 
way) ; antemedian line not crenulate ; the principal obhque line dark, sharply 
defined by a pale line distally, subapical markings of forewing wanting, though 
the (S (besides 1 $ beneath) conserves a black dot on SC* ; lines or slender shades 
of distal area without black maculation. 

Madagascar : Station Perinet, 149 km. E. of Tananarivo, 20 October- 
10 November 1930 (Mme N. d'Olsoufieff), 1 ^ (type), 2 ?$, in coll. Tring Mus. 

I have compared the new species with what I beUeve to be the normal 
form of nigrmnaculata, which is less dusky and less heavily marked than the type 
and was taken (2 (J,^) with severa. Antenna of $ subserrate, with very short 
ciliation (the $ of nigromandata unknown to me). 

16. Psilocerea harmonia sp.n. 

{J 9, 38-42 mm. Antenna of o pectinate to little beyond middle, of $ simple. 
Hindtibia of (J with hair -pencil. Head and bodj' concolorous with wings, face 
generally a little paler, 2nd and 3rd joints of palpus with some dark irroration. 

Foreicing with termen in J almost straight (without even the faintest 
angle at R^), in $ bluntly angled in middle, very faintly concave between this 
and the minutely produced apex ; SC'-^ shortly stalked, SC' anastomosing 
slightly with C ; ochraceous, the costal margin and veins sUghtly more warmly 
coloured ; indistinct greyish strigulation and a few blackish scales ; cell-dot 
small, black ; antemedian line fine, indistinct or obsolescent, rather variable, 
curved or bluntly bent at M just proximal to M- ; postmedian line strong (except 
at costal extremity), bicoloured, its proximal half grey, its distal bright red-brown, 
from near (2 or 3 mm. from) apex oblique to a little beyond middle of hind- 
margin ; a slight grey costal mark running inward from postmedian in front of 
SC' to costa ; ill-defined grey subterminal clouding behind R^, running in the 
direction of, and sometimes reaching, the tornus ; fringe noticeably darkened, 

with a pale line at base. Hindwing with termen angled at R', in the (J on an 

average more sharply than in the $ ; postmedian line continued, reaching 
abdominal margin about middle ; subterminal maculation stronger between 
R' and M- (often forming two spots), sometimes weakly developed also between 
the radials, here and towards tornus more distally placed than between R' and 
M'' ; fringe as on forewing. 

Underside rather paler, with cell-dots and traces of the outer marking. 

Grande Comoro, July-September 1911, 8 J J, 5 $5, including the type; 
July, September and October 1921, 2 (^(J, 1 $ ; all in Tring Mus., collected by 
G. F. Leigh. 

1 have been calling this species russulata Mab. (Ann. Soc. Enl. Fr. Ixvi, 226, 
1897, as Caberodes), said to be from the Comoro Islands. No size is given, nor 
exact shape, and the description seemed to fit quite satisfactorily ; but the 
discovery of the type <;J (in coll. Oberthiir) shows that it is a smaller species, 
with termen of both wings bent, that of hindwing more weakly than in harmonia 
(£, the distal half of the double postmedian line glaucous-whitish, not reddish, 
the subterminal patch of the hindwing wanting. 



NoVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 113 

Ps. harmonia jacobi subsp.n. is less ochraceous, the cj<? in general more 
darkly inorated and with intensified subterminal spots between R' and SM- of 
the hindwing, the $? paler and rarely with even a shadow of these spots, the 
double postmedian line bordered with pale cream-buff distally. 

Madagascar : Diego Suarez (G. Melon), 20 ^J^, 12 $$, type in Tring Mus. 

Ps. insularia (Mab., 1880, as Caberodes) is easily distinguishable from this, 
apart from the colour (which is liable to vary), by its shape — fore wing in both 
sexes minutely produced at apex, gibbous centrally, hindwing weakly gibbous, 
not angled. 

17. PsUocerea olsoufieffae sp.n. 

cj, 40-44 mm. Face whitish, with a faint tinge of olive-buff and with a few 
dark scales ; vertex more mixed with light brown. Palpus quite moderate 
(scarcely H), darkened on outerside. Body light drab, patagia mainly isabeUine, 
abdomen above with more or less well-defined clay-coloured belts or spots, 
especially on the anterior segments. Legs with some scattered black dots and 
spots, the latter chiefly at ends of tibiae ; hindtibia not dilated. 

Fm'ewing with costa straightish, well curved near apex, termen shallowly 
excised between apex and R^, here angled, thence rather strongly oblique ; drab 
(really perhaps pale vinaceous drab largely suffused with brown), rather variable, 
brownest m median area, or especially towards the postmedian Une, warmer in 
the subcostal angle thereof and often rather conspicuously on some of the veins ; 
some black-grey irroration ; cell-dot small, black ; traces of an incomplete 
blackish subbasal line ; antemedian from ^ or j costa, blackish, overlaid with 
brown, excurved m anterior half, shortly mcurved behmd M, dentate outward at 
fold and (generally more weakly) at SM'' ; a black-grey suffusion just proximal 
to antemedian ; postmedian fine, double, proximally clay or ciimamon, distally 
yellowish white, oblique outward from costa near apex, angled outward (the tip 
of the angle rounded off) about SC^, then oblique and sUghtly or scarcely wavy 
to about f hindmargin ; sometimes a black-grey line proximal to the [)ost- 
median and a more slender one distal to it ; subterminal black-grey markings 
beginning near the postmedian, variable, the strongest and least inconstant being 
spots before and behind M' (commonly connected by a fine acute outward angle) 
and an amorphous oblique streak or spot rumiing out jjosteriorly towards tornus ; 
terminal line fine, blackish, often mixed with brown ; fringe black, with large 

brown spots at the vein-ends. Hindwing with termen subcrenulate, with a 

pronounced tooth at R^ ; unmarked proximally to cell-dot ; postmedian con- 
tmued ; distal area about as on fore wing. 

Underside similarly but rather less strongly marked. 

$ more vinaceous, the brown suffusions being obsolete or nearly so ; antenna 
well pectinate, the longest branches about 3. 

Madagascar : Station Perinet, 149 km. E. of Tananarive, 20 October- 
10 November 1930 (Mme N. d'Olsoufieff), 15 JJ, 10 ?? in Tring Mus. 

A pretty species, near dysonaria Swinh. (1904), but more extreme in shape, 
etc. 

18. Microgonia vesulia antilliana subsp.n. 

Much more variable than the continental v. vesulia (Cram., 1779), but 
almost invariably of a warmer or deeper colour (cinnamon-buff or clay-colour — 
much as in alternata Warr., 1905 — or more or less strongly suffused with some 

8 



114 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 

shade of grey or vinaceous-drab, sometimes producing an olivaceous tone), such 
as is unknown in the name-type ; the macular median clouding of forewing 
very rarely developed. 

Jamaica (loc. typ.) and Cuba. In a fine series of 14 ^J^ and 12 $$ in coll. 
Tring Mus., only two examples ($9 from Jamaica) approach v. vesulia in 
coloration. 

19. Ectropis loxosira sp.n. 

5, 24-25 mm. Face with lower edge white, the rest apparently mottled 
(partly abraded). Palpus fidly li, heavily scaled, 3rd joint small, drooping ; 
more or less infuscated, base whitish. Head and body whitLsh, with brown and 
fuscous irroration, abdomen dorsally with ill-defined alternations of dark and 
whitish. Legs partly darkened, with pale rings. 

Forewing narrower than in typical Ectroj)is, costa very gently curved (only 
in the middle straight), termen rather strongly oblique, smooth, shghtly curved ; 
SCi-- shortly stalked, SC^ in the type anastomosing slightly with SC'"' ; grey- 
white, with rather copious fuscous or blackish irroration, in places with a slightly 
browner suffusion ; cell-dot scarcely noticeable in the type, distinct in the 
(Ughter) paratype ; antemedian double, obUque outward from hindmargin at 
1-1-5 mm., bent subcostally and becoming blurred ; median shade slender, 
anteriorly indefinite excepting a small costal spot opposite DC, posteriorly 
approaching the iJostmedian ; postmedian strongly black at about J hindmargm, 
very obUque in direction of apex, as far as R' nearly straight and distinct, blackest 
on veins, then strongly retracted and becoming indefinite, but with a distinct 
black dot or dash on R' ; a similar or stiU more oblique streak from termen in 
cellule (!, thickening and almost meeting the postmedian in cellule 4, then bending 
to form a proximal blackish shade to the subterminal ; subterminal somewhat 
sinuous, whitish, interrupted at the black streak, rather strong from R^ hindward ; 
terminal black interneural spots, connected by an extremely fine line ; fringe 

pale, with dark spots opposite the veins. Hirulwing not very broad, termen 

waved, in middle crenulate ; more weakly marked, at least anteriorly ; cell-dot 
present ; median Ime scarcely more proximal, incomplete, only strong at hind- 
margin ; postmedian shortly beyond ceU-dot, parallel with termen, anteriorly 
extremely slender, posteriorly thickening, throughout very finely whitish edged 
distaUy ; subtermmal slender, waved, with some dark shading proximally ; 
termen and fringe as on forewing. 

Underside dusky, especially the forewing ; weakly marked except for the 
cell-dots ; forewing with a small whitish apical spot ; terminal line and fringe 
much as above. 

Madagascar : Station Perinet, 149 km. E. of Tananarivo, 20 October- 
10 November 1930 (Mme N. d'Olsoufieff), type $m coll. Trmg Mus. ; Mahatsinjo, 
near Tananarivo, paratype $ in coll. L. B. Prout. 

As the genera in the Boarmia group are differentiated largely by o characters, 
the position of this very distinct species is somewhat conjectural, but I suspect 
it is a narrower -winged outlier of the E. sublutea (Butl., 1880) group — cf. Tr. 
Ent. Soc. Lond. 1925, p. 314. 

20. Cleora amictozona sp.n. 
(J, 2(3 mm. Head and palpus pale, clouded with fuscous ; palpus If, 2nd 
joint with projecting scaling above, 3rd joint moderately stout, distinct. Antennal 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 115 

pectinations moderately long, fairly erect, about as in variegata (Moore, 1867) 
(tips lost). Thorax and abdomen brownish mixed with ochreous, the abdomen 
above with some ill-defined dark clouding. Fore- and midleg partly infuscated, 
with pale spots at ends of joints ; hindleg paler, indefinitely dark-banded and 
clouded, the tibia rather strongly dilated with hair-pencil, the tarsus abbreviated 
(less than J). 

Forewing with apex slightly more rounded than in the variegata group, 
fovea not quite so extreme, termen scarcely waved ; SC'-'' very shortly stalked, 
SC anastomosing rather strongly with C ; from base to postmedian predomin- 
antly light wood -brown with some dark irroration, a conspicuous blackish cloud 
(perhaps individual) behind M and M^ from near fovea to near postmedian ; an 
ill-defined whitish band between median and postmedian, not reaching either 
margin ; lines black, incomplete, arising from equidistant costal spots ; ante- 
and postmedian expressed by rather large vem-dots, both weakly outbent before 
middle, median more strongly outbent outside the elongate cell-mark, becoming 
obsolescent posteriorly ; distal area whitish behind SM^ ; outside the postmedian 
a band of bright clay-colour (almost ochraceous-buff), dark-strigulated near 
costa, then pure to SM^ ; subtermtnal white, dentate, running inwards and more 
slender just in front of R^, its accompanymg shading almost as dark as m variegata, 
though less ample ; terminal area between wood-brown and clay-colour, irregu- 
larly dark-clouded in places ; terminal dots fairly large, connected by traces of 

a fine line ; fringe dark -spotted, especially from SC* to R' and at M^ Hindwing 

with termen weakly crenulate ; approximately concolorous with forewmg, but 
less variegated ; proximal and anterior areas tinged with greyish ; abdominal 
region partly whitish ; cell-dot weaker than on forewing ; postmedian little 
beyond it, sinuous and punctiform, becoming strong and oblique distad behind 
SM^ ; the shade outside it weaker and slenderer than on forewing, separated 
from it by a pale line ; a narrow whitish posterior band between this and the 
dark shading of the subterminal, which shading is quite weak ; terminal dots 
nearly as strong as on forewmg ; fringe scarcely spotted. 

Both wings beneath more ochreous, spotted or strigulated at costa with 
blackish, the forewing also suffused as far as the median shade ; both wmgs with 
slightly elongate cell-spot, punctiform postmedian and dark terminal band, that 
of the forewing just over 2 mm. wide, leaving Ul-defined pale terminal spots at 
apex and tornus and a strong one behind R^, that of the hindwing weaker, only 
developed between costa and R'. 

Borneo : Butik Raja, above 2,200 m., 15-20 December 1924 (Sammelreise, 
Prof. Dr. E. Winkler), type in Zool. Mus. Hamburg. 

Evidently an outlier of the variegata group, though smaller and differing in 
its clear band outside the postmedian, etc. I am describing a similar but appar- 
ently distinct (though very variable) Cleora from Mt. Kinabalu. 



21. Boarmia subpictilis sp.n. 

(J, 29 mm. Close to squamosa (Warr., 1896), which it presumably represents 
on Borneo. Smaller, the forewing relatively shorter, the termen being still less 
oblique than in squamosa. Darker (less brown) ; lines of forewing a trifle less 
oblique, the postmedian arising from a larger costal spot and less sinuate between 
R* and M» ; two conspicuous brown spots developed in the pale band between 



116 NOVITATES ZOOLOCICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 

postmedian and subterminal, one between R' and R^ the other between M^ and 
hindniargin, the latter also noticeable on hindwing ; subterminal lunules reduced, 
scarcely more than white dots, but with a characteristic enlargement of the dot 
between R' and M» on both wings. Underside heavily marked. 

Borneo : Mehipit, ca. 500 m., 8-29 December 1924 (Prof. Dr. E. Winkler's 
Sammelreise), type in Zool. Mus. Hamburg. 

In the unique type SC'-^ are stalked to a little beyond the point of origin of 
SC', but this f)robably varies a Uttle individually as in squamosa. 



22. Iridopsis brittonae sp.n. 

cj$, 26-34 mm. Smaller than obliqxmta Dogn. (1904, Tucuman), hindtibia 
of (J more broadly dilated ; abdomen with stronger dark basal band. At least 
as variable as obliquata, a larger proportion — especially of the (J (J — clouded 
with blackish, particularly in the median area ; median line not double, though 
often thick ; fore wing with antemedian rather less obUque, rarely — and then only 
weakly — duplicated proximaUy, and with a pale midtermmal patch, in dark 
specimens almost as conspicuous as in /. ustifumosa (Warr., 1897) ; hindwuig 
with postmedian sharply angled at radial fold. Underside generally more 
strongly marked than in obliquata, the distal band of the forewing being more 
developed in the $, also appearing anteriorly (or sometimes throughout) on the 
hindwing of that sex and even showing faint traces in a few ^(^ ; cell-spot of 
hindwing nearly always developed. 

Argentina : La Soledad, Entre Rios, close to Uruguay frontier, a good 
series bred and captured by Miss E. A. Britton, including the type ; El Prado, 
1 $ from the same collector ; Parana, 2 (5' J ; Villa Ana, Santa Fe (K. J. Hayward) ; 
all in coU. Tring Mus. Chaco de Santiago del Estero ; Rio Salado, 1 (^, 1 $ in 
coU. L. B. Prout. 

Probably near commixtala Dogn. (1904), but smaller, the largest ^J measuring 
not quite 33 mm., which would be 27 mm. by Dognin's calculation, whereas he 
gives 30 mm for his type (J ; distal area of forewing with more definite pale spot in 
middle, postmedian of hindwing with the angle at radial fold less produced, the 
inward curve between this and abdominal margin less deep ; underside more 
strongly marked. 

23. Iridopsis mossi sp.n. 

^, 32-33 mm. ; $, 37-40 mm. Closely like small (or in the $ moderate) 
'pallescens Warr. (1907), typically more suffused with brownish, though whitish 
forms also occur. Might have been taken for a race of that species but that the 
dilation of the S hindtibia is less extreme and the tarsus less shortened — slightly 
over I, whereas in pallescens it is little over J. 

Forewing perhaps a trifle narrower than in pallescens ; antemedian line a 
little less oblique ; cell-spot a Uttle broader (particularly noticeable on under- 
side) ; median line at hmdmargin rarely so close to postmedian. Hindwing 

with median Une nearly always distinctly double. 

Forewmg beneath with the subapical band in the ^J posteriorly cut off rather 
abruptly midway between R' and R^, thus appearing merely as a rather broad 
curved border to the white apical spot ; m the $ fundamentally as in the J, 



NoVITATES ZOOLOC.ICAE XXXVIII. 1032. 117 

though a little broader, but in its proximal half with a weak continuation about 
toR'. 

W. Peru : the typical series of 3 (J^J and 5 $$ (A. M. Moss) unfortunately 
not precisely localized, being merely labelled " Lima to Chanchamayo," but pre- 
sumably from nearer to the former locality ; Barranco, near Lima (H. 0. Forbes), 
1 (^, without antennae, otherwise good ; Callao (J. J. Walker), 2 ^J^J, 1 $ in coll. 
Brit. Mus., recorded by me (Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond. KtlO, p. 340) as fulvitincta. 
Excepting the last-named three, all are in coll. Tring Mus. 

In hindleg structure and in the double median line of hindwing mossi is 
nearer to the browner and more heavily spotted ohliquata Dogn. (1904), which 
has the antemedian line more oblique, the subapical band beneath at least as 
extended as in pallescens, etc. I have ignored the name fulvitincta (Warr., 1897) 
to which I believe -paUescens will sink, as the type has lost its hindlegs and 
confirmatory material from La Plata City is not known ; the rest of the synonymy 
given in Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1910, p. 340, was inaccurate. 

24. Iridopsis tanymetra sp.n. 

<J, 43-48 mm. Near nephotessares Prout (1910), but more slenderly built. 
Hindtarsus nearly 1. Vertex and abdomen less mixed with white. 

Foreunng narrower than in nephotessares, the termen being more oblique 
and elongate ; more glossy, the colour -scheme slightly different, a suffusion of 
brownish invading parts of the median area, but leaving at least a large spot 
between SC* and R'' from median line to postmedian clear white ; antemedian 
more oblique outward from hindmargin almost to SC, then sharjjly bent to run 
obliquely inward, thickened at both ends ; median irregularly double, anteriorly 
suffused, blurring the cell-spot and sending out broad shading at R^'-R' (densest 
on the veins) to join the postmedian ; postmedian thickened behind fold, running 
vertically (not obliquely outward) to hindmargm ; apical pale spot better 
defined than m nephotessares. Hindiving with corresponding coloiir distinc- 
tions, but less variegated, the brown shade outside the postmedian famt, the 
dark distal shading restricted ; outlme of cell-ring weak. 

Forewing beneath with the dark apical patch more extended than in 
nephotessares, more definitely connected with the cell-spot between R^ and M'. 
Hindwing with postmedian vein-dashes well developed. 

Colombia : Monte ToUma, 2,700 m., December 1909, type, and February 
1910, 2 d'c? (A. H. Fassl) ; all in coll. Tring Mus. 

25. Iridopsis hypsinephes sp.n. 

(J, 52 mm. Ampler-winged than nephotessares Prout (1910), the forewmg 
appreciably less oblique between apex and R^ thus with a more defmite change 
of direction (though no angle) at that point. Hindtarsus at least J. Body and 
wings above with cinnamon-drab to fawn suffusions. 

Forewing with the brown shades which accompany ante- and postmedian 
lines almost as well developed as in nephotessares, but much less conspicuous on 
the less white ground ; lines not (as in tanymetra) thickened at hindmargin ; 
antemedian not quite so oblique as in that species, very acutely angled just 
behind SC' to run very obliquely inward to a blackish costal spot ; median line 
double, brown, only the inner mixed with black, the outer lost in a weak brown 



\ 

118 NOVITATES ZOOLOOICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 

postmedian suffusion between R- and R^, the inner (anteriorly to the very ill- 
defined white-grey cell-spot) in a thick, slightly oblique costal streak ; post- 
median much as in nephotessares, but somewhat less thickened between R^ and 
base of M' and with a slight outward curve (instead of oblique outward course) 
between SM- and hindmargin ; a small white streak in front of R° from median 
to postmedian ; subterminal fairly regular, not or scarcely interrupted ; terminal 

dots slight. Hindwing whitish at base, otherwise concolorous with forewing ; 

further distinguished by having the median line double, black-mixed posteriorly, 
a further (but weaker) line between these and postmedian, postmedian scarcely 
bent at radial fold, posteriorly blackened, subterminal more regular than in 
nephotessares. 

Forewing beneath more blurred and sufifused than in nejjhotessares ; hind- 
wing, in addition to the cell-mark, with the lines of the upperside indicated, or 
at least the postmedian. 

Colombia : Monte Tolima, 3,500 m., February 1910 (A. H. Fassl), type in 
coll. Tring Mus. A less large c? (46 mm.), somewhat worn but unmistakable, 
from the same mountain at 2,800 m. 

The shape, tone, absence of gloss, etc., render any confusion with the 
preceding species impossible. 



2(i. Iridopsis eutiches sp.n. 

(J, 30 mm. Face above dark fuscous, below (rather less than J) very pale 
brownish. Antennal pectinations short (about 2) and ceasmg scarcely beyond 
middle of shaft, much as in validaria (Guen., 1858). 

Forewing shaped about as in validaria ; the semihyaline whitish ground- 
colour much more suffused with brown, nearly as in transvisaia Warr. (1906) ; 
cell-spot oblong, blackish, not ocellated, extending the length of DC^-^, scarcely 
half as broad as long ; lines arising from three equidistant costal spots ; ante- 
median more regularly curved throughout than in validaria ; median chiefiy 
developed posteriorly, where it is broad, band-like and touches the postmedian ; 
postmedian marked by dots (minute dashes) on the vems, excurved between 
costa and R^, then incurved, with a slight dash outward on SM* ; dark border 
about 3 mm. wide, enclosing no pale spot at apex, a rather small and weak one 
m middle and only faint traces of the pale subterminal and of a blacker shade 
just proximal thereto ; terminal dark dots inconspicuous ; fringe scarcely pale- 

niixed, except opposite the midterminal spot. Hindwing with ternien 

rounded, harcUy waved ; dark mark close to base slighter than in validaria ; 
cell-mark about as on forewing, crossed by the almost straight median shade ; 
postmedian dots curved parallel with termen, very small except on M'', SM* 
and hindmargin ; border and fringe almost as on forewing, the pale midterminal 
spot still slighter, a dark proximal-subterminal spot on the radial fold more 
appreciable. 

Underside similar. 

Fonte Boa, Amazons, August 1906 (S. M. Klages), I ^J in Tring Mus. 

The distinctions from validaria, as noted above, seem to be too numerous 
and important to allow of our regarding eutiches as a form of that well-known 
species. In any case, it is not a geographical modification, as typical, fully-sized 
validaria were taken with it at Fonte Boa. 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 119 

27. Iridopsis syrniaria (Guen.). 

Tephrosia syrniaria Guen.. Spec. Gen. Lep. ix. 262 (18.58) (Brazil). 

Boarmia suhferraria Walk, (part.), List Lep. Ins. xxi, 359 (1860) (Brazil) (specim. typ., Venezuela 

[Tarns sel.] div. erat sp.). 
Boarmia suhapicala Walk., List Lep. Ins. xxvi, 1534 (1862) (Brazil). 

Before describing the extraordinarily interesting species which follow 
(Nos. 28-33), it is necessary to say something about the legitimate owner of the 
above much-abused name. Guenee's description is good, and the true syrniaria 
— only known to me from Brazil (Rio district to Santa Catharina) — has always 
been correctly identified, but unfortunately at least seven other species have 
been constantly, or almost constantly, confused with it, six of them very excus- 
ably, the other less excusably. The last-mentioned may be dismissed first, as it 
is really outside the scope of the present study, belonging properly to the chalcea 
(Oberth.) group.' 

In true syrniaria, which has a more brownish hue than most of the following, 
the valve has a short, though sharply pomted, subtriangular projection at the 
end of the sacculus, a boot-shaped costal projection (the toe at apex), uncus 
short, weak and blunt. 

28. Iridopsis scolancala sp.n. 

fj, 40-44 mm. About as dark as the rj of syrniaria, of which, before I 
examined the genitalia, I was inclmed to suppose it a race ; on an average slightly 
duller and more uniform, the brown tinge slightly more suffused with grey, the 
white parts (adjoining ante- and postmedian lines in median area, also at base of 
hindwing), generally including the subterminal line, less clearly differentiated, 
the warm shades which accompany the ante- and postmedian on their reverse 
sides on the whole less bright ; postmedian of forewmg with black dashes httle 
developed, except from costa to R", in consequence generally weak ; cell-spots 
on an average large. 

J valve without sacculus-arm, the ventral edge sinuous, oblique, but con- 
tinuing to rim caudad until reaching the costal arm (not, as hi the ruperlata. 
group, sufficiently curved to rise vertically, or even return somewhat cephalad) ; 
costal arm strong, sharply bent downward and inward near its base, then forming 
a rather long prong whose point crosses that of the opposite valve, much as in 
rupertata (Feld., 1875), but bearing at its bend a very characteristic thorn on its 
upper- and innerside. 

Colombia : Popayan (Lehmann), 18 (^cJ, including the type ; Coreato, 
Cauca (Fame & Brinkley), 1 ^ ; all in Tring Mus. 

' The specimen figured by Oberthiir (FA. EM. vii. t. i, f. 8, 1883) as syrniaria is from Muzo, 
Colombia, as is shown by the archetype in hi.s collection, and belongs to a very widely distributed 
species (Central America to Bolivia, Paraguay and Santa Catharina) with very similar underside to 
syrniaria (vera) but relatively longer winged, on an average larger, more glossy whitish, the cell-spots 
generally white-centred, that of the hindwing often very slight, the lines in part weak, the double 
median of the forewing generally forming with the postmedian at the hindmargin a trio of fine, 
virtually equidistant dark lines, the postmedian of the hindwing in general more sharply angled 
outward between the radials ; ^ valve divided into a long, curved, subascending, highly chitinized 
sacculus-arm and a strong costal arm with a highly chitinized knob at tip, from which projects 
inward (i.e. so that it and its opposite meet) a slender pointed spine. I call this insect provisionally : 
I. Oberthiiri nom.n. { = syrniaria part., Oberth., nee Guen.) with the figured specimen as type ; I 
suspect, however, that it may prove a form of submarginata VVarr. (1907), from which I cannot yet 
distinguish it by the genitalia, though the remarkable difference in the o underside would seriously 
undermine the faith that is usually placed in the specific stability of Iridopsis undersides. 



,i)f^ NOVITATES ZoOL(XiICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 

29. Iridopsis haploancala sp.n. 

(J, 40-43 mm. More variegated and more sharply marked than the pre- 
ceding! in almost every respect still more exactly resembling small syrniaria ; 
postmedian line of forewing less incurved at fold (sometimes not incurved), 
behind SM^ about perpendicular instead of oblique outward ; this line also with 
a slightly stronger outward projection than is usual in syrniaria and scolancala 
(but not quite constant in any of the three). 

(J valve much simpler than m either of the preceding ; no sacculus-arm ; 
" costal arm " considerably shorter than in scolanmla, merely a short, incurved 
and slightly downcurved, pointed prong formed at the union of the sinuous dorsal 
and ventral edges of the valve. The points of the opposing prongs meet, or 
nearly meet, in their normal position, but do not cross as in scolanmla. 

Colombia : Cafion del Tolima (A. H. Fassl), 1,700 m., 5 $$, including the 
type ; 2,500 m., 1 $ ; all in Trmg Mus. 

30. Iridopsis aviceps sp.n. 

^5^ 40-44 mm. Both sexes whiter than the S oi syrniaria, otherwise 
scarcely'distinguishable superficiaUy ; cell-spot of forewing generally (in syrniaria 
rarely) with some white scaling on DC, that of hindwing rarely as reduced as is 
frequent in syrniaria ; median lines of hindwing on an average more distally 
placed, so that the outer of them not rarely touches the cell-spot (but variable in 
both species) ; presubterminal spot between radials of the hindwing scarcely 
ever (in syrniaria commonly) darker than the others. 

(J valve with a more difierentiated, broader, more bent sacculus-arm, a 
deep emargination between this and the costal process, which takes the form of 
a bird's head and neck, the beak pointing downwards, the crown rather high, the 
innerside beset with stiflf hair and fine spines which seem to interlock with the 
opposite series. Uncus represented (or replaced) by a bifid " scaphium " which 
descends almost to the plane of the anal cone, its arms then running curved at 
either side thereof. 

Mexico to Panama, the type S from Cachi, Costa Rica, 3,300 feet, 20 Septem- 
ber-14 October 1912 (G. H. Lankester) in Trmg Mus. 

A few specimens from Colombia (Candinamarca, Muzo, etc.) are on an 
average rather large and strongly marked and perhaps have the " bird's head " 
of the cj valve a little narrower, but without ampler material I will not separate 
them racially. 

31. Iridopsis panopla sp.n. 

^$, 40-47 mm. Variable in size, but on an average rather larger than 
aviceps, from which I can find no constant distinction in markings. 

(J valve strongly chitinized round its entire posterior edge, a rather long 
sacculus-arm projecting downwards and inwards, the costal process with four 
strong spikes projecting inwards to interlock with their opposites, the effect— when 
unopened and viewed from behind — being as of an imbroken ring of chitin. 
Uncus represented by a similar development to that of aviceps. 

E. Peru to E. Bolivia, the type from La Oroya, Rio Inambarl, S.E. Peru, in 
Tring Mus. 



NOVITATE.S ZoOLOalCAE XXXVIII. l'J32. 121 

32. Iridopsis acieifera sp.n. 

o$, 40-42 mm. Extremely similar to the two preceding, but with the 
forewiiig relatively a trifle more elongate, the termen being rather longer and 
more oblique ; brown tinge generally more noticeable than in them, though a good 
deal less pronounced than in syrniaria ; cell-sjiot of forewing rather large, dark 
grey, much as in syrniaria, of hindwing rather long, crescentic, finely outlined ; 
lines fine, pretty continuous, the postmedian less coarsely dotted on the veins 
than in most syrniaria. 

^ valve broad, strong, without differentiated sacculus ; ventral edge as it 
begins to curve upward showing a small notch, then with a strongly chitinized 
patch, which is conspicuous by its irregularly dentate edge (quite noticeable 
from the outside when the hairs and scales have been removed), the dorsal edge 
(costa) ending in a curving spme, a similar but longer spine more proximally, 
inclining inward ; uncus vestigial. 

Venezuela : Merida, a short series in Tring Mus., including the type ; a few 
(J (J in other collections. 

33. Iridopsis appetens sp.n. 

cj^, 38-42 mm. Shape as in avicejis and panoplia, or with the costa of 
forewing perhaps a trifle more rounded towards the apex ; on an average slightly 
more brownish than they, decidedly more strongly marked than acieifera ; cell- 
spots about as in syrniaria, that of hindwing quite frequently fairly large and 
well darkened. 

^ valve about as strong as in acieifera, fairly broad proximally, its ventral 
edge then sharply curved upward, leading to the distal armature of costa, which 
consists of a strong curved prong of chitin ; this does not taper to a spine as in 
haploancala, but, on meeting its opposing prong, has a blunt, somewhat denticu- 
late edge, at the dorsal extremity of which there is a small point projecting 
upward. Uncus represented by a " scaphium " much as in avic.eps and panopilia 
but with the prongs at its end more divaricating, gracefully curved. 

W. Ecuador : Paramba (a series, including the type ^J), Chimbo, Lita, 
Balzapampa ; type in Tring Mus. 

Although the above seven Iridopsis do not seem to overlap in range, the 
differences in the genitalia are so wide that they have obviously passed beyond 
the status of subspecies. 

34. Synecta ulothrix sp.n. 

cj$, 35-36 mm. Head whitish, the face and palpus dark-mixed, m the $ 
very strongly ; palpus little over 1 ; vertex and collar tinged with chamois, 
especially in the $. Antennal pectinations in ^J moderate, in $ short. Thorax 
and abdomen whitish, especially in the o ; a basal abdominal chamois belt 
above ; abdomen in i^ elongate, with anal tufts chamois ; in $ beneath honey- 
yellow posteriorly, deepest and brightest at tip. Hindtibia in ^ long, very 
strongly dilated, with dense chamoLs-tinged pencil, tarsus very short. 

Forewing with SC'-^ coincident, in the ^Jo connected with SO-', R= connate 
with R' or only very shortly stalked ; fovea in the $ very slight ; white (c?) or 
palest grey (9), with moderate (in the o slighter) drab irroration ; cell-dot black ; 
lines drab or rather browner, forming dark-mixed spots at costa ; a blurred 
subbasal ; antemedian from about \ costa, curved in cell to become very oblique 



122 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1H32. 

inward, sometimes weak ; median outbent round cell-dot, then sinuous to less 
than i hindmargin ($) or from fold almost to hindmargin more oblique outward 
(c?) ; postmedian from about f costa, more dentate, with an indentation in front 
of the (slight) outward curve at the radials, oblique inward to fold, dentate out- 
ward on SM^ m the o posteriorly inclined to follow the median in its outward 
coiu-se ; a more macular line or shade beyond the postmedian ; proximal sub- 
terminal macular, rather variable, generally incomplete, strongest costally, 
between the radials and posteriorly ; distal shading indicated chiefly by dashes 

before and behind R^ and M^ ; fringe spotted at vein-ends. Hindmng in $ 

normally shaped, in ,3 with anal region enormously produced and somewhat 
contorted, forming a large flap beneath, which is clothed with fine, long, somewhat 
curved chamois hair ; in q white, very feebly marked, chiefly at abdominal 
margin ; in 9 concolorous with forewing and continuing its essential pattern, 
except subbasal and antemedian lines. 

Underside of J white, the forewing with indications of the markings of upper- 
side and a weak terminal (subterminal) band, tapering and not reaching tornus ; 
of $ heavily suffused with grey, which darkens to a broad but Ul-defined terminal 
band, and with the lines and cell-spots of the upperside also reproduced in dark 
grey, the forewing with small pale apical and midtermmal spots, the fringes 
white, with dark vein-spots. 

W. Ecuador : Guayaquil (v. Buchwald), 2 ^ (^, 3 $$ in coll. Tring Mus. 

A remarkable species, which by the ^ specializations might be considered 
to form a new genus, though the $ shows quite obvious affinity with Synecta Warr. 

35. Milionia rawakensis metazosta subsp.n. 

Forewing with band considerably broader than in most r. rawakensis (Godt., 
1825), generally 5-6 mm., orange, very rarely (perhaps in 12-15 per cent.) 
suffused with red, apparently never of the clear red of r. ratvakensis ah.flamimda 
Voll. (1863) ; the preceding black area strongly tapering, at hindmargin generally 

obsolete, interrupted or extremely slender. Hindtving with terminal band 

narrowed, approaching that of r. woodlarkiana Rothsch. (1896), usually 4 or at 
most 6 mm., the black spots nearly always small, well separated, the apical 
slight or obsolete, scarcely ever connected with the proximal black area by any 
costal streak. 

British New Guinea : Mambare River, Hobiicote Bay to Owen Stanley 
Range, Hydrographer Mountains, Milne Bay, etc. ; the type o from Lower 
Mambare River, May 1906 (A. S. Meek), in Tring Mus. Also from Rawlinson 
Mountains, Mandated New Guinea, in the same collection. 

Notwithstanding the great variability of rawakensis everywhere, including 
Milne Bay, which has necessitated some reservations in the above description, 
the general difference between this and name-typical rawakensis, from Waigeu 
and Dutch New Guinea, is very striking. 

36. Milionia rawakensis tagulensis subsp.n. 
Forewing with the orange band still broader than in r. metazosta (iii large 

specimens 7 or 8 mm.), the preceding black streak similar. Hindwing variable, 

but with the orange band always broad, generally extremely so, often occupying 
about one-half the wing, or even more ; the black vein-spots, especially the 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. ' 123 

anterior ones, elongate, often forming long wedges, all isolated, or those on SC^ 
and Ri somewhat confluent in their middle, the spot at apex generally minute 
or wanting, a narrow costal streak from black basal area towards apex, on the 
other hand, often developed. 

Louisiades : Sudest Island (Eichhorn bros.), 6 (^(^, 3 $$ in Tring Mus. 

37. Craspedosis triangularis Prout. 

Craspedosis casta triangularis Prout, JVov, Zool. xxiii. 71 (1916) (Mount Goliath). 

I do not now think this is a race of casta Warr. [infra), though the bare 
possibihty is not yet morphologically ruled out. A race (1), with the white more 
extended, on the forewmg reaching DC' and base of R' and rather less pointed 
anteriorly — 2 $$, near Oetakwa River, Snow Mountains, up to 3,500 feet — may 
probably prove worthy of a name on more adequate material. 

38. Craspedosis casta Warr. (1903). 
Warren's type, from Upper Aroa River, remains unique. In addition to the 
distinctions given in the key below, it differs in the much less curved boundary 
of the white areas ; the comparative straightness of that of the forewing would 
result in a very definitely triangular form but for a slight encroachment of the 
apical black in front of R' almost to its base. 

39. Craspedosis curvilimes sp.n. 

$, 44-51 mm. Head and thorax black, the latter above becommg mar- 
guerite-yellow posteriorly, thence shading through a yellower colour to the orange 
of the abdomen ; abdomen above and beneath predominantly orange, almost 
always with a black spot behind the tympanal orifice. Legs blackish. 

Foretoing yellowish white (much whiter than marguerite-yellow) ; black 
border from base of costa broadening to about 3 mm., tapering after crossing M, 
but more or less strongly round-edged anteriorly and distally, at R' and hindward 
about 3 mm. wide ; its inner and proximal edges very narrowly grey rather than 

black. Hindwing concolorous, with the black border well curved proximally, 

broad, varying from 6 or 7 to 4 or 5 mm. (proportionally rather less in the smallest 
specimens). 

Underside the same, except that the grey edgings to the black borders of 
the forewing in part (behind SO proximally and again behind R' or M' in increasing 
width to the hindmargin) are increased. 

British New Guinea : Hydrographer Mountains, 2,500 feet, January-May 
1918 (Eichhorn bros.), 8 $$, including the type ; Dutch New Guinea, Snow 
Mountains : near Oetakwa River, 2 $$, Upper Setekwa River, 1 $ ; all in 
Tring Mus. 

In the Hydrographer Mountains series there is a remarkable dimorphism 
which nearly betrayed me into assuming two species. Four have broad black 
abdominal belts, but on an average appreciably less broad black borders than the 
type ; but I find that one of the remaining four has strong belts ventrally, 
without a trace of them dorsally, and has the borders about as in some of the 
fuUy belted examples. Two of the four belted specimens have, further, a fine 
white terminal streak on forewmg from apex, tapering to vanishmg point 
behmd M'. 



124 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1«32. 

A (J from Rawlinson Mountains, inland of Huon Gulf (Keysser), has not been 
made the type, because it may represent a different race : 4(5 mm. ; abdominal 
belts above strong, as in the Hydrographer $-ab., beneath slighter ; borders 
very broad, on forewing from apex to R' 10 mm., on hindwing at R' over 6 mm., 
at R' over 5 mm. 

The three species of the casta group may be briefly differentiated as follows : 

1. Yellow-white, base of hmdwing concolorous ... 2 
White, not yellow-tinged, base of hindwing black . . triangularis Prout. 

2. Proximal black of forewing narrow, scarcely entering 

cell ; abdominal margin of hindwing buff . . casta Warr. 

Proximal black of forewing broad, filling base of cell ; 

abdominal margin of hindwing not buff . . . curvilimes sp.n. 

-to. Craspedosis chrysopyga sp.n. 

cJ, 36—42 mm. Near iiniplaga Warr. (189(1), possibly a race, though the 
antennal ciliation is a trifle longer (over 1, in uniplaga apparently just I) and 
the terminal joint of the palpus, though short, may be slightly better developed 
than in that species. Head and body black, but the 6th-8th segments of the 
abdomen (at least beneath ; above sometimes only the 7th-8th) orange-buff to 
capucine-j^ellow. 

Foreiving black, with rather shorter white patch than in uniplaga, extending 
from Ri to fold, or not quite to fold, typically narrow, at its widest (central) part 
not more than 2 mm. wide, in these forms, as in uniplaga, just outside the cell, 
in an aberration (two specimens) widening to just over 3 mm. and entering the 

cell. Hivdu'ing with the white patch more as in u. angustiplaga Prout (1024), 

somewhat variable, a rather pointed anterior end crossing, or at least reaching, 
the base of SC^ a broader posterior one behind cell, its distal end bluntly produced 
(rounded), culminatmg on M'. 

Underside similar, the white patches somewhat extended by grey shading. 

New Ireland, November 1923-February 1924 (A. F. Eichhorn), 6 (J (J in 
Tring Mus. 

As C. C. ampliplaga subsp.n. I describe '2 (S<S from Talasea, New Britain, 
February-April 1925 (A. F. Eichhorn). The orange of abdomen restricted, both 
above and beneath (hardly more than the 8th segment and the hair of anal end). 
White spots larger, that of forewing widening to 4 or 5 mm. at M-R' and M^, 
well roimded behind (broad pear-shaped), that of hindwing about mm. at both 
its longest diameters. 

41. Craspedosis stenotera sp.n. 

(J, 45 mm. ; $, 50 mm. Closely related to swinhoei Rothsch. (1915) but with 
abdomen unicolorous, without a trace of the orange uppersides of that species. 
Wings slightly narrower, rather more strongly marked, the pale line of the hind- 
wing above and beneath, especially in the ^J, running to hindmargin close to tornus. 

Dutch New Guinea, Snow Mountains : Upper Setekwa River, 2,000-3,000 
feet, July 1910, type o ; near Oetakwa River, up to 3,500 feet, October-December 
1910, allotype $ ; both in Tring Mus., received from A. S. Meek. 

I hafl, without special attention, placed the.se with semilngens Warr. (1896), 
from which they differ not only in their narrower and darker wings but also in 
the broader retinaculum of the ^ and the stronger fovea of the $. 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. . 126 

42. Craspedosis exotasis sp.n. 

cJ?, .35-42 mm. Intermediate between nigerrima Warr. (1903) &nd picaria 
Warr. (1897, as Stenocharta), probably nearer to the former ; dLstinguishable at 
once from picaria by having no white on the face and collar, as well as by its 
smaller size and slightly less slender build ; from nigerrima by having the forecoxa 
of the (J snow-white instead of dirty grey-whitish ; from both (but especially 
from nigerrima) by the very strong fovea of the ^J- 

Forewing with the oblique white mark apparently much less variable than 
in nigerrima, m all the known examples 1-5-2 mm. wide on upperside, a little 

wider beneath. Hindwing with the white patch ample, on an average longer 

than ill nigerrima and less rounded than in picaria, the side opposite the abdominal 
margin being somewhat flattened as in the former, the distal end more produced 
between the folds than is usual m either of the allies. 

Goodenough Island, 2,500-4,000 feet, 3 cJc?. 3 $?, including the type ; 
Hydrographer Mountains, 2,500 feet, 1 (^ ; Booboomie, Aroa River, 1 (J, 2 $$ ; 
all in Tring Mus. 

43. Hylemeridia eurema editorum subsp.n. 

Forewing with costal edge in c^ black as far as C and colouring the retina- 
culum, m $ also black, though very narrowly ; termmal black border reduced, 
in the (J leaving proximal part of cellule 3 white, in the $ quite narrow, curved. 
Hmdwing with the apical black spot long and narrow, forming a haK-band from 
before C to behind R'. 

Katanga : Kafakumba, J type and a $ ; River Kutete, 1 $ ; all in 
Tring Mus. A § from Ituri River (T. A. Barns), which I cannot now compare, 
also evidently belongs here. 

Notwithstanding that the variabihty of eurema (Plotz, 1880) = dexithea 
(Druce, 1887) = eurymelanotes Prout (1915), from the coastlands of W. Africa, 
can give rise to the breakdown of one or another of the above-given distmctions 
in individual cases (excepting, I think, the black costal edge of the $), there 
seems no doubt that this is a good race. 

Nothylemera gen.n. 

Face with moderately appressed scales. Palpus moderate, upcurved, 
shortly scaled, terminal jomt distmct. Tongue develojjed. Antenna bipectinate 
to near apex. Pectus scarcely hairy. Femora glabrous. Hindtibia with 

terminal spurs only. Forewing elongate, apex moderate, termen smooth, 

curved, oblique ; no fovea ; cell almost j, DC' and DC* fairly long, somewhat 
convergent distally, DC^' fairly straight, SC' shortly stalked with SC'', anastomos- 
ing slightly or connected with C, R- about central. Hindwing elongate 

anteriorly, termen moderately rounded, smooth ; cell well over 1, DC normal, 
C approximated to SC m second fourth and to shghtly beyond middle, then 
rapidly divergmg, SC^ from near Rs M' rather remote at origin from R^ 

Type of the genus : Nothylemera vinolibata sp.n. 

Differs from Hylemera and all other African genera of the group {Braccinae 
of Warren) in the lack of the proximal spurs of the hmdtibia. 

44. Nothylemera vinolibata sp.n. 
cJ, 27 mm. Head, with palpus and antennal shaft, orange ; pectinations 
blackish. Thorax in part orange, then duller, a rather large vinaceous posterior 



126 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 

spot, tegula anteriorly vinaceous ; abdomen orange, very slightly dulled with 
grey. 

Wings orange-buff. Forewing above with the ground-colour only showing 

along costa (to near apex) and in a narrow area towards middle ; proximal area 
broadly suffused with vinaceous, anteriorly and on the veins a little brighter ; a 
slightly excurved blackish line from midcosta to about f hindmargin, with minute 
teeth inward on M, M^ and SM- ; colour beyond this vinaceous -brown, on the 

veins rather greyer ; fringe dark grey proximally, whitish buff distally. 

Hindwing with a vinaceous-brown distal border, which measures 1-5 mm. ante- 
riorly, reducing to 1 mm. posteriorly ; fringe as on forewing. 

Underside similar, but with the proximal suffusion of forewing fainter and 
duller. 

Katanga : Kimpuki, Kafakuma dist., 2 April 1925, type ^ in coll. Tring 
Mus. ; 150-200 miles W. of Kambove, 3,500-4,500 feet (S. A. Neave), 1 (J in 
coll. Brit. Mus. 

This may well prove a race of " Hylemera " neaera Druce (1887), founded on 
a single $ from " Cameroons," which species in any case belongs to Nothylemera ; 
the great difference in the border of the hindwing Ls probably in part sexual. 
But as I am making the new form a genotype, it avoids complication to erect it 
provisionally as a species. 

45. Lomographa synclines sp.n. 

(J, 17-18 mm. Head light brown ; face, palpus and occiput dark-mixed. 
Thorax and abdomen concolorous with wings, the abdomen above with the 
ochraceous-tawny colour strong, enclosing pale mediodorsal spots. Foreleg 
iiifuscated on upper- and imierside. 

Forewing rather broad, apex round-pointed, termen for some distance 
almost straight, then curving to become more oblique ; SC^-* free ; whitish buff, 
coarsely and profusely irrorated with ochraceous-tawny, the irroration partly 
confluent in such wise as to suggest minute reticulation ; a dark costal line, in 
proximal area broadening to a small basal patch ; antemedian Ime rather heavy, 
especially anteriorly, the tawny element slightly dark-mixed, from beyond \ costa 
to near middle of hindmargin ; postmedian broad, strongly dark-mixed, from 
scarcely beyond § costa, gently excurved, gradually approaching a similarly 
colovued terminal line, which it meets at tornus ; slight suffusion in distal area 
about the radials and near tornus, indicating the characteristic pattern of Lomo- 
grapha sect. Heterostegane ; fringe dark-spotted. — Hindwing with C anastomos- 
ing very slightly, M' well separate ; concolorous with forewing ; a minute cell- 
dot, closely followed by a fine and weak curved median line ; a narrow dark 
termmal band (1 mm.), intenser in its proximal than in its distal half. 

Underside pale, with slight suffusions but without irroration ; the markings 
aU dark plumbeous, consequently all of nearly equal intensity ; proximal area 
of forewing largely darkened. 

Madagascar : Station Perinet, 149 km. E. of Tananarivo, 20 October- 
10 November 1930 (Mme N. d'Olsoufieff), 3 (J<J in coll. Tring Mus. 

Will certainly belong to the section Heterostegane {^ antenna ciliated), not 
far from monilifera Prout (1915). 



NOVTTATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 127 



ORNITHOLOGISCHE ERGEBNISSE DER EXPEDITION STEIN 

1931-32. 

I. DIE VOGEL VON WAIGEU. 

Beabbeitet von lord ROTHSCHILD (Paradisabidae, Psittaci, Ralli), 
ERWIN STRESEMANN und KNUD PALUDAN (Einleitung und die 

UBEIGEN GrUPPEN). 

EINLEITUNG. 

\\ WAIGEU, die grosste unter den westlichen papuanischen Inseln, besitzt in 
den beiden Paradiesvogein Paradisaea (,, Uranornis ") rubra und Schlegelia 
resjjublica zwei hochst auffallige Endemismen, welche die besondere Aufmerk- 
samkeit der Ornithologen schon friihzeitig auf dies Eiland gezogen haben. 

ZUR erforschungsgeschichte. 

Quoy & Gaimard (1818). Die ersten Zoologen, welche der Insel einen Besuch 
abstatteten, waren (wenn man von dem kurzen Aufenthalt Labillardieres im 
August 1793 absieht) die beiden Franzosen J. R. C. Quoy und J. P. Gaimard. Die 
Corvette " Uranie," an deren Weltreise sie als Naturforscher teilnalimen, landete 
am 16. Dezember 1818 auf dem dicht vor der Waigeukiiste gelegenen Inselchen 
Lawak = Rawak, und von dort aus wurden bis zum 6. Januar 1819 Bootsfahrten 
nach der Kiiste der Hauptinsel und einigen ihr nordlich und nordwestlich vorgela- 
gerten Inselchen unternommen [Nova Guinea I : A. Wichmann, Entdeckungs- 
geschichte von Neu-Ouinea {bis 1828), pp. 303-306]. Hierbei wurden Sauromarptis 
gaudichaud und Megapodius freycinet entdeckt ; jener erhielt seinen Namen zu 
Ehren des Botanikers, dieser zu Ehren des Kommandanten der " Uranie." 
Weiterhin wurde der Typus von Ducula pinon gesammelt, benannt nach Madame 
de Freycinet, einer geborenen Pinon. 

Lesson & Gamot (1823). Fiinf Jahre spater erhielt die Insel abermals den 
Besuch einer franzosischen Forschungsexpedition : Die Corvette '" La Coquille " 
warf am 6. Sept. 1823 an der Nordkiiste von Waigeu in der Fofakbai den Anker, 
um 10 Tage spater weiterzusegeln. An Bord befanden sich die Zoologen R. P. 
Lesson und P. Garnot. Auch sie sammelten wahrend des kurzen Aufenthalts 
einige Vogel, von denen ausser Paradisaea rubra, dessen Heimat dis dahin 
unbekamit gebUeben war, noch der Typus von Myzomela eques Erwahnung 
verdient. 

Wallace (i860). Bei diesen sehi' sparhchen Nachrichten iiber die Vogelwelt 
Waigeus bheb es, bis Alfred Russell Wallace, der grosse zoologische Pionier 
Niederlandisch Indiens, auf der Insel landete. Er nahm vom 4. Juli bis 29. Sept. 
1860 sein Standquartier in Muka, einer an der Siidkiiste gelegenen Ortschaft, 
und unternahm von da aus einen Abstecher nach dem Dorfe Besir auf der 
Nachbarinsel Gemien [A. R. Wallace, Der Malayische Archipel, Braunschweig 
1878, ii, pp. 324-341]. Ihm gliickte es, die Zahl der von Waigeu bekannten 
Vogelarten auf eine ansehnliche Hohe zu bringen, und aus seiner Ausbeute 
beschrieb G. R. Gray Ptiloiis sonoroides, Ptilotis poly gramma, Redes cerviniventris. 



128 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 

Redes leucorhynchus, Myiolestes affinis, Oerygone neglecta, Machaerirhynckus 
albifrons, Henicophaps albifrons. 

Bernstein (1863). Aufs beste fiir seine Aufgabe vorbereitet, erreichte der 
fiir die Ornithologie begeisterte Arzt und Zoologe Dr. Heinrich Agathon Bern- 
stein, ein gebiirtiger Breslauer, die Insel Waigeu am 1. Marz 1863 und richtete 
sich zu langerem Aufenthalte im Dorfe Umka ein, am Ostausgang der Strasse von 
Gemien gelegen. Ihm wiu'de die Freude zuteil, die Heimat des schonen Paradies- 
vogels Schlegelia re.ipublica zu entdecken, der zuerst von Bonaparte als Lophorina 
respublica und Heinige Monate spater nach. einem Balg ohne Fundort von 
Cassin als ParwH.sea wilsoiii beschrieben worden war. Aus seiner reichhaltigen 
Ausbeute, die ans Leidener Museum gelangte, beschrieb er im Jourtial fiir 
Ornithologie 1864, pp. 401-408 Arachnothera vagans (= Melilestes megarhynchus 
vagans), Zosterops fusca ( = Gerygone inagnirostris cabana), Corvus megarhynchus 
(= Macrocorax fuscicapillus megarhynchus) und fiigte, wie dies seine Art war, 
treffende Bemerkungen iiber die Lebensweise iiinzu. Leider waltete ein Unstern 
iiber dieser Expedition ; Bernsteins Leute erkrankten und starben zum Teil, ja 
schliesslich warfen die Anstrengungen der Suche nach Schlegelia den Forscher 
selbst aufs Krankenlager, und er musste am 6. Mai die Riickfahrt nach Ternate 
antreten ! ' 

Beccari (1875). Der bekannte italienische Forschungsreisende Odoardo 
Beccari stattete Waigeu zweimal einen kurzen Besuch ab ; und zwar wedte er 
vom 6.-14. Marz 1875 in Nakre an der Siidost-Spitze und im Marz 1876 einen 
Tag bei Saonek (Odoardo Beccari, NuovaOuinea, Selebes e Molucche, Firenze 1924). 
Guillemard (1883). Als Naturforscher der Marchesa-Expedition besuchte 
der Englander F. H. H. Guillemard die Insel Waigeu vom 24. bis 31. Oktober 
1883, wobei er vor allem am grossen Fjord und bei Momos (an dessen Miindung 
gelegen) sammelte. Seine Ausbeute gelangte grosstenteils uis Tring-Museum 
(Guillemard, The Cruise of the " Marchesa," 2. ed. London 1889). 

Platen (1883-84). Kurz danach hielt sich der deutsohe Forschungsreisende 
Dr. Carl Platen einige Monate (von Nov. 1883-Febr. 1884) auf Waigeu auf ; er 
erkrankte bier und wurde zur Umkehr gezwimgen, nachdem er 656 Vogelbalge 
gesammelt hatte, die in den Besitz des Eiersammlers Amtsrat Nehrkorn iiber- 
gingen und sich jetzt grosstenteils in den Museen zu Braunschweig und Berlin 
befinden. Nehrkorn veroffentliche eine sehr fehlerhafte Liste im J. f. 0. 1885, 
pp. 30-35. Dr. Platen gliickte es, erne Reihe von Arten der Liste der Waigeu- 
Vogel hinzuzufiigen. Aus seiner Ausbeute konnten Edolisoma tenuirostre 
nehrkorni und Ptilinopus nanus ininimus beschrieben werden ; beide sind von 
keinem anderen Reisenden auf Waigeu erbeutet worden. 

Bruijn (1875-ca. 1885). Der Federhandler A. A. Bruijn in Ternate liess 
durch seine gutgeschulten eingeborenen Jager, wie in vielen anderen Gebieten 
der Molukken und Papuasiens, so auch auf Waigeu fiir europaische Museen 
Vogelbalge sammeln ; sie gingen anfangUch zumeist an Graf Salvadori, spater 
auch an andere Ornithologen, wie E. Oustalet und W. Rothschild. Aus diesen 
Sammlungen stammen alle bisher bekannt gewordenen Exemplare des interea- 
santen (irossfusshuhnes Aepypodius bruijni. 

Waterstradt (1902). Im Auftrag des Tring Museums sammelte der Dane 
Johannes Waterstradt im Jahre 1 902 eine unbedeutende Anzahl von Vogelbalgen 
auf Waigeu. 

' Fwiach u. V. Martens, J.J. O. 1866, pp. 130-143. 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 129 

stein (1931). Obwohl sich der Aufenthalt des Herrn Georg Stein und 
seiner Gattin auf Waigeu nur vom 6. Mai bis 16. Juni erstreckte, ist seine Samm- 
lung doch vollstandiger als die irgend eines seiner Vorganger, und es gelang ihm, 
der Liste der Waigeu-Vogel 14 Brutvogel, 7 davon in neuen Rassen, hinzuzufiigen, 
namlich : 

Aplonis meiallica metallica (Temm.). 

Myzmnela nigrita steini subsp. nov. 

Glycichaera fallax pallida subsp. nov. 

Oedistoma pygmaeum pygmaeum Salvad. 

Oerygone chloronota meisei subsp. nov. 

Sericornis spilodera ferruginea subsp. nov. 

Edolisoma ceramense incertmn (A. B. Meyer). 

Lalage atrovirens atroviretis (Gray). 

Collocalia vanikorensis waigeuensis subsp. nov. 

Chalcites malayanus poecilunis (Gray). 

Rhamphoniantis megarhynchus sanfordi subsp. nov. 

Loriculus auraniiifrons batavorum Stres. 

Accipiter cirrhocephalus papuanus Rothsch. & Hart. 

Bubulcus ibis coromandus (Bodd.). 

DER BERICHT DER EXPEDITION STEIN. 

" Unser Arbeitsgebiet in Waigeu war die MajaUbitbay. Wir erreichten 
den auf dem Ostufer im nordbchen Teile der Bucht gelegenen Kampong Warmek 
am 9. V. 1931 und sammelten dort die Vertreter der Tieflandsfauna bis zum 
19. V. Glycichaera fallax pallida, Toxorhamphus iliolophvs cinerancens, Gerygone 
chloronota meisei, Sericornis spilodera ferruginea waren die bemerkenswertesten 
Ergebnisse. Unserer Absiclit, den nicht allzu weit von Warmek entfernten, auf 
alien grosseren Karten mit 1000 m bezeichneten hochsten Punkt der Insel zu 
erreichen, war nicht durchfiihrbar, da diese unter dera Namen ' goenong nok ' 
bekannte Erhebung'eine einzige bizarre Felsnadel war, die aus dem sie umgebenden 
kuppenartigen Gelande heraustach. Vom 20.-28. V. stand unser Lager ira 
gebirgigen Hinterland von Warmek in etwa 300 m Hohe. Hier lebte auch Schle- 
gelia respublica, die im Kiistengebiet fehlte. Leider befanden wir uns im 
Damargebiet, das infolge seiner Einformigkeit relativ tierarm ist. Die Urwald- 
baume besassen hier gigantische Ausmasse ; die meisten Vogel trieben sich in 
den sozusagen einen Wald iiber dem Wald bildenden Ki-onen umher. Ausi"ei- 
chende Serien zu erbeuten, stiess auf die grossten Sohwierigkeiten, da wie in alien 
Damarwaldern Unterholz verhaltnismassig schwach entwickelt war. Die 
einzigen Stiicke von Rhampho mantis megarhynchus sanfordi und Chalcites mala- 
yanus poecilurus kamen hier zur Strecke, ebenso die Paare von Edolisoma melan 
waigenense imd Lcdage a. atrovirens. 

Unser naohstes Ziel war der zwischen der Majalibit- iind Fofakbay 
gelegene Gebirgszug Lam-Lam (31. V.-5. VI. 32). Schon auf unserer Fahrt 
durch die herrliche, im Eingang ganz fjordartige Majahbit-Bucht — wie auch 
spater — waren uns sparlich bewaldete Kuppen auf gef alien, wo haufig nur noch 
einzelstehende abgestorbene Stiimme zu erblicken waren, dazwischen niedriger 
Buschwald und Alang-Alangflachen. Die Ursache davon in menschlichen 
Eingriffen zu sehen (Abbrennen !), niochte ich fiir verfehlt halten, da ganz 

9 



130 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 

Waigeu ur.sprunglich wohl unbewohnt war unci auch heute sehr sparsam, nur an 
den Kiisten, bewohnt ist. tjber menschliche Siedlungen im Innern der grossen 
Insel haben wir nichts in Erfahrung bringen koiinen. 

Lam-Lam (ca. 300-5(1(1 m) zeigte nun ganz ausgesprochenen Trocken- 
charakter. Von Farnen unentwii'rbar diu'chzogene Alang-Alangflachen wech- 
selten ab mit niedrigem Buschwald. Der diirftige Wuchs, das vollige Fehlen 
grosser Urvvaldbaume, der Mangel an Epyphyten liessen keinen Zweifel daran 
zu, dass wir uns im Trocken- bzw. Monsunwald befanden. Welchen Anteil 
diese hier kiirz skizzierten Gebiete mit Trockencharakter an der Gesamtflaclie 
von Waigeu haben mogen, entzieht sich unserer Kenntnis, erwahnensweit 
erscheint mir das Vorhandensein schon, weil wir sie weder auf einer der von uns 
besuchten Inseln im Norden Neuguineas noch auf dem Festlande selbst angetroffen 
haben, und weil Prof. Stresemann auf die auffallende Blassheit mancher ende- 
mischer Vogelrassen Waigeus hinweist. tJber die allgemeinen khmatischen 
Verhaltnisse der Insel vermogen wir bei der Kiirze unseres Aufenthaltes nichts 
zu sagen, an Regen hat es jedenfalls nie gefehlt. Trotz des Vorhandenseins aller 
fiir sie giinstigen Bedingungen liess sich im Lam-Lam kein Vertreter der Ploceiden 
feststellen, iiberhaupt war das Gebiet auSallend tierarm. Oriolus und Philemon 
waren haufig, also Gattungen, die wir dann spater in Timor und Sumba als 
typische Vertreter des Buschwaldes kennen lernten. Xanthotis, Oedistoma, 
Toxorhamphus novaeguinea zogen durch, von Papageien hin und wieder ein Flug 
Geoffroyus, dazu einzeln Probosciger aterrimus, Cinnyris nicht zu vergessen, 
dieser typische Bewohner des trockenen Sekundarbusches. Auch eine kleine 
Serie von Myzomela nigrita in einer schonen neuen Rasse trostete uns kaum iiber 
die Magerkeit unserer Ausbeute. 

Es fehlten uns immer noch einige charakteristische Vertreter der Vogel- 
fauna Waigeus. Die kleine Micropsitta und Loriculus erbeuteten wir ebenso wie 
Gerygone magnirostris im Mangrovewald bei dem Kampong Liussok, etwa in der 
Mitte der Majalibitbay an ihrem Ostufer gelegen. Zum Abschluss hielten wir 
uns in dem Kampong Lupintol, nahe dem Eingang der Majalibitbay gelegen, auf, 
von wo ^vir taglich ins Gebirge stiegen, in der Hauptsache, um nach Aegypodiu.s 
bruijni zu suchen, von dem wir bisher keine Spur batten entdecken konnen. 
Auch hier war alle Miihe vergebens, und icli halte es nicht fiir unwahrscheinlich, 
dass bei diesem nur durch die eingeborenen Jager Bruijns gesammelten Gross- 
fusshuhn eine Verwechslung des Fundortes vorgekommen ist. Durch die vergeb- 
liche Suche nach diesem Vogel sind uns leider andere Arten entgangen, darunter 
auch Pitta sordida novaeguineae, deren charakteristische Krii krii kiikiiiii ich im 
Kiistenwald von Lupintol des Morgens ofters gehort hatte." 

VERZEICHNIS DER BRUTVOGEL. 

Das nachfolgende Verzeichnis umfasst 141 Arten. Dass es noch immer 
unvollstandig ist, diirfte nicht zu bezweifehi sein. Fiir eine Insel von 2630 km* 
sind 141 Brutvogel eine stattliche Zahl. Die weit grossere Insel Seran (17000 
km') hat nur etwa 119, Flores (15100 km=) nur etwa 141 Brutvogelarten. Unter 
den ungefahr gleichgrossen Inseln ist Bali (5500 km=) mit gegen 150 Brutvogelarten 
ebenso reich bevolkert wie Waigeu. Beiden Inseln ist es zugute gekommen, 
dass sie mit einem grossen Landgebiet durch lange Zeitraume in unmittelbarer 
Verbindung gestanden haben : Bali mit Java, Waigeu mit Neuguinea. 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 131 

Corvidae. 

1. Corvus coronoides orru Bp. 

2. Macrocorax fuscicapillus megarhynchus Bernstein. 

Paradisaeidae. 

3. Manncodia ater subsp. * 

4. Paradisaea rubra Daud. 

5. Schlegelia resjmblica (Bonap.). 

6. Ailuroedus buccoides oorti Rothsch. & Hart. 



Oriolidae. 

7. Oriolus szalayi substriatus Stres. & Pal. 

Stumidae. 

8. Mino dumontii dumontii Less. 

9. Aplonis cantoroides cantoroides (Gray). 

10. Aplonis obscura obscura (Bp.). 

11. Aplonis metalUca metaUica (Temm.). 

Dicruridae. 

12. Dicrurus bracteatus carbonarius Bp. 

Meliphagidae. , 

13. Myzomela eques eques (Less. & Gam.). 

14. Myzomela nigrita steini Stres. & Pal. 

15. Toxorhamphus iliolophus cinerascens Stres. & Pal. 

16. Toxorhamphus novaeguLneae novaeguineae (Less.). 

17. MeUlestes megarhynchus vagans (Bernst.). 

18. Glycichaera fallax pallida Stres. & Pal. 

19. Oedistoma pygmaeum pygmaeum Salvad. 

20. Lichmera argentauris argentauris (Finsch). 

21. Meliphaga analoga analoga (Rchb.). 

22. Meliphaga notata sharpei (Rothsch. & Hart.). 

23. Meliphaga virescens sonoroides (Gray). 

24. Xanthotis chrysotis fusciventris Salvad. 
26. Xanthotis polygramma polygramma Gray. 

26. PhUemon novaeguineae novaeguineae (S. Miiller). 

Nectariniidae. 

27. Cinnyris jugularis frenata S. Miiller. 

28. Cinnyris sericea cochrani Stres. & Pal. 

Dicaeidae. 

29. Dicaeum pectorale S. Mijll. 

30. Melanocharis nigra pallida Stres. & Pal. 



132 No\aTATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 

Laniidae. 

31. Cracticus cassicus (Bodd.). 

32. Cracticus quoyi quoyi (Less.). 

33. Pitohui kirhocephalus cerviniventris (Gray). 

34. Pitohui ferrugineus leucorhjiichus (Gray). 

35. Myiolestes megarhynchus affinis Gray. 

36. Pachycephala griseiceps waigeuensis Stres. & Pal. 

37. Pachycephala phaeonota (S. MiilL). 

Artamidae. 

38. Artamus leucorhynchus papuensis Bp. 

Muscicapidae. 

39. Peltops blainviUei (Less. & Gam.). 

40. Monarcha guttula guttula (Gam.). 

41. Monarcha alecto chalybeocephalus (Gam.). 

42. Monarcha chrysomela melanotiis Sclater. 

43. Arses telescophthalnius batantae Sharpe. 

44. Rhipidura leucophrys melaleuca (Quoy & Gaimard). 

45. Rhipidura rufiventris gularis S. Miill. 

46. Rhipidura rufifrons squamata Miill. & Schleg. 

47. Poecilodryas hypoleuca steini Stres. & Pal. 

48. Microeca flavovirescens Gray. 

49. Gerygone chrysogaster neglecta Wall. 

50. Gerj'gone chloronota meisei Stres. & Pal. 

51. Gerygone magnirostris cobana (Math.). 

52. Gerygone palpebrosa palpebrosa Wall. 

53. Machaerirhynchus flaviventer albifrons Gray. 

Timeliidae. 

54. Crateroscelis murinus capitalis Stres. & Pal. 

55. Sericornis spilodera ferruginea Stres. & Pal. 

Campophagidae. 

56. Coracina lineata axillaris Salvad. 

57. Edolisoma melan waigeuense Stres. & Pal. 

58. Edolisoma tenuirostre nehrkorni Salvad. 

59. Edolisoma ceramense incertum A. B. Meyer. 

60. Lalage atrovirens atrovirens (Gray). 

Hirundinidae. 

61. Hirundo tahitica frontalis Quoy & Gaim. 

Pittidae. 

62. Pitta sordida novaeguineae Miill. & Schleg. 

63. Pitta mackloti mackloti Temm. 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 11132. 133 

Macrochires. 

64. Hemiprocne mystacea mystacea (Le.ss.). 

65. Collocalia esculenta siibsp. 

66. Collocalia vanikorensis waigeuensis Stres. & Pal. 

Capriniulgi. 

67. Caprimulgus macrurus schillmolleri Stres. 

Podargi. 

68. Podargiis papuensis papuen.sis Quoy & Gaim. 

69. Podargus ocellatus ocellatus Quoy & Gaim. 

Striges. 

70. Ninox theomacha (Bji.). 

71. Ninox rufa humeraUs (Bp.). 

Bucerotes. 

72. Rhyticeros plicatus ruficollis (Vieill.). 

Coraciae. 

73. Eurystomus orientalis crassirostris Sclater. 

Halcyones. 

74. Alcyone azurea lessoni Cass. 

75. Alcyone pusilla (Temm.). 

76. Ceyx lepidus solitarius Temm. 

77. Tanysiptera liydrocharLs galatea Gray. 

78. Halcyon saurophaga saurophaga Gould. 

79. Halcyon chloris chloris (Bodd.). 

80. Syma torotoro torotoro Less. 

81. Sauromarptis gaudichaud (Quoy & Gaim.). 

82. Melidora macrorhina waigiuensLs Hart. 

Cuculi. 

83. Cacomantis variolosiis infaustus (Cab. & Heine). 

84. Chalcites malayanus poecilurus (Gray). 

85. Rhamphomantis megarliynchus sanfordi Stre.s. & Pal. 

86. Eudynamis scolopacea rufiventer (Less.). 

Psittaci. 

87. Cacatua galerita macrolopha (Rosenb.). 

88. Probosciger aterrimus alecto (Temm.). 

89. Opopsitta diophthalmus diophthalmus (Hombr. & Jacqu.). 

90. Micropsitta keiensis chloroxantha Oberh. 

91. Tanygiiathiis megalorhynchos megalorhynohos (Bodd.). 

92. Alisterus amboinensLs dorsalis (Quoy & Gaim.). 

93. Geoffroyus geoffroyi pucherani (Gray). 

94. Eclectus roratus pectoralis (S. Miill.). 



234 NOVITATES ZOOLOOICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 

95. Loriculus aurantiifrons batavorum Stres. 

96. Lorius lory major Rothsch. & Hart. 

97. Eos squamata squamata (Bodd.). 

98. Trichoglossus haematodus haematodus (L.). 

99. Charmosynopsis placentis placentis (Temm.). 

Accipitres. 

100. Spizaetus gurneyi (Gray). 

101. Haliaetus leucogaster (Gm.). 

102. Pandion haliaetus cristatus (Vieill.). 

103. Haliastur indus girrenera (Vieill.). 

104. Henicopernis longicauda (Gam.). 

105. Aviceda subcristata reinwardti (Miill. & Schleg.). 

106. Accipiter novaehoUandiae leucosomus (Sharpe). 

107. Accipiter poliocephalus Gray. 

108. Accipiter cirrhocephalus papuanus Rothsch. & Hart. 

Gressores. 

109. Threskiornis aethiopicus moluccus (Cuv.). 

110. Ardea sumatrana Raffl. 

111. Demigretta sacra sacra (Gm.). 

112. Biibulcus ibis coromandus (Bodd.). 

113. Butorides striatus moluccarum Hart. 

114. Nycticorax caledonicus subsp. ? 

Steganopodes. 

115. Phalacrocorax melanoleucus melanoleucus (VieUl.). 

Columbae. 

116. Ptilinopus superbus superbus (Temm.). 

117. Ptilinopus pulchellus pulchellus (Temm.). 

118. Ptilinopus perlatus perlatus (Gemm.). 

119. Ptilinopus rivolii prasinorrhous Gray. 

120. Ptilinopus iozonus humeralis Wall. 

121. Ptilinopus pectoralis pectoralis Wagl. 

122. Ptilinopus nanus minimus Stres. & Pal. 

123. Megaloprepia magnifica alaris Stres. & Pal. 

124. Ducula myristicivora rayristicivora Scop. 

125. Ducula rufigaster rufigaster (Quoy & Gaim.). 

126. Ducula pinon pinon (Quoy & Gaim.). 

127. Myristicivora bicolor (Scop.). 

128. Columba vitiensis halmaheira (Bp.). 

129. Reinwardtoena reinwardti griseotincta Hart. 

130. Macropygia amboinensis doreya Bp. 

131. Gallicolumba rufigula rufigula (Jacq. & Puch.). 

132. Chalcophaps stephani stephani Rchb. 

133. Henicophaps albifrons albifrons Gray. 

134. Caloenas nicobarica nicobarica (L.). 

135. Goura cristata minor Schleg. 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 135 

Anseres. 

136. Tadorna radjah radjah (Garn.). 

Limicolae. 

137. Esacus magnirostris (Vieill.). 

Lari. 

138. Sterna bergii cristata Steph. 

Ralli. 

139. Eulabeornis tricolor tricolor (Gray). 

GaUi. 

140. Megapodius freycinet freycinet (Quoy & Gaim.). 

141. Aepypodius bruijni (Oust.). 

In der Liste der Brutvogel, fallt besonders die voUige Abwesenheit von 
Bewohnern des Graslandes auf : weder Lonchura (^= Munia), noch Cisticola, 
Megahtrus und Centropus sind auf Waigeu gefunden worden. Ferner gibt 
es anscheinend keine eigentlichen Gebirgsvogel auf Waigeu, da die hochste 
Erhebung nur bis knapp 1000 m. aufragt. 

VERZEICHNIS DER ZUGVOGEL. 

1. Muscicapa griseosticta (Swinh.) — Muscicapidae. Aus Siidost-Sibirien. 

2. MotaciUa cinerea caspica (Gm.) — Motacillidae. Aus Ost-Sibirien. 

3. Coracina novaehollandiae melanops (Lath.) — Campophagidae. Aus Siid- 

AustraUen. 

4. Merops ornatus Lath. — Meropes. Aus Siid-Austraiien. 

5. Eurystomus orientalis pacificus (Lath.) — Coraciae. Au.s Siid-Australien. 

6. Halcyon chloris sancta Vig. & Horsf. — Halcyones. Aus Siid-Australien. 

7. Cuculus optatus Gould — Cuculi. Aus Ost-Sibirien. 

8. Cacomantis variolosus variolosus Vig. & Horsf. — Cuculi. Aus Australien. 

9. Butastur indicus Gm. — Accipitres. Aus Siidost-Sibirien. 

10. Accipiter soloensis (Horsf.) — Accipitres. Aus Ostasien. 

11. Ixobrychus sinensis (Gm.) — Ardeidae. Aus Ostasien. 

12. Stiltia Isabella (VieiU.) — Limicolae. Aus Australien. 

13-20. Charadrius dominicus fulvus Gm., Charadrius leschenaulti Less., Chara- 
drius mongolus mongolus Pall., Actitis hypoleucos (L.), Tringa glareola 
(L.), Tringa uicana brevipes (Vieill.), Calidris acuminata (Horsf.), Numenius 
phaeopus variegatus (Scop.) — Limicolae. Aus Ostasien. 

ZUR BESIEDLUNGSGESCHICHTE. 

Waigeu nimmt sowohl nach seiner geographischen Lage wie nach seiner 
Fauna eine vermittelnde Stellung zwischen Neuguinea und den Nordmolukken 
ein. Die meisten seiner Vogelarten sind papuanischen Ursprungs und von 
Neuguinea her entweder direkt oder iiber Salawati-Batanta eingewandert. Als 
der Westrand des papuanischen Festlandes sioh (im Mittel- oder Spattertiar ?) 
in Inseln aufzulosen begann, hat zweifellos Waigeu mit Batanta zuerst insulare 



136 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAK XXXVlll. 



Selbstandigkeit erlangt ; viel spater erst hat sich Salawati von Neuguinea losge- 
lost. Die schmale, aber tiefe Meerestrasse, welche Salawati von Batanta trennt, 
ist noch heute eine wichtige Faunenscheide, wenngleich sich der einstige Kontrast 
zwischen der Tierwelt beider Inseln mehr und mehr zu verwischen scheint und 
Batanta im Pleistocan mehrere Vogelarten von Salawati her empfangen hat, die 
hier urspriinglich gefehlt haben diirften, da sie auf Waigeu nicht vorkominen. 




Karte I. — tJbersichtskarte von West -Neuguinea mit den uniliegenden Inseln. Die Isobare von 

500 m. ist punktiert. 

Dass die Ablosung von Waigeu-Batanta ins mittlere oder spatestens jiingere 
Tertiar verlegt werden muss, bezeugen die ausgepragten Endemismen wie Para- 
disaea rvhra, Schlegelia respublica, Aepypodiiis bruijni und Pitohui kirhocephalus 
cerviniventris , deren Verwandtschaft in Neuguinea wohnt. 

Auf Waigeu und Batanta, abee nicht auf Salawati. 
Paradisaea rubra. 

Schlegelia respublica (Salawati : Diphyllodes magnificus). 
Xanthotis chrysotis fusciventris. 

Pitohui kirhocephalus cerviniventris u. batantae (Salawati: P. k. uropygialis). 
Pitohui ferrugineus leucorhynchus (Salawati : P. f . ferrugineus). 
Arses telescophthalmus batantae. 
Eos aquamata squamata (Salawati : Eos fuscata). 

Auf Salawati und Batanta, abee nicht auf Waigeu. 
Ciciimurus regius. 

Gymnocorvus tristis (Waigeu : Macrocorax fuscioapillus). 
Rhipidura maculipectus. 
Coracina papuensis. 
Cacomantia castaneiventris. 
Centropus raenbeki. 
Chalcopsittacus ater ater. 
Megapodius reinwardt. 
Ptilinopus aurantiifrons. 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 137 

AuF Waigeu nuD Keuouinea. aber nicht atjf Salawati und Batanta. 
Macrocorax fuscicapillus (bernsteini). 
Myzomela nigrita (steini). 
Toxorhamphus iliolophus (cinerascens). 
Glycichaera fallax (pallida). 
Oediatoma pygmaeum. 
Melanocharis nigra (pallida). 
Rhipidura rufiventris (gularia). 
Gerygone chloronota (raeisei). 
Gerygone palpebrosa (palpebrosa). 
Sericornis spilodera (ferruginea). 
Coracina lineata (axillaris). 
Edolisoma morio (nehrkorni). 
Edolisoma ceramense (pallidigula). 
Ninox theomacha. 
Ninox rufa (humeralis). 
Rhamplioraanti8 megarhynchus (sanfordi). 
Loriculus aurantiifrons. 

AuY Salawati, aber nicht aup Batanta und Waiqed. 
Seleucides m. melanoleucus. 
Melanopyrrus anais anais. 
Pycnopygius stictocephalus. 
Monarcha trivirgata bernsteini. 
Rhipidura tlirenothorax. 
Chenorhamphus grayi. 
Todopsis c. cyanocephalus. 
Lyncornis papuensis. 
Oalliechthrua leucolophus. 
Opopsitta g. guilelmi-tertii. 
Charmosynopsis r. nibronotata. 
Ptilinopus coronulatus trigeminus. 
Ducula zoeae. 
Eutrygon terrestris. 
Talegallus cuvieri. 
Casuarius unappendiculatus. 

Einige wenige Arten Waigeus sind von den Molukken her eingewandert und 
nicht bis nach Neuguinea gelangt, namlich : 

Aplonis obscura. 
Halcyon chloris. 
Tanygnathus megalorhynchos. 
Eoa squamata. 

Ferner werden auf Waigeu oder wenigstens auf den dicht vorgelagerten 
Inselchen einige Vogelarten angetrofEen, die iiber die kleinen Inseki der Moluk- 
kensee wait verbreitet sind. Dass sie auf Neuguinea vermisst werden, hat 
ohne Zweifel einen oekologischen, nicht einen historischen Grund : sie finden 
eben nur auf kleinen Inseln die ihnen zusagenden Lebensbedingungen, ohne dass 
sich bisher angeben lasst, worin diese bestehen. Es sind : 

Lichmera argentauris. 
Pachycephala phaeonota. 
Rhipidura rufifrons squamata. 
Halcyon saurophaga. 
Myristicivora bicolor. 
Caloenas nicobarica. 
Ptilinopus rivolii. 



138 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 

Endlich gehort zur Fauna von Waigeu noch eine Taubenform, die nur auf 
den westlichen papuanischen Inseln beheimatet ist : Ducula myristicivora 
7nyristicivora. 

PARALLELITAT DER GEOGRAPHISCHEN VARIATION. 

Ein aufEalliges Merkmal vieler endemischer Vogelrassen Waigeus besteht 
darin, dass sie blasser gefarbt sind als ilire aiif der Berau-Halbinsel lebenden 
geographischen Vertreter. Das tritt besonders deutlich an olivfarbenen Feder- 
tonen hervor : auf Waigeu sind sie heller und graulicher, das heisst, die betreffen- 
den Federn enthalten weniger gelbes Lipochrom und weniger dunkles Eumelanin 
als bei Manokwari. Scharfer noch ist vielfach in dieser Hinsicht der Gegensatz 
zwischen Waigeu einerseits und der Nordkiiste Neuguineas zwischen Mamberano 
und Sepik andererseits. 

Das Gesagte gUt z. B. fiir die folgenden Rassenkreise : 

Toxorhamphus iliolophua. 
Glycichaera fallax. 
Meliphaga analoga. 
Meliphaga notata. 
Melanocharis nigra. 
Microeca flavovirescens. 

Schwachere Pigmentierung ist auch in anderen Fallen ein Kennzeichen der 
Waigeu-Rasse, so bei 

Myzomela nigrita. 
Pitohui ferrugineus. 
Poecilodryas hypoleuoa. 
Sericornis spilodera. 
Edolisoma ceramense. 

Es steht zu vermuten, dass die beobachtete ParaUeUtat auf klimatische 
Bewirkung zuriickgeht ; mangels einer meteorologischen Statistik lasst sich diese 
Annahme vorerst noch nicht bekraftigen. 

SYSTEMATISCHER TEIL. 
Vorbemerkungen : Alle Langenmaasse in Millimetern, Gewichte in Gramm. Fl. = Flugel ; 
Sohw. = Schwanz (mittleres Steuerfederpaar) ; Gew. = Gewicht. In den Tabellen bedeutet $^ : 
Hoden sehr stark entwickelt ; (J„ : Hoden sehr klein, und Entsprechendea fiir das weibliche 
Geschlecht ($3, $2, $„ 9o)- Die Nummem entsprechen den Balgnummern der Sammlung Stein. 

Corvus coronoides orru Bonap. 
Gesammelt von : Bernstein, Guillemard, Platen, Stein. 

1636. 19. V. Sz- Fl- 305 ; Schw. 162 : 1. Jahresmauser. 

1637. 7. VI. (Ji. „ 337 ; „ 166 ; ad. 

1638. 13. VI. ?,. „ 327 ; „ 162 ; ad. 

Wie bei vielen Raubvogeln, z. B. Accipiier gentilia und Halinetus albici'la, 
so ist offenbar auch bei diesem Raben der Jugendschwanz relativ viel langer als 
der Altersschwanz. Das geht aus den obigen Messungen und noch folgenden 
weiteren Feststellungen hervor : Jobi ^2 ^d. Fl. 322 ; Schw, 167 ; — Jobi $ juv. 
Fl. 309 ; Schw. 167.— Manokwari ,^1 ad. Jahresmauser, Fl. 340 ; Schw. 169.— 
Numfor $ juv., Fl. 304 ; Schw. 166. Die physiologische Bedeutung dieser 



NOVITATES ZOOLOCICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 139 

Erscheinung liegt wahrscheinlich darin. dass der lange Scliwanz die Tragflache 
vergrossert und dadurch zur Entlastung der Fliigelmuskulatur, die erst allmahlich 
ihre voile Leistungsfahigkeit erreicht, beitragt. In der Grosse und in der Schna- 
belform stimmen die Vogel von Waigeu mit solchen von Neuguinea iiberein. 

Mageninhalt : Fruchtfleisch mit Kernen (1637), Fruchtfleisch, dazwischen 
weizenkorngrosse Kerne (1638), Krabben, Beeren, Samen (Jobi 314). 

Macrocorax fuscicapillus megarhynchus (Bernstein). 

Ccmnis megarhynchvs Bernstein, J. f. 0. Bd. 12, p. 407 (1864 — Waigeu). 
1631. 19. V. (Jj. Fl. 335 ; Schw. 167 

1634. 22. V. o'z- .. 337 ; „ 174 ; Gew. 750 
1633. 16. VI. $1. „ 336 ; „ 172 

1635. 1. IV. $„. (Grossgefieder noch im Wachstum !) 

Berliner Mub. 27. 596 : Waigeu, Platen leg. 3. I. 1884, ^ Fl. 333 ; Schw. 167. 

Farbung : 1631 und 1634 mit ganz schwarzem Schnabel. 

1633 mit grosstenteils gelbem Schnabel, der nur in der Spitzenhalfte, langs 
des Firstes und der Schnabelschneiden sowie an der Spitze schwarz ist. 

1635 mit ganz gelbem Schnabel, der die schwarzen Flecken von 1633 nur 
leicht angedeutet hat, und mit gelblichen statt schwarzen Sohlen der 
Laufe und Zehen. 

Der letztgenannte Vogel tragt das schon von Salvadori {Orn. Pap. 
ii, p. 489) beschriebene Jugendkleid, in welchem der Vogel etwas an 
den viel langschwanzigeren und in der Augenumgebung nackten 
Oymnocorvns frisHs erinnert. 1633 tragt, der Struktur nach zu urteilen, 
das kombinierte I. Ja. Kl. und wiirde mit der ersten Grossgefiedermauser 
einen einfarbigen schwarzen Schnabel erhalten haben. Mit Salvadori 
nehmen wir an, dass die Schnabelfarbe kein Geschlechtsmerkmal ist, 
sondern ein Altersmerkmal. Ein im ersten Jahreskleid befindlichea 
Mannchen des Berliner Mus. von Taua am Mamberano hat ungefahr 
dieselbe Schnabelfarbe wie 1633, aber die schwarze Farbung dehnt sich 
schon weiter gegen die Schnabelbasis bin aus. Dieser Vogel steht 
bereits in Grossgefiedermauser, in der er merkwiirdigerweise die beiden 
ausseren Handschwingen jederseits vor den iibrigen Handschwingen 
und die beiden ausseren Steuerfedernpaare wechselt. 

Dieser kurzschwanzige Rabe mit kobaltblauen Augen und ausserst hohem 
Schnabel ist ebenso wie Gymnocortms tristi>i ein Fruchtfresser, was schon 
Bernstein festgestellt hat und von Stein bestatigt worden ist, der als Mageninhalt 
Fruchtfleisch. und als Inhalt des Darraes roten Fruchtsaft notierte. Wir 
halten es nicht fiir angebracht, diesen merkwiirdigen Vogel in die Gattung 
Corvns zu stellen, wie es Meinertzhagen (Nov. Zool. 33, 1926, p. 69) getan hat. 

Verbreitung und Rassen : Die Verbreitung dieses Vogels ist seltsam zerrissen : 
man hat ihn bisher nur auf den Aru-Inseln imd auf Waigeu gefunden, und das 
Berliner Museum besitzt ein Stiick, das von Riggenbach am lO.vii. 1910 bei Taua 
am Mamberano erbeutet worden ist ; sonst ist dieser Vogel vom Festland 
Neuguuieas nicht nachgewiesen worden. Der Typus von Macrocorax fuscicapillus 
Gray stammt nicht von Dorey, sondern — wie aus der Beraerkung von Wallace 
in Ibis 1863, pp. 100-102, klar hervorgeht — von den Aru-Inseln. Es scheint, 



140 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. l!l.'!2. 



dass Waigeuvogel etwas kiirzere und niedrigere Schnabel haben als solche von 
den Aru-Inseln und vom Mamberano, wie aus folgenden Massen hervorgeht : 



Waigeu I 



Taua 

Unterschiede in der Fliigellange bestehen wahrscheinlich. nicht ; freilich ist 
das (J von Taua mit 343 uni etwas langfliigliger als die Vogel von Waigeu.^ 
Biologisches bei Bernstein, I.e. 





Schnabellange. 


Schnabelhohe 


1631 . 


. 70 


28 


1634 . 


. 71 


27,5 


1633 . 


. 72 


27 


.596 . 


. 73 


27 


— 


. 80,5 


29 



Manucodia ater subsp. ? 
Gesammelt von : Wallace, Bernstein, Beccari, Bruijn, Guillemard, Platen, 



Stein. 



1595. 


16. VI. 


(J2- 


Fl. 184 






1594. 


8. VI. 


cJ^. 


.. 188 ; 


Gew 


272 


1599. 


15. VI. 


<?2- 


.. 191 






1552. 


2. VI. 


S2- 


„ (182) 




Fliigelmauser 


1598. 


15. V. 


Si- 


,. 185 




238 


1597. 


16. V. 


$a- 


„ 177 




180 


1600. 


15. V. 


?!• 


„ 178 




224 


1596. 


21. V. 


s. 


„ 174 




— 


1593. 


15. VI. 


??. 


„ 172 




206 



Ich wage es nicht einen neuen Namen zu schaffen, da die Unterschiede in 
der Farbung ohne sehr grosse Serien von einunddemselben Platze in der Gattung 
Manucodia schwer festzustellen sind. Es scheint mir aber, dass diese Serie aus 
Waigeu einen starkeren und tieferen purpurblauen Glanz hat als die Stiicke aus 
Manokwari und weniger griinlich, mehr blau auf dem Bauche ist. 

Paradisaea rubra Baud. 

Paradism ruhra Daudin, Traite tVOrn. Bd. 2, p. 271 (1800 — New Guinea ?). 

Gesammelt von : Lesson, Wallace, Bernstein, Beccari, Bruijn, Guillemard, 
Platen, Stein. 



1571. 


15. VI. 


S2- Fl. 169 


Gew. 208 


voUea Prachtkleld 


1583. 


2. VI. 


<?z- . 


, 176 


„ 224 


■> .. 


1579. 


26. v. 


<?2. . 


, 176 


,. 210 






1629. 


15. VI. 


<?!■ . 


■ 171 


„ 227 






1584. 


16, VI. 


<?!. ■ 


, 174 


„ — 




1577. 


12. V. 


<?!• . 


, 173 


„ 201 ; 




1576. 


12. V. 


6v . 


, 174 


„ 200 ; 




1619. 


16. VI. 


(Jl- ■ 


, 170 


„ — 




1578. 


26. V. 


cJi. . 


, 175 


„ 209 






1580. 


7. VI. 


cJi. , 


, 174 


„ 175 






1575. 


7. VI. 


c?,. , 


. 171 


„ 158 






1630. 


22. V. 


32- , 


, 173 


„ 156 


1617. 


15. VI. 


32- , 


, 175 


„ 204 


1620. 


7. VI. 


3i- ■ 


, 173 


„ 212 


1624. 


11. V. 


3i- . 


, 174 


„ 193 


1582. 


9. VI. 


Si- 


, 174 


„ 209 







NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 



141 



1574. 


27. 


V. 


<Jl- 


Fl. 170 


Gew. 204 


1625. 


26. 


V. 


<?!• 


„ 174 


„ 201 


1626. 


15. 


VI. 


cJ,. 


„ 169 


„ — 


1618. 


11. 


V. 


cJ,. 


„ 163 


„ 177 


1572. 


10 


V. 


cJi- 


„ 172 


„ 204 


1587. 


15. 


VI. 


cJi- 


„ 158 


„ — 


1628. 


13. 


V. 


(Jo- 


„ 160 


„ — 


1585. 


11. 


V. 


$2- 


„ 150 


„ 159 


1581. 


13. 


V. 


?2- 


„ 161 


„ 179 


1573. 


27. 


V. 


$1- 


„ 152 


„ 182 


1627. 


11. 


V. 


?. 


„ 150 


„ 135 



Diese Art, einer der altest beschriebenen Paradiesvogel, ist fast nur bekannt 
nach den Tausenden von Balgen, die in den Federhandel kamen. Daher ist 
diese prachtvolle Serie von 11 cJ J iin Piachtkleide, 3 jiingeren ^^^^ mit ausge- 
bildeten mittleren Steuerfedern, 5 cJcJ juv. in $9 Kleide und 4 $$ eine der 
schonsten Eifolge des Herln Stein. Die Entwicklung der hornartigen mittleren 
Schwanzfedern aus Federn, die anfanglicli normale Federn sind, durch mehrere 
Mausern nach und nach sich nach vorne zu einer an einem diinnen Drahte sitzenden 
Flagge verdiinnen, um endlich zu einer Hornplatte zu werden, ist hochst inter- 
essant und zeigt, wie die Umgestaltung der Schmuckdrahte von Seleucides in den 
Bastard Janthothorax mirabilis auf umgekehrtem Wege vor sich gegangen ist. 

Mageninhalt : Fruchtfleisch, Samen von Bohnengrosse, aber nicht im 
Darmtrakt (1574). 



Schlegelia respublica (Bonap.). 

Lophorina respu'jlira Bonaparte. Compf. Rend. Ac. Sci. xxx, p. 131 (Februar 1850— Fiindort 

unbekannt). 
Paradisea toilsoni Cassin, Proc. Acad. Sc. Philad. Bd. v, p. 57 (August 1850 — Fundort unbekamit). 
Schlegelia calm Bernstein. Xat. Tijdschr. Ned. Ind. 27, p. 79 (1864— Waigeu). 

Gesammelt von : Bernstein, Beccari, Bruijn, Guillemard, Platen, Stein. 



1095. 


21. V. 


(53- 


FI. 96 


Gew. 53 


1100. 


8. VI. 


3^- 


„ 99 


„ 66,5 


1099. 


8. VI. 


<3i- 


„ 99 


„ 59 


1094. 


21. V. 


i,- 


„ 97 


„ 52,5 


1101. 


8. VI. 


3i- 


„ 96 


„ 59,5 


1093. 


25. V. 


Si- 


„ 96 


,, 66 ; Klelngefieder in Mauser. 


1092. 


25. V- 


cJi- 


„ 96 


„ 57 


1098. 


22. V. 


<?»■ 


., 96 


„ 61 


1091. 


22. V. 


* 

01- 


„ 98 


„ 59; tjbergangskleid, Schnabelinnengriinlichweiss, Fiisse schon 
blau. 


1097. 


21. V. 


<Jl- 


„ 97 


„ 56 ; 1. Jahreskleid. 


1096. 


26. V. 


?1- 


., 96 


„ 53 



Von dieser hochst merkwiirdigen Art hat Stein 8 alte ^J^J (1 in voller Mauser), 
1 (J juv., 1 cJ juv., 1 9 gesammelt. Es sind in den letzten Jahren durch Wilfred 
Frost und Shaw Mayer viele dieser Vogel lebend nach Europa gekommen, und so 
sind wir mit der wunderbar schonen blauen Farbung der nackten Kopfhaut und 
der Beine bekannt geworden, woriiber keine Angaben der Sammler auf Etiketten 
oder in Biichern zu finden waren. 

Mageninhalt : Fruchtkerne, keine im Trakt (1099), Fruchtfleisch (1093), 
Friichte mit Kernen von Bohnengrosse, im Darmtrakt keine Kerne (1098). 



142 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 



Ailuroedus buccoides oorti Rothsch. & Hart. 

AUuroedus huccoides uorti Kothschild & Hartert, Nov. Zool. Bd. xx, p. 526 (1913 — Waigeu). 

Gesammelt von : Bernstein, Bruijn, Platen, Stein. 
1568. 7. VI. $j. Fl. 138. Gew. 152. 

Von dieser Form hat Herr Stein nui' ein $ erbeutet, welches die Kennzeichen 
der Unternrt deutUch zeigt. 

Mageninhalt : Friichte, dazwischen Schalenreste von Schnecken. 

Oriolus szalayi substriatus subsp. nov. 
Gesammelt von : Wallace, Bernstein, Bruijn, Platen, Stein. 

1548. 23. V. <Jj. Fl. 148 ; Gew. 103 (Typua). 

1549. 10. V- $0. " 1*5 ; Gro83gefiedermauser. 

Mit Vogeln von Neuguinea iibereinstimmend bis auf den Umstand, dass die 
Schaftstriche der Bauchfedern weniger hervortreten und die ganze Unterseite 
etwas grauhcher braun, nicht so braunhch erscheint wie bei den Neuguinea- 
Vogeln (verghchen mit Exemplaren von Manokwari, Weyland-Gebirge und 
Sepik-Gebiet). 

Mageninhalt : Friichte mit Samen von Erbsengrosse, auch im Trakt. 

Typus : (J ad., Waigeu, 23. Mai 1931, Stein leg. Nr. 1548. 

Mino dumontii dumontii Lesson. 

Gesammelt von : Wallace, Bruijn, Guillemard. 

Leider hat Herr Stein es fiir unnotig gehalten, einige Belegstiicke dieser Art 
zu sammeln, so dass die Frage, ob die Waigeuvogel von der griinschillernden 
Rasse dumontii zu trennen smd, nicht von uns entschieden werden kann. 

Aplonis cantoroides cantoroides (Gray). 

Salvadori, Ihis 1886, p. 152 (Waigeu). 

Gesammelt von : Platen (vergl. Salvadori, I.e.). 

Aplonis obscura obscura (Bonap.). 

Gesammelt von : Bernstein, Platen. 

Salvadori {Orn. Pap. ii, p. 455) hat die von Bernstein gesammelten Exera- 
plare gesehen imd sagt von iluien, dass sie sich durch besondere Grcisse und 
lange Schwanze auszeichnen. 

Aplonis metallica metallica (Temm.). 
Gesammelt von . Stein. 

986. 12. V. cJj. Fl. 108 ; Schw. 90 ; Gew. 58,5 ; Flugelmauser. 



993. 


17. V. 


cJl- 


,. 106; 


., 




Grossgefledermauser 


994. 


16. V. 


§2- 


„ 108; 


„ 85; 


„ 61 




992. 


16. V. 


?»• 


„ 102; 






Mauser. 


999. 


16. V. 


$0- 


„ 106,5; 


,. 79; 


„ 64 




991. 


18. V. 


?0- 


„ 104; 


.. 79; 


., 59; 


Mauser. 


990. 


18. V. 


?o. 


„ 106; 


„ 90; 


„ 64 





Samtlich im Alterskleid. 



NOVITATES ZOOLOOICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 143 

Dicrurus bracteatus carbonarius Bonap. 
Gesammelt von : Wallace, Bruijn, Beccari, Guillemard, Platen, Stein. 

1562. 10. V. (Ja. Fl. 160 ; Gew. 91 

1586. 10. VI. (Ji. „ 157 ; „ 83,5 

1564. 10. VI. cJi- - 157,5 ; „ 83 

1565. 22. V. $1. ,. 149 ; „ 80 ; Grossgefiedermauaer. 

Ununt&rscheidbar von Exemplaren au.s Manokwari und dem Sepikgebiet. 

Mageninhalt : Hartschalige Kafer, ganz verschluckt (1562). Insekten 
(Jobi 258 und 208). Heuschrecken (Jobi 288). Heuschrecken und Fliigeldecken 
von Kafern (Numfor 921). Fliegen (Manokwari 115). 

Myzomela eques eques (Lesson & Garnot). 

Cinnyris eques Lesson & Garnot, Voy. " Cotiuille." livr. 4. pi. 30 (1828 — Waigeu). 

Gesammelt von : Lesson, Wallace, Bernstein, Stein. 

(J<J ad. (12. V.-IO. VI.) Fl. 67-67,5-68-68,5-69^-69,5-70^-70,5'-7P-72=-73. 

Schw. 48,5-5P-51,5^-52=-52,5-53'-53,5--54-552-562. 

Schn. 12-12,5-13°-13,3=-143-14,22-14,5-15. 

Gew. 13-13,53-13,7-13,8-14"-14,2'-14,52-14,7-15,2-15,52-15,7. 
<J(Jjuv. (15.-30. V.) Fl. 662-67 ,.5- ; Schw. 49-50 ; Schn. 13^- ; Gew. 14,2=. 

$ ad. (30. V.) Fl. 60,5 ; Schw. 43- ; Schn. 11,5. 

1 (J ad. in Grosagefiedermauser. Schnabellange gemessen vom Vorderrand des Nasenlochea. 

Unsere Serie von Waigeu scheint sich gegeniiber Balgen von Misol und dem 
Vogelkopf durch kiirzeren und breiteren roten Kehlfleck auszuzeicbnen. In- 
dessen mag dies an verschiedener Streckung des Halses Uegen, und wir wagen 
daher nicht, der beobachteten Tatsache einen Wert beizumessen. ^ tSSt Nr. 
1392, 1406 tmd 1408, tragen das Jugendkleid. Es gleicht in der Farbung im 
wesentlichen dem Alterskleid, aber die Federn sind etwas weitstrahliger und 
woUiger. Die Unterseite ist etwas braunlicher, weniger graulich, und die 
Ohrdecken sind nicht wie beim ad. braunschwarz wie der Oberkopf, sondern 
leicht rotbch getont. Der rote Kehlfleck ist wie beim ad. ausgebUdet. Es ist 
sehr mteressant, festzustellen, dass das Jugendkleid der Populationen, welche 
die Nordkiiste zwischen Rubi und Astrolabebai bewohnen, ganz anders aussieht. 
Hier ist namlich der Vorderkopf matt karmoisinrot, die Kopfseiten sind ebenfalls 
karmoisinrot (eine Farbung, die bei den jungen M . e. eques nur ganz schwach 
angedeutet ist), und die roten Federn des Kehlschildes treten erst auf, nachdem 
diese Region durch rauchbraime Federn mit ganz schmalen roten Spitzen befiedert 
worden ist. A. B. Meyer (Sitzungsber. K. Akad. Wiss. Wien, 1. Abtl. Bd. 70, 
1874, p. 216) hat dieses Jugendkleid als erster nach einem Exemplar von Rubi 
beschrieben. Stresemann beschrieb es erneut in Arch. f. Xaturgesch. 1923, A. 7, 
p. 47. Es liegt uns jetzt vor vom Mamberano, von Hollandia und dem Sepikge- 
biet, in insgesamt 7 Exemplaren. Wahrscheinlich gleicht das Jugenkleid auf 
Misol und auf dem Vogelkoisf demjenigen der Waigeuvogel. Wir benennen 
daher die Rasse, welche das primitive Jugendkleid besitzt und unseres Wissens 
zwischen Rubi und Astrolabebai lebt : 

Myzomela eques primitiva subsp. nov. 
Typus : $ juv., Gratlager im Sepikgebiet, 20. August 1912, Dr. Biirgers leg. 
Nr. 396 (im Zoolog. Museum Berlin). 



1299. 


2. VI. 


03- 


Fl. 60; 


Schw. 43 ; 


Schn. 15 ; 


Gew. 8,6 


1300. 


1. VI. 


(J2- 


„ 60; 


„ 46; 


.. 15; 


,. 9,3 


1302. 


1. VI. 


cJ. 


„ 54; 


„ 36; 


.. 15; 


,. — 


1303. 


1. VI. 


?2- 


„ 51; 


„ 35; 


„ 14,5 ; 


.. 7,5 


1301. 


2. VI. 


$2- 


„ 51; 


„ 35; 


„ 14; 


., 7 



144 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1U32. 

Myzomela nigrita steini Stres. & Pal. 

Mijzomda nigrita steini ytrescinaim & Paludan, O. M. B.4U, p. 14 (1932 — Waigeu). 
Gesammelt von : Stein. 



Fliigeldecken in Mauser. 



Die Originaldiagnose lautet wie folgt : 

" Waigeu, wo Herr Stein eine kleine Serie (2 q^J, 2 $$, 1 (J I. Ja. K.) von 
Myzomela nigrita sammelte, Lst ein fiir diese Art neuer Fundort. Sie tritt dort 
ill einer endemischen Rasse auf, die von besonderem theoretischen Interesse 
ist, denn man hat in ihr das bisher fehlende Bindeglied zwischen der stark 
geschlechtsdimorphen Rasse nigrita Gray (anscheinend = meyeri Salvad. = pluto 
Salvad.) iind den in beiden Geschlechtern schwarzen Rassen ernstinayri Meise 
vom Ninigo-Archipel und hades Meise von St. Matthias gefunden. Das Weibchen 
der Waigeu-Rasse, die wir ihrem Entdecker widmen, ist dem Mannchen sehr 
ahnlich, hat aber noch Spuren der roten Kehlfarbung, die beini Weibchen von 
nigrita Gray so stark hervortritt. 

jj ad. Im Vergleich zu alien anderen Rassen nicht einfarbig schwarz, 
sondern auf Riicken und Unterkorper sehr dunkel mausgrau (etwa deep mouse- 
gray, Ridgw. Tab. 5), nach dem Kopf zu in mattes Grauschwarz iibergehend. 
Analgegend und Unterschwanzdecken noch heller grau als iibrige Unterseite. 
Fliigel und Schwanz matt schwarz ; Untertliigeldecken, Axillaren und Innen- 
saume der Schwimgfedern schneeweiss, wie bei nigrita Gray. Fliigel 60, Schnabel 
15, Schwanz 43-46 mm. 

$ ad. Im Wesentlichen wie (J gefarbt, aber Kinn und vorderster TeU der 
Kehle nicht schwarz, sondern schwarz mit breiten roten Spitzen, iibrige Unter- 
seite etwas heller mausgrau als beim (J, ohne den oUvbraunlichen Ton der weib- 
lichen nigrita. Oberseite ebenfalls ohne olivbraunen Ton. Stirn imd Kopfseiten 
graulich schwarz, ohne jede rote Farbung. Armschwingen nicht so tief schwarz 
wie beim q vuid mit selir schmalem ohvfarbenen Aussensaum. Fliigel 51, 
Schnabel 14-14,5, Schwanz 35 mm. 

I. Ja. K. Wie 5 ad., aber etwas grosser, besonders mit grosserem Schnabel. 
Fliigel 54, Schnabel 15, Schwanz 31 mm. 

Typus : o ad., Waigeu : Lamlam, 2. Juni 1931, G. Stein leg. Nr. 1299. 

Verbreitmig : Waigeu." 

Toxorhamphus iliolophus cinerascens subsp. nov. 

Gesammelt von : Beccari, Stein. 

S<S (11. V.-9. VI.) Fl. 62-62,5-63-64-64,5=-65,5-66 
Gew. 11-11,5-11,7-12-12,22-12,5 
<J juv. : 9. VI. Fl. 57 ; Gew. 11,5 

?? (29. V.-12. VI.) Fl. 58-592-60" ; Gew. 9,5-10=-ll,2 

Auf Waigeu lebt die blasseste unter alien bisher bekannten Rassen von 
Toxorhamphus iliolophtis. Sie ist noch armer an Eumelanin und gelbem Lipo- 
chrom als Toxorhamphus iliolophus affinis Salvad. vom Arfakgebirge und unter- 



NOVITATES ZoOLOaiCAE XXXVIII. UI32. 145 

scheidet nich von diesem durch weisslichere, weniger grauliche Toniing von 
Kehle, Brust und Bauchmitte und reiner aschgraue, viel weniger olivfarbige 
Saumung der Federn des Oberkopfes. T. i. iliolophus, welcher Jobi, Miosnom, 
das Cyclopen-Gebirge und SeiDikgebiet bewohnt, ist sowohl auf dem Oberkopf 
wie auf der Uiiterseite weit leicher an gelbem Lipochrom aLs afflnis, so dass wir 
eine fortlaufende Reihe habeii, die zu immer starkerer Entwicklung des Lipo- 
chromes fiilirt. 

Typus : Waigeu ^ ad. 11. Mai 1931, G. Stein leg. Nr. 1318. 

Verbreitung : Waigeu. 

Toxorhainphus novaegiiineae novaeguineae (Lesson). 
Gesammelt von : Wallace, Beccari, GuiUemard, Platen, Waterstradt, Stein. 



1338. 


10. V. 


03- 


Fl. 71 ; 


Gew. 13,5 ; 


Flugelmauser. 


1337. 


12. V. 


03- 


., 72,5; 


„ 13,8 




1332. 


6. VI. 


02- 


„ 71; 






1329. 


29. V. 


cJ^. 


,. 70; 


„ 11 




1327. 


30. V. 


cJi- 


„ 65,5; 


„ 12 




1341. 


25. V. 


(Jl- 


„ 65; 


.. 13,5 




1328. 


9. VI. 


s,. 


„ 72; 


„ 12 




1335. 


7. VI. 


<?!• 


„ 66,5; 


„ 13 




1336. 


9. VI. 


" C? ? " 


„ 67,5; 


., 12.5 




1331. 


22. V. 


"5?" 


„ 68,5; 


,. 11 


(J!). 


1334. 


20. V. 


?=■ 


„ 62; 


„ 9,5 




1340. 


11. VI. 


?.• 


„ 62; 


„ 9 




1330. 


23. V. 


?.• 


., 60; 


„ 10,2 




1339. 


21. V. 


$1- 


,. 60; 


„ 9,8 ; 


Flugelmauser. 


1333. 


29. V. 


$• 


„ 62; 


„ 10,5 


„ 



AJs Variation der Fliigellange ergibt sich also ^^ 65-72,5, $$ 60-62 mm. 
Ununterscheidbar von Serien aus Manokwari, Jobi, Mamberano und Sepik. 
Mageninhalt : Kleine Insekten (1331, 1332, 1335). 

Melilestes megarhynchus vagans (Bernstein). 

Arachnothera vagans Bernstein, Journ.f. Oni. 12, p. 405 (1864 — Waigeu). 

Gesammelt von : Wallace, Bernstein, Bruijn, GuiUemard, Platen, Water- 
stradt, Stein. 



1063. 


17. V. 


cJa. 


Fl. 101 ; 


Gew. 41 


1066. 


29. V. 


6a. 


„ 97; 


„ 42,2 


1064. 


5. VI. 


3^. 


„ 101 ; 


„ 31 


1065. 


7. VI. 


?2- 


„ 90; 


„ 31 


1062. 

. 1 ■ ._ 


30. V. 


1 


„ 102; 


„ 41 

_ __ J !■ 1. 



M . m. vagans gleicht in der Farbung im wesentlichen der kiirzlicli besclirie- 
benen Rasse M . m. stresevianni Hartert von der Nordkiiste Neuguineas zwischen 
Mamberano und Astrolabe-Bai euischliesslich der Insel Jobi, hat aber eine hellere 
Keble, und die Saume der Kopffedern sind grauer als die der Riickenfedern, 
wahrend sie bei stresemanni der Riickenfarbung gleichen. Unterschiede in der 
SchnabeUange bestehen nicht. Viel besser unterschieden ist vagans von der ilir 
benachbarten Rasse viegarhynclms und zwar dadurch, dass der gelbliche Anflug 
bei vagans an Kinn und Kehle vollig fehlt und an der Brust viel starker zuriick- 
tritt, dass ferner die Federn der Bauchseite viel diisterer, nicht so rotbraun 

10 



146 NOVITATES ZOOLOOICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 

gefarbt sind und die Saume der Oberkopffedern viel grauer, weniger olivbraun 
sind. 

Mageninhalt : Insekten (1063-1064~Jobi 591). kleine Kafer (Jobi 093). 

Glycichaera fallax pallida Stres. & Pal. 

Glycichaera fallax palliJa Stresemann & Paludan, (). M. B ■ Bd. 40, p. 15 (1932 — Waigeu). 

Gesammelt von : Stein. 

1322. 26. V. (Jj. Fl. 61; Gew. 11 

Grossgefiedermauser. 



1321. 


23. V. 


(Jo- 


,. 61; 


. U 


1323. 


16. V. 


32- 


„ 63; 


, 11 


1324. 


2. VI. 


$2- 


„ 56,5; 


, 10 


1326. 


13. V. 


¥l. 


„ 58,4; 


, 11 


1320. 


11. VI. 


?1- 


„ 55; 


, 10 


1325. 


16. V. 


$0- 


„ 56; 


, 8,8 



Die Originalbeschreibung lautet wie folgt : 

" Oberkopf viel grauer, weniger oliv als O. f. fallax ; wahrend fallax nahezu 
einheitlich olivfarbene Oberkopffedern hat, sind diese bei der Waigeu-Rasse hell 
aschgrau mit sehr schmalem olivfarbenen Saum. Riicken mehr grau oliv, 
weniger griinlich oliv. Unterseite viel lipochromarmer : Federn von Kehle und 
Brust zart grau mit blass gelblichen Seitensaumen, statt von breitem citrongelben 
Saum rings umgeben zu sein ; Bauch und Unterschwanzdecken viel blasser gelb, 
mit deutlich hervortretendem graulich weissem (lipochromlosem) Basalteil der 
Rami. Flligel ^ 61-63, $ 55-58,5 mm. 

Typus : S< Waigeu 26. Mai 1931, G. Stein leg. Nr. 1322. 

Verbreitung : Waigeu." 

Ein (J von Misol in Zoolog. Staatssamml. Miinchen, Dr. Tauern leg., ist von 
G. f. pallida sehr verschieden und stimmt ziemlich gut mit der echten Glycichaera 
f. fallax Salvad. (terra typ. Manokwari) iiberein, doch scheint es an der Brust 
kraftiger gelb, weniger griinlich gefarbt zu sein. 

Oedistoma pygmaeum pygmaeum Salvador!. 

Giesammelt von : Stein. 

1474. 3. VI. ,53. Fl. 46 ; Gew. 5,1 

1476. 2. VI. (Jj. „ 47 ; „ 5,1 
1473. 3. VI. (Jj. „ 45,5; „ 5 
1472. 5. VI. Si- „ 45,5; „ 5 

1477. 2. VI. $1. „ 42,5; „ 4.4 

1475. VI. $„. „ 41,5; „ 5 

Die vier im Berliner Museum vom Sepik zum Vergleich vorliegenden Exem- 
plare smd etwas grosser ($ 44-46-47,5 ; (^51) als die kleine Serie von Waigeu 
und scheinen auf Oberkopf und Brust etwas weniger grau getont zu sein, wahrend 
ein von Herrn Stein am 9. II. bei Manokwari gesammeltes (^3 (Fl. 48) besser mit 
der Waigeuserie iibereinstimmt. Moglicherweise lebt im Sepikgebiet eine unter- 
scheidbare Rasse. Ein von Mayr im Cyclopengebirge gesammeltes $ mit einer 
Fliigellange von 44 stimmt durchaus mit der Sepikserie iiberein ; wahrscheinlich 
wird man zwei Rassen zu unterscheiden haben, eine kleinere und blassere auf 
Waigeu und bei Manokwari und eine grossere und griJnlichere im Cyclopengebirge 
und Sepikgebiet. Doch bleibt mehr Material von Manokwari abzuwarten. 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 147 

Lichmera argentauris argentauris (Finsch). 

Plilolis argentauris Finsch, Ahh. Naturw. Verein Bremen, vol. ii, p. 364 (187.5 — patr. 3ubst. Waigeu) ; 
Streseniann, Nov. Zool. xix, 1912, p. 345. 

Gesammelt von : Bruijn. 

Dieser Vogel ist den nieisten Sammlern vermutlich de.shalb entgangen, well 
er nicht auf der Hauptinsel, sondern auf ihr vorgelagerten Inseln leben diirfte. 
Ausser von Waigeu kennt man ilin von Misol, Gebe, Damar bei Halmahera und 
Halmahera. 

Meliphaga analoga analoga (Reichenbach). 

Ptilolis analoga Reichenbach, Handh. d. Spec. OmithoL. Meropinae, p. 103, tab. 467 (1852 — ex 
Hombron u. Jacquinot ; terra typ. wahrscheinlich Triton-Bai). 

Gesammelt von : Bernstein, Bruijn, Beccari, Guillemard, Platen, Stein. 

1278. 11. VI. oV Fl. 83; Gew. 22 

1279. 12. VI. 0%. „ 82,5 

1292. 8. VI. (J,. „ 78,5 ; .. 22,5 
1283. 11. V. cj-i- „ 86; „ 22,5 

1281. 12. V. (J,. .. 84,5; ., 22,5 
1289. 3. VI. <J,. ,. 85,5 ; „ 25,5 

1276. 10. V. cJa- .. 83: „ 21,5 
1294. 8. VI. S-i- ., 82 ; 

1277. 14. V. <J ? „ 78 ; „ 21 
1285. 12. VI. ?,. „ 78 ; „ 22,5 

1282. 26. V. $j. „ 78; „ 24 

1293. 27. V. ?2. „ 80 ; „ 25 

1280. 24. V. $1. „ 79 ; „ 22 
1288. 4. VI. ?2. „ 76 

1291. 3. VI. ?i. „ 73,5; „ 20 

Diese Art variiert auf Neuguinea starker als bisher angenommen wurde. 
Wie bei Meliphaga notata und Glycichaera fallax zeichnen sich Exemplare von 
Waigeu diu-ch starkere Abblassung des gelben Lipochromes aus, wahrend die 
Populationen von Jajjen und der Nordkiiste Zwischen Mamberano und der 
Astrolabe-Bai besonders reich an gelbem Lipochrom sind. Waigeuvogel sind daher 
unterseits graulich, oberseits griinlich oUvfarben, Sepikvogel unterseits griinlich, 
oberseits gelblich olivfarben. Eine von Herrn Stein bei Manokwari gesammelte 
Serie steht zwischen diesen beiden Extremen ungefahr in der Mitte, nahert sich 
aber mehr den Waigeuvogehi, und mit ihr stimmt eine von Herrn Stein am Fusse 
des Weylandgebirges (Menoo- und Wanggarfluss) gesammelte Serie ziemlich 
genau iiberein. Wir betrachten diese Exemplare als Reprasentanten der echten 
M . a. analoga. Die gelbliche Nordkiisten-Rasse benennen wir : 

Meliphaga analoga flavida subsp. no v. 

Typus : c? ad., Japen 450 m, 6. Marz 1931, G. Stein leg. Nr. 421. 

Sehr ungleichmassig verteilt auf Neuguinea ist das Auftreten jener durch 
weisse statt gelbe Ohrbiischel ausgezeichneten Mutante, welche den Namen 
Ptilolis albonotata Salvad. erhalten hat. Unter 9 Exemplaren, die Herr Stein bei 
Manokwari sammelte, haben nicht weniger als 5 weisse Ohrbiischel, walirend alle 
15 Exemplare aus Waigeu mid II von Herrn Stein auf Jobi gesammelte Stiicke 
durchweg gelbe Ohrbiischel besitzen. Ebenso haufig wie bei Manokwari tritt 
diese Mutante nach Salvadoris Angabe [Orn. pap. ii. p. 333) bei Naiabui in Siid- 
Neuguinea auf. Die Erscheinimg, dass das Auftreten von Mutanten einen 



148 XOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 

lokalen Charakter hat und nicht in dem ganzen Verbreitungsgebiet einer Art oder 
Rasse zu beobachten Lst, ist ja audi von vielen andereii Fallen bekannt. 

Mageninhalt : Beeren, Insektenfliigel (1291). Eeeren (1280). Schwarze 
Kerne von Friichten (Manokwari 62). Friichte von Kirschengrosse (Jobi 421). 
Beeren (Jobi 281-283-336). Fruchtfieisch (Jobi 172). 

Meliphaga notata sharpei (Roth.scli. & Hart.). 

Cf. Stresemann, ./. /. 0. 1925, pp. 225-226. 

Gesammelt von : Waterstradt, Stein. 



1275. 


13. 


V. 


03- 


Fl. 88; 


Gew. 25 


1270. 


11. 




02- 


„ 91 : 


., 28 


1271. 


13. 


V. 


Q2- 


„ 98; 


„ 29 


1274. 


21. 


V. 


02- 


.. 87; 


„ 26 


1287. 


10. 


V. 


6%. 


„ 89,5; 


,. 25,5 


1273. 


6. 


V. 


02- 


., 91; 


„ 29 


1290. 


22. 


V. 


03- 


„ 90; 


„ 26 


1284. 


13. 


V. 


?o. 


„ 84; 


„ 26 


1272. 


10. 


V. 


$0- 


„ 85; 


„ 23,5 


1269. 


14. 


V 





., 82; 


., 27 


1286. 


14. 


V. 





„ 81; 


„ 26 



Wie Meliphaga analoga variiert auch diese Art im Raume von Neuguinea in 
der Weise, dass die Poj)ulation von Waigeu unterseits weniger gelblich ist als die 
Population von Jobi imd dem Sepikgebiet, was besonders am ausseren Handrand 
auffallig Lst, de.ssen Deckfedern bei WaigeuvogeLn weis.sliclier, nicht so gelblich 
sind. Die Verschiedenheit ist aber zu gering, um eine Benennung zu rechtferti- 
gen. Grossenunterschiede bestehen nicht. 

Mageninhalt : Beeren, kleine Kerne, auch im Trakt (1269). Beeren (1287- 
1271). Blaue Beeren mit kleinen Kernen, auch im Trakt (1270). 

Meliphaga virescens sonoroides (Gray). 

Plilolis sonoroides Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. Land. 1861, p. 428 (1861 — Waigeu). 
Gesammelt von : Wallace, Bernstein, Platen, Stein. 



37. 


3. II. 


Si- 


Fl. 113 


35. 


3. II. 


s,. 


„ 108,5 Saonek. 


39. 


3. II. 


?.. 


„ 111 


38. 


3. II. 


?!• 


„ 97 


36. 


3. II. 


?.. 


„ 104 



Diese terratypische Serie ist sehr willkommen, da sie den sicheren Nachweis 
ermoglicht, dass zwischen Exemplaren aus Sorong, Manokwari und Jobi (Stein 
leg.) sowie von Aitape und Finschhafen (Dr. E. Mayr leg.) einerseits, Waigeu- 
vogehi andererseits keinerlei Unterschied besteht. Offenbar liaben sich diese an 
die Kokospalme gebundenen Vogel erst in j lingerer Zeit stark ausgebreitet. 

Xanthotis chrysotis fusciventris Salvad. 

Xantholis ftiscii'entris Salvador!, Ann. Jlii-s. Civ. Gen. vol. vii, p. 947 (1876 — Batanta). 
Gesammelt von : Guillemard, Waterstradt, Stein. 

1060. 9. VI. Si- Fl- 105 ; Gew. 47 

1061. 21. V. cJi. „ 104,5; „ 51 



NOVITATES ZOOLCIOICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 149 

Exemplare von Batanta haben wir nicht gesehen, aber Salvador! fand keinen 
Unterschied zwischen drei Stiick von Batanta imd einem von Waigeu. Im 
Vergleich zu X. ch. chrysotis : auf der Unterseite fast ohne rostliches Phaeo- 
melanin, .statt de.'s.sen durch gelbes Lipochrom kraftig gefarbt, sodass Kropf, 
Brust und Vorderbauch griinlich gelb statt braunlieh rostfarben (mit schmalen 
gelben Saumen) erscheinen. Bauchseiten erdbraun statt rostbraim. Ganze 
Oberseite bei fusciventris viel griinlicher, weniger braiin erecheinend infolge viel 
grosserer Breite der griinen Federeaume von Kopf imd Riicken. (Die Rasse 
meyeri hat so gut wie gar kein Lipochrom, philenwn noch weniger als meyeri.) 
Axillaren und Fliigelbug bei fusciventris im wesentlichen lipochromatisch gelb, 
bei chrysotis im wesentlichen phaeomelanotisch rostfarben. 

Xanthotis polygramma polygramma (Gray). 

Ptilolis polygramma Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lotid. 1861, p. 429 (1861 — Waigeu). 
Gesammelt von : Wallace, Stein. 

1267. 25. V. ,^3. Fl. 81,5 

1213. 30. V. Si- .. 80 ; Gew. 22 

1264. 3. VI. cJj. „ 80 : .. 24.5 

1268. 30. V. cj,. „ 79; „ 24,2 
1266. 30. V. $1. ., 74,5; ,. 20 

1265. 2. VI. ?,. .. 72,3 

Die Nominatform scheint auf Waigeu beschrankt zu sein. Die deutlich 
verschiedene Rasse von Misol ist kiirzlich von Hartert, Nov. Zool. Bd. 36, 
1930, p. 49 als X. p. kuehni abgetrennt worden, und der Rasse des Vogelkopfes 
gebiihrt der Name X. m. j)oikiloslernos A. B. Mej^er. Vergleiche Hartert I.e. 
Weitere Rassengliederuiig siehe Mayr in Mitteil. Zoolog. Mas. Berlin, 1931, 
pp. 664-665. 

Mageninhalt : Insekten (1267). 1 Spinne, Beeren (1264). Dunkelblaues 
Fruchtfleisch (1265). 

Philemon novaeguineae novaeguineae (S. Miiller). 

Tropidorhynchus marginatus Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. Land. 1861, p. 429 (1861 — Waigeu). 
Gesammelt von : Wallace, Bruijn, Platen, Waterstradt, Stein. 

1546. 12. V. 03. Fl. 157 ; Gew. 162 ; Grossgefiedermauser. 

1547. 4. VI. $2. „ 155 ; „ 148 

1545. 7. VI. $1. „ 155 ; ., 158 ; " 2 Eier.' 
1544. 4. VI. ?. „ 152 ; „ 153 

Von Exemplaren aus Manokwari nicht zu unterscheiden. Das Jugendkleid 
ist ausgezeichnet nicht allein durch olivfarbene Aussensaume der Schwungf edern , 
sondern audi durch weisse Endsaume der Riickenfedern und einen (beim alten 
Vogel nur sehr schwach angedeuteten) Nackenring. Sehr bemerkenswert ist 
der UnLstand, dass 1546 sehr stark vergrosserte Hoden hat, obwohl Fliigel imd 
Schwanz in Mauser sirid. 

Mageninhalt : Friichte imd Samen von 2-3 mm Diirchmesser (1546). 
Friichto und Fliigeldecken von Kafern (Manokwari 7(1). Eine Spinne, viel 
Fruchtfleisch (Jobi 170). Fruchtfleisch und Beeren (Jobi 216). Schale von 
roten Friichten (Jobi 269). Beeren (Jobi 169). 



J50 XOVITATES ZOOLOGRAE XXXVIU. 1932. 

Cinnyris jugularis frenata (S. Miiller). 
Gesammelt von : Beccari, Guillemard, Platen, Stein. 

1225. 15. V. Jj. Fl. 56 ; Gew. 8,8 

1229. 31. V. (J. „ 56,5 

1230. 31. V. ?,. „ 53 ; „ 7,5 

Ubereinstimmend mit einer Serie von 6 Stuck (Stein leg.) aus Manokwari. 
Cinnyris sericea cochrani Stres. & Pal. 

CinnyrU serkeu^ cochrani Stresemann & Paludan, 0. M. B. Bd. 40, 1932, p. 15 (1932— Waigeu). 
Gresammelt von : Wallace, Guillemard, Platen, Stein. 



1222. 


4. VI. 


Si- 


Fl. 57,5 ; 


Gew. 7 




1223. 


10. V. 


6\. 


., 58: 


., 8 




1221. 


15. V. 


3i- 


„ 58; 


., 7,2 




1224. 


15. V. 


S.- 


„ 56,5; 


„ 7,5 




1228. 


4. VI. 


■ft 

Ol- 


., 57 




Fliigelmauser. 


1227. 


9. VI. 


<?!■ 


„ 55,5, 


„ 6,3 ; 


Noch Reste des I. Ja. Kl 


1226. 


6. VI. 


(Jo- 


„ 54; 


„ 8 


,. I. .. 


1219. 


16. VI. 


on- 


.. 55; 


„ 7,2 


juv. 


1220. 


30. V. 


cJo- 


„ 56; 


., 8 




1218. 


10. V. 


+w 


., 51; 


„ 7 





Die OrigLnalbeschreibung lautet wie folgt : 

■' (J ad. : Von C. s. sericea Less., der das Festland von Neuguinea mit 
Ausnahme des ostlichsten Teiles der Nordkiiste, so wie Jobi bewohnt, unter- 
schieden durch stahlblauen statt rotvioletten Schiller des Kehlschildes (betrachtet 
von oben bei Lichteinfall von vorn), so wie durch etwas geriBgere Grosse. Fliigel : 
9 cJcJ 54-58 mm. (bei sericea 60-64 mm.), $ 51 mm. (bei serice/i. 51,5-53 mm.). 

Typus : ^ ad., Waigeu 15. Mai 1931, G. Stein leg. Nr. 1221. 

Verbreitung : Waigeu." 

Bei 3 (^S von Misol (in der Zoologischen Staatssammlimg Miinchen) 
schillert das Kehlschild ungefahr wie bei Manokwari- und Jobivogeln und ist 
deutUch verschieden von demjenigen der Waigeuvogel, welche bliiulich (statt 
rotUch) violetten SchiUer haben ; gleichzeitig aber imterscheiden sich die Misol- 
vogel von Neuguineavogehi durch mattschwarze statt tief samtschwarze Farbimg 
von Unterseite und Interscapulium. Fliigellange (nach Stresemann, J. f. 0. 
1913, p. 609) c?c? 58,5-58,5-59,5 ; ?? 50-52,5-54-54 mm. Wir benennen die 
Basse von Misol : 

Cinnyris sericea olympia subsp. nov. 

Typus in der Zool. Staatssamml. Miinchen, Nr. 14.716 : cJ ad., Misol, August 
1911, Dr. Tauern leg. Nr. 3. 

Dicaeum pectorale S. Miiller. 
Gesammelt von : Wallace, Guillemard, Platen, Stein. 

Gpw. 7 

„ 7 

„ 6,2 
1418. 2. VI. cJ.. „ ,50 
1411. 4. VI. A-. „ 50; „ 6 



1419. 


17. 


V. 


d^- 


Fl. 51 


1416. 


13. 


V. 


03- 


., 49 


1415. 


15. 


V. 


ii2- 


., 49, 



NOVITATKS ZdOLOCacAE XXXVITI. 1'.I32. 



151 



1414. 


12. V. 


Oi- 


Fl. 49 


(Jew. 6,5; 


Flugelmauser 


1413. 


31. V. 


02- 


,. 50 


., 7,2 




1417. 


17. V. 


<?». 


., 50 


„ 6,5 




1412. 


2. VI. 


So- 


„ 50 


„ 6,8 




1421. 


17. V. 


?2- 


„ 45 


„ 5,9 




1420. 


4. VI. 


$0- 


,. 43 


„ 6,2 




1423. 


17. V. 


?0- 


„ 46 


„ 5,8 




1424. 


15. VI. 


$0- 


„ 48 


„ 6,1 




1422. 


10. V. 


$0- 


„ 45 


„ 5,1 





Nicht zu unterscheiden von vier Exemplaren (Stein leg.) aus Manokwari. 

Melanocharis nigra pallida subsp. nov. 
Gesammelt von : Wallace, Platen, Stein. 



1479. 


24. V. 


62- 


FI. 63,5 ; 


Gew 


14 




1481. 


15. V. 


3z- 


„ 64; 




12 




1484. 


25. V. 


<?»■ 


„ 62,5, 




12,8; 


I. Ja. Kl. 


1485. 


8. V. 


2^- 


„ 61; 




15,5 




1482. 


25. V. 


5^. 


„ 63; 




13,5; 


Fliigelmauser 


1483. 


22. V. 


?!• 


„ 63; 




15 


„ 


1480. 


24. V. 


?? 


„ 64 









Wie so viele andere Arten auch, ist Melanocharis nigra aiif Waigeu durch 
eine Rasse vertreten, bei der die olivfarbene Tonung der Neuguinearasse durch 
eine graulichere iind Upochromarmere Tonung ersetzt wLrd. Die ganze Unter- 
seite Lst bei M. n. pallida sowohl in mannlichen wie im weiblichen Geschlecht 
graulicher und blasser, nicht so diister oUvgriinlich wie bei M. n. nigra von Misol 
und dem Vogelkopf. 

Typus : ^ ad. Waigeu, 15. Mai 1931, Stein leg. Nr. 1481. 

Verbreitung : Waigeu. 

cJ I. Ja. Kl. im wesentlichen dem $ ad. gleichend, aber der Oberkopf ist 
wie der Riicken olivgriin gefarbt, nicht wie beim $ ad. dunkler aLs dieser und mit 
blaulichem MetalLschiller. 

Mageninhalt : Fruchtfleisch (1479), FruchtfleLsch mit Kernen von ca. 3 mm. 
Durchmesser, im Trakt keine (1485). Fruchtfleisch mit weisslichen Samen 
(1483). 

Cracticus cassicus (Bodd.). 
Gesammelt von : Wallace, Bernstein, Bruijn, GuiUemard, Platen, Stein. 

15.50. 10. V. ,i^. Fl. 179 ; Gew. 170 ; Fliigelmauser. 

tibereinstimmend mit Vogeln von Manokwari und vom Sepik. 

Magenmhalt : Heuschrecken (1550). Fruchtkerne (Manokwari 139). Bee- 
ren mit gelbem Fleisch, 1 kleiner Kafer (Manokwari 103). Schwarze Kerne von 
Beeren (Manokwari 52). Friichte und Fliegen (Joib 302). Nur Beeren (Jobi 

278). 



Gesammelt von : 
Alcohol). 



Cracticus quoyi quoyi (Lesson). 

Wallace, Bernstein, GuiUemard, Platen, 



Stein 



152 NOVITATKS ZOOLOGHAE XXXVIII. 193-.>. 

Pitohui kirhocephalus cerviniventris (Gray). 

Xectts cerviniventris Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. Land. 1861. p. 4.30 (1861 — Waigeu) ; JStreseraann, iliul, 
Zool. Mm. Berlin, Bd. 11, 1925, p. 414. 

Gesammelt von : Wallace, Bruijn, Platen, Stein. 



1108. 


21. V. 


^3 


Fl. 100 ; 


Gew. 61 


1106. 


10. VI. 


(Jr. 


.. 97; 


„ 62,3 


1103. 


27. V. 


cJi 


., 95 ; 


„ 67 


1107. 


20. V. 


<J. 


.. 97; 


„ 65 


1102. 


22. V. 


(?! 


.. 93 ; 


„ 58 ; Armschwingen in Mauser 


1110. 


26. V. 


cJo 


.. 94; 


„ 60 


1105. 


27. V. 


$2 


,. 97; 


„ 62 


1109. 


11. VI. 


?1 


., 93; 


„ 67,5 


1104. 


22. V. 


$0 


„ 90,5 ; 


„ 56 



Diese, eine der scharfst markierten endemischen Rassen von Waigeu, die 
fast schon als besondere Art betraclitet werden konnte, lebt auch auf der Insel 
Gemien. Sehr nahe steht ihr die etwas grossere und blassere Rasse P. k. pallidus 
van Oort von Batanta.' Uber die GUederung dieses aiisserordentlich zur Rassen- 
bildimg neigenden Rassenkreises vergleiche Stresemann I.e. Die Waigeu-Rasse ist 
die kleinste von alien. Kein Farbimgsunterschied zwi.schen den Geschlechtern. 

Mageninhalt : Beeren, 1 Schnecke, Tau.sendfiissler, 1 Kafer (110(3). Prall 
niit Frnchtfleisch gef iillt . dazwischen eine Schnecke und Reste von Tausendf iiss- 
lern (110.3). Fliigeldecken von Kafern, Fruchtfasein (1107). Griines imd rotes 
Fruchtfleisch (1110). Fruchtfasern mit schwarzen Kernen, 1 Gehauseschnecke 
(1104). 

Pitohui ferrugineus leucorhynchus (Gray). 

Rectes levcorhynchvs Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1861, p. 430 (1861 — Waigeu). 
Gesammelt von : Wallace, Beccari, Guillemard, Platen, Stein. 



1532. 


22. V. 


6,. 


Fl. 153 








1533. 


22. V. 


>Jo. 


„ 154; 


Gew 


110 




1535. 


22. V. 


^0- 


„ 140; 




108. 




1537. 


1. VI. 


?.- 


„ 144; 




105 




1534. 


22. V. 


$1- 


„ 145; 




117,5 


Fliigelmauser 


1531. 


25. V. 


9„. 


„ 144,5 




117 




1536. 


25. V. 


TO* 


,. 138; 




106 





Diese ausgezeichnete Rasse lebt ausser auf Waigeu auch auf Batanta. Sie 
unterscheidet sich von P. f. ferrugineus (Exemplare von Manokwari verglichen) 
sowohl durch die Farbimg der Ober- und ITnterseite als auch dadurch, dass 
Schnabel. Lauf, Zehen und Krallen nicht intensiv schwarz pigmentiert sind, 
sondern aUer Melanineinlageriuigen entbehren (Schnabel) oder doch wenigstens 
sehr schwach von Melanin gefarbt werden (Lauf, Zehen und ELrallen). Die 
Grosse scheint betrachtlicher zu sein als bei Exemplaren von Manokwaii, wahrend 
bei P. Icirhocephaln.H da.s Umgekehrte der Fall ist. 

Mageninhalt : Kafer, Heuschrecken, Larven (1532). Insekten (1535-1531 — 
Manokwari KiO). Gro.sse Heuschrecken (153fi). Insektenreste, 1 Beere (Manok- 
wari 89). 

' Not. Lcyd. Mu.'i. 29. 1907, p. 71. Von Mathews, Sysf. Ar. Atistr.. versehentlich aiisgelassen. 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 153 

Myiolestes megai'hynchus afBnis Oray. 

Myiohstex afflnin Gray, Pror. Zool. Soc. Land. 1861, p. 431 (1862 — " Gagie," Irrtiim fiir VVaigeu). 

Gesammelt von : Wallace, Guillemard, Platen, Stein. 

SS ad. (13. V.-12. VI,) Fl. 89i.52-90-93«-943-9.5-96'-97. 

Gew. 30-30,5-30,7-31-322-32,5=-33-342-36-40. 
cJo^ juv. (14.-16. V.) Fl. 85-88 ; Gew. .32-32,5. 

?? ad. (10,-20. V.) Fl. 88,5-892-89,5-90-90,5 ; Gew. 29,5-312-.32-33=. 

1 cJ und 2 $$ in Fliigelmauser. 

rj und $ gleich gefarbt auch hinsichtlich des Schnabels, aber $ im Mittel 
kleiner als ^. Aus der Reihe fallt $ 1. Ja. Kl. Nr. 1085 mit einer Fliigelliinge 
von niir 85 mm. Wahrscheinlich ist der Jugendfliigel etwas kiirzer als der 
Altersfliigel. Das I. Ja. Kl. ist kenntUch an den viel intensiveren Saumen der 
Schwimgfedern und grossen Fliigeldeckfedern. 

Diese scharf markierte Rasse unterscheidet sich von ihrer geographischen 
Nachbarrasse megarhynchus, die schon am Westrand de.s Vogelkopfes lebt, durch 
das nahezu fehlende Phaeomelanin der Ober- und Unterseite ; statt dessen sind 
Obei- und Unterseite bei affini.s deutUch mit gelblichem Lipochrom getont, das 
in Kombination mit Eumelanin die olivfarbenen Tone erzeugt. Dieses Vorherr- 
schen des gelben Lipochromes unterscheidet affinis auffallig von ohscurus, dem 
das Lipochrom vollig fehlt und bei dem auch das Phaeomelanin sehr stark 
zuriicktritt. Auf Batanta lebt die nahe verwandte Rasse M. m. hatantae Meise, 
Abh. Ber. Mits.f. Tierk. Dresden xvii, 1929, p. 18. 

Mageninhalt : Insekten (1071-1079-1081). Heuschrecken (1075), Heu- 
schrecken, Larven (1067). Schalen und Fleisch von Friichten (Jobi 351). Heu- 
schrecken und Larven (Jobi 310). Fliigel von Insekten (Jobi 443). 

Pachycephala griseiceps waigeuensis subsp. nov. 
Gesammelt von : Wallace, Beccari, Stein, 

SS (20. V,-12. VI,) Fl. 78-80-80,5-81-82,5--8.3-84-85,5-86, 

Gew, 18-212-21,3-22,5-23,5^-24, 
(J juv, 23, V, Fl, 80,5; Gew, 21. 

?? (20. V.-IO, VI,) Fl. 77.5-79-80,5-81-822. 

Gew, 21-21,1-21,5-22,5-25, 
? juv, (20. V.-2. VI.) Fl. 77-78= ; Gew. 20-22. 
2 oc? "d. und 2 $+ ad. in Fliigelmauser, J juv. in Fliigelmauser. 

Die Rassenbildung von Pachijcephala (jriseiceps ist kiirzlich von Hartert 
(Nov. Zool. 36, 1930, pp. 55-56) ausfiihrlich behandelt worden. Wir haben zur 
Untersuchung einen Teil des Materials, das im Tring-Museum aufbewahrt wird, 
mit heranziehen konnen und vermogen uns seiner Gliederung nicht in alien Teilen 
anzuschliessen, gelangen vielmehr fiir das Gebiet des westlichen Neuguinea 
zu folgender Gruppierung : 

1. Pachycephala griseiceps griseiceps Gray (terra typica Aru). Von Aru- 
vogeln vermogen wir nicht zu trennen eine Serie aus Misol (7 Exemplare, Tauern 
leg.), eine Serie vom Arfakgebirge (5 Exemplare, Mayr leg.) sowic je einen Balg 
vom Aroafiuss und vom Kotoi-District in Britisch Neuguinea. Wir vermutcn 
daher, dass diese Rasse ausser iiber die Aruinseln und Misol auch iiber den 
Vogelkopt und langs der Siidkiiste ostiich bis zum Aroafiuss, westlich bis zum 



154 XOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXX\ III. \'.l'.i'2. 

Begimi des ^e/((e(//ec/a-Areals verbreitet ist. Die Rasse squalida Oust, (terra 
typica Amberbaki) ist unserer Ansicht nach identisch mit yrisekeps. 

2. Pachycephala griseiceps waigeuensis subsp. nov. Von P. g. griseiceps 
deutlich unterschieden durch volligen Mangel der braunlichen Tonung der 
Vorderbriist xmd durch dimklere, graiilicheie, weniger braiinliche Ohrdecken. In 
der Farbung der Obcrseite stimmt waigeuensis mit griseiceps gut iiberein. 

Typus : ^J ad. Waigeu, 3. Juni 1931, Stein leg. Nr. 1185. 
Verbreitung : Waigeu. 

3. Pachycejihala griseiceps jobievsis A. B. Meyer. Diese Rasse ermangelt 
wie U'aigeuevsis der braunlichen Bru.stfarbung luid ist ihr daher auf der Unter- 
seite ziemlich ahnlich, aber die gelbe Farbung auf Brust und Bauch ist intensiver. 
Der Oberkopf ist bei waigeuensis niehr oliv, bei jobiensis mehi dunkelgrau 
getont. Die Farbung der Ohrdecken ist bei beiden gleich. Der Riicken von 
jobiensis ist ein klein wenig griinlicher, weniger braunlich als bei waigeueiisis und 
merklich griinlicher als bei griseiceps. 

Verbreitung : Jobi iind Nordkiiste von Neuguinea zwischen Mamberano 
und Astrolabebai. 

4. Pachycephala griseiceps perneglecta Hartert. Gekennzeichnet diu-ch sehr 
Starke Streifung der Korperseiten, sonst wie griseiceps. Terra typica, "Southern 
Snow Mountains." Mit der Urbeschreibung iibereinstimmende Exemplare 
sammelte Herr Stein am Fuss des Weyland-Gebirges, wo sich perneglecta zwischen 
griseiceps Gray (= rvbiensis Meise) luid jo6Je«.sw A. B. Meyer einzuschieben scheint. 

Hartert hat. I.e. p. 56, eine Rasse subflavidior beschrieben, die nach seiner 
Angabe von Takar bis Hollandia verbreitet ist imd sich durch lebhaftes Gelb 
des Bauches und der Unterschwanzdecken, so wie durch braime Ohrdecken imter- 
scheiden soU. Wir haben drei Stiicke von der terra typica untersuchen konnen 
und vermogen die angegebenen Unterschiede nicht zu bestatigen, halten daher 
subflavidior fiir ein Synonym von jobiensis. 

Mageninhalt : Insekten (1211-1216). Heuschrecken (1217). 

Pachycephala phaeonota (S. Miiller). 

Gesammelt von : Bernstein, Bruijn. 

Dieser auf kleinen Inselchen im Gebiet der Molukken imd der westl. papua- 
nischen Inseln weit verbreitete Vogel ist Herrn Stem ebenso wie Lichmera 
argentauris entgangen, vermutlich deswegen, well P. phaeonota nur auf den der 
Hauptinsel vorgelagerten Inselchen zu treffen ist. 

Artainus leucorhynchus papuensis Bonap. 

Stresemann, A'w. Zool. xx, 1913. pp. 289-292 ; Hartert, Xoi'. Zool. xxxvi, 1930, p. 81. 
Gesammelt von : GuOlemard, Platen, Stein. 



1016. 


11. VI. 


cJi- 


Fl. 141 ; 


Gew. 50,5 




101.5. 


7. VI. 


J.- 


., 132; 


,. 48 




1014. 


29. V. 


<Si- 


„ 132,5; 


„ 45 


Flugelmaiiser. 


1018. 


29. V. 


O'l- 


„ 135; 


„ 4(i 


„ 


1019. 


7. V. 


cJi- 


.. 134,5; 


., 37,5 




1017. 


29. V. 


i'o- 


., 1.37 ; 


„ 46,8 





Mageninhalt : Fliegende Insekten (1(117). 



NOVITATES ZoOLOGIfAE XXXVIII. 1932. 155 

Peltops blainvillei (Lesson & Garnot). 
Gesammelt von : Wallace, Guillemard, Platen, Stein. 

1158. 24. V. ?. Fl. 93 ; Gew. 52 ; Jugendkleid. 
Platen leg. 1884, ? ad. Fl. 96. 

Dem jungen Vogel fehlt der weisse Riickenfleck (vergl. Salvador!, Orn. Pap. 
ii, p. 8). 

Mageninhalt : Insekten. 

Monarcha guttula guttula (Garnot). 

Stresemann, Arch.f. Naturgesch. 89, 1923, A. 7, p. 96. 

Gesammelt von : Wallace, Beccari, Guillemard, Waterstradt, Stein. 

3S (13.-23. V.) Fl. 78-812-81,5-82,5-83-85. 

Gew. 172-182-19-202-20,5. 
?$ (11. V.-IO. VI.) Fl. 75,5-772-78-79^-812. 

Gew. 16,5-172-18-18,5-18,82-19,5-20,5. 
$ juv. Fl. 74,5 ; Gew. 16. 

3 (J und 1 $ in Grossgefiedermauser. 

Wie aus den mitgeteUten Massen ersichtlich, gehoren die Waigeuvogel zu 
der grosseren Rasse, die audi vom siidlichen Vorland des Schneegebirges nach- 
gewiesen wurde, nicht zur kleinen Rasse des Sepikgebietes, bei welcher die 
Fliigellange folgendermassern variiert : ^^^ 76-81, $$ 71-79. Die Nomen- 
klaturfrage kann noch immer nicht entschieden werden. 

Mageninhalt: Insekten (1035, 1030, 1040). 

Monarcha alecto chalybeocephalus (Garnot). 
Gesammelt von : Wallace, Beccari, Platen, Stein. 



996. 


19. VI. 


i,- 


Fl. 90; 


Gew. 24.2 




980. 


8. VI. 


iz- 


„ 88; 


„ 23 




989. 


14. VI. 


^2- 


„ (87) 


„ 24 


Flugelmauser. 


982. 


12. VI. 


(?.. 


„ 89; 


„ 23 


„ 


995. 


10. VI. 


<?!• 


„ 90; 


„ 24 


»» 


981. 


16. V. 


Ol- 


„ 91; 


„ 25 


„ 



984. 11. V. "(J?" „ 82; „ 23 
983. 11. VI. 3. „ 84; „ 21,5 

Nr. 984 und 983 sind (^(^ im I. Ja. Kl., die noch den kurzen Jugendfliigel 
tragen und durchaus weibchenahnlich gefarbt sind bis auf den Urastand, dass 
die Unterseite nicht reinweiss, sondern mit rostfarbenem Anflug (mit Ausnahme 
der Kehle) versehen ist. Kein Unterschied gegeniiber einer Serie von Jobi. 
Ebenso gefarbt wie diese beiden ^^ ist ein $ I. Ja. Kl. von Numfor (Stein leg. 
Nr. 285). 

Monarcha chrysomela melanotus Sclater. 

Gesammelt von : Wallace, Beccari, Platen, Waterstradt, Stein. 

(JcJ (10. V.-Il. VI) Fl. 71-722-73'i-742-74,5-75-75,5. 

Gew. 15-15,2-15.5-15,6-16,5-172-17,52-17,6. 
?? (16. V.) Fl. 70,5-73 ; Gew. I42. 

? juv. 16. (V.) Fl. 67 ; Gew. 13,5. Schnabelbasis heU. 

3 <^ in Fliigelmauser. Ubereinstimmend mit 1 Stiick aus Momi, Dr. Mayr leg. 
Mageninhalt : Insekten (1173 imd 1178). 



156 NOVITATES ZoOLOGirAE XXXVIII. 1932. 

Arses telescophthalmus batantae Sharpe. 

Arses balantae .Sharpe, Not. Lei/il. Mu.s. vol. i, p. 20 (1879 — Batanta). 

Gesammelt von : Beccari, Bruijn, Guillemard, Platen, Waterstradt, Stein. 

o'a (11.V.-13.VI.) Fl. 85-86,.5-87 .52-893. 

Gew. 2^-21.5-23-23,52. 
$5 (20. V.-13. \1.) Fl. 82.5-83^-85 ; Gew. 18,5-20-22-23. 
$ juv. (23. V.) Fl. 80,5. Sehnabelbasis hell. 

1 (J noch mit einigen braunen Federn, 1 J in Fliigelmauser. 

Diese gut aiisgepragte Rasse i.st beschrankt aiif die In.seln Waigeu und 
Batanta. Von ihrein Nachbarn .4. /. telescophthaJmus. der die Insel Misol und 
den Vogelkopf von Neuguinea bewohnt, unterscheidet sie sich durch folgende 
Merkmale : (1) Die Grosse ist viel bedeutender, Fliigel batantae q 84-92, $ 82-87 ; 
telescophthalmus ^ 79-86, $ 76-82 mm. (2) Durch den breiteren blauen Lid- 
kamm beider Geschlechter. (3) Durch die intensivere Kastanienfarbe auf 
Riicken. Kehle und Brust des Weibchens. 

Ini I. Ja. Kl. i.st das (J wie das alte $ gefiirbt. 

Mageninhalt : Insekten (1023 und 1184, Manokwari 158, Jobi 212, 472, 419, 
285, 214, 236. 292). 1 Heuschrecke (Jobi 207). 

Rhipidura leucophrys melaleuca (Quoy & Gaimard). 

Gesammelt von : Guillemard, Platen. Stein. 

998. 6. V. $,, Fl. 104 ; Gew. 27,5 

997. 18. V. " $ ? " „ 97 I. Ja. Kl. 

Rhipidura rufiventris gularis S. Miiller. 
Gtesammelt von : Wallace, Guillemard, Platen, Waterstradt, Stein. 

cJo' (10. V.-ll. VI.) Fl. 84-872-88-90°-91-'-91.5. 

Gew. 14,7-15^-16^-172-17,2-17,5. 
?? (11. V.-13. VI.) Fl. 79-82.5-83-83.5-842-84,.5-86-87. 

Gew, 13,5-I4,6-I52-16'-16,5-I6,6. 
I $ in Grossgefiedermauser. 

Uberemstimmend mit einer Serie von Jobi imd dem Sepikgebiet bi.s auf 
den Umstand, dass Stiicke von dem letzteren Fundort etwas grossere weisse 
Endflecken am ausseren Steuerfederpaar haben imd haufig auch an den Spitzen 
des benachbarten Paares einen kleinen weissen Fleck zeigen, der an Waigeuvogeln 
mu' selten und daim nur andeutungsweise auftritt. 

Rhipidura rufifrons squamata Miill. & Schleg. 

Rhipidura yriseicaiida .Salvadori, Ann. Mux. L'ir. Gen. vol. vii, p. 924 (1876 — Waigeu). 

Gesammelt von : Bruijn. 

Auf Waigeu ist im Februar 1874 ein 2 von Bruijns Sammlern erbeutet 
worden. Ausserdem von Salawati, Aru, Pulu babi (Aruinsehi), den Keiinseln, 
der Inselkette zwischen Keiinseln und Seran, sowie von Banda bekannt, also wohl 
auf ganz kleine Inselchen beschrankt, wie Monarcha rinerasceiis, Pachycephala 
phaeonuta, Lichmera argentanru luid Halcyon sauroplmga : typische Beispiele 
f iir eiiie Verbreitung iiber Meeresstrecken hinweg ! 



NoviTATES ZooLOGiCAE XXXVIIT. l!i:!2. 157 

Muscicapa griseosticta (Swinh.). 

Gesammelt von ; (iuilleiuard. 

Dieser siidost-sibirische Brutvogel scheint nur ausnahmsweise sein Winter- 
quartier bis in ilas papuanische Gebiet auszudehenen. Er wurde hier gefunden 
in Andai 7. IV. 1870 (Bruijn) ; Jobi 26. II. 1931 $„ (Stein Nr. 340) ; Manokwari 
13. II. 1931 $2 (Stein Nr. 144) ; 2 (J,^ Pigeon Island in der Mafiagruppe, October 
1806 (W. Doherty) ; Misol 8. XII. 1883 (Guillemard). 

Poecilodryas hypoleuca steini subsp. nov. 
Gesammelt von : Wallace, Guillemard, Waterstradt, Stein. 



1236. 


20. V. 


J3- 


Fl. 81,5 ; 


Gew 


.21 




1231. 


11. VI. 


(Js- 


„ 80; 




23,5 




1234. 


10. VI. 


6^- 


,. 79,5; 




19 




1232. 


13. VI. 


3,- 


„ 82,5; 




22 : 


Fliigelmauser. 


1239. 


27. V. 


3,- 


„ 85; 




21 




1240. 


23. V. 


o\- 


„ 80; 




22,5 




1235. 


8. VI. 


(Ji- 


„ 80,5; 




22,1 




1233. 


8. VI. 


b\- 


„ 82,5; 




22 




1238. 


3. VI. 


On- 


.. 81; 




20,5; 


Fliigelmauser. 


1237. 


23. V. 


Vo- 


,. 74; 




15 





Von P. h. hypoleuca (terra typica Manokwari) auSallig nnterschieden diirch 
braunlich schwarze statt kohlschwarze Oberseite und dui'ch geringere Ausdehnimg 
des weLssen Fliigelspiegels, besonders an den Armschwingen. Das $ i.st auf der 
Oberseite noch heller gefarbt als das ^J, namlich dunkel erdbraun. 

Typus : Waigeu ^ 8. Juni 1931, Stein leg. Nr. 1233. 

Verbreitiuig : Waigeu. 

Microeca flavovirescens Gray. 
Gesammelt von : Platen, Stein. 



1169. 


23. V. 


3,- 


Fl. 85 ; 


Gew. 15.5 




1162. 


25. V. 


<?.. 


.. 80.5; 


., 27,5 




1170. 


10. VI. 


cJ... 


„ 83; 


., 16,3 




1166. 


13. V. 


3z- 


„ 83,5; 


„ 17; 


Flugelmauser. 


1196. 


27. V. 


3,- 


„ 83; 


„ — 


,, 


1165. 


26. V. 


3,- 


,. 82; 


„ 17 




1188. 


22. V. 


<?!• 


„ 82; 


„ 16,5 




1161. 


15. VI. 


32- 


„ 81 ; 


.. 15 




1169. 


20. V. 


3,- 


., 81,5; 


.. 17 




1164. 


23. V. 


$2- 


„ 76; 


.. 14 




1167. 


9. VI. 


?!• 


,. 74,5; 


.. 14,5 


„ 


1160. 


24. V. 


5i. 


,. 79; 


., 15 




1199. 


27. V. 


$1- 


„ 75,5; 


„ — 


„ 


1163. 


23. V. 


$0- 


,. 76; 


,. 15; 


juv. 


1168. 


9. VI. 


$0- 


„ 76; 


„ 16 





Nr. 1163 beendet die Mauser aus dem Jugendkleid ins erste Ja. Kl. Soweit 
Reste des ersten Ja. Kl. noch erhalten sind, entsprechen sie der Beschreibimg 
von Og. Grant {Ibis, Suppl. ii, 1915, p. 173). Ele sei noch hinzugefiigt, dass die 
Spitzen der Hand- imd Armschwmgen mid ihrer Deckfedern blass isabeUfarben 
sind und der Unterschnabel schwarz ist, wahrend er beim erwachsenen Vogel 
blass gelbUch gefarbt ist. 



158 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. lSi:!l>. 

Verglichen mit einer Serie von Jobi sind die Waigeuvogel auf Ober- und 
Unterseite etwas weniger gelblich getont, analog dem Befund bei Meliphaga 
mialoga, M . notata und anderen. In der Grosse stimmen die Serien von Waigeu 
iind Jobi iiberein, wahrend 30 Exemplare vom Sepikgebiet ini Mittel kurzfliigliger 
sind und im Maximum eine Fliigellange von 82 mm erreichen. 

Mageninhalt : 1 Heuschrecke (1161), Insekten (1199), Jobi (482, 386). 

Gerygone chrysogaster neglecta Wallace. 

Oerygone neglecta Wallace, Proc. Zool. Soc. Land. p. 475 (1865 — Waigeu). 
Cryptolopha imigiiiensis Hartert, Bull. B.O.C. 13, p. 70 (1903 — Waigeu). 
Meise, Nov. Zool. xxxvi, 1931, p. 342. 

Gresammelt von : Wallace, Waterstradt, Stein. 

(JcJ (10. V.-13. VI.) Fl. ,50-51,5-523-53'-53,5'-545-55*-56-'-57. 

Gew. 6,1-7^-7,1-7 ,2»-7 ,5^-7 ,6-7 ,8>-8-8,5-8,7. 
$5 (12. V.-12. VI.) Fl. 49^9,5-50-50,5-51«-51,5-52,5-53,5. 

Gew. 6,3-6,5-7=-7,l-7,4-7,53-7,7-8=. 
4 (J^ in Fliigelmauser. 

Diese Rasse ist auf Waigeu beschrankt. Ihre nachsten Verwandten sind 
G. ch. notata Salvad. von Misol und dem Vogelkopf, sowie virescens Blyth von 
der Onin Halbinsel (SW-Neuguinea) bis zur Triton-Bai imd dem Siidrand der 
Geelvink-Bai. Uber die Beziehungen zu chrysogaster Gray, welche zuerst von 
Meise erkaimt worden sind, vergl. diesen Autor I.e. 

Gerygone chloronota meisei Stres. & Pal. 

Gerygone chloronota meisei Stresemann und Paludan, 0. M. B. Bd. 40, 1932, p. 16 (1932 — Waigeu) 
Gesammelt von : Stein. 

1429. 11. VI. i%. Fl. 49; Gew. 5,9 



1437. 


10. V. 


02- 


„ 47 ; 


„ 6,5 




1429. 


16. V. 


3,. 


„ 46,5; 


., 6,2 ; 


" Sohnabel schwar? 


1430. 


4. VI. 


3z- 


„ 49; 


„ 6,5 




1426. 


4. VI. 


<ll- 


„ 48,5; 


„ 6,3 




1440. 


21. V. 


<?!• 


„ 49; 


„ 6,1 




1436. 


17. V. 


cJi- 


„ 49; 


„ 5,5 




1439. 


11. VI. 


cJo- 


„ 48; 


„ 5,8 ; 


Schnabelbasis hell. 


1428. 


26. V. 


?»• 


„ 45,5 ; 


„ 6 





Die Originalbeschreibung lautet wie folgt : 

" Aus dem papuanischen Gebiet kannte man Gerygone chloronota bis vor 
kurzem nur von den Aru-Inseln imd von den Bergen des ostlichen Neuguinea. 
Die Erbeutung eines Exemplares bei Siwi im Arfakgebirge durch Dr. E. Mayr 
(1928) bildete eine Ueberraschung. Noch unerwarteter war der Herrn Stein 
gegliickte Nachweis, dass die Art auch auf Waigeu lebt. Die Kennzeichen der 
dortigen Rasse sind folgende : 

Am ahnlichsten Gerygone chloronota aruensis Biittikofer (die nicht zum 
Vergleich vorliegt), aber Oberkopf dunkler grau (Chaetura Drab, Ridgway 1912, 
Tab. 46). Ziigel und Ohrdecken ganz leicht braun getont, was Biittikofer auch 
angibt. Ein Vergleich von Aru- und Waigeustiicken wird wohl noch andere 
Unterschiede aufdecken. Beide Formen unterseheiden sich jedenfalls von 
cinereiceps (7 Stiick, dariuiter den Typus von placida Madarasz, verglichen) 
(lurch fast reines Weiss des Unterkorpers, der bei der genannten Rasse immer 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 159 

f 

deutlich rahmfarben bis grau getont ist. Seiten des Halses und Korpers wie bei 
cinereiceps, Oberkopf reiner grau, weniger braun, Griin des Oberkorpers bei der 
neuen Form weniger gelb, etwa Warbler Green (Tab. 4). Kleiner als cinereiceps. 
Fliigel (^ ad. 46,5, 47, 49 mm. (gegen 49-52 mm.), $ 45,5 mm. Schnabel langer. 
Culmen 9-9,5 mm. 4. und 5. Schwinge am liingsten. 

Typus : (J ad., Waigeu 11. Juni 1931, G. Stein leg. Nr. 1429. 

Verbreitung : Waigeu. 

Wir benennen diese neue Rasse nach Herrn Dr. W. Meise, dem verdienten 
Monographen der Gattung Oerygone, der auch die obenstehende Diagnose 
entworfen hat." 

Gerygone magnirostris cobana (Mathews). 

Zosterops fusca Bernstein, J.f. V. Bd. 12, p. 406 (1864 — Waigeu). Nee Ptilotis fiiscus Gould 1838 = 

Gerygone ftisca (Gould). 
Ethelornis magnirostris cohana Mathews, Bull. Brit. Ornith. Club, 47, p. 40 (1926 — nomen novum 

pro Zosierops fusca Bernstein). 

Gesammelt von : Bernstein, Stein. 



1432. 


14. VI. 


(Ja- 


Fl. 57 ; 


Gew. 


10 




1434. 


17. VI. 


3^■ 


„ 58; 




8,5 




1435. 


15. VI. 


(Jj. 


„ 59; 




9 




1431. 


13. VI. 


3^- 


„ 56; 




9; 


' Flisse bleigrau." 


1433. 


7. VI. 


cJi- 


„ 58; 




9,1 




1438. 


8. VI. 


cJo- 


,. 58,5 




9,5 





Herr Dr. Meise, dem wir drei der obigen Exemplare zur Untersuchung 
zusandten, aussert sich iiber das Ergebnis wie folgt : " 3 (J ad. mit einer Fliigel- 
lange von 56, 58, 59 stechen durch ihie fast weisse Unterseite von alien anderen 
Rassen ab, von der nachstwohnenden conspicillata (1 Stiick von Manokwari, 
der terra typica. Stein leg., verglichen) durch weniger rahmfarben getonten 
Unterkorper imd germgere Ausdehnimg des braunUchen Anfluges an den Weichen, 
der keine Spur einer gelblichen Beimischung zeigt. Das einzige ad. von Kapaur 
hatte ich wegen der braunen Oberseite an conspicillata angesehlossen. Der 
griinere Oberkorper der von Stem erlegten Stiicke beweist die Unwichtigkeit 
dieses Merkmales, das ja auch bei uffinis in ahnlicher Weise variiert. Daher 
ergibt sich folgende Rassenemteilmig fiir das westliche Neuguinea (vergl. Nov. 
ZoOL. 36, p. 335 fE.) : 

mimikae Og. Grant : Siidwestneugumea, westwarts wenigstens bis Kapaur. 

conspicillata (Gray) : Unterseite etwas heller, Weichen gelblicher : Vogel- 
kopf. 

affinis A. B. Meyer : Weichen noch gelber : Gebiet der Geelvink-Bai von 
Passim siid-mid ostwarts, Jobi und Nord-Neuguinea ostlich davon. 

cohanit (Mathews) : Unterkorper fast weiss. In der Ki'opfgegend leicht 
rahmfarben. Weichen in geringer Ausdehnung bramilich, nicht gelblich getont : 
Waigeu." 

Mageninhalt : Insekten (1433). 

Gerygone palpebrosa palpebrosa Wallace. 

W. Meise, Nov. Zool. xxxvi, 1930, pp. 330-:i31. 

Gresammelt von : Waterstradt, Stein. 

1427. 13. VI. (Jj. Fl. 55 ; Gew. 8,1 
1020. 27. V. •• oV ,. 52,5; „ 7,5 ('^ ?) 



IIJO NOVITATES ZOOLOCIICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 

" Diese beiden Stiicke zeigen, dass nach der Breite des schwarzen Stirnstreifs 
keiiie Treimiuig innerhalb dieser Subspecies (vgl. Nov. Zool. xxxix, p. 331) 
augangig Lst. Wateistradts Stiick hat schmalen, statt breiten Streif (Praepara- 
tion und iiidividuelle Variation). Das Griin des Oberkorpers ist hell wie bei 
Aiii-Stiicken. Es bleibt also hochstens die Grosse als Unterscheidungsmerkmal, 
da das q 55, das $ 52,5 mm. Fliigellange hat, also zu den Massen der grosseren 
nordlichen Population passt.'" (Dr. W. Meise in Utt.) 

Machaerirhynchus flaviventer albifrons Gray. 

Machaerirhynchus albifrons Gray, Proc. Zool. Hoc. Land. 1861, p. 429 (1861 — Waigeu, Misol). 
Gesammelt von : Platen, Waterstradt, Stein. 

(J (J (20. V.-IO. VI.) Fl. 55,5-58-o8,o--59--59,5. 

Gew. 9,5-10.2-10,3-10,5. 
?$(22. V.-U. VI.) Fl. 53-54^-56-59. j 

Gew. 9,5--9,8-10-10,5. 

2 (J in Fliigelmauser. 

Mit einer Serie aus Siwi (Arfak-Gebirge) iibereinstimmend. 
Mageniiilialt : Insekten (1487, 1499, 1498, 1486, 1478). 

Crateroscelis murinus capitalis Stres. & Pal. 

Crateroscelis murinus capitalis Stresemann & Paludan, 0. M. B. Bd. 40, p. 14 (1932 — Waigeu). 
Gesammelt von : Wallace, Stein. 



1467. 


10. VI. 


(J- 


Fl. 58 ; Gew. 14,6 


1471. 


25. v. 


Ol- 


., 58; 


. 13 


1468. 


10. VI. 


Oo- 


„ 56; 


, 13,3 


1469. 


26. V. 


cJ. 


„ 55; 


, 13 


1470. 


12. VI. 


?o- 


„ 54,5; 


, 12,5 


1466. 


24. V. 


?o- 


„ 52,5; 


, — 



Die Originalbeschreibung lautet wie folgt : 

" (J ad. : Unterscheidet sich von C. m. murinus Sclater (terra typica restr. 
Lobo-Bai, S. Miiller leg.) durch die Farbiuig des Oberkopfes, der nicht matt- 
schwarz, sondern sehr dunkel oUvbraun ist, fast genau von demselben Ton wie 
beim $ von C. m. murinus, und durch etwas geringere Grosse. Geschlechter 
gleichgefarbt. Fliigel o 56-58 mm. (bei murinus 60-63,5 mm.), $ 52, .5-54, 5 mm. 
(bei murinus 54-58 mm.). 

Typus : ^ ad., Waigeu 25. Mai 1931, G. Stein leg. Nr. 1471. 

Verbreitimg : Waigeu." 

Sericornis spilodera femiginea Stres. & Pal. 

Sericornis spilodera Jerruginea Streaemann & Paludan, U. M. B. Bd. 40, p. 16 (1932 — Waigeu). 
Gesammelt von : Stein. 



JUV. 



1446. 


25. V. 


Sz- 


Fl. 58 


Gew. 10.1 


1445. 


9. VI. 


cJo. 


„ 59 


,. 10,2 


1441. 


22. v. 


$1- 


.. 53 


,. 9,5 


1443. 


8. VI. 


?!• 


„ 55 


„ 9 


1544. 


22. V. 


Si- 


„ 53 


,. 10; 


1442. 


10. VI. 


V 


„ 58 


„ 10,5 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 161 

Die Originalbeschreibung lautet wie folgt : 

" Sericornis (' Aethomyias ') ^ spilodera war bisher nur vom Festland Neu- 
guineas bekannt. Herr Stein entdeckte sie aiich aiif Japan (Jobi) und Waigeu. 
Wahrend die Rasse von Japen mit 8. s. spilodera Gray iibereinstimmt (verglichen 
mit einer Serie vom Sepik-Gebiet), weicht die Waigeu-Rasse stark ab, und zwar 
durch folgende Merkmale : 

Im Vergleich zu spilodera (J ist der Oberkopf in beiden Geschlechtern nicht 
mattschwarz, sondern rostlich oliv, die Stirn hell rostlich statt schwarz. Die 
Farbung des Oberkopfes geht allmahlich in die des Riickens iiber, der etwas 
mehr gelblich oliv, weniger graulich oliv ist als bei spilodera. Olirdecken und 
Augenumgebiuig fahl rostlich, etwas heller als die Stirn, nicht schwarzlich wie 
bei spilodera. Langsfleckung von Kehle und Brust viel weniger scharf und 
schnialer, in der Regel nur als schmaler verloschener schwarzgrauer Schaftstrich 
und nicht als schwarzer Tropfenfleck aiisgebUdet. Geschlechter gleichgefarbt. 
wahrend sie bei spilodera hinsichtlich des Oberkopfes deutlich verschieden sind. 
Fliigel (J 58-59, ? 53-55 mm. 

Typus : ^, Waigeu 25. Mai 1931, G. Stein leg. Nr. 1446. 

Verbreitung : Waigeu." 

Magenmhalt : Insekten (1446, Jobi : 359, 424, 533). 

Motacilla cinerea caspica (Gm.). 
Gesammelt von : GuUlemard 22.-29. X. 1883). 

Coracina novaehollandiae melanops (Lath.). 
Gesammelt von : Stein. 

1610. 21. V. $. Fl. 186 
Zugvogel aus Australien. 

Coracina lineata axillaris Salvad. 
Gesammelt von : Platen, Stein. 

1054. 2. VI. ^i. Fl. 143 ; Gew. 74 

1057. 27. V. $,. ,. 131 ; „ 65,5 
1059. 2. VI. $1. „ 133 ; „ 74 

1058. 26. V. $,. ., 131,5 ; „ 70 

Zum Vergleich konnten nur 2 $5 vom Sattelberg benutzt werden, die an 
Kehle imd Brust etwas heller grau sind als die $$ von Waigeu. Das Material 
reicht indessen zur Entscheidmig der Frage, ob hier geographische Variation 
vorliegt, nicht aus, umsomehr als die beiden $$ vom Sattelberg untereinander 
ziemlich verschieden gefarbt sind : bei dem einen Lst die Brust weiss, schwarz 
imd grau quergebandert, bei dem anderen im wesentlichen nur schwarz und 
weiss quergebandert. 

Edolisoma melan waigeuense Stres. & Pal. 

Edolisoma melan waigetiense Stresemann & Paludan, (}. U. B. Bd. 40, p. 17 (1932 — Waigeu). 

Gesammelt von : Guillemard, Stein. 

1056. 23. V. Si- Fl- 126 ; Schw. 96 ; Gew. 63 ; Schwanzmauser. 
1047. 21. V. $j. „ 121 ; „ 88,5 ; „ 53 

' Mit Meise (Nov. Zool. 36, 1931, p. 319) sind wir der Ansicht, dass die Gattung Aethomyias 
nicht aufrechterhalteii werden kaun. 

11 



1(52 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 



Die Originalbeschreibung lautet wie folgt : 

" Im mannlichen Geschlecht ist diese neue Rasse nicht zu unterscheiden von 
E. m. tnelan (Less.)- Das $ von E. m. ivaigeuense Lst deutlicli gekennzeiclmet 
durch weit voneinander abstehende schmale schwarze Queibander der rostfar- 
benen Fedem von Brust- und Bauchseite, die sich gegen die Mitte des rost- 
farbenen Unterkorpers zu vereinzelten schwarzen Flecken auflosen. Bei E. m. 
melan finden sich niir gelegentlicli Spuren solcher Querbanderung an einigen 
verdeckten Federn der Bauchseite ($ Sejiik-Gebiet : Lordberg, Dr. Burgers leg. 
Nr. 820). Fliigel S 126, ? 121 ram. 

Typus : ? ad., Waigeu 21. Mai 1931, G. Stein leg. Nr. 1047. 

Verbreitung : Waigeu." 

Edolisoma tenuirostre nehrkomi Salvad. 

Edoliisoma nehrkomi Salvadori, Vrn. Pap. Aggiunte, ii, p. 91 (1890 — Waigeu) ; Salvadori, Ibis, 1886, 
p. 152. 

Gesamnielt von : Platen. 

Es handelt sich hier zweifellos um eine Form der ienuirosfre-GTXxp'pe und 
nicht um einen Vert-reter der ceramerwe-Gruppe. Das geht sowohl aus Salva- 
doris Angabe : " Ohrdecken und Kelile glanzend schwarz," als auch aus der 
betrachtlichen Grosse des Typus und bisherigen Unikums (Fl. 123 mm.) hervor. 

Edolisoma ceramense incertum (A. B. Meyer). 
Gesammelt von : Stein. 



1051. 


27. V. 


'^i- 


Fl. 116; 


Gew 


57 




1052. 


31. V. 


^1- 


„ 113; 




62; 


Fliigelinauser. 


1055. 


31. V. 


6i- 


,. 114; 




59 




1045. 


1. VI. 


<?!■ 


„ 112; 




56; 


Mauser aus I. Ja. Kl 


1049. 


16. VI. 


?2- 


.. 112; 




67; 


Flugelmauser. 


1046. 


6. VI. 


$0- 


„ 109; 




61 




1048. 


3. VI. 


?0- 


„ 110,5 




51 


Mauser aus I. Ja. Kl 


1050. 


1. VI. 


?0- 


,,113; 




58 




1053. 


3. VI. 


?. 


„ 115; 




50 


I. ,. ■> 



Die ceramerwe-Gruppe war bisher von keiner der westpapuanischen Inseln 
bekannt. Herr Stein wies sie von Waigeu in einer Rasse nach, die der von Jobi 
bescliriebenen Form E. c. incertum A. B. Meyer sehr nahe steht, aber in folgender 
Hinsicht von Lhr abweicht. (J ^d. : Die graue Farbung etwas heller als bei 
incertum, die Kehle wie die iibrige Unterseite gefarbt und nicht wie bei incertum 
schwarzlich verdiistert. $ ad. : Unterseite mit schwachen Andeutungen einer 
weissen Banderung, die bei den beiden zum Vergleich benutzten $$ vom Sepik- 
gebiet volUg fehlt. 

Das 9 ist etwas heller grau gefarbt als das cJ und hat hellere Ohrdeckfedern 
mit weisslichen Schaften. Bei einem $ (Nr. 1048) fehlt dieses ietzte Merkmal. 

1050 tragt auf der Unterseite einfarbig blaugraue Federn mit zwei schwarzen 
und zwei weissen Querbinden, zu denen noch die Andeutung einer chitten 
Bchwarzen Binde hinzukommen kann (Hemmungskleid ?). 

Mageninhalt : Riesige Larven (1051), Heuschrecken (1055, 1046, 1049), 
Insekten (1048, 1050). 



NoviTATES Zoological XXXVIII. 1932. 163 

Lalage atrovirens atrovirens (Gray). 
Gesammelt von : Stein. 



979. 


23. III. 


cJi- 


Fl. 101 ; 


Gew. 32 


978. 


26. III. 


?o- 


„ 96,5 ; 


„ 33 



Bisher im Gebiet der we.stlichen papuanischen Inseln niir von Misol und 
Salawati bekamit. Die beiden Waigeustiicke siiid nicht zu unterscheiden von 
einer Serie aus dam Sepikgebiet. 

Mageninhalt : rotes imd griine.s Fruchtfleisch (1970), rotes faseriges Frucht- 
fleisch mit lifeffergrossen schwarzen Kernen (978). 

Hinindo tahitica frontalis Quoy & Gaimard. 
Gesammelt von : Platen, Stein. 



1455. 


12. VI. 


^1- 


Fl. 105 ; 


Gew. 13,8 




1457. 


15. VI. 


6o. 


,. 108; 


„ 15,4 ; 


Fliigelmauser. 


1456. 


13. VI. 


*0- 


„ 105,5; 


.. 15 


„ 


1454. 


14. VI. 


$0- 


„ 106,5; 


.. 13,5; 


juv. 



Ubereinstimmend mit 7 Exemplaren aus Halmahera und 7 aus Makassar 
(Siid-Celebes). Die javanische ^asse javanica scheLnt durch die Konstanz eiuer 
etwas heller rotbraunen Stirnbinde unterschieden zu sein. 

Pitta sordida novaeguineae Miill. & Schleg. 
Gesammelt von : Bernstein. 

Pitta mackloti mackloti Temm. 

Gesammelt von : Bernstein, Beccari, Bruijn, Guillemard, Platen, Stein. 

1117. l.VI. cJj. Fl. 102; Gew. 83 
1114. 25. V. (J 2. ., 105; „ 86 



nil. 8. VI. $3. 

in;!. l.VI. $2. 

1116. 27. V. ?j. 

1115. 20. V. $2. 

1112. 25. V. $,. 



107 ; „ 82 

106 ; „ 90 

102,5 ; „ 95 

104 ; „ 81 

104,5 ; „ 91 



Die Farbe des Nackens ist bei alien Waigeuvogeln ausgesprochen braunUch 
und nicht so rot wie bei Jiabenichli. Em Exemplar aus Manokwari hat einen 
etwas roteren Nacken als die Waigeuvogel. Wir sehen jedoch keuien Anlass, 
einen neuen Namen zu geben. 

Mageninhalt : Kleine Insekten (1113), I Puppe ca. 3 cm. lang, 1 Schnecke, 
Insekten (111.5), Grosse weisse Larve, weich (1112), Larven und kleine Kafer 
(Jobi 190), 1 Heuschrecke, 1 weisse Larve, 1 Tausendfiissler von 11 cm. Lange 
(Jobi 313). Graue breiartige Masse (Jobi 345), Kaferlarve, Chitin (Jobi 320), 
Fliigeldecken von Kafern (Jobi 235). 

Hemiprocne mystacea mystacea (Lesson). 
Gesammelt von : Bruijn, GuLUemard, Platen, Stein. 



1155. 


29. V. 


Ji- 


Fl. 225 ; 


Gew. 79 


1156. 


14. VI. 


?!■ 


„ 229; 


„ 75 



Mageninhalt : 1 grosse Hymenoptere mit Stachel (1156). 



164 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. l'J32. 



Collocalia esculenta subsp. 

Gesammelt von : Bernstein, Stein. 
Siehe unter Numfor ! 

Collocalia vanikorensis waigeuensis subsp. nov. 

Gesammelt von : Stein. 

In seiner Revision der Gattung Collocalia (MitteU. Zool. Mtis. Berlin, Bd. 12, 
Heft 1 und 2, 1925-26) hat Stresemann den Versuch gemacht, alle Collocalia- 
Formen iii 6 Rassenkreise ziisammenzufassen. Dass dieser Versuch nicht restlos 
gegliickt sei und die Zahl der Formenkreise eine grossere sein miisse, hat sich bald 
darauf ergeben, und Stresemann hat daher bei der Revision der westmalayischen 
Salanganen {Bull, of Raffles Mus. Singai)ore, No. 6, pp. 83-101, 1931) die in der 




Kabte 2. — Verbreitung des Rassenkreises Collocalia francica im Malayischeii Archipel. — Rassen : 
(1) germani Oust. ; (2) vestita (Less.) ; {^) javensis Stres. ; (4) d^immermani Rensch ; (5) micans 
Stres. ; (6) aenigma Riley. 



Westhalfte des Malajrischen Archipels lebenden Formen zum Teil neu gruppiert. 
Es zeigte sich bei diesen Untersuchungen unter anderem, dass die Art Collocalia 
fuciphaga nach Osten nicht iiber Java hinausreiche iind alle Formen, die iistlich 
der Wallace 'schen Linie vorkommen und von Stresemann 1925 als Rassen zu 
C. fuciphaga gestellt worden waren, anderen Arten angehoren miissen. Es sei 
nun hier der Versuch unternommen, die Gruppierung fiir das papuanische 
Gebiet, die Mohikken und Celebes durchzufiihren. Er kann jetzt mit besserem 
Recht gewagt warden, da die E.xpeditionen Stein und Heinrich em einzigartiges 
Material zur Klarung der Frage geliefert haben. 

In dem nun zu behandelnden Gebiet kommen mindestens zwei (wenn nicht 
mehr) Arten der grauen Salanganen vor. Sie wurden friiher als Collocalia 
fuciphaga imd C. francica vmterschieden. Man glaubte also diese beiden Arten 



NOVITATES ZoOLOOICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 



165 



iiber das ganze malayische CJebiet hinweg bis ins polynesische Gebiet verfolgen 
zu konnen. Mit dieser Schematisierung ist man jedoch zu weit gegangen. 

Wie wir diirch die Ergebnisse der Expedition Heinrich wissen, kommen in 
Central-Celebes zwei Collocalia-Arten nebeneinander vor : eine kleinere mit 
scharf ausgepragtem weisslichgrauen Biirzelband, die von Stresemann als C 
fraricica sororwm beschrieben wiirde, und eine grossere, deren ganze Oberseite 
einfarbig Lst und die von Riley den Namen C. francica aenigma erhielt. 
Wahrend C. sororum von alien C'oZtocaiia-Formen der Kleinen Siuidainseln, der 
Philippinen luid von Borneo fundamental abweicht, lasst sich G . aenigma unserer 
Meinung nach ohne Zwang an C. francica vestita (Borneo) und C. francica micans 
(Kleine Sunda-Inseln) anschliessen. Es erhebt sich nun die Frage, ob C. sororum 
nahe Verwandte auf den Molukken hat, ob sie also etwa von Osten her auf Celebes 
eingewandert ist, imd ob fiir C. aenigma das gleiche gilt. Hemrichs Sammlung 




Karte 3. — Verbreitung des Rassenkreises Collocnlia vanikoren^is im Raum zwischen Celebes 
und Bismarck-Archipel. — Rassen : (1) vanikorensis (Quoy & Gaim.) ; (2) steini (Stres. & Pal.) ,• 
(3) baru Stres. & Pal. ; (4) waigeuensis Stres. & Pal. ; (5) hirundUiacea Stres. ; (6) mayri 
Hart. ; (7) pseudovestita Stres. ; (8) excelsa Og. Grant ; (9) inoluccarum Stres. ; (10) injuscala 
Salvad. ; (11) cerome/ist« van Oort ; (12) sororum Stres. ; (\i) terrae-regiiias Ra,ms. 



von Halmahera erlaubt es, diese Frage zu beantworten und damit die Taxonomie 
der CoOocalien wieder ein Stiick welter zu bringen. 

Auf den Nord-Molukken (Ternate, Halmahera) lebt nur eine Art grauer 
Collocalien ; dies ist C. infuscata Salvador!, von welchen Herr Heinrich eine 
Serie von 5 Stiick am Vulkan Gomkonora auf Nordhalmahera sammelte. Diese 
Exemplare sind ausserst interessant. Sie offenbaren namlich, dass die Biirzel- 
farbung auf Halmahera in iiberraschender Weise variiert. Es gibt dort Individuen 
mit sehr licht weissgrauem Biirzelband, die fast genau so aussehen wie C. sororum, 
imd daneben andere, denen jede Aufhellung in der Biirzelregion voUig fehlt und 
welche dadurch tauschend ahnlich sind den Salanganen von Ncuguinea, die man 
bisher in den Rassenkreis C. fuciphaga einbezogen hat. Die gleiche Variabilitat 
der Biirzelfarbung hat bereits Pleske {Melanges Biol., Bull. Acad. Sci. SI. Peters- 
bourg, xii, 1884, p. 121) bei C. infuscata auf Ternate gefunden. C. infuscata zeigt 
also, dass C. sororum ein Einwanderer von Osten her ist und mit den dunkel- 



166 



NOVITATES ZoOLOGICAi; XXXVIII. 1!I32. 



biirzligen Collocalien von Neuguinea in einen Rassenkreis gestellt werden muss. 
Dieser Rassenkreis lasst sich nach Osten iiber Neuguinea hinaus verfolgen. Es 
gehort dahin mindestens noch C. vanikoreiisis Quoy & Gaimard, welche von 
Vanicoro beschrieben wurde und tins in einer Serie vom Bismarck-Archipel 
vorliegt. 

Wahrend es auf Neuguinea ausser der riesigen Collocalia whiteheadi unseres 
Wissens keine andere " graue " Collocalia-Ait gibt, lebt im Bismarck-Archipel 
neben C. vanikorensis noch eine zweite, kleinere Art. die nicht wie C. vanikorensis 
eine einfarbige Oberseite, sondern einen scharf markierten weisslichen Biirzel 
hat : C. reichenowi, von friiheren Autoren in den Rassenkreis C.francica gestellt. 
Diese hellbiirzlige Gruppe ist ausser vom Bismarck-Archipel auch von den 
Salomonen, den Fiji-Insehi, Tonga- luid Samoa-Inseln bekannt, lasst sich dagegen 
vom Bismarck-Archipel aus nicht mit Sicherheit weiter nach Westen verfolgen. 




'^ 



o^ 






Karte 4. — Verbreituiig von Collocalia spodiopygia reichenowi Stres. 

Es ist nicht moglich, sie an die Gruppe C. francica anzuschliessen, und man tut 
daher gut, C. reichenoivi und die ilir nahestehenden Rassen unter dem altesten 
Namen C. spodiopygia zusammenzufassen. Es bleibt nmi zu untersuchen 
iibrig, wie die dunkelbiirzligen Collocalien des papuanischen Gebietes, welche 
nach Westen zu in hellbiirzlige iibergehen, zu benennen sind. Wir haben gesehen, 
dsiss sie weder zu C. fuciphaga noch zu C. francica noch zu C. spodiopygia gestellt 
werden konnen. Das zwingt zu der Annahme eines weiteren Rassenkreises, der 
nach der altesten hierhergehorigen Form C. vanikorensis genannt werden muss. 
Zur westlichen Gruppe von C. vanikorensis gehoren die folgenden Formen : 



1. C. vanikoreiisis vanikorensis Quoy & Gaimard. 

Verbreitung : Bismarck-, Louisiade- und D'Entrecasteaux-Archipel, Santa 
Cruz, Neue Hebriden. 

Biirzel gleichfarbig mit Riicken, Tarsus stets unbefiedert, Ohrdecken sehr 
hell im Gegensatz zu fast alien Rassen von Neuguinea und seinen Inseln. Fliigel 
116-123 mm. 



NOVITATES ZOOLOOICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 



167 



2. C. vanikorensis sleini subsp. nov. 

Verbreitiing : Niimfor. 

Typus : ? ad., Numfor 14. April 1931, G. Stein leg. Nr. 734. 



732. 


18. IV. 


^1- 


Fl. 118; ,Sc 


hw. 43/55 


Gew. 11,5 




717. 


20. IV. 


<?!• 


„ 123 ; 


43/55 


„ 10 




726. 


18. IV. 


<?!■ 


„ 115; 


, 44,5/53 


„ 10,1 




733. 


18. IV. 


(Jo- 


„ (110); 


44/49 


„ 10,8 ; 


Flugelmauser. 


716. 


20. IV. 


cJo- 


„ 117; 


44/; 


„ 10,9 


„ 


734. 


14. IV. 


$0- 


„ 118,5; 


45/53 


,. 13,5 ; 


Typus. 


709. 


14. IV. 


?o. 


„ 117,5; 


41/51 


„ 10,5 




714. 


18. IV. 


$0- 


.. (118); 


, 44,5/53 


„ 11,7- 


Flugelmauser 


715. 


20. IV. 


So- 


„ (116); 


44/52 


„ 9,5 


„ 



Alle ohne Tarsenbefiederimg. 

Auf der Unterseite dunkler als alle Populationen avLs Westneuguinea (mit 
Ausnahme von waigeuensis, von welcher sie sich aber unterscheiden durch 
bedeutendere Fliigellange), namlich fast genau von demselben Farbton wie C. 
francica javensis. Auf der Oberseite nicht zu luiterscheiden von unserem 
Material aus Waigeu, Manokwari und Weyland-Gebirge (aber besonders auf dem 
Riicken etwas heller und griinlicher, nicht so schwarzlich und dabei nicht so 
blaulich schimmernd wie die Rasse haru auf Jobi). Schwanz relativ langer als 
bei den anderen papuanischen Rassen ; Tarsus volUg unbefiedert, Fliigellange : 
110-118,5. 



3. C. vanikorensis baru subsp. nov. 

Verbreitung ; Kampong Baru auf Jobi. 

Typus : ? ad., Kampong Baru, Jobi, 25. Marz 1931, G. Stein leg. Nr. 643. 

635. 24. III. Jj. Fl. 113; Schw. 41/47,5 ; Gew. 8,7 ; Flugelmauser. 



634. 


24. III. 


6o- 


, 110; 


„ 41/(43) ; 


„ 8,7 


„ 


641. 


25. III. 


(?2- 


, 112; 


„ 39/47 ; 


„ 9,6 


„ 


633. 


24. III. 


cJo- 


, 106,5; 


„ 39/47 ; 


„ 8,5 


,, 


643. 


25. III. 


?0- 


, 108; 


„ 40/45,5 ; 


.. 9,6 ; 


Typus. 


642. 


25. III. 


$0- 


. 109; 


„ 40/45 ; 


„ 9,1 ; 


Flugelmauser 



Alle mit Tarsenbefiederung. 

Auf Jobi sammelte Herr Stein zwei verschiedene Rassen dieser Art. Wah- 
rend er beim Dorf Serui eine kleine Serie erbeutete, die wir nicht von Exemjilaren 
aus Manokwari zu trennen vermogen, es sei denn, dass die Ohrdecken bei den 
Vogeln von Serui etwas heller, weniger schwarzUch sind, und die wir vorlaufig aLs 
C. V. hirundinacea betrachten, da wir einen direkten Vergleich mit terratyisischen 
Stiicken gegenwartig nicht unternehmen konnen, erbeutete er bei der Ortschaft 
Kampong Baru eine deutlich verschiedene Subspecies. Sie ist kleiner als die bei 
Serui vorkommende Rasse, hat nicht einen nackten, sondern einen auf der 
Aussenseite meist kraftig befiederten Lauf und eine dunklere Oberseite, die auf 
dem Riicken mehr bliiulich, weniger griinlich schillert. Auf der Unterseite ist 
sie ebenso hell silbrig wie die Vogel von Serui und Manokwari. Die Ohrdecken 
der Rasse baru sind so dunkel wie bei Manokwarivogeln, nicht so braunlich wie 
bei Serui-Vogeln. 



Jgjj NOVITATES ZOOLOOKAE XXXVIII. 1932. 

4. C. vanikorensis waigenensis subsp. iiov. 

Verbreitung : Waigeu. 

Typus : cJ ad., Waigeu 16. Mai 1931, G. Stein leg. Nr. 1453. 

Schw. 38,5/44 ; Gew. 9,5 ; Typus. 

39/46 ; ,, 10,2 ; Flugelmauser. 

38/44,5; „ 9,5 

40/47 ; ., 9 

38/46 ; „ 10 ; Andeutung von Tarsenbefied. 

Ganz wie die Rasse Meini von Numfor gefarbt und gleichfalk mit imbefie- 
dertem Lauf (bei einem Exemplar an der Aussenseite eiiiige Federchen), aber 
im Mittel kleiner und mit kiirzerem Schwanz. 

5. C. vaiiikorensis hirundinacea Stres. 

Verbreitung : provisorisch rechnen wir hierher Exemplare von dem Siid- und 
Nordhang des Schneegebirges, von Serui auf Jobi und von Manokwari. 



53. 


16. V. 


Sv 


Fl. 110; 


51. 


10. V. 


Sv 


„ 110,5 


50. 


9. VI. 


<Jl- 


.. 109; 


149. 


16. V. 


Jo- 


„ 110; 


147. 


16. V. 


o'o- 


„ 112; 



458. 


7. III. 


" Jobi." ■ 


<?o- 


n. Ill ; 


Schw. 43/51 


Gew. 10,5 




602. 


19. III. 


Serui. 


<5o- 


„ 114,5 


40/48 


„ 10,5 ; 


Fliigelmauaer. 


649. 


27. III. 


j^ 


?2- 


„ 118; 


„ 41,5/50 


„ 10,5 




648. 


26. III. 


,, 


9o- 


„ 114; 


„ 40,5/48 


„ 10,5 





' " Geschosseii im Talkessel, an dessen .\usla\ifer Serui liegt." 

Die drei ersten ganz ohne Tarsenbefiederung, der letzte mit einigen Federchen 
auf der Aussenseite des Laufs. 

1448. 1. V. Manokwari. 3^. Fl. 115 ; Schw. 42/50 
664. 2. IV. „ ?„. „ 108; Gew. 9,2 

Beide ohne Tarsenbefiederung. Nr. 664 in Grossgefiedermauser. 

Unter diesem Namen fassen wir vorlaufig die uns von Manokwari, dem 
unteren Menoo-FIuss am Fuss des Weylandgebirges imd dem Dorf Serui auf 
Jobi aus der Sammlung Stein vorliegenden E.xemplare zusannnen. Ob sie wirk- 
lich mit der Population, die an der terra typica (oberer Utakwa-Fluss am Siidhang 
des Schneegebirges) lebt, identisch sind, konnte nur durch direkten Vergleich 
entschieden werden imd scheint ims sehr fraglich. Auf der Unterseite sind sie 
hell silbergrau wie C. v. sororuni. infmrala imd baru, also weniger braimlich getont 
als steini mid waigeuensis. Auf der Oberseite .stimmen sie im Farbton iiberein 
mit steini und waigeuensis, wahrend infuscata, sororum und baru auf der Oberseite 
dimkler und blauer, weniger griinlich schillern. Der Lauf ist in der Regel nackt. 
Die drei Exemplare vom Menoo mid die kleine Serie von Serui imterscheiden sich 
von den beiden Manokwari-Stiicken durch etwas bedeutendere Fliigellange und 
schwarzUchere Ohrdecken. 

6. C. vanikorensis mayri Hart. 
Collocalia fticiphaga mayri Hartert, Nm. Zool. vol. xxxvi, p. 93 (1930 — Siwi). 

Verbreitung : Arfak-Gebirge (Siwi 800 m.). 

Nach der Diagnose imterscheidet sich der Typus, der bisher Unicum geblieben 
ist, von C. V. hirundinacea durch dicht befiederten Lauf. 



NOVITATES ZOOLOCICAK XXXVIII. 1932. 169 

7. C. vanikorensis psendotv.siUa Stres. 

Verbreitung : Nur bekannt von der A.strolabe-Bai (ehem. Deutsch-Neii- 
guiiiea). Im Vergleich zu alien bisher bekannten Neuguinea-Rassen auf der 
Oberseite heller imd griinlicher, nicht so blaulich schillernd. (^berseite fast so hell 
wie bei C. francica javensis, aber vor allem auf dem Oberkoj^f mehr blaulich, 
weniger griinlich schillernd. Unterseite nicht so silbrig wie bei hirundinacea, 
sondern etwas braunhcher. Ohrdecken sehr hell, wie bei vanikorensis fast von 
dem Farbton der Unterseite, also viel heller als bei hirundinacea. Tarsus an der 
Aussenseite bei einem Exemplar nackt, bei anderen rait einigen Federchen. 
FliigeUange 109, 110, 111, 113, 116. 

8. C. vanikorensis excelsa 0. -Grant. 

Verbreitung : Oberer Utakwa-Fluss (8000 Fuss). 

Vor alien iibrigen beschriebenen Neuguinea-Rassen durch die bedeutende 
Grosse gekennzeichnet ; in der Farbung anscheinend sehr ahnlich C. v. hirundi- 
nacea. 

9. C. vanikorensis moluccarum Stres. 

Verbreitung : Ambon, Banda, Taam, Koor, Kei-Inseln. 

Von C. V. hirundinacea abweichend durch die in der Regel etwas dimklere 
Unterseite und haufig griinlicheren, weniger blaulichen Schiller der Oberseite, 
Von C. V. ceramensis abweichend durch einfarbige Oberseite, vollig nackten Tarsus 
und bedeutendere Grosse. Fl. 110-118. Mittel von 23 Exemplaren 114,5. 

10. C. vanikorensis infiiscata Salvad. 

Verbreitung ; Halmahera, Ternate, Morotai. 

Auf Ober- und Unterseite fast genau so gefarbt wie C v. baru, aber in der 
Regel mit einem weisslichgrauen Biirzelband rait feinen schwarzen Schaftstrichen. 
Selten ist dieses Biirzelband sehr stark verdunkelt oder gar vollig verschwunden, 
sodass dann die ganze Oberseite wie bei den papuanischen Rassen emfarbig ist. 
Tarsenbefiederung stark wechselnd zwischen starkbefiedert und vollig fehlend. 
Fl. 109,5-110^-111-113. 

11. C. vanikorensis ceramensis van Oort. 

Verbreitung : Seran, Buru. 

Anschemend nicht zu unterscheiden von leucopygia Wall, aus Neu-Kale- 
donien. Oberseite wie bei C. v. infiiscata bis auf den Umstand, dass das Biirzelband 
sehr scharf ausgepragt und beinahe rein weiss ist mit schwarzen Schaftstrichen. 
Unterseite heller als bei injuscaia : silbrig grauweiss. Tarsusbefiederung : 
Aussenseite der Laufe schwach befiedert. Fl. 102-109. 

12. C. vanikorensis sororum Stres. 

Verbreitung : Mittel-, Siidost- und Siid-Celebes. 

In der Fiirbinig iiusserst ahnlich infuscafa, aber Unterseite ein klein wenig 
heller, silbriger, und Biirzelband noch weisslicher, niemals fehlend. Tarsen- 
befiedenmg : Wechselnd zwischen schwach und sehr stark. Fl. j 109-115, 
? 107-114 (vgl. Orn. Monatsbcr. 1931, p. 13). 



170 NOVITATES ZOOLOOICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 

13. C. vanikorensis terrae-reginae Ramsay. 

Verbreitiuig : Nord- Queensland. 

Bei dieser Rasse, die uns gegenwartig nicht vorUegt, ist der Biirzel in der 
Regal stark weissUch aufgeheUt, wie bei C. v. infuscata, es scheint aber auch 
Individuen mit ganz einfarbiger Oberseite zu geben. 

Als Sjnionyme betrachten wir C. francica yorki Math, und C. francica 
zoonava Math., doch hahen wir es fiJr mogUch, dass kiinftige Untersuchungen die 
Existenz mehrerer geographisch getrennter Rassen in Nord-Queensland erweisen 
werden. 

Caprimulgus macrurus schillmolleri Stres. 

Caprinwlgm macrurus srjiilhmlkri Stresemann, ". M. B. xxxix, p. 170 (1931 — Halmahera). 

Gesammelt von : Wallace, Stein. 



1538. 


28. V. 


Sz- 


Fl. 179 


Gew. 66 




1539. 


2. VI. 


s^. 


„ 189 


„ 69 




1540. 


10. V. 


Sv 


,. 178 


,. 67 




1541. 


2. VI. 


?. 


., 176 


,. — ; 


Fliigelmauser. 


1543. 


13. V. 


$0. 


„ 178 


„ 68 


,, 



Die von Herrn Stein auf Waigeu gesammelten Stiicke weichen so, wie es die 
Diagnose von scMllmolleri angibt, von 3 Exemplaren aus Manokwari (C m. 
yorki) ab. 

Die Geschlechter imterscheiden .sich m folgender Weise : das helle Feld der 
Steuerfedem ist beim $ nicht rein weiss wie beim ,^, sondern braimlich gelb 
getriibt. Ebenso verhalt es sich mit dem weissen Fliigelspiegel. Nr. 1540, als J 
vom Sammler bezeichnet, gleicht in der Farbung einem $ ; wahrscheinUch ist 
das auch ein Merkmal des jungen (J. 

Podargus papuensis papuensis Quoy & Gaimard. 

Podargii^ papuensis conigravi MaAhewa, Nov. Zool. Bd. xviii, p. 281 (1912 — Waigeu). 

Gesammelt von : Bruijn, Guillemard, Platen. 

Podargus ocellatus ocellatus Quoy & Gaimard. 

Podargus suptrciliaris Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. Land. 1861, p. 428, pi. 42 (1861 — Waigeu). 

Gesammelt von : Wallace, Bruijn, Guillemard, Platen, Stein. 

1543. 27. V. Si- Fl. 190 ; Schw. 164 ; Gew. 140 

Ninox theomacha (Bonap.). 

Gesammelt von : Beccari, Platen, Waterstradt. 

Das von Platen auf Waigeu gesammelte Stiick befindet sich unter Nr. 27690 
im Berliner Museum. Im Vergleich zu einem von Dr. Mayr im Saruwagedgebirge 
erbeuteten Exemplar ist der Oberkopf durch seine Farbe viel weniger scharf 
gegen den Riicken abgesetzt. Der Oberkopf des Waigeuvogels hat braunlichere, 
weniger schwarzgraue, der Riicken graulichere, weniger rostlichbraunliche 
Tonung, als es bei dem Saruwagedvogel der Fall ist. Das stimmt ganz gut mit 
der Beschreibung iiberein, die Salvadori (Orn. Pap. i, p. 79) von dem durch 
Beccari auf Waigeu gesammelten Stiick gegeben hat. Es lebt also mogUcher- 
weise auf Waigeu erne noch unbenannte endemische Rasse. 



J 



NOVITATES ZOOLOOICAE XXXVIIl. 1932. 171 

Ninox ruJa humeralis (Bonap.). 

Noct-uafranseiiiHcUegel, Ned. Tijdsehr. Dierk. vol. iii, p. 2.56 (1866 — Waigeu). 

Gesammelt von : Bernstein. 

Salvador! hat {Orn. Pap. i, p. 86) keinerlei Unterschiede zwischen dem von 
Bernstein erlegten $ und Vogeln von Neuguinea feststellen konnen. 

Merops omatus Lath. ' 

Gesammelt von : Stein. 

1002. 4. V. ?„. Fl. 101,5 ; Gew. 25,8 ; Gross- und Kleingefiedermauser. 

Zugvogel aus AustraUen. 

Rhyticeros plicatus ruflcollis (Vieill.). 

Buceros ruficoUis Vieillot, Nouv. Diet. d'Hist. Nat., vol. iv, p. 600 (1816 — ^Waigeu). 

Gesammelt von : LabiUardiere, Quoy & Gaimard, Beccari, Guillemard, 
Platen, Stein. 

1675. 15. V. ?,. Fl. 380 ; Gew. 1600 

Eurystomus orientalis crassirostris Sclater. 
Gesammelt von : Wallace. 

Eurystomus orientalis paciflcus (Latham). 
Gesammelt von : Bernstein. 
Zugvogel aus Australien. 

Alcyone azurea lessoni Cass. 
Gesammelt von : Bruijn, Platen. 

Alcyone pusilla (Temm.). 
Gesammelt von : Beccari, Guillemard, Stein. 

1296. 12. VI. Si- Fl- 51 ; Gew. 15,3 

Ceyx lepidus solitarius Temm. 
Gesammelt von : Bruijn, GuUlemard, Platen, Stein 

1297. 11. VI. <J,. n. 54; Gew. 15 
1295. 13. V. (J,. „ 55,5 ; „ 15 

1298. 16. VI. $„. „ 54 ; „ 14 

Diese drei Balge sind nicht zu unterscheiden von 4 Exemplaren aus Jobi und 
6 Exemplaren voin Sepikgebiet. Die Farbe der LTnterseite variiert Lndividuell 
an Intensitat. 

Mageninhalt : Insekten (129.5, 1298, Jobi 370). 



172 NOVITATER ZoOLnclCAE XXXVIII. 1932. 

Tanysiptera hydrocharis galatea Clray. 

Gesammelt von : Wallace, Bernstein, Beccari, Bruijn. Guillemard, Platen, 
Stein. 



1154. 


15. V. 


cJ.. 


Fl. 112,5 ; 


Gew. 64 




1143. 


27. V. 


<Ji- 


„ 105; 


., 63 




1142. 


17. V. 


cJi. 


„ 109; 


„ 63 




1152. 


20. V. 


<Jl- 


., 106; 


„ — 




1139. 


17. V. 


<?!■ 


., 107; 


„ 66; 


Schwanz- und Fliigelraauser. 


1144. 


25. V. 


<il- 


„ 108; 


., 67 




1145. 


16. V. 


(Jo- 


„ 107; 


„ 64 


» 


1147. 


10. V. 


92. 


„ 111; 


„ 83 




1140. 


15. V. 


?=,• 


„ 108,5; 


„ 77 




1153. 


21. V. 


$.• 


., Ill ; 


— 




1149. 


20. V. 


?..• 


„ 108; 


.. 65,5 ; 


Reste des Jugendkleides. 


1146. 


11. V. 


?.. 


„ 110; 


„ 70,5 




1150. 


20. V. 


?!■ 


„ 109; 


„ 75 




1151. 


15. V. 


$1- 


,. 106; 


„ 68; 


Fliigel- und Schwanzniauser. 


1141. 


24. V. 


?0- 


„ 108; 


„ 70,5 


,1 " 


1148. 


23. V. 


" $?.' 


' „ 107,5; 


, „ 63 





Ubereinstimmend mit einer Serie aus Manokwari iind kaum zu unterscheiden 
von einer gros.sen Serie vom Sepikgebiet, aiif die der Name rneyeri Salvad. ange- 
wandt werden muss. Die Farbung des Oberkopfes variiert bei alien Populationen 
so stark zwischen heller und dimkler blauer Tonung, dass man nach diesem 
Merkmal die Rassen nicht tremien kann, und auch die Farbimg des zentralen 
Steuerfederpaares ist von ausserst variablem Charakter ; einzelne Stiicke aus 
Waigeu haben an der Basis dieses Steuerfederpaares so viel Weiss wie die am 
extremsten gefarbten Sepikvogel. Die Diagnose von T. h. meyeri kann also nur 
lauten : Weiss an der Basis des centralen Steuerfedernpaares in der Mehrzahl der 
Falle ausgedehnter als bei galatea und Grosse etwas geringer (Altersfliigel (^$ 98- 
110, bei galatea 104-112,5 mm.). 

Mageninhalt : 1 grosser Tausendfiissler (1152), Larve, grosse Insekten 
(1144), 1 weichhautige Krabbe (1140), Gehauseschnecken (1153), 1 Krabbe 
(1151), 1 Schnecke und 1 Eidechse (1141). 

Halcyon saurophaga saurophaga Gould. 

Gesammelt von ; Bernstein, CJuillemard, Stein. 

Schwanzmauser. 

Oberfliigeldecken mit weissen Sauraen. 

Fliigel- und Schwanzmauser. 

Farbung : ^J Schulter- und Riickenfedern weit blaulicher als beim $, ganz 
wie bei H. Moris [also : beim ^ dark bluish grey-green (Ridgway, pi. XLII) 
beim $ dusky yellowish green (Ridgway, pi. XLI)]. 

Wir folgen der Anordnung, welche Mayr (Amer. Mus. Nov. No. 460, p. 3) 
vorgeschlagen hat, indem wir Halcyon murophaga als eine eigene Art aiiffassen, 
die keine naheren Beziehungen zu Halcyon albicilla hat. Sharpe hat von H. 
saurophaga nach einem Exemplar, das die Challenger-Expedition an der NW.- 
Spitze von Manus gesammelt hat, eine Rasse admiralitafis abgetronnt, aber die 
von ihm angegebenen Kennzeichen sind individueller Natur und kehren nicht 
wieder bei 2 Exemplaren, welche das Berliner Museum dureh Vermittlung von 



1551. 


18. VI. 




3v 


Fl. 120 ; 




1552. 


21. VI. 


Saonek. 


<Ji- 


„ 119; 




1553. 


13. VI. 




?.• 


„ 123; 


Gew. 124 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGIC.\E XXXVIII. 1932. 173 

Pater 0. Meyer aus Manns erhielt ; vielmehr siiid diese beiden Stiicke durchaus 
nicht zu unterscheiden von 3 Waigeustiicken und 4 Numforstiicken, welche Herr 
Stein sammelte und weiteren 4 Exemplaren des Berliner Mus. aus dem Bismarck- 
Archipel. Dagegen weichen 3 Exemplare aus dem Salomon-Arcliipel durch 
bedeutendere Fliigellange ab, wie folgende Messungen zeigen : Waigeu (^ 1 19-120, 
$ 123 ; Numfor cJ 125-127, ? 127 ; Manus ^ 125, ? 120 ; Crednerinsel (^ 125, 
$ 124,5 ; Neu-Hannover ? 119 ; Nusa (bei Neu-Irland) $ 124, dagegen Salomon- 
Inseln ^ 132,5; Ysabel-Insel (Salomon-Inseln) (^ 131. Wir benennen diese 
grosse Rasse der Salomon-Insehi : 

Halcyon saurophaga cancrivora subsp. nov. 

Typus : $ Ysabel-Insel, Sept. 1927, P. Drawne leg., Zool. Mus. Berlin. 
Nr. 28.466. 

Mageninhalt : Grosse, ziemlich harte Krabben (1552), ein Fisch (Numfor 905). 

Halcyon chloris chloris (Boddaert). 

Gesammelt von : Barboiu'. 

Im Marz 1907 sammelte Dr. Th. Barbour bei Saonek ein ^ dieser Art, 
das ins Museum of Compar. Zoology gelangte (Oberholser, Proc. U.S. Nat. 
Mus. 55, 1919, p. 357). Man kannte Halcyon chloris bereits von Salawati. 

Halcyon sancta sancta Vigors & Horsf. 

Gesammelt von : Wallace, Bernstein, Bruijn, GuiUemard. 
Zugvogel aus Australien. 

Syma torotoro torotoro Lesson. 
Gesammelt von : Wallace, Bernstein, Bruijn, Beccari, GuiUemard, Stein. 

1011. 13. V. Si. Fl. 79 ; Gew. 56 



1012. 


14. V. 


<S,- 


„ 81 ; 


„ 45 


1005. 


20. V. 


<Jl- 


., 79; 


„ 41 ; Fliigelmauser. 


1008. 


16. V. 


cJi- 


„ 79,5; 


„ 39,7 


1006. 


25. V. 


3y 


., 77; 


,. 41 


1004. 


23. V. 


(?!• 


„ 80; 


„ 46 


1009. 


U. V. 


So- 


., 77,5; 


„ 43,5 


1010. 


13. V. 


?2- 


„ 80; 


„ 51 


1007. 


23. V. 


?2- 


,. 79; 


„ 46 


1003. 


25. V. 


?.- 


„ 77; 


„ 45 


1013. 


10. V. 


*o- 


., 79; 


,. 42,5 



Die 99 haben den Oberkopf schwarz statt rotbraun und die Fliigeldeckfedern 
etwas griinlicher als die ^JcJ (nicht so blaulich). Die Ausdehung des braunen 
Stirnfeldes beim $ ist einer gewissen Variation unterworfen, doch nicht so viel, 
dass die Verhaltnisse bei tentelare Hartert erreicht werden. 

Nr. 1009 ist wie ein $ gefarbt, aber die schwarze Filrbung des Oberkopfes ist 
nicht so weit nach dem Nacken zu ausgedehnt ; vom Sammler ist dieses Stiick 
als (J bezeichnet. 

Mageninhalt : Kleuie Kafer (lOOh), 1 grosse Spiiuie, 1 kleine Eidechse 
(1007), Insekten (1003), grosse weichhautige Insekten (1013). 



174 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 

Sauromarptis gaudichaud (Quoy & Gaimard). 

Dacelo gaudichavd Quoy et Gaimard, Voy. " Uranie" Zool. p. 112 (1825 — terra typica: Waigeu). 

Gesainmelt von : Quoy & Gaimard, Wallace, Bernstein, Beccari, Bruijn, 
GuUlemard, Stein. 

1554. 11. V. (Jsj. Fl. 130 ; Gew. 152 

1555. 26. V. cJi. ., 144 ; ., 140 

Die BasLs der Riickenfedern ist sehr variabel, bald reinweiss — besonders 
cranial kann die blaue Far be fast ganz durch Weiss ersetzt werden — , bald schwarz- 
lich wie die Basis der Biirzelfedern. Bei den Sepikvogeln ist das Weiss sehr 
hervortretend (vgl. A. B. Meyer, Ibis, 1890, p. 414 : Smiroinarptis kubaryi 
sp. nov.). 

Mageninhalt : Harte Kafer, Scheren von einer Krabbe (322), Strandkrabben 
(329), harte Fliigeldecken von grossen Kafern (315), kleine Krebse (59), grosse 
Kafer, Heuschrecken (82), 1 grosse Heuschrecke, kleine Steine (1555). 

Melidora macrorhina waigiuensis Hart. 

Melidora macrorhina waigiuensis Hartert, Nov. Zool. xxxvi, p. 99 (1930 — Waigeu). 
Gesammelt von : Bernstein, Bruijn, Beccari, Guillemard, Stein. 



1556. 


7. VI. 


* 

2- 


Fl. 128,5 ; 


Gew. 137 


1560. 


18. V. 


^1- 


.. 124; 


., 123 


1558. 


9. VI. 


Sv 


„ 124,5; 


„ 122,2 


1559. 


13. V. 


<?»• 


.. 124,5; 


„ 115 


1557. 


7. VI. 


n 


„ 128; 


„ 130 



Wie von Hartert angegeben, unterscheidet sich die Form von Waigeu durch 
bedeutendere Fliigellange von M. m. macrorhina und M. m. jobiensis, wenn auch 
der Unterschied nicht sehr gross zu sein schetnt. Wir massen bei der obigen 
Serie : (J (J Fl. 124^124,5^-128,5 ; $ 128 mm. Bei 3 M. m. jobiensis von Jobi 
massen wir : cJ 115, $$ 122,5-126 mm. Auch der Schnabel ist etwas grosser als 
bei jobiensis ; ferner sind bei den $$ von waigiuensis die griinblauen Saume, 
welche bei macrorhina deutUch hervortreten, schwach angedeutet wie bei 
jobiensis. 

Mageninhalt : Eine riesige Larve, eine ziemlich harte Krabbe (1560), 
Tausendfiissler mit harten Chitinringen (1558), Heuschrecken, Schalenreste von 
Schnecken (1559), 1 grosser Tausendfiissler mit sehr hartem Chitinskelett, 
1 Heuschrecke (Jobi 343), Heuschrecke und Kafer (Jobi 617). 

Cuculus optatus Gould. 

Gesammelt von : Guillemard. 

Wintergast aus dem palaearktischen Asien. 

Cacomantis variolosus infaustus Cab. & Heine. 
Gesammelt von : Wallace, Stein. 

1001. 11. V. Si- Fl. 115,5; Schw. 111,5 

Stimmt mit Jobi- und Neuguineavogeln iiberein. 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 



175 



Cacomantis variolosus variolosus (Vig. & Horsf.). 
Gesainmelt von : Stein. 

1000. 16. VI. cJo- Fl- 127,5 ; Schw. 113 ; Gew. 37 ; juv. 

Zugvogel aus Austr alien. 

Chalcites malayanus poecilurus (Gray). 
Gesammelt von : Stein. 



987. 27. V. 



Fl. 90 ; Gew. 18,5 



Dieses Exemplar stimmt in der Farbung des Schwanzes sehr gut iiberein 
mit der Beschreibung des von Wallace auf Misol gesammelten Typus {Proc. Zool. 
Soc. Lond. 1861, p. 431), weicht dagegen von zwei Exemplaren des Berliner 




'^0 





ol 61 cl a2 62 c2 

FiGUR 5. — 1. und 2. Steuerfeder von anssen : ol und a2, Chalcites malayanus subsp. 1 
($ Rarau, 19. IX, Tappenbeck leg. Nr. 347) ; — 61 und 62, Ch. m. malayanus (RaSieB) (^ Pasui, 
600 m. S.-Celebes, 4. VI. 1930, Heinrich leg. Nr. 314) ;— cl und c2, Ch. m. poecilurus (Gray) 
($ Waigeu, 27. V. 1931, Stein leg. Nr. 987). Weiss imd Schwarz in den Figuren entspricht 
denselben Farben bei den Federn, dicht pvuiktiert entspricht grau, weit punktiert rotbraiui. 

Museums aus Deutsch-Neuguinea deutlich ab und zwar (1) duich den weit 
schlankeren Schnabel, der bei poecilurus wie bei malayanus gestaltet ist, wahrend 
er bei den Stiicken von Ramu und Sepik in der Basis wesentUch breiter ist, 
(2) durch die Farbung der Steuerfedern von unten (siehe Figur). Querbanderung 
der Unterseite so breit wie bei Neuguinea-Vogeln und breiter als bei malayanus. 
Ch. m. poecilurus vermittelt also in mancher Hinsicht zwischen malayanus 
und der Rasse von Neuguinea, deren wissenschaftliche Benennuiig noch. 
festzusteUen ist. 

Rhamphomantis megarhynchus sanfordi Stres. & Pal. 

Rhamphomaniis megarhynchus sanjordi Stresemann & Paludan, 0. M. B. Bd. 40. p. 17 (1932 — 

Waigeu). 

Gesammelt von : Stein. 

988. 24. V. $2. Fl. 985 ; Gew. 17 ; " FUsse blaugrau." 



J76 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 

Die Originalbeschreibung lautet wie folgt : 

" Der seltene, durch einen sehr langen Schnabel ausgezeichnete Kuckuck 
Rhaniphomantis megarhynchus (Gray) war bLsher nur von den Aru-Inseln iind von 
wenigen Oertlichkeiten Neuguineas bekannt. Herr Stein erbeutete ein $ ad. 
auf Waigeu, das von einem zum Vergleich benutzten $ vom Sepik (Dr. Biirgers 
leg.) und der damit im wesentlichen iibereinstimmenden Beschreibung des (von 
Wallace auf den Ani-Inseln gesammelten) Typus bei Salvadori, Orn. Pap. i, 
p. 343 sehr autfallig abweicht durch folgende Merkmale : 

Vordere Half te der Unterseite in der Farbung scharf abgesetzt gegen hintere 
Halfte : vom Kinn bis zur Vorderbrust sind die Federn schmutzig weiss mit 
feiner unregelmassiger schwarzbrauner Querbiinderung und nur ganz blasser 
isabellfarbener Tonung ; von da ab bis zur Analgegend sind sie fast einf arbig 
hell rostfarben (an den Korperseiten am dunkelsten), mit wenigen schwarz- 
braunen Einsprengungen von Eumelanin (dagegen ist bei R. m. megarhynchus 
die ganze Unterseite unregelmassig schwarzbraun gebandert, und auch die vordere 
Halfte derselben stark rostlich isabell verwaschen). Unterschwanzdecken hell 
rostfarben mit breiten schwarzbraunen Querbandern. Steuerfedern etwa wie 
bei megarhynchus gefarbt. Unterfliigeldecken und Axillaren einfarbig rostlich 
(bei megarhynchus mit unregelmassigen oder unvoUstandigen schwarzbraunen 
Querbandern). Oberseite mit griinlich erzfarbenem (bei megarhynchus mit 
violett-erzfarbenem) Schiller. Em iiberm Auge beginnender SuperciUarstreifen 
und die untere Umrahmung des Auges schmutzig weiss (bei megarhynchus sind 
die entsprechenden Federn so duster wie die Ohrdecken). Oberschnabel schmaler 
und etwas kiirzer als bei megarhynchus und mit viel scharferem First. Fliigel 
98.5 mm. 

Typus: $ ad., Waigeu 24. Mai 1931, G. Stein leg. Nr. 988. 

Verbreitung : Waigeu. 

In Verehrung gewidmet Herrn Dr. L. C. Sanford, der zum Zustandekommen 
der Expedition Stein so wesentlich beigetragen hat." 

Eudynamis scolopacea rufiventer (Lesson). 

Gesammelt von : Guillemard. 

Guillemard erhielt von Bruijn in Ternate ein "Waigeu" etikettiertes ?, 
das vermutlich zu dieser Rasse gehort. 

Kakatoe galerita macrolopha (Rosenb.). 

Plyctolophus nmcrolophus llosenberg, Xal. Tijihchr. Xed. 1ml. Bd. x.xiii, p. 45 (1861— Mysol & 
Salawati). 
Gesammelt von : Wallace, Bernstein, Beccari, Bruijn, Platen, Stein. 

1664. 12. V. $1. Fl. 306 ; Gew. 525 

Hierher gehoren auch zweifellos die Vogel von Numfor. 
Probosciger aterrimus alecto (Temm.). 

PsiOacns aUcto'iemmmc\:,Bijdr. Naluurk. Welensch. Amsterdam, iii.p. 74 (1828 — Heimat unbekarmt ; 
terra typ. design. : Waigeu). 
Gesammelt von : Lesson, Wallace, Bernstein, Bruijn, Guillemard, Stein. 

1653. 10. VI. ^t. Fl. 348 ; Schn. 89 ; Gew. 775 

1654. 25. V. oi- .. 347 ; „ 96 ; ,. 775 

1655. 12. V. $j. „ 339; „ 74; „ 525 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 



177 



Die drei Exemplare aus Waigeu siiid besonders klein, verglichen mit P. a, 
goliath vom Festland ; das $ hat aufifallend kleinen Schnabel. 

Zum Vergleich : P. a. goliath ^ ad. ; Fliigel 392, Schnabel 1 10 mm. 

Opopsitta diophthahnus diophthalmus (Homb. & Jacquinot). 
Gesammelt von ; Platen. 
Dr. Platen erbeutete von dieser Art nicht weniger als 20 Stiick ! 

Micropsitta keiensis chloroxantha Oberh. 

Micropsitta pygmaea (Quoy & Gaimard) et auclorum, cf. Mathews, Syst. Av. Austr. i, p. 319. 
Gesammelt von : Bernstein, Bruijn, Platen, Stein. 



1459. 


16. VI. 


cJ.. 


Fl. 63 


Gew. 12,8 


1463. 


14. VI. 


<?!• 


„ 62 


., 12,1 


1460. 


16. VI. 


<3v 


„ 57 


„ 11,6 


1465. 


16. VI. 


— 


„ 60 


„ 12,8 


1464. 


16. VI. 


$2- 


„ 58 


„ 14 


1462. 


16. VI. 


$0- 


„ 61 


„ 11 



Tanygnathus megalorhynchus megalorhynchus (Bodd.). 
Gesammelt von : Wallace, Bernstem, Guillemard, Platen, Stein. 



1607. 9. VI. $2- Fl- 238 

1605. 24. V. $2- .. 239 

1608. 14. VI. ?2. ., 236 

1606. 10. VI. $1- „ 237 
1604. 17. V. $1. „ 245 



Gew. 325 ; Iris weisslich griin, Fiisse griin. 

.. 367 ; Schnabel rot, Spitze mattgelb. 

325 ; Iris weisslich griin, Fiisse griin. 
., 350 



Alisterus amboinensis dorsalis (Quoy & Gaim.). 

Psittacus (Plalycercus) dorsalis Quoy et Gaimard, Voy. Astrolabe, Zoologie, i, p. 234. Ois. pi. xxi, f. 3 
(1830— Dorey). 

Gesammelt von : Wallace, Bernstein, Bruijn, Guillemard, Platen, Stein. 

(J„. Fl. 194 ; Gew. 170 ; Iris goldgelb. 

?. .. 196 : 



1566. 

1567. 



25. V. 
7. VI. 



Gew. 170 ; 
„ 195 



Professor Neumami sclireibt in einem Briefe, dass die Exemplare aus Waigeu 
einen etwas langeren Fliigel und ausgedehnteres Blau auf den oberen Fliigel- 
decken vorweisen (2 im Berliner Museum) ; ich finde aber bei den 2 Stiicken, 
die durch Stein auf Waigeu erbeutet wurden, dass diese Unterschiede nicht 
stichhaltig sind. 

Geofb'oyus geoffroyi pucherani (Gray). 

Gesammelt von : Wallace, Bernstein, Bruijn, Guillemard, Platen, Stein. 



1530. 


10. V. 


C?l- 


Fl. 157 




ad. 


1527. 


6. V. 


-5 

Ol- 


,, — 




in Fliigelmauser ; ad. 


1526. 


10. V. 


Ol- 


„ 159 


Gew. 163 ; 


Iris gelbgriin ; ad. 


1522. 


4. VI. 


<Ji- 


., 158 


„ 148 ; 


juv. 


1528. 


12. V. 


6\. 


„ 160 


„ 172 ; 


„ 


1521. 


19. V. 


<5i- 


„ 158 


„ 147 


,, 


1529. 


4. VI. 


<Ji- 


„ 146 


., 121 


„ Iris Weiss, Fiisse 


— 


10. V. 




„ 157 


„ 160 




1519. 


17. V. 


$i- 


„ 163 


„ 198 




1524. 


4. VI. 


?o- 


„ 161 


„ 165 




1518. 


10. V. 


?• 


„ 156 


i „ 172 





12 



178 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 



Diese Lokalrasse steht G. g. jobiensis am nach.sten, unterscheidet sich aber 
durch das dunklere Braunrot des Biirzels, .schmalere rote Zone auf dem Vorderkopf 
und dunkleres Blau der Unterfliigeldecken.- 

Eclectus roratus pectoralis (S. MiilL). 
Gesammelt von : Lesson, Wallace, Bernstein, Guillemard, Platen, Stein. 



1603. 


11. V. 


Sy 


Fl. 260 ; 


Gew. 425 


1602. 


11. V. 


6- 


., 259; 


., 325 


1601. 


18. V. 


?i- 


„ 254; 


„ — 



Loriculus aurantiifrons batavormn Stres. 
Gesammelt von : Stein. 

1458. 16. VI. ^j. FI. 68 ; Gew. 13,5 

Lorius lory major (Rothsch. & Hart.). 

Loriua lory major Rothschild & Hartert, Nov. Zool. Bd. viii, p. 66 (1901 — Waigeu). 

Gesammelt von : Lesson, Wallace, Bernstein, Bruijn, Guillemard, Platen, 



Stein. 



1501. 


12. 


V. 


31- 


1494. 


10. 


V. 


Jl- 


1495. 


14. 


V. 


<Jl- 


1503. 


13. 


VI. 


$2- 


1523. 


15. 


V. 


?2- 


1502. 


1. 


VI. 


?!• 


1493. 


15. 


V. 


$1- 


1500. 


13. 


V. 


?0- 


1504. 


13. 


V. 


?• 



Fl. 



171 ; 
167; 
167; 
161 ; 
167; 
163; 
162; 
171; 
165; 



Gew. 226 
203 
200 
202 
159 

177 
192 
185 



Von dieser ganz kenntlichen Subspecies hat Herr Stein 9 Exemplare gesam- 
melt ; darunter 1 ^J 2 $$ juv., die mehr oder weniger blaugemischte Vorderbrust 
zeigen. Das $ hat dazu rote Rander der Federn des Riickens und Intersca- 
puliums und der oberen Deckfedern. 

Eos squamata squamata (Bodd.). 
Gesammelt von : Wallace, Bernstein, Bruijn, Guillemard, Platen. 

Trichoglossus haematodus haematodus (L.). 
Gesammelt von : Wallace, Bernstein, Bruijn, Guillemard, Platen, Stein. 



1516. 


18. V. 


^2 


Fl. 141 ; Ge 


w. 135 


1508. 


11. V. 


cJi 


., 141 ; 


, 130 


1515. 


12. V. 


3x 


„ 140 ; 


, 127,8 


1517. 


17. V. 


^1 


„ 135 ; 


, 105 


1510. 


12. V. 


<Si 


„ 148 ; 


, 136 


1511. 


14. VI. 


Si 


,,140; 


, 115 


1513. 


13. V. 


5o 


„ 135 ; 


, 105 


1509. 


12. V. 


? 


„ 132 ; 


, 94 


1507. 


11. V. 


$2 


„ 139 ; 


, 119 


1505. 


17. V. 


?. 


., (144); , 


, 127 ; Iris hell blutrot 


1506. 


12. V. 


$1 


,.144; 


, 109 


1512. 


11. V. 


?0 


„ 142 ; , 


, 115 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 179 

Die Stiicke aus Waigeu scheinen ausgedehntere griine Stieifen auf der 
Kojjfmitte zu zeigen, sowie mehr Purpur am Hinterhals zu haben als Molukken- 
vogel, kommen dalier naher zu T. haematodiis intermedins, aber es gleichen unter 
den Vogebi von dieser Insel zu viele dem echten haematodus, als dass man sie 
zu intermedius stellen konnte. 



Charmosynopsis placentis placentis (Temm.). 
Gesammelt von : Bruijn, Guillemard, Platen. 

Spizaetus gumeyi (Gray). 
Gtesammelt von : Wallace, Platen, Stein. 

2990. 17. VI. $. Fl. 570 ; Gew. 3060 

Haliaetus leucogaster (Gm.). 

Gesammelt von : Bruijn, Stein. 

2995. 18. VI. <So- Fl. 573 ; Gew. 2250 ; juv. 
3004. 18. VI. $1- „ 577 ; „ 2850 ; ad. 

Pandion haliaetus cristatus (Vieillot). 
Gesammelt von : Bruijn, Platen, Stein. 

1661. 13 VI. Si- Fl. 414 

Butastur indicus Gm. 

Gesammelt von : Platen. 

Berliner Mus. Nr. 27649 : Waigeu 11. I. 1884. Platen leg. $ juv. Fl. 320 mm. 

Waigeu liegt an der aussersten Grenze des Winter quartiers. Vgl. Hartert, 
Vogel palaearkt. Fauna, ii, p. 1 187. Platens Belegstiick ist ein $ im Jugendkleid. 

Haliastur indus girrenera (Vieillot). 
Gesammelt von ; Wallace, Bernstein, Bruijn, Guillemard, Platen, Stein. 

1670. 21. VI. cjj. Fl. 379 

1665. 12. VI. $„. „ 385 ; Gew. 400 

Mageninhalt : Krabbe, Heuschrecken (1670). 1 Fisch, Insekten (Jobi 653). 

Henicopemis longicauda (Garnet). 
Gesammelt von : Wallace, Bruijn. 

Baza subcristata reinwardti (Miill. & Schleg.). 
Gesammelt von : Guillemard, Platen, Waterstradt, Stein. 

1612. 11. V. $0- Fl. 306 ; Gew. 256 ; juv. 
Mageninhalt : Grosse Heuschrecken (1612, Jobi 301). 



180 NoviTATES ZooLot;icAE XXXVIII. Ii):i2. 

Accipiter novaehollandiae leucosomus (Sliarpe). 

Stresemann, O. M. B. 1923, pp. 127-132. 

Gesammelt von : Platen, Waterstradt, Stein. 

1609. 9. VI. %. P\. 244 ; juv. (pigmentierte Phase). 

Ferner befinden sich im Berliner Museum 3 von Platen auf Waigeu gesam- 
melte Stiicke, von denen eins der weissen Mutante angehort. (Nr. 27715, $ juv. 
Fl. 235.— Nr. 27646, $jiiv. Fl. 231.— Nr. 27648, ^^juv. ?. wei.sse Phase, Fl. 198). 
Weder in Grosse noch Fiirbung lassen sich diese Exemplare von solchen aus 
Neuguinea unterscheiden. 

Mageninhalt : Prall mit Heuschrecken gefiillt, daiunter Blattheuschrecken, 
die hoch in Urwaldbaumen leben (1609). Heuschrecken (Jobi 618, 608, Numfor 
930, 937). 2 kleine Eidechsen, 1 kleine Schlange (Jobi 272). Grosse Heuschrek- 
ken. 1 Eidech.se (Jobi 241). 2 Eidechsen (Jobi 242). 1 Eidechse, 1 kleine Ratte 
(Jobi 271), 1 kleiner Vogel, 1 Schlange. Auf Heuschrecken machte der Vogel am 
Boden hiipfend Jagd (Numfor 935). 

Accipiter poliocephalus Gray. 
Gesammelt von : Platen, Waterstradt, Stein. 

1615. 14. VI. $1. Gew. 211 ; ad. Fliigelmauser " Wachshaut, Fiisse rot." 

Nehrkorns Angabe, dass Platen einen Albino dieser Art auf Waigeu gesam- 
melt habe, ist falsch, es handelt sich um einen Accipiter novaehoUnndi(ie leucoso- 
mus. (Das Stiick befindet sich im Berliner Museum.) 

Mageninhalt : Eidechse (1615), 1 Eidechse, Insekten (Jobi 621). 1 Schlange 
(Jobi 646), 1 Eidechse (Jobi 275). 1 Schlange, 1 Eidechse (Jobi 568). 

Accipiter soloensis (Horsf.). 

Gesammelt von : Platen. 

Waigeu liegt an der Ostgrenze des Winterquartiers (Stresemann, J . J. O. 
1923, p. 518). 

Accipiter cirrhocephalus papuanus Rothsch. & Hart. 
Gesammelt von : Stein. 

1157. 8. VI. S%- Fl. 182; Gew. 124; Alterskleid. 

Threskiomis moluccus (Cuvier). 
Gesammelt von : Platen, Stein. 

1672. 11. V. (Jj. Fl. 377 ; Schw. 168 ; Gew. 1750 

Ardea sumatrana Raffles. 
Gesammelt von : Platen, Stein. 

1669. 20. VI. ?,. Fl. 454; Gew. 2175 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 181 

Demigretta sacra sacra (Gm.). 
Gesammelt von : Platen, Stein. 

1657. 11. VI. .^2. Fl. 292 ; Gew. 425 ; Graublau. 

Bubulcus ibis coromandus (Bodd.V 
Gresammelt von : Stein. 

1656. II. V. 5„. Fl. 239 ; Gew. 250 ; Jugendkleid. 

Bisher aus dem papuanischen Gebiet nur aus der Gegend von Takar ostlich 
der Mamberanoiniindung nachgewiesen (vgl. Hartert, Vog. d. palaearkt. Fauna, 
ii, p. 1245). 

Butorides striatus moluccanim Hartert. 
Gesammelt von : Platen, Stein. 

1616. 7. VI. ^1. Fl. 182 ; Gew. 228 

Die Masse stimmen mit denen iiberein, welche Hartert, Vogel d. palaearkt. 
Fauna, ii, p. 125, fiir B, s. moluccarum angibt (" wie macrorhynchus, aber kleiner, 
Fl. 178-182 "). In der Farbung gleicht der Waigeuvogel einem Stiick von 
Halmahera (Heinrich Nr. 4388) uiid vier von Stein auf Jobi und Nunifor erbeu- 
teten Stiicken. Unterseite und Hals .sind braunlicher als bei B. s. javanicus. 
Die Schnabellange ist bei beiden gleich. 

Nycticorax caledonicus subsp. ? 
Gesammelt von : Beccari, Bruijn, Platen, Stein. 

1660. 14. VI. ^,. Fl. 295 ; Gew. 575 ; juv. 

Die Rassenzugehorigkeit dieses jungen Stiickes lasst sich leider nicht entschei- 
den. tjber die Rassengliederung der Art vergl. Hartert, Nov. Zool. 1924, 
pp. 100-200. 

Ixobrychus sinensis (Gm.). 
Gesammelt von : Stein. 

1563. 15. V. o%- Fl. 143,5 ; Gew. 102,5 

Wahrscheinlich nur Wintergast aus Ostasien. 

Phalacrocorax melanoleucus (Vieill.). 
Gesammelt von : Guillemard. 

Ptilinopus superbus superbus (Temm.). 
Gesammelt von : Wallace, Platen, Stein. 

1138. 22. V. (Jo- Fl. 133 ; Gew. 112 ; Fliigelmauser, tellweise Ju. Kl. 
11.37. 25. V. %. „ 123; „ 127 

tjbereinstimraend mit Exemplaren aus verschiedenen Teilen des papua- 
nischen Gebietes imd von Halmahera. Zum gleichen Rassenkreis stellen wir 
Ptilinopus temmincki von Celebes. 



juo NoVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIll. I'.KfJ. 

Ptilinopus pulchellus pulchellus (Tenmi.)- 
Gesammelt von : Wallace, Bernstein, Beccari, Bruijn, Guillemard, Platen, 
Stein. 

1129. 11. V. b%- Fl. 106; Gew. 58 

1127. 25. V. cj2- .. 109; ,. 72 

1133. 15. V. Si- .. 106; ., 66 

1135. 24. V. cJ,. „ 106; ., 65 
1126. 24. V. (J,. ,. 106,5; „ 63 
1132. 13. V. <J,. „ 104,5; .. 65 

1134. 20. V. (Ji. „ 104; „ 70 

1128. 11. V. 3i. „ 106; „ 70 

1136. 13. V. ,^1. „ 93 ; ,. 45 ; juv. 

1124. 25. V. $3. „ 106; „ 64 
1131. 11. V. $,. „ 105; .. 75 

1130. 22. V. $1. „ 105 ; „ 65 

1125. 21. V. ?,. „ 100; „ 63 ., 

AUe, rait Ausnahme von 1136, 1131, 112.5, stehen in Grossgefiedermanser . 
Mehrere Exemplare haben als hintere Begrenzung der roten Kopfplatte einen 
mehr oder weniger ausgepragten gelben Saum. 

Ptilinopus perlatus perlatus (Temm.). 

Gesammelt von : Platen. 

Ein von Platen gesammeltes Stiick (ini Besitz des Braunschweiger Natur- 
histor. Museums) haben wir untersucht ; es weicht in der Fiirbung nicht ab von 
Exemplaren aus Neuguinea, ist aber etwas kleiner (Platen 22. II. 1884, Waigeu, ?, 
Fl. 148,5). 

Ptilinopus rivolii prasinorrhous Gray. 

Gesammelt von : Wallace. 

Ptilinopus iozonus humeralis Wall. 
Gesammelt von : Guillemard. 

Ptilinopus pectoralis pectoralis (Wagler). 

Ptilinopus rufipechis Gray, Proe. Zool. Soc. Land. 1861, p. 432 (1862— Waigeu). 

Gesammelt von : Wallace, Bernstein, Guillemard, Platen, Stein. 

FI. 114.5 ; Gew. 117 ; Fliigelmauser. 



1118. 


13. 


V. 


2- 


1122. 


15. 


V. 


(J^. 


1120. 


13. 


V. 


Ol- 


1123. 


15. 


V. 


<J2. 


1119. 


1. 


VI. 


<?2. 


1121. 


26. 


V. 


Jo- 



113; 


, 120 


114; 


, 98 


113; 


, 102 


116; 


, 169 


112,5; 


, 110 



Siehe unter Numfor {Ptilinopus musschenbroelcii). 

Ptilinopus nanus minimus subsp. nova. 

Gesammelt von : Platen. 

Die klein.ste Art der Gattung I'tilinopus ist auf Waigeu nur von Dr. Platen 
gesammelt worden, der 6 Stiick erbeutete. Wir haben drei davon imtersuchen 
und feststellen komien, dass sie einer offenbar auf Waigeu beschrankten Zwergrasse 



NOVITATES ZlJOLorUCAK XXXVIll. 1932. 183 

angehoren ; wahrend Ptilinopiis nanus nanus (terra typica Lobobai) eine Fliigel- 
lange von 80-89 mm. hat, messen die Waigeuvogel S ^^- '^8, ,^ juv. 83, $ 78 mm. 
Typus im Zool. Museum Berlin Nr. 27623 : Waigeu 15. 1. 1884, Dr. Platen leg. 

Megaloprepia magnifica alaris subsp. nova. 

Gesammelt von ; Wallace, Bernstein, Guillemard, Platen, Stein. 

1591. 20. V. Sz- Fl. 160; Gew. 125 
1590. 17. V. <^. „ 157 ; „ 158 
1589. 20. V. ?,. „ 157,5 ; „ 187 

Der Vergleich dieser drei Stiicke mit 2 Stiicken von der Berau-Halbinsel 
zeigte uns, dass erstere in folgenden Merkmalen von Megaloprepia magnifica 
puella abweichen : Die rostbraune Farbung an der Basis der Schwungfedern ist 
bei den Waigeuvogeln von viel geringerer Ausdehnung. Die Oberseite ist ein 
wenig gelblicher, weniger griinlich ; die Fedem der Bauchseite und besonders 
die Unterschwanzdecken sind griiner, weniger gelblich gefarbt. 

Typus : J ad., Waigeu 20. Mai 1931, G. Stein leg. Nr. 1591. 

VermutUch lebt die gleiche Rasse auf Batanta und Gemien. 

Ducula myristicivora myristicivora (Scop.). 

Cohtmba mi/rislicivora .Scopoli, Del. Florae el Faunae Insiihr. ii, p. 94 (1786 — ex Sonnerat ; terra 

typica Gebe, of. Wichmann, Nova Guinea, i. p. 217). 
Carpophaga fumida Wallace, Ibis 1865, p. 382 (1865 — Waigeu). 



Gesammelt von : 


Wallace 


!, Bern.stein, 


Guillemard, Platen, S 


1644. 


30. V. 


Si- 


Fl. 254 ; 


Gew 


.600 




1621. 


29. V. 


32- 


., 238; 




530 




1646. 


29. V. 


<J2- 


„ 258; 


— 




Fliigelmauser. 


1641. 


29. V. 


62- 


„ 257; 




500 




1642. 


14. VI. 


6^. 


„ 261; 




550 




1623. 


29. V. 


$2- 


„ 250; 




565 




1643. 


13. VI. 


?.. 


„ 244; 




550 




1422. 


30. V. 


$1. 


„ 249; 




575 


„ 


1645. 


29. V. 


$0- 


„ 244; 




475 


„ 



Die Systematik der Duculaformen, welche ahnlich gefarbt sind wie Ducula 
myristicivora, bereitet grosse Schwierigkeiten. Dass das Vorhandensein eines 
Hockers an der Basis des Oberschnabels kein Gattungsmerkmal (" Globicera ") 
ist, haben schon Rothschild & Hartert, Nov. Zool. Bd. viii, 1901, p. Ill, hervor- 
gehoben ; ja, wir vermogen in diesem CharakterLstikum nicht einmal ein Artkenn- 
zeichen zu erblicken und tragen kein Bedenken, Formen mit und solche ohne 
Schnabelhocker in demselben Rassenki-eis zu vereinigen. Es ist unseres Erach- 
tens kein Zweifel moglich, dass Dxicula myristicivora auf den nordlichen Inseln 
der Geelvink-Bai durch Ducula geelvinkiana geographisch vertreten wird. Ducula 
myristicivora steht ferner der allerdings weit grosseren Ducula conciniia (Wall.) 
sehr nahe, welche im papuanischen Gebiet auf Pulu Babi in der Arugruppe 
gesammelt worden ist. Im ostlichen Teil von Neuguinea gestaltet sich die Frage 
nach der Ausdehnung des Artenkreises insofern sehr schwierig, als dort zwei 
einander sehr ahnliche Arten angetroffen worden sind, die beide wohl mit gleichem 
Recht als geogra])hische Vertreter der Gruppe Ducula myristicivora betrachtet 
werden konnen, niimlich (1) Ducula pacifica (Gm.), welche durch Salvador! von 
der Insel Tarawai angefiihrt worden ist, (2) Ducula rhodinolaema (Sclater), 



184 NOVITATES ZOOLOGUAK XXXVIII. 1932. 

welche man von der Kiiste der Astrolabebai kennt (vgl. Stresemann, Arch. f. 
Naturg., 89, 1923, A. 8, p. 76). Wir verzichten daranf, den Versuch zu machen, 
den Artenkreis iiber das we.stliche Neuguinea hinaus zu veifolgen, und mochten 
hier nur folgende Gliederung vorschlagen. 

1. Ducula myristicivora myristicivora (Scop.). 

Verbreitung : Sorong, Misol, Salawati, Batanta, Waigeu, Gemien, 
Gagie, Gebe. 

2. Dncula myristicivora geelvinkiana (Sclat.). 

Von D. m. myristicivora unterscheidet diese Rasse sich folgendermassen : 
ohne Schnabelhocker ; Brust, Kehle, Kopf und Nacken duiikler grau, sodass die 
weisse Stirn mehr hervor tritt. Nacken ohne rosige Tonung, im iibrigen der 
Oberseite gleich gefarbt. Bauch und Hinterbrust kraftiger weuifarbig ; Unter- 
schwanzdecken etwas dunkler kastanienbraun. 

Verbreitung : Miosnom, Numfor, Biak. 

Ducula concinna ist in Farbung und Grosse so verschieden von beiden, dass 
■wir sie nur zum selben Artenkreis, aber nicht zum gleichen RassenkreLs rechnen 
wollen. Sie vertritt Dvcula myristicivora auf folgenden Insehi : Aru-Inseln, Pulu 
Babi, Kei-Inseln. 

Allen drei behandelten Formen ist gemeinsani, dass sie vorwiegend an der 
Kiiste kleiner Inseln leben und die grossen Inseln meiden. 

Ducula ruflgaster rufigaster (Quoy & Gaim.). 
Gesammelt von : Wallace, Bernstein, Bruijn, Guillemard, Platen, Stein. 

1613. 20. V. <J,. Fl. 180; Gew. 350 
1639. 13. V. o"3- ,. 19* ; ,, 400 

Ducula pinon pinon (Quoy & Gaim.). 

Columha pirwn Quoy et Gaimard. Voy. " Uraiiie " et " Phys." Zool. p. 118 (182.5 — Kavak '). 
' I.e. p. 28, " tout pres [Waigeu], dans la jolie petite bale de I'Ue Rawak. . . ." 

Gesammelt von : Wallace, Bernstein, GuiUemard, Platen, Stein. 



1632. 


11. V. 


Si- 


Fl. 262,5 ; Gew. 750 


1640. 


11. V. 


Vi- 


„ 262,5; „ 775 



Die beiden von Stein gesammelten Stiicke weichen auf den ersten Blick von 
Neuguinea-Exemplaren ab durch sehr intensive Kastanienfarbe, die sich vom 
Bauch bis zur Kropfregion hinaufdehnt und auch die Vorderbrust, die sonst fast 
grau erscheint, kraftig tiint. Sie unterscheiden sich ferner von anderen Exem- 
plaren dieser Rasse durch viel schwarzUchere, weniger graue Farbe des Biirzels 
und der Oberschwanzdecken, der Unterfliigeldecken, AxiUaren und der Unter- 
seite der Schwingen. Die Handschwmgen sind an der Innenseite schwarz mit 
einer breiten grauen Spitze. Bei naherer Untersuchung ergab sich, dass die 
aufialligen Unterschiede lediglich hervorgerufen worden sind dadurch, dass die 
Federn mit einer diinnen Fettschicht iiberzogen sind ; sie sind wahrscheinlich 
mit Benzin gewaschen, in dem etwas Fett gelost war, oder aber das Hautfett 
ist postmortal in die Federn eingezogen. Werden Taubenfedern fcttig, so konimt 
die optische Wirkung der feinen Hornschiippchen, die als Puder aUe Strahleu 
bedecken, nicht mehr zur Geltimg. 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 185 

Myristicivora bicolor (Scop.). 

Coluinba himlor Scopoli. Del. Flor. el Faun. Insubr. ii, p. 94 (ex Sonnerat ; terra typica Gebe ; cf. 

Wichmann, Nona. Guinea, i. p. 217). 
Salvador!. Ihis, 1886, p. 153. 

Gesammelt von : Platen. 

Von Nehrkorn falschlich als Myristicivora melanura bestimmt (vgl. Salva- 
dor! I.e.). 

Columba vitiensis halmaheira (Bonap.). 
Gesammelt von : Wallace. 



Reinwardtoena reinwardti griseotincta Hart. 
Gesammelt von : Wallace, Bernstein, Guillemard, Platen, Stein. 
1614. 16. VI. 2;. Fl. 235 

Mageninhalt : Harte Kerne (1614). Viele Steinchen imrl harte Samen 
(Jobi 261). Fruchtfleisch und kleine Kerne (Jobi 487). 

Macropygia amboinensis doreya Bonap. 
Gesammelt von : Wallace, Platen, Stein. 

1569. 27. V. cJ.. Fl. 164,5 ; Gew. 131 

1570. 3. VI. ^1. „ 165,5; „ 115 ; FlUgelmauser. 

Die beiden j'rj von Waigeu lassen sich von solchen aus dem Arfakgebirge 
nicht unterscheiden. Wir haben Exemplare dieser Rasse vor uns von Waigeu, 
Manokwari und dem Arfakgebirge. Sie scheint nach der Literatur den ganzen 
Vogelkopf und ausser Waigeu auch noch Misol, Kofiao, Salawati und Batanta 
zu bewohnen. Hiervon unterscheidet sich sehr deutlich die Rasse M. a. kerstingi 
Reichenow und zwar dadurch, dass den Federn von Kehle und Brust beim 
Mannchen die schwarze Querbanderung vollig oder nahezu fehlt. Diese Rasse 
lebt auf Jobi sowie an der Nordkiiste von Neuguinea, vom Mamberano ostwarts 
bis zuni Saruwagedgebirge, und wird weiter im Osten durch eine Rasse abgelost, 
die M. a. cinereiceps sehr ahnlich ist (vgl. Mayr, Mitteil. des Zool. Mus. Berlin 
Bd. 17, 1931, p. 707). Auf die Insel Numfor beschrankt ist die Rasse vmforensis 
Salvadori. Ihre Unterseite ist im mannlichen Geschlecht wie bei doreya schwarz 
gebandert, aber die Unterschwanzdecken sind ebenso wie die Analgegend heller, 
der Oberkopf grauer, nicht so braun. 

Mageninhalt : Harte Samen und Steinchen (1569), hartholzige Fruchtschalen 
und Kerne (1570), Magen leer (Jobi 361). 

Gallicolumba rufigula mfigula (Jacq. & Puch.). 
Gesammelt von : Bernstein. 

Chalcophaps stephani stephani Reichenbach. 
Gesammelt von : Wallace, Bernstein, Platen, Stem. 

1588. l.VI. Ji- Fl. 144 ; Gew. 129 ; FlUgelmauser. 



186 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAK XXXVIII. IHIlL' 



Henicophaps albifrons albifrons Gray. 

Henicophaps albifrons Graj', Proc. Zool. Soc. Lotid. 1861, p. 432. pi. 44 (1862 — Waigeu). 

Gesammelt von : Wallace, Bernstein, Bruijn, Guillemard, Platen, Stein. 

1611. 9. VI. o'l- VI. 194 
Mageninhalt : Samen und Steinchen. 

Goura cristata minor Schlegel. 

Qoura coronata tninor Schlegel, De Dierentuin. p. 208 (1864 — " Papoesehe eilanden " = Waigeu). 

Gesammelt von : La BLUardiere, Lesson, Wallace, Bernstein, Beccari, 
Gxiillemard, Platen, Stein. 



1668. 


10. 


VI. 


<J. 


Fl. 350 


Gew. 1875 


1671. 


25. 


V. 


(J. 


„ 365 


„ 2410 


1674. 


25. 


V. 


s. 


„ 345 


„ 1675 


1667. 


27. 


V. 


?• 


„ 344 


„ 1850 


1666. 


25. 


V. 


?. 


„ 333 


„ 1875 


1659. 


10. 


VI. 


?. 


„ 318 


— 


1673. 


13. 


V. 


?. 


„ 333 


„ 2000 


1662. 


22. 


V. 


9_ 


„ 323 


— 



Wir konnen die Angaben Schlegels und Salvadoris, dass sich Exemplare von 
Waigeu durch geringere Grosse von solchen unterscheiden, die auf der Berau- 
Halbinsel gesammelt worden sind, durchaus bestatigen und wenden daher auf 
die ersteren den Rassennamen minor an. Die Waigeu-Rasse scheint auch die 
Insel Batanta zu bewohnen, Als terra typica von Columba cristata Pallas 
fixieren wir Fak-fak (auf der Onin-Halbinsel). 

Mageninhalt : Grobkornige Masse ; Steine, glasige Samen in Stiicken. 

Caloenas nicobarica nicobarica (L,). 
■ Gesammelt von : Bruijn, Guillemard. 

Tadoma radjah radjah (Garnot). 
Gesammelt von : Guillemard. 

Stiltia Isabella (Vieillot). 

Gesammelt von : Wallace. 
Zugvogel aus AustraUen. 

Esacus magnirostris (Vieillot). * 

Gesammelt von : Bruijn, Platen. 
Brutvogel. 

Charadrius dominicus fulvus Gm. 

Gesammelt von : Bruijn, Platen, Guillemard. 
Zugvogel aus Ostasien. 

Charadrius leschenaulti Less. 

Gesammelt von : Platen, tiuiUeniard. 
Zugvogel aus dem palaearktischen Gebiet. 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 1S7 

Charadrius mongolus mongolus (Pall.). 

Gesammelt von : Platen. 

Zugvogel aus dem palaearktischen Gebiet. 

Actitis hypoleucos (L.). 
Gesammelt von : Bernstein, Guillemard, Platen. 
Zugvogel aus dem palaearktischen Gebiet. 

Tringa glareola (L.). 
Gesammelt von : Guillemard. 
Zugvogel aus dem palaearktischen Gebiet. 

Tringa incana brevipes (Vieillot). 
Gesammelt von : Bernstem, Guillemard. 
Zugvogel aus Nordostsibirien. 

Calidris acuminata (Horsf.). 

Gesammelt von : Guillemard. 
Zugvogel aus Nordostsibirien. 

Numenius phaeopus variegatus (Scop.). 

Gesammelt von : Bern.stein, Beccari, Platen. 
Zugvogel aus Ostsibirien. 

Sterna bergii cristata Stephens. 
Gesammelt von : Wallace, Bruijn, Platen, Stein. 

1658. 21. VI. (J2. Fl. 343 
Reines Brutkleid ohne weissen Federn m der schwarzen Kopfplatte. 

Eulabeomis tricolor tricolor (Gray). 

Rallirm tricolor G. R. Gray, Proc. Zool. iSoc London, p. 188 (1858 — Aru Islands). 

Gesammelt von : Bernstein, Platen, Stein. 

1561. 20. V. $j. Fl. 154 ; Gew. 239 

Das einzige von Stein gesammelte Stiick, ein $, ist ungewohnUoh stark 
gestreift auf dem Bauche. " Nest mit 3 weissen Eiern " '. \ \ Stiicke, die in 
der Gefangenschaft gelegt wurden, sind gefleckt. 

Megapodius freycinet freycinet Quoy & Gaim. 

Megapodius freycinet Gaiinard. Fernssac Bidl. vol. ii, p. 451 (1823 — Waigeu). 

Gesammelt von : Quoy & Gaimard, Lesson, Beccari, Bruijn, GuiUemard, 
Platen, Stein. 



1649. 


26. V. 


^1- 


Fl. 233 


Gew. 700 


1647. 


3. VI. 


(Ji- 


„ 238 


„ 610 


16.50. 


2. VI. 


<?.. 


„ 235 


„ — 


1651. 


15. V. 


C^l- 


., 2.33 


,, 6110 


1652. 


10. VI. 


?2. 


„ 232 


., 610 


1648. 


25. V. 


n 


„ 222 


.. 670 



Ganz mit einer Serie von Halmahera iibereinstimmend. 



188 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1032. 

Aepypodius bruijnii (Oust.). 

Talegallus Kruijiiii Oustalet, Comp. Rend. Acad. Sc. Paris, vol. xc, p. 906 (18811 —Waigcu) ; 
Oustalet, Annates de.s Sciences Nalurelles, 6. Serie, Bd. 11, 1881, pp. 38-tO (Mit Abbildung). 

Gesammelt von : Bruijn. 

Diesen interessanten Vogel. einen der merkwiirdigsten Endemismen von 
Waigeu, hat Herr Stein trotz aller Bemiihungen nicht in seinen Besitz bringen 
konnen. Die Eingeborenen kannten kein anderes Grossfusshuhn als Megapoditts 
freycinet. Es sind nur Exemplare dieser Art bekannt, die von Bruijn's Sammlern 
erbeutet wiirden. namlich 2 Exemplare : 1 ad. und 1 juv. im Pariser Museum, 
1 ad. im Mus. Turati (vgl. Salvadori, Orn. Pap. iii, p. 253), mid 7 Exemplare 
im Tring-Museum. 



n. DIE VOGEL VON NUMFOR. 

Beaebeitet von lord ROTHSCHILD (P.sittaci), ERWIN STRESEMANN 
TTND KNUD PALUDAN (Einleituno und die ubrigen Gruppen). 

EINLEITUNG. 

Die kleine Insel Numfor oder Mafor ragt auf steiiem Sockel aus der tJeel- 
vinkbai auf. Von der Berau-Halbinsel wird sie durch eine breite Rinne getrennt, 
die iiber 1000 m. tief ist ; und auf den anderen Seiten, gegen Biak und Miosnom 
bin, fallt der Sockel bis zu iiber 500 m. Tiefe ab. Dass die insulare Selbstandigkeit 
Numfors von hohem Alter ist, wird durch die Vogelwelt bezeugt, welche sich 
z\Aar im wesentlichen von derjenigen Neuguineas ableiten lasst, jedoch eine weit 
nahere Verwandtschaft zu der Vogelwelt der Schouteninsehi (Biak und Supiori) 
bekundet, die wir hier dem neueren Sprachgebrauch folgend kurz aLs Biak 
bezeichnen wollen. Wie gross die avifaunistische Ubereinstimmung zwischen 
Numfor und Biak ist, geht aus der vergleichenden Ubersioht hervor, die wir wei- 
terin folgen lassen wollen. Es ist dabei noch zu bemerken, dass sie sich viel- 
leicht als noch grosser herausstellt, wenn erst einmal Biak so gut durchforscht 
sein wird, wie das jetzt fiir Numfor der Fall zu sein scheint. 



ERFORSCHITNGSGESCHICHTE . 

V. Rosenberg (1869). Die eigenartige Vogelwelt von Numfor blieb viillig 
unbekannt. bis der in hollandischen Kolonialdiensten stehende Deutsche Hermaim 
von Rosenberg auf einer Forschungsreise nach den Inseln der Geelvinkbai einen 
Aufenthalt von 6 Wochen (19. Januar bis 2. Marz 1869) auf Numfor nahm. 
Er sammelte eine Anzahl von Vogeln und sandte sie an Hermann Schlegel nach 
Leiden, der aus dieser Ausbeiite einige prachtvolle Novitaten beschrieb, namlich 
Pitta nomeguineae mafoorana, Tanysiptera carolinae, Nasiterna pygniaea geel- 
vinkiana. Ptilopus speciosu.s, PtilopHS mvsschenhroeHi und Carpophaga geelvin- 
kiana (H. von Rosenberg, der Malayische Archipel, Leipzig, 1878, pp. 494-500). 

Meyer (1873). Wenige Jahre spater erhielt die Insel einen kurzen Besuch 
von dem deutschen Zoologen Dr. Adolf Bernhard Meyer, dem nachmaligen 
Direktor des Zoologischen Museums m Dresden. Sein Schoner lag zwar nur 
3 Tage (19.-22. Marz) 1873 vor der Insel Manem (dicht vor Numfor) vor Anker 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 189 

und seine Jager sammelten nur 2 Tage lang auf Numfor selbst,' aber wahrend 
dieser wenigen Tage entdeckten sie einige der merkwiirdigsten Endemismen der 
Insel, die Meyer bald danach selbst beschrieben hat, wie Myiagra atra, Phyllo- 
scopus mafm-ensis, Cinnyris sericeus rnaforensis und Coracina lineata maforensis. 

Beccari (1875). Nur 2 Jahr danach landete Odoardo Beccari auf Numfor, 
um zoologisch zu sanimehi. Sein Aufenthalt, wahrend dessen auch die Insel 
Manem besucht wurde, wahrte vom 26. Mai bis 1. Juni (Beccari, Nuova Guinea, 
Selebes e Molucche ; Firenze 1924). Aus seiner Ausbeute beschrieb Salvadori 
Macro'pygia amboinensis maforensis, Dicaeum geelvinkianum maforense und 
Edolisoma morio neglecium. 

Doherty (1897). Im Auftrage des Tring-Museums legte William Doherty 
im Mai und Juni 1897 erne Sammlung von (leider unansehnlichen) Vogelbalgen 
auf Numfor an. 

Stein (1931). Herr Georg Stem xmternahm es auf eigenen Antrieb, der 
Insel von 10. bis 25. April einen Besuch abzustatten. Er hat dort, wie es 
seine Art ist, ausserst intensiv gesammelt und nicht allein die meisten der von 
Numfor bereits bekannten Arten in wunderschonen Balgen eingesandt, sondern 
die Liste der Numforvogel um mehrere Arten bereichert. namlich : 

Corvus coronoides orru Bp. 

Aplonis metallicus inornatus (Salvad.). 

Cracticus cassicus (Bodd.). 

Collocalia vanicorensis steini Stres. & Pal. 

Oeoffroyus geoffroyi subsp. ? 

Butorides striatus moluccarum Hart. 

Phalacrocorax melanoleucus (Vieill.). 

Ptilinopus superbus superbus (Temm.). 

BERICHT DER EXPEDITION STEIN. 

Auf der Riickfahrt von Japan nach Manokwari hatten wir Gelegenheit, 
in Numfor an Land zu gehen, wo wir schon bei diesem sehr fliichtigen Aufenthalt 
eine kleine Micropsitia {geelvinkiana) und die auffallende Tanysiptera carciinae 
sahen. Als dann der hollandische Beamte in Manokwari zu einer Inspektionsreiae 
nach Numfor fulir, woUten wir diese giinstige und billige Gelegenheit nicht 
voriibergehen lassen und schlossen uns kurzerhand an. Die kleine Insel Numfor 
besteht ganz aus Korallenkalk, ist ohne Erhebungen und bis auf die Umgebung 
der Papuadorfer ganz mit primarem Urwald bestanden. Ninnfor gilt als Hoch- 
burg der christlichen Mission ; wir haben Eingeborene von einer derartigen 
Indolenz wie die Numforleute auch nie wieder getroffen. Es gelang mir iiber- 
haupt nicht einen Eingeborenen zu finden, der Lust hatte fiir mich Vogel zu 
jagen, ganz abgesehen von der Fahigkeit. Wir waren vom n.-27. IV. 1931 
auf Numfor und mussten uns in Anbetracht der kurzen Zeit darauf beschranken, 
in der Umgebung des Kampongs Namber zu sammeln. Sehr auffallend war bei 
den meisten Vogel-Arten der Reichtum an Individuen im Gegensatz zu der 
geringen Artenzahl, die die Insel beherbergt. Taglich ^vlu•den Scharen von 
Eos cyanogenia und Macruropsar getrofien. Die schone Tanysiptera carolinae 

^ A. B. Meyer, Auszuge aus den auf einer Neu-Guinea-Reise im Jahre 1873 gefiihrten 
Tagebilohern. 2°. Dresden, 1875. Kritik seiner Angaben bei A. Wichmann, Xova Ouinea, ii. 1910, 
p. 167. 



190 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932 



ware in beinahe unbegrenzten Serien zu sammeln gewesen, Phylloscopus, Myiagra, 
die grosser! Fnichttauhen waren gleichfalls .sehr haufig. Nur einmal, bei uiiserem 
ersten Aufenthalt auf der Insel, wo ioh ohne Flinte war, wurde ein grosser 
Centrop'us beobachtet, voii dem es offen bleiben muss, ob er zu chalybeun 
gebort. 



Corvidae 
Sturnidae 

Dicruridae 
Meliphagidae 
Zosteropidae 
Nectariruidae 

Dicaeidae 
Laniidae 



Muscicapidae 



Campophagidae 



Pittidae 
MacrocMres 



Podargi 
Caprimulgi 
Striges 
Halcyones 



Cuculi 



Psittaci 



VERZEICHNIS DER BRUTVOGEL. 



Corvus coronoides 
Aplonis metallicus 
Macruropsar magnus 
Dicrurus bracteatus 
Myzomela simplex 
Zosterops mysorensis 
Cimiyris jugularis 
Cinnyris sericea 
Dicaeum geelvinkianum 
Cracticus cassicus 
Myiolestes megarhynchus 
Pachycephala phaeonota 
Monarcha cinerascens 
Monarcha alecto 
Monarcha brehmi 
Monarcha chrysomela 
Rliipidura leucophrys 
Rhipidura rufiventris 
Myiagra atra 
Phylloscopus 
Gerygone hypoxantha 
Todopsis cyanocephalus 
Coracina lineata 
Edolisoma morio 
Lalage atrovirens 
Pitta sordida 
Hemiprocne mystacea 
Collocalia esculenta 
Collocalia vanicorensis 
Podargus papuensis 
Caprimulgus macrurus 
Otus beccarii 
Alcyone azurea 
Tanysiptera 
Halcyon saurophaga 
Cacomantis variolosus 
Chalcites malayanus 
Centropus chalybeus 
Cacatua galerita 
Micropsitta geelvuikiana 
Ecleotus roratus 



Numfor. 


Biak. 


orru 


orru 


inornatus 


inornatus 


brevicauda 
carbonarius 


magnus 
carbonarius 


— 


rubrobrunnea 


frenata 


mysorensis 
frenata 


maforensis 
maforense 


mysorensis 
mysoriense 


cassicus 


cassicus 


phaeonota 

steini 

chalybeoceph. 


melanorhynchus 

geelvinkiana ? 
chalybeoceph. 
brehmi 


— 


kordensis 


melaleuca 


melaleuca 


— 


kordensis 


atra 


atra 


maforensis 


mLsoriensLS 


— 


hypoxantha 


maforensis 


mysorensis 


neglectum 
mafoorana 


meyeri 

leucoptera 

rosenbergi 


mystacea 
spilura 


mystacea 
spilura 


stemi 


— 


papuensis 


subsp. ? 
beccarii 


lessoni 


lessoni 


carolinae 


riedelii 


saurophaga 
obscuratus 


saurophaga 
subsp. ? 


? 


mysoriensis 
chalybeus 


triton 


triton 


geelvinkiana 
maforensis 


mysoriensis 
biaki 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 



191 



Psittaci 



Accipitres 



Gressores 



Steganopodes 
Columbae 



Limicolae 
Galli 



GeofEroyus geoffroyi 
Lorius lory 
Eos cyanogenia 
Trichoglos.sus haematodus 
Pandion haliaetus 
Haiiastur indus 
Henicopernis longicauda 
Baza subcristata 
Accipiter novaehollandiae 
Nycticorax caledonicus 
Egretta intermedia 
Butorides striatus 
Ardea sumatrana 
Phalacrocorax melanoleuc. 
Ptilinopus superbus 
PtiUnopus rivolii 
PtUinopus speciosus 
Ptilinopus musschenbroekii 
PtUinopus pectoralis 
Ducula myristicivora 
Macropygia amboinensis 
Reinwardtoena reinwardti 
Myristicivora spUorrhoa 
Goura victoria 
Caloenas nicobarica 
Chalcophaps indica 
Esacus magnirostris 
Megapodius freycinet 
Talegallus jobiensis 



Niimfor. 
mysoriensis (?) 

cyanogenia 
haematodus 
cristatus 
girrenera 



leucosomus 
subsp. ? 
plumifera 
moluccarum 

melanoleuc. 

superbus 

prasinorrbous 

speciosus 

musschenbr. 

subsp. ? 

geelvinkiana 

maforensis 



nicobarica 
minima 

geelvinkianus 



Biak. 
mysoriensis 
cyanauchen 
cyanogenia 
rosenbergii 

girrenera 
longicauda 
reinwardtu 
mysoriensis 
subsp. ? 



sumatrana 



speciosus 
musschenbr. 

geelvinkiana 
subsp. ? 
minor 
spUorrhoa 
victoria 
nicobarica 
minima 
magnirostris 
geelvinkianus 
jobiensis 



ZUR BESIEDLUNGSGESCHICHTE VON NUMFOR UND BIAK. 

Die Avifauna von Numfor und Biak nimmt eine eigenartige Stellung ein. 
Sie zeugt dafiir, dass diese Inseln ihre Selb.standigkeit schon lange besessen batten, 
bevor Japen und Miosnom, Misol luid die Aru-Insebi, ja wohl sogar bevor Waigeu 
imd Batanta von Neuguinea losgelost wiu'den. Sie werden wohl in der Tertiarzeit 
mit Neuguinea voriibergehend m Landverbmdung gestanden haben, aber 
durchaus gewiss ist das nicht ; man kann sich auch vorstellen, dass Numfor und 
Biak alle Landwirbeltiere libers Meer hinweg empfingen. 

Von Biak sind 57, von dem weit kleineren Numfor 48 Brutvogel bekamit 
geworden. Unter diesen befinden sich einige, die beiden Inseln als Endemismen 
gemeinsam sind und keine naheren Verwandten mehr besitzen, so : 

Macruropmr marjniis, eine endemische (iattung, vielleicht ableitbar von Aplonis cantoroides. 
Myiagra atra, ohne niihere Verwandte. 

Phyllosoopus maforensis bezw. misoriensis, entfernt verwandt der weitverbreiteten Gruppe 
Phylloscopits trivirgatus. 

Micropsitta geelvinkiana, entfernt verwandt der Gruppe Micropsitta pusio. 

Eos cyanogenia, ohne nahere Verwandte. 

Ptilinopus speciosus, ein alter Spross der rii'oh'i-Gruppe. 



192 No%aTATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 

Nut auf Biak, nicht aber auf dem festlandsnaheren (freilich auch viel 
kleineren) Numfor lebeii ak aufEallige Endemismen : 

OUi^ heccari, die einzige 0(a.s-Art des papuanisohen Gebietes, von ungeklarter Verwandtschaft. 

Monarcha hrehmi, oline nahere Verwandtschaft. 

Gerygone hypoxttntha, ohne nahere Verwandte. 

Zosterops mysorensis, vermutlich in die Verwandtschaft von Zosterops fii.vkapilla und Zosterops 
deliratiila gehorig. 

Myzmnela ruhrohriinnea. sehr ilhnlich der nordmolukkischen Myzmnela simple.): und vermutlich 
rait dieser nahe verwandt. 

Numfor ist nicht in entsprechender Weise ausgezeicknet, es sei denn durch 
Tanysiptera carolinae, die sich als ein stark modifizierter Abkommling der Gruppe 
Tanyniptera hydrocharis zu erkennen gibt und auf Biak durch die (weit weniger 
eigenartige) Tanysiptera hydrocharis riedelii vertreten wird. 

Einige Arten, die im Tiefland Nord-Neuguineas verbreitet sind, werden 
(meist ill endemischen Rassen) auf Biak, nicht aber auf Numfor angetrofEen : 

Rhipidura rufiventris (hjrdensis). 
Todopsis cyanocepkalus (mysorensis). 
Myiolestes Diegarhynchus {mejaiiorhynchus), 
ilonarcha chrysomela (kordensis). 
Lalage atrovirens (leumptera). 
Lorius lory {cyanouchen). 
Reinwardloeiia reinuurdti (minor). 
Goura rictoria (victoria). 
Talegalliis jobiemis (jobiensis). 

Von diesen mogen Rhipidura, Myiolestes, Lorius, Eeinwardtoena, Goura und 
Talegallus iiber Japan auf Biak eingewandert sein, denn diese Arten gehoren 
auch der Japen-Fauna an. Einen anderen Weg miissen zumindest Todopsis, 
Monarcha und Lalage gewahlt haben, denn sie kommen auf Japen nicht vor. 
Vermutlich haben sie eine Landbriicke benutzt, welche Biak mit der Gegend der 
Mamberanomiindmig verband, und als deren Reste die Padaido-Inseki (= Ver- 
rater-Inseln) aus emer ziemlich flachen Schelfsee aufragen. 

Wie Biak euiige papuanische Rassenkreise vor Numfor voraushat, so sind 
auch einige papuanische Arten nur nach Numfor, aber nicht nach Biak gelangt : 

Coracina lineata (majorensin). 
Podargus papuefisis (papuensid). 
Ptilinopits superbus (superhits). 

Diese 3 Arten diirften Numfor direkt von Neuguinea aus, vielleicht iibers 
Meer hinweg, erreicht haben. 

Die Ablosung Numfors von Biak datiert vermutlich weit zuriick. Gegen 
diese Annahme lassen sich alle jene Falle, in denen die Biakrasse mit der Num- 
forrasse noch voUig iibereinstimmt (vgl. die Tabelle auf Seite 190), nicht ins Feld 
fiihren, denn fiir viele Vogelarten bedeuten Meeresschranken kein Ausbreitungs- 
liindernis. Von theoretischer Wichtigkeit dagegen ist das Vikartieren von 
Rassen oder gar Arten auf Numfor und Biak wie : 

Phylloscopus maforensis — PhyUoscopus misoriensis. 

Tanysiptera carolinae — Tanysiptera hydrocharis. 
Cinnyris sericea maforensis — mysoriensis. 
Dicaeiim geelvinkianum maforense — mysoriense. 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 193 

Zuweilen steht die Biak-Rasse, meist aber steht die Numfor-Rasse derjeiiigen 
von Neuguinea morphologisch naher, sofern sich eine Entsclieidung in dieser 
Hinsicht iiberhaupt treffen lasst. Die Biakrasse ist der letzteren ahnlicher bei : 
Tanysiptera. Die Numforrasse ist der letzteren ahnlicher bei : Accipiter tiovae- 
hollandiae, Trichoglossus, Edectus. 

Wenn auch die nieisten Arten, die auf Biak und Numfor vorkommen, sich 
von solchen ableiten lassen, die noch heute an den Gestaden der Geelvinkbai 
wohnen, so gilt das doch durchaus nicht fiir alle, und dieses " Fremdelement " in 
der Avifauna der beiden Insehi muss eingewandert sein, als die Kiistenlinie von 
Neuguinea einen wesentlich anderen Verlauf hatte als heute. Beispiele : 

Chalcophaps indica minima ist am nachsten verwandt der Chalcophaps 
indiai indica, die von Westen her nur bis an den Westrand der westlichen papua- 
nischen Inseln, namlich bis Gebe und Kofiao, verbreitet ist. 

Ducula myristicivora (auf Biak und Numfor in der scharf differenzierten 
Rasse geelvinkiana lebend) konimt nirgends an den Ufern der Geelvmkbai oder 
an der Nordkiiste des Vogelkopfes vor, sondern findet sich erst wieder auf den 
westlichen papuanischen Inseln, angefangen mit Waigeu. Eine ganz ahnliche 
Verbreitung wie diese grosse Fruchttaube hat Megapodius freycinet. 

Myzomela rubrobrunnea ist keiner anderen 31 yzoinela- Art so ahnlich wie der 
Myzomela simplex, einer Bewohnerin der Nord-Molukken. 

Pacliycephala phaeonota bewohnt im papuanischen Gebiet ausser Numfor 
nur noch die westlichen papuanischen Inseln (Waigeu, Misol, Salawati). 

Otus beccarii, eine Ohreule von Biak, die bisher nur nach dem Typus bekannt 
ist, ist im ganzen papuanischen Gebiet die einzige Vertreterin der Gattung Otits. 
Olu.s-Aiten leben erst wieder auf den Molukken, eine aberrante Art auch auf den 
Palau-Insehi. 

Die Gattung 3Iyiagra, auf Biak und Numfor durch M. atra vertreten, fehlt 
der ganzen Nordkiiste von Neuguinea und ebenso den westlichen papuanischen 
Inseln, findet sich dagegen auf den Nordmolukken. 

Fassen wir zusammen : 

Die Inseln Biak und Numfor besitzen unter ihrer Avifauna sehr altertiimUche 
Elemente. TeUweise haben diese ihre nachsten Verwandten gegenwartig in sehr 
weit abgelegenen Gebieten, z. B. auf den Nord-Molukken. Biak hat spater einen 
Zustrom von Osten her, iiber die Padaido -Inseln hinweg, vielleicht auch von 
Japen her empfangen ; Numfor ist vermutlich mehrfach von der Nordwestkiiste 
der Geelvinkbai und von Miosnom her, vielleicht iibers Meer hinweg, besiedelt 
worden. Ein zeitweiser Zusammenhang von Biak und Numfor ist wahrschein- 
lich, wenn auch die gegenwartige weitgehende tjbereinstimmung m der Avifainia 
beider Inseln mit der Annahme eines iiber Meeresschranken hinweg erfolgten 
Formenaustausches erklart werden konnte. 



SYSTEMATISCHER TEIL 
Corvus coronoides orru Bonap. 
Gesammelt von : Stein. 

949. 23. IV. ?„. Fl. 304 ; Schw. 166 ; Gew. 450 ; Ju. KJ. 

Diese Krahe war bisher von den Inseln der Geelvink-Bai noch nicht bekannt. 
Herr Stein sammelte sie nicht nur auf Numfor, sondern auch auf Japen. 
13 



194 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 

Aplonis metallicus inomatus (Salvad.). 

Calornis innnutta Salvadori, Ann. Mns. ('ii: Gen. vol. xw'\. p. 194 (1880 — Korido, Misori). 

Gesammelt von : Stein. 

865. 13. IV. o'l- Fl. 107,5 ; Schw. — Gew. 58,7 
843. 12. IV. (J„. „ 100,5 ; „ 82,5 ; „ 52 
899. 13. IV. $j. „ 98 : „ 80.5 ; „ 55.7 

Neu fiir Numfor, da bisher nur von Biak bekannt. Sowohl Salvadoris 
Beschreibung wie drei zum Vergleich vorliegende Stiicke aus dem Tring Museum 
stimmen gut mit unseren Stiicken iiberein. 

Macruropsar magnus brevicauda v. Oort. 

Macruropsnr -nuif/niis hreviainda van Oort, Noi. Leyd. Mus. vol. xxx. p. 70 (1908 — Nunifor). 

Gesammelt von : v. Rosenberg, Beccari, Doherty, Stein. 

SS ad. (10.-24. IV.) Fl. 108-109-113-1142-115-116-116,5-118-118,5-119-120,5-1222-123. 

Schw. 142-147-148-1493-1582-158,5-162-1702-172,5. 

Gew. 83,52-842-852-88,5-89-9P-952-1002. 
$? ad. (10.-24. IV.) Fl. 108-112-113-114-114,5-115-117-119. 

Schw. 132-138-140-143-145-1552. 

Gew. 80-81-83-88-90-92-99-104. 
<J$ juv. (15.-24. IV.) Fl. 1142-114,5-116. 

•Schw. 107-115-118. 

Gew. 80,5-812-82. 
9 ,^(J und alle $? in Flugelmauser. 

Diese lange Serie bestatigt aufs baste das fiir die Rasse brevicauda van Oort 
angegebene Kennzeichen, namlich die im Vergleich zur Biak-Form viel geringere 
Schwanzlange (132-172,5 gegen 190-257 mm.). 

Ju. Kl. (Stein leg. Nr. 884-886-890) : Oberseite schwarzbraim mit griinlich 
schimmernden Federsaumen. Der Scliimmer ist weit schwacher als beim ad. ; 
die Saume des Oberkopfes sind nicht so deutlich. Unterseite schwarzbraun mit 
besonders an der Brust schmalen schwarzen Federzentren. Schnabel scliwarz 
(wie beim ad.). Schwanz kurz : juv. 107-115-118 gegen ad. ,^^ 142-172,5 
und ad. ?? 132-155 mm. 

" Urwaldstar, sehr haufig. Iris nicht rot, sondern hellbraun. Nester ein 
grosser Klumpen hoch auf Baumen aus Reisern, Gras etc. Briitet anscheinend 
in mehrerer Paaren m emem Nest (3-4 Vogel an einem Nest) " (Stein). 

Dicrurus bracteatus carbonarius Bonap. 
Gesammelt von : A. B. Meyer, Doherty, Stein. 



906. 


17. IV. 


<^i- 


Fl. 146,5 ; 


Gew. 79 




921. 


12. IV. 


cJo- 


„ 150; 


„ 87,5 ; 


Schwanzniauser. 


907. 


15. IV. 


?. 


„ 150,5; 


„ 80 




922. 


16. IV. 


"<J?" 


„ 152; 


„ 84 




910. 


14. IV. 


n 


„ 139; 


„ 64,5 ; 


II. Kleid. 



Kein Unterschied von Exemplaren aus Manokwari. 

" Gesang ausserordentlich abwechslungsreich mit vielen krachzenden, 
pfeifenden Lauten ; wahrscheinlich Spotter " (Stein). 



NoviTATES Zoological XXXVIII. 1932. 196 

Ciimyris jugularis frenata (S. Milll.). 
Gesammelt von : Doheity, Stein. 

691. 12. IV. o*3- Fl- 55..5 ; Gew. 8 

760. 21. IV. o\- .. 54; 

761. 1.5. IV. ^2. „ 55; „ 9 

759. 21. IV. (Ji. „ 54; „ 10,.3 ; juv. Mauser. 

Verglichen mit 4 ^J^J aus Manokwari sind diese (J (J von Niimfor auf der 
Unterseite ein wenig kraftiger schwefelgelb gefarbt. 

Cinnyris sericea maforensis (A. B. Meyer). 

Chalcoatetha aspasia var. nuiforensis Meyer, Sitzungsher. K. Akad. Wiis. Wien, vol. l.tx, p. 123 
(1874— Numfor). 

Gesammelt von : A. B. Meyer, Doherty, Stein. 

(JcJ (10.-24. IV.) Fl. 61,.5-62^-633. 

Gew. 9-102-10,I-10,5=-ll. 
?? (12.-24. IV.) Fl. 55,5-562-56,5^-57. 

Gew. 8-8,8-9,3-9.5-9,7-10. 
3 (JcJ hatten noch einzelne erste Jahreskleidsfedern, I (J und 1 $ in Fliigelmauser. 

Bei gleichem Lichteinfall schillert der Oberkopf bei C. s. maforensis goldgriin, 
bei sericea blaugriin. Das metallische Kehlschild reicht bei maforensis etwas 
welter herab als bei sericea. Beim 9 slnd die Steuerfedern oberseits schwarzblau 
mit olivf arbenen Saumen ; dem $ von sericea fehlt die Saumung der Steuerfedern. 

Dicaeum geelvinkianum maforense Salvad. 

Dicaeum maforense Salvadori. Ann. .Mii.i. Civ. Gtn. vol. vii, p. 944 (1S75 — Xumfor). 

Gesammelt von : A. B. Meyer, Beccarl, Doherty, Stein. 

cJ(J ad. (11.-23. IV.) Fl. 502-51-52^-53 ; Gew. 7,2-7,3-7,5-7,7-8. 

<j'juv. 23. IV. Fl. 49,5 ; Gew. 7. 

?? ad. (10.-22. IV.) Fl. 45^6-47-48 ; Gew. 6,7-7,2-7,5. 

$ juv. 22. IV. Fl. 48,5 ; Gew. 7,9. 

Alle ad. in Fliigelmauser. 

Die Rasse unterseheldet sich von den ihr nachstverwandten Rassen D. y. 
geelvinkianum, Jobi und D. g. misoriense, Blak durch folgende Kennzelchen : 
roter Brustfleck grosser, Oberschwanzdecken braunllch rot statt leuchtend rot. 

Das Welbchen hat im Gegensatz zum Mamichen den Oberkopf nur sehr 
wenig bramirot gefarbt. 

" Nahrung hauptsachlich Loranthus-Friichte, jedoch auch klelne saftige 
Beeren. Jmige werden mit Insekten aufgezogen, Lockruf unbedeutend zip-zip." 

Cracticus cassicus (Bodd.). 
Gesammelt von : Stein. 

939. 23. IV. (Jj. Fl. 171 ; Gew. 162 

Pachycephala phaeonota (S. Miill.). 

Gesammelt von : v. Rosenberg, A. B. Meyer, Beccarl. 

Als Bewohnerin ganz klelner Inselchen (slehe unter Walgeu) scheint diese 
Art nicht auf Mafor selbst, sondern nur auf der vorgelagerten Insel Pulu Manin 
vorzukommen, wo Beccari 6 Stiick sammeln koimte. Zwei davon betinden .sich 
im BerUner Museum : Nr. 26667, 30. V. 1875, <J Fl. 86 und Nr. 26666, 26. V. 
1875, ? Fl. 82 mm. 



196 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 

Monai'cha cinerascens steini subsp. nova. 
Gesammelt von : Beccari, Doherty, Stein. 

819. 15. IV. ^„. Fl. 88 

809. 25. IV. $„. „ 80; Gew. 21,5 

Rothschild & Hartert haben die von Doherty auf Numfor gesammelten 
Stiicke als AI. c. geelvinkiana bestimmt, ohne sie mit den Typen verglichen 
zu haben. Diese sind iin.s durch die Freundlichkeit von Dr. Meise zugangHch 
gemacht worden, und es stellte sich heraus, dass der Numfoivogel von der auf 
Jobi und Korido beschrankten Rasse M. c. geelvinkiami ausserordentlich deut- 
lich abweicht, denn er ist in der gi-auen Tonung sehr viel heller und in den 
rotfarbenen Tonen dunkler. Unter alien bekannten Rassen von M . cinerascens 
ist die Numforform am ahnlichsten der Rasse M. c. cinerascens von den Key- 
und Siidwestinseln. Von dieser unterscheidet sie sich dadurch, dass die graue 
Tonung besonders an Kehl-, Kopf- imd Brustseiten noch heller, fast sUbergiau ist. 
Keine andere Rasse ist in dieser Region so hell gefarbt wie die von Numfor, die 
wir Herrn Stein widmen. 

Typus : ? ad. Numfor 25. April 1931, G. Stein leg. No. 809. 

Monarcha alecto chalybeocephala (Gamot). 
Gesammelt von : A. B. Meyer, Doherty, Steui. 

(J (J (12.-24. IV.) Fl. 86,5-87,5-88,5-89= ; Gew. 262-26,5-28. 

?? (11.-24. IV.) Fl. 76,5-77-79-83-83,5-84 ; Gew. 21,5-23,8-25^ 

3 cJ und 1 $ in Fliigelmaiiser. 

In der Farbung stimmt diese Serie voUig mit einer solchen aus Waigeu und 
Jobi iiberein, aber die Fliigellange ist vielleicht im Mittel em wenig germger ; 
sie variiert nach unseren Messungen folgendermassen : 

Numfor : S<S 86,5-89, ?? 76,5-84. 
Jobi : tJcJ 89-91, $? 81,5-87. 
Waigeu: c?(? 88-91. 

Rhipidura leucophrys melaleuca (Quoy & Gaim.). 
Gesammelt von ; Doherty, Stein. 



807. 


24. IV. 


<J2- 


Fl. 107 ; 


Gew. 35 




815. 


15. IV. 


<?.- 


„ 107,5; 


„ 39 




816. 


15. IV. 


$1- 


„ 103,5; 


„ 35; 


Flugelmauser 


830. 


24. IV. 


$0. 


„ 102,5; 


„ 31 





Myiagra atra A. B. Meyer. 

Myiagra aira Meyer, Sitzungsber. K. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. Ixix, p. 498 (1874— Biak, Numfor). 

Gesammelt von : A. B. Meyer, Beccari, Doherty, Stein. 

(J(J ad. (10.-24. IV.) Fl. 70,5-7I»-722-72,5'-732-742. 

Schw. 53-542-54,5-55,5-562-56,5-57-58-59. 

Gew. 13,5-142-14,2-14,52-152-15.23-16. 
(J juv. (20. IV.) Fl. 70 ; Schw. 56 ; Gew. 14,3. 

?? (11.-24. IV.) Fl. 65,5-67-702-71. 

Schw. 51,5-53-54-55. 

Gew. 122-13-13,5-15,1. 
2 cJ<J und 3 ?? in Fliigelmauser. Die ad. VV und die juv. sind gleioh gefarbt. 



NOVITATES ZOOLOCICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 197 

Dieser eigenartige Vogel, der ausser auf Numfor iind dem zugehorigen 
Tnselchen Pulu Manim nur noch auf Biak lebt, gehort einer Gattung an, die an 
der Nord- und Westkiiste Neuguineas vollkommen fehlt, imd deren Vorkommen 
auf den Inseln der Geelvinkbai zu den zoogeographischen Merkwiirdigkeiteii 
dieses Gebietes gehort. 

" Benehmen ganz rotschwanzartig mit Schwanzschiittebi. Der Vogel 
kommt nicht auf den Boden, lebt hoher im Gezweig des Urwaldes " (Stein). 

Phylloscopus maforensis (A. B. Meyer). 

Oerygone maformnis Meyer, Sitzungsher . K. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. Ixx, p. 119 (1874 — Xumfor). 
Gesammelt von : A. B. Meyer, Doherty, Stein. 



736. 


25. IV. 


3,- 


Fl. 59,5 ; 


Schw. 36,5 ; 


Gew. 10,2 


758. 


19. IV. 


cJa. 


„ 57; 


„ 37; 


„ 10,5 


751. 


23. IV. 


^1- 


„ 57; 


„ 36,5 ; 


„ 10,1 


753. 


21. IV. 


<?!■ 


„ 59,5; 


„ 36,5 ; 


„ 10 


755. 


21. IV. 


Ol- 


„ 56,5; 


„ 34,5 ; 


„ 9 


752. 


25. IV. 


<jl- 


„ 56,6; 


„ 35,5 ; 


„ 10,5 


738. 


14. IV. 


Ol- 


„ 58,5; 


„ 36,5 ; 


„ 11 ; Fliigelmauser. 


757. 


11. IV. 


<Jl. 


„ 58; 


„ 35,5 ; 


„ 10,5 


754. 


23. IV. 


?o. 


„ 52,5; 


„ .34 ; 


„ 10,3 


756. 


22. IV. 


2o- 


„ .53; 


., 32,5 ; 


8 


770. 


21. IV. 


v_ 


„ 51 ; 


„ 33,5 ; 


„ 8,5 



Dlese interessante Art war bisher nur nach dem Ty]5us bekannt, der sich im 
Dresdener Museum befindet, und nach zwei schlechten Balgen, die das Tring- 
Museum besitzt. Schon Rothschild & Hartert haben ihre Zugehorigkeit zur 
Verwandtschaftsgruppe des Phylloscopus giulianettii erkannt. Wir halten sie 
fiir eine etwas aberrante Angehorige des weitverbreiteten Artenkreises, zu 
welchem auf .Java die Form trivirgatiis, auf den Philippinen die Form olivaceus, 
auf Gelebes die Form sarasinorurn, auf Neuguinea die Formen poliocephahos und 
giulianettii gehoren. Phylloscopus maforensis unterscheidet sich von den beiden 
soeben erwahnten Formen, welche die hohen Berge Neuguineas bewohnen, nicht 
nur durch die Oekologie und die Farbung, sondern auch durch die Strxiktur des 
Schnabels, der an der Basis etwas breiter Lst ; ferner ist der Unterschnabel an 
der Ventralseite flacher und erhebt sich nicht so deutlich zu emem Kiel wie bei 
giulianettii wad jwliocephalus. Ph. maforensis diirfte auf Numfor ein ebenso 
altes Element darstellen wie Macruropsar magnns, Myiagra atra, MicropsiUa 
geelvinkiana, Eos cyanogenys u. a. Da Meyers Beschreibung (I.e.) ungenau ist, 
lassen wir eine erneute Beschreibung folgen : 

Federn der Oberseite dunkelgrau mit olivgriinen Saumen, die von vorn nach 
hinten allmahlich breiter werden, wodurch die Oberseite folgende Farbung 
annimmt : Stirn grau, Kopf grau mit schmalen Saumen, Interscapulium oHvgriin 
mit grauer Federbasis, Biirzel und Oberschwanzdecken olivgriin. Fliigeldeck- 
federn und Schwingen schwarzlich mit kraftig olivgriinen Aussensaumen ; 
Steuerfedern ebenso gefarbt, aber die olivfarbenen Saume matter, ausseres Paar 
mit selir schmalem weissen Innensaum, welcher auch am 2. Paar noch schwach 
angedeutet ist. Unterseite blassgrau mit vorn schmalen, hinten breiten griinlich- 
gelben Saumen, die auf den Korperseiten in Grau iibergehen. Unterschwanz- 
decken blass griinlichgelb. ZiigeUedern grau mit weissen Zentralfiecken. 
Ohrdeckfedern grau mit heUerem Schaftstrich. Uber und hmter dem Auge cine 



198 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1H32. 

Andeutiuig einer helleren Augenbraue. Axillaren weiss niit olivgelben Saumen ; 
Unterfliigeldecken graubrauii, aussere mit breiten olivgelben, innere mit breiten 
weissen Saumen. Schwingen mit schmalen weissen Innensaumen. Oberschnabel 
schwarzbraun mit helleren Schneiden und heller Spitze ; Unterschnabel heUgelb- 
Uch ; Fiisse dunkeUiaarbraun. 

Auf Biak wird dieser Vogel vertreten durch Phylloscopus misoriensis Meise 
[Nov. ZooL. 36, 1931, p. 318, Fussnote 1, nomen novum fiir Sericornis ? trochilo- 
ides Salvad. (1878 — Misori), nee Phylloscopvs trochiloides (Sundevall 1838)]. 

Coracina lineata maforensis (A. B. Meyer). 

CampephcKja inaforensis Meyer, Sitzungsher. K. Akad. Hiss. Wien, vol. xlix, p. 386 (1874 — Numfor). 

Gesammelt von : A. B. Meyer, Beccari, Doherty, Stein. 

911. 20. IV. cJi- Fl. 130 ; Gew. 69 
913. 11. IV. cJi. „ 126 ; „ 63,5 
908. 19. IV. 9„. „ 120; „ 56 

912. 11. IV. ?„. „ 128,5 ; „ 60.5 

Diese durch iliren Geschlechtsdimorpliismus interessante Rasse ist auf die 
Insel Numfor be.schrankt und hat keinen geogi-aphLschen Vertreter auf Biak. 
tjber die geographische Variation siehe Stresemann, Arch, fur Naturgesch. 1923, 
A. 8, p. 18. 

Das $ gleicht ganz dem $ von C. I. axillaris, hat aber Brust und Kehle etwas 
dvmkler. 

Edolisoma morio neglectum Salvad. 

EdoliismiM neglectum Salvad., Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. vol. 15, p. 36 (1880 — Numfor). 
Gesammelt von : A. B. Meyer, Beccari, Doherty, Stein. 

<J<J ad. (29. III.-12. IV.) Fl. 116-117-118-119-121-121,5-123. 

Gew. 61-62-62,5-63-68. 
?$ (15.-21. IV.) Fl. 115-118.5-119. 

Gew. 60-62-67. 
4 (JcJ und alle $$ in Fliigelmauser. 2 von den $? haben schwarze Fleckc an der Brust. 

Edolisoma morio neglectum ist auf Numfor beschrankt und wird auf Biak 
durch die deutUch verschiedene Rasse meyeri vertreten ; vgl. Stresemann, 
Arch, fiir Naturgesch. 1923, A. 8, p. 21. 

Mageninhalt : Insekten, hauptsachlich Heuschrecken (924). 

Pitta sordida mafoorana Schkgcl. 

Pitta novaeguineae mafoorana Schleg., Mus. Pays Bus III, Remie Pitta, p. 8 (1874 — Nuinfor). 
Gesammelt von : v. Rosenberg, Beccari, Doherty, Stein. 

811. 11. IV. $1. Fl. 102; Gew. 71,5 

810. 16. IV. ?. „ 98,5 ; „ 67,5 ; juv. 

Diese deutlich gekeiinzeichnete Rasse wird auf Biak durch Pitta sordida 
rosenbergi vertreten, welcher sie mehr ahnelt als der Neuguinearasse novaeguineae. 

Hemiprocne mystacea mystacea (Lesson). 
Gesammelt von : Doherty. 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 



199 





Collocalia esculenta 


spilura Gray. 


Gesammelt von : 


V. Rosenberg, 


Stein. 






713. 


25. IV. 


6v Fl 


101,5; 


Gew. 6,2 




721. 


25. IV. 


<?!• „ 


98; 


„ 6,3; 


FlugehnauBer 


724. 


22. IV. 


<?,- „ 


98; 


„ 7,1 


„ 


698. 


25. IV. 


(?.. ., 


98; 


„ 6.5 




728. 


18. IV. 


cJi- „ 


101; 


,. 7 




723. 


25. IV. 


<Jl. „ 


95; 


„ 7,1 


,, 


694. 


25. IV. 


i" " 


98; 


„ 6,4 




662. 


29. III. 


c?o- 


98,5; 


„ — 




729. 


18. IV. 


cJo- .. 


95,5 ; 


„ 5,8- 




685. 


16. IV. 


^0. „ 


98,5; 


„ 6,7 


.. 


692. 


16. IV. 


<Jo- .. 


100; 


,. 6,3 




687. 


16. IV. 


?3. ., 


98,5; 


„ 7,5 


„ 


702. 


25. IV. 


s.. „ 


100; 


„ 6,4 




720. 


25. IV. 


2.. „ 


99,5; 


„ 6,6 


,, 


697. 


16. IV. 


?l. „ 


93,5; 


„ 6,3 


»f 


712. 


16. IV. 


?0- .. 


96; 


„ 7,7 




693. 


25. IV. 


?o. „ 


98,5; 


„ 6,1 




722. 


25. IV. 


?„. „ 


101 ; 


„ 6 




695. 


18. IV. 


$0. ,. 


98; 


„ 7 




684. 


25. IV. 


?. „ 


100,5 ; 


„ 6,6 




700. 


21. IV. 


$0. ,. 


96,5; 


„ 7 




725. 


23. IV. 


?„. . 


97; 


„ 6,5 




701. 


25. IV. 


?• „ 


— 


„ 6,8 ; 


juv. 



Wir vermogen im Gebiet von Celebes, Nord-Molukken und Neuguinea zu 
unterscheiden : 

Collocalia esculenta viridinitens Gray. 

20 Vogel aus Celebes (Heinrich leg. 1931) haben die Oberseite mehr gliinzend 
griin, Kehle, Brust und Korperseiten mit ziemlich stark griinlichem MetaUglanz 
(nicht ungefahr einfarbig grau wie bei Vogeln von Niirnfor, Halmahera, Sepik 
und Saruwagedgebirge). Oberseits sind einzelne Federn oft blau (oder nur 
teilweise blau), statt griin. Bauch weiss und ebenso scharf abgesetzt gegen die 
dunklere Brust wie bei Vogeln von der Nordkiiste Neuguineas zwischen >Jobi 
und Saruwagedgebirge. Weisser Fleck an der Wurzel der Innenfahne der 
ausseren Steuerfedern gross und rein weiss. 

Collocalia esculenta spilura Gray. 
Bauch nicht reinweiss wie bei viridinitens, sondern infolge der grossen 
schwarzen Federzentren schwarzgrau gesprenkelt. Weisser Fleck an der Basis 
der Innenfahne der ausseren Steuerfedern kleiner als bei viridinitens oder ganz 
fehlend (1 Exemplar). Kehl- und Brustfedern ohne den starken metallisch 
griinen Glanz von viridinitens. Von Halmahera-Exemplaren vermogen wir 
nach Farbung xnid Grosse nicht zu trennen die Serie von Numfor, walirend das 
einzige Exemplar von Waigeu auf Oberseite, Fliigel imd Schwanz durch intensiven 
violettblauen statt griinlichblauen Schiller hochst auffallig abweicht, aber es 
mag sich um erne individuelle Variation handeln. 



Collocalia esculenta subsp. 
Ein Stiick aus Japen, 3 vom Sepikgebiet und 4 vom Saruwagedgebirge 
unterscheiden sich scharf von der Serie aus Numfor durch den reinweissen 



200 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. in:!2. 

Bauch. Sie gleichen ua dieser Hinsicht der Celebes -Rasse. Flugellange : 
97,5-101-103-105-106-108-109 mm. 

Mit den Exemplaren aus Deutsch Neuguinea stimmen in Grosse und Farbimg 
ziemlich gut iiberein zwei Exemplare aus dem Weylandgebirge, sie unterscheiden 
sich aber von alien anderen von luis untersuchten Exemplaren aus Neuguinea 
dadurch, dass die weisse Zeichnung auf die Basalregion der Innenfahnen der "2. 
und 3. Steuerfedern beschrankt ist und auf den aussersten Steuerfedern voUig 
fehlt. Durcb dieses Merkmal nahern sie sich der Rasse C. e. nitens O. -Grant, 
welche nach einem Exemplar vom Utakwafluss (2900 Fuss) beschrieben worden 
ist und sich ausser durch geringe Grosse (Fl. 92 mm.) durch volUgen Mangel der 
weissen Zeichnung an den Schwanzfedern auszeichnen soli. Wahrscheinlich 
gibt es auf Neuguinea viel mehr unterscheidbare Rassen als wir bisher wissen, 
die ausgepragteste darunter ist wohl C. e. maxima Og. -Grant, die nach einem 
Stiick vom Utakwafluss (8000 Fuss) beschrieben worden ist. tjber die geographi- 
sche Variation auf den Salomon -Inseln vgl. Mayr, Amer. Mns. Nov. 486, 1931, 
pp. 15-17. 

Collocalia vanikorensis steini Stres. & Pal. 

Gesammelt von : Stem. 
Siehe unter Waigeu. 

Podargus papuensis papuensis Quoy & Gaim. 

Gesammelt von : v. Rosenberg, Beccari, Stein. 

954. 11. IV. $1. FI. 275 ; Schw. 253 ; Gew. 335 
936. 25. IV. $1. „ 252 ; „ 231 ; „ 225 
950. 14. IV. $1. „ 282; „ 273; „ 300 

In der Grosse gut iibereinstimmend mit einer Serie von Jobi ; dagegen ist 
em altes ? von Manokwari (Stein leg. Nr. 603) mit FI. 304, Schw. 292, Gew. 375 
grosser. 

Die Oberseite der drei Numforweibchen erscheint auffallig dunkel, und der 
Oberkopf hat deutlichere gelbUchweisse Fleckung, als das bei imserer Jobiserie 
der Fall ist, doch mochten wir auf diese Tatsache angesichts der grossen individu- 
ellen VariabUitat von Podargus papuensis kein Gewicht legen. 

Merops ornatus Latham. 
Gesammelt von : Doherty (Mai 1897). 

Eurystomus orientalis pacificus (Latham). 
Gesammelt von : Doherty (Mai 1897). 

Alcyone azurea lessonii Cassin. 
Gresammelt von : Beccari. 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 201 

Tanysiptera carolinae Schlegel. 

Tanysiptera carolinae Schlegel, Ned. Tijdschr. Dierk. vol. iv, p. 13 (1871 — Nurafor). 

Gesammelt von : v. Rosenberg, A. B. Meyer, Beccari, Doherty, Stein. 

(J (J ad. (29. III.-24. IV.) Fl. 105..5-106-107=-108-109,5-I102-110,.5-111. 

Schw. 170-174-184-187-197-202. 

Gew. 63-63.5-64-65,5-692. 
?? ad. (29. III.-22. IV.) Fl. 106.5-107,5-108-109-109,5-110,5-112-113. 

Schw. 152-161-162-174. 

Gew. 64,5-65,2-68,5-71,7-742-75. 
<J? juv. (12.-25. IV.) Fl. 107,5= ; Gew. 54-55-58-61. 

3 (J<J uud 4 2$ in Grossgefiedermauaer. " Schnabel rot, Fiisse griinlich." 

Die.se schone, fiir Numfor endemische Art lasst sich mit dera reich gegliederten 
Rassenkreis Tanysiptera hydrocharis zu einem Artenkreis zusammenschliessen. 
E.s ist geradezu imverstandlich, dass Mathews fiir die Numforform ein besonderes 
Subgenus, Edquista, geschafTen hat. Merkwiirdigerweise weicht der geographi.sche 
Vertreter von T. carolinae auf Biak {T. hydrocharis riedelii Verreaux) weit weniger 
stark von den Neugumearassen ab. Die auffalligen Unterschiede zwischen carolinae 
und hydrocharis gehen wesentlich darauf zuriick, dass in die Federn der ganzen 
Unterseite von caroliiuie schwarzes Melanin eingewandert ist, das erst die notige 
Vorbedingung schafft, um die Blaustruktur zur Geltung zu bringen. Man kann 
also hier in gewissem Sinne von Inselmelanismus sprechen. Sehr eigenartig ist 
Form und Fiirbung der mittleren Schwanzfedern bei carolinae. Sie sind namlich 
scharf in emen weLssen basalen. einen blauen subapicalen und einen weissen 
apioalen Bezirk gegliedert, und nur in den beiden weissen Bezirken ist die Feder- 
fahne normal ausgebildet, wilhrend sie im blauen Gebiet zu ganz kurzen, borsten- 
artigen und strahlenlosen Rami reduziert Lst, also ganz anders als bei 
hydrocharis, wo auch das blaue Gebiet der Feder eine gut ausgebUdete, wenn- 
gleich stark verschmalerte Fahne tragt. Bemerkenswert ist ferner, dass das 
mittlere Schwanzfederpaar weit kiirzer ist als bei der anderen Art, namlich 
nur: ,$ 170-202, $ 152-174 (gegen ,^ 221-260, ? 198-255 bei hydrocharis 
meyeri). 

" Gewohnlich recht niedrig im Urwald sitzend ; Rufe an $ von Cuculus 
canorus erinnernd, aber mehr schackernd. Eier nach Angabe der Etngeborenen 
in Ameisennestern " (Stein). 

Mageninhalt : Heuschrecken (846), Heuschrecken, 1 Schnecke (835), grosse 
Kafer (831)- 

Halcyon saurophaga saurophaga Gould. 
Gesammelt von : v. Rosenberg, Stein. 

Fliigelmauser. 



904. 


19. IV. 


o'l. 


Fl. 127 ; G 


ew. 117 


905. 


18. IV. 


■3i- 


., 125; 


„ 131 


902. 


19. IV. 


$2- 


„ 127; 


„ 139 


903. 


18. IV. 


?0- 


„ 127; 


„ — 



Halcyon sancta sancta Vigors & Horsf. 

Gesammelt von : Doherty. 
Zugvogel au.s AustraUen. 



202 NOVITATES ZOOLOOICAE XXXVTII. 1932. 

Cacomantis variolosus obscurahis subsp. nova. 
Gresammelt von : A. B. Meyer, Doherty, Stein. 

735. 22. IV. (Ji. Fl. 122 ; Schw. 113.5; Gew. 36 
737. 11. IV. o*i- •• 128; „ 116; „ 40 
739. 12. IV. Si- ,• 127 ; „ 112 ; „ 33 

Schon Salvador! (Orn. Pap. i, p. 340) fand, dass ein Stiick dieses Kuckucks 
von Numfor (A. B. Meyer leg.) der Population von Ternate sehr ahnlich sei, aber 
doch davon unterschieden werden konne und zwar — wie er meinte — durch die 
Grosse besonders des SchnabeLs. Seither sind die Bewohner der Nordmolukken 
durch Hartert von denjenigen Neuguineas iinter dem Namen C. v. oblitus abge- 
trennt worden (Nov. Zool. xxxii, 1925, p. 167). Wir finden mit Salvadori, dass 
die Numforvogel dem C. v. oblitus ahnliclier sind als der Neugiunearasse C. v. 
infaustus, aber doch nicht ganz mit jenem iibereinstimmen. C. v. oblitus unter- 
scheidet sich von C. v. infaustus durch im Mittel etwas bedeutendere Fliigellange 
(120-130 gegen 114-122) und hellere Tonimg, besonders der Unterseite, was 
sowohl in den grauen wie in den rostfarbenen Federpartien zum Ausdruck 
gelangt und besonders deutlich an den Unterschwanzdeckfedern ist. Bei oblitus 
sind die Fiisse und die Basis des Unterschnabels am Balg braunlich, nicht so 
gelblich gefarbt wie bei infaustus. C. v. obscuratus stimmt in alien diesen Merk- 
malen gut mit oblitus iiberein, hat aber dunkler graue Kopf- und Halsseiten, 
wenn auch nicht so dunkle wie infaustus. Fliigel : 122-127-128. 

Typus : S ad., Numfor, 17. April 1931, Stein leg. Nr. 739. 

Centxopus species ? 
Herr Stein sah auf Numfor einen Centropus, ohne ihn erlegen zu konnen. 
Moglicherweise handelt es sich um die auf Biak lebende Art Centropus chalybaeus 
Salvad. 

Kakatoe galerita macrolopha (Rosenberg). 

Gesammelt von : v. Rosenberg, Beccari, Stein. 

947. 22. IV. ?. Fl. .303 ; Gew. 575 
960. 12. IV. ?. „ 281 ; „ 450 

Siehe unter Waigeu. 

Micropsitta geelvinkiana geelvinkiana (Schleg.). 

Naaitema pygmam geelvinkiana Schlegel, A'prf. Tijihrhr. Dierk. vol. iv, p. 7 (1871— Numfor). 
Gesammelt von : v. Rosenberg, Beccari, Doherty, Stein. 

<J(J ad. (12.-26. IV.) Fl. 56-.572-58'-59=-60*. 

Gew. 12,.5-12,8-132-13.2-13.5-13,6-13,7-14'. 
?? ad. (12.-25. IV.) Fl. 54-55-562-57^-58. 

Gew. 10,5-1 P-12-12,2-12,5-13. 

Die mmderbare Serie von 22 Stiick wird wohl fiir alle Zeiten feststellen, dass 
die Form aus Numfor leicht von der axLs Misori abzutrennen ist. Salvadori hat 
den von Schlegel gegebenen Namen verworfen, well dieser die zwei Formen unter 
demselben Namen auffiihrt, obgleich er die Unterschiede betont ; da aber 
Schlegel ganz sicher Numfor (Mafor) als ersten Fundort angibt, muss der Name 
geelvinkiana fiir den Vogel dieser Inscl gebraucht werden. 

" Lockruf zit-zit-zit-zit-zit schncll wiederholt beim Fliegen, auch zich. Nest 
angeblich in Ameisennestern " (Stein). 

Magenmhalt : Fein zerkleinerte Samen (668). 



No\aTATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1032. 203 

Eclectus roratus maforensis subsp. nova. 
Gesammelt von : v. Rosenberg, Stein. 



964. 


12. IV. 


^2- 


Fl. 265; 


Gew 


. 350 




965. 


14. IV. 


Jl- 


„ 263 ; 


,, 


325 




957. 


17. IV. 


<^1- 


„ 263; 


,, 


325 




959. 


11. IV. 


'ii- 


„ (250) 


„ 


350; 


in Fliigelmauser 


961. 


12. IV. 


3- 


,. 260 ; 


„ 


325 




962. 


11. IV. 


Vo- 


., 2.35 ; 


,, 


310 




963. 


16. IV. 


?„■ 


.. 240 ; 


,, 


225 




958. 


12. IV. 


V- 


„ 253; 


., 


3.50 





Die Rassenunterschiede treten besonders deiitlich im weiblichen Geschleoht 
hervor. ? ad. am nach.sten E. r. aruensis. aber noch dunkler ; mehr dunkel 
blutrot auf deni Riicken, Biirzel & Fliigel ; Federn mit helleien Saumen, welche 
bei E. r. pectoralis und E. r. aruensis fehlen. Hand- \ind iiussere Armschwingen 
glanzender tief blau ; die Ausseiirander vergissmeinnichtblau statt griinlich wie 
bei E. r. pectoralis, gleichfarbig mit dem Rest der Aussenfaline wie bei E. r. 
aruensis, Schwanz dunkler blutrot, die helle Spitze schmaler, seitliche Aussen- 
fahnen griin iiberflogen statt hellrot ; Vorderbrust dunkler und diisterer als bei 
E. r. pectoralis und E. r. aruensis. Fliigellange 225-238 mm. 

(J ad. Riicken, Fliigel, Biirzel und Hinterhals etwas dunkler und diisterer 
griin. FliigeUange 2.55-262 mm. 

Typus : $ No. 962, II. April 1931, Numfor. 

Geoffroyus geoffroyi subsp. ? 
Gesammelt von : Stein. 



901. 


13. IV. 


Ol- 


Fl. 170 ; 


Gew. 168 ; 


ad. 


520. 


V. 


Ol- 


„ 164; 


— 


; juv. in Numfor gekauft und gestorben 


923. 


26. IV. 


9i- 


„ 171; 


„ 172 




928. 


20. IV. 


?o- 


,. 172; 


„ 156 




926. 


19. IV. 


?. 


„ 172; 


„ 165 





Diese Form steht in der Farbung G. g. mysoriensis Meyer am nachsten, aber 
da das eine alte ^ in voUer Mauser ist, lasst es sioh meines Erachtens nicht sicher 
abtrennen ; aber es ist auch nicht ratsam, es damit zu vereinigen, da die rote und 
die blaue Farbung auf dem Oberkopf nicht so weit zu reichen scheint als bei 
Biak-Stiicken. 

" Flug taubenartig mit Schwankungen unter wiegenden Bewegiingen des 
Korpers " (Stein). 

Eos cyanogenys Bp. 

Eos cyanogenia Bonaparte, Consp. Aw i. p. 4 (1850 — ohne Fundort). 

Gesammelt von : v. Rosenberg, A. B. Meyer, Doherty, Stein. 

(J (J ad. (11.-23. IV.) Fl. 153-157-1.58-1592-1613-1622-163-164-1673-168-169. 

Gew. 1.35-145,.5-146-147-150,5-152-155-160--160..5-1643-165,5-167.5-169,5- 
175. 
?? ad. (II. -23. IV.) Fl. 1.54-155-156-1.57-158-159-16.3=-164-164,5. 

Gew. 130-145-147,5-1492-155-159-163-168. 

Herr Stein hat eine ganz hervorragende Serie von 28 Stiick bekommen. 
Das einzige junge Exemjjlar zeigt viel mehr Schwarz auf Riicken und Jnter- 
scapulium und weniger Rot auf Hinterkopf imd Hinterhals ; die roten Federn 



204 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 

des Ober- und Hinterkopfes und Halses sowie die ganze Unterseite haben dunkel 
purpurblane Rander. 

" Sehr haufig aiif Numfor. Flug geiade, schwirrend. Vogel nicht paar- 
weise zu.sammen. Nahrvuig : Bliiten (?) von hohen Urwaldbaumen." 

Trichoglossus haematodus haematodus (L.). 
Gesammelt von : v. Rosenberg. 

Pandion haliaetus cristatus (Vitillot). 
Gesammelt von : v. Rosenberg, Beccari. 

Haliastur indus girrenera (Vieillot). 
Gesammelt von : v. Rosenberg, Stein. 

946. 19. IV. o"i- Fl. 351 ; Gew. 425 

Accipiter novaehollandiae leucosomus (Sharpe). 
Gesammelt von : v. Rosenberg, Doherty, Stein. 

935. '■ 3." (?!) Fl. 236 ; Gew. 305 ; weiss. ; " Fusse und Iris gelb." 

937. 11. IV. $„. ,,239; „ 266 ; weiss. 

930. 21. IV. $0. „ 237 + X ; „ 337,5; weiss. 

955. 16. IV. $. .. 235 ; — juv. Gefiirbte Phase. 

AuffalUgerweise gehoren unter den vier von Stein gesammelten Exemplaren 
nicht weniger als drei der weissen Phase an. v. Rosenberg erbeutete ein weisses 
imd ein gefarbtes Stiick. Die weisse Mutante scheint also aiif Numfor besonders 
haufig zu sein. 

Hier liegt eine Art vor, die aiif Numfor in derselben Rasse auftritt wie auf 
Neuguinea, wahrend Biak eine kleinere (endemische) Rasse, Accipiter novaehol- 
landiae misoriensis (Salvad.), beherbergt. 

Egretta intermedia plumUera (Gould). 
Gesammelt von : Beccari. 

Butorides striatus moluccanun Hartert. 
Gesammelt von : Stein. 

9.52. 17. IV. (Jj. Fl. 181,5 

944. 28. IV. (Jo. ,. 183 ; Gew. 226 

938. 15. IV. $3. „ 181 ; „ 246 

Siehe unter Waigeu. 

Phalacrocorax melanoleucus melanoleucus (Vieillot). 
Gesammelt von : Stein. 

940. 21. IV. cjj. Fl. 232 ; Gew. 575 

Ptilinopus superbus superbus (Tcnim). 
Gesammelt von : Stein. 

943. 13. IV. o"3- Fl. 132; Gew. in 
942. 13. IV. 0*1- .. 128; „ 113,5 
Beide in Fliigelmauaer. 

Neunachweis fiir Numfor, unbekannt von Biak. 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 205 

Ptilinopus rivolii prasinorrhous Gray. 

Gesammelt von : v. Rosenberg, A. B. Meyer, Beccari. 

Von V. Rosenberg und A. B. Meyer auf Numfor, von Beccari nur auf der 
kleinen Insel Pulu Manim erbeutet. Die Verbreitung dieser Taube ist eine sehr 
merkwiirdige und erklart sich wohl daraus, dass der Vogel kleine ttache Inseln 
zum Aufenthalt wahlt und wie so manche anderen Vogelarten die Kiiste und das 
Innere grosser Inseln meidet, mit Ausnahme von Seran und Burn, wo er haupt- 
sachlich im Gebiige angetroffen worden ist ; so bewohnt er ausser den Kei-Insein 
und der Inselkette zwischen Keiinseln und Seran die westlichen pajjuanischen 
Inseln und in der Geelvinkbai die Inseln Numfor, Japen, die Padaido-Inseln 
und Ron, ist aber niemals auf Neuguinea selbst angetroffen worden. Die 
gleiche Vorliebe fiir kleine Inseln scheint Ptilinopus r. rivolii und P. r. strophiurn 
zu haben, wahrend Ptilinopns bellus, welche Rothschild & Hartert in den Rassen- 
kreis P. rivolii gestellt haben, auf die Gebirge von Neuguinea beschrankt ist, also 
oekologisch stark abweicht und wohl besser als eigene Art aufgefasst wird. Das 
Verhaltnis von P. rivolii zu P. belhis ist analog dem Verhaltnis von Pachycephala 
pectoralis zu P. soror. 

Ptilinopus speciosus Schlegel. 

PtUopus speciosus Schlegel, Xederl. Tijdschr. Dierk. vol. iv, p. 23 (1871 — Numfor und Soek). 
Gesammelt von : v. Rosenberg, Beccari, Bruijn, Doherty, Stein. 

S3 (10.-24. IV.) Fl. 109-111-112=-113,5-1142-1152-116. 

Gew. 77,2-77,5-82,5-86,7-87-88-912-92-102. 
?$ (10.-24. IV.) Fl. 1092-111 ; Gew. 78-82-85. 
2 cJ(J und 2 $$ in Fliigelmauaer. 

Diese Art wird sowohl von Rothschild & Hartert, Nov. Zool. viii, 1901, 
p. 108, wie von Mayr, Am. Mus. Nov. Nr. 504, 1931, p. 9, in den Rassenkreis 
Ptilinopus solomonensis gestellt ; wir vermogen uns aber aus morphologischen und 
zoogeographischen Griinden dieser Gruppierung nicht anzuschliessen, sondern 
betrachten Ptilinopus speciosus als eine Art, die sich ebenso wie Ptilinopus 
solonwnensis, aber ohne Zusammenhang mit dieser, von der rtwZu-Gruppe 
abgezweigt hat und in ihrem Wohngebiet, namlich den Inseln Numfor und Biak, 
wozu offenbar spater auch Japen, Korido und die Padaido-Inseln hinzugekom- 
men sind, infolge langer Isolierung Artcharaktere erwarb, ehe diese Inseln 
libers Meer liinweg zum zweiten Male von der rivo/u-Gruppe in Gestalt von 
Ptilinopus rivolii prasinorrhous besiedelt wurden. 

Ptilinopus musschenbroekii Schlegel. 

Ptilopus mnsscheiibroekii Schlegel, Xederl. Tijcl-schr. Dierk. vol. iv, p. 23 (1871 — Numfor, Miosnom, 
Soek). 

Gesammelt von : v. Rosenberg, Beccari, Bruijn, Doherty, Stein. 
941. 14. IV. cJj. Fl. 111,5; Gew. 100,5 

Fliigelmauaer, noch Reate des Ju. Kl. 



927. 


11. IV. 


3.- 


„ 109; 


„ 97 


853. 


12. IV. 


6v 


„ 112; 


., 80,5 


860. 


15. IV. 


?2- 


„ 107,5; 


„ 86,5 


861. 


12. IV. 


9,. 


„ 108; 


„ 99,4 


852. 


11. IV. 


?!• 


„ 104,5; 


„ 115 


898. 


24. IV. 


?!■ 


„ 108,5; 


„ 98 


862. 


24. IV. 


?!• 


„ 106; 


„ 80 



Ptilinopus musschenbroekii ist auf die Inseln Numfor, Biak Miosnom und Jobi 
beschrankt ; sie gehort zur Gruppe des Ptilinopus viridis, die fiir die Probleme 



206 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 

der Artbildung ebenso wertvoUe Beispiele geliefert hat wie die Gruppe Ptilinopus 
rivolii. Die wridis-Gruppe setzt sich zusammen aus drei Arten, namlich Ptilinopus 
viridis, Ptilinopus pecioralis und Ptilinopus musschenhroekii. Von diesen ist 
Ptilinopus viridis auf die Siidinolukken beschriinkt. Die Geschlechter sind gleich 
gefarbt, beide sind dui-ch ein grosses rotes Kehischild geziert. Dieses letztere 
Merkmal fehlt den $$ der im papuanischen Gebiet vorkommenden Arten P. 
pectoralis und P. musschenhroekii ; sie sind also geschlechtsdimorph. Man wiirde 
sie beide in denselben Rassenkreis stellen, wenn sie nicht beide nebeneitiander auf 
Japen vorkamen. Wir haben hier offenbar folgendes anzunehmen : Ptilinopus 
musschenhroekii hat sich aus dem pectoralis Stamm entwiekelt, nachdem dieser 
von Neuguinea aus die Insehi Numfor, Miosnom und Biak besiedelt hatte ; 
wahrend langer IsoUerung hat die Inselform Artcharaktere erworben, die es ihr 
ermoglichten, wieder in das pectoralis-Gehiet einzudringen, ohne dass eine Bas- 
tardierung zustandekam. Wir finden daher heute auf Japen sowohl die ofJenbar 
alt eingesessene Ptilinopus pectoralis salvadorii, als auch die vermutlich erst 
spater von Biak her eingewanderte Ptilinopus mitsschenbroekii, und ebenso 
vermochte sich auf Numfor und Biak (Soek-Supiori) neuerdings Ptilinopus 
pectoralis festzusetzen, ohne sich mit der eingesessenen Ptilinopus musschenhroekii 
geschlechthch zu vermischen. 

Ptilinopus pectoralis subsp. ? 
Gesammelt von : v. Rosenberg. 

Ducula myristicivora geelvinkiana (Schlegel). 

Carpophaya geelvinkiana Schlegel, Mus. Fays Bos, Coluinhae, vol. iv, p. 86 (1873 — Miosnom, 
Numfor, Soek). 

Gesammelt von : v. Rosenberg, Beccari, Doherty, Stein. 

: 951. 10. IV. cJi. Fl. 247 ; Gew. 475 ; FlUgelmauser. 
956. 22. IV. $1. .. 254 ; — 

948. 10. IV. 5i- .7 220 ; — juv., 6 aussere Schwingen graubraunlicli statt blau. 

Siehe unter Waigeu ! 

Macropygia amboinensis maforensis Salvad. 

Macropyijia maforensis Salvadori, Ann. Mus. Cir. Gen. vol. 12, p. 429 (1878 — Xuuifor). 

Gesammelt von : v. Rosenberg, A. B. Meyer, Doherty, Stein. 

932. 14. IV. (Jj- Fl- 165 ; Gew. 141 ; Fliigelmauser. 

928. 20. IV. (Ji. „ 168,5 ; ., 136 

931. 17. IV. $1. „ 155 ; „ 134 ; Mauser. 

945. 11. IV. $1. „ 162,5; „ 129,5 ; Flugelmauser. 

934. 11. IV. ?„. „ 160; „ 133,5 



Siehe luiter Waigeu 



Chalcophaps indica minima Hart. 

Chalcophaps indica minima Hartert, U. M. B. xxxix, p. 144 (1931 — Numfor). 

Gesammelt von : Doherty, Stein. 

Diese Zwergrasse ist auf die Inseln Numfor, Biak und Miosnom beschrankt. 
Die ihr sehr ahnliche Rasse Chalcophaps indica indica verbreitet sich von Ceylon 
und Hinterindien ostwarts nur bis an den Westrand der westlichen papuanischen 
Insehi, namUch nur bis nach Gebe und Koffiao. Erst im ostlichen Neuguinea, 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 207 

von der Astrolabebai unci dem Hallsund ost warts, beginnt das Areal einer dritten 
Rasse, Chalcophaps indica chrysochlora (Wagler) (vgl. Stresemann, Arch, fiir 
Naturgesch. 1923, A. 8, p. 80). 

Caloenas nicobarica nicobarica (L.). 

Gesammelt von : v. Rosenberg, Beccari, Doherty. 

Die sehr weit verbreitete Mahnentaube wird auch im papuanischen Gebiet 
nur auf kleinen Inseln gefunden. In der Geelvinkbai ist sie bekannt von Japen, 
Miosnom, Numfor und Biak. 

Actitis hypoleucos (L.). 
Gesammelt von : Stein. 

808. 16. IV. cJi. Fl. 108,5 ; Gew. 47 
817. 16. IV. cJo- .. Ill ; 

Sterna bergii cristata Stephens. 
Gesammelt von : Stein. 

953. 19. IV. o"i- Fl- 324 ; Gew. 274 

Vollkommen ausgefarbtes Brutkleid ohne weisse Federn in der schwarzen 
Kopfplatte. 

Megapodius freycinet geelvinkianus A. B. Meyer. 

Megapodius geelvinkianus A. B. Meyer, Sitzungsher. K. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. Ixix, p. 88 (1874 — 
Numfor, Misori). 

Gesammelt von : v. Rosenberg, A. B. Meyer, Beccari, Doherty, Stein. 

966. 13. IV. ?. Fl. 200 ; Gew. 525 

967. 12. IV. ?. „ 194; 

900. 13. IV. ?. „ — „ 123,5 ; puUus ! 

Bekannt von Numfor, Pulo Manim, Biak, Miosnom und Japen. Dies ist 
die einzige Megapodiusarl von Numfor, Miosnom und Biak. Auf Japen dagegen 
lebt sie zusammen mit einer zweiten Art, Megapodius affinis affinis A. B. Meyer. 
Megapodius freycinet geelvinkianus unterscheidet sich von der Nominatform, 
welche die Nordmolukken und die westlichen papuanischen Inseln bewohnt und 
an der Nordkiiste des Vogelkopfes nur an kleinen der Kiiste vorgelagerten 
Inselchen wie Sorong und Pulu Hum bei Manokwari angetroffen wurde, durch 
die viel geringere Grosse und durch die Farbung der Fiisse, welche bei freycinet 
ganz schwarz sind, wahrend bei geelvinkianus die Laufe hinten rotlich gefarbt 
sind. 



m. DIE VOGEL VON JAPEN (= JOBI). 

Beabbeitet von LORD ROTHSCHILD (Paradisaeidae, Psittaci), ERWIN 
STRESEMANN und KNUD PALUDAN (Einleitung und die ubrigen 
Gruppen). 

EINLEITUNG. 

Die Insel Japen oder (wie sie m der ornithologLschen Literatur bisher meist 
genannt wurde) Jobi nimmt eine Flache von imgefahr 3480 km^ ein. In Hinsicht 
auf ihre Fauna unterscheidet sie sich scharf von den iibrigen Inseln der Geel- 
vinkbai ; wahrend jene auf eine lange Selbstandigkeit zuriickblicken konnen, hat 



208 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 

sich Japen vermutlich erst im SpatpleLstocaen von Neuguiiiea losgelost, und seine 
Vogelwelt ist daher im wesentUchen nichts anderes als eine verarnite Waropen- 
Fauna (Waropen ist der Name jener Landschaft, die die Ostkiiste der Geelvinkbai 
einnimmt). Die ersten Oinithologen, welche auf Japen sammelten, entdeckten 
dort eine ganze ReUie iiberrascliender neuer Formen ; erst spater hat sich 
herausgesteUt, dass die gleichen oder doch wenigstens sehr ahnliche Rassen an 
der Nordkiiste Neuguineas weit verbreitet sind. 



ERFORSCHUNGSGESCHICHTE. 

V. Rosenberg (1809). Wie die anderen Inseln der Geelvinkbai, so ist auch 
Japen zuerst von Hermann von Rosenberg zoologisch untersucht worden, der 
dort einen Monat (5. April bis 6. Mai 1869) bei Ansus zubrachte, aber freilich 
nur sehr wenige Vogel sammelte. 

Meyer (1873). Auch auf Japen ist Adolf Bernhard Meyer der tatkraftige 
Nachfolger Rosenbergs gewesen. Sein Besucli erstreckte sich iiber 3 Wochen 
(8.-29. April 1873). Er liess gleichfalls bei Ansus sammeln, .seine Jiiger gelang- 
ten aber bei ihren Streifen auch ins Gebirge. Im ganzen gelang es ihm, gegen 70 
Vogelarten festzustellen, von denen er Philemon novaeguineae jobiensis, Zosterops 
minor, Pitohui kirrJiocephabis jobiensis, Myiolesles megarhynchus obscurus, 
Pachycephala griseiceps jobiensis, Arse-s telescophthalmiis insularis, OaUicoluniba 
jobiensis, Talegallus jobiensis und andere auffallige Formen beschrieb. Eine 
seiner iiberraschendsten Entdeckungen, Accipiter meyerianus, ist von Sharps 
bekamit gegeben worden. 

Beccari (1875). Odoardo Beccari hielt sich 1875 zweimal kurz auf Jobi 
auf : 4.-14. April bei Ansus, 11.-14. Dezember bei Seroei. Er hat die Zahl der 
von Jobi bekannten Vogel nur unwesentlich vermehren konnen. 

Bruijn (etwa 1875-1885). Die eingeborenen Jager A. A. Bruijns-Ternate 
und teilweise auch sein Handelsagent Leon Laglaize haben von Jobi viele 
Balge eingesandt, die zuni grossten Teil an Salvadori gelangten. Darunter 
befanden sich die nachmaligen Typen von Cinnyris nigriscapularis salvadorii 
Shelley. 

Guillemard (1883). Die Yacht Marchesa segelte von Waigeu iiber Manok- 
wari nach Ansus auf Jobi, wo sie im November einige Tage vor Anker lag und 
GuiUemard Gelegenheit fand, einige Vogel zu sammeln. Diese wmden spater 
vom Tring-Museum angekauft. 

Doherty (1897). Bevor William Doherty nach Numfor reiste, brachte er 
im A[)ril und Mai 1897 einige Wochen bei Ansus auf Japen zu, wo einer seiner 
Jager ermordet wiu'de.i Er vermehrte die Liste der Vogel urn einige Arten, 
von denen Aepypodius arfakianits und Ptilinopus musschenhroekii besonders 
bemerkenswert sind. Die Balge gelangten ans Tring-Museum. 

Stein (1931). Als erstes Reiseziel wahlte sich Herr Georg Stein nach seiner 
Ankunft in Manokwari die Insel Japen, wo er sich vom 20. Febr. bis 15. Marz 
und spater noch einige Tage im Juli auf hielt. Seine vornehmUchstes Sammel- 
gebiet bUdete die Umgebung der Dorfer Serui und Kampong Baru, doch ist er 
auch ins gebirgige Iimere der Insel vorgedrungen und wohl der erste Ornithologe 
gewesen, der die hochsten Erhebungen, etwa 950 m., erreichte. Die Zahl der 

' A. Wichmann, Nova Guinea, ii, 2, 1912, p. B28. 



NOVITATES ZooLoaiCAE XXXVIII. 1932. 209 

von ihm fiir JajDen neuentdeckten ansassigen Arten ist daher ansehnlich. Es 
siiid die folgenden 23 : 

Corvus coronoides orru Bp. 

Myzoniela cnientata cruentata A. B. Meyer. 

Melilestes megarhynchus stresemanni Hart. 

Glycichaera fallax fallax Salvad. 

Meliphaga montana steini Stres. & Pal. 

Xanthotis virescens sonoroides (Gray). 

Pitohui dichrous dichrous (Bp.). 

Rhipidiira threnothorax nigrivertex Stres. & Pal. 

Rhipidura hyperythra miilleri A. B. Meyer. 

Todopsis Wallace! Gray. 

Sericornis raagiiirostris jobiensis Stres. & Pal. 

Sericornis spilodera spilodera (Gray). 

CoUocalia vanikorensis hirundiiiacea Stres. 

Collocalia vanikorensis baru Stres. & Pal. 

Caprimulgus macrurus yorki Math. 

Ninox dimorpha (Salvad.). 

Tyto tenebricosa arfaki (Schleg.). 

Eurystomus orientalis crassirostris Sclater. 

Cacomantis castaneiventris arfakianus Salvad. 

Cacomantis variolosus infaustus Cab. & Heine. 

HaUastur Indus girrenera (VieUl.). 

Henicopernis longicauda fraterculus Stres. & Pal. 

Baza subcristata reinwardti (Miill. & Schleg.). 

Macropygia nigrirostris nigrirostris Salvad. 

BERICHT DER EXPEDITION STEIN 

" Als Lokalitat vieler in den Sammlungen befindhcher Japenvogel kehrt 
immer wieder der im Westen der langgestreckten Insel gelegene kleine Ort 
Ansus, friiher der Mittelpunkt der Paradiesvogeljagd. Hier fehlen bedeutendere 
Erhebungen, dafiir ist der Kiistenwald, auch Mangrove, in ausgedehntem Maysse 
vertreten. Wir benutzten als Ausgangspunkt unserer Tatigkeit Seroei, mehr im 
Osten gelegen, von wo aus das Gebirge ohne Zeitverlust und kostspielige Prau- 
f ahrten erreichbar war. Dieser Wahl ist wohl das Fehlen einiger Arten in nieiner 
Sammlung, wie Gerygone magnirostris, Goura, Probosciger, Halcyon nigrocyanea 
zuzuschreiben, die in dem wenig ausgedehnten, noch dazu von Sekundarbusch 
und Eingeborenenpflanzimgen dui'chsetzten Niederungswald der Umgebung 
Seroeis keine ausreichenden Existenzbedingungen vorfanden. Paradisea minor, 
Cicinmirus, Cacomantis castaneiventris und variolosus waren hier haufig. Nach 
zehn Tagen Sammeltatigkeit zogen wir in das Gebirge, das nach Durchschreiten 
der schmalen Kiistenzone steil anstieg. In etwa 350 m Hohe schlugen wir unser 
erstes Lager airf . Ausserordentlich steile, ganz mit Urwald bestandene, dazu dick 
verwachsene Hange machten das Schiessen und vor allem die Bergung der erlegten 
Stiicke ausserordentUch schwierig, so dass ich, natiirlich auch um die Fauna der 
hochsten Erhebungen zu sammeln, niein Lager aui 950 m verlegte, wahrend 
meine Frau mit Jagern und einem Praparator auf dem alten Standplatz verbheb. 
Grossere Hohen waren nicht vorhanden, der Urwald hatte hier wesentUch von 

14 



210 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 

seiner Machtigkeit verloren ; die Baume waren iiiedriger, alles erschien lichter. 
Diphylkides niagnijica, Myzomela nigrita, Microeca flavovirescens, Gerygone 
palpebrosa, Sericornis spilodera waren hier die bemerkenswertesten Vertreter ; 
auch das einzige Exemplar von Meliphaga inontana, von der es iins trotz 
aller Miihe nicht gelang, weitere Stiicke zu erbeuten, stammt von hier. Am 19. 
III. kehrten wir nach Seroei zuriick, von wo aus ich noch eine kurze Praufahrt 
die Steilkiiste von Japan entlang nach dem in LirttHnie schatzungsweise 30 km 
ostlich gelegenen Kampong Baroe unternahm. Meine Absicht, von diesem Ort 
aus noch einmal in das Gebirge einzudringen, musste einer Fussverletzung wegen 
unterbleiben. Die Artenliste von Japen konnte hier noch um Tyto tenebricosa 
vermehrt warden. Bei meinem 2. kurzen Aufenthalt auf Japen (bei der Fahrt 
ins Weyland-gabirga) warden noch beobachtet aber nicht geschossen Oriohis 
szalayi und Pitta sordida rwvaegidneae. 

Das Fahlen von Vertretern dar Hochgebirgsfauna auf den Gebirgsmassiven 
Japens diirfte als feststehende Tatsache zu betrachten sain. An sich ist fiir ein 
tropisches Gebirge die Hohenlage von 1000 m schon in klimatischer Beziehung 
nicht ausreichend, um typischen Hochgebirgsvogehi die geeigneten Lebensbe- 
dingungen zu biatan. Hinzu kommt noch, dass auch vor der Loslosung Japens 
vom Rumpfe Neuguinaas die zentralan Gabirgsketten wait entfernt und durch fiir 
Hochgebirgstiera uniiberschreitbara Tieflandsgebiete getrennt gewesen sain 
miissen." 

VERZEICHNIS DER BRUTVOGEL. 
Corvidae. 

1. Corvus coronoides orru Bp. 

2. Gymnocorviis tristis (Less. & Garn.). 

Paxadisaeidae. 

3. Manucodia jobiansis jobiensis Salvad. 

4. Paradisaea minor jobiensis Rothsch. 

5. Diphyllodes magnificus chrysopterus Ell. 

6. Cicinnurus regius coccineifrons Rothsch. 

7. Ailuroedus biiccoides gaislerorum A. B. Meyer. 

Stumidae. 

8. Mine dumontii violaceus Berlepsch. 

9. Aplonis metallicus metallicus (Temm.). 

Dicruiidae. 

10. Dicrurus bracteatus carbonarius Bp. 

Meliphagidae. 

11. Myzomela cruentata cruentata A. B. Meyer. 

12. Myzomela nigrita nigrita Gray. 

13. Toxorhamphus lliolophus iUolophus (Salvad.), 

14. Toxorhamphus novaeguineae novaeguinaae (Less.). 

15. Melilestes megarhynchus stresemanni Hart. 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 2H 

16. Glycichaera fallax sylvia Reichenow. 

17. Meliphaga analoga flavida Stres. & Pal. 

18. Meliphaga notata sharpei (Rothsch. & Hart.). 

19. Meliphaga montaiia steini Stres. & Pal. 

20. Xanthotis virescens sonoroides (Gray). 

21. Xanthotis chrysotis meyeri Salvad. 

22. Philemon novaeguineae jobiensis (A. B. Meyer). 

Nectariniidae. 

23. Cinnyris jugulaiis frenata (S. Miill.). 

24. Cinnyris sericea sericea Less. 

25. Cinnyris nigriscapularis salvadorii Shell. 

Dicaeidae. 

26. Dicaeum geelvinkianum geelvinkianum A. B. Meyer. 

27. Melanocharis nigra unicolor Salvad. 

Zosteropidae. 

28. Zosterops minor minor A. B. Meyer. 

Laniidae. 

29. Cracticus cassicus (Bodd.). 

30. Cracticus quoyi quoyi (Less.). 

31. Pitohui kirhocephaliis jobiensis (A. B. Meyer). 

32. Pitohui ferrugineiLs holerythrus (Salvad.). 

33. Pitohui dichrous dichrous (Bp.). 

34. Myiolestes megarhynchus obscurus (A. B. Meyer). 

35. Pachycephala griseiceps jobiensis A. B. Meyer. 

Muscicapidae. 

36. Monarcha guttula (Gam.). 

37. Monarcha alecto chalybeocephala (Garn.). 

38. Monarcha cinerascens geelvinkiana A. B. Meyer. 

39. Arses telescophthalmus insularis (A. B. Meyer). 

40. Rhipidura leucophrys melaleuca (Quoy & Gaim.). 

41. Rhipidura threnothorax nigrivertex Stres. & Pal. 

42. Rhipidura fumosa Schleg. 

43. Rhipidura rufiventris gularis S. Miill. 

44. Rhipidura hyperythra miilleri A. B. Meyer. 

45. Rhipidura rufidorsa A. B. Meyer. 

46. Poecilodryas brachyura albotaeniata (A. B. Meyer). 

47. Microeca flavo virescens Gray. 

48. Gerygone chrysogaster chrysogaster Gray. 

49. Gerygone magnirostris affinis A. B. Meyer. 

50. Todopsis wallacei Gray. 

51. Gerygone palpebrosa wahnesi A. B. Meyer. 



a-ta NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 

Timeliidae. 

52. Crateroscelis murinus muiinus Sclater. 

53. Sericornis magiiirostris jobiensis Stres. & Pal. 

54. Sericornis spilodera spilodera (Gray). 

Campophagidae. 

55. Coracina caeruleogrisea (Gray). 

56. Coracina boyeri boyeri (Gray). 

57. Coracina papuensis papuensis (Gm.). 

58. Edolisoma melan melan (Less.). 

59. Edolisoma ceramense incertum (A. B. Meyer). 

Hirundinidae. 

60. Hirundo tahitica frontalis (Quoy & Gaim.). 

Pittidae. 

61. Pitta mackloti mackloti Temm. 

Macrochires. 

62. Hemiprocne mystacea mystacea (Less.). 

63. Collocalia esculenta subsp. 

64a. Collocalia vanikorensis hirundinacea Stres. 
6-ib. Collocalia vanikorensis baru Stres. & Pal. 

Caprimulgi. 

65. Caprimulgus macrurus yorki Math. 

Podargi. 

66. Podargus papuensis papuensis Quoy & Gaim. 

67. Podargus ocellatus ocellatus Quoy & Gaim. 

Striges. 

68. Ninox dimorpha (Salvad.). 

69. Tyto tenebricosa arfaki (Schleg.). 

Bucerotes. 

70. Rhyticeros plicatus rufioollis VieiU. 

Coraciae. 

71. Eurystomus orientalis crassirostris Sclater. 

Halcyones. 

72. Alcyone azurea ochrogaster Rchw. 

73. Ceyx lepidus solitarius Temm. 

74. Halcyon nigrocyanea quadricolor Oust. 

75. Halcyon saurophaga saurophaga Gould. 

76. Syma torotoro torotoro Less. 

77. Sauromarptis gaudichaud (Quoy & Gaim.). 

78. Melidora macrorhina jobiensLs Salvad. 



NoviTATES ZooLOGicAE XXXVni. 1932. 213 

Cuculi. 

79. Cacomantis castaneiventris arfakianu.s Salvad. 

80. CacomantLs variolosus iiifaustus Cab. & Heine. 

81. Centropus menbeki jobiensis Stres. & Pal. 

Psittaci. 

82. Cacatua galerita triton (Temm.). 

83. Probosciger aterrinius stenolophus (v. Oort). 

84. Geoffroyus geoffroyi jobiensis Salvad. 

85. Eclectus roratus pectoralis (Miill.). 

86. Lorius lory jobiensis (A. B. Meyer). 

87. Eos fuscata incondita A. B. Meyer. 

88. Trichoglossus haematodus haematodus (Linn.). 

Accipitres. 

89. Spizaetus gurneyi (Gray). 

90. HaUastiir Indus girrenera (Vieill.). 

91. Henicopernis longicauda fratercnlus Stres. & Pal. 

92. Baza subcristata reinwardtii (Miill. & Schleg.). 

93. Accipiter novaehollandiae leucosomus (Sharpe). 

94. Accipiter meyerianus (Sharpe). 

95. Accipiter poliocephalus Gray. 

96. Accijjiter cirrhocephalus papuanus Rothsch. & Hart. 

97. Falco peregrinus ernesti Sharpe. 

98. Falco severus papuanus May. & Wigl. 

Gressores. 

99. Egretta garzetta nigripes ((Temm.). 

100. Butorides striatus moluccarum Hart. 

Columbae. 

101. PtUinopus super bus super bus (Temm.). 

102. PtiUnopus coronulatus geminus Salvad. 

103. PtiUnopus iozonus jobiensis Schleg. 

104. Ptilinopus aurantiifrons Gray. 

105. Ptilinopus perlatus i^erlatus (Temm.). 

106. Ptilinopus miqueli Schleg. 

107. Ptilinopus musschenbroekii Schleg. 

108. Ptiluiopus pectoralis salvadorii Rothsch. 

109. Megaloprepia magnifica septentrionalLs A. B. Meyer. 

110. Ducula zoeae (Desmar.). 

111. Ducula rufigaster uropygialis Stres. & Pal. 

112. Ducula pinon jobiensis (Schleg.). 

113. Myristicivora spilorrhoa spilorrhoa (Gray). 

114. Gymnophaps albertisi albertisi Salvad. 

115. Reinwardtoena reinwardti griseotincta Hart. 

116. Macropygia amboinensis kerstingi Rchw. 



214 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXX\^II. 1932. 

117. Macropygia nigrirostris nigrirostris Salvad. 

118. Gallicolumba rufigula rufigula (Jacq. & Puch.). 

119. Gallicolumba jobiensis A. B. Meyer. 

120. Chalcophaps stephani stephaiii Rchb. 

121. Henicophaps albifrons Gray. 

122. Caloenas nicobarica nicobarica (L.). 

123. Goura victoria victoria (Fraser). 

Anseres. 

124. Tadorna radjah radjah (Gam.). 

Liiuicolae. 

125. Esacus magnirostris (VieilL). 

Lari. 

126. Sterna bergii cristata Steph. 

Galli. 

127. Megapodius affinis affinis A. B. Meyer. 

128. Talegallus jobiensis jobiensis A. B. Meyer. 

129. Aepypodius arfakianus Salvad. (?) i 

Casuarii. 

130. Casuarius iinappendiculatus occipitalis Salvad. 



VERZEICHNIS DER ZUGVOGEL. 

1. Muscicapa griseosticta Swinh. 

2. Motacilla cinerea caspica (Gm.). 

3. Merops ornatus Lath. 

4. Eurystomus orientalis pacificus (Lath.). 

5. Halcyon sancta sancta Vig. & Horsf. 

6. Cuculus optatus Gould. 

7. Charadrius dominicus fulvus Gm. 

8. Charadrius dubius curonicus Gm. 

9. Actitis hypoleucos (L.). 

10. Numenius phaeopus variegatus (Scop.). 



ZUR BESIEDLUNGSGESCHICHTE. 

Wie schon einleitend bemerkt wurde, ist Japen eine sehr junge Insel und 
gehort seiner Avifauna nach zur Nordkiiste von Neuguinea. Die Ubereinstim- 
mung etwa niit dem weiten Flacliland westlich der Mamberano-Miindung ist 
indessen keine vollkommene. Es fehlen auf Japen viele dort vorkomniende 
Arten, wie z. B. die folgenden : 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 215 

Bis zum Unterlauf des Mamberano verbeeitet, aber auf Japen fehlend. 

Macrocorax fuscicapillus. 
Manucodia ater. 
Seleucides melanoleucus. 
Drepanornis bruijni. 
Melanopyrrhus anais. 
Lonchura grandis. 
Lonchura tristissima. 
Glyoiphila modesta. 
Pycnopygius ixoides. 
Pycnopygiiis atictocephalus. 
Philemon meyeri. 
Monarcha chrysomela. 
Monarcha menadensis. 
Monarcha rubiensis. 
Rhipidura leucothorax. 
Poecilodryaa hypoleucus. 
Todopsis cyanocephalus. 
Chenorhamphus grayi. 
Peltops blainvillii. 
Malurus alboscapulatus. 
Pomatorhinus isidori. 
Lalage atrovirens. 
Tanysiptera hydrocharis. 
Rhamphomantis raegarhynchus. 
Eudynamis scolopacea. 
Centropus bernsteini. 
Micropsitta pusio. 
Alisterus amboinensis. 
Chalcopsitta duyrenbodei. 
Hieracidea berigora. 
Megatriorchis doriae. 
Zonerodius heliosylus. 
Ducula miilleri. 
Trugon terrestris. 
Otidiphaps nobilis. 

Dafiir besitzt Japen, dessen waldbedecktes Hiigelland bis etwa 1000 m. 
aufragt, einige Mittelgebirgsvogel, die dem gegeniiberliegenden Flachland 
Neuguineas fehlen und erst im kiistenfernen Gebirge wiederkehren, wie zum 
Beispiel : 

Meliphaga montana, 
Zosterops minor. 
Pitohui dichrous. 
Rhipidura hyperythra. 
Sericornis magnirostris. 
Cacomantis castaneiventris. 
Reinwardtoena reinwardti. 
Aepypodius arfakianus (?). 

Ein dritter Unterschied zwischen Neuguinea und Japen wird dadurch 
hervorgeriifen, dass Japen einige Arten von den alten Inseln der CJeelvinkbai 
empfing. Das sind zumeist solche Arten, die aus nocli unbekannten oekolo- 
gischen Ursachen ausschliesslich kleinere Insebi, nicbt aber den Rand grosser 
Festlandsmassen besiedeln : 



216 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGKAE XXXVIII. 1932. 



C'innjTis nigriscapularis. 
Monarcha cincrascens. 
Halcyon saurophaga. 
Accipiter meyerianus. 
Ptilinopus miqueli. 
Ptilinopus musschenbroekii. 
Megapodius freycinet. 

RASSENBILDUNG AUF JAPEN. 

Wohl einer der interessantesten Vogel von Japen ist, vom zoogeographischen 
Standpunkte aiis betrachtet. Cinnyris riigrisccqmlaris. Diese Art ist auf Japen 
und Miosnom beschrankt und steht deni Cinnyris sericeus sehr nahe, lebt aber auf 
Japen neben dem letzteren. Eine zweite Art, die nur auf Japen und Miosnom 
vorkommt, ist PHlirwpu.^ miqueli, abzuleiten von der Gruppe Ptilinopus rivolii. 
Von diesen beiden Fallen abgesehen, besitzt Japen (mit seinem Trabanten 
Miosnom) keine endemischen Arten, wenn man nicht aLs eine seiche noch Rhipi- 
dvra fumosa Sclileg. betrachten will, deren Typus sich aber wahrscheinlich als 
der junge Vogel einer altbekannten Art erweisen wird. Selbst die Bildung 
endemischer Rassen ist iiber die Anfiinge meist nicht hinausgekommen und bei 
sehr vielen Arten noch nicht emmal angedeutet. Wir lassen eine Liste ende- 
mischer Rassen folgen, die sich alle eng an Rassen der Mamberano-Miindung 
anschhessen. Am deutlichsten gekennzeichnet sind wohl Pitohiii kirhocephalus 
jobiensis, Paradisaea minor jobiensis und Sericornis magnirostris jobiensis. 

Paradisaea minor jobiensis. 
Cicinuunis regius coccineifrons. 
Meliphaga montana steini. 
Xanthotis chrysotis meyeri. 
Dicaeum geelvinkianum geelvinkianum. 
Pitohui kirhocephalus jobiensis. 
Myiolestes megarh\iichus obscurus. 
Rhipidura threnothorax nigrivertex. 
Poecilodryas brachyura albotaeniata. 
Sericornis magnirostris jobiensis. 
CoUocalia vanikorensis baru. 
Centropus menbeki jobiensis. 
Henicopernis longicauda fraterculus. 

SYSTEMATISCHER TEIL. 
Corvus coronoides orru Bonap. 
Gesammelt von : Stein. 

314. 2.5. II. Serui. ^2- Fl. 322 ; Schw. 167 ; Gew. 610 ; ad. 

6.54. 25. III. K. Baroe. ?„. „ 304 ; ., 167 ; „ 500 ; Ju. Kl. 

Gynmocorvus tristis (Less. & Garnot). 
Gesammelt von : A. B. Meyer, Beccari, Bruijn, GuiUemard, Doherty, Stein. 

Fl. 325 ; Schw. 236 ; Gew. 600 ; hell 
„ 325: .. 235: ., 725 
.. 304; ., 225: .. 600 
„ 318; ,. 224; „ — 
„ 319 ; „ 232 ; ,. — .. juv. 

315 : ,, 240 : ,, 800 ; dunkcl, Fliigelmauser. 



253. Serui. 23. II. 
274. ., 24. II. (Jo 
304. ., 25. II. cj„ 

254. .. 23. II. cJo 
273. „ 24.11. ?„ 
279. ,. 24.11. ?„ 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 217 

Die auffalligen Farbiingsunterschiede, welche diese Art zeigt, sind bLsher 
meist, so auch von Salvadori und Rothschild & Hartert, als Unter.schied zwischen 
jiingeren und alteren Vogehi gedeutet worden, obwohl sohon Wallace {Ibis, 1863, 
p. 101) sie als Ausdruck der individuellen Variation bezeichnet hatte. Eine 
Untersuchung von 18 Exemplaren des BerUner Museums hat uns gezeigt, dass 
die Ansicht von Wallace die richtige ist. Das Alterskleid dieser Krahe variiert 
also zwischen zwei Extremen. Bei einem ist das ganze Korpergefieder schwarz- 
lichbraun, auf der Oberseite sogar steUenweise schwarz mit blaulichem MetaU- 
glanz, und auch Fliigel und Schwanzfedern sind schwarz mit metallischem Reflex 
(alle Steuerfedern mit Ausnahme der centralen in der SpitzenhiiLfte, besonders 
an der Innenfahne, schmutzig weiss). Der Schnabel dieser Farbungsphase ist 
schwarz mit hornfarbenen Schneiden und hornfarbenen Flecken am Unter- 
schnabel. Diese Farbung wird vertreten durch Nr. 279. Das andere Extrem 
ist hell mit schmiitzigweissem Kopf, blass graulichbraunen, schmutzigweiss 
gesaumten Riickenfedern, weisser Kehle, weLssem Bauch und blass rauchbraun 
getriibter Brust- und Bauchregion. Diese Phase hat diister braune Schwung- 
und Steuerfedern ohne deutlichen Metallreflex. Sie hat einen gelben Schnabel 
ohne Melanin. Diese beiden Extreme warden nicht durch eine Serie von Uber- 
gangen verkniipft, sondern der Gegensatz wird nur dadurch gemildert, dass 
manche Vertreter der heUen Phase eine leichte Annaherung an den dunklen 
Typus insofern zeigen, als ihr Oberkopf und Uire Kehle eine ravichbraune Farbe 
annehmen, die Tonung der Brust etwas dunkler sein und der Schnabel einzehie 
schwarze Flecke aufweisen kann. Die beiden einzigen mis im Jugendkleid 
vorHegenden Vogel zeigen den hellen Farbungstyp (Mus. Berlin Nr. 273 und 
Langemak-Bucht I. 1901). Es ist also moglich, dass auch die im Alterskleid 
dmiklen Individuen ein helles Jugendkleid durchlaufen, aber wir halten es auch 
fiJr moglich, dass mis das diuikle Jugendkleid nur noch nicht bekannt geworden 
ist ; demi die dunkle Phase scheint viel seltener zu sein als die helle. Sie ist 
unter unserem Material nur vier mal vertreten. — Bei alten Vogeln ist die Iris 
blau, bei jimgeii weisslich blaii. — Wii' konnen uns dem Vorgehen von Meuiertz- 
hagen (Nov. Zool. xxxLii, 192(5, jj. 68) welcher die Gattung Gymnocorvus in die 
Sjrnonymie von Corvus gesteUt hat, nicht anschliessen und erblicken in dem sehr 
langen Schwanz, der nackten Augenumgebung und der Ernahrungsweise dieser 
Krahe (sie ist wie Macrocorax em Fruchtfresser) gute Gattungsmerkmale. 

Manucodia jobiensis jobiensis Salvad. 

Manucodia johiensis Salvadori, Ann. Mns. Civ. Gen. Bd. 7, p. 969 {1875 — Jobi). 

Gesammelt von : A. B. Meyer, Beccari, Bruijn, GuiUemard, Doherty, Stein. 



475. 


600 m. 


10. 


III. 


C?3- 


Fl. 180 ; 


Gew. — 


594. 


400 m. 


17. 


III. 


C?3- 


„ 178; 


.. 233 


251. 


Serui. 


25. 


II. 


<J- 


.. 182 : 


., 2.57 


294. 




24. 


II. 


$0- 


,. 171 : 


.. 205 


323. 




26. 


II. 


??. 


., 166; 


., 187 



JUV. 

Von dieser guten Art hat Herr Stein eine kleine Serie geschickt. Obgleich 
die Unterschiede zwischen den Vogehi von der Insel Japen und denen vom 
Festlande Neu Guuieas ziemlich klein sind, glaube ich doch, dass die Subspecies 
M. jobiensis rubiensis A. B. Meyer aufrecht erhalten werden muss. 

Mageninhalt : Beeren (294). 



218 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932 



Paradisaea minor jobiensis Rothsch. 

Paradisea minor jobiensis Rothschild, Bull. B.O.C. Bd. vi, p. 46 (1897— Jobi). 

Gesammelt von : Beccari, Bniijn, Guillemard, Doherty, Stein. 

ad. 



185. 


Serui. 


17. II. 


at- 


Fl. 203 ; 


Gew. 300 


186. 


„ 


17. II. 


cJa- 


,. 203; 


., 293 


317. 


J, 


26. II. 


3,. 


:, 205; 


„ 300 


246. 


,, 


22. II. 


■Ji- 


„ 192; 


„ — 


437. 


450 m. 


7. III. 


?i. 


„ 180; 


„ 210 


287. 


Serui. 


24. II. 


cJo- 


„ 189; 


„ 250 


583. 


850 m. 


15. III. 


cJ. 


„ 206; 


„ 240 


187. 


Serui. 


17. II. 


$2- 


„ 169; 


„ 152 


535. 


850 m. 


12. III. 


$1- 


„ 171 ; 


„ 189 


544. 


850 m. 


12. III. 


?!• 


„ 166; 


„ 185 


2989. 


Japen. 


12. VII. 


?o. 


„ 161 ; 


„ — 



Die viel langeren Schmuckfedern sowie die ansehnlichere Grosse fallen sofort 
ins Auge, sowie die Reinheit der Farbe und Fiille dieser weLss und gelb gemischten 
Schmuckfedern. Die schone Serie von 10 Exemplaren enthalt leider nur drei 
alte (?(^ im vollen Prachtkleide, aber die jungen J,^ zeigen interessante Entwick- 
limgsstadien der Endfahne der mittleren Steuerfedern ; bei dem (J Nr. 583 ist 
nur eine mittlere Feder vorhanden, aber diese Fader hat die letzten 115 mm. wie 
erne normale Feder gestaltet, wahrend bei Nr. 246 die Feder aus dem Schaft 
allein besteht wie bei dem ^ im Prachtkleid. Auch zeigen diese 2 ^^ schon das 
griine Halsschild. luid die weisse Unterseite ist starker gelb angeflogen als bei den 
??. Drei der jiingsten ,S 3 gleichen ganz den ?? im Gefieder. 

Mageninhalt : Friichte, einige kleine Insekten (186). rote Friichte (583). 



Diphyllodes magnificus chrysopteras Ell. 

Diphyllodes specio&us var. chrysopteras ElUot (ex Gould MS.), Mon. Paradis., text to pi. 13 (1873— 

Pat. ign.) 
Diphyllodes jobiensis A. B. Meyer, Zeitschr. ges. Orn. ii, p. 388 (1885-^Tobi). 

Gesammelt von : v. Rosenberg, A. B. Meyer, Beccari, Guillemard, Doherty, 
Stein. 



402. 

369. 

570. 

448? 

545. 

481. 

373. 

410. 

509. 

457. 

352. 

376. 

586. 

499. 



4.50 111. 
450 ,. 
850 „ 
450 „ 
850 „ 
450 „ 
450 „ 
450 „ 
850 „ 
450 „ 
450 „ 
4.50 „ 
800 „ 
Japen. 



3. III. 

4. III. 

14. III. 

6. III. 
12. III. 

9. III. 

4. III. 

5. III. 
12. III. 

7. III. 

3. III. 

4. III. 

15. III. 
12. III. 



2' 
02- 
02- 
<J2. 
^2- 
(J2. 

Sz. 

<J2- 
<J. 
<J2- 
3z- 
Si- 
(J. 

?o. 



Fl. 115 
., 113 
„ 115 
„ 115 
„ 116 
„ 111 
„ 112 
„ 115 
., 117 
., 117 
116 
119 
115 
117 



Gew. 107 
„ 95,2 

„ 100,7 
„ 97 
„ 96,5 

„ 106,5 ; 

„ 100,2 
,. 95 
„ 92,2 ; 
„ 98 
„ 98,5 

., 85 



Fusse hell preussisch rotblau. 
„ bleiblau. 

juv. 



Die schone Serie von 9 SS im Prachtkleide, 4 (J(J im weiblichen Gefieder 
und 1 $ ad. bestatigt voUig die Kennzeichen der Subspecies. Dass 3 der JcJ 
im weiblichen Ciefieder schon stark vergrosserte Hoden zeigen, bezeugt, dass 
dieser Paradiesvogel schon im Jugendkleid briitet ; dass liier auch nur ein ? 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 219 

vorliegt, weist darauf hin, dass Diphyllodes wie Cicinnnrus Hohlenbriiter 
sind, und diese Tatsache zusammen mit der grossen Ahnlichkeit der $5 dieser 
zwei Gattungen wiirde es erklaren, dass verhaltnismassig so viele Stiicke des 
Bastards Diphyllodes gjiillelmi-tertii bekannt sind. 

Mageninhalt : Friichte von Kirschengrosse (402), Kerne von Friichten (373), 
Fruchtschalen (410), Beeren (509), 1 Kern und 1 Frucht von Kirschengrosse (352). 

Cicinnurus regius coccineifrons RothschOd. 

Cicinnurus regiiis coccineifrons Rothschild, Nov. Zool. Bd. 3, p. 10 (1896 — Jobi). 

Gesammelt von : v. Rosenberg, Beccari, Bruijn, Guillemard, Doherty, Stein. 



2644. 


Japen. 


13. 


Vll. 


Ja 


627. 


K. Baroe. 


22. 


111. 


Sz 


612. 


,, 


21. 


111. 


<J2 


614. 


»» 


21. 


III. 


<S2 


640. 


,, 


23. 


III. 


<J2 


605. 


Semi. 


20. 


III. 


cJa 


230. 


,, 


20. 


II. 


cJ^ 


464. 


450 m. 


8. 


111. 


cJ. 


264.5. 


Japen. 


12. 


VII. 


<Jl 


326. 


Serui. 


26. 


II. 


(J- 


630. 


K. Baroe. 


24. 


III. 


cJi- 



Fl. 101 
101 
100 
102 
100 
102 
102 
103 
102 
101 
104 



Gew. — 
54 
54,8 
53,2 
50,5 
58 
50,5 
54 



— Iris hell rotbraun. 
59 Fiisse leuchtend blau. 
55 ; Jahreskleid. 



Diese Subspecies kennzeichnet sich durch die starke ausgedehnte Schnabel- 
befiederung und auch dadurch, dass Kopf und iibrige Oberseite gleichgefarbt 
sind. Da nur ein $ sich in der Serie von 1 1 Exemplaren befindet, so miissen 
die $$ schon mit dem Brutgeschaft befasst gewesen sein, und da C. regius ein 
Hohlenbriiter ist, so sieht man sie kaum wahrend dieser Zeit. Dies ist wahr- 
scheinlich die einzige Serie, die von einem Europaer gesammelt wurde mit 
Ausnahme des Typus, der von Dr. Guillemard geschossen wurde. 

Mageninhalt : 1 kirschengrosse Frucht mit Kernen (230). 

Ailuroedus buccoides geislerorum A. B. Meyer. 
Gesammelt von : Guillemard. 

Mino dumontii violaceus Berlepsch. 

Mino dmnontii violaceus Berlepsch, Abh. Senckenb. Nat. Gesellsch. vol. xxxiv, p. 62 (1911 — Kon- 
stanttnhafen). 

Gesammelt von : Beccari, Bruijn, Doherty, Stein. 

567. 450 ra. 10. III. ^2- Fl- 157 
213. Serui. 19. II. So- - 151 

Die Vogel von Japen stimmen ganz mit Vogeha von Nord-Neuguinea 
(Taua, Sepik, Stefansort, Sattelberg) sowohl in Grosse wie in Farbvmg iiberein. 
3 Stiick von Manokwari (Stem leg.), also eclite M. d. dumontii, haben dagegen 
griinlichen statt blaulichen Schimmer, und der Bauch ist etwas heller gelb, ferner 
sind Fliigel und Schwanz kiirzer : dumontii ^ 141-149 (molaceu.s (J 150-162) 
bezw. dumontii 65-68-69 {violaceus 66-68-60-70-71-72-73-74-75-76-77). Fliigel- 
spiegel wie bei violaceus. 4 Stiick von Aru, M. d. aruensis Stres. (ini Frankfurter 
Mus.) gleichen in Fiirbung und Grosse den Manokwarivogeln, haben aber einen 
viel kleineren Fliigelspiegel (grosste Ausdehnung des Weiss an der Aussenfahne 
der — von aussen gerechnet — 6. Handschwinge : 14-18 gegen 24-30 mm). 



220 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 



Aplonis metallicus metallicus (Temm.). 





Gesammelt von : 


A. B. Meyer, 


Doherty, Stein. 


263. 


Serui. 


24. n. 


Sz- 


Fl. 104 ; 


Schw 


94; 


Gew. 64,7 ; ad. Grosse Flugeldecken in Mauser. 


266. 




24. II. 


Si- 


„ 113; 




100; 


„ 62,7; „ 


264. 




24. II. 


<?2- 


., Ill; 




91; 


.. 67 


262. 




24. II. 


<?.- 


„ 109; 




101,5 ; 


,. 63,7 „ 


240. 




22. II. 


$1- 


., 106; 




95,5; 


.. 61 


307. 




26. II. 


So. 


„ 106; 




94,5; 


.. 61,7 „ 


265. 




24. II. 


?»■ 


., 101 ; 




80; 


„ 58 ; Mauser aus I. Ja. KI. 



Dicruras bracteatus carbonarius Bonap. 
Gesammelt von : Beccari, Bruijn, Doherty, Stein. 



183. 


.Seriii. 


7. II. 


<?o. 


Fl. 148,5 ; 


Gew. -^ 




208. 




19. II. 


<Jo- 


„ 141 ; 


„ 78; 


Jugendkleid. 


288. 


,, 


24. II. 


"<??" 


„ 146,5; 


„ 75 


„ 


258. 




23. II. 


?.• 


„ 152,5; 


., 84 




290. 


,, 


24. II. 


?0- 


„ 147; 


„ 79 


Grossgefiedermauaer 



Einige Stiicke haben weisse Endflecken an den Axillaren. Ob dies die Jmigen 
im 2. Jugendkleid sind oder ob es individuelle Variation ist, lasst sich nicht mit 
Sicherheit sagen. 

Myzomela cnientata cruentata A. B. Meyer. 
Gesammelt von : Stein. 

ad. 



I. Ja. K. 



Ju. K. 



Bisher nnr vom Festland Neuguineas bekannt. Das Rot der beiden alten 
(J (J ist etwas weniger leuchtend al.s das der festlandischen. 



575. 


850 m. 


14. III. 


<J2. 


Fl. 56,5 ; 


Gew. — 


587. 


850 „ 


15. III. 


cJ.. 


„ 55; 


„ — 


460. 


450 ,. 


8. III. 


<Jl- 


., 54; 


„ 7,5 


581. 


850 .. 


12. III. 


<Jo- 


,. 55; 


., 8 


473. 


450 „ 


9. III. 


(Jo- 


,. 52; 


,. 6,4 


474. 


450 .. 


9. III. 


?.• 


„ 50,5: 


.. 7 


434. 


450 ., 


7. III. 


$0. 


.. 49,5; 


., 6,7 


449. 


450 „ 


7. III. 


?. 


„ 50; 


„ 6,7 



Myzomela nigrita nigrita Gray. 

Myzomela pliilo Forbes, Proc. Zool. Soc. Land. 187'J, p. 266 (1879 — Jobi, Miosnom). 

Gesammelt von : Beccari, Bruijn, Doherty, Stein. 



459. 


450 m. 


8. III. 


-A 

2- 


Fl. 63 ; 


Schw 


43; 


Schn 


18 


Gew 


12; 


ad. 




484. 


450 „ 


9. III. 


C?2. 


.. 63; 


,, 


45,5; 




16 




10,8 


„ 




477. 


600 „ 


9. III. 


Si- 


.. 60; 




40,5; 


.. 


16 




9,8; 


juv. 




574. 


850 „ 


14. III. 


<^I- 


.. 59; 


,, 


41,5; 


., 


17 




— 


„ 




469. 


450 „ 


9. III. 


(Jo- 


.. 57,5; 




40; 


■' 


16 


•• 


10,4 ; 


„; 


Grossgefieder 
mauser. 


.•J90. 


800 ., 


5. III. 


Oo- 


.. 56: 




38,5: 




15,; 


> ; 


9,2 






415. 


450 „ 


6. III. 


2„. 


.. 52; 




— 


., 


16 




9.2 






592. 


850 ,. 


15. III. 


$0- 


.. 51 ; 




34; 




14, 


5; .. 


S.l 







Da die Fliigellangen der Vogel von Jobi, Rubi, Manokwari, Sattelberg imd 
Aruinseln alle innerhalb der Variationsgrenzen der Sepikvogel liegen, muss man 
wohl alle diese Populationen M. n. nigrita nennen und M. n. meyeri Salvad. 
(Sepik, Manokwari) sowie M. n. pluto Forbes (Jobi, Miosnom) als Synonyme 
betrachten. 

Mageninhalt : kleine Insekten (390). 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 



221 



Oew. 12 
„ 13,5 
„ - (? !). 
,. 11 



Toxorhamphus iliolophus iliolophus (Salvad.). 

Mdilestes iliolophus Salvador!, Ann. Miis. Civ. Gen. vol. vii, p. 951 (1876 — Miosnom). 

Gesammelt von : Beccari, Doherty, Stein. 

532. 850 m. 12. III. cJi- M. 68 ; 

525. 850 „ 12. VI. Jo- .. 65,5; 

506. 850 ., 12. III. " <J." „ 58 ; 

528. 850 .. 12. III. 9„. „ 59,5 ; 

Die kleine Serie, die nahezu von der terra typica stammt, stimmt ganz mit 
drei Stiicken von Junzaing und drei Stiicken vom Sattelberg iiberein. 

Toxorhamphus novaeguineae novaeguineae (Lesson). 
Gesammelt von : Doherty, Stein. 

Schn. 26 ; Gew. 13 
„ 28; „ 13 
„ 26; „ 13,5 

„ 23; „ 9,5 

.. 23; „ 10,2 
., 23,5 „ — 

Die Serie zeigt keine Abweichungen gegeniiber Vogeln von Manokwari, 
Waigeu, Taua am Mamberano und vom Sepik. 

Melilestes megarhynchus stresemanni Hart. 

Mdilestes megarhynchus stresemanni Hartert, Nov. Zool. xxxvi, p. 45 (1930 — HoUanflia). 
Gesammelt von : Stein. 



526. 


850 m. 


12. III. 


62- 


Fl. 68 


626. 


K. Baroe. 


22. III. 


cJi. 


„ 69 


534. 


850 m. 


12. III. 


<?c- 


„ 69 


452. 


450 „ 


7. III. 


?2- 


., 61 


494. 


450 ., 


11. III. 


?o. 


„ 60 


580. 


850 ., 


14. III. 


7, 


„ 63 



593. 


400 m. 


17. III. 


02- 


Fl. 101 


Gew. 45,4 


601. 


Serui. 


20. III. 


<?!• 


„ 95 


— 


591. 


500 m. 


15. III. 


(Jl- 


„ 97 


,. 43,5 


609. 


Serui. 


21. III. 


cJ.. 


„ 94 


— 


491. 


450 m. 


10. III. 


<?«■ 


,. 99 


„ — 



JUV. 

VoUig iibereinstimmend mit eiiier Serie vom Sepikgebiet. Man kennt diese 
Rasse jetzt von Japen und der Nordkiiste Neuguineas zwischen Mamberano und 
Astrolabebai. Sie folgt dem Mamberano und Sepik wait aufwarts. tjber die 
Unterschiede zwischen ihr und M. m. megarhynchus siehe unter Waigeu ! 
Junge stresemanni weichen von jungen megarhynchus noch erhebhcher ab als die 
Alten voneinander : megarhynchus juv. : Unterseite mit gelbgriinhchen Feder- 
saumen, Bauch braun, Oberseite ohvbraun ; stresemanni juv. : Unterseite mit 
weissgrauen Federsaumen, Bauch braungrau, Oberseite graubraim. 

Glycichaera fallax sylvia Reichenow. 
Gesammelt von : Stein. 



237. 


Serui. 


22. II. 


03- 


Fl. 59 ; 


Gew. — 


245. 




22. II. 


(?3- 


„ 58; 


„ 9,3 


248. 


,, 


22. II. 


C?2- 


„ 58; 


„ 10,2 


495. 


450 m. 


11. III. 


<Jl- 


,. 57,5; 


„ — 


470. 


450 m. 


9. III. 


So. 


„ 55,5; 


„ 10,2 


414. 


450 m. 


6. III. 


<?«. 


„ 53; 


„ 9,5 


■ 606. 


Serui. 


20. III. 


?2. 


„ 53,5; 


„ 5 


607. 


Serui. 


20. III. 


?2. 


„ 54; 


— 


492. 


450 m. 


10. III. 


$0- 


„ 54; 


„ — 


3 (J(J in Grossgefiedermauser 













Nicht zu unterscheiden von einer Serie vom Sepik und dem Typus von 
" Sericornis sylvia " Reichenow, Journ. f. Orn. 47, p. 118 (1899 — Friedrich Wil- 



222 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 

hebnshafen) ; dagegen sind ein ^ von Manokwari (Fliigel 61 mm.) und ein $ vom 
unteren Menoo (Fliigel 62 mm.), beide von Stein gesammelt, grosser und an 
Brust und Kehle grauer, weniger gelb. 



Meliphaga analoga flavida Stres. & Pal. 

Mdiphaga analoga flavida Stresemann & Paludan, Novil. Zoo!, xxxviii, p. 147 (1932 — .Japen). 
Gesammelt von : Beccari, Bruijn, Doherty, Stein. 

<J(J (24. II.-12. III., 14. VII.) Fl. 78--80-81, 5-83-84. 

Gew. 20-22,2-24-26,5-28,7. 
9? (17. 1I.-7. III., 14. VII.) Fl. 72-74-763-77=. 

Gew. 20-21,9-22,3-242-26. 

Die Serie aus Japen (Serui und : Hohe von 450-850 m.) stimmt mit einer 
solchen vom Sepikgebiet iiberein, unterscheidet sich dagegen von einer Serie aus 
Manokwari dadurch, dass die Unterseite gelblicher, weniger graulich getont ist ; 
nocli graulicher als diese ist die Population von Waigeu. Die Variante mit 
weissen Ohrbiischeln (albonotata) findet sich weder in der Serie von Japen, noch 
in der Serie von Waigeu, diirfte also hier vollig fehlen. 



Meliphaga notata sharpei (Rothsch. & Hart.). 
Gesammelt von : Doherty, Stein. 



432. 


450 m. 


7. III. 


^2- 


Fl. 94 ; 


Gew. 29 


385. 


450 m. 


5. III. 


6.- 


„ 89; 


„ 26 


332. 


Serui. 


26. II. 


" cJ." 


„ 79; 


„ 24 (? !) 



Ganz wie eine Serie vom Sepik gefarbt, dagegen unterseits gelblicher als 
erne Serie von Waigeu. 



Meliphaga montana steini subsp. nov. 

Typus : Si Jobi, 850 ra., 12. Marz 1931. Stein leg. Nr. 508 ; Fl. 87 ; Gew. 27 

Gesammelt von : Stein. 

Hartert hat in Nov. Zool. xxxvi, 1930, p. 47, die mowtoria-Rasse vom 
Cyclopen-Gebirge und vom Sepikgebiet als M. m. germanorum von der Arfakform 
M. m. montana abgetrennt. Er benutzte zum Vergleich 3 Exemplare der 
letzteren, von denen ims zwei jetzt vorliegen. Es zeigt sich nun, dass eins davon, 
namlich das ? aus Manokwari, garnicht zu montana gehort, sondern die albonotata- 
Variante von 31. a. analoga reprasentiert. Das andere Stiick, also die echte M. 
m. montana, weicht von germanorum nur ausserordentlich wenig ab, vielleicht 
nur durch etwas weniger gelbolive, mehr griinolive Tonung der Rander der 
Unterseitenfedern. Weit verschiedener von beiden ist die von Herrn Stein auf 
Jobi entdeckte Rasse. Sie unterscheidet sich von ihnen durch viel blassere, 
weniger gelbe Saumung der Unterseitenfedern und durch mehr grihilich olive, 
weniger gelblich olive Tonung der Oberseite. 

Die beiden Arten M. montana und M. analoga sind daran leicht zu unter- 
scheiden, dass die Innensiiume der Schwungfedern bei 31. montana fahl isabell- 
braunlich, bei M. analoga fahl isabellgelblich sind. 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 



223 



Xanthotis virescens sonoroides (Gray). 
Gesammelt von : Stein. 



173. 


iSerui. 


17. 




<?2. 


Fl. 108 ; Gew. 49 


196. 




18. 




Si. 


„ 102; 


, 43; 


181. 




17. 




$»■ 


„ 107; 


, 39 


179. 




17. 




$0- 


„ 103; 


, 39 


174. 




17. 




?o. 


„ 105; 


, 36 


195. 




18. 




?o. 


„ 109; 


, 37,5 


1935. 




10. 


VII. 


(Jo. 


„ — 


— 



Grossgefiedermauser. 



Nestling. 

tibereinstimmend mit 5 Exemplaren von Waigeu. 

Xanthotis chrysotis meyeri Salvad. 

Xanthotis meyeri Salvador!, Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. vol. vii, p. 947 {1876 — Jobi). 

Gesammelt von : A. B. Meyer, Beccari, Bruijn, Doherty, Stein. 

(J<J (17. II.-21. III., 14. VII.) Fl. 101-103-104^-105^-1062-1072-108-109,5. 

Gew. 43^6^8^9-5P-51. 5-52,2-54. 
?$ (23. II.-17. III.) Fl. 94-95-95,52-96-97. 

Gew. 37-39-40,5-3.3-44-49. 
3 (J<J und 1 9 waren in Fliigelmauser. 

Fundorte : K. Baroe, Serui und in einer Hohe von 700 und 8.50 m. 

Diese schone Serie zeigt aufs deutlichste, dass X. c. meyeri auf Japen 
beschrankt ist. Zwischen Mamberano und Astrolabebai lebt die sehr ahnlich 
gefarbte Rasse pMlemon Stres., welche sich nur dadurch unterscheidet, dass 
Brust und Bauch braunlicher, weniger grau sind. Die Farbe der Olirbiischel ist 
bei beiden Rassen gleich. Die von Hartert zu meyeri gestellte Serie, die Dr. Mayr 
bei Ifaar im Cyclopen-Gebirge gesammelt hat, konnten wir imtersuchen und ihre 
Zugehorigkeit zu philemon feststellen. 

Mageninhalt : In.sektenfliigel (522), zerkleinerte Friichte (456), Samen von 
Friichten, Fruchtfleisch (300), Beeren und Fruchtileisch (197), Beeren (523). 

Philemon novaeguineae jobiensis (A. B. Meyer). 

Tropidorhynclms jobiensis Meyer, Sitzungsher. K. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. Ixx, p. 113 (1874 — Jobi). 

Gesammelt von : A. B. Meyer, Beccari, Bruijn, Stein. 



JUV. 



Die Jungen haben nicht aUein olivenfarbige Saume an den Schwingen, 
sondern auch weLsse Endsaume auf den Riickenfedern und einen weissen 
Nackeming. Dieser Ring ist selir undeutlich beim ad. 



170. 


— 


17. 




<J. 


Fl. 155 


Gew. 179 


479. 


450 m. 


9. 


III. 


(J- 


„ 148 


„ 145 


169. 


Serui. 


17. 




(J. 


„ 148 


„ 140 


269. 




24. 




?. 


„ 152 


„ — 


216. 


,, 


19. 




?. 


„ 155 


„ 155 


2885. 


Japen. 


14. 


VII. 


9 


„ 143 


„ — 



Cinnyris jugularis frenata (S. Miill.). 
Gesammelt von : A. B. Meyer, Beccari, GuiUemard, Doherty, Stem. 

196. Serui. 18. II. q,. Fl. 56 ; Gew. 8,3 ; Fliigelmauser. 
205. „ 19. II. (Jj. „ 55 ; „ 9,3 

Mit Vogehi von Manokwari mid Waigeu tibereinstimmend. 



224 NOVITATES ZOOLOOICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 

Cinnyris sericea sericea Lesson. 

Chalcostetha aspasia var. jobiensis A. B. Meyer, Sitzintgsber. K. Akarl. Wiis. Wien. Ixx, p. 124 (1874 — 
Jobi). 

Gesammelt von : A. B. Meyer, Guillemard, Doherty, Stein. 

180. Serui. 17. II. Ja- Fl. 61 ; Gew. 9 

202. „ 19. II. Sf „ 58; „ 8 

316. „ 26. II. (J,. „ 58 ; „ 8,2 ; I. Ja. Kl. 

461. 250 m. 8. III. ?„. „ 54; „ — 

Wir finden keinerlei Unterschied zwischen Exemplaren von Japen einerseits 
und solchen von Maiiokwari, Mamberano und Sepikgebiet andererseits. Die von 
A. B. Meyer fiir C. a. var. jobiensis angegebenen Unterschiede vermogen wir ako 
nicht zu bestatigen, ebensowenig wie schon vor iins Rothschild & Hartert. 

Cinnyris nigriscapularis salvadorii Shelley. 

Cinnyris salradorii Shelley, Munuyr. Sunliirds, p. lUo, pi. 35 (1877 — Jobi). 

Gesammelt von : Bruijn. 

Cinnyris nigriscapularis ist eine der C. sericea nahestehende Art, die auf die 
Inseln Japen und Miosnom beschrankt ist. Man darf wohl annehmen, dass sie 
sich zunachst als Inselform vom sericea-Stamm abgetrennt hat und infolge 
lange wahrender IsoUerung Artcharaktere erwarb, bevor C. sericea. zum zweiten 
Male auf Japen einwanderte. Die Dinge liegen also geradeso wie bei Ptilinopus 
rivolii und Ptilinopus miqueli. 

Dicaeuni geelvinkianum geelvinkianum A. B. Meyer. 

Dicaeimi gedvinkianum Meyer, Sitzungsher. K. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. Ixx, p. 120 (1874 — Jobi). 
Dicaeum jobiense Salvadori, Ann. Mna. Civ. Gen. vol. vii, p. 945 (1876 — Jobi). 

Gesammelt von : A. B. Meyer, Beccari, Bruijn, Stein. 



220. 


K. Baroe. 


20. II. 


0%. 


Fl. 51 ; 


Gew 


.7,3 


553. 


Serui. 


10. III. 


CJ3- 


., 51 ; 




— 


341. 


850 m. 


26. II. 


6,. 


„ 50: 




7,5 


219. 


Serui. 


20. II. 


2- 


.. 51,5 ; 




8 ; Fiiigelmauser. 


632. 


„ 


24. III. 


?. 


„ 51; 




7 (<J!). „ 


221. 




20. II. 




,. — ; 




7,1 ; Nestling. 


549. 


850 m. 


10. III. 


$1- 


>, 47: 




~ 


483. 


450 m. 


9. III. 


?»• 


„ 50; 




7,7 




Serui. 


26. II. 


?o. 


„ 45,5; 




6,6 



Die Rasse ist auf Japen beschrankt. tJber die Rassengliederung siehe 
Stresemann, Arch, filr Naiurgesch. 1923, A. 7, p. 66. 

No. 221 : " Juv. von No. 220, wurde gefiittert. Nur kleine Insekten im 
Magen." 

Melanocharis nigra unicolor Salvad. 

.Uelanocharis unicolor Salvadori, Ann. JIiis. Civ. Gen. vol. xii, p. 333 (1878 — Jobi). 
Melanocharis bicolor Ramsay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N,S.W. vol. iii, p. 277 (1879 — Goldie River, SO- 
Neuguinea). 

Gesammelt von : v. Rosenberg, Beccari, Stein. 



498. 


600 m. 


10. III. 


<J2- 


Fl. 64; 


Gew. — 




394. 


— 


5. III. 


62- 


„ 63; 


,. 12 




565. 


850 m. 


13. III. 


02- 


„ (61,5); 


.. 12,2 ; 


Fiiigelmauser. 


381. 


450 „ 


5. III. 


62- 


„ (62,5); 


.. 12 


„ 


496. 


600 „ 


10. III. 


0%. 


., 64; 


„ — 




590. 


850 „ 


15. III. 


02- 


., 62,5; 


., 11 





NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 



225 



Nach Salvadoris Vorgang wurde bisher der Name unicolor auf die Bewolmer 
von Japen und Miosnom beschrankt uiid die Population von Neugiiinea als 
bicolor Ramsay abgetrennt. Es zeigt sich aber jetzt, dass die behaupteten 
Unterschiede nicht bestehen, denn anch die alten ,^(^ von Japen haben durchweg 
einen wei.sslichen Fleck an der Innenfahne der ausseren Steuerfedern mid eine 
weisse Basis der seitlichen Unterschwanzdeckiedern. Hie stimmen mit einer 
Serie vom Sepik gut iiberein, wenn audi bei Sepikvogehi der weissliche Fleck an 
der Innenfahne der ausseren Steuerfedern durchschnittlich etwas deutlicher 
ausgepragt ist als bei der Jajien-Serie. Bicolor Ramsay wird also als Synonym 
von unicolor Salvadori zu betrachten sein. 



Zosterops minor minor A. B. Meyer. 

Zosterops alhivenler minor Mej'er, Sitzungsber. K. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. Ixx, p. 115 (1874: — Jobi). 
Zosterops aureiguki Salvador!, Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. xii, p. 340 (1878 — Jobi). 

Gesammelt von : A. B. Meyer, Doherty, Stein. 



560. 


850 m. 


13. III. 


3,- 


Fl. 57 ; 


Gew 


10 




380. 


450 „ 


5. III. 


3,. 


„ 55; 




10,5; 


Fliigelmauser 


467. 


450 „ 


9. III. 


6z- 


„ 56; 




10,4 


,, 


440. 


450 „ 


7. III. 


<Jo- 


„ 55; 




11 




478. 


600 „ 


9. III. 


$2. 


„ 56; 




9,5 




3.38. 


450 „ 


5. III. 


?.• 


>. 54; 




10,5 





Jobi ist die terra typica dieser Rasse, die man jetzt auch vom Cyclopen- 
gebirge und vom Sepikgebiet kennt. Unsere drei Sepikstiicke stimmen ganz 
mit denen von Japen Iiberein. 



Cracticus cassicus (Bodd.) 
Gesammelt von : Doherty, Stem. 

Serui. 26. II. J^. 

3,. 



335. 
302. 



178. 



26. II. 
25. II. 
17. II. 



$1- 



Fl. 179 ; 
„ 175; 
,. 171 ; 



Gew. 165,2 
„ 163 ; 
„ 152 



Fliigelmauser. 



Cracticus quoyi quoyi (Lesson). 
Gesammelt von : A. B. Meyer, Stein. 

177. Serui. 17. II. $2. Fl. 184 ; Gew. 200 
295. „ 25. 11. $j. „ 176 ; „ 187 

Mageninhalt : Insekten ; grosse Zweifliigler (295) ; Insekten, hauptsachlich 
Kafer (177). 

Pitohui kirhocephalus jobiensis (A. B. Meyer). 

Rhecles joMensis Meyer, Sitziiiigshtr. K. Ahiil. Wiss. Ilicii. vol. Ixix, p. 205 (1874 — Jobi). 

Gesammelt von : A. B. Meyer, Beccari, Bruijn, Guillemard, Doherty, Stein. 

'. 82 ; Grossgefiedermauser. 
81 
83 
84,2 
87 
82 
87 ; 1. Ja. Kl. (Kehle dunkler, Sclmabel kiirzer). 

Dies Lst wohl die ausgepragteste endemische Rasse unter den Vogeln von 
Japen ; sie bewohnt auch die nahe gelegene Insel Kurudu. Auf dem gegeniiber- 
15 



339. 


Serui. 


26. II. 


<3i. 


Fl. 121 ; 


176. 


,, 


17. II. 


o„. 


„ 120; 


171. 


,, 


17. II. 


c3o. 


„ 119; 


4.55. 


4i50 ra. 


7.111. 


"cJ?" 


„ 117; 


226. 


Serui. 


20. II. 


?.• 


„ 122; 


399. 


,, 


2. III. 


$0- 


„ 115; 


200. 


„ 


19. II. 


?o. 


„ 109; 



226 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1 IKi^. 

liegenden Festland wird sie durch die ahnliche, aber viel blassere Rasse meyeri 
vertreten, welche das Stromgebiet des Maniberaiio mid die Nordkiiste ostwarts 
bis Takar bewoluit und weiter ostlich diircli die uiilangst beschriebeiie, etwas 
dunklere Form froteus Hartert [Nova Guinea, Bd. xv, Zoologie, p. 468) ersetzt 
wird. Letztere reicht ostwarts mindestens bis zuni Cyclopengebirge. 

Mageninhalt : Beeren, eiiiige ZweiHvigler (:{.'!!•). Fliigeldeckeii von Kiifern, 
Fruchtfleisch (176), Beeren (171), Insekten (226), Insekten, darunter Kafer (200). 



Pitohui ferrugineus holerythrus (Salvad.). 

Rectes holerylhra Salvad., Ann. Mu^. Civ. Gen. vol. xii, p. 474 (1878 — .Jobi). 

Gesammelt von : Beccari, Bruijn, Doherty. 

Nach Rothschild & Hartert, Nov. Zool. Bd. x, 1903, p. 97, von P. f. ferru- 
gineus dadurch unterschieden, dass die rostliche Farbe ober- iind unterseits 
lebhafter und dunkler ist. 



Pitohui dichrous dichrous (Bonap.). 
Gesammelt von : Stein. 



362. 


4.50 m. 


4. III. 


Ol- 


Fl. 1(14 ; Gew. 69 




516. 


450 „ 


12. III. 


<?!■ 


„ 107; „ 71,5 




409. 


450 „ 


5. III. 


<?.. 


„ 108,5; „ 73; 


Fliigelmauser. 


408. 


450 „ 


5. III. 


(?„. 


„ 109; „ 62; 


Jugendkleid. 



Verglichen mit einer Serie vom Sepikgebiet sind diese q,^ von Japen auf 
Ober- und Unterseite ein klein wenig intensiver rostfarben, aber der Unterschied 
ist zu gering, um eine Benennung zu rechtfertigen. 

Mageninhalt : Kernchen und Fleisch von Beeren (362). 



Myiolestes megarhynchus obscurus (A. B. Meyer). 

Rectes ohscnra A. B. Meyer, Sttzungsber. K. Akad. Wiss. Wien, Ixix, p. 390 (1874 — Jobi). 
Gesammelt von : A. B. Meyer, Beccari, Bruijn, Stein. 

(J<J (25. II.-13. III.) Fl. 90-942-94,5-95-962-96,5-98,5-100-101. 

Gew. 34--34,5-36-36,5-37-37,9-39,5--40,5-tl . 
$5 (5.-12. III.) Fl. 94-94.5-952-98. 

Gew. 34-36.3-36,5-37. 
5 (J in Fliigelmauser. 

Gesammelt bei Serui und in einer Hohe von 450 bis 850 m. 

Diese Rasse ist augenscheinlich auf die Insel Japen beschrankt. Auf dem 
gegeniiberliegenden Festland, vom Maniberano bis zur Humboldt-Bai, lebt eine 
Form, die sich von ohscuru.s in der Serie deutlich untersclieidet durch braimhchere, 
weniger graue Tonung der Unter- und Oberseite und den Namen M. m. hybridus 
Meise zu tragen hat. Wir konnten 6 Exemplare von hybridus mit 16 Exemplaren 
von obscurus vergleichen. In der Schnabelfarbung unterscheiden .sich die 
Geschlechter wie bei der Rasse M. m. maearulrinus Stres. : beini alten q ist der 
Schnabel ganz schwarz, beun $ und (J juv. ist er diister hornfarben. 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 



227 



Pachycephala gi-iseiceps jobiensis A. B. Meyer. 

Pachycephala griseiceps vat. johieft-iisMeyer, Hitziimj^'i'ier. K. Akml. Wiss. Wien, vol. l.xi.x. p. 394 (1874 
— Jobi). 

Gesammelt von : v. Rosenberg, Meyer, Beccari, Doherty, Stein. 



422. 


450 m. 


6. III. 


iSi- 


Fl. 82,5 ; G 


ew. 22 




435. 


450 „ 


6. III. 


s^. 


,. 83; 


.. 22,2 




396. 


450 „ 


5. III. 


cJi- 


., 82; 


„ 21,5 




568. 


850 „ 


13. III. 


d'l. 


„ 83; 


„ 25 




466. 


450 „ 


9. III. 


(Jo- 


,. 80; 


„ 22,2 




576. 


850 „ 


14. III. 


6\. 


„ 83,5; 


„ — 




.541. 


850 „ 


12. III. 


<Jo- 


,. 82; 


„ 22 




577. 


8.50 ,. 


14. III. 


?o- 


„ 80,5; 


„ — 




416. 


450 ., 


6. III. 


$0- 


., 82; 


„ — 


Fliigelmauser. 


423. 


450 „ 


6. III. 


?. 


„ 80; 


„ 22,5 


1. Ja. Kl. 



Siehe unter Waigeu ! 

Monarcha guttula (Garnot). 
Gesammelt von : Beccari, Bruijn, Dolierty, Stein. 
638. 23. III. cJj. Fl. 83 ; Gew. 16 

Monarcha alecto chalybeocephala (Garnot). 



Gesammelt 


von : 


A 


B. 


Meyei 


,1 


eccari, Do^ 


lerty, Stei 


Jl. 


203. 


Serui. 




19. 




62 


Fl. 89,5 ; 


Gew. 24,4 




192. 






18. 




C?2 


„ 89; 


,. 26; 


Fliigelmauser 


204. 


,, 




19. 




cJ. 


„ 90; 


„ 22 




291. 


,, 




24. 




61 


„ 89; 


„ 25,5 


,, 


622. 


K. Baroe. 


22. 


III. 


cJi 


„ 91 ; 


„ 25,8 


„ 


334. 


Serui. 




26. 


II. ' 


9 


" „ 81,5; 


„ 22 




182. 


,, 




17. 




?1 


,. 87; 


„ 22,8 




225. 


„ 




23. 




?0 


„ 82,5; 


„ 22,7 




198. 


,, 




18. 




$0 


„ 82,5; 


„ 21 





Monarcha cinerascens geelvinkiana A. B. Meyer. 

Monardui gedvinkianus Meyer, SUziinysber. Ahh. Ges. Isis. Dresden, 1884, p. 23 (1884 — Misori und 
Jobi). 

Gesammelt von : Laglaize. 

Diese Art i.st bislier nur von Laglaize gesammelt worclen und zwar bei Ansus 
auf Japen und auf der Insel Korido, vergl. unsere Bemerkungen unter Numfor. 

Arses telescophthalmus insularis (A. B. Meyer). 



rclia insularis 


Aleyer, 


Silzungs'er 


A'. 


A kail. Wiss. Wien 


vol. Ixix, p. .S95 (1874^Iobi) 


Gesammell 


von : 


A. B. Meyer 


, Beccari, Guillemard, Doherty, Stein. 


292. 


Serui. 


24. II. 


<J. 


Fl. 78,5 ; Gew. 


'27,5" (17,5!). 


234. 


,, 


22. II. 


^u 


„ 82; 


18 


207. 


„ 


19. II. 


So 


„ 77; 


18 ; Fliigelmauser. 


551. 


— 


6. III. 


So 


„ 78; 


17 


214. 


Serui. 


19. II. 


3o 


„ 80; 


19 


472. 


450 in 


9. III. 


•So 


„ 76; 


17,7 ; l..Ja. Kl. 


212. 


Serui. 


9. II. 


So 


„ 76; 


16 ; Fliigelmauser. 


419. 


450 ni 


6. III. 


So 


„ 76,5; „ 


15,7; 1. Ja. Kl. 


236. 


Serui. 


18. II. 


?1 


„ 74; 


22,2 


285. 


,, 


24. II. 


?1 


„ 73; 


16 


327. 


,, 


26. II. 


?1 


„ 79; 


18 



tJbereinstimmend mit einer Serie aus dem Sepikgebiet. 



228 NOVITATES ZOOLOCICAE XXXVIII. I'j:i2 

Rhipidura leucophrys melaleuca (Quoy & CJaim.). 
Gesammelt von : Doherty, Stein. 

222. 8eriii. 20. II. ,'.,. Fl. 105 ; Gew. 32 ; Fliigelmauser. 
1891. „ 18. II. Vu- ., 100; „ 30 



Rhipidura threnothorax nigrivertex subsp. nova. 
Gesammelt von ; Stein. 

519. 850 m. 12. III. J^. Fl. 79 ; Gew. 19.5 

Das einzige von Herrn Stein in 850 m. Hohe erbeutete Exemplar unter- 
scheidet sich von 21 zum Vergleich benutzten Balgen aus venschiedenen 
Gegenden Neuguineas .sehr scharf diiich die Farbung des Oberkopfes, der 
nicht braunlich und dem Riicken gleich gefiirbt, sondern von russchwarzer 
Farbung ist, mit leieht braunlich gefarbten Endsiiumen der Federn. Die 
weissen Flecken der Brustfedern sind so gross wie bei Arfakvogeln. Wir nehmen 
an, dass es sich um eine ausgepragte Inselrasse handelt iind dass der Tyjnis 
von R. fumosa Schlegel, welchen v. Rosenberg auf Japen sammelte, nicht hierher 
gehort, da die in der Beschreibung angegebene Fliigellange vmd Brustfarbung 
durchavis nicht auf R. threnothorax passt. Ein anscheinend sich im Jugendkleid 
befindendes Stiick von R. threnothorax, von Tappenbeck (No. 456) am Ramu 
gesammelt, ist im wesentlichen wie der adulte Vogel gefarbt und hat die gleichen 
weissen Brustflecken wie dieser. 

Tyjjus : ^ ad. Japen, 12. Miirz 1931, Stein leg. No. 510 

Rhipidura fumosa Schlegel. 

Rhipidura jHvwsa Schlegel, X«/. Tijdietir. Diirk. vul. iv, p. 42 (1871 — Jobi). 

Gesammelt von : v. Rosenberg. 
Siehe unter Rhipidura threnothorax ! 

Rhipidura rufiventris gularis (S. Miill.). 
Gesammelt von : A. B. Meyer, Beccari, Bruijn, Doherty, Stein. 

SS (6.-23. III.) Fl. 79-80-82^-87-88-89-91-91,5-92. 

Gew. I4-I4,2-14,5-I5--15,2-16-17. 
jj juv. (7. III.) Fl. 84 ; Gew. 15,2. 
9 (4. III.) Fl. 83,5 ; Gew. 18. 

1 cJ in Flugelmauser. 

Gesammelt in Hohen zwischen 400 und S50 m. 

Rhipidura hyperytlira miilleri A. B. Meyer. 
Gesammelt von : Stein. 



527. 


850 in. 


12. III. 


L>2- 


Fl. 78 ; 


Gew. 12,5 


510. 


850 „ 


12. 111. 


|J2- 


„ 82,5; 


,. 12 


571. 


850 „ 


14. III. 


(i2- 


„ 80.5; 


„ — 


505. 


8.50 „ 


J -> J J J 




„ 80,5 ; 


„ 12,8 


520. 


850 „ 


J '7 jjj 


o'l- 


„ 77; 


„ 11.5 


543. 


850 „ 


12. III. 


T2- 


,. 76; 


„ 11,5 



Ganz wie Sepikvogel. 



NOVITATES ZoOLOGlfAE XXXVIIt. l')32. 229 

Rhipidura rufldorsa A. B. Meyer. 

Rhipidum rufidorsa Meyer, Sitzungsher. K. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. Ixx, p. 20(1 (1874 — Rubi. .Tobi). 
Gesammelt von : A. B. Meyer, Bruijn, Doherty, Stein. 

364. 450 m. 4. III. ,3".,. Fl. 65 ; Gew. 9,5 
425. 450 „ 6. III. cJi. „ 64 ; „ 10 
507. 850 „ 12. III. ?„. „ 64 ; „ 9 

Mageninhalt : Chitin von Insekten (364, 425). 

Muscicapa griseosticta (Swinh.). 
Gesammelt von : Stein. 

340. 26. II. ?„. Fl. 83 ; Gew. 16,1 

Zugvogel alls Siidost-Sibirien. 

Mageninhalt : Cliitin, Fliigeldecken von Kafern (340), Chitinteile von 
Insekten (Manokwari 144). 

Poecilodi'yas brachyura albotaeniata (A. B. Meyer). 

Amaurodrt/as alhotaeniata Meyer, Silziini/s'ier. K. Akad. Whs. Wien, vol. Ixix. p. 498 (1874 — Jobil. 

Gesammelt von : A. B. Meyer, Beccari, Stein. 

439. 450 m. 7. III. <J„. Fl. 85 ; Gew. 27,5 
442. 450 ,. 7. III. (J„. „ 84,5 ; „ 27,3 

Die beiden von Stein gesammelten Stiicke bestatigen die Verschiedenheit 
dieser Rasse, welche nicht schwarzriickig ist wie die im Cyclopen-Gebirge und 
Sepikgebiet lebende Form duma.si Og. -Grant, sondern einen schwarzUch grauen 
Riicken besitzt. Bei P. b. brachyura vom Vogelkopf und der Wandammenhalb- 
insel Lst der Riicken noch heller grau. Die Japen-Form steht also in diesem 
Fall derjenigen vom Vogelkopf naher als derjenigen vom naheliegenden Festland. 

Microeca flavovirescens Gray. 
Gesammelt von : Beccari, Guillemard, Doherty, Stein. 
482. 450 m. 9. III. $3. Fl. 83 ; Gew. 17,6 



546. 


850 „ 


12. III. 


S^. 


„ 84; 


„ 17 


537. 


850 „ 


12. III. 


cJi- 


„ 82; 


„ 18 


521. 


850 „ 


12. III. 


<Jo- 


„ 82; 


„ 16 


386. 


450 „ 


5. III. 


?.. 


„ 76; 


„ 15 


548. 


850 „ 


12. III. 


?o. 


,. 76; 


„ 14 


378. 


450 „ 


4. III. 


9o. 


„ 71,5; 


„ 13,2 



Ober- und Unterseite etwas gelblicher als bei Waigeuvogeln. 

Gerygone chrysogaster chrysogaster Gray. 
Gesammelt von : Beccari, Doherty, Stein. 



561. 


850 in. 


13. III. 


6%. 


Fl. 56 ; 


Gew. 8 


.355. 


450 „ 


3. III. 


d%. 


„ 55; 


„ 8,5 


357. 


450 „ 


.3. III. 


Oo- 


„ 56; 


„ 8 


363. 


450 „ 


4. III. 


1. 


„ 54,5; 


„ 8 


453. 


450 „ 


7. III. 


9c- 


„ 52; 


„ 7,3 



Einen Vergleich mit Exeniplaren von den Aruinseln (terra typica) haben wir 
nicht anstellen konnen, aber Exemplare vom Sepikgebiet stunmen mit sokhen 
aus Japen iiberein. 



230 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 



Gerygone magnirostris alfinis A. B. Meyer. 

Oerygone aflinis Meyer, Silzungsher. K. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. Ix.x. p. 117 (1874 — Jobi). 

Gesamnielt von : A. B. Meyer, Beccari. 

Gerygone palpebrosa wahnesi A. B. Meyer. 



Gesammelt 


von : 


Doherty 


Stein. 










468. 


450 m 


. 9. III. 


<J3. 


Fl. 55,5 


Gew. 8,7 




379. 


450 , 


4. III. 


s^. 


„ 54; 


„ 8 




562. 


850 „ 


13. III. 


S;- 


„ 52; 




9; 


Fliigelmauser 


566. 


850 ,. 


13. III. 


<?.. 


„ 57; 




— 




563. 


850 „ 


13. III. 


9^ 


„ 55,5 




8,5 


(3 !). 


427. 


450 , 


6. III. 


cJo- 


„ 54; 




7,7 




392. 


500 , 


4. III. 


$0- 


„ 52,5 




6,9 




530. 


850 , 


12. III. 


?o- 


„ 53; 




— 


Fliigelmauser 


454. 


450 „ 


7. III. 


"5," 


„ 53; 




7,4 




564. 


850 , 


13. III. 


?_ 


.. 50; 




8 








Todopsis wallacei Gray. 




Gesammelt 


von : 


Stein. 












536. 


850 m. 


12. III. 


03- 


Fl. 48 ; Gew. 8.5 




476. 


600 „ 


9. III. 


02- 


„ 47; 


„ 8 




372. 


450 „ 


5. III. 


<?2. 


„ 49,5; 


„ 8,2 




404. 


— 


5. III. 


<?!■ 


„ 49; 


„ 8,2 




393. 


400 m. 


4. III. 


" ? ? ■' 


,. 46; 


„ 8 (?!). 




405. 


— 


5. III. 


^_ 


,. 47; 


„ V,5($!). 




374. 


450 m. 


4. III. 


?o- 


.. 46,5; 


„ 8 



Nr. 374, 39.3, iind 405 haben die Kehle nicht rein weiss wie die iibrigen, 
sondern mit gelbbramilichem Anflug. Vielleicht i.st das ein Kennzeichen des $ 
gegeniiber dem alten (J. Die Serie ist ununterscheidbar von einer Serie aus 
dem Sepikgebiet. 

Mageninhalt : Chitin von Insekten (374, 476). 

Crateroscelis murinus murinus (Sclater). 
Gesammelt von : Doherty, Stein. 

538. 850 m. 11. III. 

319. Semi. 26. II. 

.552. 850 m. 13. III. 

573. 850 m. 14. III. 



?o. 



Fl. 62 
„ 59 
„ 54 
„ 55 



Gew. 15 



Ununterscheidbar von Stiicken aus Nord-Neuguinea. Das $ hat den Ober- 
kopf dem ^J ungefahr gleich gefarbt, im Gegensatz zur Waigeurasse mit deutlicheni 
Geschlechtsdimorphismus. 

Sericomis magnirostris jobiensis subsp. nova. 
Gesammelt von : Stein. 



441. 

529. 
406. 
451. 
428. 
438. 
436. 
389. 
430. 
445. 



7. III. 
12. III. 
7. III. 
7. III. 
7. III. 
7. III. 
7. III. 
5. III.- 

7. nr. 

7. Ill, 



02- 

02- 

Jo- 

?2- 
?0- 
?0- 
$0- 

?«■ 
?• 



Fl. 61,5; 
„ 60; 
„ 62,5 ; 
„ 55,5; 
„ 56; 
„ 55,5 ; 
„ 55; 
„ 55; 
„ 55,5 ; 
,. 56: 



Gew. 13 

„ 12,5 

„ 13,5 

„ 12 

„ 12 

„ 11,5 

„ 11.8 

„ 12,6 

„ 12.5 ; 

.. 12,2 



jnv. 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 231 

Alle in 450 m. Hohe gesammelt. 

Sericornis magnirostris war im papHanLschen Gebiet nur von deni Festland 
Neuguineas bekannt. Herr Stein entdeckte aiif Japen eine Rasse. die der Rasse 
des Arfakgebirges (8. m. cantans Mayr = arfakiana auct.) nahesteht, aber durch 
die Farbung der Oberseite, besonders de.s Riickens, abweicht, der weit mehr 
griinlich oliv, weniger ro.stlich oliv erscheint. S. beccarii cyclopum Hartert ' hat 
ungefahr dieselbe Farbung der Oberseite wie S. magnirostris jobiensis, unter- 
scheidet sich aber auffallig durch einen rein weissen oder leicht braunlich gef arbten 
Strich iiber dem Ziigel und durch ebenso gefarbte Flecke auf dem oberen und 
unteren Lidrande. Der Oberschnabel ist hei jobiensis schwarz, der Unterschnabel 
zuweilen gleichfalls schwai-z, zuweilen aber ,sehr dunkel hornfarben. S. in. 
cantans hat die gleiche Schnaljelfarbung wie jobiensis, wahrend S. b. cyclopum 
einen viel helleren Ober- und Unterschnabel hat als die beiden anderen Forinen. 
Auch die Fiisse sind bei S. beccarii cyclopum erhebUch blasser. 

Typus : Japen, cJ ad. 7. Marz 1931, Stein leg. Nr. 406. 

Im Ju. Kl. sind Kehle, Brust, Korperseiten und Unterschwanzdecken 
schmutzig rostbraun gefarbt. Die ganze Oberseite ist diister braun ohne Spur 
von Oliv. Der Schnabel ist tiefschwarz. 

Mageninhalt : Insekten (389). 

Sericornis spilodera spilodera (Gray). 
Gesammelt von : Stein. 

5(J (3.-7. III.) Fl. 56-,57=-58,5-.59=-59,.5-60..5<-61. 

Gew. 10,2=-10,.5'-10,9-1 1-1 1 ,22-1 1 ,5-12,5. 
$9 (4.-7. III.) Fl. 56= ; Gew. 9,7-10. 
2 cjcj in Fliigelmauser. 

Gesammelt in Hohen von 450-850 m. 

Die $9 haben die Basis der OberkopfFedern heller als die (^ (J, der Endsaum 
ist schwarz, ziemlich scharf abgesetzt ; der Oberkopf wirkt also mehr gefleckt 
als beim cj. 

Motacilla cinerea caspica (Gm.). 

Gesammelt von : Stein. 

613. K. Baroe. 21. III. ?. Fl. 82 ; Gew. 18,3 

Coracina coeruleogrisea (Gray). 

Campephaga strenua .Schlegcl, Xerlerl. Tijdschr. Dierk. vol. iv, p. 44 (1871 — Jobi und Arfak). 

Gesammelt von : v. Rosenberg, A. B. Meyer. 

Coracina boyeri boyeri (Gray). 
Gesammelt von : A. B. Meyer, Beccari, Doherty, Stein. 

2.33. Serui. 21. II. J,. Fl. 127 ; Gew. — 

348. 450 m. 2. III. Si- •• 123 ; ,. 60 

231. Serui. 21. II. (J„. „ 128 ; „ 61 

347. 450 m. 2. III. Si- .. 122 ; „ 59 ; juv. 

Die Alten befinden sich in Fliigelmauser. 

Mageninhalt : Kleine Insekten (233), Fruchtschalen (347), Brei von Friichten 
und kleinen Kernen (231). 

1 Die Griinde, welche uns veranlassen, Sericornis beccarii fur eine von Sericornis magnirostris 
verschiedene Art anzuaehen, werden wir bei der Bearbeitung der Weyland-Ausbeute des Herrn 
Stein darlegen. 



232 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 



Coracina papuensis papuensis (Gm.). 
Gesammelt von : Guillemard. 

Edolisoma melan melan (Lesson). 

Edoliisoma melan tommasonis Rothschild & Hartert, Xov. Zool. vol. x, p. 206 (1903 — .Jobi). 

Gesammelt von : A. B. Meyer, Bruijn, Guillemard, Doherty, Stein. 



629. K. Baroe. 24. III. 



.305. 


Serui. 


25. II. 


cJo- 


„ 121; 


93; 


343. 


,, 


26. II. 


" <J ? " 


„ 123; 


, 103; 


444. 


450 m. 


7. III. 


?_ 


„ 125; 


, 103; 


2972. 


— 


12. VII. 


o^. 


,. 124; 


, 101; 


1971. 


— 


9. VII. 


10- 


.. 120; 


93; 



Fl. 124 ; Schw. 103 ; Gew. 54,3 ; Fliigelmauser, noch einige 

braune Federn. 
50,9 

55,4 (cJ !). 
— (cj !) ; Flugelmauser. 



Die imtersuchten Exemplare iinterscheiden sich weder durch die Schnabel- 
form, noch im weibliclien Geschlecht dmch die Fiirbung von einer Serie aus dem 
Ramu- und Sepikgebiet (darunter 6 $$). 

Edolisoma ceramense incertum (A. B. Meyer). 

Campephaga incerta Meyer, Sitzungsber. K. Ahad. Wus. Wicn, vol. Ixix, p. 387 {1874 — Jobi). 

Gesammelt von : A. B. Meyer, Bruijn. 



Hirundo tahitica frontalis (Quoy & Gaim.). 
Gesammelt von : Bruijn, Stein. 

209. 19. II. (Jo- FI. 100,5 ; Gew. 14 ; juv. 



201. 19. II. 



do- 
?. 



107,5 ; 



15 



Pitta mackloti mackloti Temm. 



Gesammelt von : Briiijn, 


Stein. 








190. 


Serui 


18. II. 


(Ja 


Fl. 102 ; 


Gew. 88 


313. 




25. II. 


C?2 


„ 103; 


„ 88,5 


312. 




25. II. 


<Sz 


„ 109,5; 


„ 90 


345. 




26. II. 


62 


„ 102,5; 


„ 81 


320. 




26. II. 


62 


„ 106; 


„ 83,8 


226. 




20. II. 


<?2 


„ 101,5; 


„ 78 


603. 




20. in. 


01 


„ 103,5; 


„ — 



Diese Serie gehort zu mackloti und nicht zu habenichti, welche den Fuss des 
Cyclopengebirges bewohnt. 



Hemiprocne mystacea mystacea (Lesson) 



Gesammelt von : A. B. Meyer, Bruijn, Stein. 

462. 450 m. 8. III. ?„. Fl. 221 
589. 850 „ 15. III. ?„. „ 226 

463. 450 „ 8. III. ?o- .. 216 



Gew. 81,5 



85 



Collocalia esculenta subsp. 
Gesammelt von : Beccari, Stein. 
Siehe unter Numfor. 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGIC.IE XXXVIII. 1932. 233 

Collocalia vanikorensis hirundinacea Stres. 
Gesamnielt von : Stein. 
Siehe unter Waigeu. 

Collocalia vanikorensis baru Sties. & Pal. 
Gesammelt von : Stein. 
Siehe uiiter Waigeu. 

Caprimulgus macnmis yorki Math. 

Caprimulgiis macnmis yorki Mathews. Stn-. Zool. vol. .xvii. p. 291 (1912— Kap York). 

Gesammelt von : Stein. 

324. Serui. 2.5. 11. ?. Fl. 178 

Diese.s Stiick und drei Exemplare aus Manokwari wiirden mit 1 $ vom 
Astrolabegebirge imd emem $ von Nord-Queensland (beide im Naturhist. 
Museum Wien) verglichen, mit denen sie ziemlich genau iibereinstimmen. 

Podargus papuensis papuensis Quoy & Gaim. 
Gesammelt von : Brnijn, Doherty, Stein. 

401. 300 m. 3. III. $^. Fl. 277 : 

616. K. Baroe. 22. III. $ ? „ 280 : 

397. Serui. 2. III. 5,,. „ 277 ; 

615. „ 21. III. $2. „ 273 ; 

330. „ 26. II. ?,. „ 277: 
342. „ 26. II. $1. „ 273; 

397 hat Stein als $ etikettiert und ein ganz kleines Ovarium gezeichnet, da 
aber der Vogel mit den beiden j" J (durch den graulichen Ton des ganzen Feder- 
kleides) vollig iibereinstimmt, liegt wahrscheinlich ein Irrtum vor. Ein $ ad. 
von Manokwari, Stem leg. Nr. 663, ist viel grosser : Fl. 304 ; Schw. 292 ; Gew. 
375. 

Mageninhalt : Insekten, hauptsachlich Schaben (342). 

Podargus ocellatus ocellatus Quoy & Gaim. 
Gesammelt von : A. B. Meyer, Bruijn, Beccari, Guillemard, Doherty, Stem. 

398. 150 m. 2. III. J,. Fl. 195 ; Schw. 165 ; Gew. 201 

331. Serui. 26. II. <J,. „ 194: „ 160; „ 206 
569. Tiefebene. 14. III. ^,. „ 189; ., 150; ., 110 
623. K. Baroe. 22. III. J^. „ 193 ; „ 183 ; „ 156 

Unerklarlich ist uns die Langschwanzigkeit von Nr. 623. 

Magenmhalt : 1 Heuschrecke (331), Insektenreste (kleine Kafer) (398). 

Tyto tenebricosa arfaki (Schleg.). 
Gesammelt von : Stein. 

655. K. Baroe. 23. III. $,. Fl. 280 ; Gew. 675 

Mageninhalt : ein Vertreter der Peramelidae. 



Schw. 247 ; Gew. 350 
352 



252 
242 

255 
350 



294 
300 



234 NOVITATES ZoOLOalCAE XXXV'III. 1932. 

Ninox dimorpha (Salvad.). 
Gesammelt von : Stein. 

14. VII. oo- Fl. 22.5 ; Schw. 143 ; Fusse, Iria gelb. Wachshaut hellbraunliohgrun. 
Mageninhalt : Heuschrecken, 1 Eidech.se. 

Merops omatus Latli. 
Gesammelt von : Beccari, Doherty, Stein. 

595. 17. III. cJi. Fl. 108,5 ; Gew. 261 ; Flugelmauser. 
Zugvogel aus Australien. 

Rhyticeros plicatus ruficollis (Vieill). 
Gesammelt von : Bniijn, Stein. 

297. Serui. 25. II. oi- F'- 119 ; f'^-'w. 1925 ; Schnabel oline Wiilste. 
2971. ,. 14. VII. 3,. „ 458 ; „ — „ mit 4 

Im Zool. Mus. BerHn befinden sich weiter folgende Exemplare : 2 Neuguinea 
Fliigel 430-449, 1 Malu 410, 3 Taua 416-417-421, 1 Herbertshohe 410 mm. 
No. 297 1 scheint also ein Riese zu sein 1 

Mageninhalt : Friichte mit pflaumengrossen Kernen. 

" 1 Exemplar in Wangar erlegt, als es am Boden nach Krabben suchte, 
Scherenreste im Schlund." 

Eurystomus orientalis crassirostxis Sclater. 
Gesammelt von : Stein. 



610. 


K. Baroe. 


21. III. 


Ol- 


Fl. 201,5; 


Gew. 196 ; 


Flugelmauser. 


513. 


450 m. 


12. III. 


Ol- 


„ 203; 


„ 110 


„ 


625. 


K. Baroe. 


22. III. 


? 


„ 203; 


„ 165 


„ 



Oberkopf, Nacken, Interscapulium schwarzlicher, weniger griinschwarz als 
bei Vogeln vom Sattelberg und aus Neupommern ; vieUeicht zur Rasse imigiou- 
ensis gehorig, doch konnten wir keine Exemplare von Waigeu vergleichen. 

Eurystomus orientalis pacificus (Lath.). 

Gesammelt von : Guillemard, Doherty. 
Zugvogel aus Australien. 

Alcyone azurea ochrogaster Rchw. 
Gesammelt von : Beccari, Stein. 

249. Serui. 22. II. ,5„. Fl. 72 ; Gew. 35 

250. „ 22. II. ?,. „ 75,5 ; „ 39,5 

Unterseite ebenso hell wie bei Vogeln vom Mamberano und Sepik. — " Lebt 
an Bachen wie Alcedo " (Stein). 

Mageninhalt : 1 Fisch (Mamberano 101). 



NOVITATES ZoOLOGIfAE XXXVIII. 1932. 235 

Ceyx lepidus solitaxius Temm. 
Gesammelt von : Bruijn, Doherty, Stein. 



631. K. Baroe. 24. III. J„. Fl. .52 

493. 450 m. 10. III. ?„. „ 54,5 

370. 450 m. 4. III. ?. „ (53) 

556. 400 m. 13. III. ?„. „ 55 



Gew. 13 



16,5 
16 



Siehe iinter Waigeu 



Halcyon nigrocyanea quadricolor (Oust). 

Cyanalcyon qtiadricolor Oustalet. Le XaliiralisU', p. 323 (18SU — Geelvinkbai). 

Ge.sammelt von : Bruijn. 

Guillemard (Proc. Zool. Soc. Land. 1885, pp. 626-627) erhielt durch Bruijn 
drei bei Ansu.s gesammelte (^^, von denen ein.s ganz wie nigrocyanea, ein zweitea 
ganz wie quadricolor gefarbt waren, walirend das dritte zwischen beiden Extremen 
vermittelte, indem es einen blauen Bauch mit einzelnen zerstreut stehenden 
rostbraunen Federn besass. Japen gehort also wohl zum Ubergangsgebiet 
zwischen nigrocyanea und quadricolor, ebenso wie das Miindungsgebiet des 
Wanggarflusses, woriiber wir spiiter berichten werden. 

Halcyon saiu'ophaga saurophaga Gould. 

Gesammelt von : Bruijn, Doheitj'. 
Siehe unter Waigeu ! 

Halcyon sancta sancta Vig. & Horsf. 

Gesammelt von : v. Rosenberg, Bruijn, Doherty. 
Zugvogel aus AustraUen. 

Syma torotoro torotoro Lesson. 
Gesammelt von : v. Rosenberg, Beccari, Bruijn, Doherty, Stein. 

2529. 200 m. 14. VII. ^Ji- Fl. 79 

2530. Japen. 14. VII. iJi- „ 77 

Ganz mit Vogeln aus Waigeu iibereinstimmend. 

Sauromarptis gaudichaud (Quoy & Gaim.). 
Gesammelt von : v. Rosenberg, Beccari, Bruijn, Doherty, Stein. 
315. Serui. 26. II. ^„. Fl. 137,5 ; Gew. 127 

322. ,, 26.11. (Jj. ,, 137; ,, 133; Schwarze Saume an Brust- und Halsrlngfedern. 
329. „ 26. II. ?„. „ 143 ; „ 170 ; Kleingefiedermauser. 

Siehe miter Waigeu. 

Melidora macrorhina jobiensis Salvad. 

Melidora jobiensis Salvadori. Om. Pap. i, p. 502 (1880 — Jobi). 

Gesammelt von : Beccari, Bruijn, Stein. 

620. K. Baroe. 22. III. (J„. Fl. 115; Gew. 1 10 ; juv. 
617. Serui. 22. III. Jj. „ 122,5 ; „ 109 

343. „ 26. II. ?,. „ 126; „ 122 

617 hat Andeutung von blauen Federsaumen am Oberkopf. Siehe unter 
Waigeu. 



236 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 

Cuculus optatus Gould. 

Gesamnielt von : A. B. Meyer. 

Zugvogel aus dem palaearktischen Asian. 

Cacomantis castaneiventris arfakianus Salvad. 
Gesammelt von : Stein. 

223. Serui. 20. II. S^. Fl. Ill ; Sohw. 121,5 ; Gew. 32 ; Fliigelmauser. 

624. K. Baroe. 22. III. ?„. „ 110,5; „ 121; „ 31,5 

Cacomantis castaneiventris scheint auf Neuguinea in zwei Rassen zu zerfallen, 
die sich lediglich durch die Grosse unterscheiden. Die grossere, C. c. weiskei 
Rchw., mit Fl. von 114^120 bewohnt die Gebirge von SO-Neuguinea und das 
Saruwagedgebirge, die kleinere mit Fl. 109-1 Ifi schliesst sich westlich an und 
bewohnt auch Jobi. Ihr gebiihit der Name C. c. arfakianus Salvad. Farbungs- 
unterschiede scheinen nicht zu bestehen, wenigstens trifft man im Schneegebirge 
(Utakwa-River) und Arfakgebirge (Siwi) Exemplare an, die mindestens so dunkel 
sind wie die dunkelsten weiskei, und neben hclleren leben. 

Fine Verschiedenheit zwischen Gebirgs- und Flachlandsvogeln, wie von 
Og.-Grant und Hartert (1925) vermutet wurde, scheint nicht zu bestehen. 

Die Geschlechter imterscheiden sich anscheinend dadm-ch, dass das (J auf 
der Oberseite bliiulicher, weniger griinlich schillert als das ?. Die Jungen 
scheinen dem $ ad. zu gleichen. 

Cacomantis variolosus infaustus Cab. & Heine. 
Gesammelt von : Stein. 

581. 200 m. 18. III. (J,. Fl. 120 ; Schw. 105 ; Gew. 29 

465. 250 m. 7. UI. <Ji. „ 114; „ 106; „ 33 

619. K. Baroe. 22. III. 3,. ,. 122; „ 110.5; „ 29,5 

600. Serui. 18. III. Si- ,. 120,5; „ 116.5; „ 31,1 

599. 200 m. 18. III. cJi- „ 117,5; „ 107; „ 28,7 

604. Serui. 20. III. <Ji. „ 121,5; „ 110,5; „ 33 

Alit Vogeln von Neuguinea mid Waigeu iibereinstimmend. 

Centropus menbeki jobiensis subsp. nov. 
Gesammelt von : Bruijn, Doherty, Stein. 



268. 


Serui. 


24. 




Cj2. 


Fl. 227 ; 


Gew. 500 


338. 


„ 


26. 




31. 


„ 234; 


,. 500 


346. 


,, 


26. 




$1- 


„ 223 ; 


„ 450 


308. 


,. 


25. 




?o. 


., 217; 


„ 391 ; juv. 


656. 


,, 


15. 


III. 


?0- 


„ 220; 


„ 553 (Mageninhalt 50 



Oberseite mit blauem Schiller und nur schmalen griinlich schillernden 
Federsiiumen. Auch Brust mit griinblauem statt wie bei G. m. menbeki mit 
griinem Schiller. Schnabel kiirzer als bei Neugumeavogeln. 1 Sepikvogel 
nahert sich den Jobivogeln durch seinen blaulichgriinen Schiller. 

Typus : .^ Jobi, 24. Februar 1931, Stein leg. Nr. 268. 

Mageninhalt : Gefiillt mit grossen Heuschreckcn (268), grosse Heuschrecken 
(338, 346), meist Heuschrecken, auch Fliigeldecken von Kafern (308), 1 Frosch, 
Heuschrecken (656). 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 237 

Kakatoe galerita triton (Temm.). 
Gesanimelt von : v. Rosenberg, Beccaii, Doheity, Stein. 



2985. 


8. VII. 


cJi- 


Fl. 310 


2979. 


8. VII. 


<?.• 


„ 298 


2977. 


8. VII. 


?»• 


„ 326 



Probosciger aterrimus stenolophus (v. Oort). 
Gesammelt von ; A. B. Meyer, Beccari. 

Geoffroyus geoffroyi jobiensis Salvad. 

Geoffroyus jobiensis Salvador!, Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. Bd. x, p. 30 (1877 — Jobi). 

Gesammelt von : v. Rosenberg, A. B. Meyer, Beccari, Bruijn. Guillemard, 
Dolierty, Stein. 

2854. Japen. 6. VII. S^- Fl- 1"1 ; ad. 

2853. ,, 14. VII. (Ji. ,, 174 ; ,, Iris weissUch griin. Fiisse graugriin. 

252. Serui. 23. II. cJ„. „ 168; „ 

637. K. Baroe. 23. III. ?. „ 161 

Das $ hat den Oberkopf fast ganz griin. 
Mageninhalt ; Kleine Samen (252). 



Eclectus roratus pectoralis (Miill.). 

Gesammelt von : v. Rosenberg, Beccari, Doherty, Stein. 

235. Serui. 22. II. Si- Fl- 253 ; Gew. 348 
309. „ 25. II. cJ,. „ 247 ; „ 348 
647. „ 26. 11. <J„. „ 255 ; „ 368 

Es befinden sich nur 3 ^ J in der Samnilung, alle von Seroei, wohl weil die 
9$ mit dem Brutgeschaft beschiiftigt waren. 



Lorius lory jobiensis (A. B. Meyer). 

is A. B. Meyer, Sit-.nngsh. K. Akad. Wiss. Witin^ 

Gesammelt von : v. Rosenberg, A. B. Meyer, Beccari, Bruijn, Stein. 



DumiceUa lori var. jobiensis A. B. Meyer, Sitriinijsh. K. Akad. Wiss. Wim, Bd. Ixx. pp. 229, 231, 233 
(1874^obi). 



501. 


8.50 m. 


12. 


III. 


<?- 


Fl. 171 ; 


Gew. 175 


2967. 


Japen. 


1. 


VII. 


Sx- 


„ 171 ; 


„ ^ 


540. 


850 m. 


12. 


III. 


•Si- 


„ 170; 


^_ — 


215. 


Serui. 


19. 


II. 


3,- 


„ 170; 


', 234 


228: 


,, 


20. 


II. 


cJo- 


„ 163; 


„ 207 


503. 


850 m. 


12. 


III. 


?2. 


„ 162; 


„ 155 


199. 


Serui. 


19. 


II. 


5o. 


„ 155; 


„ 202 


2932. 


Japen. 


13. 


VII. 


?o- 


.. 161 ; 


„ — 



Drei ausgefarbte (J^?, ein jiingeres ^ und zwei ausgefiirbte $$ befinden sich 
in der Sammlung. Das jungere ^ hat die roten Flanken rait Blau gemischt 
und das Rot dieser Flanken diisterer. 



238 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932 

Eos fuscata incondita A. B. Meyer. 
Gesammelt von : A. B. Meyer, Beccari, Bruijn, Stein. 



512. 


850 m. 


1 T T T 


^1- 


Fl. 178 ; 


Gew. — ; 


Fliigelmauser 


518. 


850 ,. 


12 III 


cJi- 


„ 165; 


„ — 


,, 


515. 


850 ,. 


12. III. 


So- 


„ 164; 


„ 75 




514. 


850 „ 


12 III 


?0- 


„ 157; 


„ — 




517. 


850 „ 


12 III 


?0- 


„ 159; 


„ — 





Die Art Eos fuscaia scheint auf den ersten Blick ganz klar und leicht zu 
behandeln ; aber bei niiherer Untersuchung verschwindet diese Klailieit, und es 
ist schwer zu entscheiden, ob alle Stiicke einer und derselben Form angelioren, 
Oder ob sie in mehrere lokale Subspecies geteUt werden miissen. Dr. A. B. Meyer 
(Sitzungsb. K. Akad. Wiss. Wien. Bd. Ixx, p. 236, 1874) und Salvadori {Orn. Pap. 
i, p. 265, 1880) haben schon gesagt, dass die Exemplare von Jobi grosser waren 
imd lebhaftere Farbung hatten. Ferner liat Dr. A. B. Meyer, in Zeitschr. ges. 
Ornithologie, iii, p. 6, Tab. I, Fig. 2, den Namen Eos incotidita den Exeraplaren 
aus S.O.-Neuguinea imd Jobi gegeben. Dr. Hartert hat diesen Namen subspeci- 
fisch angenommen in seiner Neu-Guinea Arbeit iiber die Sammhing von Dr. 
Ernst Mayr (Nov. Zool. vol. xxxvi, pp. 27-128, 1930), aber in der gemeinsamen 
Arbeit " Notes on Papuan Birds " (Nov. Zool. vol. viii, p. 65, 1901) stimmte er 
damals mit mir iiberein, dass kerne Fornien abgetrennt werden konnten. Die 
erste Schwierigkeit stellt sich sofort ein mit dem Namen Eos fuscata : Blyth hat 
einen fundortslosen Vogel beschrieben und daher ist es nicht moglich zu sagen, 
welches Wohngebiet die typische Form haben soUte, wenn man die Art definitiv 
in Unterarten teUt. Ich werde aber, glaube ich, recht handeln, wenn ich das 
zweite Zitat nur in Betracht ziehe und G. R. Gray's Fundort " Dorey " = 
" Manokwari " als typische Localitat annehme. Ich habe bei der Bearbeitung 
von Stein's Serien aus Jappen (Jobi) und Manokwari im ganzen 88 Stiicke 
verglichen und Fliigelmaasse gepriift, 76 aus dem Tring Museum, und 12 von 
Stein. Sie stamnien aus den folgenden Fundorten : 

Dorey— Manokwari, 3 cJcJ, 5 ??, 1 ? ; Arfak, 1 <;J, 1 ? ; Andai, 1 <^ ; 
Sorong, 1 $ ; Ifaar, Humboldt Bay, 1 (J, 1 $ ; Cyclops Mts., 1 c?> 1 ? ; Simbang, 
1 (5, 1 $ ; Constantin-Hafen, 1 $, 1 ? ; Fried. Wilhelms-Hafen, 1 $ ; Stephansort, 
3 (?(?, 1 ? ; Upper Setekwa River, 1 ^ ; Snow Mts., 4 ^S, 2 ?? ; Mt. Goliath, 
7 (J(^, 2 ?? ; British New Guinea (Anthony), 1 (^, 1 § ; Nicura, British New 
Guinea, 1 ? ; Mt. Cameron, Queen Stanley Range, 4 (J(J, 2 $$ ; Owgarra, Anga- 
bunga River, 1 <J, 1 ? ; Brown River, British New Guinea, 1 ? ; Avera, Aroa 
River, 3 (J(J, 2 $? ; Biliagi, Mambare River, 1 (J, 2 $$ ; Kumusi River, 3 t?c?, 
3 ?? ; Hydrographer Mts. 3 SS, * ?? ; Jobi Island, 3 ^^, 4 $$ ; Ron Island, 

Die Fliigelmaasse sind wie folgt : 46 .^^J, 142-167 mm. ; 36 ??, 140-165 mm. ; 
5 ? 145-167 mm. Das erne Stiick von 144 stamnit aus Arfak, das zweite vom 
Kumusi River ; das eine Exemplar mit Fliigel 167 ist aus Jobi, das andere vom 
Brown River. Diese Maasse beweisen, glaube ich, dass die Grosse zu stark 
variiert, um als giiltiges Rassenmerkmal gebraucht zu werden, aber zusammen 
mit der Farbung konnen wir zwei Lokalrassen aufstellen : 

Eos fuscata fuscata : Berau Halbinsel ; diisterer, Fliigel 140-152 mm. 

Eos fuscata incojidita : tjbriges Neuguinea und Insehi der Geelvinkbai, 
leuchtender gefarbt, Fliigel 144-167 mm. 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 239 

1. Eos fuscnta fuscala Blyth. 
Eosfuscala Blyth, Proc. As. Soc. Bengal. 1858, p. 279, Hab. ? 

Von der typisohen Rasse hat Dr. Stein 7 St tick aus Manokwari — Doiey 
geschickt. Davon sind 5 rot und 2 gelb gezeiclmet ; die jungen, sowie die alten 
Exemplare zeigen deutlich die diistere Farbung, besonders auf Kopf und Riicken. 
Ein (J, 2 5$ rot und das gelbe 5 sind vollig ausgefarbt. (J (J 142, 145-152 mm. ; 
?? 140, 142, 143, 150 mm. Fundort Manokwari— Dorey, 10.-13. Febr. 1931. 

2. Eos fuscata incondita Meyer. 
Eos incondita A. B. Meyer, Zeitschr. ges. Ornitli. iii, p. 6, T. I (1886 — S.O.-Neuguinea und Jobi). 

In der Sammlung befinden sich 5 Exemplare, 3 ausgefarbte und 2 jiingere 
Stiicke, alle von der roten Phase. Alle fiinf Balge zeigen die leuchtenden Farben 
und durchschnittlich grossere Fliigelmaasse der Subspecies. 

Trichoglossus haematodus haematodus (Linn.). 

Psittacus haematodus (abbr.) Linnaeus, Mantissa Planlarum, p. 524 (1771 — Amboina). 

Gesammelt von : v. Rosenberg, A. B. Meyer, Beccari, Bruijn, Stein. 

232. Serui. 21. 11. <J„. Fl. 145 ; Gew. 1.33 
193. „ 18. II. $3. „ 143; „ 146 

502. 850 m. 12. III. $„. „ 139 ; „ 50 

Mageninhalt : Viele kleine weisse Larven (193). 

Spizaetus gumeyi (Gray). 
Gesammelt von : Beccari, Stein. 

2994. 14. VII. ?„. Fl. 504 

Haliastur Indus girrenera (VicilL). 
Gesammelt von : Stein. 

653. K. Baroe. 22. III. Si- Fl- 344 ; Gew. 365 

Henicopernis longicauda fraterculus subsp. nov. 

Gesammelt von : Stein. 

298. Serui. 25. II. Si- Fl. 382 ; Gew. 447 ; Fliigelmauser 
652. „ 24. III. ?. „ 356 ; „ — ; " juv. ? " 

298. " Wachshaut hellblaugrau, Schnabel bleifarben, Firste und Spitze des 
Oberschnabels braunschwarz, Fiisse weisslich gelbgriin." 

Das von Stein als $ juv. bezeichnete Exemplar unterscheidet sicli voni 
zweiten offenbar adultus dadurch, dass die grauen Querbander heller und die 
weissen Federsainne am Oberkopf und Nacken breiter sind. Ebenso gefarbt ist 
ein anscheinend junges i^ von der Bismarck-Ebene, allerdings hat dieses Stiick 
eine Fliigellange von 375 mm., ist also bedeutend grosser als der junge Vogel aus 
Japen. Ebenso iibertreffen alle Vogel vom Festland Neu'guineas das adulte q 
von Japen ; bei einer Serie von Deutsch-Neuguinea und vom Weyland-Gebirge 
messen wir : 

S ad. 419 ; S juv. 375 ; $ 419, 421, 422, 438 mm. 

Wir glauben daher, eine Japen-Rasse abtrennen zu diirfen, die sich tlurch 
kleinen Wuchs auszeichnet. 



240 NO-PITATES ZOOLOGK-AE XXXVIII. 1932. 

Typus : <? ad. Serui, Japen, 25 II., No. 298. 

Verbreitung : Japen. 

Mageninhalt : 1 Eidechse und grosse Heuschreckeii (298). 

Baza subcristata reinwartii (Miill. & Schleg.). 
Gesammelt von : Stein. 

301. Serui. 25. II. <?,. Fl. 312 ; Gew. 286 ; ad. 

644. K. Baroe. 25. III. ?„. „ 298 ; „ 205 ; juv. 

Qiierbanderung nicht so breit irnd deutlich wie bei einem Stiick von Stephans- 
ort. " Fiisse weissgelb, Wachshant iind Oljerschnabel schwarzgrau, Unter- 
schiiabel blaugrau." 

Falco peregTinus ernesti Sliarpe. 
Gesammelt von : Bruijn. 

Falco severus papuanus Meyer & Wigl. 
Gesammelt von : Bruijn. 

Accipiter novaehollandiae leucosomus (Sharpe). 

Gesammelt von : Beccari, Bruijn, Stein. 

ad. ; " Waclishaiit und Fiisse griingelb " 
I. Ju. Kl. " Wachshaut gelb, Schiiabel schwarz 

Fiisse gelblich " 
juv. mit einzelnen ad. Federn 
I. Ju. Kl. 

.. "' Waclisliaut, Fiisse gelblich " 
juv. " Wachshaut, Fiisse gelb, Schnabel 

schwarz " 

« 

,, " Wachshaut, Fiisse gelb " 
Von Japen scheinen weisse Individuen nicht bekannt geworden zu sein. 
Die jungen $$ variieren sehr, die breiten Querbander sind bald sehwarzbraun, bald 
tnelir rotbraun (Numfor 955). Die Grundfarbe ist bald reinweiss, bald gelblich- 
brami. Die beiden ad. sind auch nicht ganz gleich : (iOG ist deutlicher gebandert 
als 241. 

Accipiter meyerianus (Sharpe). 

Astiir metjerianus Sharpe, Jouni. Linn. Sor. Liiml. vol. .\iii. p. 458, pi. 22 (1877 — .lobi). 

Gesammelt von : A. B. Meyer. 

Seitdem A. B. Meyer den Typus dieser Art, ein ausgefarbtes altes (J, bei 
Ansus sammelte (vgl. Stresemann, J.f. O. 1924, p. 442), ist dieser interessante 
Vogel nie wieder auf Japen angetrofien worden. 

Accipiter poliocephalus Gray. 

Gesammelt von '; Bruijn, Bernstein, Stein. 

juv. " Waclishaut, Fiisse rot-gelb " 
ad. " Waclishaut, Fiisse gelb-rot '* 

., Fliigelniauser 
juv. " Wachshaut, Fiisse rot, Schnabel schwarz " 
,, " Wachshaut, Fiisse rot-gelb " 
„ " Waclishaut, Fiisse gelb-griin " 



628. 


K. Baroe. 


23. III. 


cJ.- 


Fl. 209 ; 


Gew. 204 


272. 


Serui. 


23. 11. 


(Jo- 


„ 208; 


„ 225 


650. 




28. III. 


?.• 


„ 233; 


„ 300 


608. 


K. Baroe. 


21. III. 


So- 


„ 237; 


„ 300 


241. 


Serui. 


22. II. 


9o- 


,. 242; 


„ 3.50 


242. 


" 


22. II. 


?0- 


,. 241; 


„ 350 


271. 


»» 


26. II. 


?? 


„ 234; 


,. 375 


618. 


K. Baroe. 


22. III. 


o 

tO- 


.. 242; 


„ — 



621. 


23. III. 


cJi- 


FI. 195 ; 


Gew. 178 


311. 


25. II. 


?.- 


„ 224; 


„ 254 


568. 


14. III. 


$1- 


„ 217; 


„ — 


275. 


24. II. 


?i- 


„ 208; 


„ 225 


645. 


28. III. 


?0- 


„ 223,5; 


„ 195 


646. 


27. III. 


?0- 


„ 214; 


„ 205 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 

Accipiter cirrhocephalus papuanus Rothsch. & Hart. 
Gesammelt von : A. B. Meyer. 



241 



Egretta garzetta nigripes (Temm.). 
Gesammelt von : v. Rosenberg ? 

Butorides striatus moluccarum Hartert. 
Gesammelt von : Bruijn, Stein. 

306. Serui. 25. II. ?,. Fl. 178 

Siehe unter Waigeu ! 

Ptilinopus superbus superbus (Tenuu.). 
Gesammelt von : v. Rosenberg, Beccari, Doherty, Stein. 
582. 800 m. 15. III. ^3. Fl. 125 ; Gew. — 



278. 


Serui. 


24. II. 


(J2- 


, 128,5; 


, 121 




353. 


450 m. 


3. III. 


(Ja. 


, 130; 


, 124 




504. 


850 „ 


12. III. 


?3. 


, 121,5; 


, 133 




500. 


850 „ 


12. III. 


$3. 


, 135; 


— 




403. 


450 „ 


3. III. 


$2. 


, 125; 


, 104,7 




584. 


850 „ 


15. III. 


?!• 


, 124,5; 


, 94; 


Fliigelmauser 



Siehe miter Waigeu ! 

Ptilinopus coronulatus geminus Salvad. 

Ptilinopus gemimis Salvadori, Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. vol. vii, p. 787 (1875 — Jobi). 

Gesammelt von : v. Rosenberg, Bruijn, Beccari, Guillemard, Doherty, Stein. 



238. 


Serui. 


22. II. 


(J2- 


Fl. 106,5 ; 


Gew 


77 




377. 


450 m. 


4. III. 


Sx- 


,. 108; 




77,2 




490. 


450 m. 


10. III. 


iv 


„ 110,5; 




77 




259. 


Serui. 


23. II. 


Sx- 


„ 105; 




72 




588. 


850 m. 


15. III. 


cJi- 


„ 108; 




— 




206. 


Serui. 


19. II. 


?3. 


„ 100; 




68 




229. 


„ 


20. II. 


?o. 


„ 103; 




61 ; 


Fliigelmauser. 



Bewolmt auch die Kiiste Neu-Guineas zwischen Humboldt-Bai und Siidspitze 
der Geelvinkbai. 

Mageninhalt : 1 Beere, Kerne von PfeSerkorngrosse im Darmtrakt (229). 



Ptilinopus iozonus jobiensis Schlegel. 

Ptilinopus humeralis jobiensis Schlegel, Mus. Pays-Bus, vol. iv. Columhae, p. 16 (1873 — Jobi). 

Gesammelt von : v. Rosenberg, Beccari, Bruijn, Doherty, Stein. 

267. Serui. 24. II. (Jj. Fl. 115; Gew. 131 

303. „ 25. II. (J2. „ 110,5; „ 91 

267. „ 23. II. (J,. „ 116; „ 128 

539. 850 m. 12. III. Si- .. 116; „ — FlUgelmauser 

tibereinstimmend mit Vogeln vom Mamberano und Sepik. 
Mageninhalt : Fruchtfleisch ohne Samen (267), Magen leer (303), Friichte 
mit linsenartigen Samen, auch im Trakt (257). 
16 



242 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 

Ptilinopus aurantiifrons Gray. 
Gesammelt von : A. B. Meyer, Beccari, Doherty. 

Ptilinopus perlatus perlatus (Teinm.). 
Gesammelt von : v. Rosenberg, Doherty, Stein. 

244. Serui. 22. II. (J„. Fl. 161 ; Gew. 26.3 

Von van Heurn am unteren Mamberano gesammelt, vergl. Hartert, Nova 
Guinea, xv, Zool. p. 443 (1932). 

Mageninhalt : Fruchtfleisch ohne Kerne. 

Ptilinopus miqueli Schlegel. 

Ptilinopus miqueli Schlegel, A'ederl. Tijdschr. Dierk. vol. iv, p. 22 (1871 — Miosnom. Jobi). 

Gesammelt von : v. Rosenberg, Bruijn, Doherty, Stein. 

365. 450 m. 4. III. Si- FI. 128 ; Gew. 127,2 
486. 450 „ 10. III. (J,. „ 122,5 ; „ 128 

Diese Art, die auf Japen und Miosnom beschrankt ist, ist der rwoZw-Gruppe 
sehr nahe verwandt, hat sich aber so weit difEerenziert, dass man sie wohl aLs Art 
behandeln muss. 

Ptilinopus musschenbroekii Schlegel. 

Plilojms musschenbroekii Schlegel, Nederl. Tijdschr. Dierk. vol. iv, p. 23 (1871 — Nuinfor, Miosnom, 
Soek). 

Gesammelt von : Doherty. 
Siehe imter Numfor. 

Ptilinopus pectoralis salvadorii Rothsch. 

Ptilopus salvadorii Rothschild, Bull. Brit. Orn. Club, vol. iii, p. 10 (1892 — Jobi). 

Gesammelt von : Bruijn, Stem. 

412. 6. III. ^1. Fl. 114; Gew. 121 

Diese Rasse ist nicht auf Japen beschrankt, sondern scheint an der gegen- 
iiberliegenden Kiiste von Neuguinea eine weitere Verbreitmig zu besitzen. E. 
Mayr sammelte sie an der Humboldt-Bai. 

Megaloprepia magnifica septentrionalis A. B. Meyer. 
Gesammelt von : v. Rosenberg, Bruijn, Doherty, Stein. 

579. 850 m. 14. III. <J„. Fl. 173,5 ; Gew. 153 

260. Serui. 22. II. Si- ., 166; „ 179 

280. „ 25. II. Si- .. 166; „ 199,5 

299. „ 25. II. Si- „ 167; „ 209; Flugelmauser 

Unterschwanzdecken nur schwach griinlich. 

Ducula zoeae (Desmarest). 
Gesammelt von : v. Rosenberg, Beccari, Bruijn, Doherty, Stem. 

Gew. 625 

„ 575 



270. 


Serui. 


24. 


II. 


02- 


Fl. 217; 


485. 


450 m. 


10. 


III. 


02- 


„ 217; 


276. 


Serui. 


24. 


II. 


cJz- 


„ 223; 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 243 

Unterschwanzdecken mit schmaleren hellen Saumen als hei Vogeln vom 
Festland. 

Mageninhalt : Fruchtschalen (270). 



Ducula rufigaster uropygialis subsp. nov. 
Gesammelt von : v. Rosenberg, Beccari, Bruijn, Doherty, Stein. 

293. Semi. 24. II. ^j. Fl. 191 ; Gew. 400 

Schon Salvador!, Orn. Pap. iii, p. 99, hat die Unterschiede klar erkannt, 
welche die auf Japen lebenden Vogel gegeniiber der NoniLnatform auszeichnen. 
Sis bestehen darin, dass der Biirzel und die Oberschwanzdecken auf Japen viel 
ausgesprochener rotlich, weniger dunkelblauviolett schillern und dass Oberkopf 
und Kopfseiten avrt Japen mehr ins Rostfarbene, bei der Nominatforni mehr ins 
Graue iibergehen. Noch ausgepragter zeigen die Unterschiede der neuen Rasse 
diejenigen Balge, welche uns vom Stromgebiet des Sepik und Raniu, sowie von 
der Astrolabebai vorliegen. Wir wahlen daher zuni Typus ein Stiick des Berliner 
Museums : (J Ramu, 30. Februar 1898, Tappenbeck leg. Nr. 496. 

Die Verbreitung der beiden Rassen scheint folgende zu sein : 

D. r. rufiveniris (Salvadori) : Waigeu, Salawati, Misol, Vogelkopf von 
Neuguinea, von dort aus ansoheinend langs der Siidkiiste bis zum Fly-River. 

D. r. uropygialis (Stres. & Pal.) : Japen und vermutlich Nordkiiste von 
Neuguinea vom Mamberano bis mindestens zur Astrolabebai. 



Ducula pinon jobiensis (Schleg.). 

Sclilegel, A'ederl. Tijdschr. Dierk, vol. iv, p. 
ilegel, Nederl. Tijdschr, Dierk. vol. iv, p. 27 

Gresammelt von : v. Rosenberg, Bruijn, Doherty, Stein. 



Carpophaga pinon jobiensis Sclilegel, A'ederl. Tijdschr. Dierk. vol. iv, p. 26 (1871 — Jobi). 
Carpophaga westermanni Schlegel, Nederl. Tijdschr. Dierk. vol. iv, p. 27 (1871 — Jobi). 



243. 


Serui. 


22. II. 


(J2. 


Fl. 270 ; 


Gew. 875 


224. 


„ 


19. II. 


?2. 


„ 265; 


„ 850 


227. 


,, 


19. II. 


?0- 


„ 263,5; 


„ 725 



Myristicivora spilorrhoa spilorrhoa (Gray). 
Gesammelt von : Beccari, Bruijn. 

Gymnophaps albertisi albertisi Salvad. 
Gesammelt von : Guillemard, Doherty, Stem. 



489. 


450 m. 


10. III. 


cJ^. 


Fl. 193 ; 


Gew. — 


Fliigelmauser 


480. 


450 „ 


9. III. 


<?!• 


„ 201 ; 


„ 215 




488. 


450 „ 


10. III. 


?o. 


„ 195; 


„ — 





489 und 480 (^) haben (im Balg) die nackte Augenumgebung rot, den Ziigel 
gelb. 488 (?) hat beide Regionen gelb. [17 ^^ und $? aus Batjan, Juni 1931, 
G. Heinrich leg., haben im Balg sowohl Augengegend als auch Ziigel rot ; sie 
sind auch etwas grosser und die $$ haben etwas dunklere Brust : G. a. exsul 
Hartert.] 

Mageninhalt : Fruchtkerne von Kirschkerngiosse (480). 



244 



NoVITATES ZoOLOGICAE XXX\^II. 1932. 



Reinwardtoena reinwardtsi griseotincta Hart. 

Gesammelt von : Doherty, Stein. 

487. 450 m. 10. III. S^- Fl- 229 ; Gew. 250 

261. Serui. 23. II. 3„. „ 232,5; ., 280 

289. „ 24. II. ?. „ 242; „ 275 

636. K. Baroe. 24. III. $„. „ 213 ; „ 180 ; juv. ; Gefiedermauser 

I. Ju. Kl. (6.36) : Unterseite erdbraun, Oberseite heller, Fliigel und Schwanz 
schwarzbraun, Schnabel am Balg dunkel. 

Macropygia amboinensis kerstingi Rchw. 
Gesammelt von : A. B. Meyer, Beccari, Bruijn, Stein. 
361. 450 m. 4. III. d'l- Fl. 159 ; Gew. 145 



407. 


450 „ 


5. III. 


cJi- 


„ 162,5; 


„ 148 


juv. 


578. 


850 „ 


14. III. 


$2- 


„ 154; 


„ — 




184. 


Scrui. 


7. II. 


$0. 


., 155; 


., 134 


Fliigelmauser 



Siehe unter Waigeu. 

Macropygia nigrirostris Salvad. 
Gesammelt von : Stein. 



410. Serui. 19. I 

218. „ 20. I. 

286. „ 24. I 

194. „ 18. I 

256. „ 23. i: 

321. „ 26. I 

354. 450 m. 3. II 

318. Serui. 26. I 

211. „ 19. I 

Mageninhalt 



(Jo. Fl. 142,5 ; Gew. 

02- 



$3- 

o 
+ 1* 

?0- 



143; 


„ 95 


140,5 ; 


„ 79; 


138,5; 


„ 85; 


142; 


„ 100,3 


142; 


,. 92 


140; 


„ 91 


139; 


„ 95 


141; 


,. 87 



79 ; am Nacken noch einige Ju. Kl. federn. 

am Kopf uml Nacken noch einige Jugend- 
kleidledern. 



Samen von Pfefferkorngrosse, keine im Darmkanal (218), 
Fruchtkern, ca. 3 cm. Durchmesser (286), winzige Samen (194), Steinchen (354). 

Gallicolumba ruflgula rufigula (Jacq. & Puch.). 
Gesammelt von : v. Rosenberg, Bruijn. 

Gallicolumba jobiensis (A. B. Meyer). 
Gesammelt von : A. B. Meyer, Bruijn. 

Chalcophaps stephani stephani Reichenbach. 
Gesammelt von : Bruijn, Stein. 
296. 25. II. Serui. $o- Fl- 133 ; Gew. 109 ; Teilweises I. Ju. Kl. ; Fliigelmauser 

Henicophaps albifrons Gray. 

Gesammelt von : Bruijn, Stein. 

344. Serui. 26. II. Vj. Fl. 183 ; Gew. 250 ; Flugelmauaer 
Stirn nicht reinweiss, sondern braunlich. 

Caloenas nicobarica nicobarica (L.). 
Gesammelt von : v. Rosenberg, Beccari, Bruijn, Guillemard, Doherty. 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1032. 245 

Goura victoria victoria (Fraser). 
Gesammelt von : v. Rosenberg, Beccari, Guillemard, Doherty. 

Tadorna radjah radjah (Garnot). 
Gesammelt von : Guillemard. 

Esacus magnirostris (Vieill.). 
Gesammelt von : A. B. Meyer. 

Charadrius dominicus fulvus Gm. 

Gesammelt von : Stein. 

239. Semi. 22. II. Jj. Fl. 162 ; Gew. 108 

Charadrius dubius curonicus Gm. 

Gesammelt von : Stein. 

651. Serui. 22. III. ?. Fl. 1 19 ; Gew. 40,2 

Dieses Stiick gehort sicher zur palaearktischen Rasse curonicus und nicht 
zu der aiif Neuguinea briitenden Rasse {" jerdoni "). Ein sicherer Nachweis von 
C. d. curonicus schien bisher fiir das papuanische Gebiet zu fehlen. 

Actitis hypoleucos (L.). 
Gesammelt von : Beccari. 

Numenius phaeopus variegatus (Scop.). 
Gesammelt von : Beccari, Bruijn. 

Sterna bergii cristata Stephens. 
Gesammelt von : Bruijn. 

Megapodius affinis affinis A. B. Meyer. 

Megapodius affinis vav.johiensis Oustalet, Ann. Sci. Nal. 11, p. 95 (1881 — Jobi). 

Gesammelt von : Beccari, Bruijn, Doherty. 

Obwohl Herr Stein die beiden von friiheren ReLsenden auf Japen gesammelten 
Megapodius Arten nicht erbeutet hat, seien sie doch zu einigen systematischen 
Erorterungen herangezogen. Nach dem Zeugnis von Salvadori sind zwei 
Megapodius Arten auf Japen angetroffen worden, naralich M. geelvinlcianus durch 
Meyer und Beccari und M. affinis durch Beccari, wahrend das Tring Museum aus 
Japen 10 alte Exemplare von M. affinis besitzt, gesammelt von Doherty und 
Bruijn, aber von dieser Insel kemen 31. geelvinkianus erhielt. Wie sehen keinen 
Grund, daran zu zweifeln, dass die Bestimmung Salvadoris richtig gewesen sei 
und miissen uns mit der Tatsache abfinden, dass Japen wirklich zwei Megapodius 
Arten beherbergt, eine im wesentlichen schwarz gefiirbte und eine auf Kopf, 
Riicken und Fliigel braune und auf der Unterseite braunlich graue. Es geht 



246 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 

also wohl nicht an, alle Megapodiiis Arten in einen Rassenkreis hineinzuzwingen, 
wie es neuerdings von Siebers (Treubia vii, Suppl. 1930, pp. 166-170) und von 
E. Mayr {Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berlin, xvii, 1931, p. 709) geschehen ist, und wir ziehen 
es vor, anzmiehmen, dass, wie bei TnlegaUu.s, so auch bei Megapodius mehrere 
Arten auf Neuguinea leben, die sich zwar ini grossen und ganzen geographisch 
vertreten, aber doch im Grenzbezirk nebeneinander vorkommen. Wir 
luiterscheiden daher : 



1. Megapodius freycinet. 

Verbreitung : Nordmolukken, westl. papuanische Inseln und kleine der 
Berau-Halbinsel nordoestlich vorgelagerte Inseln (wie Dorei-Hum), sowie die 
Inseln der Geelvinkbai. 

Diese Gruppe gliedert sich in zwei Rassen : 

(o) M . freycinet freycinet Quoy & Gaimard, Verbreitung : Das ganze Wohn- 
gebiet der Art ausser dem von M . f. geehinkianns besiedelten Gebiet. 

(6) M. freycinet geetvinkianvs Meyer, Verbreitung : Inseln der Geelvinkbai : 
Numfor, Pulu Maneiii, Biak, Miosnom, Japen. 

Die Verbreitung dieser Art erinnert einigermaassen an diejenige von Ducida 
myristicivora. 

2. Megapodius affinis. 

Verbreitung : Nordkiiste von Neuguinea zwischen Siidrand der Geelvinkbai 
(Rubi) und Mambare-Fluss, sowie Japen. Vom Siidrand der Geelvinkbai nach 
Siiden verbreitet bis zum Siidfuss des westlichen Schneegebirges (Utakwa- 
Fluss). Hier konimt M. affinis neben M. reinwardt ( = duperreyii) vor ; vgl. 
Og.-Grant, Ibis, 1915, Suppl. p. 319. 

Diese Gruppe gliedert sich in drei schwach unterschiedene Rassen : 

(a) M . affinis affinis Meyer. 

(6) M. affinis decollatus Oustalet. 

(c) M. affinis huonensis Stres. 

Vgl. Stresemann, Arch. f. Naturgesch. 1923, A. 8, pp. 90-91, und Hartert, 
NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE, xxxvi, 1930, p. 127. 

3. Megapodius reinwardt. 

Verbreitung : Kleine Sundainseln von Lombok ostwarts, Inseln der Flores- 
See und der Banda-See, Kei-Inseln, im papuanischen Gebiet auf Salawati, 
Batanta, an der Kiiste der Berau-Halbinsel, auf den Ai'u-InseLn und an der 
ganzen Siidkiiste Neuguineas bis zum S.O.-Kap und von da an der Nordkiiste 
westwarts mindestens bis zum Knmusi-Fluss. Diese Art lebt am Siidhang des 
siidwestlichen Schneegebirges stellenweise neben M. affinis, auf Salawati, Batanta, 
Sorong, dem Inselchen Dorei-Hum neben M. freycinet. 

Megapodius freycinet geelvinkianus A. B. Meyer. 

Gesammelt von : A. B. Meyer, Beccari. 
Siehe unter Megapodius affinis. 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 247 

Talegallus jobiensis jobiensis A. B. Meyer. 

TaUrjallus johiensis A. B. Meyer, Sitstmgshcr. Akad. Wien, 69, p. 74 (1874 — .Jobi). 

Gesammelt von : A. B. Meyer, Beccari, Briiijn, Doherty, Stein. 

657. 23. III. ?. FI. 276 ; Schw. 155 ; Gew. 1360 
3007. 7. VII. (J. ,, 2862 ; ,, 170 ; „ — ; Iris schwarzbraun, Fiisse mennigrot, 

Schnabel rotbraim, nackte Haut an 
Kopf und Hals mennigrot. 

Die Rasse T.j. jobiensis scheint ausser auf Japen auch auf dem gegeniiberlie- 
genden Festland von der Mamberanomiindung mindestens bis zur Humboldt- 
Bai verbreitet zu .sein. Ostlich da von lebt mindestens vom Sepik an bis zur 
S.O.-Spitze Neugiiineas und von da ab an der Siidkiiste bis zum Aroa-Fluss 
T. jobiensis lomjicauda, welche sich durch im Mittel etwas langeren Schwanz 
auszeiciinet (3 Stiicke im Zool. Mus. Berl. von Astrolabebai, Stefansort inid 
Sepik haben Fliigel-Schwanz : 287/181-297/197-295/178). Daneben kommen 
auf Neuguinea zwei andere sehr ahnliche Talegallus Arten vor, die diese im Raum 
nahezu, aber nicht vollig vertreten. Ihre Areale scheinen sich in den Grenzge- 
bieten etwas zu iiberschneiden. Es sind : 

1. Talegallus cuvieri Lesson, Verbreitimg : Berau-Halbinsel, Salawati, 
Misol, ostwarts an der Siidkiiste von Neuguinea etwa bis zum Mimikafluss, wo 
gleichzeitig T . fuseirostris vorkonimt (vgl. Og. -Grant, Ibis, 1915, Suppl. p. 322), 
an der Nordkiiste wahrscheinlich nur bis zur Westkiiste der Geelvinkbai. 

2. Talegallus fuseirostris Salvador!, Verbreitung : Aru-Inseln, Siidkiiste von 
Neuguinea zwischen Port Moresby und Etna-Bai Tind langs der Siidkiiste der 
Geelvinkbai (Rubi, Wanggar). An der Siidkiiste Neuguineas neben T. longicauda 
und am Siidhang des westl. Schneegebirges neben T. cuvieri. 

Es ergibt sich also aus dem Vorhergesagten, dass alle 3 Arten die Geelvinkbai 
erreichen und zwar T. cuvieri von Westen her, T. fuseirostris von Siiden her mid 
T. jobiensis von Osten her. 

Aepypodius arfakianus Salvador!. 

Gesammelt von : Doherty, der ein Exemplar in Kariri auf Japen kaufte 
(Nov. Zool. viii, 1901, p. 140). 

Casuarius unappendiculatus occipitalis Salvador!. 

Casuarius occipitalis Salvadori, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, vii, p. 718 (1875 — Jobi). 
Casuarius laglaizei Oustalet, Bull. Soc. Philom. (8), v, No. 9, pp. 1-3 (1893 — Jobi). 

Gesammelt von : Beccari, Laglaize. 



248 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 



TUNGA BONDARI, EINE NEUE ART DER SANDFLOHE. 

Von dr. J. WAGNER (Belgrad). 

(Mit 4 Figiiren in Text.) 

■\ 7"0N den 5 bis jetzt beschriebenen Sandflohen werden zwei chinesische 
' Arten : caecigena J. et R. (1921) von NLng-po und lagrangei Roub. (1925) 
von Schanghai. sich wahrscheinlich als eiiie und dieselbe Art erweisen, da die 
beiden Arten auf den Ohren der Ratte in den fast naheliegenden Gegenden 
gefunden wurden. Die Heimat drei anderer Arten {penetrans L., caecata End. 
und travassosi P. et Dr.) ist Siid-Amerika. Mit Ausnahme der T. penetra7i.s sind 
von alien iibrigen Arten niu' schwangere Weibchen, mit aufgequoUenem Abdomen, 
bekannt. Ebenso wird auch die weiter unten beschriebene neue Art auf Grund 
von Weibchen festgestellt, die Dr. G. Bondar (X. 1931) auf der Bauchseite einer 
jungen Tamandua tetradactyla gefunden hat. Dieser Ameisenbar wurde auf dem 
Markt in Bahia gekauft, und die Vermutimg liegt nahe, dass da.s Tier in BrasUien 
unweit von Bahia gefangen war. 

$. Wie bei T. caecata sind der Thorax luid der Kopf volkommen im aufge- 
triebenen Hinterleib verborgen. Bei der nahestehenden Art, T. travassosi, h\e\ht 
der Vorderkorper von der Seite gut bemerkbar. Im Gegensatz zu der T. caecata 
und der T. tramssosi sind die Augen bei T. bondari vol! entwickelt und pigmen- 
tiert, docli sind sie bedeutend kleiner, als die der T. penetrans : die Lange des 
pigmentierten Feldes, welches auf den aufgehellten Praparaten sichtbar ist, ist 
zweimal geringer, als der kiirzeste Abstand vom Auge bis zum Frontalrande des 
Kopfes ; dagegen sind diese Lange und dieser Abstand bei T. penetrans beinahe 
gleich gross. Die Form des Kopfes von bondari ist derjenigen von penetrans 
luid travassosi sehr ahnlich, unterscheidet sich aber scharf von der der caecata. 
Bei der letztgenannten Art ist der Abstand zwischen dem Hinterende des Genal- 
lappens und der Basis des postoralen Lappens des Oralrandes zum mindesten 
dreimal, bei der bondari aber weniger als zweimal kiirzer, als der Abstand zwischen 
dem letzten Lappen und dem Gipfel der Frontaltuberkel. Der GenaUappen 
ragt bei bondari bedeutend nach hinten hinaus, einen Teil der Fiihlergrube 
bedeckend ; bei penetrans (und bei caecigetia) ist dieser Vorsprung sehr schwach ; 
wie stark er bei travassosi entwickelt ist, liisst sich aus Pinto's und Drevfiis's 
Beschreibung und Abbildung nicht ersehen. Die praeorale innere Chitinver- 
dickung ist scharf ausgepragt. Der Riissel bei bondari ist unvergleichlich viel 
langer als bei penetrans, caecata und caecigenu ; er ist dreimal so lang als die 
Vorderhiifte und fast zweimal so lang als der Maxillartaster. Das 1. und das 4. 
Glied des Maxillartasters sind beinahe gleichlang, die Liinge des 2. ist etwas 
kleiner inid die des 3. fast halb so gross. Diese Verhaltnisse bringen die T. 
bondari der T. caecata nahe ; bei travassosi, nach Pinto's Abbildung zu urteUen, 
ist das 3. Glied nur wenig kiirzer als das 4. ; bei caecigerui ist das 4. Glied fast 
doppelt so lang als das 2. ; bei penetrans ist das 4. Glied kiirzer als das 2. und 
nicht langer als das 3. ; ausserdem, zum Unterschied von penetrans, bilden die 
wenigen Borsten auf der ausseren Oberflache des 2. Tastergliedes bei bondari 
keine regehnassige Langsreihe. Das letzte Tasterglied ist bei bondari am Ende 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 



249 



assymetrisch abgestumpft und tragt an seinem Ende ca. 7 Sinnestifte. Wie bei 
caecata verschwinden die Beine beim Einziehen des Thorax in den wachsenden 
Hinterleib, von den 
hinteren angef angen . 
Bei keinem von 15 
von niir untersuchten 
Exemplaren waren die 
Hinterbeine vol! er- 
halten und nur bei 
einigen waren die Vor- 
derbeineundmanchmal 
audi die Mittelbeine 
unvereelirt geblieben. 
Dabei habe ich be- 
merkt, das.s je grosser 
das Exemplar ist, d.h. 
je niehr der Hinterleib 
aufgetrieben ist, desto 
bedeutender ist das 
Verschwinden der 
Beine. Dieses Ver- 
schwinden ist von einer 
unregelmassigen Chiti- 
nisierung (?) von 
schwarzer Farbung an 
der Stellen begleitet, wo 
die Trennung des ent- 
sprechenden Gliedes 
Oder auch eines Teils 
desselben unmittelbar 
ansetzt ; es bildet sich 
demnach ein eigenar- 
tiger Stopsel an der 
Trennstelle der Bein- 
teile. Die Vorder- \uv\ 
Hinterhiiften an der 
Vorderseite laufen in 
einen apikalen Zahn 
aus. An der Aussen- 
seite der Hinterfemora 

ist eine laterale Borstenreihe vorhanden. Die Beborstung des 5. Fussgliedes 
und der Schienen der Vorder- und Mittelbeine ist bei bondari derjenigen der 
penetrans (und, wie es scheint, auch der travassosi) fast gleich. Am 5. died 
der Vorder- und Mittelf iissen sitzen 2 Paare schwacher, doch langer, Seitenborsten. 




Tunga bondari up. n., o. — Fig. 6. — Kopf und Prostemum ; Fig. 7. — 
Maxillartaster ; Fig. 8. — Letztes Glied des Vorderf usses ; 
Fig. 9. — Vorderschiene. 



250 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1U32. 



ON SOME NEW EVPTEROTIDAE. 
By lord ROTHSCHILD, Ph.D., F.R.S. 

1. Cotana eichhomi sp. nov. 

$. This is totally unlike any other $ Cotana. 

Legs orange yellow, tarsi black ; antennae black ; head and thorax orange 
yellow ; abdomen rufous orange, abdominal tuft rusty grey. Forewing orange 
yellow, a blind oceUate patch in basal half of forewing with broad black distal 
and smaller basal black patches and hairlike black ring ; a transverse median 
black band, followed by a transverse very indistinct sooty shadow line ; a sub- 
marginal nervular row of black shuttle-shaped streaks joined by blackish shadow 
bands. Hindwing orange yellow, basal half slightly diaphanous, a strongly 
angulated sooty black median band followed by a less sharply bent sooty post- 
median shadow band, a row of black submarginal shuttle-shaped nervular 
streaks joined by transverse sooty band. 

Length of forewing 28 mm. Expanse 62 mm. 

1 ? Edie Creek, west side of Herzog Mts., N.E. New Guinea, 6,400 feet, 1928 
(A. F. Eichhorn). 

2. Cotana splendida sp. nov. 

(J. Pectus, legs, femora and tibiae dark golden buff, tarsi black ; antennae, 
shafts black, pectinations greyish buff ; head pale buff, vertex orange buff ; 
patagia, basal haU light ferruginous, outer half white ; tegulae and thorax 
white ; abdomen, basal f of the segments buffy white, other \ ferruginous. 

Forewing above, basal | cream white, with irregular maroon stigmatic ring 
in the centre, a broad maroon band, beyond the basal white area, occupying ^ 
of the outer area of the forewing and within which is a cloudlike yellow powdery 
band, the yellow coloured nervures divide this maroon band into 9 oblong 
patches, beyond the maroon band is a narrower lavender grey lunulated grey 
band divided into patches by 9 blackish maroon shuttle-shaped streaks, the 
rest of the wing is maroon grey divided by yellow nervures, fringe golden yellow. 
Hindwing bright golden yellow, basal and abdominal areas with thick huffish 
orange hairs ; a postmedian transverse lunatedb and pale rusty maroon, beyond 
which is a row of blackish streaks. 

Below both pairs of wings orange yellow with postmedian band of dark 
streaks on the nervures. 

$. Palpi black ; tibiae and tarsi black ; femora, pectus, head, and thorax 
bright orange rufous ; antennae black ; abdomen bright orange rufous, anal 
segment and tuft grey. Wings above, | of costo-subcostal area and nervures 
orange rufous, } of disc of wings sooty brown black, outer | buffy orange, nervures 
in this outer \ broadly black. Below basal f of both wings huffish rufous, some 
sooty patches in forewing, less distinct than in the middle area of both wings ; 
the sooty discal areas both above and below in some lights have a magenta sheen. 

Length of forewing ^ 24 mm., $ 35-38 mm. Expanse S 56 mm., $ 79-85 
mm. 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVllI. 1932. 251 

10 d'cj, 2 9? Mt. Kunupi, Menoo Valley, Weyland Mts., 6,000 feet, Dutch 
New Guinea, Dec. 1920-Jan. 1921 (Messrs. Pratt). 

3. Cotana lunulata montium subsp. nov. 

{J. Differs from C. I. alboserrata B. Baker in the transverse line and streaks 
in the outer J of wing being much more obsolete and in the hindwing being much 
deeper orange yellow. 

9. Differs more strikingly than the ^ in the white spot in the basal J of 
forewing being larger and rounder, the indentations in the submarginal white 
band of hindwing being much deejaer and the line narrower and the anal tuft 
pale grey, not dark bluish grey. 

A jj has ground colour of forewing almost the same as that of the hindwing, 
so I propose to call it ab. unicolob. 

^ 6 6 [^ ab. unicolor), 1 $ Hydrographer Mts., British New Guinea, 2,500 feet, 
Feb. 1918 (Eichhorn Bros.), type cJ. 

4. Cotana rosseliana continentalis subsp. nov. 

(J. Differs from C. r. rosseliana in the ground colour in basal half of forewing 
being orange yellow as in hindwing, not dirty brown, and all the transverse 
markings of both pairs of wings being much more obsolete. 

1 <^ Hydrographer Mts., British New Guinea, 2,500 feet, Feb. 1918 (Eichhorn 
Bros.). 

5. Acroiana splendida Rothsch. 

Acrojana splendida Rothschild, Nov. Zool. vol. xxiv, p. 492, no. 71 (1917) (Wassaw district, $). 

When I described A. sjdendida I only had the Type $, but I have since 
received a ^J which at first sight from above bears no resemblance to the $, but 
the inner area of forewing below reveals at once the relationship. 

(^. Legs, pectus and frons dark chocolate brown ; anteiuiae dark sooty 
slaty grey ; vertex, thorax and abdomen sooty slate grey. Forewing above 
sooty slaty browii grey, a black spot near base of costa, a postmedian slanting 
darker transverse line from costa to inner margin, a narrow golden greenish 
transverse very oblique line edged with brown from before apex to postmedial 
line above vein 1 . Hindwing above, costal f bright rose pink, rest of wing 
sooty slaty grey, an antemedian darker line from abdominal margin to pink 
area, a median dark line from costal margin and touching edge of pink area 
to abdominal margin. 

Forewing below grey brown, inner area sulphur yellow, median and post- 
median darker lines from costa to edge of yellow area. Hindwing below grey 
brown, median and postmedian curved transverse darker bands. Fringe of 
both pairs of wings dark chocolate. 

Length of forewing 50 mm. Expanse 110 mm. 

1 cj Sierra Leone (J. W. Gaisford). 

6. Acrojana salmonea sp. nov. 

(^. Legs brown, tibiae strongly edged and clothed with scarlet hair, palpi 
orange, frons brown, antennae black brown washed with blue grey, vertex 
cinnamon, thorax and abdomen brown. Forewing wood-brown, a postbasal 
transverse row of 3 black spots ringed with grey, an antemedian serpentine 



252 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 

shadow line, a double line from the costa subapically to inner margin, outer portion 
slightly darker than wing, inner portion dark brown. 

Hindwing above, costal f salmon red, rest of wing two dark lines (outer 
shadowy) from abdominal margin | across disc, a black spot on abdominal 
margin J from base. Wings below cinnamon rufous brown crossed by two 
dusky indistinct transverse lines, inner area of forewing sabnon colour. 

?. Legs and frons rufous, antennae fuscous, basal J of shaft whitish grey, 
vertex, thorax and abdomen above cinnamon -brown. 

Forewing above cinnamon-brown, basal J and oblique median patch darker, 
a subbasal black spot on costa and 3 yellow ones in basal J of wing, 2 curved 
postmedian transverse lines, the inner one deep brown, the outer one double, 
greenish yellow, black within. 

Hindwing above, costal § orange salmon, rest of wing cinnamon-brown, 
3 transverse bands from abdominal margin across disc of wing, middle one most 
distinct on basal half, outer one with basal f strongly marked with olive yellow. 

Below both pairs of wings rufous orange crossed by a pair of brown lines, 
inner area of forewing paler. 

Length of forewing ^ 48 mm., $ 60 mm. Expanse ^J 106 mm., $ 130 mm. 

^ Kumasi, Ashanti, Feb. 1915 (Alec) (ex coll. Fawcett) ; $ Bukuru, N. 
Nigeria. 

7. Acrojana simillima sp. nov. 

(J. Very similar to A. sphiulida Roths, above, only red area on hindwing 
is salmon-red, not rose pink, but below very distinct. 

Underside of abdomen scarlet mixed with wood-brown ; legs scarlet edged 
with wood-brown, tarsi black. Wings dark wood-brown crossed by 2 black 
brown lines, inner area of forewing orange-salmon, ceU of forewing washed with 
orange-salmon. 

Length of forewing 61 mm. Expanse 132 mm. 

1 (J Sierra Leone (J. W. Gaisford). 

8. Paracydas biagi occidentalis subsp. nov. 

cj. Differs from P. b. biagi on forewing above by the presence of a large 
white subbasal spot, by a distinct median dark shadowy transverse hne, by 
having a larger and more distinct white subapical spot and a distinct row of 
blue-grey wedge-shaped spots inside the postmedian line, instead of a broken 
indistinct blue-grey line. On the hindwing above it differs from P. b. biagi in 
the basal f being much paler and more yellowish, in having a dark shadowy 
transverse antemedian line and in having more grey outside along post- 
median line. 

Below the grey anteajjical spot is larger on the forewing, and it differs on 
the hindwing in the grey band along postmedian line. 

4 (JcJ Mt. Kunupi, Menoo Valley, Weyland Mts., 6,000 feet, Dutch New 
Guinea, 1921 (Messrs. Pratt). 



NOVITATES ZooLOaiCAE XXXVIII. 1932. 253 



SIPHONAPTERA COLLECTED BY MR. HARRY S. SWARTH AT 
ATLIN IN BRITISH COLUMBIA. 

By KARL JORDAN, Ph.D., F.R.S. 

(With 2 text-figures.) 

rpHE Atlin Region where Mr. H. S. Swarth, in 1931, collected the fleas here 
'- recorded is in the extreme North-western corner of British Columbia, 
south of Yukon Territory and a few miles east of Alaska. Mr. Swarth informs 
me that the fauna and flora are those of the semi-arid interior (rainfall about 
12 inches a year), the district having almost nothing in common with the humid 
coast belt 100 miles to the westward (rauifall about 100 inches a year). The 
collection, though very small, contains nevertheless specimens of two interesting 
species, one of them being new. 

1. Hoplopsyllus glacialis lynx Baker 1904. 
On Lepus americanus macfarlanei, 4.x., 1 ^. 

2. Ceratophyllus caedens durus Jord. 1929. 

On Sciurus hudsonius hudsonius, 30. ix., and 13.x., 2 J (J, 1 $. 

3. Ceratophyllus eumolpi eumolpi Roths. 1905. 
On Microtun drummondi , 19.vii., 3 $$. 

4. Ceratophyllus penicilliger Grube 1852. 

On Peromyscus maniculatus bortalis, 10 . viii . , 2 $$. A pair of this common 

Palaearctic species is in the U.S. National Museum from Alaska ; it is very 
badly preserved ; the new record, therefore, is most welcome. 

5. Ceratophyllus querini Roths. 1905. 
On Microtus drumriwndi, 19.vii., 1 $. 

6. Ceratophyllus adustus sp. nov. (text-figs. 10, 11). 

A bird-flea parasitic on a mammal. Remarkable for the reduction in tlie 
number of bristles on the tibiae, the presence of only two antepygidial bristles, 
one long, the other short, and the short stylet. 

$. Proboscis one-sixth sliorter than forecoxa, proportional length of segments 
12, 7, 6, 8, 18. Bristles on head essentially as in C. vagabunda Bohem. 1865, 2 
small bristles in front of the row of 3 eye bristles, on occiput one long median 
bristle not accompanied by a small one, subapical row very widely interrupted, 
consisting on each side of 5 bristles, 3 being dorsal, the fourth long and placed 
near the antennal groove, the fifth small, below the long one, along antennal 
groove about 10 small hairs. Bristles of antennal segment II longer than 
the club. 



254 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 



On ])ronotum a comb of 27 spines and a row of 11 bristles (on the two sides 
together) ; on mesonotum the posterior row contains 10 bristles, and on meta- 
notum 12 ; mesopleura with 4 or 5 thin bristles ; nietepinierum with 7, of which 
one each is placed before and behind the stigma. 

Bristles on abdominal tergites (the two sides together): II 9, 13, III 9, 12, 
VI 4, 9, VII 5, 10 ; on sternites : IV 3, 6, V 3, 7, VI 4, 6. Two antepygidial 
bristles, the lower one quite small. 

In fore- and midtibiae the third dorsal pair of bristles short and thin, in 
hindtibia (text-fig. 10) the third and fourth dorsal bristles single, short and thin. 




-Vll.st. 



Fio. 10. — Ceralophyllus aduMus $, hindtibia. 
,, 11. ,, ,, $, end-segments. 

and the inner bristles of the second and the postmedian ])air sliorter tlian usual. 
In hindtarsus no bristle reaches to apex of segment following, the longest of I 
extending just beyond second lateral pair of II, and that of II to subapical pair 
of III ; small hairs on sole of V numerous, in hindtarsus about 7 between base 
and second pair of lateral bristles. 

Modified Segments. — 9- Apical margin of sternite VII (text-fig. 11) rounded- 
truncate, slightly incurved above middle, 18 bristles on the two sides together. 
On each side of tergite VIII 2 or 3 bristles above stigma, 4 below it and 11 or 12 
on the ventral and apical areas. Stylet a little over twice as long as broad. 
Bursa copulatrix not very distinct in the specimen ; duct of spermatheca sur- 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 255 

rounded with glandular tissue from bursa to about one-third, at a short distance 
from spermatheca dark and finally slightly widened and pale ; blind duct, if 
present in the species, not visible in the specimen ; spermatheca of the same 
type as in C. vagabumla, its head nearly three times as long as broad. 

On Erethizon epixanthum, 3.ix., 1 $. 

The Porcupine probably is the true host of this modified bird flea, the 
peculiarities of the new species presumably being due to a change of host from 
Bird to Mammal. We have several instances of species of the mammal flea type 
being parasitic on birds ; in these eases the change of host from Mammal to 
Bird has likewise affected the development of the bristles. 



256 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 



THE SIPHONAPTERA COLLECTED BY MR. J. L. C. MUSTERS IN 
NORWAY ON THE LEMMING. 

By KARL JORDAN, Ph.D., F.R.S. 

(With 2 text-figures.) 

T^HE collection of fleas wliich forms the subject of this paper is a much- 
appreciated present from Mr. J. L. C. Musters, the mammalogist, who 
obtained the specimens himself at Surendalen, Nordmoor. The material repre- 
sents no less than 6 species, and is m so far of particular interest as all the speci- 
mens were taken off one host, Lemniis lemnus, which seems to be a very hospitable 
animal. Only 2 out of the 6 species found can be considered to be normal 
parasites of the Lemming, 3 being fleas of mice and one of shrews. These 
mammals, no doubt, frequent the burrows of the Lemming and incidentally 
leave some fleas behind. 



1. Ceratophyllus penicilliger Grube 1852. 

2 cJ(J, 4 9$- — A circumjjolar species ; very frequent in Europe, but evidently 
not extending to the Mediterranean area. 

2. Ceratophyllus rectangulatus Wahlgren 1903 (text-fig. 12). 

2 cJcJ, 15 $$. — The $ of this species has not yet been described, as far as I 

know, and I therefore give 
here a figure of the seventh 
abdominal sternite illustrating 
the variabihty of this segment 
in the series before me (text- 
-Joff 




fig. 12 



d). 



Fio 



Ceratophyllus reclatigulalu3 $. 



much narrower than in JofF's figure. Joff's 
probably represents a Transbaicalian subspecies. 



published in 1927 a figure of 
the ^-genitalia of a specimen 
from TransbaicaUa under the 
name of C. baikalensis . This 
name has been sunk as a 
synonym by Wagner in 
Katalog pal. Aphan. 1930, p. 9. 
In Joff's figure, however, the 
proportions of exopodite F are 
14 : 31, whereas in our speci- 
mens from Norway the pro- 
portions (length and apical 
width) are 11:31, F being 
unique specimen, therefore. 



3. Ceratophyllus fasciatus Bosc isoo. 
1 5. — Occurrence on Lemming accidental. 



NOVITATES ZoOLOaiCAE XXXVIII. 1932. 



257 



4. Leptopsylla silvatica Meinert 1896 (text-fig. 13). 

3 (J (J, 5 9?- — This sei'ies is e.specially welcome, as it enables me to supplement 
Meinert's description which was based on the $ only. N. C. Rothschild, to whom 
a specimen of L. silvatica had been lent for examination, came to the conclusion 
that L. spectabilis Roths. 
1898 was the same as 
L. silvatica. The present 
Norwegian series belongs 
to a species which we 
have in the collection 
from Bulgaria, the High 
Tatra, Eastern Germany 
and Lapland. This wide 
distribution renders it 
fairly certain that 
Meinert's 2 $$ from 
Jutland belong to the 
same species, the name 
of which therefore is L. 
silvatica. This L. silvatica 
is well distuiguished 
from L. spectabilis by the 
o-genitaha, but I can- 
not find any difference 
between British and 
Continental $$. 

cJ. Apical lobe of 

VIII. st. (text-fig. 13) broader and longer than in L. spectabilis, apically much more 
rounded, particularly dorsally, in front of this lobe 1 ventral bristle instead of 3 and 
this stout bristle placed halfway between the base and apex of the segment, on 
the lobe 2 long lateral bristles and above them at rounded upper angle 2 small 
ones. Process P of clasper as in L. spectabilis, but somewhat narrower ; exopodite 
F gradually widened towards aj)ex, not incurved on posterior side (which is often 
more convex than in our figure) and apically much narrower than in L. spectabilis, 
being much less than half as wide as long, at upper posterior angle a row of 3 
long bristles as in L. spectabilis, but the bristles longer, the upper one the longest 
and strongest, below them down to middle of posterior margin or to below middle 
5 to 8 thin bristles on out- and inside together, above the three long bristles one 
short marginal one. The postmedian ventral bristles of IX. st. much smaller 
than in L. spectabilis. 

The fact that British $9 are indistinguishable from non-British ones suggests 
that L. S2)ectabilis and L. silvatica are geographical representatives of one species ; 
a third subspecies probably would be L. fallax Roths. 1909 from the Alps. 

5. Leptopsylla bidentatus Kolenati 1860. 

1 $. — We have only a few specimens, from the Pyrenees, Basses Alpes, Doubs 
and Zermatt. Kolenati described the species from the Altvater Mts. in Moravia. 

6. Hystrichopsylla talpae Curtis 1826. 

2 $9. — The true host of this species in Norway, no doubt, is Sorex araneus. 
17 




Fig. 13. — Leptopsylla silvatica ^J. 



258 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 



SIPHONAPTERA COLLECTED BY MR. C. ELTON IN LAPLAND. 
By KARL JORDAN, Ph.D., F.R.S. 

(With 1 text-figure.) 

TN a short paper entitled " Die aus der arktischen Zone bekannten Flohe " 
(Fauna Arctica, vi. 2, p. 117, 1932) I enumerated 10 species as known from 
the Arctic Zone. The collection made by C. Elton ' in 1930 in Norwegian 
Lapland adds no less than 5 species to that list : AmphipsyUa thoracicus, Leptv- 
psylla silvatica, Corrodopsylla biriilai, RhadinopsyUa casta and Cttnophthalmus 
uncinata. Mr. C. Elton is to be congratidated on this most satisfactory result. 
The material obtained of Amphipsylla thoracicus and Corrodopsylla birulai is 
especially interesting, the (J(^ of the former enabling us to settle the status of the 
species, and the latter being new for the British Museum collection. 

1. CeratophyUus garei Roths. 1902. 

Goeidnovuoppe, 25.vii., on Evotcnnys rutilus, 2 tJ^J. A cLrcumpolar 

species extending southward to Central Europe. 

2. CeratophyUus rectangulatus Wahlgren 1903. 

Goeidnovuoppe, 24.-27.vii., on Microtus ralliceps, 7 $$ ; 25.vii., on 

Evotomys rutilus, 3 $$ ; 27.vii., on Microtus agrestis, 1 $. Imofoss, 11. and 

12.viii., on Evotomys rufocanus, i ^^,\ ^ ; 12.viii., on Evotornys rutilus, 1 ^, 

1 9; 12.viii., on Microtus ratticeps, 1 $. Kautokerno, 5.viii., on Microtus 

ratticeps, 2 cJ^J. Near Mieron, 3.viii., on Le^nnus lemnus, 3 $$. Mieron- 

varre, 4.viii., on Lemnus lemnus, 1 (J, 1 $. Beskenjargga, 19.vii.,on Evotomys 

rufocanus, 2 $$. Punta, 17.viii., on Microtus agrestis, 1 $; 20.viii., on 

Evotomys rufocanus, 1 $. 

3. CeratophyUus peniciUiger Grube 1852. 

Punta, 20 . viii . , on Evotomys rutilus, 3 (J ^J ; 15. viii . , on Evotomys rufocanus, 

2 $9 ; 15. viii . , on Microtus agrestis, 1 (J ; 1 9 . viii . , on Neomys fodiens, 1 $. 

Mieronvarre, 4 . viii . , on Lemnus lemnus, 2 $$. Kautokerno, 5 . viii . , on Micro- 
tus ratticeps, 2 $$. Imofoss, 12. viii., on Evotomys rutilus, 1 $ ; 13. viii., on 

Lemnus lemnus, 1 (^. Goeidnovuoppe, 26.vii., on Evotomys rutilus, 1 $. 

Near Skoganvarre, IS.vii., on Lemnus lemnus, 1 $. 



4. AmphipsyUa thoracicus thoracicus Roths. 1911 (text-fig. 14). 

Punta, 15. and 20. viii., on Evotomys rufocanus, 2 q^, 2 $$ ; 18. viii., on 

Microtus agrestis, 1 9- Goeidnovuoppe, 30.vii., on Evotomys rutilus, 1 9- 

Imofoss, 12. viii., on Evotomys rufocanus, 1 ^J. 

OriginaUy described from 2 99 obtained in Finland. The 9? of several 
species of Amphipsylla not being distinguishable (according to our present 

^ Oxford University Exploring Club. 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 



259 



limited knowledge), it has remained doubtful in the ab.sence of the cj as to whether 
A. thoracicus was really different from one or the other of the allied forms. Mr. 
Elton's discovery of the (J enables us to answer the question. The jJiesent 
series com}3ared with the specimens of A. sejnfera J. & R. 1920 convinces me 
that A. thoracicus and 
A. sepifera are geo- 
graphical developments 
of one species and 
should be treated as 
subspecies : A . th. 
thoracicus known from 
Finland and Lapland 
{A. rossica Wagner 1919 
($) from Russia prob- 
ably being the same) 
and A. th. sepifera 
J. & R. 1920 from the 
Swiss Alps and adjacent 
districts of France. The 
cJ-genitaUa of A. th. 
thoracicus differ from 
those of A. th. .sepifera 
{Ectoparasites, i. text- 
figs. 80, 81) in several 

details : Manubrium of clasper shorter, exopodite F likewise shorter, apically 
broader, much less gradually widening towards apex, its posterior margin 
distinctly incurved above middle, the proportion of width to length being 
14 : 30 in A. th. thoracicus and 14 : 35 in ^. <^. sepifera. Bristles (on the two 
sides together) of VI. st. 7, VII. st. 7 or 8, and on VIII. st. 8 to 10 long lateral (!) 
ones. In one specimen the left exopodite F has a smallish spiniform in between 
the two large ones, but more lateral. On VI. st. of $ 14 to 16 bristles, and on 
VII 20 to 23, on the two sides together. Total number of apical spines on 
abdominal tergites in cJ(J 14 to 16, in $? 15 to 19. 




Fig. 14. — Ainphipsylla th&racicua thoracicus ^. 



5. Leptopsylla silvatica Meinert 1896. 

Imofoss, 11. and 12.viii., on Evotomys rufocanus, 4 (^cJ ; 12.vui., on 

Microtns ratticeps, 1 $. Punta, 15. and lO.viii., on Microtus agrestis, 2 $$ ; 

19. and 20.viii., on Evotomys rufocanus, 2 (J (J, 1 $; 20.viii., on Evotomys 
rutilus, 1 $ ; 23.viii., on Sorex araneiis, 1 $. Cf. antea, p. 254. 



6. Corrodopsylla birulai Joff 1927. 

Goeidnovuoppe, 25.vii., on Neotomys fodiens, 3 (^<j* ; 27. and 29.viii., on 

Microtus ratticeps, 1 cJ, 2 $$, 25.vii., on Evotomys rutilus, 1 $. Kautokeino, 

5 . viii . , on Sorex araneus, 1 $. Joff described this species as Doratopsylla 

birulai from a single $ found on Rattus rattus norwegicus at Tchita, Transbaicalia. 
In 1929 Wagner {Konowia, p. 316) added the description of a ^ obtained at 
Brjansk iia European Russia and proposed for this species and the North American 
Doratopsylla curvata Roths. 1915 the subgenus Corrodopsylla, which I prefer to 



260 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 

treat as a genus. The specimens from Lapland do not seem to differ from the 
Russian (J and the Transbaicalian $. 

7. Rhadinopsylla casta Jord. 1928. 

Imofoss, 12.viii., on Microtus ratliceps, 1 ^J, 1 $. Punta, 15.viii., on 

Ei'otomys rufocanus, 2 ^J^J. The total number of apical spines on the abdominal 

tergites I to VI is 26, 27 and 35 in the 'i i^S, and 26 in the $. 

8. Ctenophthalmus uncinata Wagner 1898. 

Imofoss, 12.viii., on Microtus ratticeps, 1 (J, 2 $9 i IS.viii., on Evotomys 
rufocanus, 1 ^. 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1032. 



201 



SIPHONAPTERA COLLECTED BY HERR GEORG STEIN IN THE 

HIGH TATRA. 

By KARL JORDAN, Ph.D., F.R.S. 

(With 4 text -figures.) 

1. Amphipsylla thoracicus hetera subsp. nov. (text-fig. 15). 
J$. The $ does not present any differences from A. thoracicus Roths. 1911. In 
the c] the bristles of abdominal sternite VIII are slenderer and slightly more 
numerous and there are at the apex of this segment about twice as many minute 
pale spiniform bristles than in A. th. sepifera J. & R. 1920 ; manubrium of 
clasper gently curved upwards ; process P narrower than in A. th. sepifera ; 




Fig. 15. — Amphipsylla thoracicus hetera ^. 

exojjodite F apically more rounded on the posterior side and less evidently 
truncate ; between the two pointed spiniforms only two small hairs. Total 
number of apical spines on abdominal tergites in (^ 19, in 9? 16 ; bristles on 
abdominal sternites in <j' VI 10, VII 10, in ?$ VI 13 and 14, VII 19, on VIII. st. 
in i^ 13 long lateral ones (on the two sides together). 

Mlynicat valley, 2.x. 29, on Pitymys sp., 1 ^ (type), 2 $?. 



2. Palaeopsylla steini sp. nov. (text-figs. 17, 18). 
(J?. Very close to P. kohanti Dam])f 1910, differing in the tail-ends. 
(J. Clasper and exopodite jjractically the same as in P. kohauti, but the apical 
portion of ninth sternite (IX. st.) longer and much more gradually narrowed, not 



262 



No\^TATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932 



^t roy» 



A-Ut.ltur. 



subtruncate, the spiniforms more numerous. Armature of aedeagus (= penis 
plu.s accessory sclerites) remarkably different. We figure for comparison the 

aedeagus of P. kohauli (text-fig. 16, 
specimen from Misurina, Dolomites, the 
organ the same in specimens from other 
districts inclusive of Great Britain) ; the 
external paramere (Ext. Par.) surrounds 
the inner one (Int. Par.), its ventral 
apical angle (va) is produced downwards, 
and the distal margin subdorsally angu- 
late, this angle projecting sometimes a 
little more than in our figure, sometimes 
less ; the small tooth (or rather what 
appears as such in a lateral aspect) 
lying above the end-tube of the penis 
shorter in P. kohauti than in P. steini. 
The external (or lateral) jjaramere of 
P. steini (text-fig. 17) is apically strongly 
chitinized, truncate, with the dorsal angle produced into a strong hook and the 
ventral angle (va) rounded off, not produced downwards ; the inner (or dorsal) 
paramere is more distal than the outer one and much shorter than in P. kohauti. 
$. Sternite VII varies a great deal, as shown in text-fig. 18, a-c, the two 
sides of the same specimen not even being quite alike ; in all three examples we 





Fig. 17. — Palaeopsylla steini q. 



Fig. 18. — Palaeopsylla steini $. 



have of this sex of P. steini the upper portion of the apical margin projects much 
less than in P. kohauti, the small median lobe (ml) projecting farther anad than 
the upper lobe, whereas in P. kohauti the dorsal lobe extends much beyond the 
apex of the median lobe. 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 263 

Nove Stbske Pleso, ix.29, on Talpa europaea, 4 ^^J, 3 9?- 
In the (J (J from the Dolomites and Swiss Alps sternite IX is less truncate 
than in Dampf's figure and than in British specimens. We have no topotypical 
material of P. kohauti (East Prussia). I expect Himgarian specimens to belong 
to P. sieini, not to P. kohauti. 

3. Rhadinopsylla casta Jord. 1928. 

Stbske Pleso, 26. ix.29, on Microtus agrestis, 1 (J. Hitherto only known 

from Switzerland and the Dolomites. The specimen agrees well with the o^J 
from the Dolomites (we have no Swiss (^). Recorded from Lapland, antea, p. 257. 

4. Ceratophyllus penicilliger thube 1852. 
Stbske Pleso, 2.x. 29, on PHymys sp., a small series. 

5. Leptopsylla silvatica Meinert 1896. 

Stbske Pleso, 26 . ix . 29, on Microtus agrestis, a small series ; also on Evotomys 
sp., 30. ix.29, a small series. Cf. antea, pp. 254 and 256. 

6. Doratopsylla dasycnemus Roths. 1897. 
Stbske Pleso, 29. ix.29, on Sorex araneiis, a few specimens. 

7. Hystrichopsylla talpae Curtis 1826. 
Stbske Pleso, 26. ix.29, on Microtus agrestis, 1 (J. 



264 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932 



A NEW XENOPSYLLA FROM HAWAII. 

By KARL JORDAN, Ph.D., F.R.S. 

(With 4 text-figures.) 

COME time in 1931 I asked Mr. Harold R. Hagan, of the University of 
Hawaii, whether he could procure for me fleas from the native Hawaiian 
rat, as I expected this rat, if really indigenous, to have a species of flea of its own. 
Mr. Hagan very kindly acceded to my reqixest and sent in June 1932 a large 
number of fleas collected on rats by Dr. C. R. Eskey, of the U.S. Bureau of 
Public Health, « ho had been making a survey of the flea situation in the Hawaiian 
islands. Among this material there is a series of specimens of a new Xenopsylla 
found principally on Raitiis hawaiiensis . I am very grateful to Dr. C. R. Eskey 
and Mr. Hagan for sidjmitting the material to me for study. 

Xenopsylla hawaiiensis sp. nov. (text-figs. 19, 20). 

(J$. A near relative of A', vexabilis Jord. 1925, known to me from Australia 
and New Guinea, and of X. nesiotes J. & R. 1908, from Christmas I., south of 
Java. All three species (or are they geographical developments of one species ?) 
agree with the African X. nubicus Roths. 1903 and the Indian X. astia Roths. 
1911 in the ventral arm of the IX. st. of the (J being only ventrally sclerified, and 
with X. cheopis Roths. 1903 hi the general shape of the receptaculum seminis 
of the $. Whereas in the (^^J of X. nubicus and X. astia the paramere has a 
free, dorsal, apical, thom-Hke process, the paramere is conical, and without that 
process in X. nesiotes, X. vexabilis and the sp. nov. In the last two species the 
longest bristle of segment II of hindtarsus reaches in cJ and $ beyond IV, which 
is not the case in X. nesiotes ; in this species the ventral tooth before the apex 
of the ejaculatory tube is shorter than in the other two and there is no projecting 
ventral tubercle posterior to the vesicle as m X. vexabilis and A', hawaiiensis ; 
the non-sclerifled portion of the ventral side of process P- of clasper is in 
X. hawaiiensis at least as long as, usually longer than, the sclerifled apical 
portion, whereas in X. vexabilis and X. nesiotes the sclerified portion is the 
longer one ; in the o of X. nesiotes there is a row of three longish apical 
bristles on each side of the IX. t. behind the pygidium, in the two other species 
the median bristle is small. Last ventral bristle of VIII. st. of cJ as near to 
apical margin as in X. nesiotes and X. vexabilis. On the whole the bristles of 
X. hawaiiensis are more numerous than in X. vexabilis and less numerous than 
in X. nesiotes. Number of lateral bristles on outer surface of hindtibia in 
X. hawaiiensis 8 to 11, in X. vexabilis 7 to 9, in X. nesiotes 10 to 14 ; subventral 
lateral bristles on outer surface of hindtibia in X. hawaiiensis cj 1 to 4, $ 4 or 5, 
in X. vexabilis <^$ 2, m X. nesiotes o$ 4 to 6, usually 5 or 6. Bristles on outer 
surface of hindtarsal segment I in X. hawaiiensis 3 to 5, in X. vexabilis 3 or 4, 
in X. nesiotes 6 to 9. On outer surface of VIII. st. of ^J in X. hawaiiensis 14 
to 17, in X. vexabilis 13 or fewer, in X. nesiotes over 20. On outer surface of 
VIII. t. of 5 inclusive of marginal row (but exclusive of marginal bristles of inner 
side) in X. hawaiiensis 27 to 33, in X. vexabilis 19, ui X. nesiotes 35 or 36. 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 



265 



In the number of bristle-s on the metepimerum and the abdominal tergites 

I to VII and sternites III to VI X. hawaiiensis agrees with X. nesiotes, whereas 
X. vexabilis has fewer bristles : on metepimerum in X. hawaiiensis 12 to 14, 
in X. vexabilis 8 to 11 ; on abdominal tergites in X. hawaiiensis I 7 to 10, 6 or 7, 

II 15 to 17, III 16 or 17, in X. vexabilis I 5 or 6, 6, II 14 or 15, III 14 or 15. On 
sternites in X. hawaiiensis <^ III 8, rarely 7, IV 8, rarely 7, V 7 to 9, VI 8 to 10, 
VII 9 or 10, in ? Ill 8 to 10, IV 9 or 10, V 10, VI 10 to 13, VII 10 to 12, in X. 
vexabilis ^ III to VII 6, in ? Ill 6, IV 7, V 8, VI 8, VII 8. 

Spermatheca larger than in the two allied species, as wOl be seen from figures 
20-22, which are drawn to scale. In both X. hawaiiensis (text-fig. 20) and 




Fig. 21. — X. vexahilis. 
22. — X. nesiotes. 



X. vexabilis (text-fig. 21) its tail is much more ventricose than in X. nesiotes 
(text-fig. 22) ; moreover, the tail is considerably longer and more strongly 
curved. The head of the spermatheca is more strongly convex dorsally in 
X. hawaiiensis than in X. vexabilis, whereas in the latter the head shows a sweUing 
ventrally between tail and orifice ; the brown tint of the tail extends farther up 
in X. vexabilis and the pale apical portion is correspondingly shorter. As we 
have only one $ of X. vexabilis, we do not know whether these distinctions will 
hold good. In the diagnosis of X. vexabilis (Nov. Zool. xxxii. 1925, p. 100), 
it is said that the spermatheca is variable and that we had one pair ; this con- 
tradiction requires explanation. The diagnosis was based on a (J and a $ ; 
when correcting the proofs I found that we had a second $, unmounted, from 
the same place and ho.st ; the spermatheca appeared to differ to some extent 
from that of the mounted specimen, and I added the word variable to the state- 
ment " the spermatheca nearly as in X. nesiotes," and forgot to say that we had 
a $ besides the pair. The specimen is now mounted, and I find that its sperma- 
theca is far more different than it appeared to be when stiU in alcohol ; the 
specimen probably represents a new species ; more material is required. 

Process P^ of the clasjier (text-fig. 19) bears 6 bristles, 3 of them at apical 



266 NoViTATES ZoOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 

margin, 2 lateral close to them and one dorso-niarginal, occasionally one of the 
lateral bristles missing or an additional apical one present. The dark collar 
above the apical tube of the ejaculatory duct much narrower than in X. nesiotes, 
as is also the case in X. vexabilis. 

Length ^ 1-6-1-7 mm., $ 2-0-2-3 mm. 

Hawaiian Islands : Honokaa, Hawaii ; and Maui ; on rats, especially on 
Battits hawaiiensis, a series. 

The species was obtained together with a number of other fleas, a list of 
which has been sent to Dr. C. R. Eskey. X. cheopis Roths. 1903 was commoner 
than X. hawaiievsis . 

Dr. C. R. Eskey has given me the following interesting information : " X. 
hawaiiensis has a very peculiar distribution. For example, not a single specimen 
of it has been found in Honolulu or vicinity, while it is quite common on rats 
caught about 9 miles away on the opposite side of the island. It is essentially 
a flea of field rats and rarely found on rats caught in buildings." 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 267 



NEW OEIENTAL FLEAS. 
By KARL JORDAN, Ph.D., F.R.S. 

(With 10 text-figures.) 

1. Trichopsylla homoeus carenis subsp. nov. 
■pvIFFERS from T. homoeus homoeus Roths. 1906 in bearing fewer and thinner 
^-^ bristles, especially in the ^J. 

cj^. Metepimerum with 7 bristles in ^ (4, 3), with 12 to 13 in ? (6, 6 ; 7, 6 ; 
8, 5 ; 7, 5). Bristles on abdominal tergites below stigmata on each side : in 
cJ II 2, 1 or 2, 2, III 2, 1 or 2, 2, IV 1, 1, V 1, VI 1, VII 1, VIII 3, in ? II 4, 2 
or 3, 2, III 3, 1, IV 1, V 1, VI 0, VII 0, VIII 7 to 10 ; above stigmata on the 
two sides together : in (^ I 11, 9, II 13, 12, III 10, 11, IV 5, 11, V 2, 11, VI 2, 11, 
VII 9, 2, VIII 7, in $ I 12, 9 or 10, II 13 to 15, 12, III 7 to 11, 11 or 12, IV 5, 
10 to 12, V 3, 11, VI 2, 10, VII 2 or 3, 10, VIII 7 to 9 ; on abdominal sternites : 
in cJ III 13, VI 5, VII 4, in ? VI 12 or 19, VII 12 or 13. On out- and inside of 
hindfemur in (J 8, in $ on outside 11 or 12, on inside 10 or 11 ; on midfemur in 
^ on outside 4 or 6, on inside 4 or 5, in $ on outside 4. On outside of hindtibia 
10 lateral bristles. Pygidium with 14 or 15 grooves on each side. Tibiae with 
6 dorsal notches inclusive of apical one. At posterior side of clasper of ^, from 
near manubrium to apical angle 22 to 25 marginal bristles, on outer surface about 
5 lateral ones, on inner surface from acetabulum downwards 3 or 4. 

Upper Burma : Myitkyna, off Mustela sp. (Capt. F. Kingdon Ward), 1 ^ 
(type), 2 ??. 

2. Paraceras pendleburyi sp. nov. (text-figs. 23, 24). 

(J?. Close to P. javanicus Ewing 1 924, differing in some detail of the tail-ends. 
In (J VIII. t. with more marginal and submarginal long bristles and fewer lateral 
ones ; process P of clasper longer, reaching to anterior apical angle of exopodite 
F ; dorsal margin of F less convex, the posterior apical flap broader and shorter, 
and the midcUe one of the three subapical marginal bristles much more spiniform 
than in P. javanicus ; apical lobe of IX. st. narrower. The only known (J of 
P. javanicus, in U.S. Nat. Mus. (Washington), not being cleared, the details of 
structure are much obscured. 

In $ the ventral angle of VII. st. produced and very acute, the projection 
being much narrower than in P. javanicus, recalling P. saiiteri Roths. 1914, 
from Formosa. Stylet longer. P. melinus Jord. 1925, described from a single 
$ without locality (presumably from India), is another form closely related to 
P. pendleburyi ; it agrees with it in the thorax and abdomen bearing fewer smaU 
bristles than in P. javanicus, but the ventral apical lobe of VII. st. is obtuse, 
rounded-emarginate. P. pendleburyi differs from both P. javanicus and P. 
melinus in the midtarsal segment I being much shorter, the proportional lengths 
of this segment and the midtibia being in P. javanicus 1 : 2-4, in P. melinus 
1 : 2-5 and in P. pendleburyi 1 : 2-9. In all three species the proboscis is shorter 
than in P. melis Walk. 1856 and allies, reaching at most to the apex of the 
trochanter. 



268 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVITI. 11)32. 



CI 



VIII. t. 



P....& 



,IX.st. 



in 



-^: 



V 



IX.st.-- 




•^ Y VII. St. 



3r 



-VIM. St. 



Fia. 23. — Paraceras pendlebiiryi ^. 




Fig. 24. — Paraceras peyidlebiiryi ^. 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 



269 



Bristles on abdominal tergites of P. pendleburyi : in (J I 15 to 25, 11 or 12, 
II 13 to 21, 14 to 16, III 11 to 17, 14 to 16, IV 9 to 15, 14 to 16, V 10 to 14, 14 
to 16, VI 9 to 12, 13 or 14, VII 8 to 12, 12 to 15 ; in ? I 15 to 22, 10, II 14 to 16, 
13 or 14, III 12 to 14, 14 or 15, IV 12 to 15, 13 or 14, V 9 to 14, 13 or 14, VI 7 
to 10, 12 or 13, VII 3 to 10, II or 12. On sternites III to VI in ^ usually 6, 
on VII usually 7 : ^J III 4 to 6, IV 4 to 6, VI 6, VII 6 or 7 ; in $ III 
6 or 7, IV 7 to 9, V 7 to 10, VI 7 to 12, VII 13 to 16 (on the two sides 
together). 

North Borneo : Kamborangah, Mt. Kinabalu, iv.l929, on Helictis everetti, 
a series (H. M. Pendlebury). 



3. Ctenophthalmus crudelis sp. nov. (text- fig. 25). 

?. Stigma of VIII. t. large, last ventral bristle of VIII. t. subspiniform, 
placed above the last long one, as in Ci. assimilis Taschenb. 1880 and a large 
number of other species ; distinguished by the VII. st. and the spermatheca. 

Tubercle of frons well 
below middle. Proboscis 
slender. Pronotal comb of 
15 spines (inclusive of small 
ventral one each side), the 
dorsal spines about one-tliird 
longer than the pronotum ; 
a row of 10 bristles. On 
mesonotum a fairly large 
number dorsally between the 
anterior rows and base. On 
metanotum about 6 bristles 
in front of the 2 rows. Ab- 
dominal tergites likewise with 
2 rows, containing on III 13, 
14, IV 12, 14, VI 11, 12, and 
on VII 8, 9, there being in 
addition a few bristles in 
front of the anterior row ; on 
sternites III 4, 11, IV 3, 

10, V 4, 10, VI 6, 9, VII 1, 9. Hmdtibia with 7 dorsal notches, long postmedian 
bristles on one tibia half the length of the tibia, on the other two-fifths only ; 
longest apical bristle of hindtarsal segment II reaching to subapical notch of III. 
VII. st. not incrassate at margin, a deep rounded sinus divides the segment into 
a very prominent, irregularly triangular, upper lobe and a much broader, but 
very feebly convex lower lobe, the apical margin oblique from this lobe to ventral 
margin which it reaches a short distance behind the long ventral bristle. VIII. t. 
ventrally with 8 bristles. Stylet thrice as long as broad. Head of spermatheca 
broader than in the allied species, widest m middle, rather strongly convex above 
in middle (malformation ?). 

Length 2-5 mm., hindfemur 0-34 mm. 

Upper Burma : Myitkyna (Capt. F. Kingdon Ward), 1 $, host not 
mentioned. 




<'ll.st 



Fig. 25. — Ctenophthalmus crudelis $. 



270 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 



i. Palaeopsylla remota Jord. 1929 (text-fig. 26). 
Described from a single West Chinese ?. The 3 ?$ obtained by Harold 



Stevens in Sikkira agree with the type. 




Fio. 'IG. — Palaeopsylla remota cj. 



In my figme of the type tlie portion 
below the subventral 
lobe of VII. St. is 
rather too wide, the 
lobe being nearer the 
ventral margin than 
in the figure. In the 
Q the exopodite ex- 
tends beyond the 
apex of the clasper 
(text-fig. 21), is about 
five times as long as 
broad and almost 
exactly as long as 
the m a n u b r i u m 
measured ventrally 
from the extreme 
base of F ; the apex 
is almost evenly 
Anterior and posterior 
ventral arm gradually 



rounded or posteriorly sUghtly flatter than anteriorly. 

dorsal angles of vertical arm of IX. st. projecting, acute 

narrowed, with 4 or 5 short bristles at apex, of which the uppermost is the 

strongest, and a few additional ventral bristles farther frontad. Parameres 

with 2 sharp hooks on each side. 

Sikkim : Lingtam, 1 .ii.3I, on Anourosorex assamensis, 3 pairs (H. Stevens). 

5. Palaeopsylla incurva sp. nov. (text-figs. 27, 28). 

$. Close to P. remota Jord. 1929 from China and Sikkim, differs especially 
m the spines of the pronotal comb being concave on their dorsal sides, and the 
proboscis reaching to apical third of coxa. 

Head shorter than in the various European species ; genal spines nearly as 




Fig. 27. — Palaeopsylla incurva $. 



VIII. St. 



Vll.st. 

Fio. 28. — Palaeopsylla incurva $. 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 271 

in p. sorecis Dale 1878, but the second and third spines (from below) broader, 
second obtuse as in P. sorecis, not pointed as in P. remota. Pronotum convex 
dorsally (text-fig. 27), with a comb of 16 spines (inclusive of a small ventral one 
each side), dorsal spines obtuse, fourth from above acuminate, fifth and sixth 
more sharply pointed and longer. Lower antepygidial bristle two-thirds the 
length of the middle one, longer than in other species. VII. st. (text-fig. 28) 
divided by a triangular sinus into a broad, romided, upper lobe and a narrow, 
triangular, longer lower one (the sinus somewhat broader on right side in the 
unique specimen, as indicated by a dotted line) ; in P. remota the lower lobe is 
subventral and the sinus above it broadly rounded ; 1 1 large and 1 1 small 
bristles on the two sides together. VIII. t. as in P. remota with a cluster of 6 
apical bristles, of which 3 are quite small, and 3 about the size of the anterior 
bristles of the abdominal tergites, the lowest of them being the longest. VIII. st. 
with 3 longisli bristles as in P. remota. Spermatheca somewhat humped 
dorsally. 

North-east Burma : Adung Valley, off Sorex sp., 1 $ (Capt. F. Kingdon- 
Ward and Lord Cranbrook). 

6. Neopsylla dispar sp. nov. (text-figs. 29, 30). 

cJ$. Near N. stevensi Roths. 1915 and allies ; cf. Nov. Zool. xxxvi. p. 220 
(1931). In 3* the ventral arm of IX. st. rather broad, with long bristles along 
ventral margin, without spines ; in $ VII. st. deeply sinuate, head of sperma- 
theca short, tail long. 

On pronotum a comb of 20 or 21 spines, which are one-half longer than 
pronotum in ^, only a little longer than pronotum in $ ; bristles in ^0, 12, 
in $ 5, 12 (the two sides together). Bristles on mesonotum in S 26 (approxi- 
mately), 14, in $ 30, 12 ; on metanotum in ^ 22, 14, in ? 31, 12 ; on metepimerum 
in S 5, 4, 1, in 9 5 or 6, 6, 1. 

Spines on abdominal tergites in ^ 1 5, II 4, III 4, IV 2, V 2, in ? I to V 
2 ; bristles in cJ II 16, 18, III 14, 18, IV 8, 17, V 7, 15, VI 5, 16, VII 5, 13, in ? 
II 25, 17, III 26, 17, IV 25, 17, V 19, 17, VI 19, 16, VII 18, 13. On sternites 
in (J III 13, IV 10, V 10, VI 8, VII 12, in $ III 23, IV 16, V 18, VI 16, 
VII 27. 

On inner sm'f ace of hindcoxa a patch of 9 to 11 short spiniforms in (^, 6 or 7 
in ?. 

Modified Segments. — ^. VIII. st. unfortunately broken (text-fig. 29), its 
apical margin apparently almost evenly rounded, proximally to it 5 or bristles, 
four of them evidently very long, on sides and near ventral margin about 9, some 
of which are short. Manubrium narrow, rather strongly curved upwards, more 
so than in N. sondaica Jord. 1931 ; process P' of clasper (CI) short, with 3 long 
marginal bristles on outside and 3 smalUsh ones, 2 of them lateral, 1 dorsal ; 
process P'' nnich longer than P', evenly rounded at apex, groove for reception of 
subapical angle of F near apex ; exopodite F lanceolate, its free anterior margin 
half the length of F, on posterior margin, which is almost evenly rounded in 
ventral half, with some small bristles, of which one each near apex, above middle 
and below middle is longer. Ventral arm of IX. st. very distinctive, its apex 
obliquely truncate, the ventral angle more or less rounded, at upper angle 2 thin 
bristles, further down 4 long ones, and at ventral margin beyond middle a tow 
of 4, of which 2 are long (on right side arm of IX. st. the posterior bristle of this 



272 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 




Fig. 29. — Neopsylla dispar (J. 

row nearer to ajiex than on left arm here figured). 

deeply divided by a triangular 

sinus, the upper lobe gradually 

narrowed to a point, the lower 

one not projecting beyond the 

apical angle of the ventral margin 

of the segment, its margin slanting 

distad from sinus, slightly rounded. 

On each side of VIII. t. about 10 

small dorsal bristles, on ventro- 

apical area 10 or 11 on outside 

and 9 or 10 on inside. Head of 

spermatheca less than twice as «W. 

long as broad, somewhat widening 

towards tad, which, measured 

along the outside ciuve, is more 

than twice the length of the 

head. 



-?. VII. St. (text-fig. 30) 



VII. St. 




Fig. 30. — Neopsylla dispar $. 



NOVITATBS ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 



273 



North-east Burma : Adung Valley, on Epimy.s sp. 
Kingdon Ward and Lord Cranbrook). 



1931, a pair (Capt. F. 



Xenodaeria gen. nov. 

(J. In the shape of the ])ronotuni similar to CaenopsyUa Roths. 1909, but 
otherwise very different. Labial palpus with 4 segments ; a vertical genal comb 
as in RhadinopsyUa J. & R. 1912 ; occiput with a median dorsal incrassation 
(text -fig. 31); from below frontal tubercle to vestigial eye an internal incrassation 
slightly resembling the letter S. 

Pronotum dorsally more than twice as long as ventrally, measured from 
bases of spines, posterior margin incurved, spines strongly incurved, except lower 
ones, gradually decreasing in length from third from below upwards. Meta- 
sternum as in RhadinopsyUa with long median projection and short sharp lateral 
one ; metepimerum without the patch of dense striation present in Rhadiifopsylla. 
Three antepygidial bristles. Pygidium with 14 gi'ooves each side. Hindcoxa 
in apical half with about 10 small lateral hairs on inner siu'face. Segment V of 
all tarsi with five pairs of plantar bristles, the first pair placed in between the 
second. VIIL st. (^) very large. Genotype : X. telios sp. nov. 



7. Xenodaeria telios sp. nov. (text-figs. 31, 32). 

^. Frons short (from comb to tubercle), almost evenly rounded from 
occiput to maxillary palpus, with a small tubercle a little below middle, a frontal 
row of 6 bristles from near antennal groove to near maxillary palpus, rather 
stout at base, thin at apex, the third from above almost spiniform ; on sides 2 
bristles, and 1 at an- 
tennal groove ; a comb 
of 4 genal spines, the 
first from above half 
the length of the second, 
the other two a little 
shorter than second, 
fourth narrower ; genal 
process narrow, pro- 
jecting well beyond 
comb ; first segment of 
maxillary palpus longer 
than last ; proboscis 
reaching to apical fourth 
of coxa. Occiput a very 
little longer than the 
distance from frontal 
tubercle to tip of 
longest genal spine, 
with 3 rows of bristles, 
groove open. 

Pronotum with a comb of 16 spines, the dorsal spines rounded at tip, the 
narrow ventral one straight and pointed ; a row of 9 bristles. Meso- and meta- 
notum with two rows of bristles, the posterior containing 8, mesonotum with a 

18 




Fig. 31. — Xenodaeria telios (J. 

Bristles of second segment of antenna short. Antennal 



274 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 



few additional dorsal bristles in front of the rows and with 6 false subapical spines 
{on the two sides together). On mesopleura 7 bristles, on metepisternum 1, 
on metepimeruni 4 (2, 2) ; no apical spine on nietanotum, but the margin 
minutely serrate dorsally. 

Abdominal tergites like thoracic tergites somewhat more strongly cliitinized 
dorsally than is usual ; number of apical spines on I to V 2 ; number of bristles 
on I 8, 8, II 10, 12, III 7, 12, IV (i, 12, V 5, 12, VI 4, 12, VII 3, 11, one bristle 
below stigma. Median antepygidial bristle long and strong, ujjper about one- 
third, lower about two-thirds of median one ; the segment very slightly projecting 
between the two sets. Bristles on sternites III to VIII 4. 

Hindcoxa broad, barely one-fourth longer than broad, measured from 
anterior apical angle to articulation with thorax ; one subapical bristle posteriorly. 
HLiidfemur with 3 subapical ventral bristles on outside, 1 on inside, the shorter 
of the two apical dorsal bristles similar to the lateral bristles of the tibia, but 




Fig. 32. — Xenodaeria telios ^. 

curved (not abbreviated). Hindtibia with 7 dorsal notches inclusive of apical 
one and a single additional bristle between fifth and sixth, the long bristle of the 
fifth longer than its distance from a])ex of tibia, the longest apical one not quite 
reaching apex of hindtarsal segment I, on outside of tibia 14 or 15 bristles, one 
of them close to the fifth dorsal pair, on mside no lateral bristles. None of the 
tarsal bristles reach to the apex of the segment following ; lengths of segments : 
midtarsus 13, 11, 7-5, 5, 12 ; hindtarsus 30, 19, 12, 8, 13. 

Modified Segments. — ,^. Stigma of VIII. t. continued to dorsal margin of 
segment as a narrow stripe bearing scattered hair-like spicules (text-fig. 32). 
IX. t. raised behind pygidium into a tubercle (lateral aspect) which bears a fairly 
stout bristle ; on anal sternite (X. st.) two apical bristles on each side. Body 
of clasper (CI) almost gradually rounded-narrowed frontad, with a very short 
ajjpendage. A heavy dorsal bristle marks the beginning of process P, which is 



NOVITATES ZoOLOaiCAE XXXVIII. 1932. 275 

about one-fourth longer (on antero-dorsal side) than broad, ahno.st rhombiform, 
with the anterior upper angle rounded and projecting upwards, the posterior 
upper angle 90°, the apical margin slightly incurved ; one acetabular bristle, 
long, ijlaced on a projection of the clasper, the margin above the bristle being 
incurved. E.xopodite F claw-like, a little projectuig above P, posterior margin 
evenly curved, with about (5 very thin small bristles, apex pointed. Widened 
apical portion of vertical arm of IX. st. long, gradually narrowed to a point, 
anterior side slightly concave, posterior side convex in middle, narrow apex 
curved upwards ; ventral arm gradually widened and at apex narrowed, the 
apical portion dorsaUy and ventrally rounded, almost elongate-elliptical, but 
ventraUy convex from apex to below middle, and dorsally convex only towards 
apex ; from apex to middle about a dozen small bristles at ventral margin. 
Neither IX. st. nor lamina of penis with wire-like levers. Paramere dorsaUy 
with a club-like sclerite densely studded with short teeth directed ventrad. 

Length 2-2 mm. ; hmdfemur 0-32 mm. 

Sikkim : Lingtam, on Linsang pardicolor, 1 .ii.31, 1 <^ (H. Stevens). 



270 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 



SIPHONAPTERA COLLECTED BY HAROLD STEVENS ON THE 
KELLEY-ROOSEVELT EXPEDITION IN YUNNAN AND 
SZECHUAN. 

By KARL JORDAN, Ph.D., F.R.S. 

(With 17 text-figures.) 

'T'HE collection is an important contribution to our knowledge of the fleas of 
China. Twelve species were obtained, one of them represented by 2 sub- 
species ; of these 13 different forms no fewer than 10 are new, and the remaining 
3 are represented b^' specimens among which there is the hitherto unknown sex. 
Two of the species are so different from everything hitherto discovered that new 
genera have to be proposed for their reception. We draw special attention to 
species No. 13, a most striking insect. We thank Mr. H. Stevens very sincerely 
for making this fine collection and Dr. W. H. Osgood for placing it at our disposal 
and giving me the names of the hosts. 

Mr. Stevens travelled via Burma to Yunnan, and then joined the Kelley- 
Roosevelt Expedition in West China. 

1. Ceratophyllus sinicus sp. nov. (text-fig. 33). 

$. Near C. rossitlensis Dampf 1912, but apex of bursa copulatrix sclerified, 
and the sclerified portion of the duct of the spermatheca much longer, being 
nearly as long as in C. vagabunda Boh. 1863 ; differs from the latter species in 
the short stylet, the much less extended sclerification of the bursa copulatrix, 
the incurved abdominal sternite VII, the smaller number of bristles on the 
inner surface of the hindcoxa, etc. 

Anterior row on frons with 4 or 5 bristles, the middle one smaller than in 
C. rossitlensis ; bristles on occiput 1 or 2, 2 and 6, above antennal groove about 
16 small ones inclusive of those at posterior angle, which are longer. Genal 
process ventraUy less rounded than in C. rossiUeiisis. Antennal segment II with 
6 long bristles at apical margin, i.e. fewer than in the allied species. 

Pronotum with a comb of 28 spines and a row of 14 long bristles. On meso- 
and metanotum a row of 11 or 12 and in front of the row about 22 small bristles, 
somewhat irregularly jilaced, 8 false spines on mesonotum ; on mesopleura 5 or 
6 long bristles and anteriorly about 6 small ones ; on metepimeium 2, 3, 1 on 
one side, 3, 3, 1 on the other. 

Stigma-cavity of abdominal tergites III to VII round, that of VIII more 
prolonged ujiwards than in C. rossitlensis and C. vayahunda ; number of bristles 
on tergites (the two sides together) : I 30, 10, II 24, 12, III 20, 14, VI 23, 14, 
Vn 25, 13 ; on sternites : III 4, 6, IV 2, 6, V 2, 8, VI 3, 8, VII 10, 9 ; on VIII. t. 
above stigma (on each side) 10 or 11, below stigma 3 or 4, of which 2 or 3 are 
long, on lower surface 12 on one side, 15 on the other, inclusive of apical marginal 
ones, on inner side 4 subapical short ones. Stj'let less than twice as long as broad. 

On inside of hindcoxa in apical hah a submarginal row of 3 bristles on left 
coxa and 5 on right one, no submarginal bristles on inside farther dorsad. On 
outside of midfemur 1 subapical subventral bristle, above it 1 or 2 lateral ones, 
on inside 1 subventral near apex, 2 lateral ones in anterior half, and 1 ventral 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGIC'AE XXXVIII. 1932. 



277 




Fig. 33. — Ceratophyllus slnicus $. 



towards subbasal notch ; 
on outside of hindfemur 
1 subventral .siibapical 
bri-stle, no lateral ones, on 
inside 4 or 5 lateral ones, 
besides the subapical one 
and the subbasal one (not 
eovinting the jiair in the 
subbasal notch); on outside 
of hindtibia 11 or 12 sub- 
dorsal lateral bristles ex- 
clusive of apical one. 

VII. st. much less 
evenly rounded than in the 
allied species, its apical 
margin oblique and some- 
what incurved in ventral 
half, upper half strongly 
rounded and projecting 
beyond lower half. Scleri- 
fied portion of duct of 
spermatheca as long as 
bursa copulatrix plus its 
duct ; only a small apical 
portion of the bursa scleri- 

fied. IX. t. at and near angle below stylet with 2 or 3 bristles, no marginal 
bristles faither frontad. Spermatheca as in C. vagabunda, very slightly 

narrowing towards orifice. 

Length: 3-3 mm. (somewhat 

expanded), hindfemur : 0-47 mm. 
Szechuan : Wu-chi, May, on 

Ochoiona catisa, 1 $. 



2. Ceratophyllus euteles J. & R. 
I'Jll (text-fig. 34). 

Yunnan: Ymi-ning, 21. and 
24.iii., on Dremomys •pertiyi 

griselda, 2 (J (J, 3 $$. Szechuan : 

Mi-hola, 10,000 feet, 25.iii., on 
Dremomys pernyi griselda, 2 $$ ; 
MuH, 30.iii. and 6.iv., on 
Callosciurus erythraeus gloveri, 2 
3'cJ, 1 ?; Wu-chi, 10. v., on 
Ochoiona cansa, 1 q ; Yulong- 
kong, 4.vii., on Dremomys pernyi 
griselda, 3 $$ ; Omi-shan to Liang- 
fing-kang, 8.x., on Tamiops 
swinhoei, 1 $. 




Fig. 34. — Ceratophyllus euteles q. 



278 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 



Described by us from 3 9? obtained by M. P. Anderson 23 miles S.-E. of 
Ta-tsien-lu on Sciurotamias davidianus consobrinus. The species is close to C. 
fivibriahis J. & R. 1921 from the Western Himalayas, the two possibly being 
geographical representatives of one species. The t^ of C. euteles differs in the 
clasper being more rounded on the distal side, the acetabular bristles not being 
placed on a j^rojection, in process P being shorter, the base of F narrower and 
the apex broader, the stout upper one of the ventral spinLtorms of F farther 
dorsal than in C. fimbriatus and stouter, and the long ventral spiniform much 
longer and first incurved and then excurved. In the $ the abdominal sternite 
VII has the apical margin either slightly incurved or slantmg. 



3. Frontopsylla spadix cansa subsp. nov. (text-figs. 35, 36). 
1^$. Very close to the following subspecies ; in ,^ exopodite F apically 
about one-sixth or one-seventh wider, large apical spiniform longer ; in $ sinus 




VIII. St. 



Fig. 35. — Frontopsylla spadix cansa (J. 



Fig. 36. — Frontopsylla spadix cansa §. 



of VII. St. deeper, the lobe above it therefore longer, in the 2 specimens from 
Wu-chi much narrower than in the one from Ku-lu (text-fig. 36 a and b from 
Wu-chi, c from Ku-lu). 

Szechuan : Ku-lu, 25. iv., on Ochotona thibeiana, 3 i^^, 1 $; Wu-chi, 
13. and 16. v., on Ochotona cansa, 3 cjcj, 2 $$. 



4. Frontopsylla spadix spadix J. & R. 1921. 
Yunna : Nguluko, '2Q . ii ., on Apodemus silvaticus latorwm, 1 (^.- 



-Described 



from a single $ obtained in Upper Burma. The ,^ is like F. sp. cansa except for 
the small differences mentioned under the preceding subspecies. 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 



279 



5. Paradoxopsyllus custodis sp. nov. (text-figs. 37, 38). 

(5*?. Near P. curvispinus Miyajama 1909, but bri.stles of hindtarsus pro- 
longed neither in $ nor in (J ; hindtibia with 9 dorsal notches, of which the third, 
sixth and seventh bear one bristle. In cj VIII. t. without lateral patch of long 
bristles, F of even width, strongly curved at base, apical lobe of ventral arm of 
IX. st. round at apex, irregularly long-ovate, etc. In $ VII. st. with small, 
but distinct, sinus. 

Frons with 3 eye-bristles, in (^ an additional, moderately long one, at 
antennal groove behind the anterior row, this row consists in (^ of 6 bristles, in 
9 of 2 ; on occiput 1, 2, .5, all rather slender with the exception of the ventral 
one of the j)osterior row, below this long bristle an additional short one. Chaeto- 



.. Par 




Fig. 37. — Paradoxopsylttis custodis ^. 

taxy of thoracic and abdominal tergites nearly as in P. curvispinus ; in (^ abdo- 
minal tergites I to IV with an apical spine on each side. Bristles on abdominal 
sternites (the two sides together) : in ^ III 5 or 7, IV 6, V .5, VI 5 or 4, VII 3 
or 6, VIII 4 or 5 ; in $ III 13, IV 10, V 6, VI 7, VII 8. 

On inside of hindcoxa a submarginal row of 4 to 6 bristles. On hindfemur 
1 subapical ventral bristle on both out- and inside (occasionally 2 on outside), 
and a subbasal lateral bristle on inside. Hindtibia with a subdorso-lateral row 
of 7 or 8 bristles on outside ; longest postmedian dorsal bristle reaching to or a 
little beyond apex of tibia, longest dorsal apical one extending somewhat beyond 
subapical notch of tai-sal segment I, but not to apex of I, longest of segment I 
to subapical notch of II, longest of II to apex of III or a very little beyond ; 
at anterior side of segment I 4 or 5 notches bearing bristles, on posterior side 6 
(inclusive of ajjical notch). Measurements : midtarsus, in ^ 16, 14, 9 or 10, 
7 or 7i, 14 or 15, in ? 18, 14, 10, 7, 14 ; hindtarsus, in (^ 32 or 33, 21, 12, 7 or 7J, 
15 or 16, in ? 35, 21, 12, 7J, 15. 



280 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932 



Modified Segments. — q. On VIII. t. above stigma 3 or 4 sniaU bristles, 
below stigma 2 very long ones. Clasper more than twice as long as broad at the 
narrowest point, distally strongly rounded ventrally, and dorsally enlarged into 
a stout broad process P, which is obtusely triangular, about twice as broad at 
the base as high ; angle between manubrium M and inner portion of IX. t. very 
obtuse ; M slender ; upper acetabular bristle very long and placed well above 
the acetabulum, lower one very much smaller, about the size of the subdorsal 
bristles of the abdominal tergites, farther down at margin of clasper 4 smaller 
bristles. Exopodite F nearly even in width, two and one-half times as long 
(measiu-ed in a straight line) as broad, base strongly curved, ape.x very obliquely 
truncate on frontal side ; at posterior margin 4 bristles, not quite equidistant, 
the third the longest, about the size of the second acetabular. Vertical arm 

of IX. st. narrow, apex 
strongly excised, with the 
posterior angle much 
more strongly projecting 
than the anterior ; median 
lobe of ventral arm 
broad, rounded, bearing, 
besides a few small hairs, 
three long brLstles, of 
which the median one is 
smallest, these bristles 
much shorter than in P. 
curvispinus ; apical lobe 
nearly twice as long as 
broad, irregularly ovate, 
apically evenly rounded. 
Armature of penis large, 
the end-portion consist- 
ing of a large ventral 
flap, curved up, slightly 
broadening towards apex, 
apically strongly rounded dorsally, whereas the ventral apical angle is distinct, 
but rounded off at tip ; this flap connected with the dorsal armature, consisting 
chiefly of a finger-like process which projects from the dorsal enveloping 
sheath. End of ejaculatory duct surrounded by sclerites which form a sort 

of anvU. $. VII. st. with a small sinus below middle of apical margui ; 

VIII. t. with 2 or 3 bristles above stigma, 1 long and 1 small below stigma, 8 or 
9 on lower area, and 2 or 3 inside, of which 1 is marginal. Duct of bursa 
copulatrix strongly ciurved in middle, bursa rather large ; head of spermatheca 
subglobular, slightly depressed posteriorly on upperside, much shorter than 
the tail. 

Length : (J 2 to 2-1 mm., ? 2-5 mm. ; hindfemur : ^ 0-38 mm., $ 0-40 mm. 
Szechuan ; Mu-U, 31 .iii., and Wu-chi, 15.v., on ^4wte/towi.«/scM*to.s, 2 cJo. 1 ?• 




Vll/.st. 



Fig. 38. — Paradoxopsyllus cuslodis $. 



Geusibia gen. nov. 
,5$. Near Clenophyllus Wagner 1927, but tibia and tarsal segment I of all 
legs densely liirsutc with minute hairs on the dorsal margin besides bearing long 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 281 

bristles ; segment I of midtarsus one-half longer than II ; no antepygidial 
bristles in ^J, 3 in ?, VII. t. with median process which is short in $, and long 
in tJ, here reaching a little beyond middle of pygidium ; orifice of spermatheca 
on a prominent cone projecting downwards. 

Frontal tubercle ])rominent, as in Frontopsylla Wagner & Joff 1920. Three 
eye-bristles which are placed in ^J far in front of the internal genal loop, 
the ventral one close behind base of maxUlary palpus. Proboscis reaching to 
near f of forecoxa in (J, to f in $. Both VIII. t. and VIII. st. of (^ large, the 
former conical, without a row of marginal bristles, VIII. t. dorso-laterally with 
an elongate, horizontal, sclerite bearing a condylus (Co), and evidently connecting 
VIII. t. with the inner surface of VII. t. (text-fig. 39). Process P of clasper as 
long as F, broad, conical. Apex of vertical arm of IX. st. broad, truncate- 
emarginate, with the upper and the frontal angles well projecting. VIII. st. on 
each side with two rod-like incrassations, which unite a basal third of segment, 
the lower one commencing at ventral frontal angle, the other about at | of 
anterior margin. Hindcoxa ((J9) slender, one-half longer than broad, in apical 
half of inner surface small hairs ; hindtibia with 8 dorsal notches, the third and 
sixth bearing a single stout bristle ; first pair of plantar bristles of tarsal segment 

V distmctly bent mediad, as in allied genera. Genotype : GeitMbia torosa 

sp. nov. 

6. Geusibia torosa sp. nov. (text-figs. 39, 40). 

(^$. On frons an anterior row of 5 or 6 bristles, which are the same in size as 
the dorsal bristles of the subapical row of the occiput, and a row of 3 large eye- 
bristles, no additional bristles, but a few small hairs. Occiput with 3 rows. 

On pronotum a comb of 20 to 22 spines, usually 21, dorsal and lateral spines 
shorter than pronotum ; a row of 11 or 12 bristles. Meso- and metanotum with 
two rows and additional small bristles ; on mesopleura 10 to 12 long or longish 
bristles and at and near upper anterior angle about 9 to 15 small ones. Mete- 
pimerum in cJ on one side with 7 bristles (3, 3, 1), on the other with 10 (3, 2, 4, 1), 
in $ varying from 6 to 9 (2, 3, 1 — 3, 2, 1 — 5, 3, 1 — 4, 4, 1). Mesonotum with 
one short stout apical spine on each side. 

Abdominal tergite I with 3 rows and some additional dorsal bristles, the 
other tergites with 2 rows : in J II (on the two sides together) 20, 16, III 16, 
15, IV 15, 16, VII 8, 12; in ?: II 19 to 27, 13 to 16,111 16 to 22, 13 to 16, IV 
12 to 17, 11 to 14, VII 3 to 9, 7 to 9. Tergites I to IV with one apical spine 
on each side, sometimes the spine missing on one side of IV. Sternite II in o 
with 1 or 2 minute lateral hairs, in $ usually without ; the other sternites (on 
the two sides together) : in J III 5, IV 4, V 5, VI G, VII 7 ; in $ III 4 to 6, 
IV 4 to 6, V 5 or 6, VI 6, VII 7 to 9, usually 8. Lower and median antepygidial 
bristles of $ long, median the longer, upper one much shorter. 

Hindfemur with 2 subapical ventral bristles on outside and with or without 
a lateral one in basal fourth, on inside 1 subapical bristle, 1 lateral in basal fourth 
(occasionally 2 or 3 in $), ventrally 2 to 5 from subbasal notch to about J . Hind- 
tibia on outside with a row of 13 to 15 lateral subdorsal bristles, on inside a row 
of 5 or 6 ; long postmedian dorsal bristle longer than its distance from apex of 
tibia, longest apical one | the length of tarsal segment I. Longest apical bristle 
of hindtarsal segments I and II in <^ extending beyond, in $ at most slightly 
beyond, the apex of the segment following, the longest of III not quite to apex 



282 



NOTITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 



of IV ; at anterior margin of I about 7 to 10 notches, inclusive of apical one, the 
bristles in the proximal notches small, on posterior side 5 or 6 notches ; propor- 
tional lengths of segments : midtarsus, in cJ 41, 27, 19, 11, 21, in $ 29 to 37, 20 
to 25, 14 to 16, 9 to 11, 18 to 20 ; hindtarsus, in ^ 67, 37, 25, 14, 23, in ? 49 
to 60, 28 to 34, 19 to 24, 11 to 14, 20 to 23. 

Modified Segments. — 3. VIII. t. an equilateral triangle (text-fig. 39) with 
the apex rounded off, the base ( = proximal margin) irregular, and the dorsal 




39. — Gcitsibia torosa 



and ventral margins somewhat rounded ; it bears about 15 long bristles on the 
side and 2 small marginal ones dorsally near apex, near stigma a few minute 
hairs. VIII. st. with a vertical jjroxinial margin which is dorsally incrassate, 
ventral margin gently rounded, incurved close to apex, dorsal margin deeply 
incurved beyond middle, the lobe from this sinus to apical margin about one-third 
longer than broad, dorsally rounded and densely striate subtransversely, apical 
margin subtruncate, dorsally rounded, very feebly chitinised, bearing 5 spiniforms 
curved frontad and below them about 6 subsjiiniform bristles more or less directed 
ventrad, proximally of these peculiar spines a patch of about 15 very short 
obtuse conical spiniforms, at three-qriarters of sides a horizontal row of 4 or 5 long 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 



283 



bristles, beyond which there is a patch of small hairs ; the rod-like incrassations 
form an equilateral triangle with the proximal margin ; the segment recalls that 
of the species of Ctenopht/llus. Dorsal internal forward projection of IX. t. 
short ; manubrium (M) of clasper measured ventrally one-fourth longer than its 
distance from apex of VIII. t. ; about lower two-thirds of clasper strongly 
rounded-dilated ventrad (i.e. at a nearly right angle to M) and here bearing at 
and near the margin many minute hairs ; a little more than upper third of clasper 
represented by a conical process P, which is a little broader than long and bears 
halfway to apex the two acetabular bristles, ajjex of process P rounded, at its 
frontal (= dorsal) side a row of about 10 bristles, some of which are quite 
small. Frontal side of exopodite F straight, with a regular row of small 
bristles (7 or 8), posterior margin somewhat rounded in upper half, incurved 
in middle, but less deeply 

40. ^~ 



than P, and excurved and 
hairy in lower half, the 
widened hairy portions of 
P and F feebly chitinized, 
at posterior margin of F 
below apical fourth a long 
bristle. Apex of vertical 
arm of IX. st. broader 
than process P is long on 
posterior side ; ventral 
arm with a postmedian 
ventral process similar to 
the head of a bird, and 
also similar to the para- 
mere (Par), but only half 
the size ; the process bears 
several small hairs and 
one bristle; apical portion 
of apical process irregu- 
larly ovate, with 3 thin ventral bristles and a row of 6 from upper angle 
nearly parallel with apical margin, the 2 at upper angle stronger, dorsal margin 
proximally to these bristles incurved, this sinus proximally boiuided by a 
short truncate projection which bears a thin bristle. X. t. well separated 
from pygidium by a pale membrane, two and one-half times as long as broad, 
gradually narrowed from basal fourth to apex, X. st. triangular, upper 
proximal angle produced frontad, lower strongly rounded, on a level with base 
of X. t. the sternite more than one-half broader than the tergite, dorsal margin 
with a row of bristles from beyond middle to apex, 2 long bristles at apex. 

?. VII. St. with sinus (te.\t-fig. 40), the lobe above the sinus narrow, usually 

pointed, shorter than the lower lobe, which is very broad, rounded or rounded- 
truncate. On VIII. t. above stigma 4 to 7 small bristles, below stigma 3 large 
ones close together, rarely 2, on lower surface 1 1 to 15, usually 11 or 12, on inside 
3, less often 2. X. t. dorsally above base of stylet somewhat concave ; spinose 
margin of X. st. incurved below middle, with 1 or 2 stout spiniform bristles at 
the proximal angle. Head of spermatheca not sharply divided from tail, widest 
towards orifice, rounded dorsally, about one-half longer than broad, taU narrowed 




Vll.st. 

Fig. 40. — Oeiisibia torosa $. 



284 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 



at apex, without appendage, orifice on a strongly projecting, more or less conical, 
prominence ; in one of the specimens the spermatheca is much shorter than in 
the others. 

Length: ^ 3-3 mm., hindfemur 0-59 mm. ; $ 2-8 to 3-3 mm., hindfemur 
0-52 to 0-56 mm. 

Szechuan : Wu-chi, 13. and 22. v., on Ocholona cansa, 1 (J, 8 $$. 

7. Neopsylla stevensi Roths. 1915 (text-fig. 41). 

Szechuan : Mu-li, 29. and 31 .iii., on Rattus griseipectus, 1 J*, on Antdiomys 
custos, 1 $ ; I-tze, 23.iv., on ^. custos, 1 $. 

Described from a single ^ collected by H. Stevens at the Nepal-Sikkim 




Fig. 41. — Neopsylla at&vensi $. 



Fio. 42. — Neopsylla specialia ,J. 



frontier ; the present i^ agrees very well with the type. The $ has a peculiar 
VII. St., the upper angle of this segment being divided into two small lobes as 
shown in text-fig. 41. Duct of the bursa copulatrix long. 

8. Neopsylla specialis sp. nov. (text-fig. 42). 

(J. Near N. stevensi Roths. 1915, but the tail-end very different : Manu- 
brium (M) of clasper very much broader than in that species, widest in middle. 
Pale marginal area of frontal side of P- narrow ; P= divided apically by a pale 
rounded space, on the frontal side of this space 4 apical marghial bristles, and 
from anterior apical angle of P° down several small ones, at posterior angle, which 
is rounded oil, 2 or 3 smallish bristles. Exopodite F much broader than in N. 
stevensi, about two and one-half times as long as broad, its posterior margin 



NOVITATES ZOOLOOICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 



285 



almost evenly rounded from base to apex ; acetabulum (A) extending much 
farther dorsad than in N. stevensi. Vertical arm of IX. st. broad, posteriorly 
straight in lower two-thirds ; horizontal arm narrowing to a sharp point, the 
apical third being very narrow, at apex a ventral row of 6 spiniforms, the one 
nearest apex very thin, farther frontad a few thin hairs. VIII. st. with about a 
dozen bristles, of which the two subapical ones are the longest. Penis-lamina at 
frontal end with a very prominent rod-like projection directed upwards or 
bent anad. 

Yunnan : Nguluko, 6 . ii . , and Yung-ning, 1 9 . iii . , on Apodemus agrarius, 2 cj (J. 

9. Neopsylla honora (text-fig. 43). 
cJ. Likewise near N . stevensi. VIII. st. membraneous at apex, the outlme 
of which is uncertain ; 4 long subapical bristles and farther frontad about a 




Fig. 43. — Neopsylla honora [J. 

dozen shorter ones. Manubrium (M) of clasper of nearly even width, broader 
than in N. stevensi, turned up at tip. Angle between M and IX. t. about 90°, 
with the tip rounded off. Process P' of clasper shorter than in N. stevensi and 
the preceding new species ; process P^ much narrower than in these sjjecies, 
conical, with 4 bristles at apex, of which the posterior one is the longest ; on 
anterior side a row of short bristles and at posterior margin a row of 6 somewhat 



286 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 



longer ones. Exopodite F quite different from that of the near allies : posterior 
margin gradually incurved in middle, more strongly convex at basal third than 
towards apex, above the point of greatest ventral convexity a short stout pointed 
spiniform ; anterior margin from up])er end of acetabulum A to upper anterior 
angle as long as the oblique apical margm, the acetabulum extending not nearly 
so far dorsad as in N. specialis sp. nov. Vertical arm of IX. st. very broad, its 
apex anteriorly with a projecting sharp angle, posteriorly very strongly rounded- 
dilated, the posterior margin meeting the dorsal margin of the ventral arm at 
an acute angle ; ventral arm slender, narrowed to a point, spiniforms replaced 
by short thin bristles, the one nearest the apex separated from the others by a 
larger interspace, the row continued frontad by longer thin bristles. 
Yunnan : Nguluko, 2 . ii . , on Eothenornys ■proditor, 1 (J. 



10. Ctenophthalmus paxcus sp. nov. (text-figs. 44, 45). 

(J$. Stigma of abdominal tergite VIII small. Clasper of the same general 
build as in Ct. caucasica Taschenb. 1880, Ct. nivalis Roths. 1909 and a host of 
others. Proboscis with curved hair at end. No lateral bristles in front of the 
two rows on meso-metanota ; two rows on abdominal tergites, the anterior row 

very incomplete on the 
jjosterior segments. 

Frons strongly 
rounded, tubercle a little 
below middle (the frons 
measured in a straight 
line), more ventral in $ 
than m ^J ; the usual 
bristles on frons and 
occiput, the subapical row 
of the latter on each side 
with 5 bristles, a large gap 
between long ventral one 
and the next. Proboscis 
reaching to ^ of coxa. 

Pronotum with a 
comb of 18 to 20 spines, 
usually 18, which are at 
least as long as pronotum, 
usually noticeably longer ; a row of 12 bristles ; on meso-metanota likewise 12, 
anterior row 12, in front of it some dorsal bristles on mesonotum ; 2 or 3 
false spines each side on mesonotum. 

Abdominal tergites with 2 rows of bristles, no additional bristles, in ^J on 
I and VII a row of 10, in $ usually 8, on the other tergites 12, less often 13, in 
front of this row in q on II about 9, on III 5, on VII usually 2, in 9 the numbers 
slightly larger ; on sternites II to VIII of cJ a row of 6, occasionally on one 
or the other segment 5, before this row 2, on VIII about 6 (on the two sides 
together), in $ the row contains 10, sometimes 11 bristles, before the row the 
greatest number on VI, namely 5 or 6, on VII only 2 to 4 such additional 
small bristles. 

Hindtibia with 7 dorsal notches, third and sixth with one stout bristle, often 




Vlll.st. 



Fia. 44. — Ctenophthahnus parous ^, 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 



287 




Fig. 45. — Gienophthalmus parens $. 



accompanied by a minute one ; long postmedian bristle about as long as first 
tarsal segment, which is | the length of the tibia. 

Modified Segments. — i^. Process P of clasper short and broad, with 4 or 5 
long bristles, 3 or 4 of them dorsal, 1 tliinner ventral, apical margin produced 
into a very short truncate 
cone, which bears a minute 
bristle and is partly 
covered by the lower 
dorsal bristle. Exopodite 
F broadest at apex, pos- 
terior margin convex 
above middle, above this 
swelling a submarginal 
row of 4 or 5 thua bristles, 
apical margin incurved, 
the sinus dividing the apex 
into two projections, pos- 
terior projection conical, 
higher than the anterior 
one, which is evenly 
rounded and bears some 
small pale spiniform 
bristles, usually 4. Ven- 
tral arm of IX. st. about two and one-half times as long as broad, apex gradually 

rounded from upper angle ventrad, with about 15 pale thin bristles. $. 

VII. st. twice incurved, the sinus shallow, the lobes short, upper one as a rule 
broader than submedian one, lower sinus oblique, the extent of variabiUty 
illustrated by text-fig. 45, a, b, c ; the marginal area incrassate as indicated in 
the figures, with a small frontad projection of the incrassation above lower lobe. 
Stylet elongate-conical, slender, a little more than thrice as long as broad. 

Length : ^ 2-0 to 2-2 mm., 
$ 2-0 to 2-4 mm. ; hindfemur : 
cJ 0-30 to 0-33 mm., $ 0-31 to 
0-35 mm. 

Szechuan : Wu-chi, 15., 
16., 18. v., on A nteliomys 
custos, 4 (JfJ, 5 9?- 

11. Ctenophthalmus yunnanus 
sp. nov. (text-fig. 40). 
cj. Chaetotaxy as in the 
previous species, to which the 
present one is closely related ; 
abdominal tergites VI and VII 
without bristles in front of the 
row. Manubrium of clasper (M) narrower, more evenly curved. Process P 
differs in being dorsally strongly rounded, the projection of the posterior side 
much longer and the posterior dorsal bristle placed above the projection. 
Exopodite F slightly widened from base to apex, apicaUy less wide than in the 




Fig. 46. — Ctenophihahnus yunnanus (J. 



288 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 



previous new species, apical margin but slightly incurved, the anterior rounded 
apical portion not projecting upwards, the posterior angle slightly i)rojecting 
posticad, not dorsad. Apex of vertical arm of IX. st. subtruncate, its posterior 
margm strongly rounded, but much less slanting than in Ct. parous sp. nov. ; 
ventral arm more truncate. 

Yunnan : Nguluko, 6.ii., on Apodemus agrarius, 1 (J. 

12. Ctenophthalmus dinormus sp. nov. (text-fig. 47). 
$. Chaetotaxy as in the $ of Ct. parens sp. nov. Margin of VII. st. twice 
incurved as in that species, but the bays deeper, the lobes therefore longer, the 

internal incrassation quite different, 
its frontal margin well defined and 
nearly parallel with the margm of the 
segment, below the upper lobe the 
incrassation forms a narrow, gently 
curved, posteriorly pointed ridge 
which inclines downwards posteriorly. 
Stigma of VIII. t. larger than in Ct. 
parens and the stylet shorter (of. 
text-fig. 47, a dinonmis, b parens). 

Szechuan : I-tze Camp, Ku-lu, 
23. iv., on Anteliomys cusios, 1 $. 

Stenischia gen. nov. 
$. Near Rhadinopsylla J. & R. 
1912. Spines of genal comb all on 
genal margin, none at margin of 
antennal groove ; no eye -spine, a 
narrow short sulcus below margin of 
antennal groove as vestige of an eye. 
Episternum of metathorax fused with 
metanotum ; both meso- and meta- 
sternum with narrow ventral pro- 
jection (lateral aspect !). Dorsal 
margins of abdominal tergites and 
ventral margins of sternites (text-fig. 
48) strongly chitinized from base to the row of long bristles. VII. t. between 
the two groups of 3 antepygidial bristles with a process bearing 2 spines. Coxae 
reduced in width, especially hindcoxa, which is twice as long as it is wide at 
the broadest point, its hindmargin with prominent tooth below basal third, 

incurved from this tooth to apical lobe. Femora hkewise reduced in width. 

Genotype : Stenischia mirabilis sp. nov. 

13. Stenischia mirabilis sp. nov. (text-figs. 48, 49). 
$. Frons with strong tubercle below middle, from the tubercle downward 
flattened, from base of antennal groove to oral corner a row of 6 smallish bristles, 
2 eye-bristles, with a sniaU bri.stle in between ; area between comb and margin of 
frons long, distance from oral angle to base of ventral spine of comb longer than 
the distance between the oral margin and the antennal groove. Comb of 5 




Vll.st. 

Fio. 47. — Ctenophthalmus dinormus $ ; (o) 
Ct. dinormus, stylet ; (6) Ci. parens, stylet. 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 



289 



spines, the upper one quite small, placed at genal angle, there being but an indica- 
tion of a genal process below this spme, ventral spine about as long as segment III 
of maxillary palpus, second and third a little broader, second a trifle longer than 
first, fourth the same in width, but distinctly shorter, a little over twice as long 
as broad. On occiput 3 rows of bristles, as f. i. m Rhadinopsylla iientacanthus 
Roths. 1897. Proboscis reaching somewhat beyond apex of coxa, with a curved 
apical hair and segment V the shortest (as in Bhadinopsylla). 




Fig. 48. — Stenischia tnirabilis $. 



Pronotum with a comb of 16 spines and a row of 10 bristles, which are 
smallish, as on meso- and metanotum and as the longest bristle of the subapical 
row of occiput. Mesopleura with 3 bristles ; internal rod ending dorsally at anterior 
angle. Mesonotum incrassate at anterior and dorsal margins, the incrassation 
extending downwards in front of the posterior bristles. Metepisternum (text- 
fig. 48) large, extending farther dorsad than in the allied genera, with 4 bristles ; 
stigma-cavity rounded, as are those on abdomen ; a patch of very minute striation 
as in Rhadinopsylla (and a few allied genera). No apical spine on metanotum. 
19 



290 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 



Incrassation of abdominal tergite I and sternite II less solid than in the 
other segments ; on tergite II the incrassation triangidar (lateral aspect), short, 
on III to VII longer, more or less strongly widened halfway between base and 
row of bristles ; the row dorsaUy oblique, and here behind it a romided transparent 
spot, a similar s])ot on the sternites behind the bristles ; apical spines (on the 
two sides together) on I 5, II 6, III 5, IV 4, V 6, VI .5, VII 2 ; nearly all the 
bristles long, no small one in front of the row, 4 or 5 bristles in the row, on VI 

and VII 3 or 4, on II to V 
one bristle below stigma, the 
stigma in the row ; on 
sternites III to VI 6 bristles 
(two .sides together), VII 7. 

Forecoxa nearly thrice 
and mid- and hindcoxa more 
than twice as long as broad ; 
anterior sclerite (coxite) of 
midcoxa posteriorly near 
apex projecting as a tooth ; 
in apical half of inner svirface 
of hindcoxa about a dozen 
short bristles. Mid- and 
hindfemur almost straight 
above, about four times as 
long as broad in middle ; 
hintlfemur on outside with a 
subventral bristle behind 
subbasal notch and 2 near 
apex ; on inside one sub- 
apical bristle. All tibiae with 
6 dorsal notches, which are 
deej) on hindtibia ; the latter 
with 6 subdorsal lateral 
bristles on outside ; longest 
dorsal apical bristle of hindtibia reaching to subapical notch of tarsal segment I, 
longest of hindtarsal I beyond subapical notch of II, longest of II to basal third 
of IV, V in all tarsi with 4 pairs of plantar bristles ; mea.surements : midtarsus 
12, 12, 8, 6J, 15 ; hindtarsus 30, 20, 11, 7, 16i. 

Modified Segments. $. VII. st. triangular (text-fig. 411), posterior margin 

slanting to near ventral angle, which is obliquely truncate-emarginate. VII. t. 
with sharp angle below antepygidial bristles ; the median dorsal portion of 
VII. t. pale, the two apical spines much longer than the spines of the other 
tergites. Upper antepygidial bristle longer than the others, the lowest one 
slightly the stoutest. On VIII. t. no bristles above and below the large stigma ; 
on ventro-apical area a patch of 9 bristles, nearly all shortish, on inside 3. Stylet 
nearly cylindrical, its long bristle not quite apical. Spermatheca of the Rhadino- 
psylla type, apex of tail concave on posterior side, below this groove a swelling. 
Length: 2-5 mm., hindfemur: 0-28 mm. 
Szechuan : Mu-li, 31.iii., on Anteliomys cuslos, 1 $. 




Fig. 49. — Stenischia ynirahilis 9. 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 291 



NOTES ON SIPHONAPTERA. 
By KARL JORDAN, Ph.D., F.R.S. 

1. Siphonaptera versus Aphaniptera. 

nPHE publication of Wagner's Kaialog der palaearktischen ApJmnipteren (1930) 
raLses the question which name should be used, Siphonaptera or Aphani- 
ptera. The oldest name given to the Order is Suctoria Latr. Priority, however, 
does not apjily to names of Orders. Latreille himself replaced Suctoria in 1825 
by Siphonaptera, and one year later Kirby and Spence. being under the mistaken 
impression that fleas had rudimentary wings, called the Order Aphaniptera, I 
cannot conceive of any argument in favour of replacing Siphonaptera by the 
younger and inappropriate name Aphaniptera. 

2. Arctopsylla Wagn. and other noniina nuda. 

There are in Wagner's C'atalogue several new names which have not been 
diagnosed. Such names without descriptions not being valid, it is to be hoped 
that Professor Wagner will soon supply the want. 

3. "Arctopsylla" ursi Roths. 1902. 

This North American species has been treated in Wagner's Catalogue as 
being identical with the European Bear-flea. The two species, however, are 
very different. There is one peculiarity in the morphology of ursi which is 
worth recording here. Whereas in the $ of ursi and in both sexes of the allied 
species the club of the antenna consists of 9 separate segments, in the ^(J of ursi 
there are only 8 segments, a very interesting feature. 

4. Leptopsylla versus Ctenopsyllus. 

The name Ctenojisyllus was first pubUshed by Kolenati in 1857 in a foot- 
note to Ceratopsyllus, where he says : "... soUte eigentlich Ctenopsyllus 
heissen, von /tei.?, j^tevo? der Kamm, well sie Kamme, sogenannte Ctenidien am 
Hinterrande des Pro- oder Metanotums und oft audi an einigen Riickensegmenten 
tragen. ..." A name published in this way is as valid from the date of publica- 
tion as if Kolenati had said : I name the comb-bearing fleas Ctenopsylhts, A 
very large number of names have been published conditionally. Phrases in 
meaning like the following are quite frecjuent : " If the differences here mentioned 
should turn out to be constant, the name X — us would be appropriate." " If it 
is necessary to place these species into a separate genus, I propose B — to for them. ' 
A name published with a description or as an alternate name is valid whatever 
phraseology is employed. Authors, however, should not use the conditional in 
Nomenclature ; give a name straightforwardly, or don't mention a new name ; 
reservations in this connection are really ludicrous. Ctenopsyllus having been 
published in 1857, Kolenati could not validly employ the same word for another 
genus. This second Ctenopsyllus, Kolenati 1863 nee Kolenati 1857, was renamed 
Leptopsylla J. & R. 1911. Wagner is wrong in igaoring Ctenopsyllus 'K.olena.ti 1857. 



292 NoVlTATtS ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 

5. The Genotype of Tetrapsyllus .(ord. 1931. 
In Nov. ZooL. XXX vi. p. 135 (1931), we read after the descrijjtion of Tetra- 
psyllus : "Genotype: ParapsyUu.s cocyti Roths. 1904." This was a slip made 
when typing the manuscript ; it sliould read corfidii, as is abundantly eviilenced 
by the description, the name and the reference to Section E of Ectoparasites, i. 
p. 365. where a diagnosis (but no name) was given. In typing I wrote (uninten- 
tionally !) cocyti instead of corfidii, both names being familiar to me and both 
beginning with " co ." P. cocyti does not belong to Section E. 

6. Rhopalopsyllus bohlsi Wagn. looi (= Rh. bemhardi J. & R. 1908). 
The species was described by Wagner from a single $ collected by Dr. 
Johannes Bohls during his stay in Paraguay. In our paper of 1908 we identified 
with it a series of specimens likewise fiom Paraguay which seemed to agree 
rather closely with Wagner's figure. The type of bohlsi is in the Hamburg 
Museum (ex coll. Poppe) and has very kindly been lent to me for comparison 
with our material of Jihopalopsyllus. We find that the specimen agrees best 
with the females we placed with Rh. bemhardi J. & R. 1908. Therefore, the 
species we have described and figured in Ectoparasites, i. p. 333, no. 9, text-fig. 348 
(1923), as Rh. bohlsi is Rh. bohlsi J. & R. nee Wagner and requires a name : Rh. 
rimatus n. nov., type o from Sapucay, Paraguay. 

7. Rhopalopsyllus gTvyni Fox 1914. 

In Ectoparasites, i. p. 334 (1923), we said under Rh. bohlsi : " Rhopalopsyllus 
gwyni Fox (1914) appears to us to be Rh. bohlsi ; but we cannot be sure, as we 
have not yet seen any of the original five specimens of gtvyni." I have examined 
the type and a paratype in the U.S. National Museum, and B. J. Collins, of the 
U.S. Health Service, has lately sent us several examples of the same species. 
The specimens examined prove to us that Rh. gu-yni is different from all the 
Rhopalopsylli we have in the collection. 

Rh. gioyni q has the VIII. st. much less deeply incised ventrally in the middle 
line, and the IX. st. is much narrower than in Rh. rimatus and Rh. bohlsi (cf . above, 
No. fi). In these characters the ^J comes nearest to Rh. plate7isis J. & R. 1923, 
in which, however, the basal abdominal sternite bears more numerous lateral 
bristles and the bristles of the hindtarsus are much longer, in both sexes. The 
abdominal bristles are in ^ and 9 of J^h. gwyni fewer than in Rh. platen,iis, and 
there is a large interspace between the subdorsal lateral bristles of the hindtibia 
and the subventral ones. In the $ the abdominal sternites IV to VII have no 
small bristles in front of the row ; and there are on the outer surface of tergite 
VIII from the stigma downwards about 30 or fewer bristles inclusive of small 
ones (but exclusive of the bristles at the mner side of the apical margin), there 
being in front of the vertical row a group of 4 or 5 small bristles, recalling Rh. 
bohlsi Wagner ( = bemhardi J. & R.). In the latter species, however, the bristles 
on VII. st. of $ are much more numerous, the segment bearing 24 or 25 inclusive 
of some small ones, as against 13 to 17 in Rh. gwyni $. 

8. Aphropsylla gen. nov. 
Aphropsylla Jord., Verh. Ent. Kongr. Zurich, p. 600, No. 16 (1926) {nom. mid.). 

When I described early in 1 925 several new genera of fleas, I intended to 
publish also a diagnosis of ArchaeopsyUa, the description of which formed already 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 293 

part of the {incomjjlete) manuscript of a Monograph of the Siphonaptera. I 
supply liere the diagnosis : Near Archaeopsylla Danipf 1908. Eye not marginal. 
Praeoral tuber absent. Metepisternum larger than in Archaeopsylla, anteriorly 
fused with sternum. Antepygidial bristles very close to margin, but separated 
from it. Large flap of ^J -genitalia not dilated ventrad, without fringed appen- 
dage ; anal tergite not bifurcate. In $ VII. st. not incised ventrally in middle 
line ; head of spermatheca subglobular ; apical margin of dUated portion of 
VIII. t. sinuate, angle above sinus acute. Genotype : A. conversus J. & R. 1913 
(as Ctenocejihalus). Here also belongs Ctenocephalus wollastoni Roths. 1908. 

9. Trichopsylla Kolenati 1863. 
The genus was described as having no ctenidium on head and thorax. Six 
species were placed into it, 4 of which Kolenati did not know and were only doubt- 
fuUy referred to Trichopsylla. Of the remaining 2 one, T. cuspidata Kolenati = 
T. erinacei Bouche, has a reduced ctenidium on head and jirothorax, overlooked 
by Kolenati, and, moreover, is the type of Archaeopsylla Dampf 1908. To select 
cuspidata as genotype of Trichopsylla and thereby render Archaeopsylla a 
synonym would be a piece of mere mischief. There remains the species identified 
by Kolenati with Pulex penicilliger Grube 1852. At that time nobody knew 
what penicilliger really was. In fact, Wagner, when re-examining Grube's speci- 
mens, found (1898) that they belonged to two species, one a Ceratophylliis, to 
which Wagner restricted the name penicilliger, and the other an Amphipsylla. 
The name penicilliger, therefore, covered in 1863 three species : 

( 1 ) penicilliger Grube (J, a Ceratophyllns, as restricted by Wagner 1 898 ; 

(2) penicilliger Grube $, an Amphipsylla ; and 

(3) penicilliger Kolenati nee Grube, error of determination, figured by 

Kolenati. 

Kolenati did not know (1) and (2), for both species have a very distinct 
pronotal comb in contradiction to the diagnosis of Trichopsylla. Therefore, 
species (3), which conforms to the diagnosis and is figured by Kolenati, is the only 
one common-sense could regard as the genotype : T. penicilliger Kolenati nee 
Grube, err. determ. This species we have identified with T. homoeus Roths. 
1906. Therefore : 

Trichopsylla Kolenati, genotype T. homoeus Roths. 1906 (= penicilliger 
Kolenati 1863, nee Grube 18.52). 

Syn. : OncopsyUa WaUgr. 1903, and Chaetopsylla Kohaut 1903. 

10. Ceratophyllus mustelae Wagner 1898 (ex Schilling indescr.) versus C. mustelae 

Dale 1878. 

In the Katalog d. pal. Aphanipteren. p. 9 (1930). Wagner employs the name 
C. mustelae Schilling 18,';7 for the species named furbidus by N. C. Rothschild 
in 1909. SchiUing (i.e. in Gurlt's list of parasites) did not give any description ; 
he merely said on " Mustela." As any number of different fleas may accidentally 
occur on " Mustela," the bare statement is quite insufficient for rendering the 
name valid. Being a nomen nudum it cannot be employed as from 1857. In 
1S98 Wagner adopted the name mustelae Schilling and gave a description ; the 
name, therefore, became valid in 1898. Unfortunately, in 1878 Dale, indeiien- 



294 NoviTATES Zoological XXXVIII. 1932. 

dently of Schilling, had already employed the name for a different sj)ecies, as 
proved by a specimen so named in Dale's collection. This C. rnusteJae Dale 
1878 is a synonym of P. penicilliger Grube 1852 as restricted by Wagner in 1898. 
Therefore, we have : 

(1) C. mmtelae (Dale 1878) = P. penicilliger Grube 1858, Wagner 1898. 

(2) C. mustelae Wagner (ex SchiUing indescr.) 1898 preoccupied by C. 

mustelae Dale 1 878 ; and 

(3) C. mnstelae Wagner 1898 nee Dale 1878 requiring a name, which was 

supplied by N. C. Rothschild in 1909 : C. turbidus Roths. 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 295 



SOME NEW AFRICAN ANTHRIBIDAE. 
By KARL JORDAN, Ph.D., F.R.S. 

1. Sphinctotropis grossa sp. no v. 

<^$. Much larger than S. albofasciata Kolbe 1S95, and the angle of the pronotal 
carina a little larger than 90° and rounded off. 

Rostrum uneven, punctate like frons, pubescent clay-colour inclusive of 
half the frons ; median carina more distinct in middle, widened at base, dis- 
appearing at some distance from apical margin, second carina irregular, broad, 
forming a hump at base of rostrum, disappearing on widened apical portion of 
rostrum, genal groove deep. Frons two-fifths the width of apex of rostrum, a 
trifle narrower in cj than in $. Occiput with a luteous spot at eye and a faint 
indication of a median spot. Eye elliptical, anteriorly and beneath with a very 
thin border of white pubescence. Antenna in rj longer than the body, in $ 
reaching to near middle of elytra ; in (^ III twice as long as the frons is 
broad, IV to VII a little longer, VIII Uke III, club narrow, IX one-fourth 
shorter than VIII, nearly as long as X + XI, X half the length of XI, not 
quite twice as long as broad ; in $ III one-fourth shorter than the frons is 
broad, as long as IV, V to VIII slightly shorter, VIII one-fourth shorter than 
III, IX and XI as long as III, X twice as long as broad, five-eighths the length 
of IX. 

Pronotum coarsely punctate, somewhat uneven, but without tubercle, a 
median vitta luteous, interrupted or constricted before middle, a spot on disc 
each side of vitta more or less joined to it, and about six small and diffuse spots 
on lateral surface, all luteous, the black areas partly with sparse white pubescence, 
the ends of the median vitta also white ; carina medianly angulate as in the 
other species of this genus, lateral angle over 90°, the apex roimded off, lateral 
carina straight ; before middle of disc a slight depression, but no transverse 
channel. Scutellum white. 

Elytra strongly punctate-striate, on basal third a number of luteous spots 
shaded with white, more or less confluent, similar spots on apical declivity, and 
a few on side ; behind middle the usual white and luteous dentate band from 
stripe I to VI or VII. Pygidium punctate, olivaceous grey, in ^ one-seventh 
shorter than broad, gradually narrowed, rounded at apex, in $ one-third shorter 
than broad, subtruncate. 

Underside with large punctures, jjubescent grey, spotted with clay-colom-, 
on side diffuse black patches. Mesosternal process broad, truncate, apical margin 
faintly bisinuate, the lateral angles slightly projecting ; pubescence in and behind 
middle of metasternum silky, there being in j" a bilobate patch (similar to a poplar 
leaf) of longish ecru-drab hair, the point of the patch directed forward, the edges 
paler. Abdomen of ,^ medianly flattened. Two rings on tibiae and the apex 
of tarsal segment I white. 

Length 8-4 to 8-7 mm. 

Nigeria : Ibadan. 24 . vi . 24 (F. D. Golding), one ^, type ; Ibadan, 1 2 . vii . 22, 
one $. 



296 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 

2. Sphinctotropis helictus australis .subsp. nov. 

(J$. Frons narrower than in S. h. helictus Jord. liHl from West Africa ; in 
the tS the ej'es nearly contiguous. Clay markings in middle of pronotum and 
at suture of elytra reduced. 

Natal : Malvern, iv.97, three (Jo, one $. 

3. Sphinctotropis iniqua sp. nov. 

(J. Similar to S. rhodesiensis Jord. 1922 (described as a Litoceru.s), the clay 
markings of up])erside reduced, whereas the subapical ring of the tibiae and the 
apical clay pubescence of tarsal segment I are extended. Frons narrower. 
Median carina of rostrum less elevate, the median anteapical depression deeper. 
Occiput with a small spot at eye. Pronotum more coarsely punctate, antemedian 
sulcus replaced by a broadish depression, behind this depression a rounded 
hump ; lateral angle of carina rounded as in S. rJiodesieiisis. Elytra more coarsely 
punctate -striate, the subbasal swelling higher, the depression behind it deeper, 
the alternate interspaces higher, the postmedian transverse band broken up and 
inconspicuous. Apical half of segment I of all tarsi clay-colour. 

Tanganyika Territory : Sukarre, Usambara, one cJ. 

4. Litoceras quinarius sp. nov. 

3'. Pronotum with five clay vittae and anal sternite with two apical tubercles. 

Black, pubescent olivaceous grey, marked with clay-colour. Rostrum and 
frons rugose, the former with clay median stripe, median carina indicated, not 
distinct, second carina broad at base, almost effaced by the rugosities of the derm, 
disappearmg on a level with the obtuse angle of the cariniform margin of the 
antennal groove. Frons a httle broader than segment II of antenna is long. 
Eye narrowly margined with clay-colour on frons, the border widening on occiput, 
cheek clay-colour below eye, whitish towards occiput, this patch not connected 
with the dorsal border of the eye. Antenna rufous, the club blackish, reaching 
beyond middle of elytra, segment III about one-third longer than IV, IV to VII 
nearly equal in length, VIII a little longer and broader, IX as long as VII, X 
one-fourth shorter, two and one-half times longer than broad, XI a trifle shorter 
than IX. 

Pronotum with a few shallow punctures at side, before middle a feeble 
transverse depression, but no groove ; of the five yellowish stripes the median 
and lateral ones broader than the intermediate one, dilated at the carina, narrower 
than the interspaces, intermediate stripe less consj^icuous, its pubescence not 
being dense, connected at carina with median stripe. 

Elytra evenly punctate-striate, a patch occupying the basal depression in 
front of subbasal swelling, a lateral spot behind shoulder, some indefinite spots 
behind subbasal swelhng, and a more distinct one a little farther back on suture, 
a band curved from middle of sutiire obliquely backwards to outer margin along 
which it extends to ape.x, and some spots on apical declivity, of which a linear 
one in third interspace is conspicuous, all clay-colom' and more or less diffuse. 
Pygidium as long as broad, evenly rounded at apex. 

Anal sternite depressed along middle, the obtuse ridge bounding the depres- 
sion on each side ends at apex of segment with a small tubercle. Bases of 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 297 

femora, tibiae except apices, and tarsal segments III and IV rufous, upperside 
of tarsi sparsely grey, as are the femora and tibiae. 

Length 6-4 mm. 

Uganda : Entebbe, 9.ii.l4 {C. C. Gowdey), one J. 

5. Androceras rhodesi sp. nov. 
(^. The first species of this Indian genus received from Africa. Short, com- 
pact, mottled with whitish grey, creamy buff and blackish brown. Rostrum, 
lower portion of frons and cheek creamy buff. Rostrum as long as broad, at 
aj)ex depressed and obtusely sinuate, with a rather deep and broad longitudinal 
impression, which disappears on apical flattened area and gradually becomes 
shallower towards base, which it does not reach, on each side of this median area, 
from eye to near middle, a prominent, but obtuse, somewhat curved carina, and 
at eye a short deep lateral groove the upjjer margin of which is continuous with 
a thin, feebly raised carina that distally runs close along upper edge of antennal 
groove. Frons only one-sixth the width of apex of rostrum. Eye large, very 
little convex. Antenna black, base rufescent, VII jiubescent white on upperside 
except base, II quite short, as long as broad, III to VII gradually broader. III 
one-ninth longer than IV, IV, V and VI practically of even length, VII a trifle 
shorter, VIII to XI forming a broad club which is a little longer than V to VII 
together, not quite thrice as long as broad, proportional lengths of VIII to XI 
10, 7, 5, 8, measured along the middle, X more than twice as broad as long, 
underside of club with long soft hair {club of $ presumably consists of tliree 
segments, without wool). 

Pronotum half as broad again as long, conical from carina, but side slightly 
rounded before middle, puncturation denser laterally than medianly, the punc- 
tures rather small and shallow, their hindmargins somewhat granuliform, disc 
slightly depressed transversely behind apex and before carina, for the greater 
part dark brown shaded with grey, at apex on each side two oblong luteous spots, 
before carina another luteous spot in position intermediate between the two 
ajjical ones, and near median stripe a diffuse spot, in middle of apex diffuse grey 
pubescence followed by a luteous spot in subapical depression, a grey spot in 
middle and thence to scutellum a stripe mostly composed of grey pubescence ; 
dorsal carina rather strongly convex, but rounded-concave in middle, here placed 
at one-foiu-th from extreme base to apical margin, curved forward at side in a 
wide even arc to two-fifths of side (measured from extreme base). Scutellum 
white. 

Elytra one-fifth longer than broad, broader than prothorax, strongly 
punctate-striate, with the interspaces more or less convex ; for the greater part 
grey, on subbasal swelling a brown irregular patch extending to shoulder, in 
middle from side to suture a brown area broadest at side, somewhat indefinite 
except at suture, more or less mottled with grey, on apical declivity a few small 
brown markings, one or two of them transverse, about a dozen creamy buff dots 
from shoulder to suture behind subbasal swelling and on apical declivous area ; 
basal margin curved forward and strongly raised, forming a transverse rounded 
tubercle. Pygidium grey mottled with brown, a little broader than long, evenly 
rounded at apex. 

Underside densely whitish grey, with indications of brown markings on 
meso-metasternites and abdomen ; the latter flattened in middle, anal segment 



298 NOVITATES ZOOLOOICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 

medianly truncate. Femora and tibiae dark rufous brown, with greyish pubes- 
cence, tibiae with a .subbasal and a postmedian diffuse brown spot on upperside, 
apex black like the tarsi, bases of segments I, II and IV white. 

Length 5 mm., width 3-2 mm. 

South Rhodesia : Hillside, Buluwayo. 12.ii.l(i, two (j'^J, tv'pe in Mus. Brit. 

6. Apatenia elongata sp. nov. 

(J. Much more elongate than any known African species of this genus. 
Brownish black, with some luteous grey markings, the derm imder these markings 
rufous. Rostrum pubescent clay, three-fifths broader than long, rugate-jninctate, 
with a median carina which nearly reaches to apical margin. Frons and occiput 
concave, the former half as wide as the rostrum, both blackish, with a little 
luteous pubescence at eye. Antenna rufescent brown, pale rufous at base, 
segments III to VIII gradually decreasing in length from 0-4 mm. to 0-2 mm., club 
less loose than in the other African species, its segments being less narrowed at 
base and X comparatively short, IX one-third longer than III, X one-half IX, 
somewhat broader than long, XI as long as III. Eye elongate-elliptical, more 
than half as long again as broad. 

Pronotum only one-sixth broader than long, in dorsal asjiect straight at side 
from dorsal carina to apex of lateral one, thence gradually narrowed, strongly 
and densely punctate, a rounded median impression from carina to before middle, 
in centre of depression convex, on side several small luteous spots, diffuse, derm 
under the larger spots without large punctures ; carina sUghtly concave in middle 
and narrowly interrupted, flexed forward at side in a very broad curve without 
indication of an angle. 

Elytra two-thirds longer than broad (measured in a straight line), strongly 
punctate-striate, with interspaces III and V convex, especially posterior half of 
III, shoulder, interspace V from near base to beyond middle and III in and 
behind middle with some luteous grey spots, at apex a transverse grey band 
indented at apical margin, on suture and in alternate interspaces indications of 
black dots. Pygidium coarsely punctate, almost semicircular, being one-third 
broader than long and evenly rounded. 

Underside coarsely punctate, abdominal segments I to III with a lateral 
space which has no large punctures, but is minutely punctate, middle of abdomen 
somewhat flattened. Tibiae with two grey rings on a rufous ground, tarsi more 
or less rufous, with sparse grey pubescence. 

Length 5-7 mm., width 2-3 mm. 

South Rhodesia : Vumbu Mts., 5,700 feet, ii.26, two (^^. 

7. Atophoderes dorsalis chiromelas subsp. nov. 

cJ. Broader than A. d. dorsalis Qued. 1886, .segment IX of antenna less 
narrowed towards base, II of tarsi black with a few grey hairs at apex. 

East Africa : Zambesi, one ,^. 

In Nov. ZooL. xxi. 1914, p. 228, line 2 from below I said that A. aculanfjuhis 
Kolbe 1895 was based on a worn $ of .4. dorsalis ; it should read nnalinxs Kolbe 
1895 instead of acntangulus. The statement. I.e., p. 229, line 23 from above, 
that the anal sternite has the angle produced into a sharp tooth is erroneous ; 
what appeared to be a tooth is really a tuft of hair matted together. 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIIl. 1932. 299 

8. Atophoderes miriclava sp. nov. 

(J. Near A. acutangulus Kolbe 1895 ; much larger, median carina of rostrum 
vestigial, club of antenna quite different. 

Black, the derm under the grey spots rufescent. Rostrum longer than in 
the other known species, half as long again as broad, densely rugate-punctate, 
median carina indistinct, apex strongly flattened, apical margin slightly sinuate 
in middle, underside likewise very densely rugate-j)unctate, flattened, with an 
indication of a very thin median carina, channel from antennal groove backwards 
vestigial, lobes of labiophore strongly rounded at apex. Eye one-seventh longer 
than broad. Antenna black, reaching to base of elytra, distal segments of shaft 
more or less grey. III one-third longer than IV, V shorter than IV, VI to VIII 
about as long as broad, much shorter than in the j" of A. acutangulus and A. 
dorsalis, club very broad, IX a little broader than long, asymmetrical, base 
rounded, apex rounded on posterior side, produced distad on anterior side and 
pointed, X shorter and narrower than IX, but similar in shape, XI small, 
irregularly elliptical, more rounded on anterior than on posterior side, nearly 
one-half longer than broad, upperside of club convex, underside flattened and 
wooUy. 

Pronotum variegated with grey, very densely reticulate-punctate, slightly 
depressed at carina, basal angle as acute as in A. acutangulus, more produced 
than in tliat species ; dorsal carina almost evenly convex from side to side. 

Elytra punctate -striate, the alternate interspaces convex, especially III and 
V, and tessellated with grey and black, in middle of each elytrum a small diffuse 
black patch. 

Underside and legs essentially as in the allied species ; tarsal segment III 
black. 

Length 10-2 mm., width 4-5 mm. 

South Rhodesia : Sawmills, 3I.xii.21, one ^. 

9. Phloeobius amplus sp. nov. 

(J. A large and very broad species ; rostrum with broad median impression, 
pronotum with a transverse row of five tawny tufts, elytra with numerous tufts. 

Black, pubescent grey, shaded with drab and tawny. Rostrum with three 
broad longitudinal depressions separated by two obtuse, but prominent, carinae 
which do not reach apex of rostrum and disappear at frontal side of eyes ; 
pubescence of rostrum and head grey mixed with tawny. Frons a little less than 
one-half the width of the rostrum (measured in front of the antennae). Antenna 
grey inclusive of club, IX about as long as IV, X two and one-thii-d times as long 
as broad, XI longer than IX, slender, tapering to a point, with the tip curved. 

Pronotum grey densely mixed with tawny, the rugosities of the derm more 
or less concealed by the pubescence, a deep and broad deiiression from carina to 
middle flanked by an obtusely cariniform swelling which is placed halfway 
between lateral carina and middle, a transverse row of five tawny tufts in middle, 
the one on the swelling largest ; apical margin slightly incurved in middle ; 
dorsal carina broadly concave in middle in conformity with the median depres- 
sion, lateral angle less than 90°, lateral carina reaching to middle, gradually 
raised anteriorly, forming a strong projection which is sharply cut off, in dorsal 
aspect the side of prothorax from this projection to basal angle somewhat 



300 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 

incurved, from the projection forward rounded and strongly slanting to neck, the 
prothorax not being dilated behind ajiical transverse lateral channel. 

Elytra only one-third longer than broad, depressed before middle, strongly 
declivous at apex, grey mixed with tawny, side from below shoulder to beyond 
middle and upwards about to third row of punctures darker, appearing more 
tawny from front, more drab from behind, rather sharply limited by a postniedian 
oblique row of tufts ; at begiiniing of apical declivity a diffuse blackish patch 
across suture to second row of tufts, subbasal swelling distinct, basally brown, 
interspaces III, V and VII with a row of tawny tufts, postmedian one of III 
blackish, two in I on subbasal swelling hkewise blackish, the number of tufts 
varying slightly, III usually bearing f) and V and VII 7 or 8, the tufts in the 
antemedian depression small. Pygidium nearly semicircular, evenly rounded. 

Pubescence on side of sterna somewhat clayish ; tibiae with two diffuse 
brown spots. 

Length 11 mm., width 5 mm. 

South Africa : Spelonken, one q, type, in Mus. Brit. ; also two ^^^ without 

locality at Tring. 1 am indebted for most of the species here described to 

Sir Guy A. K. Marshall. 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 301 



FUETHEK RECORDS OF ANTHRIBIDAE FROM JAVA. 
By KARL JORDAN, Ph.D., F.R.S. 

1. Mecotropis aulax sp. nov. 

(J$. In colour and size very close to M. similis Jord. 1898, also from Java ; 
upperside more distinctly dotted with brown and at sides more extended brown, 
tarsal segment I more extended grey. Median apical carina of rostrum posteriorly 
ending abruptly, and the median sulcus commencing with a rounded cavity, the 
two oblique apical carinae higher in between the antennal grooves than in M. 
similis ; the median sulcus gradually disappearing posteriorly between the eyes, 
whereas in M . similis it is continuous with a slight, almost carmiform, elevation. 
On prosternum, M. similis bears in front of each coxa a curved groove, the two 
grooves not being joined across the middle ; in M. audax there is a nearly straight 
deep groove across middle, curved back at sides. Mesosternal process broader 
than in M. similis. Anal sternite of (J truncate, the angles projecting each as a 
short blunt tooth. 

Length (head excl.) 15-23 mm. 

Java : Senggoro, Passeroean (A. Koller), 1 (J, type ; Pradjeken, 1 $ ; 
Kendeng Mts., 1 (^ ; Malang (Royer), 1 ^ ; Bajoetendoel, vii.31 (H. Lucht), 
1 (^ in coll. Dr. Kalshoven. 

2. Cedus diversus Jord. 1911. 

Java : south of Malang, 7.xi.29 (Dr. L. G. E. Kalshoven), 1 (J ; Preanger 
(P. F. Sijthoff), 1 cJ- The species occurs also in South India, Assam, Formosa. 

3. HuCUS pallidus Jord. 1926. 

Java: Lembong, ix.24, 2 (Jc?. 1 ?■ In one (^ the upper surface much 

more extended pinkish grey, the greater part of the elytra being this colour. 

4. Nessiodocus festivus sp. nov. 

$. Rufescent brown, densely pubescent grey, from frons across pronotum to 
apex of elytra a brown stripe divided by a median line on pronotum and sutural 
line on elytra. 

Rostrum one-half broader than long, with a shallow apical depression, 
without carinae, but m front of eye near side with a narrow groove, and a second 
groove between eye and antenna, both grooves curved, side of rostrum angulate 
at antennal groove, the angle nearer to base of mandible than to eye. Frons as 
broad as the upperlip, brown like occiput, eyes margined with grey. Antenna 
very pale rufous, club slightly darker, shaft thin, segments III to VIII gradually 
and rather slightly decreasing in length. III a little shorter than the frons is broad 
anteriorly, VIII conical, not quite thrice as long as broad, club sublinear, less 
than twice as broad as VIII, IX a little shorter than III, nearly twice as long as 
broad, X a little longer than broad, XI elongate-ovate, sUghtly shorter than IX. 



302 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 

Pronotum gradually narrowed from angle of carina to apex, one-half broader 
than long, rather densely punctate, apical margin feebly incurved behind eye ; 
the grey median vitta anteriorly about half as broad as each brown stripe and 
posteriorly about as broad as a brown stripe, the two brown stripes together with 
the grey median line one-fourth broader than the grey area from lateral carina 
dorsad ; towards side two small spots one behind the other ; dorsal carina slightly 
but distinctly convex from side to side, very faintly straightened in middle, 
lateral angle 90°, with the extreme tip rounded off, lateral carinida directed 
somewhat downward, forming a very obtuse angle with the lateral carina and a 
slightly smaller obtuse angle with the dorsal carina, lateral carina reaching only 
very little beyond one-third from angle to apical margin. 

Elytra one-half longer than broad, piuictate-striate, the grey sutural stripe 
extending into third interspace before middle and again before apical declivity, 
the suture itself brown from before middle to apex, this brown line slightly 
widened anteriorly ; the grey lateral area extending at base dorsad to fourth line 
of punctures and to eighth line farther back, the seventh interspace occupied by 
a grey line. Pygidium not quite twice as broad as long, gradually narrowed , 
truncate, with the angles rounded, the apical margin double, there being a dorsal 
and a ventral transverse edge, the upper one slightly raised. 

Underside uniformly grey ; legs as pale as the antenna, tibiae and tarsi 
slender, segment I in foretarsus longer, in mid- and hindtarsus somewhat shorter 
than II to IV together, being in foretarsus more than half as long as the tibia. 

Length (head excl.) 4-5 mm., width 2-1 mm. 

Java : Semarang, in Teak Forest, 21 .i.31 (Dr. Kalshoven), 1 $. 

5. Nessiara stomphax stomphax Jord. 1928. 

Java : Buitenzorg, 30.iv.2o (Kalshoven), 1 $. The first 9 I have seen 

of this subspecies ; it agrees in colour with the cj. 

6. Nessiara tessellata Eyd. & Soul. 1839. 

Java : Semarang, 26.xii.30 (Verbeek), 1 $. The first specimen recorded 

from the island. We have no specimens of this species from Sumatra and Borneo, 
but quite a series from Indochina, the Philippines, Celebes and Toekan Besi, 
also some examples from Saleyer, Bali, Sumbawa, Balabac and Perak. 

7. Exillis longicomis Pascoe 1860. 

Java : Bagor, 6.iii.29 (Verbeek), 1 ^J. Evidently much rarer than in 

Sumatra and Borneo. 

8. Xylinades tardus sp. nov. 

J. Near X. rugiceps Jord. 1895, from Siam, North India, Tonkin and 
Cambodja ; eye more deeply sinuate, segments of antenna and tarsi shorter. 
Differs from X. aspericollis Jord. 1895, the range of which extends from Tonkin 
to Java, in the antenna, pronotum and tarsi being shorter and the abdominal 
segment IV laterally pitted with large punctures. 

Clayish markings of upperside essentially as in A', aspericollis, consisting 
on pronotum of some dots and on elytra of an anterior and a posterior area of 
short streaks. 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXX^^II. 1932. 303 

Head and rostrum coarsely and rather densely punctate ; margin of apical 
sinus of rostrum slightly elevate, from its middle extends an oblong, flattened 
carina which is about twice as long as broad ; from posterior end of this median 
carina at each side of median groove a carinitorm swelling runs towards occiput, 
where it disappeais, this submedian carma broad, not constricted, but made 
uneven by numerous large punctures ; on frons a smooth narrow median carina 
ending on a level with the anterior margin of the eye and here joining the sub- 
median carina. Segment III of antenna not longer than II, about one-tenth 
longer than broad. III to VIII gradually increasing in width. VIII about one- 
fourth broader than long, club ovate, proportional lengths of the three segments 
11 : 7 : 14, at apex of IX a grey patch on inner side, not on outer, apex XI 
strongly rounded on outer side, more obtuse than in X. aspericolKs, VI to X 
underneath with short woolly hair. 

Pronotum one-twelfth broader than long, densely and coarsely grooved, 
also on median apical area, the interspaces confluent as more or less parallel 
ridges, the lateral ridges parallel with the lateral carina. 

Elytra shorter than in X. aspericollis, the rows of punctures and tubercles 
naked, the interspaces between the rows densely tomentose, forming regular 
stripes, sutural stripe and alternate ones broader than the others. Hairs on 
pygidium long and scattered. 

Prosternum swollen in front of coxa, here a little shorter than the coxa is 
wide. Mesosternal process lanceolate, distinctly widened in middle. Sides of 
abdomen with large punctures, restricted on I to III to apical half, while on IV 
the punctures are numerous from base to apex. Tibiae strongly compressed, 
broad, dorsally longitudinally imjjressed, but not deeply, dorsally densely covered 
in basal two-thirds with scale-hairs, in apical third much less densely with longer 
scale-hairs, outer and inner surfaces with a sparse covering of long scale-hairs, 
those near apex being more like thin bristles. Segment I of tarsi short, strongly 
widened at apex, not longer than the tibia is apically wide, dorsal groove of II 
smaller than in X. aspericollis. No lilackish markings on tibiae and abdomen. 

Length (head excl.) : 12 mm., width 4-8 mm. 

Java: Depok, 7.i.27, 1 (J. 

9. Dendrotrogus angustipennis Jord. 1895. 

Java : Gedangen, Semarang (Verbeek), 2 cJ(J, 3 9? ; Pemalang and in Teak 

Forest of Semarang, 5.ii.31 (Kalshoven), 2 $$. The (^ is easily di.stinguished 

from the allied species }jy the first and second abdominal segments bearing each 
a hairy median patch. The $ can be recognized by the rostrum being medianly 
distinctly depressed and its apical sinus more sharply triangular ; the scale-hairs 
on the legs much narrower than in I), hyjiocrifa Jekel 1855. 

10. Paraphloeobius sodalis Jord. 1923. 

W. Java : S. Pr. Djampang, ix.30 {Dr. Kalshoven), 1 ^. Known from 

Perak and Borneo. 

11. Tropidobasis bigemmis spec. nov. 
cj. Very pale rufous (immature), with a grey pubescence, which is denser 
at the apical margin of pronotum, on scutellum, around the black patch on each 
elytruni and on the underside ; disc of pronotum blackish from side to side ; on 



304 NOVITATES ZOOLOOICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 

each elytrum before middle a nearly circular, sharply defined black patch, a 
little longer than broad, separate from suture, about as long as its distance from 
basal margin and as broad as its distance from lateral margin, very conspicuous. 

Sinus of eye more dorsal than the margin of antennal groove, the interspace 
between this cariniform maigin and the dorsal lobe of eye broader than antennal 
segment II. Antenna somewhat shorter than the pronotum is long dorsally, 
segments III to VII nearly equal in width, slightly decreasing in length, VIII 
wider, forming part of the club, which is compact, compressed, elongate-elliptical, 
about twice as long as broad, a Uttle longer than III to VII together, broadest 
at apex of X, IX gradually widened, somewhat broader than long, X transverse, 
sUghtly wider at apex than at base, nearly twice as broad as long, XI truncate 
at base, rounded at sides, acuminate at apex, a little wider than long. 

Pronotum one-fifth shorter than broad. Elytra not quite one-half longer 
than broad (11 : 8), feebly punctate, not striate. Pygidium semicucular, very 
nearly twice as broad as long. Tarsi brownish except at base, segment I less 
than twice as long as the tibia is broad. 

Length (head excl.) : 3 mm. 

Java : Pemalang (Verbeek), 1 (^. 

The pair of sharply defined black spots on the elytra render this species 
easy to distinguish from all the others described. 

12. Autotropis modesta limbata Jord. 1924. 

Java : Gedangen, viii.31 (Dr. Kalshoven), 4 specimens. Not previously 

recorded from Java. 

13. Ozotomerus rugicollis Jord. 1895. 

Java: Gedangen, Seniarang, 21. viii.31 (Verbeek), 2 ^^. Also 2 ^^ 

from North Celebes (Dr. Leefmans). All 4 specimens small and narrow. 

14. Misthosima crucifera Jord. 1904. 

Java: Semarang, Teak Forest, 12.iv.31 (Kalshoven), 1 cj, 1 $ ; Walikoe- 

hoen (Verbeek), 2 $$. In this species the pronotum is longitudinally pUcate ; 

we have it from New Guinea, Aru, Philippines and Banguey. 

15. Araecerus cautus spec, no v. 

cJ. In shape and colouring similar to .4. corporaali Jord. 1924, but the angle 
of the pronotal carina smaller than 90", distinctly pioduceil backward, and the 
lateral carina more strongly curved than in A. corporaali. The underside of the 
abdomen flattened, segments I to IV raised each side along this flattened median 
area, segment V much less raised than the preceding ones, whereas in A . corporaali 
(^ V bears on each side a strong apical hump and therefore appears apically 
sinuate, which is not the case in the new species. 

Java : Mt. Arjoeno, 3,000 feet, i.l896 (W. Doherty), 2 ^^. 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 305 



NEW ORIENTAL ANTHRIBIDAE. 
By KARL JORDAN, Ph.D., F.R.S. 

1. Mecotropis gardneri sp. nov. 

(J. Black, pubescent grey, upperside variegated with brown and black, abdomen 
spotted with black. Rostrum with median groove extending on to frons ; eye 
entire. Near M. vitticollis Jord. 1895. 

Median groove of rostrum continued as a narrow channel across the transverse 
interantennal elevation ; the lateral carina which runs from posterior portion of 
caritiiform margin of antennal groove in the direction of dorsal margin of eye 
very low, not nearly reaching eye ; no carina between this cariniform swelling 
and the median channel ; sides of rostrum between eye and antennal groove 
coarsely punctate, without carinae and channels ; but the sub ventral sulcus 
running from eye to short gular transverse groove accompanied by a carina, the 
sulcus itseH narrow. Labiojihore with a cariniform median sweUing at apex. 
Occiput on each side with an irregular brown longitudinal smudge extending 
on to frons. 

Pronotum a very little longer than broad, with a few granules, apex and 
base grey, before middle a transverse row of 4 grey spots, 5 others at transverse 
carma, these diffuse, the median one anteriorly forked, the lateral one narrowed 
anteriorly, produced forward to or to near lateral antemedian spot ; carina 
slightly interrupted in middle. Scutellum grey, a little longer than broad. 

Elytra a Httle over one-half longer than broad, flattened from base to 
beyond middle, grey, variegated with brown, a basal spot above shoulder and a 
smaller limbal one behind shoulder velvety black, a triangular area behind 
shoulder from near side-margin to near suture brown, diffuse, suffused with grey, 
a broad postmedian area from side to side brown dotted with black and grey, 
posteriorly incurved on each elytrum and here rather well defined, the apical area 
grey, with a blackish spot on suture at a short distance from apex. Pygidium 
grey, with a small black lateral spot and a large ferruginous and black apical one. 

Prosternum without transverse groove. Mesosternal process triangular. 
Abdomen with two rows of irregular black spots on each side. Tibiae rufous, 
apices black, grey pubescence slightly denser beyond middle. Tarsi black, claw- 
segment rufescent, I and IV grey, black at apex, underside of II and III with 
tawn}' bristles, which are longer on II of mid- and hindtarsus. 

Length 12 mm. 

India: Anamalai Hills, Madras, 2,400 feet, 6. v. 30 (J. C. M. Gardner), 

one o, ex rotten wood. Named in honour of the collector. 1 am indebted 

for the majority of the species described in this pajaer to the Entomological 
Department of the Forest Research Institute at Dehra Dun. 

2. Xylinades tamilanus sp. nov. 

(5"?. Close to X. aruensis Jord. 1895. As in that species, the dorsal carina 
of pronotum not joined to the lateral one ; the tubercles on pronotum and 
elytra much more numerous than in X. aruensis, and the pubescence of the 

20 



306 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 

tibiae consists, like that of the tarsi, of very fine sLLky hairs instead of clay- 
coloured scale-hke hairs similar to those of the elytra and the apex of the femora. 

Upper- and underside with the usual covering of yellowish, broad, short, 
scale-like pubescence, which, on the pronotum, often forms a median stripe. 
The black aieas ot the el^iira consist of a dorsal basal patch, a large lateral median 
one reaching to near the suture, an anteapical transverse band, usually inter- 
rupted on each elvtrum, and a sutural apical spot. On side of abdomen indica- 
tions of black patches. 

Sinus of rostrum round, the edge raised, but not sharp, in middle a short 
oblong carina, flattened ; a short distance behind it commences gradually a long, 
narrow, median carina, which disappears on occiput ; at each side of this carina 
a submedian one, which is broader and commences farther forward on a level 
with the end of the short aj)ical median carina, being constricted between the 
antennal grooves and farther back rendered irregular by a variable number of 
large punctures and longitudmal grooves. Eye sinuate. Segment III of antenna 
longer than IV, VIII longer than broad, club compact, elliptical, nearly exactly 
twice as long as broad, IX as long as XI, X one-fourth the length of IX, no 
woollj' hair on underside in q. 

Pronotum very httle longer than broad, broadest before middle, rough with 
confluent grooves, the tubercles of the centre also confluent, lateral tubercles in 
rows more or less parallel with lateral caruia, ajjical median area uneven with 
grooves and ridges. 

Dorsal rows of punctures of elytra with prominent rounded tubercles from 
suture to shoulder and to near apex, the lateral and posterior tubercles smaller 
than the dorsal ones. 

Abdominal sternite IV with many large punctures on side. Dilated apex 
of femora not (or very Uttle) wider vertically than middle of femora. 

Length 8-11 mm. 

Ceylon, a small series. 



3. Xylinades paxuinsignatus sp. nov. 

(J. Near ..Y. adductus Jord. 1923 from Ttmkin. As in that species, the 
numerous grooves of the pronotum large, well defined and not confluent. Frons 
without median carina ; anterma shorter than in X. adductits, segment VIII 
broader than long ; abdominal sternites II and III without large pimctures ; 
base and apex of tibiae rather broadly black ; pronotum and elytra with fewer 
luteous markings than in X. adductus. 

Ajsical sinus of rostrum shallow, its margm transversel}' convex, forming a 
roof over the sinus ; the middle of this convex area continued backwards as a 
short obtuse carina, which is anteriorly curved sidewards and disappears on 
occiput ; frons with several longitudinal, irregularly elliptical, grooves in middle 
area and smaller punctures laterally, without the definite median carina of X. 
adductus ; rostrum and a stripe above eye luteous. Segment III of antenna 
somewhat longer than IV, III to VIII gradually shorter and broader, VIII much 
broader than long, club compact, ovate, not elliptical, one-half longer than broad, 
relative lengths of its segments 10, 4, 9, underside of VII to X woolly {^). 

Pronotum with a luteous elongate spot on each side of middle in anterior 
half and one or two lateral dots near apex, apical marginal area smooth, with 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIIl. 1932. 307 

some small jninctures, rest of surface pitted with large grooves, most of the 
raised interspaces forming fairly regular hexagons. 

Elytra with few luteous spots : one at base above shoulder, another lateral 
behind shoulder, several in basal half of third and fourth interspaces, one lateral 
behind middle, a number from side to suture before apical declivity and one or 
two before apical margin ; the tubercles separating the seriated punctures more 
or less conspicuous between shoulder and suture, posteriorly gradually lower in 
the dorsal rows, hardly at all raised in the lateral rows and in apical tliird of 
elytra. Pygidium with luteous spot in middle. 

Widened proximal portion of metathoracic episternuni with hardly any punc- 
tures ; abdomen black, with luteous lateral spots more or less in two rows, side of 
segments II and III with a few small punctures, punctures of IV larger, but not 
so large as in X. adductus. Base and apex of tibiae black ; luteous pubescence of 
all tibiae like that of apex of femora, consisting of flattened, lanceolate, hairs ; 
tarsal segment I about as long as the tibia is broad at apex, groove on upperside 
of II extendmg to near apex. 

Length 15 mm. 

India : Bhutan, one (J. 



4. Zygaenodes longiceps sp. nov. 

$. Upperside isabella-grey, dotted with brown, underside whitish grey. 
Eye sessile, convex, circular, with smus towards antenna ; occiput slightly 
depressed along eye, but no eye-stalk. Rostrum one-sixth shorter than apically 
broad, basally somewhat convex, in middle slightly depressed transversely, apex 
truncate, feebly undulate ; the whole face white, with the brown derm showing 
through here and there, derm of apex pale rufous ; interspace between antennal 
groove and eye about as wide as segment II of antenna is long. Frons one- 
fourth narrower than the apex of rostrum ; distance from culmen to culmen of 
eyes almost one-half wider than apex of rostrum. Occiput slightly convex, 
faintly depressed in middle, with a large brown sjjot on each side of the middle 
line. Shaft of antenna very pale rufous, club blackish, segment III nearly one- 
half longer than IV, IV to VIII slightly decreasing in length (proportions of III, 
IV, VIII = 10, 7, 6), IX and X as long as VIII, X one-third shorter. 

Pronotumvery pale rufous, mottled with white and brown pubescence, side 
and a median area extending from base to middle of disc brown mottled with 
luteous grey, disc slightly depressed at carina, lateral carina very short, a mere 
spur directed obliquelj' ventrad. 

Elytra pale rufous, with a mixture of white and luteous grey pubescence 
interrupted by black or brown dots, alternate interspaces slightly convex, 
especially the third, basal swelling distinct, its pubescence forming a crest, from 
this crest to base a black line, in middle of third inter.space a black spot nearly 
twice as long as broad. Pygidium somewhat longer than broad, rather strongly 
granulate, gradually narrowed to apex, which is evenly rounded ; grey, with a 
brown arc from side to side at base. 
• Legs very pale rufous, middle of femora and tibiae, extreme tip of tibiae 
and the greater part of the tarsi brownish (probably blackish in more mature 
specimens). 

Length 3-2 mm. 

20* 



308 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 

India : Sappal, Palghat, Madras, 1,700 feet, 21.vii.30 (J. C. M. Gardner), 
one 9, ex dry stems. 

5. Hucus insulanus sp. nov. 

(J. Near H. limbatus Jord. 1928 from Tonkin, but the frons only as broad 
as the first segment of the antenna. Brown, upperside pubescent grey marked 
with brown, side of head and underside of thorax and abdomen white. Segments 
I and II of antenna pale rufescent, brown at apices, III the longest, III to VIII 
decreasing in length, III half as long again as VIII, club sublinear, as long as 
VII and VIII together, IX twice as long as broad, X a little longer than broad, 
XI sUghtly longer than IX. 

On each side of disc of pronotum two brown stripes which, together with 
the grey line that separates them, are narrower than the grey median area ; 
lateral carina straight. Scutellum white, contrasting with elytra and pronotum. 

Elytra less flattened than in H. limbatus, with the following brown markings : 
a stripe from shoulder to near apex, separate from lateral margin, a spot on sub- 
basal swelling, a larger one in middle of suture continued back- and sidewards 
by some isolated dashes, and an M on apical declivity with its central angle and 
the two arms directed obhquely back- and sidewards and joining the sublateral 
stripe. Pygidium a little longer than in H. limbatus, not quite one-half broader 
than long. 

The extreme tip of the femora and a median spot, the apex of the tibiae, and 
aU the tarsi blackish ; upperside of tarsi grey, foretarsus less flattened and 
broadened than in H. limbatus. 

Length 3-3 mm. 

North Andaman, 11 .iii.30 (Dr. C. F. C. Beeson), one (J. 

6. Nessiodocus celsus sp. nov. 

(J. Black, with sharply defined white markings on upperside ; rostrum and 
underside white. Twice as long as broad, almost oblong. 

Rostrum a little longer than broad, broadest at apex, slightly depressed 
below middle, punctate, especially in basal two-thirds, apical margin with shallow 
sinus, from near eye a short carina along a narrow groove, the carina disappearing 
on dorsal side of antennal groove, which is placed halfway between eye and 
mandible ; upper edge of antennal groove slightly projecting as an angle and 
continued apicad as a feebly raised carina. Frons not quite one-third the width 
of the basal half of the rostrum (between the carinae). Outline of eye circular, 
but flattened towards cheek, with narrow white margin. Occiput black, this 
colour extending to middle of frons. Antenna black, with hardly any grey 
pubescence, segment I claviform, nmch shorter than III, II a little longer than 
broad. III to VIII almost equal in length, VIII somewhat broader than the 
preceding ones, IX as long as III, twice as long as broad, flattened, almost gradu- 
ally widened to apex (X and XI missing). 

Prothorax five-ninths broader than long, broadest before middle, very 
densely granulate, apex truncate, carina obtusely angulate backwards in middle, 
then slightly convex, flexed forward in a broad curve, but the lateral carina nearly 
straight and somewhat directed downwards, reaching a little beyond middle, 
lateral carinula directed slightly downwards, forming an obtuse angle with the 
lateral carina, subbasal transverse carinula distinct laterally, but not beaded ; 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 309 

the area between the dorsal carina and the hiteral one white, this patch occupying 
a very Httle more space than half the black median area, the white patch continu- 
ing obliquely forward, gradually narrowing, and joining the white dorsal border 
of the eye, the dorsal margin of this white stripe somewhat incurved, the black 
median area therefore laterally rounded, being a little narrower at apex than at 
base. Scutellum black, transverse. 

Elytra very densely granulose, punctate-striate, slightly depressed behind 
scutellum and basal margin ; the latter rounded and turned up ; subbasal 
swelling faintly indicated ; the suture not depressed ; the following markings 
white : a basal sutural X expanding at basal margin to near shoulder and 
posteriorly to fourth line of punctures, a small lateral median spot extending up 
to seventh line of punctures, another limbal spot before apical declivity, connected 
with a dorsal one, the two forming a narrow, irregular, oblique band which 
reaches to second interspace. Pygidiiim nearly semicircular, being almost twice 
as broad as long, sparsely pubescent grey, except a transverse basal band which 
is white. White pubescence denser on sides of sterna than in middle, sparse on 
legs ; foretarsus (o) flattened and broadened, segment I three-fifths the length 
of the tibia, one-fifth longer than II to IV together ; hindtibia about one-fifth 
shorter than foretibia. 

Length 4-7 mm. 

India: Sunksal, S. Kanara, 5.vi.30 (B. M. Bhatia), one ^. Very con- 
spicuous in the collection on account of the strongly contrasting black and white 
colourmg. 

7. Nessiodocus castus sp. nov. 

$. Chestnut-brown, densely pubescent grey, upperside marked with dark 
chestnut-brown, antenna and legs very pale rufous. 

Rostrum two-thirds broader than long, with shallow apical depression, side 
feebly angulate at anterior corner of antennal groove ; this groove small, 
semilunar, nearer to base of mandible than to eye. Frons narrow, little broader 
than segment II of antenna ; occiput chestnut -brown, this area strongly narrow- 
ing frontad, but not extending down to rostrum. Antenna reaching to end of 
metasternite (if head is in vertical position), I and II short, II to VIII thin. III 
nearly twice as long as IV, IV to VIII slightly decreasing, IV one-half longer 
than VIII, but apically narrower than VIII, club sublinear, as long as III to VI 
together, IX as long as III, X one-fourth longer than VI, being about one-third 
shorter than IX, IX thrice as long as broad, XI as long as IX, but a little broader. 

Pronotmn not quite one-half broader than long, gradually narrowed apicad 
from angle of carina, punctate, slightly rugose, appearing almost smooth on 
account of the fairly dense pubescence, apical margin feebly incurved behind eye, 
a chestnut-brown median stripe from apex to base, constricted in middle and at 
carina, narrower at apex and base than before and behind middle, here about 
one-fourth narrower than the grey lateral area between brown stripe and lateral 
carina ; dorsal carina distinctly convex, but somewhat concave in middle, lateral 
carina slightly convex dorsally, continuous with the basal lateral carinula, which 
is directed downwards, the angle of the carina smaller than 90°. 

Elytra a little less than one-half longer than broad (10 : 7), punctate-striate, 
with the follov^ing chestnut-brown markings : a spot on subbasal swelling, 
another at shoulder, a longer oblong one at side behind shoulder, a streak each 



310 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1'.I32. 

before middle of fourth and sixth interspaces, an irregularly elliptical lateral 
patch behind middle connected with an irregularly rounded larger patch on 
apical declivity which extends from near suture to eighth line of punctures, suture 
narrowly brown from near middle to near apex. Pygidium granulose, very little 
broader than long, strongly and gradually narrowed, apex evenly rounded, 
marginate. 

Tibiae and tarsi slender, foretarsal I five-sevenths the length of foretibia and 
two and one-haLf times as long as II and III together. 

Length 4-6 mm. 

Philippines ; Surigao, Mindanao, one $. 

8. Androceras pulcherrimus sp. nov. 

cJ$. Black, upperside spotted witfi ochraceous-buff and lavender -grey, 
underside lavender-grey, with ochraceous-buif lateral spots encircled with black. 
Nearest to ^4. laticornis Jord. 1928 from Tonkin, but segment III of antenna 
much longer and narrower, elytra with hardly a trace of a depression along the 
suture, etc. 

On rostrum from eye forward a groove, the inner edge of which is cariniform, 
but much less raised than in ^4. laticornis, the area outside the groove flattened 
and ochraceous-buff, some of this pubescence also dorsaUy on basal area and a 
spot of the same colour above and below eye ; median line of base of rostium 
more or less smooth. Antenna black, segment VII of J and VII and VIII of $ 
pubescent-white, some traces of such pubescence also on other segments ; in 
o III about one-third longer than IV, both these segments gradually narrowed 
from base, the apex compressed, IV to VI equal in length, but V and VI strongly 
compressed from base, less narrowed towards base than the preceding segments, 
VII somewhat narrower and shorter than VI, VIII strongly widened towards 
apex, triangular, one-fourth shorter than VII, but much broader, IX likewise 
triangular, with the sides more rounded than in VIII, almost as broad as long, 

X twice as broad as long, less than half the length of IX, and a very little narrower 
than IX, XI as long as broad, narrower than X, but a little longer, more .strongly 
rounded on innerside (antenna directed backwards) than on outer, apex slightly 
acuminate on outerside ; in $ shaft not dilated. III one-third longer than IV, 
this one-fourth longer than V, VI like V, VII a little shorter than VI, VIII a 
little shorter than VII, IX as broad as long and as long as III, triangular, X as 
broad as IX, but only half its length, bemg a little over twice as broad as long, 

XI narrower than X, a little longer, broader than long, apex rounded, with a 
slight angle on innerside. 

Pronotum slightly rounded -angustate from carina forward, punctate, on each 
side two ajjical, two antebasal and two basal ochraceous-buff spots surrounded 
by black, variable in size and sometimes one or the other pair confluent, on each 
side of middle traces of such spots ; dorsal carina feebly angulate in middle, 
lateral angle obtuse, rounded off, lateral carinula horizontal, directed towards 
lateral carina, which it does not reach. 

ScuteUum grey. Elytra cylindrical, posteriorly very feebly flattened at 
suture, subbasal callosity scarcely indicated, with four irregular and variable 
transverse series of ochraceous-buff spots extending obliquely from suture back- 
wards to outer maigin, the spots partly confluent, the rows being basal, ante- 
median, median and anteapical, the anteapical spots forming a more or less 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 311 

continuous band curved backward at suture, at apex a more or less tridentate 
spot, the lavender -grey spots in the black spaces variable in size and shape, some 
broken up into small linear spots in two of the three specimens. Pygidium 
lavender -grey, with an ochraceous-buff spot each side encircled with black. 

Legs lavender -grey, a subapical spot on femora and a subbasal one on tibiae 
ochraceous-buff surrounded with black, apex of tibiae and tarsal segment I as 
well as nearly the rest of the tarsi black. 

Length 2-4 mm. 

Darjiling : Lopchu, 6,000 feet, iv. 30 (J. C. M. Gardner), 2 (J<^, 1 ?, ex 
Alnus nepalensis. 

9. Ulorhinus brachystomus sp. nov. 

^. Near U. bilineatus Germ. ISIS and allies ; distinguished by the rostrum 
being very short and the pygidium long. Blackish brown, slightly rufescent in 
places, especially at base of antenna, shoulder and on legs, variegated with grey. 
Rostrum three times as broad as long, a median impression occupying base and 
frons, within the impression a small carina. Frons not quite one-third as broad 
as the rostrum ; head, rostrum and pronotum coarsely punctate. Antenna 
short, very little longer than rostrum is broad, III as long as VII and VIII 
together, IX a little longer than broad, strongly narrowed to base, X transverse, 
rounded at sides and base, with the apical margin somewhat incurved, XI 
narrower, ovate, as long as broad. 

Prothorax as long as broad, with a whitish median stripe posteriorly, three 
grey linear spots at apex, a diffuse grey patch in centre, and small dots at sides ; 
carina evenly curved forward at side, not forming an angle. 

Elytra much longer m proportion to their width than in U . bilineatus, 
tessellated with grey and black, in third interspace the usual whitish linear spot. 
Pygidium one-fourth longer than broad, gradually, but not strongly, narrowing to 
apex, which is round, the centre of the apical margin projecting as a small tubercle. 

Underside coarsely punctate, sides more densely pubescent white than 
middle, in middle of metepisternum a brown spot. Tibiae grey near base and 
apex, segment I in foretarsus shorter than IV, in hindtarsus longer than IV, 
claw of hindtarsus as in ^ of U . bilineatus without tooth, outer claw shorter, 
more curved and basally more swollen than inner claw. 

Length 4 mm., width 1-6 mm. 

India: Manor Road, N. Thna, Bombay, 5.viii.30 (Dr. C. F. C. Beeson), 
one cJ- 

10. Raphitropis incanus sp. nov. 

f^. Near R. marchicus Herbst 1797, narrower, antenna much longer. Upper- 
side rufescent lirown and pubescent grey, underside densely grey. Frons and 
base of rostrum convex ; frons a little less than half as wide as rostrum. Antenna 
pale rufous, gradually more brown towards apex, nearly twice as long as the 
pronotum, segment III as long as IV, a little longer than V and VI, these longer 
than VII and VIII, III almost twice the length of VIII, IX as long as III, X 
one-fifth shorter, XI elliptical and one-fifth longer than III. 

Pronotum : on each side of middle a smaller antemedian and a larger post- 
median brown patch, the four patches separated by a grey Greek cross of which 
the transverse bar is broader than the vertical one, the brown patches finely 



312 NOVITATES ZOOLOOIOAE XXXVIII. 1932. 

shaded with grey as on elytra ; dorsal carina broadly and rather deeply concave 
in middle, not angulate, convex near side, lateral carina a short and somewhat 
oblique projection, lateral carinula slightly but distinctly directed downwards. 
Scutellum grey. 

Elytra punctate-striate, with the basal margin rounded, brown, with the 
grey markings nearly as in R. indicus Jord. 1925 ; base of suture and l)asal 
margin, an oblique irregular band, broken up into spots, from below shoulder 
to middle of suture, with a branch across suture behind subbasal swelling, a 
similar band from middle of lateral margin to suture at beginning of apical 
declivity, and apex of elytra grey, these grey markings iU-defined and probably 
variable. 

Legs pale rufous (the specimen is not quite mature), femora except base and 
apex, apical haH of tibiae or more, and the tarsi except base with a browii tint, 
probably dark brown in mature specimens. 

Length 2 mm. 

India : Jajra, Dehra Dun, 27.vii.30 (J. C. M. Gardner), one q. 

Eye more prominent than in R. indicus, rostrum longer, antenna much 
shorter, lateral carina of pronotum longer and less oblique, and basal margin of 
elytrum somewhat rounded. 

11. Araecerus candicans sp. nov. 

$. In the absence of the male this conspicuously coloured species is best 
placed in Araecerus, though its colouring and some details of structure indicate 
that it represents a new genus. 

Black, pubescence greyish white, faintly yellow above, upperside with black 
markings. Head and pronotum densely reticulate, the meshes not impressed as 
punctures. Rostrum short, apex truncate, slightly rounded. Sinus of eye 
barely indicated. An elongate median spot on occiput black, extending on to 
frons, about as broad as the white border of eye. Antenna rufescent brown, 
segments I and II very pale rufous. III one-half longer than IV. twice as long as 
VIII, the proportional lengths of III to VIII being 8, 6, 5, 4, 4, 3|, of club 6, 5, 
6J, IX and X nearly symmetrical, XI elliptical. 

Pronotum conical, slightly constricted before base, feebly rounded in middle, 
not quite one-half broader than long (13 : 9), disc occupied by a large transverse 
black patch which has four projections forward and opposite them four backward, 
the projections being about as broad as the white interspaces between them and 
reaching neither apical margin nor carina, in the black patch a sublateral white 
dot ; carina dorsally slightly concave, laterally flexed forward in a broad and 
nearly even arc, lateral carina oblique, almost straight, extending to one-third 
of side. Scutellum white. 

Elytra one-half longer than broad, rather strongly punctate-striate, inter- 
spaces densely granulose, subbasal swelling and depression behind it feebly 
indicated, aj)ical declivity gradual, before middle an irregular transverse black 
band, produced forward between lines II and IV, the projection not reaching 
basal margin and extending somewhat backward near suture, the suture remaining 
nearly entirely greyish white, a large postmedian black patch sublaterally con- 
nected with antemedian band, the connection made irregular by the invasion 
and inclusion of grey markings, the postmedian patch produced backwards near 
suture and again sublaterally, the two branches nearly meeting before apex ; 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 313 

the black areas bear small grey dots. Pygidium as long as broad, triangular, 
with the apex pointed and turned up ; grey, apex pale rufous, at some distance 
from apex a short median carina ending abruptly. 

Underside coarsely punctate ; apices of abdominal sternites I, II and III 
and bases of II, III and IV laterally depressed, the transverse depressions especi- 
ally conspicuous between I, II and III, anal segment triangular, narrow at apex, 
but not sharply pointed, the greater part pale rufous. Legs jjale rufous, evenly 
but not densely grey ; apices of tibiae and the tarsi darker, foretarsal segment I 
one-fifth shorter than II to IV together. 

Length 3 mm., width 1-9 mm. 

North Andamans, 6. v. 29 (B. M. Bhatia), one $, ex Terminalia procera. 



314 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1932. 



SPOLIA MENTAWIENSIA: GEOMETRIDAE. 

ADDENDA. 

By L. B. PROUT. 

TN stating (on p. 1 of the preceding volume) that I had seen no previous 
■'■ records of Geometridae from the Mentawi Ishxnds, I unfortmiately forgot 
four names given on the authority of Hagen in Maaas : " Bei Liebenswiirdigen 
WUden " (1902), p. 210, although I duly noted them about twenty years ago. 
The material was collected on Sipora, near the coast, in August and September 
1897. The following are the names. 

" Euschema (Hazis) doubledayi Gnell." {rede Snell.). This is already 
recorded for the island on p. 5 of my article, under its prior name of transducta 
Walk. 

" Euschema militaris L." should, I suppose, be the form selangora Swinh. 
(1893), in which I have now merged isolata Warr. (1902). The Tring Museum has 
a (questionably authenticated) (J from Nias and the form is not rare in W. 
Sumatra. 

" Panaethia georgiata Guen." I would suggest that this may be a mis- 
identification of subfumosa Warr. (1897), which occurs, though not commonly, 
in W. Sumatra ; or even of an aberrant maculosa Walk. By a ciu'ious coincidence, 
however, Tring has, as with Dysphania militaris selangora, a single ^ of georgiata 
labelled " Nias." 

" Anisodes carnaria Walk." Not identifiable. " Anisodes (?) carnearia " of 
Walker (1862) is — as Hagen could have learned from Hampson — an Organojioda, 
and it, or a close ally, is not unlikely to be found in the Mentawi Islands. 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGIOE, VoL.XXXVIIl,1932. 



PI. L 




John 8*1* Soni & Omtlwon L'' L<n4an 



MALAYAN LYMANTRIIDAE. 



NOVITATES ZoOLOGICvE, Vol. XXXVIII, 1932. 



PI. II. 




."13 SC*n)*lj*0iL**Ln>don 



MALAYAN LTMANTRIIDAE. 



I 



LEPIDOPTERA 

COLLECTID BY THE 

British Ornithologrists' Union and Wollaston Expedition* in 
the Snow IVIountains, Southern Dutch New Guinea 

WITH TWO COLOURED PLATES 

By the Hon. WALTER ROTHSCHILD, Ph.D. 

(LORD ROTHSCHILD) 

PRICE : £1 5s. (less 20% to Booksellers). 
A REVISION OF THE LEPIDOPTEROUS FAMILY 

SPHINGIDAE 

By the Hon. WALTER ROTHSCHILD, Ph.D., 

AND 

KARL JORDAN, M.A.L., Ph.D. 

PRICE: £10 (less 20% to Booksellers). 



cxxxT and 972 pages, with 67 Plates. 



Annual Subscription lo " NomtaUt Zoologicae," £1 5s. 

Price of completed Volumes, £1 10a. Volume XXV and following issues, £1 16s. 
(Commianen for Booksellers on completed volumes only.) 



CoiMmufitcationa, etc., may be addreeeed to 

THE EDITORS Op " NOVITATES ZOOLOOICAE," 

ZOOLOGICAL MUSEUM, 

TRIN& 



Subscribers should give notice of the non-arrival of any numbers immediately upon receipt 
of the succeeding part, otherwise the missing numbers cannot be replaced free. 



PRirmu, ev BAzeix. watson and mmkv, ltd., London and atleslurv. 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE, 



H Jounial of Zoology- 



EDITED BY 



LORD ROTHSCHILD, Ph.D., F.R.S., 
Db. ERNST HARTERT, and Dr. K. JORDAN, F.R.S. 



Vol. XXXVIIL 



No. 2. 

Pages 315-383. 

Issued June 15th, 1933, at the Zoolooical Museum, TBtNo. 



PRINTED BY HAZBLI>, WATSON & VINEY. LTD., LONDON AND AYLESBDRY. 

1933. 



Vol. XXXVIII. 

NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAR 

EDITED BY 

LORD ROTHSCHILD, ERNST HARTERT, and EARL JORDAN, F.R.S. 



CONTENTS OF NO. II. 



1. ON A COLLECTION OF LEPIDOPTERA FROM 

SPANISH MOROCCO 

2. JOURNEY TO ALGERIA AND MAROCCO IN 1929 

3. CROSSING THE GREAT ATLAS IN MAROCCO IN 

1930 

4. TWO NEW SPECIES OF MAZUCA, AN AFRICAN 

GENUS OF AGARISTIDAE (LEPIDOPTERA) . 

5. A NEW SPHIN6ID FROM MADAGASCAR (LEPI- 

DOPTERA) 

6. FOUR NEW FLEAS COLLECTED BY PROFESSOR 

F. SPILLMANN IN ECUADOR .... 

7. TWO NEW SPECIES OF CTENOPHTHALMUS 

FROM TROPICAL AFRICA (SIPHONAPTERA) . 

8. FLEAS COLLECTED BY DR. MAX BARTELS IN 

JAVA 

9. TWO NEW SOUTH AMERICAN BIRD-FLEAS 

10. NEW ORIENTAL ANTHRIBIDAE (COLEOPTERA) 



Lord Rothschild 315—330 

Ernst Hartert . 331—335 

Ernst Hartert . 336—338 

KarlJordan . 339—341 

Karl Jordan . 342 

KarlJordan . 343—348 

KarlJordan . 349—351 

KarlJordan . 352—357 

KarlJordan . 358—361 

KarlJordan . 362—383 



dV.^ 




NOYITATES ZOOLOGICAE 



Vol. XXXVm. JUNE 1933. No. 2. 



ON A COLLECTION OF LEPIDOPTERA FROM SPANISH 

MOROCCO. 

By lord ROTHSCHILD, Ph.D., F.R.S. 

T HAVE lately received a small collection from Dr. E. Romei made during 
June and July 1932 in Spanish Morocco, and as no list of the Lepidoptera 
of this region appears to have been published, I think it will be of interest to 
give the list of the specimens received. By far the largest number were collected 
at Xauen, south-east of Tetuan, and Ketama, considerably farther south-east of 
Xauen. The other localities where a few of the specimens were captured are 
Tetuan, 200 m. = 656 ft. ; Cuernos de Xauen, 1,300 m. = 4,264 ft. ; Taghsut 
(south of Ketama), 1,800 m. = 5,904 ft. ; Assila, 1,800 m. = 5,904 ft. ; Tidiguin, 
2,200 m. = 7,216 ft. ; Hauta Kasdir, 1,750 m. = 5,740 ft. The altitude of 
Xauen is 600 m. = 1,968 ft., and of Ketama 1,500 m. = 4,920 ft. 



1. Papilio machaon maxima Verity. 

Papilio machaon maxima Verity. Bliop. Palaearct. p. 296, pi. lii, f. 2 (1911) (gen. vern.) (Tangier). 
Papilio machaon maxima gen. aest. angiilata Verity, I.e. p. 296. pi. Ix. f. 14 (1911) (Tangier). 

The specimen sent to Tring is slightly smaller than the (J taken by Hartert 
and Young near Azrou in the Middle Atlas, and the yellow is deeper and duller, 
but it appears certainly to be a typical example of P. m. maxima gen. aest. 
angulata. 

1 cJ Ketama, 27 July. 



2. Papilio podalirius lotteri Aust. 

Papilio podalirms ab. lotleri Austaut, Petit. Nouv. Entom. ii, p. 233 (1879) (Sidi-Bel-Abbe-s). 
Papilio feistliameli forma maiira Verity (gen. vern. ex Africa). Rhdf. Palaearct. p. 293, pi. i, ff. 7, 8 
(1911) (Lambessa). 

1 (^ and 2 $$ came to Tring. One $ (No. 3) has a slight wash of yellow on 
the white portions of the wings, but very much less than in the gen. vern. maura 
ex Morocco in the Tring Museum ; the (J and $ (No. 4) are typical lotteri, showing 
the narrow fulvous band above anal ocellus as opposed to the broader one in 
Jeisthameli and its spring brood yniegi from north of the western Mediterranean, 
as does also the $ No. 3. 

1 (J, 2 ?? Ketama, 14, 27, 31 July. 

21 315 



316 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1933. 

3. Aporia crataegi manritanica Oberth. 

Aporia crataegi mauritanica Oberthiir, Stud. Lipid. Comp. iii, p. 120 (1909) (Algeria). 

Dr. Romei sent me only 1 ?, which agrees perfectly with the series at Tring 
from Algeria and the lliddle Atlas of Morocco. 
1 $ Ketama, 1 July. 

4. Ganoris rapae mauritanica (Verity). 

Pieris rapae mauritanica Verity. Rhop. PaJuearct. p. 155, pi. xxxiii, ff. 43, 44 ; pi. xxxiv, S. 15, 16 
(1908) (Algeria text ; Algeria, Morocco, Tunisia, figs.) (figs. 15, 16, pi. xxxiv as leucotera Stef.). 

The specimens received are all very uniform and typical summer brood = 
rapae mauritanica, but 1 $ from Ketama (No. 11) has the dark apices of the 
forewing more strongly po^^■dered with white. 

3 c?c?. 4 ?? Ketama, 29 June ; 1, 27 July. 
1 ^ Tetuan, 26 June. 

5. Leucochloe daplidice daplidice (Linn.). 

Papilio daplidice Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. ed. x, p. 468, no. 62 (1758) (Southern Europe and Africa). 

Dr. Romei sent 4 (J (J, 4 ?? to Tring. If these had been spring brood 
examples, I should have considered them rather aberrant examples of d. albidice 
Oberth., but being summer examples I cannot separate them from typical dapli- 
dice, though one or two exhibit a slight yellowish tinge to the green markings 
below. 

4 cJcJ, 4 $9 Ketama, 29 June ; 9, 12 July. 

6. Colias electo croceus (Geoff.). 

Papilio croceus Geoffroy, in Fourcroy, Enlom. Par. ii, p. 2.">0 (1785) (Paris). 

The Tring Museum received 4 ^J^J, 8 $$, 4 of which belong to the dimorphic 
white $ form helice. One helice (No. 30) is very small and has extra wide black 
outer margins with very small submarginal pale spots ; 2 other helice (Nos. 31. 
32) have the white tinged with cream buff ; and also 1 orange $ (No. 29) has 
also very broad black outer margins and reduced pale submarginal spots. 

4 (J(J, 7 $? (3 ?? helice) Ketama, 29 June ; 4 July ; 1 $ (helice) Tetuan, 
26 June. 

7. Gonepteryx Cleopatra (Linn.). 

Papilio Cleopatra Linnaeus, Syst. Xal. cd. xii. p. 765, no. 1(15 (1767) (ex Barbaria). 

One of the $$ has so little orange flush on the hindwings that it might be 
mistaken for a $ rhamni meridionalis, if it were not for the checkered fringe of 
its forewing. 

3 (Jc?. 3 ?? Ketama, 4, 9, 12 July ; 1 (^ Taghsut, 3 August ; 1 $ Cuernos 
de Xauen, 21 July. 

8. Gonepteryx rhamni meridionalis Rober. 

Gonepteryx rhamni meridionalis Ruber, in .Seitz, Grossschmett. Erde, i, p. 61 (1007) (Algeria and 
S. Asia Minor). 

The Tring Museum has received 4 cJ(^, 4 $9 of this southern race of O. rhamni 
fi'om Dr. Romei. Rober has united the North African rhamni with those of 
South Asia Minor ; unfortunately the Tring Museum only possesses 1 (J, 1 9 from 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1933. 317 

Asia Minor, so I feel unable to give an opinion ; but this pair has larger orange 
stigmata on the forewings than either Algerian or Moroccan examples, so that 
I think it would be wise to restrict the name meridionalis to the N.W. African 
examples and await further material from Asia Minor. This insect is by no 
means common in Algeria, and in the Middle and Great Atlas of Morocco is 
excessively scarce, Dr. Hartert having only caught 2 ^J^J on his four excursions. 
4 (J,^, 4 9? Ketama, 29 June ; 4, 6, 18, 29 July. 

9. Pyrameis cardui (Linn.). 

Papiho cardui Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. ed. x, p. 475, no. 107 (17.58) (Europe and Africa). 

One of the specimens received is normal in size and very bright coloured, 
the second a dwarf and paler in coloration. 

1 (J Ketama, 18 July ; 1 (J Tetuan, 26 June. 

10. Vanessa polychloros erythromelas Aust. 

Vanessa polychloros var. erylhroniehis Austaut, Le Xaliiriilisle. vii, p. 142 (1885) (Sebdou). 

1 (5, 1 9 of rather small size are in the collection. This pair are of an 
exceptionally bright reddish chestnut ground colour, but it requues a much 
larger series before it would be safe to sef)arate the form from Spanish Morocco. 

1 (J, 1 $ Ketama, 4, 31 July. 

11. Argynnis maja seitzi Fruhst. 

Argynnis nuija seitzi Fruhstorfer, Intern. Entom. Zeitsrhr. Guben, ii, p. 6!) (1908) (Alger). 

Although the carmine underside of forewings is extremely bright and the 
green wash above is very strong in the specimens received, I do not think the 
Spanish Moroccan examples can be separated from the Algerian typical m. seitzi. 

2 ^^, 3 $$ Ketama, 27 July ; 1 (J, 1 $ Assila, 10 July ; 1 S, Tidiguin, 
29 July. 

12. Argynnis elisa auresiana Fruhst. 

Argynnis adippe auresiana Fruhstorfer, Intern. Entom. Zeitschr. Guben, ii, p. 69 (19(J8) (Aures Mts.). 

In Nov. ZooL. xxxvi (1931), p. 194, I treated this insect as a separate 
species, as I had akeady done in vol. xxiv of the same journal (1917). This 
arose from my having overlooked Herr Reuss's article in the D. Entom. 
Zeitschr. 1922. I now hasten to correct this error and place this insect under its 
correct name as the mainland form of elisa Godart. It is nearer to the Corsican 
elisa stechei Vogt, but differs from both island forms of elisa by its very large 
size and rich green underside of the underwing. Dr. Romei sent 5 ^,^, 1 $ of 
this insect, which, though very red, agree very well with the deeper coloured 
Algerian examples. 1 J (No. 185) is very large. 

3 cJcJ Ketama, 18, 27 July ; 1 cJ, 1 ? Taghsut, 3 July, 3 Aug. ; 1 <^ Tidiguin, 
29 July. 

13. Argynnis aglaia excelsior subsp. nov. 

Differs from .4. a. hjauteyi Oberth. in its larger size (So), and the intense 
fox-red of the upperside, not rufous cinnamon buff as in lyauteyi. Below the 
salmon rufous of the forewing is much more intense and the buffy yellow trans- 



318 • NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1933. 

verse post median band on tlie hindwings is broader, and in cJ $ the green is 
more washed with olive. In the $ the buffy yellow patch above vein 5 of hind- 
wing below of lyauteyi is almost absent in excelsior. Tegulae bro-miish rose, not 
oUve brown. 

(J (Type) forewing 37 mm., expanse 81 mm. 

6 ^(3 Ketama, 4, 18, 27, 31 July ; 1 ? Taghsut, 3 July. 



14. Argynnis lathonia lathonia (Limi.). 

Papilio lalhoniti Linnaeus. Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 481. no. 141 (17.58) (Europe). 

All 8 examples are very large and highly coloured, but cannot be separated_ 
from the typical race. 

4 c?c?. 4 ?? Ketama, 29 June ; 1, 4, 18, 27 July. 

15. Melitaea phoebe occitanica Stdgr. 

Melitaea phoehe v. occitanica Staudinger, Cat. Lep. ed. ii (1871) (" It." ex errore pro lb.). 

The four specimens are rather small and dusky, being evidently the summer 
brood. Dr. Hartert's series from the Middle Atlas of Morocco are of a slightly 
mixed character, some being more like phoebe punica Oberth., others more 
like ph. occitanica, evidently an intermediate race, though in my articles on 
Dr. Hartert's collection I treated his whole series as ph. punica. 

1 ^, 2 ?? Ketama, 12, 18, 27 July ; 1 $ Assila, 16 July. 

ic. Melitaea didyma mauretanica Oberth. 

Mditaea didijim forma mauretanira Obertluir. Etiirt. JJpid. Coinp. iii, p. 243 (1909) (Algeria, Spain). 

4 (J (^, 1 $ are in the collection ; they are fine large examples of typical 
mauretanica, the $ being especially tyjDical. Oberthiir includes Spanish didyma 
under his name mauretanica, but they are not identical with North African 
examples. I have shown (Nov. Zool. xxiv, pp. 99, 100) that these Spanish 
examples must bear the name of d. occidentalis Stdgr. All 5 are very brilliant in 
colour. 

2 (JcJ, 1 ? Ketama, 29 June, 1 July ; 2 ^^ Cuernos de Xauen, 21 July. 



17. Satyrus (Nytha) alcyone caroli nom. nov. 

Satyrus alcyone maroccana Oberthiir, Eliid. Lipid. Coiiip. xvii. Planches, Expl. des Pis. PI. C, 
p. 48, PI. C. Phot. (1920) (Foret d'Azrou, Middle Atlas). 

I have hitherto through error kept this race of S. alcyone under Mr. Charles 
Uberthiir's name of S. alcyone maroccana (see Nov. ZooL. xxxvi, j). 195, no. 14 
(1931)) ; but it has to be given a new name, as that of maroccana was given to 
S. atlantis by Mr. Meade-Waldo in 1905. 

The 3 (J(^, 3 $9 are very dark and dusky and agree with the description of 
Ml'. Oberthiir. 

1 cJ, 1 $ Ketama, 29 June, 18 July ; 1 (J, 1 ? Assila, IG July ; 1 (J, 1 ? 
Tidiguin, 29 July. 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1933. 319 

18. Satyrus (Chazara) briseis major Oberth. 

Salynts briseis var. major Obertliiir, l^tiul, Kntom. i, p. 27 (1870) (Boghari). 

There are at Tring 3 cJJ. 2 $$ of this species ; they are decidedly smaller 
than Dr. Hartert's Azrou examples, 1 $ (No. 79) being even small for typical 
briseis, but the other $ (No. 80) is as big as average b. major from Batna, so I 
think we can safely register these 5 examples under b. major. 

1 (J Taghsut, 3 Aug. ; 3 ^JcJ. 1 ? Cuernos de Xauen, 21 July. 

19. Satyras (Satyras) sylvicola sylvicola Aust. 

Satyrus sylvicola Austaut., Le Naturaliste, ii, p. 28-1 (1880) (Sebdou). 

1 (J Ketama, 3 July ; 2 j^'c? Taghsut, 3 Aug. 

20. Satyrus (Satyrus) fidia subsp. ? 

Until I treated oi fidia Linn, in Nov. Zool. xxiv, p. 106 (1917), most authors 
had treated the fidia from S. Euroj)e as being typical, whereas in Syst. Nat. 
ed. xii, p. 770, no. 138, Linnaeus gives Barbaria (= Algeria) as sole habitat. 

There are 3 ^^ m the collection, of which 1 (No. 69) has the veins on the 
underside of hindwing white as m fidia fidia (=/. albivenosa Aust.), while the 
other two show no signs of these white veins. Lentil we can compare a large 
series from Spanish Morocco, it is impossible to separate these from typical fidia, 
but those found in the neighbourhood of Gibraltar show no signs of these white 
veins and otherwise agree with these 3 from Spanish Morocco. 

3 (^(J Cuernos de Xauen, 21 July. 

21. Satyrus (Cercyonis) abdelkader romeii subsp. nov. 

(J. Differs from a. abdelkader in being larger and considerably darker. The 
ocelH on forewing larger and the white dots also larger, but not so dark as 
(J a. lambessann-s. 

Forewing 39 mm., expanse 83 mm. 

Unfortunately only 1 (J was sent, but it is too distinct to be overlooked. 
(S. a. nelvai occiu-s in the Middle Atlas, and S. a. lambessanvs in the Great Atlas 
of Morocco, thus reversing the state of distribution as found in Algeria. 

1 (^ Cuernos de Xauen, 21 July. 

22. Satyrus (Minois) actaea simillima Rothsch. 

Satijrit.s actaea similliiiia Rothschild, Nov. Zoul. xx.wi, p. 19.3, no. Hi (lO.'ll ) (El Hajeb, Middle Atlas). 

When I described this race from the specimens taken by Dr. Hartert and 
Mr. Meade-Waldo I overlooked Lucas's actaea maroccaiia {Bull. Soc. Entom. 
France, 1920), but the descriptions of both ^ $ are so different that I have no 
hesitation in upholding my simillima. I cannot separate these Spanish Moroccan 
examples from those from other parts of the Atlas, though the 9? on the hind- 
wings below are a little greyer, less blackish. They show no signs of the white 
central band of a. nevadensis . 

3 (5' J, 2 $? Taghsut, 3 Aug. 



320 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1933. 

23. Melanargia galathea meade-waldoi Rothsch. 

Melamirgia galathea meade-imldoi Rothschild, Xov. Zool. xxiv, p. 110, no. .54a (1917) (Tamarouth, 
Morocco). 

Dr. Romei's specimens agree very well with Central Atlas examples collected 
by Dr. Hartert and Mr. Meade-Waldo ; but the black areas, if anvthing, are 
more extensive, thus approaching Turkish g. procida as opposed to Hungarian 
g. procida. 

5 cJcJ. 3 $$ Ketama, 29 June ; 1, -1 July. 

24. Pararge maera adrasta (Hiibn.). 

Papilio maera adrasta Hiibner, Samml. Eur. Schnull. i, ff. 8,36-839 (1805) (South Europe ?). 

Three names have been applied to two of the Moroccan races of maera. 
In 1917 (Nov. Zool. xxiv, p. 112, no. 57) I described the race obtained by 
Mr. Meade-Waldo in the Great Atlas as maera meade-waldoi ; this is a large race, 
as big as the usual adrasta from Europe ; then in 1922 (Etitd. Lepid. Comp. xix, 
p. 81) Charles Oberthiir (ignoring my description, as there was no figure) renamed 
the Great Atlas form viaera alluamli ; on p. 82 of the same work he applies the 
name of Pararge maera var. nevadensis Oberth. to the Middle Atlas race of maera. 

The 2 (J^ sent by Dr. Romei do not agree with the ^J from the Middle 
Atlas figured in the above work, pi. dxxxii, f. 4423, by Oberthiir, but agree 
well with examples taken in Andalusia by Signor Zuerci which are the true 
maera nevadensis Oberth., but appear to me hardly if at all separable from 
maera adrasta. 

The Middle Atlas race called m. nevadensis by Oberthiir is distinguished 
from true nevadensis = adrasta by the (J being almost the same colour above as 
the $ ; but I refrain from naming it, as only 1 (J so far is known. 

1 cj Ketama, 4 July ; 1 cJ Cuernos de Xauen, 21 July. 

25. Pararge megera megera (Linn.). 

Papilio megera Llrmaeus, Syst. Nut. ed. xii, p. 771, no. 142 (1767) (Austria, Dania). 

2 $$ Ketama, 4, 27 July ; 3 (J^J Cuernos de Xauen, 21 July. 

26. Pararge aegeria meone (Stoll). 

Papilio meone Stoll, in Cramer, Pap. E.vot. iv. p. .")1, t. cccxiv, ff. E. F. (1780) (Alger). 

4 cJcJi 3 9$ were sent to Tring of this insect, and though some are less 
heavily marked than most Algerian examples, they are not aegeria aegeria. 
4 SS, 3 ?? Ketama, 29 June ; 12, 18, 27, 31 July. 

27. Epinephele lycaon mauretanica (Oberth.). 

Salyrus eudora var. mauretanica Oberthiir, Stud. Etom. vi, p. 58 (1881) (Sebdou, Lambeze). 

3 (?(?, 5 $9 Ketama, 29 June ; 1, 4, 18, 31 July. 

28. Epinephele maroccana Blach. 

Epinephele lymon var. maroccana Blachier, Ann. Sac. Entom. France. Ixxvii. p. 216, pi. iv. {. 5 (1908) 
(Moroccan Atlas). 

Because the late Monsieur Ch. Blachier described this species as a race of 
lycaon instead of as a distinct species Oberthiir renamed it. This under the rules 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1933. 321 

is not admissible, and this insect must stand under the name rnaroccana as, 
Blachier's name has twelve years priority. • 

2 (J(;J Cuernos de Xauen, 21 July. 

29. Epinephele jurtina hispulla (Hiibn.). 

Papilio hispulla Hubner, Samml. Eur. Sdimelt. i. Taf. 116, ff. .593-596 (1805) (Portugal). 

There are in this collection 4 (^(^, 4 9? ; the i^,^ appear quite typical, but 
$ No. 115 has the orange in cell and on disc reduced, $ No. 116 is a dwarf. 
4 (JcJ, 4 ?$ Ketama, 29 June ; 1, 18 July. 

30. Epinephele ida ida (Esp.). 

Papilio ida Esper, Eiirop. Schmeit. i, pt. 2. p. 184, no. 176, pi. xcii, f. 2 (cont. xlii) (1777) (Pyrenees). 

4 (^(J, 4 $9 Cuernos de Xauen, 21 July. 

31. Epinephele tithonus distincta subsp. nov. 

Differs from tithonii.^ decolorata Fruhst. in the brighter deeper yellow on the 
underside of the hind wings, with the ocelli and other portions of the pattern 
picked out in deeper browns. Above the orange fulvous is deejaer. Similar 
specimens collected by Signor Querci in Portugal are in the Tring Museum. 

3 <^ (5', 3 99 Ketama, 9, 12, 27 July ; 6 Aug. 

32. Coenonympha fettigi inframaculata Oberth. 

Coenonympha fettigi inframaculata Oberthiir, t:uid. Lepid. Comp. xi.t, p. 87 (1922) (Fort Toumliline, 
Morocco). 

Dr. Romei sent a very fine series of this rare insect. They all show the 
large patch of white on the hindwing below, and most of them have the white 
line running from it along the transverse band much broader than in fettigi or 
/. iiolli. Above they vary much in the ^^J, some having the forewing uniform 
fuscous, thence running through all stages to a broad rufous postmedian band. 

12 ^S, 5 99 Ketama, 4, 9, 12, 14, 18, 21, 31 July; 6 Aug. 

33. Coenonympha pamphilus lyllus (Esp.). 

Papilio lyllus Esper, Europ. Schmell. i, pt. ii. Forts, pi. cxxii (cont. 77), ff. 1, 2 (1777) (?). 

Three of the 99 (Nos. 163, 154, 156) have very broad, almost black, borders 
to both pairs of wings, as also has 1 (J (No. 149) ; this is ab. marginata Stdgr. 
3 (J (J, 4 99 Ketama, 1, 4, 8, 9, 18 July, 6 Aug. ; 1 ^J Taghsut, 3 July. 

34. Thecia Uicis mauretanica Stdgr. 

Theda iliris var. mauretanica Staudinger, Iris, v. p. 279, no. 11 (1S92) (Tunis). 

There are in the collection 7 cJ^J, 4 9? of this butterfly. The 7 ^^ above 
are very dark, because they are very fresh ; 3 9? show an approach to ab. cerri 
Hiibn. ; and 1 9 (No. 209) is ab. auronitens Seitz ; this latter also is conspicuous 
by the absence of all markings on the underside of both fore- and hindwings, 
except a single red dot at tornus of hindwing and a shadowy indication of the 
white line on the hindwings. Some of both Algerian and Moroccan examples 
show the traces of and even complete narrow white hnes on forewings. 

7 (J (J, 4 99 Ketama, 26 June ; 9, 12, 18, 27 July. 



Q22 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIIT. 1933. 

35. Chrysophanus phloeas phloeas (Linn.). 

Papilio phloeas Linnaeus, Faun. Suec. ed. ii, p. 285 (1761) (Swfdi-n). 

Dr. Romei sent 6 ^^, 4 ??. 1 (J (No. 215) and 1 ? (No. 218) show a few 
blue spots behind the submarginal fiery bands of the hindwings above. 

4 cJ(J, 4 ?? Ketama, 6 June, 1, 9, 27 July, 6 Aug. ; 2 (^ ^ Tetuan, 26 June. 

30. Lampides boeticus (Linn.). 

Papilio boeticus Linnaeus, Si/st. Nat. ed. xii, i, p. 789, no. 226 (1767) (Barbaria, = Algeria). 

One of the $? is gigantic ; the following are the measurements of the 4 
examples : 

^ (No. 220) Forewing 17 mm., expanse 38 mm. 

$ (No. 223) ,, 16 mm., ,, 35 mm. 

$ (No. 222) „ 17 mm., „ 38 mm. 

$ (No. 221) ., 20 mm., ,, 45 mm. 

1 (^, 3 ?? Ketama, 1, 4, 9 July. 

37. Tarucus telecanus (Lang). 

Papilio lelecanm Lang, Verz. Schimlt. ed. ii, p. 47 (1789) (Augsburg). 

One of the specimens (No. 227) is very large. 

4 ^S, 4 ?? Ketama, 1, 4, 9, 18, 31 July. 

38. Lycaena astrarche calida Bell. 

Lycaena agestis var. calida Bellier de la Chavignerie, Ann. Soc. Enl. France (ser. iv), ii, p. 61.5, no. 2 
(1862) (Corsica). 

The name calida applies to the Mediterranean race as a whole and ornata 
Stdgr. is to be used only for the spring brood. One of Dr. Romei's $$ (No. 235) 
is similar to the (J,^. 

3 iJcJ, 9 ?$ Ketama, 1, 3, 12, 18, 27 July ; 6 Aug. 

39. Lycaena icaras celina Aust. 

Lycaena celina Austaut. Pel. Nouv. Enlom. ii, p. 293. no. 212 (1879) (Sidi-Bel-Abbes). 

The chief difference between icarus celina and icarws icarus is the marginal 
row of black dots on the hindwings. In Moroccan examples both from the Middle 
and Northern Atlas these dots are smaller and less strongly marked than in 
Algerian specimens, but they must be treated as celina all the same, as the spots 
are certainly quite apparent. The 3 $? sent are decidedly small, but 2 (J (J 
(Nos. 246 and 251) are veritable dwarfs ; the cj (No. 241) measures forewing 
12 mm., expanse 27 mm. 

5 cJcJ. 2 ?? Ketama, 9, 18, 27 July ; 1 ^, 1 9 Cuernos de Xauen, 21 July. 

40. Lycaena amanda abdelazis Oberth. 

Lycaena amanda abdelazis Oberthiir, Elud. Lipid. Cmnp. .xix, pt. 1, p. 108 (1922) (Sebbab Valley. 
Middle Atlas). 

1 cannot find any trace of a description by Blachier, so I enter this subspecies 
under Oberthiir's reference, as Mr. Meade-Waldo only quotes it under amanda. 

2 (^cj, 1 ? Ketama, 1, 4, 9 July. 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1933. 323 

41. Lycaena argiolus algirica Oberth. 

Lycrtena argiolus var. alfjirica Oberthur, f^tnd. Lepid. f'omji. x, p. 401 (1915) (Algeria). 

The greater extent of black in the outer half of the wings on the upperside 
of the 9 distinguishes this race. 

4 (J (J, 4 $$ Ketama, 9, 12, 18 July. 

42. Adopaea thaumas thaumas (Hufn.). 

Papilio Ihainnas Hufnagel, Berl. Mug. ii. p. 62 (IVfiG) (Berlin). 

One of the $$ (No. 271) is very large (forewing 17 mm., expanse 39 mm.). 
4 cJcJ, 4 ?? Ketama, 29 June ; 4, 6, 9 July. 

43. Adopaea acteon acteon (Rott.). 

Papilio acteon Rottemburg, Nalurf. vi. p. 31), no. 18 (1775) (Landsberg a.d. Warthe). 
1 c?, 2 ?$ Ketama, 29 June ; 12, 18 July. 

44. Adopaea hamza (Oberth.). 

Hesperia haviza Oberthiir, Slnd. Enloiii. i, p. 28, pi. iii, ff. 2a, b (1876) (Oran). 

1 $ Ketama, 29 June. 

45. Carcharodus marrubii marrubii (Ramb.). 

Pamphila marrubii Rambur. Fuune Enloin. Anihd. ii. p. 323, no. 3 (on pi. 12, ff. 3, 4, as Syrichtus 
baeticus). 

Only 3 specimens were sent. 

2 (JcJ, 1 ? Ketama, 29 June, 18 July. 

46. Carcharodus lavatherae lavatherae (Esp.). 

Papilio lavatherae Esper, Europ. SchmeU. i, pt. 2, p. 148. no. 149, pi. ixxxii (cont. xxxii), f. 4 (1777- 
1780) (France and Switzerland). 

Dr. Romei sent only 2 examples, so he found it apparently rare. This is, 
I consider, typical lavatherae, as neither specimen shows any sign of the red 
found in I. mternirufu.s Rothsch. from West Algeria. 

2 (J(^ Cuernos de Xauen, 21 July. 

47. Carcharodus stauderi romeii subsp. nov. 

Differs from stauderi stauderi gen. aest. fulvissima Verity by the blackish, 
not rich brown, ground colour, the greyish markings similar to gen. aest. stauderi, 
and the deep red smear above vein 1 of forewing. 

3 cJcJ Ketama, 29 June, 9 July. 

48. Hesperia numida (Oberth.). 

Syrichthus alpeus-niiynida Oberthiir, Stud. Lepid. Coinp. 4, p. 404, pi. Iv, ff. 484-486 (1910) (Lambtee). 
1 (^ Assila, 16 July. 

49. Hesperia onopordi Ramb. 

Hesperia onopordi Rambur, Faune Andal. p. 319, no. 4. pi. viii, f. 13 (1842) (Granada). 

6 ^^, 3 ?? Ketama, 9, 12, 31 July, 6 Aug. ; 1 J Assila, 16 July. 



324 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1933. 

50. Hesperia all (Oberth.). 

Si/richthm ali Oberthiir, £tiid. Enlom. vi. pt. iii. p. 61. pi. ii, f. 3 (1881) (Provinces Oran and Con- 
stantine). 

The 5 specimens in the collection show sUght variation towards Spanish 
examples of sao [giiadarramevsis Warr.) below, but are certainly true ali ; all 5 
are tj'pical ali gen. aest. therapnoides Oberthr. The only difference from Algerian 
ali is that the spots on the upperside are more whitish, less yellow. 

2 cJcJ, 2 $$ Ketama, 29 June, 12 July ; 1 jj Tetuan, 26 June. 

51. Zygaena trifolii seriziati Oberth. 

Zygaena seriziali Oberthiir. £tu(l. Enlom. i, p. 33 (ISTti) (C'ollo). 

Dr. Romei sent 8 examples ; they are not quite typical in so far that some 
of the five (^(J have the red of the hindwings reduced almost as much as in 
trifolii nigra Dz. (I have found that all seriziati from the higher " Kabylie " are 
nigra, therefore 7iigra is not a simple aberration, but what Staudinger calls 
" var. et ab.," and therefore it must stand as a subspecies), and one $ has the 
red on hindwings reduced to as little as in normal ^ seriziati. 

5 cJcJ, 3 9? Ketama, 29 June ; 6, 9, 12, 18 July. 

52. Zygaena trifolii difhisemarginata subsp. nov. 

(J$. Differs from /. syracusiae in the dark border of the hindwings being 
very much wider. 

3 JcJ. 3 ?? Hauta Kasdir, 15, 19 July (ex coll. Ferrer). 

53. Thaumatopoea pityocampa pityocampa (Schiff. & Den.). 

Phalaena pityocampa SchifferuiiilkT & Denis, Aiikiiiul. Syst. ferz. SchmeU. Wien, p. 58 (1775) 
(Vienna). 

In Nov. ZooL. xxiv, p. 349, no. 54, I unfortunately referred the Algerian 
specimens of this species to typical pityocampa, whereas they should have been 
referred to the subspecies pityocampa orana Stdgr. & Rbl. (Cat. Lep. p. 113, no. 
875a). 

The 2 specimens from Ketama are not orana and agree perfectly with 
examples from Spain and Portugal. 

2 <^(^ Ketama, 1 July. 

54. Notolophus splendida (Ramb.). 

Orgya splendida Rambur, Faune Eiitom. And. ii, pi. ITi, If. 3, 4, 5, 6. and d. (1842) (Andalusia). 

In Nov. ZooL. xxiv, pp. 350, 351, I discussed Notolophus dubia Tausch, 
N. splendida (Ramb.), and N. algirica (Luc.) {= josephina Aust.) very carefully, 
and I then came to the conclusion that Dr. Strand (in Seitz) was wrong in placing 
all the forms of this group as subspecies of dubia Tausch, and I treated them as 
3 species with a number of subspecies of didiia and .<iplendida. 

Since then Mr. CoUenette has been revising the Liparidae and has come 
to the conclusion that I was wrong and Dr. Strand right, and that all the forms 
of this group of Notolophus are forms of one species dubia Tausch. I have been 
considering this question again in connection with the 7 cJcJ of the present 
collection and I cannot but think that the matter is not yet settled. I therefore 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1933. 325 

quote the.se 7 examples, which are, undoubtedly, typical splendida Ramb., under 
the binominal appellation of Notolophus spleridida until I have satisfied my.self 
as to whether all the dubia-splendida group are one single very variable species 
or else 3 less variable species.' 

Some of the 7 examples are less bright yellow than the rest, as they exhibit 
a wash of olive over the yellow. 

1 (So Ketama, 29 June, 4 July. 

55. Notolophus trigotephras transiens (Stdgr.). 

Orgya trigotephras var. transiens Staudiuger, Cat. Lepid. Pal. ed. iii, p. 114, no. 888b (1901) (Maure- 
tania). 

The single specimen is very large (forewing 15 mm., expanse 33 mm.) and 
the blue-grey patches and dark lines are very faint, while the general coloration 
is very dark chocolate ; however, it would be very unwise to base a new subspecies 
on this single example. 

1 (J Ketama, 29 June. 

56. Euproctis phaeorrhoea xanthorroea berth. 

Eitproctis chrysorrhoea var. xanthorroea Oberthiir, ^tud. Lepid. Comp. xii. p. 282 (1916) (Algeria, 
Tuni.sia). 

The 2 (^ jj in the collection differ slightly from Algerian examples in having 
all the abdomen, with the exception of the last segment and the anal tuft, washed 
with brown ; thus tending towards European phaeorrhoea. 

2 (J (J Xauen, 22 July. 

57. Paida murina griseola subsp. nov. 
Differs from murina murina and m. conjuncta in the ground colour being 
much more mouse grey, not yellowish wood grey. 
2 (J(^, 1 $ Xauen, 22 July (Type $). 

58. Roeselia togatulalis (Hiibn.). 

Pyralis togattilalis Hiibncr, Eiirop. Schmett, Pyr. p. 20, f. 130 (1837) (Europe). 

The specimen is very boldly and distinctly marked. 
1 cJ Ketama, 9 July. 

59. Cirphis loreyi (Dup.). 

Noclua loreyi Dupouchel, in Godart, Lepid, France, vii, p. 81, pi. 10.5, f. 7 (1827) (Provence, France). 
5 cJc^, 4 $9 Xauen, 22 July. 

60. Laphygma exigua (Hiibn.). 

Nochm exigua Hiibner, Europ. Schmeli., Xocl. i. 362 (18(IH) (Europe). 

The single example is decidedly small. 
1 (J Xauen, 22 July. 

' The similarity of the genitalia of tlie various forms supports Prof. Strand's opinion. — K. J. 



326 NOTITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXX\aiI. 1933. 

61. Euxoa segetum (SchifF. & Den.). 

Phalaena segeliitn Schiffermiiller & Denis, Ankiind. Syxl. Verz. Srhmell. Wien, pp. 81,252, ff. 3 a, b 
(177.5) (Vienna). 

The single $ with almost totally black forewings belongs to the ab. corticcus 
Haw. 

1 ? Xauen, 22 July. 

62. Exoa margaritosa (Haw.). 

Noctua margaritosa Haworth, Lipid. Brit. p. 218 (1809). 

The 4 rjrj vary from deep maroon brown to sooty brown varied on forewing 
and thorax with yellowish olive. 
4 (J (J Xauen, 22 July. 

63. Agrotis c-nigrum (Linn.). 

Phalaena c-nigrum Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. ed. x, p. 516, no. 110 (1758) (Sweden). 
1 c? Xauen, 22 July. 



64. Miselia dysodea dysodea (Schifi. & Den.). 

Noctua dysodea Schiffermiiller A' Denis, Ankiind. N^>7. Verz. Schmett. Wien, p. 72 (1775) (Vienna). 

I cannot understand why the late William Warren in Seitz uses Vieweg's 
name which was published thirteen years later than Schiffermiiller's, 
1 c? Xauen, 22 July. 

65. Chloridea peltigera (Schiff, & Den.). 

Phalaena peltigera Schiffermiiller & Denis, I.e. p. 89 (1775) (Vienna). 

The two examples are very sharply marked. 
1 (J, 1 ? Xauen, 22 July. 

66. Acoutia luctuosa (Schiff. & Den.). 

Phalaena luctuosa Schiffermiiller & Uenis, I.e. p. 90 (1775) (Vienna). 

1 (J Xauen, 22 July. 

67. Eublenima parva (Hiibn.). 

Noctua. parva Hiibner, Samnd. Europ. Schmett. Noct. f. 356 (1808) (Europe). 

The 5 examples show unusually little individual differences. 
1 (J, 3 ?$ Xauen, 22 July ; 1 ^ Ketama, 6 Aug. 

68. Eublemma ostrina (Hiibn.). 

Noctua ostrirui Hiibner, Samml. Eurup. .Schmett. Noct. ff. 309, 648 (1808) (Europe). 

All 3 examples are t3rpical gen, aest, aestivalis. 
1 <^, 2 ?? Xauen, 22 July. 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1933. 327 

69. Eublemma suava blandula (Ramb.). 

Nochm blandula Rambiir. (''al. Lepid. And. pi. x, f. 2 (1858) (Andalusia). 

1 have only very few tvpical blandula for comparison, so although the 4 
examples differ strongly in colour from Rambur's figure, I do not yet venture to 
separate the Moroccan examples from the Spanish ones. These 4 specimens are 
very strongly suffused with purple (for further notes see Nov. Zool. xxvii, p. 85, 
1920). 

2 (^(^, 2 ?? Ketama, 4, 6 July. 

70. Synthymia fixa australis (Oberth.). 

Meloplnia monogramma australis Obcrthiir, tilxJ. Lepid. Comp. xvi, p. 199, pi. xdvii, f. 4137 (1919) 
(Geryville). 

The single example agrees well with Oberthiir's figure. 

1 ? Xauen, 22 July. 

71. Phytometra ganuna (Linn.). 

Phalaena gamma Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. ed. x, p. 513, no. 91 (1758) (Sweden). 

The 2 examples are quite typical. 

2 (J(J Xauen, 22 July. 

72. Autophila ligaminosa (Eversm.). 

Spintherops ligaminosa Eversmann, Bull. Soc. Imp. Xat. Mosc. 1851, p. 630 (Georgia and Armenia). 
1 c?> 2 ?? Ketama, 4, 14, 27 July. 

73. Catocala (Ephesia) nymphaea (Esp.). 

Nochm nymphaea Esper, Schmelt. iv, pt. 1, p. 158, no. 52, pi. cv, f. 4 (1787) (Lyons). 
1 $ Ketama, 29 June. 

74. Catocala (Ephesia) conversa (Esp.). 

Noclua conversa Esper, Schmelt. iv, pt. 1. pi. ovB, ft. 1, 2, 3 (1787) (Europe). 

Three specimens, two of which have a slight olive tint to the yellow on the 
hindwings. 

1 ? Xauen, 22 July ; 1 ^ Cuernos de Xauen, 21 July ; 1 ^J Taghsut, 3 Aug. 

75. Parallelia algira (Limi.). 

Phalaena algira Linnaeus, Sysl. Nat. ed. xii, p. 830, no. 98 (1767) (Algeria). 

1 ? Ketama, 14 July ; 3 (JcJ Xauen, 22 July. 



76. Chlorissa pulnientaria (Guen.). 

lee, 
I, no 

1 $ Xauen, 22 July. 



Nenwria pulmentaria Guenee. in Boisduval & Gucnee. Hi.sl. Nat. Ins. Spec. Gen. Lepid. Uran. et 
Phal. ix (vol. i), p. 349. no. 541 (1857) (S. France, Dalmatia, Italy). 



328 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1933. 

77. Rhodostrophia vibicaria strigata Stdgr. 

Bhodostrophia vibicaria var. (et ab.?) strigata Staudinger. Cat. Lep. ed. ii, p. 1,54, no. 2227a (1871) 
(Andalusia, N. Persia). 

The single example is large and agrees with Sicilian specimens. The figure 
in Seitz is too small. 

1 (^ Ketama, 1 July. 



78. Scopula marginipunctata (Goeze). 

PhaUiena Geoiiwtra marginipunctata Goeze, Entovi. Bei/tr. iii. pt. iii, no. 8.5 (1781) (Europe). 

Of the 3 examples Mr. Prout considers the 2 Xauen specimens are his form 
argillacea (the Mauretanian race) and the Ketama $ somewhat intermediate ; 
but I think argillacea can hardly be treated as more than an ab. loc. 

1 cj, 1 ? Xauen, 22 July ; 1 $ Ketama, 9 July. 

79. Sterrha lambessata (Oberth.). 

Acidalia lambessata Oberthiir, Bitll. Soc. Ent. France, 1887, p. Ixvii, no. 8 (Lambessa, Algeria). 

One example, quite typical. 
1 $ Ketama, 1 July. 

80. Sterrha aUardiata (Mab.). 

Acidalia aUardiata Mabille, Ann. Soc. Ent. France (4), ix. p. 59, pi. 2, f. 7 (1869) (Lambessa, Bi.skra) 

Differs from Mabille's figure in the base of forewings not being white and 
in the ante- and postmedian bands being more widely separated, as in sericeata 
Hiibn. ; but more Moroccan material is required before we can separate the 
Moroccan and Algerian forms. 

1 $ Ketama, 1 July. 

81. Sterrha lutulentaria terminolineata subsp. nov. 

Differs from lutulentaria lutulentaria above in being paler yellow, with 
greyish, less yellowish, markings and with terminal dashes between the nervures, 
thus approaching fuscovenosa Goeze. 

1 $ Ketama, 9 July. 

82. Sterrha ostrinaria (Hiibn.). 

Phahtena ostrinaria Hiibner, Samml. Europ. Schmett. Geomet. i. 430 (180,'")) (Europe). 

1 $ Ketama, 9 July. 

83. Sterrha fathmaria (Oberth.). 

Eupithecia fathtnaria Oberthiir, £lud. Entom. i, p. 63 (1876) (Oued-Hounet, Prov. Oran). 

This is the first record of this very distinct species from Morocco, though it 
is well known from all over Western Algeria. 
1 cJ, 8 $9 Ketama, 29 June ; 1, 4 July. 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1933. • 329 

84. Rhodometra sacraria (Linn.). 

Phalaena (Geometra) sacraria Linnaeus, tSynt. Nat. ed. xii, p. 863, no. 220 (1766) (" Habitat in Bar- 
baria "). 

All 3 belong to ab. labda Cram. One $ is strongly marked, the oblique dark 
line reaching the hindmargin as in the ^. A small well-defined cell spot is also 
developed in this $. 

1 cJ, 2 ?$ Xauen, 22 July. 

85. Coenotephria kalischata (Stdgr.). 

Cidaria kaliscluita Staudinger, Berl. Entom. Zeitschr. xiv, p. 127, no. 2r> (1870) (Malaga, Oran). 

The single specimen, though a $, shows no sign of the rosy suffusion given 
by the author for that sex, but has the ground more olivaceous gi'ey. This is 
new for Morocco. 

1 $ Ketama, 1 July. 

86. Euphyia bilineata numidica Rothsch. 

Euphyia hiluieata nmnidica Rothschild, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (9), xvi, p. 206, no. 37 (1925) (Algeria, 
Cyrenaica). 

The (J (J show the usual wide range of variation ; 1 <^ has the median area 
distaUy very dark, this is from Taghsut ; while one from Ketama is extremely 
vivid yellow with all transverse markings very yellow. 

3 (J (J Taghsut, 3 July ; 2 (J (J, 5 ?$ Ketama, 1, 9, 12 July. 

87. Anaitis efformata Guen. 

Anaitis efformata Guenee, Hist. Nat. his. Spec. Gen. Lepid. Phalen. ii, p. 500, no. 17.30 (1858) 
(Syria). 

This species up to the year 1923 had been treated by almost every lepidop- 
terist as a synonym of A. plagiata (Linn.), and it was Dr. Jordan who first drew 
attention to the specific differences. A. efformata had, in the third edition of 
Staudinger and Rebel's Catalogue, been placed with a doubt mark (?) under his 
var. et ab. pallidata described in the Horae, vii, p. 171 (1870). As there is no 
CERTAIN difference in colour, pattern, and size between plagiata and efformata, 
and the striking differences are confined to the secondary sexual organs of both 
cj and 9, it is hardly surprising that the two species were considered as one for 
so long. For further particulars see Jordan, Nov. Zool. xxx, pp. 243-246 (1923). 

1 $ Xauen, 22 July ; 1 cj, 1 $ Ketama, 29 June, 9 July. 

88. Gymnoscelis pumilata (Hiibn.). 

Phalaena {Geometra) piitnil/ila Hiibner, Saiiiinl. Eiimji. Srhiiutt., (leom. lig. 388 (1805) (Europe). 

A curious error has apparently crept into the plate (No. 75) of Hiibner's 
Sammlung, displaying the insects numbered 386 to 390 of the Geometrae. The 
species of " Pugmoth " dealt with here is deisicted by fig. 388 and aversaria 
Hiibn. = aversata Linn, by fig. 389 ; and these figures have been quoted as 
applying to those species without comment. But on the same plate (75) in the 
explanation at the foot of the plate the numbers are reversed, aversaria being 
numbered 388 and pumilata 389. 



330 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. UI33. 

Jacob Hiibner, in his Systematisch-alphabetisches Verzeichniss zur Saimnlung 
europdischer Schmetferlinge, p. 48, 1892, quotes pumilata under 389, as does 
also Herrich Schaffer in his Syst. Bearb. Schmett. Europ. 3, 141, under No. 72 
(1847), and Dupouchel, in Godart, Hist. Nat. Lepid. France, Siippl. iv, p. 105, 
no. ceciii, pi. 59, f. 3 (1842). None of these three authors explain why they 
have quoted 389 instead of 388, and mo.st other authors have used No. 388 
without scruple. 

The only reason I can imagine for so many authors (including Staudinger) 
quoting 388 without any comment is that 388 of the explanation = 389 figure 
on plate called in explanation averseria is the so well-known aversata Linn, that 
every author thought his readers would see that the explanation was the erroneous 
factor and the figure with the number 388 could be the only possible puviilafa. 

2 (JcJ, 4 $$ Xauen, 22 July ; 2 ?? Ketama, 1, 4 July. 

89. Rhoptria asperaria (Hiibn.). 

Phalaena (Geomelra) asperaria Hiibner, Samnd. Europ. Schmett. fig. 484 (1805) (Europe). 

Both examples belong to the typical banded form hardly known from 
N.W. Africa, where it is almost entirely replaced by the faintly marked, nearly 
unicolorous form pilyata Ramb. 

1 (J Ketama, 4 July ; 1 $ Xauen, 22 July. 

90. Mannia oranaria (Stdgr.). 

Tephronia oranaria Staudinger. Iris, .O, p. 179 (1.S92) (.Sebdou, Oranais). 

This species is new for Morocco. 

1 cJ Ketama, 9 July ; 1 $ Xauen, 22 July. 



I 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1933. 331 



JOURNEY TO ALGERIA AND MAROCCO IN 1929. 

By ERNST HARTERT. 

r\N February 10th, 1929, I left England with Mrs. Hartert for Algeiia to 
^^ collect bird skins for our friend Dr. L. C. Sanford of Comiecticut, U.S.A., 
as well as to fill certain gaps in Lord Rothschild's collection if opportunity offered 
itself, and to collect lepidoptera for the Tring Museum. We were looking forward 
to the sun and warmth of N. Africa and rejoiced to escape the cold Eittopean 
winter. France looked very different from what we knew of it, though we 
often had traversed it about this same time of the year. Some snow was on the 
ground — all the rivers and water supplies were frozen along the route from 
Calais to Marseilles. The train arrived at Marseilles over six hours late on 
account of the difficulty in obtainmg water for the engine. The next day we 
crossed over to Algiers, and after spending a week there, took train for Biski'a, 
where we arrived on February 27th. I had arranged with the Swiss taxidermist, 
Ernst Fliikiger, of Iiiterlaken, to assist me on this trip in collecting bird skins. 
Biskra was somewhat changed — instead of the former small garrison of French 
soldiers and Spahis in their picturesque uniforms, before the war, it swarmed 
now with Senegalese negro soldiers which make up the after-war garrison ; also 
the number of automobiles had greatly increased and cars of all descrijjtions 
went over the roads in the desert in various directions. Bird life was more or 
less about the same as before, but already on our first outing I made a suiprising 
discovery. On March the 1st a cold strong wind was blowing and light was 
bad, the air being full of sand and dust. Nevertheless, we went on, just to the 
httle range of rocks extending from near the gardens of Beni Mora to the neigh- 
bourhood of the hot wells. There we fomid the usual poor bird population, but 
there were also flying some Rock-Martins, Riparia rwpestris, and as I had only 
my walking-stick gun with me, with which shooting m strong wind and thick air 
is rather dilKcult, I asked Fliikiger to do the shooting. When we returned to 
the Hotel du Sahara to unpack the birds he had shot I was surprised to see that 
one of the Martins was much smaller and paler than the others. Fliikiger assured 
me he had noticed that ah'eady when he shot it. I was quite excited, and it 
struck me at once that it looked somewhat like the form discovered by Dr. Geyr 
von Schweppenburg in the Hoggar Mountains. Next day we were both again 
in the same place, but no Rock-Martins were to be seen. Several days afterwards 
we came across them in the river bed of the Oued Biskra, south of Biskra. Here 
again they were flying together with Riparia rupestris riipestris, and, of course, 
we got several specimens, however not many of them. That was all we saw of 
them in that neighbouihood. 

We saw the little pale Rock-Martin at the end of March near Beni-Ounif de 
Figuig, in westernmost Algeria, close to the Maroccan boundary. Some were 
flying on the eastern slope of the Djebel Grouz, in a place where there was a steep 
chff, on which they jirobably nested, though it was too early for eggs. Here, too, 
we got some siJecimens, and the next day I saw one flying in the street of Beni- 
Ounif during a gale. They were alone, not in company with the other species, 
22 



332 NOVITATES ZOOLOOICAE XXXVIII. 1933. 

which is a winter bird in South Algeria. I certainly imagmed I had discovered 
a new Riparia, but when back at Tring I compared them with our Riparia 
obsoleta spatzi GejT, and others lent (among them the type) from the Museum 
Koenig in Bonn, as well as with five skins collected by Buchanan in the Hoggar 
Mountains, during his crossing of the Sahara — I found them indistinguishable ! 
The coloration is the same and the measurements agree. The wings are as 
follows : 

^ ad. Geyr coll. Hoggar Mountains : 118, 119, 123 (type), 123-5 mm. ? 121-5 
mm. 

cJ ad. Buchanan coll. Hoggar Mountains: 118, 119 mm. $ 118, 119, 
120 mm. 

^ ad. near Biskra and Djebel-Groxiz near Beni-Ounif : 118, 118-5, 122, 
122-5, 123 mm. ? 117, 122 mm. 

This bird occurs also in Marocco, near the eastern border of that land, for 
Monsieur Heim de Balsac observed it west of Figuig, and noticed the pale 
coloration as compared with Riparia rupestris rupestris, but was imable to get 
a specimen. Also when travelling throughout a long day, over sixteen hours in 
an automobile oimiibus, from Figuig to Oujda, we clearly saw a few of these birds 
at the rocks near Berguent, but there was no time to mipack the guns to get them. 

It is strange that this bird, the same as the one which is common in the 
Hoggar Mountains, was never observed by anyone before Heim de Balsac and 
myself came across it in Algeria and Marocco. I believe it must occiu- in other 
places, sterile rocky ranges in the Sahara, but so far there is nothing known 
about it. 

Near Biskra Gahrida crisiata arenicola was common in the plains, but on 
all rocky hill ground Galerida thekiae hilgerti took its place. Oeruinthe lugens 
was very common. Anthus campestris was common near Biskra, but stOl on 
migration. A specimen of Oeruinthe oenanthe oenanthe was shot at Biskra on 
March 17th, but the migration of it was only just beginning. 

Lanius excubitor elegans was much rarer than formerly. I only saw one 
specimen near Biskra, and that was so shy that I could not shoot it. Also 
Oenanthe moesta was much rarer than formerly, but it occiu-red farther away 
than we went, as we made n\ost of oiu- trips on foot. 

After three weeks we left Biskra and went by train to Algeria, and from there 
to Beni-Ounif near Figuig, in westernmost Algeria, near the Maroccan boundary. 

The surroundings of Beni-Ounif were very dry, the river had no water, the 
vegetation in the desert was jioor, but along old dry water-courses were small 
Zizyphus bushes, and in the open desert numerous specimens of the peculiar 
plant Anabasis aretioides in all sizes. 

The rocky range of the Djebel-Grouz was almost bare of vegetation. Only 
in one place, at a steep bare cliff, we came across the Riparia obsoleta spatzi. 
The Grey Shrike here is Laniiis excubitor elegans, but I only observed a single 
specimen on a date palm in the forsaken, dying portion of the oasis, which I was 
able to procure. 

An Anthus trivialis was met on migration close to Beni-Oimif, March 28th. 

Oenanthe leucopyga aegra was surprisingly common. It was evidently 
breeding on the Djebel-Grouz, and descended to the plain to feed in the 
morning. We collected a series of this lovely bird. All white-headed specimens 
had the wings black, all black-headed ones had dark-brown quills, only one 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGKAE XXXVIII. 1933. 333 

female, shot on Djebel-Grouz 20.iii. 1029 had brown quills, but they were fresh, 
not worn. Adult females had also white heads ! 

For eggs it was evidently too early, as could easily be seen by the condition 
of the sexual organs. The measurements of the wings were as follows : 

cj ad., all black quills and white heads : Wing 102, 102, 104, 104, 105-5, 
and 108 mm. 

$ ad., black quills, white heads : Wing 97, 97-5, 99, 99, 100 mm. 

(J of last year, brown quills, black heads : Wing 101, 102, 102, 103, 103 mm. 

$ of last year, brown quills, black heads : Wing 95 {with one white feather 
on crown), 96-5, 97 mm. 

From Beni-Ounif we went by automobile omnibus to Oujda. The bus 
left Figuig at half-past two in the morning, and arrived at Oujda about six o'clock 
at night. The journey across the open desert was very beautiful, the moon 
shining, and the air being quiet. We saw Gazelles and Bustards (Chlamydotis 
undulata undidata), and a number of Burhinus oedicnemus, in the morning, at 
sunrise. We drove through the interesting desert triangle, an absolute piece of 
Sahara, with desert vegetation and desert fauna, which I have described before 
(Nov. ZooL., xxxiv, p. 46, 1927). 

The road was often rather rough, but the chauffeur was an expert driver. 
We went on without stopping to Tendiara, on the plateau, where it was bleak and 
very cold. Later on we arrived at Berguent, 918 m. high, where we got some 
hot coffee and ate what remained of our provisions. 

There we clearly observed once more the interesting Martin, Clivicola 
obsoleta sjjatzi. Going farther north towards Oujda, we saw to our surprise that 
a heavy thmiderstorm had gone down there in the morning and had torn away 
great pieces of the high road. We were therefore obliged to take a roundabout 
way over the fields, without any roads at all. The omnibus rocked terribly, but 
here again the driver was perfectly able to overcome the difficulties, only we 
arrived rather late at Oujda. 

From Oujda we went by autobus over good roads to the picturesque town of 
Fez, and from there via Meknes to Rabat. 

At Rabat I noticed no great change m bird life ; the fascinating Lesser 
Kestrel (Falco iviumanni) seemed as common as before, and the white-rumped 
Swiftlet [ApiLS affinis galilejensis) nested on the one great building, where it 
nested before, and two nests of Martins in another street were taken by force 
by some of them, but were later disturbed and partially destroyed, apparently 
by the inhabitants of the house. 

On the last day at Rabat we made a long walk in the direction of Meknes. 
There were still large ponds on the plam, and on one of them a flock of over twenty 
Larus melanocephalus, a species never before noticed in Marocco, was closely 
observed ; but as I had only a walking-stick gun, it was quite impossible to obtain 
a specimen. 

From Rabat we proceeded to El-Hajeb, where we got comfortable rooms in 
the newly built hotel. Oeruinthe hispanica hispanica was nesting commonly 
above El-Hajeb, on April 23rd eggs in a female were already half size. 

We of course paiil attention to the rocks where the Bald-headed Ibis, Coma- 
tibis eremita, was breeding. In the stomachs of some specimens we fomid : 

1. Masses of beetles, caterpillars, and beetle-larvae. 

2. Beetles, larvae of coleoptera and lepidoptera, 1 Helix, 1 scolopender. 



33-1 NOVITATES ZOOLOOICAE XXXVIII. 1933. 

3. Beetles, larvae, caterpillars. 

4. Masses of beetles, the stomach almost full of them. 

We never heard any caU, but that these birds have some notes, very seldom 
heard and not loud, I have observed in the Berlin Zoological Gardens, last spring. 
From El-Hajeb we visited again dear old Azrou. Again we were forced to 
take an armed escort with us on all our excursions. Unfortunately bad weather 
set in and it rained and became very cold at Azrou. We therefore did not remain 
very long, but nevertheless collected the more important birds of the neigh- 
bourhood. 

A Parus major lynesi ^ shot had a wing of 80 mm. 

Of Cerlhia brachydaclyla raisulii Bannerm. we shot a female, which was 
evidently laying, on April 29th. Wing ^ 69, $ 63 mm. 

From Azrou we took autobus down via Rabat and Casablanca to Marrakesh. 
At Casablanca I saw Apu^ affinis galilejensis under the roof of a house on one of 
the main roads. This species is extending its range. It now breeds at Oran, 
where formerly it did not occur. It is said to winter in Tunis, where it nests on 
the cathedral, where it was first seen by Blanchet and Lavauden, but did not 
ccciu' during Koenig's and Whitaker's visits. 

On a ? specimen shot near Marrakesh on May 7th I found the neck and 
sides of body moulting ! 

Diu-ing our stay at Marrakesh the French entomologist Dr. Ungemach was 
also there, and Fliikiger and I accompanied him on several of his trips. We 
went with him to the rocky range of Djebilet north of Marrakesh, and found 
there Lanius excubitor dodsoni quite common. While near Marrakesh the 
common Crested Lark is Galerida cristata riggenbachi (only once did I come across 
a O. theHae ruficolor !), on the Djebilet hiUs Galerida iheliae ruficolor is quite 
numerous, and no G. cristata is seen. 

We also stayed a night in a forester's hoiLse at Agaioiiar, 1,800 m. high in 
the Great Atlas, south of Marrakesh. We travelled in Dr. Ungemach's car, and 
it took quite a time to ascend to Agaiouar, the greater part over quite new 
roads, mostly built by legionnaires. Near that place it is all forest, but not of 
high trees, mostly bushes. Going up we saw flocks of Red-billed Choughs, and 
one of the White-billed species (Pyrrhocorax pyrrhocorax and graculus). Near 
Agaiouar Alectoris barbara barbara is not rare, and Cardaelis cannabina mediter- 
ranea occurred in large flocks on May 1 Ith. They had evidently already nested. 

A flock of Red-rumped Swallows, Hirmulo daurica rtifula appeared in the 
afternoon and were obviously looking for breeding-places ; they were, however, 
disappointed, and left again after a short stay of an hour or so, though the altitude, 
1,800 metres, did not seem to disturb them. 

The days were wonderfid at Agaiouar ; the outlook was magnificent — one 
could see the tower of the Koutoubia, and at night the lights of the town of 
Marrakesh. The night became, however, cold, and in the morning there was 
hoar frost on the grass all roimd the forestry buildings. In the evening not 
a single moth came to the lamp Dr. Ungemach liad put out in a suitable place — 
it was evidently too cold. Except a species of Zygaena, no interesting lepidoptera 
were caught. 

When we were down again at Marrakesh bad weather set in. Nearly three 
days and nights a number of thunderstorms came down, and all along the Atlas 
very bad weather raged, so that the roads became dangerous for automobUes, 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1933. 335 

and we were unable to go to Telouet, in the Glaoui country, as the chauffeurs 
declared it to be impossible. We made a trial trip and could only agree with 
them. Such weather is extremely rare late in May. 

We left then Marrakesh and returned to Rabat. On the last of May we went 
homewards again, by road to Tangiers in an automobile omnibu-s, a trip which is 
now accomplished in about five hours. Unfortunately rain set in at the moment 
we left Rabat, and we had by no means a pleasant journey, while at Tangiers it 
was very fine again. The next day we crossed over to Gibraltar and retm'ned 
from there to London. 

The chief ornithological results of this journey were two new species for 
Algeria and Marocco : 

Riparia obsoleta spaizi on the rocks of the northern edge of the Sahara, and 

Larus melanocephalus, observed for the first time in Marocco. Where do 
these nest ? There must be breeding-places farther westwards than hitherto 
known in the Mediterranean. The flat ponds on which I observed them near 
Rabat dried up in about a fortnight. 



336 XOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1933. 

CROSSING THE GREAT ATLAS IN MAROCCO IN 1930. 
By ERNST HARTERT. 

TN 1930 I went once more to Marocco, on a short trip, in the month of July, 

and con.sequently particularly intere.sting for me. I left London on a 
P. & O. boat, the Moidtan, with my trusted companion, Frederick Young, 
from the Tring Museum, on June 27th, and arrived at Gibraltar July 1st, 1930. 
On July 2nd we reached Casablanca, and went to Marrakesh the foUomng day. 
Three days later we left for Telouet. 

My chief object was to observe the bird life on the southern slopes of the 
Great Atlas, and, if possible, to get a specimen of the rare Rhodopechys sanguinea 
aliena Whit., of which the only known three specimens were got not far from 
Telouet ("at Glaoui in the Atlas "). Telouet is the residence of the pacha El- 
Hadj-Tsehami-El-GIaoui, the greatest and richest of the Atlas chiefs, who is a 
friend and admirer of the French ; he now only resides temporarily in Telouet, 
and lives principally in his very fine house in Marrakesh. 

The French have now built two fine automobile roads across the Atlas, 
one by Telouet. The chief road makers of these roads were the men of the 
Foreign Legion. For the greater part the Telouet road follows the Oued R'dat, 
and it is very beautiful, giving fine views in many places. The native villages are 
mostly hard on the river, and often deep below the road. Very good irrigations 
often go from the river for miles to fields and plantations. Enormous old chestnut 
trees adorn most of the inhabited places. It is to me very peculiar, and I have 
no good explanation that the Oued R'dat is not inhabited by any of the rare 
alpine birds found elsewhere in the Atlas : there are no Cindus, no white Wagtails 
(Motacilla alba subpersonaia), no Maroccan Sand-Martins (Riparia pahulicola 
mauritanica). One passes no real forests, only one open bush-wood, in which 
there seem to be not many of the Maroccan forest birds. The vegetation 
however, gets very much more interesting and alpine, and it is very different 
from that of the Middle Atlas. Alpine butterflies appear also in the higher 
regions, and up on pass Tizi-n-Tichkan the Zygaena aurata blachieri Rothsch. 
(Nov. ZooL. 1931, p. 199) was discovered, and as well a single Z. orana harterti 
Rothsch. was obtained. 

Immediately below the pass, on the southern slopes, at about 2,000 metres, 
open forest begins and stretches a good way. I saw no remarkable birds in these 
woods, but the interesting rock-squirrel, Atlantoxeru-s getnhi-s, was observed at an 
open space. Lower do^ni the forest disappears again, and one descends con- 
siderably, mitil the peculiar old castle of the pacha of the Glaoui comes in sight. 
It is strongly fortified and of great extent, and several stories high. 

Nearly two miles from Telouet is the French fort of the same name, during 
our visit occupied by a company of the Foreign Legion. We were granted two 
becb'ooms and had to take luncheon and dinner with the officer of the " Bureau 
Arabe " and one or two others in a building outside the fort, near the house in 
which we slept. The weather during our visit was wonderful. While it was hot 
in the day, the temperature fell considerably dming the night. Every day a 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1933. 337 

strong west wind came up about midday and blew for several hours, sometimes 
unpleasantly strong. 

The bird life was about the same as on the northern slopes of the Great Atlas. 
On the open hammada. on which we lived, Oalerida theklae ruficolor was common, 
Oenanihe deserti homochroa, Oenanthe hispanica hispanica, Anthus campestris 
campestris were not rare. On and near the Kasbah Passer domesticus tingitanus, 
Eviberiza striolata sahari, and a few Hirundo ntstica were always seen. The 
fine Comaiibis eremita which nests in the Sous valley comes up sometimes, and a 
flock spent an hour here feeding on a field about a fortnight before our visit. 
Storks were seen nearly every day. Along the river are trees and gardens. In 
these Serinus canaria serinus, Hippolais pallida opaca (only twice seen), Emberiza 
striolata sahari, Carduelis cannabina, Muscicapa striata, Carduelis carduelis, Tardus 
mertda mavritanictcs, Falco tinnuncuhis and some pairs of Streptopelia turtur 
arenicola ; of the last thousands passed through on migration in April ! There 
can be no doubt about this, as I heard detailed accounts of it. Where did they 
come from ? ! Quails were met with twice in the native gardens by the river. 
On steep rocks near by Columba livia nested, but I did not obtain one. Once I 
saw an Aquila bonellii, once a pair of Circaetus gallicus, twice Buleo rufinus 
cirtensis, several times Corvus corax tingitanus were observed. Lieutenant 
Amilakrari, a Eurasian who was officer in the Foreign Legion, took us to a place 
where he knew Alectoris barbara barbara to exist. It was a two hours' journey 
over an awful stony region with very little vegetation. For a long time we searched 
in vain for the Alectoris, but at last Amilakrari came across a covey and shot four, 
of which Young skinned three. They were in full moult, but did not seem to 
differ from specimens from north of the Atlas. At a small village we passed we 
saw Oenanthe lencura syeniticu and shot one of them. In vain did we search for 
Rhodopechys sanguinea aliena which must have been obtained near Telouet. 
Neither on the castle nor anjrwhere else could we see a trace of them, and neither 
the officers nor the natives knew anything about them. 

The occurrence of the above-named species is interesting, as most of them 
had not been observed at such a high altitude, for the pass of Tizi-n-Tichkan is 
quite 2,000 m. high, and the castle of Telouet is 1,960 m. 

Of butterflies the commonest was the Melanargia galathea meade-waldoi, but 
none of the rare Satyri and Zygaenae were met with. Enormous numbers of a 
medium-sized grasshopper and a number of other species of Orthoptera inhabited 
the more fertile places, and I collected a number of them, but they miraculously 
disappeared from the Tring Museum before they were taken up to the British 
Museum. 

We stayed a week at Telouet and then returned to Marrakesh, where it was 
very hot, while when we were there a little over a week before it had hardly 
been warmer than on a hot summer day in England. The surroundings were 
very dry, but the rare " Copper " Chrysophanu.s phoehus was almost as common 
as it had been in other years in May and beginning of June. 

As soon as we could get away we returned to Rabat, and from there to El- 
Hajeb under the slopes of the Middle Atlas. It had become too dry there for 
man}' butterflies, ancl the bare-necked Ibis, Comatibis eremita, had left their 
nesting-place, though a small flock flew round in silence. We spent a day at 
Ifran, and another at dear old Azrou. We made a long trip from there over the 
mountains and for the first time saw and caught 8 specimens of Argynnis lyauteyi, 



338 NOVITATES ZoOLOGirAE XXXVIII. 1933. 

some already worn, but others quite fresh, as if just emerged. At Ifran we 
caught Argtjnnis lathonia, which resembles the rare lyauteyi at a distance. Out- 
side the forests, in the open, Satyrus briseis major was common. 

On July 25th we left Rabat by the very small boat of the Bland Line and on 
the 2Sth we sailed from Gibraltar on the s.s. Malwa, arriving at London on the 
1st of August. 

LTndoubtedly July is too late for bird collecting in Marocco, all birds being in 
moult and badly worn. But for butterflies the higher ranges of the Atlas, where 
there are forests, and the bare peaks, are most interesting localities, and well 
worth visiting for longer periods. 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1933. 339 



TWO NEW SPECIES OF MAZUCA, AN AFEICAN C4ENUS OF 
AGAR! STI DAE (LEPIDOPTERA). 

By KARL JORDAN, Ph.D., F.R.S., F.R.E.S., F.Z.S. 

(With 8 text-figures.) 

'TiHE difference between Noctiiidae and Agari.sHdae being one of degree, the 
position of Maziica Walk. 1866 depends on the view one takes as to the 
extent of the Agaristidae. Aurivillius, Strand, and I liave regarded Mazuca as 
being an Agaristid, whereas Hampson placed it with the Noctuids (Lej). Phal. 
ix. p. 347 (1910)). Two species are known : 31. Jmemagrapha Hamps. 1910, and 
M. strigicincta Walk. 1866. The former is represented at Tring by the type, 
the only specimen recorded. The second species has been described under four 
different names in four genera, the synonym}^ given by Hampson, I.e., being quite 
correct. I add here two new species. One of them is near M. strigicincta and 
the other resembles in some points M. haemagraplia. 

1. Mazuca dulcis sp. nov. 

$. Markings of body as in M . strigicincta ; on foretibia three blue-black 
spots, on midtibia two, on hindtibia a vestigial subapical one, segment I of fore- 
and midtarsi with a conspicuous blue-black spot (absent from M. strigicincta), 
this spot vestigial on hindtarsus. 

Upperside of forewing sulphur-yellow, black markings at costal margin and 
termen as in M. strigicincta, but the seventh and eighth bars counted from base 
red near their discal ends, the basal double spot in front of the submedian vein 
and the subbasal cell-spot red, with a few blue-black scales, at hindmargin five 
red bars, proximal pair at basal third less anguliform than in M . strigicincta, 
interrupted on submedian, the posterior half of the outer bar with some blue- 
black scales at both ends ; of the three postmedian bars the proximal one straight 
and oblique as in M. strigicincta, the other two rectanguliform, the discal arm of 
proximal one of the two anguliforms joined to oblique bar and forming a right 
angle with it, the three red bars with minute blue-black dots at hindmargin, 
on submedian vein and on submedian fold ; the marking in apex of cell as in 
M. strigicincta, but the proximal ring or double bar for the greater part red ; the 
two red discal spots rather larger than in M. strigicincta, blue-black at each end. 

Length of forewing : 20 mm. 

West Africa : Ibadan, Lagos, xii.1905, 1 $. 

2. Mazuca amoena sp. nov. (text-figs. 54, 55, 56). 

(^. Easily recognized by the large orange-scarlet elliptical discal ring on the 
forewing. Markings on body nearly as in M. haemagrapha, but the transverse 
bars on the thorax thinner, the patagia not edged with blue-black, the tarsi with 
a spot on upperside of segments III and IV. Scaling of antenna white in basal 
foittth and at apex. 



340 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. I!l33. 

Forewing as in 31. haemagrapha . narrower than in M. strigicincta, more 
strongly rounded distally, tornal angle effaced ; black bars at costal and distal 
margins as in 31. haemagrapJm, but thinner and therefore less liable to coalesce, 
the two before tornus quite separate ; from hindmargin costad to central mark- 
ings six thin orange-scarlet lines, nearly evenly spaced, first and second parallel, 
thii'd and fourth curved and, at submedian fold, coalescing and then separating, 
encircling below cell a small space of the ground-colour, posteriorly these two 
lines a little wider apart than the others, fifth slightly elbowed on submedian 
fold, leaning a little distad like the sixth, all except first blue-black at hindmargin, 
seventh line black, on lower angle of cell a small black ring with black pupil as 
in 31. haemagrapha, proximally of this eye-sjjot an orange-scarlet spot, upon 
which follow in the direction towards base three black rings, and an indication 
of a fourth, behind these rings and down to base an orange-scarlet irregular 
stripe which the red hindmarginal lines join ; beyond lower cell-angle an elliptical 
orange-scarlet ring (instead of the orange-scarlet patch of M. haemagrapha), 
the line itself a little over i mm. thick, broken at lower cell-angle by the 
eye-spot, from which a thin blue-black line runs a short distance along the 
inside of the ring, inner longitudinal diameter of ring nearly 3 mm., transverse 
2 mm., the marginal bars join the ring ; in front of eye-spot an ovate ring 
in 31. haemagrapha, this ring larger in 31. amoena, but mcomplete, being 
interrupted costally. 

As in 31. haemagrapha, the areola short, very little projecting beyond lower 
cell-angle, stalk of SC'* short. 

Genitalia. — Anal tergite with a spiniform uncus, which is much shorter in 
both M. amoena and 31. haemagrapha than in 31. strigicincta. Clasper much 
longer and broader in 31. haemagrapha than in two other species (,j' of 31. dnlc.is 
not known to me), and shortest in 31. amoena ; for comparison we figure the 
claspers of these three species, their aspects from outside and inside. In 
M. strigicincta (text-figs. 50, 51) the clasper is nearly straight, rounded-narrowed 
at apex ; on inside (fig. 51) the basal half of the ventral portion is much swollen 
and enlarged dorsad ; from the narrow distal portion of this swelling a narrow, 
subventral, rod-like, transversely more or less convex ridge (H) extends halfway 
to apex, the ridge not separated from inner surface of clasper, not being a free 
process. In 31. haemagrapha (text-figs. 52, 53, 57) the clasper is about one-fourth 
longer than in 31. strigicincta, its ventral margin almost gradually curved dorsad ; 
the tip of the harpe (H) visible in externo-lateral aspect (fig. 52) ; on inside 
(fig. 53) the basal half of the ventral area swollen and enlarged dorsad, this 
swelUng widest distally ; it narrows into the harpe, which is narrow for a short 
distance and then is widened dorsad into a process curved distad and mediad, 
the process appearing narrow in an aspect perpendicular on the inner surface of 
the clasper, and broader in a ventral aspect (fig. 57). In 31. amoena (text-figs. 54, 
55, 56) the clasper about half as long as in 31. haemagrapha, rather strongly 
narrowed to apex ; a dorso-marginal area inclusive of apex sublinear, more 
strongly chitinized than the ventral area adjacent to it ; on inner side (fig. 55), 
the basal swollen area resembling that of 31. haemagrapha : the harpe very 
different, its free process narrow, almost pointed, directed dorsad-inward and. 
slightly curved frontad. 

Length of forewing 16 mm., width 8 mm. 

Congo Beige : Sashila R., 5.x. 1925, 1 ^. 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1933. 



341 




54- /\ 55. 



Fig. 50. Mazuca strigicincta, clasper from outside. 

51. ,, ,, ,, „ inside ; H = harpe. 

52. „ haemagrapJui, clasper from outside. 

53. ,, „ „ ,, inside. 

54. „ amoena, clasper from outside. 

55. „ „ „ ,, inside. 

56. „ „ ventral aspect of claspers. 

57. „ haernagrapha, harpe, ventral aspect. 



342 



NOVITATES ZOOLOOICAE XXXVIII. 1U33. 



A NEW SPHINGID FROM MADAGASCAR (LEPIDOPTERA). 

By dr. KARL JORDAN, F.R.S., F.R.E.S., F.Z.S. 

(With 4 text-figures.) 

Teninora engis sp. nov. (text-figs. 58-61). 
(J. Near T. grandidieri Butl. 1S79. General colouring the same, except that 
the upperside of the hindwing is brick-red with a diffuse brown border, and the 
underside of body and wings more distinctly brick-red than in T. grandidieri. 
Antenna shorter. Apex of forewing less produced, the subtornal sinus of 
hindmargin less deep, the outer margin of hindwing less incurved before anal 
angle, and both wings broader. On forewing, no diffuse dark shade from tornus 
obliquely to costal margin, close on basal side of middle of costa a small isolated 
brown blotch, at hindmargin as in T. grandidieri the obsolete or obsolescent lines 
of outer half of wing represented by four distinct bars, these somewhat farther 
away from termen in the new species and the innermost, or first, Une more pro- 
minent and anteriorly slightly curved basad-costad, its general direction being 
towards basal half of costa, not towards outer half, the next Une closer to the 
first than to the third ; submarginal-subapical brown dot farther away from 
margin than in T. grandidieri. 

Underside with the lines and dots of T. grandidieri very feebly indicated ; 
on forewing a brown terminal border obscured by grey, the border projecting 
basad before middle, nearly 3 mm. broad before tornus ; brownish border of 
hind^\ ing narrower than the one on forewing and less distinct. 

Genitaha (text-figs. 9-12) : X.t. and X.st. (fig. 58) broader and considerably 
shorter than in T. grandidieri, apex of tergite (X.t.) convex above, subcarinate, 
concave below ; sternite (X.st.) shorter and much broader than tergite, somewhat 
rounded-narrowed towards apex, not at all pointed, very feebly curved upwards, 
with indication of an apical median sinus. Clasper with about 10 large friction 
scales ; harpe (figs. 59, 60) broader than in T. grandidieri, the free apical portion 
ventraUy convex, subdorsally concave, at extreme tip the concavity dorsal. 

Aedeagus (= penis-sheath) (fig. 61) with a 
dentate flap on tlie right side nearly as in 
T. grandidieri, and a very short dentate one 
on tlie left (instead of the long thin pointed 
left process of T. grandidieri). 

Length of forewmg 22 mm., width 11 mm. 
Madagascar : Foret d' Anamalazotra, Station 
Perinet 140 km. east of Tananarivo, 1 1 .xii. 1930 
(Mme. d'Olsoufiefif), 1 cj. 



Fig. 58. Temnora engis, X.t. = tenth tergite, 
X.st. = tenth sternite, ventral aspect. 
,, 59. Temnora engis, harpe, lateral aspect. 
,, 60. ,, ,, ,, donsal aspect, 

,, 61. „ „ aedeagus. 




NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1933. 



343 



FOUR NEW FLEAS COLLECTED BY PROFESSOR F. SPILLlVLiNN 

IN ECUADOR. 

By dr. KARL JORDAN, F.R.S., F.R.E.S., F.Z.S. 

(With 6 text-figiu-es.) 

1. Hoplopsyllus andensis sp. nov. (text-fig. 02). 

$. Differs from H. glaciaUs Tascli. 1880 and H. exoticus J. & R. 1921 in the 
pronotal comb extending farther down the sides, consisting of 20 spines, which, 
moreover, are less pointed than in the alhed species. The bristles on abdominal 
segments VII and VIII as ui H. exoticus (cf. Ectoparasites, i, p. 312, text-fig. 314) ; 




Fig. 62. — Hoplopsyllus amlensis, spermatheca. 
Fig. 63. — Ceraiophyllus equatoris, (J-genitalia. 

the ventral excision of VII. st. as deep as in H. exoticus, but the specimen not 
flattened enough for comparing the width of the excision. Stylet as in H. glacialis 
(and its subspecies), i.e. shorter than in H. exoticus, with two lateral Isristles. 
The head of the spermatheca (text-fig. 62) smaller than m H. gl. glacialis and 
H. gl. lynx Baker 1904, whereas the tail is broader (the organ not preserved in the 
unique specimen of H. exoticus). 

Ecuador : Paramo de Guamani, on road to Baiza, Region Oriental, on 
Thomasomys sp., 29.vii.1931, 1 ?. 

This discovery extends the range of the Northern genus Hoplopsyllus into 
South America ; H. exoticus was obtamed at Panama. 



344 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1933. 



2. Ceratophyllus equatoris sp. nov. (text-figs. C3, 64). 

(J$. Close to C. apollinaris J. &. R. 1921, of which only the $ is known ; the 
$ of the new species differs in the upper lobe of VII. st. being much broader and 
rounded. 

(J. The Vlll.t. strongly rounded, bearing 6 or 7 dorso-marginal bristles, of 
which the 2 or 3 distal ones are long, and in addition C long lateral bristles, of 
which one is ventral. VIII. st. long and narrow, about one-eighth shorter than 
first hindtarsal segment, convex beneath, nearly straight above, pointed, ven- 
trally with a pair of short bristles each in middle and at apical fourth, and a 
longer pair before apex. Bay above manubrium of clasper (text-fig. 63) evenly 
rounded, parabolical, not semicircular ; manubrium (M) measured on upperside 

from deepest point of bay as long as clasper 
measured from the same point to the 
posterior margin above the acetabular 
bristles. Dorsal margin of clasper (Cl) 
incurved, this bay flatter than a semicircle ; 
process P irregularly triangular, being 
somewhat convex on the posterior side ; 
upper acetabular bristle on a level with 
the lowest point of the anterior margin of 
the exopodite F. Angle of anterior margin 
of exopodite in middle of margin, the 
exopodite from this point upwards about 
twice as wide as in lower half ; opposite 
the angle of the anterior margin, at the 
beginning of the widened portion, a large 
spiniform, above this bristle the posterior 
margin about parallel with the anterior 
margin, slightly incurved, then strongly 
rounded and running obliquely upward- 
forward, forming with the anterior margin 
an acute apical angle, the tip of which is 
a httle bent frontad ; at the curve of the 
posterior margin 2 strong bristles about half the width of the large one below 
them, and farther upward a paler bristle, thinner and shorter. Apical portion 
of vertical arm of IX. st. but little dilated ; ventral sclerite narrow to point 
of division at one-third, then ventrally sUghtly rounded-dilated, this antemedian 
portion bearing about 10 bristles, of which tlie 2 ventral distal ones are long, but 
pale ; the apical lobe of the ventral arm dorsally as long as the rest of the 
sclerite, convex above, broadest about middle, at apex more rounded ventrally 
than dorsally. 

$. VII. St. (text-fig. 64) divided by a narrow triangular sinus into two rounded 
lobes, of which the lower one is much the broader. Head of spermatheca about 
half the length of the tail, somewhat abrupt at the juncture with the tail. 
Length : ^ 2-7 mm., $ 3-3 mm. ; hindferaur : S 0-43 mm., $ 0-53 mm. 
Ecuador : Quebrada of Pichan, west side of Pichincha, on Sigmodon sp., 
4.ii.l932, 1 (J, type ; Paramo de Guamani, on road to Baiza, Region Oriental, 
on Oryzomys sp., 27 . vii . 1 931 , 1 $. 




Fig. 64. — Ceratophyllus equatoris 
VII. St. and spermatheca. 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1933. 



345 



3. Plocopsylla heros sp. nov. (text-figs. 65, 66). 

(J$. Near Ploc. achilles Roths. 1911 ; genal comb with 4 spines only, the 
upper spine of Ploc. achilles being absent in the new species ; the hindcoxa nar- 
rower, the stylet longer, and the spermatheca and the Q-organs different. Dis- 
tinguished from Ploc. phobos Jord. 1931, which also has 4 genal spines, by the 
genal and pronotal combs as well as the stylet and the pair of antepygidial 
bristles being much longer, the head of the spermatheca shorter and the (^- 
genitalia different. 

(J9. Genal spines three to four times as long as broad. Pronotal comb with 




IX.st. 



Fig. 65. — Plocopsylla heros, ^J-genitalia. 
„ 66. — ,, ,, spermatheca. 

14 spines, in one $ with 16 ; the dorsal spines one-sixth shorter than their distance 
from the dorsal anterior corner of pronotum. Bristles on abdominal tergites : 
in (J III 7 or 8, 12 to 15, IV 7 to 10, 14, V 6 to 12, 14, VI 3 to 6, 14, VII 2 to 4, 
13 or 14 ; in ? Ill 13 to 16, 17 or 18, IV 13 to 15, 14 to 16, V 7 to 11, 13 or 14, 
VI 6 to 11, 11 or 12, VII 9 to 16, 8 to 11. On sternites : in ^ III 5 or 6, IV 5 
or 6, V or I, 5 or 6, VI to 2, 5 ; in ? Ill 4 to 8, 6, IV 2 to 10, 6, V 5 to 7, 6, 
VI 6 to 11, 6. Some of the dorsal bristles of the anterior tergites of (^ long. 
One antepygidial bristle in rj, not longer than the anterior bristles of VII. t., 
but thicker than the ventral bristle of tlie posterior row of that segment. On 
forecoxa more than 30 bristles in addition to tiie short basal ones. 

(J. VIII. t. (text-fig. 65) long, triangular, tapering. VIII. st. on each side 



346 NOTITATES ZOOLOOICAE XXXVIII. 1933. 

with two lobes, the upper triangular, the lower very slender, almost linear. 
Inner portion of IX. t. and manubrium of clasper longer than in Ploc. achilles, the 
angle formed by them acute. P of clasper longer and narrower than in Ploc. 
achilles, with a marginal row of 12 or 13 long bristle.s. of which the fourth or fifth to 
seventh or eighth are a httle shorter than tlie others ; distally at ventral margin 
3 or 4 small bristles and on the side 4 to 7 shortish slender ones. Process Pr 
narrow, at apex dilated and ribbed, recalling by its shape (lateral aspect) a wading 
boot. Exopodite F ventrally about one-half longer than apically broad, distally 
tapering upwards, the posterior margin somewhat convex, ventral angle rounded, 
near this angle a heavy spiniform, which is different in shape from the correspond- 
ing spiniform of the other species of Plocopsylla, its short narrow basal portion 
being vertical, whereas the rest of the spiniform is more or less at a right angle 
to the basal portion, and broad, dorsally and ventrally convex, narrowing to a 
point, the tip being curved down. Ventral arm of IX. st. with long proximal 
heel, in middle of ventral margin a broad shallow bay and beyond it a long 
pointed spiniform which is directed distad and lies along the segment ; a short 
distance beyond this spiniform a short, cylindrical, obtuse, elbowed and twisted 
spiniform, its apex directed distad, the segment somewhat narrowed from the 
long spiniform to apex, this portion bearing 2 small hairs, one apical, the other 
a httle more proximal. 

$. Two antepygidial bristles each side, stout, twice as long as hindtarsal 
segment IV. Stylet longer than in Ploc. achilles, as long as hmdtarsal segment 
III. On each side of VIII. t. from 18 to 25 bristles. Body of spermatheca (text- 
fig. 66) almost bean-shaped, dorsally evenly rounded, \\idest in or behind middle, 
not near tail as in Ploc. achilles. 

Ecuador : Bermeji, on way to Baiza, Region Oriental, off Blarina thomasi ; 
Quebrada of Pichan, west side of Pichincha, 2,950 m., 19. iv. 1932, on Blarina 
thomasi and Bl. equatoris; Pichincha, on Bl. eqiuiloris, 28. ix. 1931 ; Chimborazo, 
iv.l931, on Sigmodon; 5 ^JJ, 5 $$. 

4. Sphinctopsylla spillmanni sp. nov. (text-fig. 67). 

1^. Considerably different from the other known species oi Sphinctopsylla quite 
apart from the genitalia : segment I of maxillary palpus shorter, proboscis longer, 
none of the spines of the pronotal comb di'awn out into a fine point, apex of 
hindtibia with but 4 stout bristles instead of a complete comb of 7 or 8, and 
forecoxa with a smaller number of bristles. These distinctions will probably 
also hold good in the as yet unknown $. 

1^. Helmet narrow, widest at spines 6 and 7, here one-fourth wider than 
these spines are long ; 13 spines each side. The anterior long bristle on tlie genal 
area nearer to the ventral margin than is the posterior one. Five genal spines ; 
in between the upper two the genal process, which is pale and narrow and reaches 
beyond the apex of tiie spines. On each side of occiput a subapical row of 8 
bristles and between this row and base of occiput altogether about 18 bristles 
(inclusive of basal ones), 5 on side being long, the others snuill and very small. 
None of the bristles of antennal segment II reach beyond middle of club. Labial 
palpus extending well beyond maxillary palpus. 

Pronotum short, with two rows of 10 bristles each on the two sides together ; 
comb \\ith 18 spines, the dorsal ones as long as the pronotum. Bristles on meso- 
notum 10, 10, on me.sopleura 7, on metanotum 3, 10, 10, on metepimerum 3, 3. 



N■oV^TATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1933. 



347 



Number of apical spines on abdominal tergites (the two sides together) : 
4, 0, 4, 4, 4, 2 ; bristles on I 9, 10, II 8, 15, III 9, 15, IV 6, 15, V 3, 13, 
VI 5, 12, VII 5, 10 ; bristles on sternites : II 2, III 6, IV 5, V 4, VI 4, VII 8, 
the bristles on VII almost spiniform, 4 in a close-set row on each side. 

Forecoxa with 22 long bristles and a small number of marginal and basal 
short ones. On outside of liindfemur a row of 3 bri.stles in posterior third and at 
iipj)er margin 12 short ones. In the notches of hindtibia from base around apex 




-VII. St. 



Fig. 67. — Spfiinctupsylla spillnuinni, {^-genitalia. 

to anterior apical corner 13 bristles, which are much less stout than in the allied 
species, there being in dorsal notches I, II, and III 1 long and 1 short bristle, in 
IV, V, and VI 2 short and 1 long ; on the outer surface 14 lateral bristles on the 
one tibia and Iti on the other (inclusive of 2 apical bristles). 

Modified Segments. — VIII. t. large, with the posterior and ventral margins 
rounded ; below stigma 1 bristle. Basal portion of VIII. st. vertical, naii'ow, 
sublinear, curved distad. the frontal side being convex, upper third triangular, 
the lower portion of this triangle drawn out ventrad-distad on the posterior side 
into a long narrow process which distally widens into a leaf-like ellipse with the 

23 



348 NOVITATES ZOOLOOICAE XXXVIII. 1933. 

apex pointed, at base of this ellipse a small bristle. Manubrium M of clasper a 
little over half as broad as dorsally long ; angle between manubriinn and IX. t. 
obtuse, rounded. Clasper (Cl) longer than broad, broadest in middle, dorsal 
margin enlarged medianly into a triangular up\\ard projection and at apex into 
a broad, transparent lobe ; ventral margin nearly straight, slightly concave ; at 
and near dorsal margin 5 or 6 bristles, on inner surface a subcyUndrical, strongly 
chitinized projection (Pr) which is longer tlian broad and serves as a catch for the 
end of the exopodite, the projection longer than in the allied species. Exopodite 
F sublinear, about 5 times as long as broad, basally curved almost in a semi- 
circle from base downwards and then upwards-frontad, at apical foiu-th (about) 
of hindmargin a long bristle, gently curved downwards, from this point to apex 
the sclerite narrowed, witli the tip rounded off, the exopodite recalling an 
antelope with an exaggeratedly long neck ; from tlie long bristle to the most 
ventral point of the hindmargin 14 or 15 thin bristles, about half of them shorter 
and tlie others longer than the exopodite is broad ; above the long bristle a short 
lateral one, at the anterior margin 5 thin bristles, and on the inner surface about 
10 to 12 very small ones. Vertical arm of IX.st. apically slightly bent posticad, 
the posterior margm of the vertical arm and the upper margin of the ventral one 
forming an even semicircle ; ventral arm tapering, the point of bifurcation 
proximal to middle, the apical process quite narrow, distally linear, with a small 
apical bristle and a minute ventral subapioal one. 

Length : 2-7 mm. (extended), hindfemur : 0-33 mm. 

Ecuador: Pichincha, off Caenolestes fuHginosns, 27 IX. 1931, 1 ^J. 

I have much pleasure in associating the name of the discoverer with this 
remarkable species. 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1933. 



349 



TWO NEW SPECIES OF CTENOPHTHALMUS FROM 
TROPICAL AFRICA (SIPHONAPTERA). 

By dr. KARL JORDAN, F.R.S. 

(With 4 text-figures.) 

AMONG a small number of fleas collected in Kenya and Uganda and submitted 
to me for examination and description by Mr. G. H. E. Hopkins, of the 
Department of Agriculture, Kampala, Uganda, there are some specimens of 
Ctenophfhalmus which are different from all our examples of that genus and, 
according to the male genitalia, represent two new species. I am much indebted 
to Mr. Hopkins for this addition to our knowledge of the African flea-fauna. 
Types at Tring ; some paratypes returned to Mr. Hopkins. 

1. Ctenophthalnius modicus sp. nov. (te.xt-figs. 68, 70). 

(^$. Nearest to Ct. evidens Jord. 1929, described from Congo Beige ; differs 
in the tail-ends. 

^. On each side of VIII. st. 6 to 10 bristles, of which the 3 posterior ones 
are the longest. Clasper (CI, 
text-fig. 68) dorsally about as 
long as the distance of the 
dorsal margin from the long 
subventral acetabular bristle 
(acb) ; apex of clasper incurved 
instead of being rounded as in 
Ct. evidens, two sliort pro- 
jections being formed ; at the 
dorsal margin of the upper lobe 
(P') and on its side a sUghtly 
variable number of bristles, of 
which 3 lateral ones are long. 
Exopodite F as in Ct. evidens, 
but shorter, its apical portion 
from the transverse ridge 
(against which plays the tip 
of P^ of clasper) to the apical 
margin only half as long as it 
is broad ; below the posterior 
apical angle 3 or 4 long bristles ; 
along the dorso-apical margin 
the usual pale spiniforms, 7 to 9 in this species. Manubrium of clasper some- 
what shorter and basally broader tlian in Ct. evidens. IX. st. with the ventral 
arm long, as in Ct. evidens, but less curved upwards. 

$. The specimens of this sex whicli I place with the above males may possibly 
not be the true females of Ct. modicus. They resemble that sex of Ct. atomus 
J. & R. 1913, from Angola, but are distinguished by the apical lateral margin 




C teimphthahnus viodicus, (J-genitalia. 



350 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1933. 




genitalia. 



of VII. St. being medianly more 
strongly produced and ventrally 
more slanting (text-fig. 70) ; at the 
apical margin of VIII. t. a long bristle 
and above this a short one (some- 
times 2) ; above the stigma of 
VIII. t, from to 2 bristles each side. 
The body of the spermatheca about 
as long as its tail. 

Kenya : Nakuru, off Lophuro7nys 
sp. and L. aquila, x.1928, t3rpe, and 
off Raltua rattus ; Kisii, off Rattus 
rattus and Otomys angoniensis ; S^JcJ, 
4??. 



2. Ctenophthalmus bacopus .sp. nov. 

(text-figs. Uy, 71). 

cJ$. Near Ct. cabirus J. & R. 
1913 and Ct. ansorgei Roths. 1907, 
the former a common species in 



East Africa and the 
latter only known 
from Angola. «/\ 

(J. On each side 

of Vlll.st. from 10 ' 

to 16 bristles, of "~ 
which the 5 pos- 
terior ones (or 6) are 
longest and form an 
oblique row. Clas- 
per (CI, text-fig. 69) 
divided by a small 
sinus into two pro- 
cesses as in the allied 
species, but the up- 
per process P', which 
bears 3 long bristles, 
narrower than the 
1 o w e r o n e , not 
broader as in the 
case of Ct. cabirus 
and Ct. ansorgei ; 
acetabular bristle 
(acb) inserted on a 
level with the upper 
margin of the aceta- 
bulum, whereas in 




Fia. 70. — Ctenophthalmus niodicus, $. 
,, 71. — „ bacopus, $. 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1933. 351 

the allied species mentioned the bristle is placed much farttier down. Exopodite 
F nearly as in Ct. ansorgei, longer and its apical half more triangular than 
in both Ct. ansorgei and Ct. cabirus ; along the upper margin 13 or 14 short pale 
spiniforms ; posterior margin gently incurved from near apex and ventrally 
gradually becoming convex ; below apex .5 or 6 slender bristles, of which the 
2 upper ones are longest, being a little over half as long as their distance from 
process P^ of clasper. IX. st. as in Ct. ansorgei, but sUghtly broader at apex. 

9. To these males probably belong the females which differ from the allied 
species as follows : Apex of Vll.st. of abdomen (text-fig. 71) divided by a broad 
and shallow sinus into a broad upper lobe and a much smaller subventral one, 
the long bristles of the segment being much farther away from the bottom of the 
sinus than in Ct. cabirus and Ct. amorgei. At the apical margin of VIII. t. two 
bristles, one long and one short as in the preceding new species, whereas in Ct. 
cabirus and Ct. ansorgei both bristles are longish, slender, and equal in size. Above 
stigma of VIII. t. no bristles. Body of sperraatheca much longer than its tail. 
Uganda: Lira, ix.l932, ^, type, also viii.1932 (R. E. Barrett), 3 ^^, 

host not mentioned. Kenya : Kisii and Nakuru, off Otoniys angoniensis and 

Lojihuromys aqiiila, 6 $$. 

There is the possibility that the females placed above under Ct. modicus 
really belong to Ct. bacopus, and that the true female of Ct. modicus has the 
VII. St. similar to that of Ct. evidens Jord. (Nov. ZooL. xxxv, 1929, p. 167, 
text-fig. 3). 



352 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. HISH. 



FLEAS COLLECTED BY DR. MAX BARTEL.S IN JAVA. 
By dr. KARL JORDAN, F.R.S. 

(With 7 text-figures.) 

T^HE collection of fleas sent by Dr. Max Bartels consists of 30 specimens 
belonging to 10 species, of which no less than 3 are new, one of them repre- 
senting a new genus allied to Cfenophyllus, which occurs in Eastern Siberia and 
North America. The collection, moreover, contains a male oi Paraceras javanicus, 
of which species we had only the female, the single known male being at Washing- 
ton. The small series of Ceratophylhis calceatus is likewise most welcome, as but 
6 specimens of this species are known. The pair of StivaUu-^ Idus.si obtained by 
Dr. Bartels renders it certain that St. synetus is the female of .S7. Mossi, and the 
discovery of a Palaeopsylla extends the range of that genus very considerably. 
The collection, therefore, is of particular interest, and we thank Dr. Max Bartels 
sincerely for this contribution to oiu- knowledge of the fauna of Java. 

The specimens were collected at Tijboeni, Bandong. West Java, by Dr. 
Max Bartels with the exception of No. 1, which he received from Mr. E. Bartels. 

1. Ctenocephalides felis felis Bouche 1835. 

On Paradoxuruji hermaphrodytus javanicus, 30. vi. 1931, 1 5, an accidental 
occurrence. 

2. Ceratophyllus calceatus Roths. U)o.5. 

On Rail lis bukit lemmincki, 5.x. 1932, 2 cjc? I Callosciurus nigrovitlatus 

nigrovittalus, 9.x. 1932, 1 q, 1 $ ; Rattus leplnrus Upturns, 12.x. 1932, 1 $. 

The specimens from the Malay I'eninsula, Sumatra, and Java do not seem to differ. 

Cratynius gen. nov. 

$. Near Ctenophylhis Wagner 1927 (in Konowia, vi, p. 108), but differs from 
all genera more or less nearly related to Ceratophylhis Curtis 1832 in the mesoster- 
nite being divided into three sclerites instead of two in consec|uence of the strong 
development of the internal ridge representing the suture between the sternum 
(St) and episternum (Est) ; cf. text-fig. 72. 

Frons and occiput with three rows of bristles, the 4 lower bristles of the 
anterior row of frons spiniform. sharply pointed ; eye small, above it the internal 
curved genal rod present in all Ceratophyllids in which the upper eye-bristle is 
placed near the antennal groove. Bristles of antennal segment II short. 

Pronotal comb with more than 20 spines, which are narrow and longer than 
the pronotuni. Surface ridges of thoracic and abdominal tergites and legs some- 
what coar.se, with minute teeth here and there, apical margins of abdominal 
tergites I to VII minutely denticulate. Basal abdominal sternite with subbasal 
lateral bristles. Tibiae with 3 long dorsal bristles (subbasal, median, and 
apical), the other bristles short (text-fig. 73). Tail of spermatheca very long (text- 
fig. 74) ; duct of spermatheca Ukewise long, the blind duct on the contrary a 
mere remnant (D,o.). Genotype : sp. nov. here described. 



NOVITATES ZOOLOC.ICAE XXXVIII. 1933. 



353 



3. Cratynius bartelsi .sp. nov. (text-figs. 72, 73, 74). 

$. Frontal tutjercle external, sharp, ventrally almost liorizontal, dorsally 
very little raised above the surface of the head. Three rows of bristles on frons : 
6, 2, 2 ; the three rows on occiput contain (each side) 5, 5, 7 bristles. Eye longer 
than broad, sinuate, convex and dark below sinus. Segment I of maxillary 
palpus longer than II, proportions of the four segments : 11, 9, 6, 10-5. Pro- 
boscis reaching beyond two-thirds of forecoxa. 

Pronotal comb with 23 spines, the lateral spines one-third longer than the 
pronotum ; a row of 10 bristles. On mesonotum a posterior row of 10 (on the 



Est ) 




Fig. 72. — Cratynius bartelsi, mesothorax. 
„ 73. — ,, ,, , hindtibia. 

two sides together), between this row and basal margin (inclusive of small basal 
bristles) 40 odd ; on mesopleurae 10 or 11 each side of body. On metanotum a 
posterior row of 8 and between the row and base 19, at apical margin 2 short 
spines ; on metepimerum 6 or 7 bristles : 3, 3, 1, and 2, 3, 1. 

Apical spines on abdominal tergites : 3, 2, 2 ; bristles : on III, 9, 12, 
IV 10, 12, V 5, 10, VI 4, 10, VII 0, 10 ; on sternites : III 0, 8, IV 3, 8, V 2, 8, 
VI 2, 8. Three antepygidial bristles, dorsal one less than half the length of 
the others. 

Hindcoxa one-third longer than broad, without bristles on inner surface. 
Forefemm-, on outside, with about 6 lateral and subdorsal bristles, and close to 
apex a vertical row of 4 or 5, this row also present on mid- and hindfemora, all 
femora on outside with a minute lateral bristle in anterior half, and on inside a 
single bristle, which is subapical and ventral ; outer apical dorsal bristle of femora 



354 



NovaTATES ZooLOGiCAE XXX\aiI. 1933. 



short, especially stumpy on hindfemur. On dorsal margin of tibiae 3 pairs of 
strong bristles, the outer ones short ; on hindtibia between first and second pair 
two shorter and less strong dorsal bristles, and between second and apical pairs 
2 smallish bristles, a stronger one and a subapical moderately strong pair ; 
15 lateral bristles on hindtibia in two irregular rows (text-fig. 73). Proportions 
of tarsal segments : in midtarsus 23, 16, 12, 8, 16, hindtarsus 42, 25, 15, 9, 17. 
In all tarsi segment V with five pairs of lateral ventral bristles. 

Modified Segments. — Sternite VII (text-fig. 74) with a deep, narrow sinus, 
around which the ciiitin is somewhat thickened ; the lobe above the sinus 
rounded, much narrower than the lower lobe ; the apical margin of the latter 




Fig. 74. — Cratynius bartehi, posterior segments and genital organs. 

slanting in upper half and irregularly and very moderately rounded in lower half ; 
on the two sides together 3, 10 bristles. On Vlll.t. 4 minute .subapical hairs 
above the stigma, which is long, extending nearly to the dorsal middle line ; 
below stigma 1 long bristle and a minute hair, and on the widened lower area 
7 or 8 bristles, of which 2 are long and 2 or 3 small ; on inside 2. Stylet almost 
exactly three times as long as broad. Spermatlieca with short round head which 
almost gradually merges into the long tail, head and apex of tail strongly striated, 
the whole organ nearly as long as hindtarsal segment II. 

Length : 2-6 mm. ; hindfemur : 0-43 mm. 

On Hylomys suiUvs suillus, 8.x. 1932, 1 $. 



-As com- 



4. Paraceras javanicus Ewng 1924 (text-fig. 75). 

On Parndoxurus hermaphrodyius javanicus, 18.xii.1932, 1 ^. 

pared with P. pendlelmryi, from Borneo, described in Nov. Zool. xxxviii, p. 267, 

no. 2, text-figs. 23, 24 (1932), the process P of the clasper (text-fig. 75) is much 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 



1933. 



355 



shorter and broader and tlie dor.so-apical flap of F longer, and the row of bristles 
on the inner surface of F is placed much 
nearer the posterior margin, the dorsal 
margin of F i.s less convex and the 
posterior margin concave, not convex. 

5. Stivalius jacobsoni J. & R. 1922. 

On Petaiirwta elegans, 18.ix.l932, 
1 $ ; Rattn.s bartehi, 24.viii.1932, 

1 $. Only a few specimens are 

known, from Sumatra and Java. 

6. Stivalius cognatus J. & R. 1922. 
On Eatlus bukit lemmincki, 10. ix 

and 5.x. 1932, 3 ?$ ; RatUi.s leptiini.s 
Upturns, 12.x. 1932, 1 cJ, 2 ?9 ; Rattits 
concolor ejihijipium, 18.ix.l932, 1 ^, 

2 $$ ; Ratufa bkolor bicolor, 1 $. 

The commonest of the Javan Stivalius. 



7. Stivalius klossi J. 

On Raft us maxi, 21 
Ratufa bicolor bicolor, 1 



& R. 1922. 

viii.1932, 1 ^^ ; 

$. We described a 





-Paraceras javanicus, clasper 
and exopodite. 

Sumatran $ as St. synetus in 
Ectoparasites, i, p. 229 
(1922). The present $ 
differs in the lower angle 
of the upper lobe of VII. st. 
being produced as a short 
sharp projection. It is, 
however, very unlikely that 
this distinction will hold 
good when more $$ are at 
hand. I no longer hesitate 
to place St. syiietus as a 
synonym of St. klossi. 



sp. 



s. stivalius javanus 
nov. (text-figs. 70, 77). 

cJ?. Nearest to St. 
rhaebus Jordan 1926, from 
Borneo, and probably re- 
presenting that species on 
Java. Both these insects 
belong to Group B (cf. Ecto- 
parasites, i, p. 256 (1922)), 
in which there are only two 
heavy bristles in the dorsal 
notches of the tibiae. In the i$ of the new species the exopodite F is narrower 



VIII. St 



Fig. 76. — Stivalius javanus, ,^ -genitalia. 



356 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1033. 



and less curved than in St. rhaebus, the apex of the vertical arm of IX.st. is much 
less dilated, the semicircular portion of the segment longer, and VIII. st. bears 
fewer lateral Ijristles : in the ? the spermatheca is strongly humped. 

J. On each side of Vlll.st. 14 or 15 lateral and dorso-marginal bristles, and 
on the ventral median projection about 12, of which some are very small and 2 
stout. Width of exopodite F (text-fig. 76) measured at margin of clasper above 
long thin ventral bristle of clasper a very little more than one-fifth the length of 
the exopodite measured from extreme base (4: 19) I proximally to apex a 
ventral row of 4 long bristles, the distance of the most distal bristle from the 
apex of F the same as from the most dorsal point of the dome which bears 3 short 
pale spiniforms. Apical dilated portion of vertical arm of IX.st. as broad as 




Vlll.t. 




Vll.st. 



Fig. 77. — Stivalius javanus, $, VII. st. and VIII. t. 
„ 78. — Palaeopsylla Inxata, $, VII. st. 

midtarsal segment II is long ; the apical portion of the ventral arm with similar 
spiniforms as in St. rhaebm, the apex of the segment acuminate, but very little 
recurved. 

$. The two sickle-shaped incrassations of Vlll.t. (text-fig. 77) larger than 
in St. rhaebus, and centrally more intimately fused together. The hump of the 
spermatheca very prominent in all 3 specimens, though individually variable. 

Length : ^ 3-0 mm., $ 5-0-5-6 mm. ; hindfemur : ^ 0-48 mm., $ 0-67- 
0-75 mm. 

On Tupaia javanica ocddentalis, 18.ix.l932. 1 ^, type; Rattus bukit tem- 
minck-i, 5. and 30.x. 1932, 2 $$ ; Callosciurus nigroviltatus nigrovittatits, ll.viii. 

1932, 1 ?. 

9. Neopsylla kopsteini .Jordan 1931. 

On Rattus lepturii.'< teplurus, 12.x. 1932, 1 S, 1 ?.— Discovered on this rat 

by Dr. F. Kopstein, and described in Nov. Zool. xxxvii, p. 145, no. 3, text-figs, 

3,4, 5 (1931). 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1933. 357 

10. Palaeopsylla laxata .sp. nov. (text-fig. 78). 

$. Very close to P. incurva Jord. 1932 (1 $, N.E. Burma, on " Sorex "), with 
the same peculiar pronotal comb. Differs only in the tail-end. The upper lobe 
of Vll.st. (text-fig. 78) almost effaced, projecting much less than the ventral lobe, 
and the sinus very large, l)ut no deeper tlian in P. incurva ; in one specimen 25 
bristles, in the other 35. On VIII. t. a subventral vertical row of 3 bristles, the 
lowest very small, in P. incurva all 3 bristles moderately long and strong ; at 
apex of VIII. st. 4 or 5 bristles instead of 3. 

On Crocidura brevicauda, 22.viii.1932 and 10. i. 1933, 2 $$. 



ggg NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1933. 



TWO NEW SOUTH AMERICAN BIRD-FLEAS. 
By dr. KARL JORDAN, F.R.S. 

(With 3 text-figures.) 

THE two species here described were collected by Mr. W. P. Reynolds on the 
Estancia Viamonte, Tierra del Fuego, and communicated to me by 
Dr. F. W. Edwards (Brit. Mus., Nat. Hist.). They belong to that group of Cerato- 
phylli which are more or less closely related to the European CeratophyUus 
gallinuhie Dale 1878, and constitute Baker's genus DasypsyUus, which I here 
adopt, following Dr. Julius Wagner. 



1. Dasypsyllus coniatus sp. nov. (text-figs. 79, 80). 
(J?. A deeply coloured species allied to D. araumnus J. & R. 1920 from 

Chile. 

Frons with two and occiput with three rows of bristles. Eye large. Pro- 
boscis reaching to two-thirds ( o ) or three-fourths (?) of forecoxa. On pronotum 
a posterior row of 14-16 bristles and anotlier row of 6 or 7 smaller ones ; in 
comb 36 (S) or 33 ($) spines. Mesonotum densely liairy from postmedian row 
of long bristles to base ; on mesopleurae about 20 bristles, of which 13 or 14 are 
small. On metanotum numerous small bristles from the row of long ones to 
basal third, the setiferous area gradually narrowing down the side ; on metepi- 
sternum 4 to 6 bristles ; on metepimerum 9 to 12. 

Basal margin of abdommal tergites somewhat mcurved subdorsally in ^, 
on I and II three rows of bristles, on III to VII two, and on all segments additional 
dorsal bristles ; number of apical spines : in (^ 4, 6, 4, 4, in $ 4, 8, 6, 4, 1 ; number 
of bristles : in S on II about 45, 20, III 30, 20, VI 17, 19, VII 16. 19, in ? on 
II about 50, 20, III 34, 20, VI 22, 19, VII 17, 16. Bristles of sternites : m <J 
on III 8, IV 9, V 9, VI 10, VII 8, in ? on III 4, 12, IV 3, 12, V 3, 12, VI 2, 11. 
One long antepygidial bristle and two minute ones in J ; in 5 upper and lower 
longish, but less than half the middle one in length. 

On apical half of inner surface of hindcoxa 16 to 20 odd small bristles. On 
outer surface of hindfemur in cJ 18, in $ 23 lateral and subventral bristles, on 
imier side a row of 8 and 10 respectively. Hindtibia with 7 dorsal notches and 
an additional short stout dorsal bristle between pairs V and VI ; on outer side 
15 ((J) or 18 (?) dorso-lateral bristles; longest apical bristle of hindtarsal I 
reachmg to apex of II in <;J, shorter m $ ; on sole of V minute hairs to 
near base. 

Modified Segments.— S- Vlll.t. with about 12 marginal and lateral bristles 
in upper half and a patch of 1 8 bristles on lower half at and near ventral margin ; 
VIII. St. narrow (text-fig. 79), base produced upwards into an irregularly conical 
lobe which is about thrice as long as Vlll.st. is broad on the posterior side of 
this projection, distally Vlll.st. membranous, evidently divided up into a 
number of filaments, this portion concealed in tlie only (^ we have by the numerous 
ventral bristles of Vlll.t., a single ventral bristle beyond middle, Manubriuni 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1933. 



359 



of clasper twice as long as broad, ventrally very strongly rounded, apex curved 
upwards. Process P of clasjier very broad, broader than dorsally long, apex 
slanting on posterior side, posterior angle very broadly rounded. Exopodite F 
large, nearly thrice as long as broad, basal third gradually widening, from one- 
third upwards the anterior and posterior margins about parallel, apical margin 
slanting upward-forward, the anterior apical angle acute, the posterior angle 
obtuse, notch of anterior margin at upper third ; at upper posterior angle a 
stout spiniform, gradually ch-awn out into a long point, this spiniform somewhat 




Vlll.st. 



longer than oblique apical margin, above middle another spiniform, about the 
same in length but much stouter from base to tip, below it, but nearer the margin, 
a thud, smaller, and at lower angle of posterior margin a fourth, the stoutest of 
all, somewhat elbowed. Apical portion of vertical arm of IX. st. irregularly 
elongate-elliptical, a little narrower than the middle of the vertical arm ; ventral 
arm with a stout spiniform ventral bristle before middle, more frontad a ventral, 
subrotundate lobe bearing several bristles, of which one is fairly strong ; trans- 
parent apical half of sternite dorsally strongly convex, with the usual row of 
thin bristles. Anal tergite (X.t.) triangular, with 3 lateral bristles, of which 
second and third are very strong ; anal sternite (X.st.) divided into two linear 



360 



NOVITATKS ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 



1933. 



lobes, one each side of body, somewhat elbowed and bearing in apical half a row 

of 10 long, slender, marginal bristles. $. On VII. st. 27 bristles (14, 13) ; 

apical margin deeply incurved, the sinus narrow, the lobe above it obtuse, 
rounded, the one below it obliquelj' truncate, its upper (rounded) angle projecting 
more than its ventral angle. Above stigma of VIII. t. on each side about 12 
small bristles, below stigma 5 or 6, of which 2 or 3 are long, on ventral area 14, 
and on inner side 2. Head of sperniatheca (R.s.) ovate, more tlian half as long 




again as broad, tail measured in a straight line from lowest point a little shorter 
than head. 

Length : ^ 3-2 mm., $ 3-4 mm. ; hindfemur : ^ 0-53 mm., $ 0-60 mm. 

On Belanoplerus molina, 15.x. 1930, 1 ^J, type; Siptornis anihoides, 7.ix. 
1930, 1 $. 

2. Dasypsyllus aemulus sp. nov. (text-fig. si). 

$. Likewise near J), araucanus, easily distinguished by the shape of VII. st. 
and the almost globular body and short tail of the sperniatheca. 

On frons two rows of bristles (5. 3), on occiput tliree rows (3, 0, 8). Proboscis 
reaching a Uttle beyond two-thirds of forecoxa. Eye large, and bristles of 
antennal segment II very long, as in D. comatus. Pronotum with one row of 
bristles (14) and a comb of 42 spines. On mesonotum a row of 12 long bristles 
and two rows of very small ones, there being numerous small additional bristles 
dorsally and at base, on mesopleurae 18 bristles on one side of body, 23 on the 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1933. 



361 



other, of which 5 or 6 are long. Metanotum with fewer small bristles than 
mesonotum ; on metepimerum 11 or 12. 

Abdominal tergites I to IV with apical spines, 4, 7, 4, 4 ; three rows of 
bristles on I and II, and two rows on III to VII, with additional dorsal bristles, 
the number of bristles being (on the two sides together) on III 31, 16, IV 29, 15, 
VII 16, 11; on sternites III 6, IV 6, V 2, 10, VI 3, 9. Three antepygidial bristles, 
middle one very much thicker than the others and nearly tiirice as long. Legs 
nearly as in D. comafus ; hindfemur on outside with one row of bristles, 7 on 
one femur and 5 on the 
other, besides a subapical 
ventral bristle ; on inner sur- 
face of hindfemur 3 lateral 
bristles in anterior half; 
segment II of mid- and 
hindtarsus longer than in 
D. comatus, the proportions 
being in D. aemuhis : mid- 
tarsus 22, 26, 15, 8, 19, 
hindtarsus 45, 36, 21, 11, 
21 ; in Z*. comatus $ : mid- 




tarsus 25, 24, 16, 8, 20, 
hindtarsus 47, 33, 22, 12, 22. 

Modified Segments. — 
Vll.st. (text-fig. 81) with a 
deep sinus as in the pre- 
vious species, but the upper 
lobe narrow, triangular, and 
the lower lobe very broad 
and rounded ; on the two 
sides together 11, 16 bristles. 
Above stigma of VIII .t. 
about half a dozen small 
bristles each side, below stigma 2 long and 2 minute ones, on widened portion 
of segment 9 or 10 bristles on outside, 3 apical and 3 lateral on inside. Stylet 
not quite thrice as long as broad (31 : 12). Body of spermatheca (R.s.) sub- 
globular, one-fourth longer than broad ; tail short, one-fourth the width of the 
head of spermatheca, with a rather long appendi.x. 

Length : 3-6 mm., hindfemur 0-6 mm. 

On Belanoplerus moliim, 15.x. 1931, 1 $. 

Another $, off Siptornis anthoides, 7.ix.l931, is smaller than the type of 
D. aemulus, and has fewer bristles and a somewhat longer spermatheca, but 
agrees otiierwise so closely with D. aemulus that it probably belongs to the 
same species. 



362 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1933. 



NEW OKIENTAL ANTHRIBIDAE (COLEOPTERA). 
By dr. KARL JORDAN, F.R.S. 

1. Mecoti'opis arduus sp. nov. 

(^. Close to M. annidipes Jord. 11)11, from Borneo; dark dots at suture 
more sharply defined, otherwise the colouring of the body the same. Proboscis 
longer. Segment II of antenna more gradually conical, being less strongly nar- 
rowed in basal two-thirds than is the case in M. annulipes. Groove in front of 
forecoxae not continued as in M. anjiulijjes across middle by a shallow curved 
depression. A long subapical spot on tibiae, this spot on mid- and hindtibiae 
about as long as the black apex, on foretibia shorter, tarsi black, a subapical spot 
on segment I of all tarsi, occupying on foretarsus about one-fourth of the length 
of the segment, on mid- and hindtarsi two-fifths, colour, of spot yellowish, 
segment IV the same coloiu- excejit its apex and the claw. 

Length : 18 mm. 

Malay Peninsula: Selangor, Bukit Kutu, 3,500 ft., 14. ix. 1929 (H. M. 
Pendlebury), 1 ^. 

2. Mecotropis ordinatus sp. nov. 

$. Like M. marmoreus Jord. 1895, from Borneo and the Malay Peninsula, 
but with definite white spots. Antennal segments IX to XI a little broader. 
Pubescence huffish grey, rather sparse, not concealing the black colour of the 
derm. A broad median stripe on head and rostrum more densely pubescent, an 
elliptical or ovate darker median spot posteriorly between the eyes, in one speci- 
men continued backwards. On pronotum at each side close to middle line two 
white spots, one before middle, the other at carina, sidewards from them and 
a httle more forward a dot, the second spot barely traceable in two of the three 
specimens. ScuteUum white. Adjoining it a smaU white sutural spot ; each 
elytrum with the following white spots : a dorsal row of 5, at nearly equal 
distances from one another, the fiist on basal mcrassate margin, the last two on 
apical declivous area smaller than the second and third, a sixth spot above 
shoulder, at margin 5 or 6, the first below shoulder long, the second small, the 
fifth and sixth submarginal, small. 

Underside spotted with white. Tarsal segment I with a minute white spot, 
II with basal thu-d or two-fifths white. 

Length ; 11 to 12 mm. 

Malay Penmsula ; Selangor, Bukit Kutu, 3,500 ft., 14.ix.l92fl (H. M. 
Pendlebury), 3 ??. 

3. Physopterus pulcher sp. nov. 

cJ. In colouring recalling Ph. opulenhis Jord. 1913, but elytra not humped 
in front of apical declivity. Black-brown, with tawny markings, the tawny 
pubescence interspersed with white grass-blade hairs, which are especially con- 
spicuous on the black-brown interspaces. 

Proboscis tawny above, as long as subapically wide, a median sulcus extend- 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1933. • 363 

ing on to frons, but separated from apical margin by a median carina ; from 
upper margin of antennal groove backwards two diverging swellings ; ill-defined, 
not reaching eye ; below eye an oblique groove ; underside rugate-punctate. 
Antennal groove sulciform, ending with a rounded hole. Frons and occiput 
tawny, the latter with a black dorsal elongate spot each side of middle, the spots 
parallel. Antenna reaching to end of elytra, black, with white pubescence, which 
is concentrated at apices of segments, VIII enth-ely and IX at base white, X and 
XI without white pubescence. 

On pronotum, from carina to apex, five pairs of tawny spots, second pair 
j)artly confluent with anterior spot of middle pair, the spots occupymg about as 
much room as the black-brown interspaces ; behind carina a spot near lateral 
angle and three spots in middle area, tawny. ScuteUum white. 

Elytra somewhat flattened dorsally to behind middle, evenly convex in 
posterior half, suture and alternate interspaces spotted with tawny, most of the 
spots longer than broad, about six or seven in an interspace. Pygidium evenly 
rounded, one-si.xth broader than long, with brown basal median spot, and another 
each side halfway to apex. 

Underside with tawny, confluent, somewhat diffuse sj^ots at side, middle 
sparsely pubescent grey ; metasternum with a minute tuft each side of middle 
line near apex ; abdominal segment I with a round median tubercle some distance 
from apex. Pubescence on femora, except apices, and on tarsi grey-white, on 
apices of femora and on tibiae tawny. 

Length : 9 mm. 

Malay Peninsula: Larut Hills, Perak, 3,700 to 4,000 ft., Il.xi.l932 
(H. M. Pendlebury), 1 (J. 



4. Physopterus biplagiatus ovatus subsp. nov. 

$. Black patch of elytrum reaching from lateral margin to line III of punc- 
tures, transversely longer tlian longitudinally (ratio 4 : 3), its longitudinal diameter 
shorter than in Ph. bipl. hiplatjiatus Jord. 1897. 

Java, 1 $. 

Atoporhis gen. nov. 

(J9. Near Altvpedus Jord. 1894. but rostrum with several carinae and seg- 
ment VIII of antenna little .longer than broad. 

Rostrum spathulate, porrect, with large apical triangular median flattened 
area reaching halfway to base, a high median carina from this triangle to base 
and on to frons, but not extending to occiput, this carina convex in lateral aspect, 
it is flanked by a deep sulcus, upon which follows a heavy carina running from 
eye straight to depressed triangle and then turning obliquely to apical lateral 
angle, the carina flanking the triangle and becoming flat at apex ; at the side of 
it from eye to above antennal groove a broad sulcus bounded laterally by a sub- 
cariform swelling ; below this a narrow curved groove ; on underside, buccal 
sinus long and narrow, continued by a short shallow sulcus which ends with a 
rounded groove situated below the inner end of the antennal groove, but a little 
nearer to head. Antennal groove larger than in Altipectus. Antenna similar, 
but VIII quite short. Genotype : A . plastus sp. nov. 

24 



3Q4 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1933. 

5. Atoporhis plastus sp. nov. 

(J. Brown-black, the derm of upperside and flanks cf underside for the 
greater part rufous ; pubescence dense, greyish cinnamomeous on head, prono- 
tum, elytra, and sides of pygidium, whitish grey on proboscis, underside, and legs. 
Rostrum one-twelfth longer than broad. Eye elliptical. Frons as broad as 
segment I of antenna { ^). Antenna brownish black, reaching a little beyond 
base of pronotum, flattened (in o) from segment III, III as long as I + II, length 
of III 29, IV 20, V 18, VI 15, VII 16, VIII S, IX 31, X 15, XI 25 ; club linear, 
width 9. 

Pronotum conical, less than one-third broader than long (9 : 7), with two 
straight brown-black stripes (extending to eyes), somewhat narrower than their 
interspace, and nearer to middle tlian to sides ; carina as in Allipeclii.s well 
separated from base, concave in median tliird, then somewhat convex, and finally 
flexed forward in a wide curve to middle of side, no angle being formed. Longi- 
tudinal and transverse carinulae distinct, the former dnected towards the lateral 
carina, but not reaching it. Scutellum triangular, greyish. 

Elytra widest at shoulders, broader than pronotum, gradually narrowed, 
dorsaUy flattened, punctate-striate, first two interspaces flat, the others slightly 
convex, a black-brown spot on subltasal swelling, elliptical, with a dot in front 
of it and anotlier obliquely behind it in fifth stripe, a second spot before middle, 
narrower, longer than broad, occupying mterspace IV and half III and V, a third, 
smaller, spot outside it but joined to it m interspace VI, a large spot, the largest 
of all, in apical third from interspace III to VII, triangular, rounded laterally 
(following seventh stripe of punctures), dentate anteriorly, its distance from apex 
of elytrum greater than from suture, at lateral margin two small spots between 
middle and shoulder. Pygidium flat, one-tenth broader than long, rounded at 
apex, almost subtruncate. 

Abdominal .segment I {,£) with a cordiform median impression covered with 
a siiort brown-blaek erect pile. Apex of tibiae and of tarsal segment I and 
segments II to IV brown-black, I of foretarsus one-ninth longer than II to IV 
together. 

Length 10-7 mm., width 5 mm. 

North Borneo: Kudat, 14. ix. 1927 (C. Boden Kloss & H. M. Pendle- 
bury), 1 ^. 

6. Atoporhis asemus sp. nov. 

$. Like the preceding, but pronotum and elytra with a pale drab pubescence 
which does not conceal the rufescent bro«n coloiu' of the derm, and forms three 
stripes on the pronotiun and a number of spots on the elytra ; proboscis, frons 
and underside whitish grey, this colour extending on to the sides of the pronotum 
to the lateral stripe. Shaft of antenna not compressed ($), segment III shorter 
than in the preceding species and IX longer (proportions 25 : .'55). The two 
brown vittae of pronotum broader than tiie pale drab vittae, the middle vitta 
broader than the lateral ones. Elytra a httle more deeply striate than in 
A. plastus, the mterstices slightly more convex ; the pale drab spots diffuse and 
irregular (pi'obably variable) ; a large spot in depression behind subbasal swell- 
ing, a narrow transverse postmedian band composed of dots, a similar band on 
apical declivity, two limbal dots between middle and shoulder, and some small 
spots from scutellum to near shoulder. Pygidium rufescent brown, flat, some- 



NOVITATES ZOOLOOICAE XXXVIII. 1933. 365 

what concave, nearly as long as basally broad, truncate, with the angles strongly 
rounded, apex about half as broad as base, sides almost straight, except at base. 
Foretarsal segment I nearly one-fifth longer than II to IV together, i.e. longer 
than in the previous species. 

Borneo : Kuching, Sarawak, ix.I903, 1 $ (from the Sarawak Museum). 

7. Acorynus alboguttatus nigrans subsp. nov. 

(J. The three stripes of pronotum pale cinnamon from carina forward, much 
broader than the black interspaces, behind carina they are whitish grey and 
narrower than the interspaces. Elytra pale cinnamon, black spots smaller than 
in the other known subspecies of ^1. alboguttatus, white spots absent. On under- 
side the white spots as large and as sharply defined as in A. a. alboguttatus Jord. 
1894. 

North Borneo : Bettotan, near Sandakan, vii.1927 (C. B. Kloss & H. M. 
Pendlebury), 1 (^. 

8. Acorynus griseoniger sp. nov. 

$. Similar to A. melampus Jord. 1903, but the median carina of the rostrum 
much lower and carina III much more sharply defined, the grey pubescence 
diffuse, the elytra much more coarsely punctate-striate, etc. 

Black, upperside with sparse grey pubescence. Rostrum coarsely punctate, 
practically as long as broad (ratio IS : 19), median carina broadest at base, here 
flattened, farther forward lower, but more sharply defined, continued to near 
apical margin by a flattened swelling which is rendered u-regular by the intrusion 
of large punctures, carina II somewhat higher and better defined, a little shorter 
than I, carina III lower, but well defined and very distinctly separated from edge 
of antennal groove. Frons as broad a.s segment II of antenna is long, with thin 
raised median Hne. Segments IX to XI of antenna not quite so long as III to VI 
together, X not quite twice as long as broad (7 : 4). 

Pronotum coarsely punctate, somewhat uneven, in front of scuteUum a 
rather large, conspicuous, square, yellowish grey spot in front of which is a small 
triangle of the same colour, behind apical margin an elongate grey median spot, 
at sides a subdorsal grey vitta indicated by a subapical rounded spot, before 
carina by a diffuse spot continued laterad along carina, and behind carina by 
another diffuse spot ; lateral carina extending to meral suture. 

Scutellum grey. Elytra coarsely punctate-striate, the interspaces much 
narrowed by the large seriate punctm-es, especially at side, in the stripes a grey 
inconspicuous pubescence ; a large median patch extending from suture obliquely 
backwards to outer margin, widest dorsally, and the greater portion of the 
declivous apical area almost devoid of grey lines and dots, therefore appearing 
black. Pygidium nearly one-third broader than long, rounded. 

Underside grey, on sides of sterna with diffuse spaces bare of grey pubes- 
cence. Femora grey, black in middle and at apex, tibiae and tarsi brownish 
black, an antemedian ring on tibiae and an apical spot on tarsal segment I grey ; 
this segment shorter than II to IV together. 

Length 5-7 mm., width 2-7 mm. 

North Borneo : Bettotan, near Sandakan, viii.1927 (C. B. Kloss & H. M. 
Pendlebury), 1 $. 



366 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1933. 

9. Acorynus gracilentus sp. nov. 

(J. In colouring recalling A. cludus Jord. 1895, but pronotum strongly punc- 
tate and transversely rugate. 

Black-brown. Rostrum one-third broader than long, very coarsely punctate- 
rugate, with a large median depression ; this groove somewhat rounded on apical 
side ; tliree dorsal carinae, I broadest, flattened, widened at one-third of rostrum 
and here sending out a short spur each side, the carina ending in the depression 
at two-thirds, carina II slightly curved, shorter than I, distally broken up by 
large punctures, III somewhat longer, separate from edge of antennal groove. 
Frons as broad as antennal segment II, with a thin raised median line as con- 
tinuation of carina I of rostrum. Occiput coarsely punctate. Antenna rufescent 
at base, segments IX to XI as long as III to VI, taken together. 

Pronotum coarsely punctate, transversely rugate ; a complete buff median 
stripe and a vestigial grey dorso-lateral one more distinct behind carina at angle ; 
carina flexed forward-downward at sides to meral suture. 

Scutellum grey. Elytra coarsely punctate-striate ; a sutural patch from 
base to near antemedian depression, a narrow elongate sutural spot behind it, 
and a short line each in stripes II and III luteous ; a postmedian oblong spot 
from middle of interspace II to VI, a little wider than long, two small spots at 
beginning of apical declivity, three short lines in front of them, a sublateral spot 
behind shoulder, a lateral and a sublateral dot before middle, a lateral dot in 
posterior half, and a small diffuse patch each at the sutural and outer angles of 
apex, more or less buffish grey. Pygidium one-tenth broader than long, shghtly 
convex, gradually and rather strongly rounded-narrowed, pubescence grey, thin, 
not conceaUng the derm. 

Underside sUky grey ; apical margin of intercoxal process of mesosternite 
feebly rounded. Legs rufous, tarsi and apex of tibiae darker, especially in 
hindleg, no definite grey ring on tibiae, grey pubescence on upperside of tarsal 
segment I scattered ; apex of fore- and midtibiae simple. 

Length 5 mm., width 2-2 mm. 

North Borneo : Bettotan, near Sandakan, viii.1927 (C. B. Kloss & H. M. 
Pendlebury), 1 (J. 

10. Acorynus trilineatus sp. nov. 

(J. Near A. mundelhw Jord. 1926 ; with three narrow, sharply defined, 
yellowish buff lines from apex of pronotum to base of elytra. 

Black, pubescence of upperside blackish brown. Rostrum broader than long, 
coarsely rugate-punctate, pubescence greyish white as on frons, five carinae, which 
do not reach apex, I interrupted before middle, stopping before reaching apex, 
but continued to apical margin by a flattened swelUng. Frons somewhat nar- 
rower than segment II of antenna, without median carina, but with a median 
stripe which runs from pronotiim across occiput and is whitish in front and 
yellowish behind. Occiput coarsely punctate, punctures more or less confluent 
transversely. Segments IX to XI of antenna together longer than III to VI, 
IX shorter than XI, which is curved. 

Pronotum one-fourth broader than long, conical from carina forward, 
coarsely punctate, transversely rugate ; tlie three vittae about as broad as seg- 
ment IX of antenna, lateral vitta anteriorly whitish, somewhat oblique, crossing 
over to shoulder of elytrum ; lateral carina reaching to meral suture. 



NoriTATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1933. 367 

Scutelluin yellowish buff. Elytra more than half as long again as broad 
(8 : .5), dorsally somewhat flattened, subbasal swelling moderate, interspaces of 
stripes but slightly convex, subbasal vitta confined to interspace I, and lateral 
vitta to interspace VII. Pygidium as long as broad, convex, slightly depres.sed 
medianly, gradually rounded-narrowed, middle of apical margin nearly straight. 

l^nderside pubescent ashy grey. Anal sternite without tubercle. Legs 
grey like underside of body, tarsal segments II to IV black-brown, apex of fore- 
tibia somewhat incrassate and like that of midtibia without tooth. 

Length 7 mm., width 3-3 mm. 

North Borneo : Bettotan, near Sandakan, viii.1927 {C. B. Kloss & H. M. 
Pendlebury), 1 (J. 

11. Acorynus bifurcus sp. nov. 

(J. Similar to A. ypsilon Jord. 1920. but the lateral stripe of the pronotum 
barely indicated, the spots of the elytra reduced, the club of the antenna shorter, 
and the pygidium longer. 

Rostrum as in A. yjjsilon. Eyes nearly contiguous. Occiput coarsely 
punctate. Antenna rufescent, segments IX to XI as long as III to V together {in 
A. ypsilon-tS IX to XI as long as III to VI). 

Pronotum coarsely punctate, transversely rugate-pUcate, a grey median 
stripe, tapering at apex, lateral stripe represented by small remnants of grey 
pubescence before carina and near basal margin ; lateral carina as short as in 
A. ypsilon and A. cyliridricus Jord. 1894. 

Scutellum the same colour as the median stripe of pronotum. Elytra 
coarsely punctate-striate ; from before middle of punctate stripe V, a creamy 
band runs to posterior third of suture and thence a Httle along suture posticad, 
in basal half numerous short, grey, inconspicuous lines in the stripes of punctures, 
an inconspicuous grey sutural patch behind scutellum, a few short spots in apical 
half and a rather more prominent small lateral spot before and again behind 
middle, the conspicuous posthumeral spot of A. ypsilon absent from the new- 
species. Pygidium somewhat convex, as long as broad, gradually rounded- 
narrowed, apical margin rather more strongly rounded at sides than in middle, a 
narrow lateral stripe grey. 

Femora, part of underside of tibiae and a subbasal spot on tibiae grey, rest 
of legs blackish brown, rufescent at the joints ; apex of foretibia broadened, 
beneath somewhat concave longitudinally, with a blunt tooth at each side of 
depression ; midtibia with sharp apical tooth. 

Length 5-7 mm., width 2-7 mm. 

North Borneo; Bettotan, near Sandakan, viii.1927 (C. B. Kloss & H. M. 
Pendlebury), 1 (J. 

12. Acorynus aratus sp. no v. 

$. As in A. cylindricus Jord. 1894, which we have from Perak and Borneo, 
the lateral carina of pronotum very short ; the new species is distinguished by 
segment X of antenna being much sliorter and by the markings of the elytra 
being different. 

Black, pubescence of underside and markings of upperside luteous. Probos- 
cis as long as apically broad, with five carina as in the allied species mentioned, 
I thin and low from base, widened at apical third, but not extended to apex, 

25* 



368 No\^TATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1933. 

II high, abbreviated distally, its apex connected by a sUght, obliquely transverse, 
swelling with margin of antennal groove. III joining that margin, which is con- 
tinued to apex of rostrum as a carina. Frons very little broader than antennal 
segment II, without indication of a median carinula except posteriorly. Eye 
narrowly margined with clay-colour. Shaft of antemia rufescent brown, III 
a Uttle longer than IV, IX one-fourth longer than XI and nearly one-half longer 
than III, X twice as long as broad, longer than in A. cylindricus. 

Pronotum coarsely punctate, transversely rugate ; markings nearly as in 
A. cylirulriciis : median stripe consisting of three elongate spots, sublateral stripe 
strongly constricted at one-third from carina, the antecarinal portion forming a 
U with tiie short stripe ; carina as in ^. cylindriciis. 

Scutellum brown. Elytra anteriorly broader than in A. cylindricus, strongly 
punctate-striate, with small separate luteous spots, namely, two transverse 
parallel ones in front of subbasal sweUing, the anterior one at basal margin, on 
sutm'e a slightly transverse dot in antemedian depression, and a slightly elongate 
one in middle, neitlier dot extending beyond stripe I, and a larger spot on apical 
area, posteriorly on subbasal swelling a dot in interspace I and behind the swelling 
a minute dot in III, another m III at beginning of apical declivity, in interspace 
V and partly in VI five dots, one of them close to base, minute, second above 
shoulder somewhat larger, third on a level with antemedian depression small, 
fourth before middle, round, nearly the same size as the median sutural spot, 
fifth at beginning of apical decUvity, in VII a dot before this declivity, in VIII 
an antemedian spot similar to the submedian spot of V, but more forward, at 
lateral margin a patcli below shoulder, extending up to punctate stripe VII and 
drawn out backwards as a short marginal Une which does not quite reach an 
antemedian limbal line, behind middle of margin a spot extending up to punctate 
stripe VII, and a triangular spot at lateral apical angle. Pygidium evenly 
rounded, broader than long, with a very distinct sweUing each side of middle and 
a luteous lateral spot. 

Basal half of tibiae except extreme base, and apical five-sixths of tarsal 
segment I luteous grey. 

Length 7-3 mm., width 3-5 mm. 

North Borneo : Bettotan, near Sandakan, viii.1927 (C. B. Kloss & H. M. 
Pendlebury), 1 $. 

13. Acorynus saphis sp. nov. 

cJ. In colour and size like ^4. ruslicus Pasc. 1860, but very different in the 
frons, anal segment, and midtibia. 

Somewhat narrower than q 5 of ^. rusticiis of the same length. Frons only 
as broad as the base of antennal segment II. Medium stripe of pronotum widely 
interrupted, lateral stripe and the half-stripe broader, intermediate short stripe 
far distant from carina. Pygidium as long as subapically broad, one-fifth 
broader at base than subapically ; apex truncate, with the angles rounded. 

Anal sternite very broad, truncate, shallowly and broadly bisinuate, the 
lateral angles rounded and more projecting than the median portion of the apical 
margin, in middle of segment a hairy elliptical sweUing accentuated by a small 
groove each side. Intercoxal process of mesosternum narro\\er than in A. 
rusticus. Foretibia with a tooth each side of apical ventral sinus ; apex of mid- 
tibia with prominent tooth. 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1933. 369 

Length 12 mm., width 5-2 mm. 

North Borneo : Bettotan, near Sandakan, 30.vii.l927 (C. B. Kloss & H. M. 
Pendlebury), 1 ^J. 

14. Acorynns teuches sp. nov. 
(^. In colour close to A. jhicvlratiis Jord. 1897. Above drab grey, paler 
beneath, with the following black markings on upperside of pronotum between 
middle and lateral carina : an admedian stripe from apical margin to near carina, 
a small spot a short distance from carina, another towards lateral carina (quite 
small in type) and a spot between lateral carina and apical margin ; on elytra 
a rounded spot on subbasal swelling from interspace I to TV, irregular spots at 
side behind shoulder and in middle, and dorsally behind middle and on apical 
declivity. Patch below eye orange-buff, continued on to prosternum. 

Frons very narrow, as in 4 . saphis sp. nov. Segments IV to VII of antenna 
less broadened than in A. fenestratus, almost linear, VIII as long as III, nearly 
the same in shape and length as IX but somewhat narrower, IX to XI shorter 
than in A. saphis and .4. rusticus. Pronotum finely and sparsely punctate, not 
rugate, much smoother than in the allied species. Pygidium remarkably long, 
one-tenth longer than basally broad, subapically only one-eighth narrower than 
basally, apex more strongly rounded at sides than in middle. 

Intercoxal process of mesosternum as narrow as in A . saphis. Anal sternite 
without tubercle, medianly longer than the two preceding segments together, 
apical margin strongly rounded, more so at sides than in middle. Legs slenderer 
than in A . saphis and ^4 . rusticus, the femora much less swollen beyond middle, 
apex of foretibia bisinuate, but without tooth ; midtibia with strong apical tooth ; 
segment II of foretarsus medianly longer than it is broad across base of apical 
sinus. 

Length 9-7 mm., width 4-7 mm. 

Malay Peninsula : Larut Hills, Perak, 3,700 ft., at light, 13. ii. 1932 (H. M. 
Pendlebury), 1 ^, type ; Ulu Liang, Pahang, 22.viii. 1907, 1 q. 

15. Litocerus ampliatus sp. nov. 

(J$. Recognizable by the broad prothorax being strongly conical from the 
middle of the lateral carina to the apex, this portion of the side being straight, and 
by segment VIII of the ^J-antenna being much longer than III. Near L. hiticollis 
Jord. 1894. 

Pale testaceous, variegated with brown, rather densely pubescent huffish 
grey. Rostrum longer than broad, middle of apical two-fifths flattened, middle 
of basal three-fifths somewhat convex from side to side, median carina though 
thin quite distinct from base to depression, then very thin to apical margin, 
flattened out and evanescent before reaching the margin, carina II less prominent, 
running from base to middle and then continued by a swelling which extends 
obliquely apicad : below eye a distinct comma-groove bordered dorsally by an 
oblique swelling, from the lower end of which starts carina III ; this very thin 
and inconspicuous ; margin of antennal gi-oove somewhat expanded and con- 
tinued to apex as a thin carina. Frons in ,^ a little broader than segment II of 
antenna, in $ about as broad as that segment is long. Occiput brown in middle. 
Antenna rufescent-brown, pale at base, proportions : from Hi to XI in J 19, 17, 
19, 20, 24, 2C, 17, 17, 16, in $ 18, 12, 12, 12, 12, 11, 20, 16, 16. 



.'570 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1933. 

Pronotum almost twice as broad as long (ratio 16 : 9). with deep transverse 
groove halfway between apex and carina, apical area strongly slanting upwards 
from sulcus ; buflfish grey, with indications of a huffish median stripe, a brown 
stripe consisting of three portions bounds on each side an irregularly liexagonal 
median area, the main portion of the stripe slightly ciu-ved and extending from 
the end of the transverse sulcus to the carina, from its anterior end a streak runs 
obliquely to apical margin, which it reaches near middle, the posterior end of the 
brown stripe curves inward across the carina to base, the grey basal median spot 
being somewhat wider than the grey apical median interspace ; from the inner 
angle of the brown basal spot another brown stripe runs straiglit forward alongside 
the grey median striije, the apical lialf of it more or less obsolescent ; lialfway 
between the outer brown stripe and lateral carina a brown median spot, another 
spot between apex of lateral carina and apical margin, the spots connected with 
one another or nearly ; dorsal carina feebly convex from side to side, flexed for- 
ward to meral suture in an arc which is more strongly curved at side than above. 

Scutellum grey. Elytra huffish grey, one-tliird broader behind base than 
before apical dechvity, rather strongly depressed at sutiure behind scutellum and 
again from antemedian depression to apex, interspace III being subcariniform ; 
interspaces striped with brown, an area expanding from shoulder to shoulder, 
gradually narrowing to interspace II and expanding again in front of apical 
declivity bears fewer brown stripes than the lateral area which extends from 
shoulder to beyond middle and upwards about to interspace II, this lateral 
(dark) area blackish brown at side ; on apical declivous area the brown linear 
spots occupy about as much space as tlie grey pubescence, the lateral spots the 
darkest. 

Pygidium one-tenth broader than long, in j' rounded-triangular, in $ sub- 
truncate ; huffish grey, brown in middle. Sterna of thorax with dark brown 
patches. Legs pale rufous, knees and a broad postmedian ring on tibiae brown. 

Length 5-7 mm., width 2-8 mm. 

Java : Malang (Royer), one pair. 



IC. Litocerus pollionis »p. nov. 

(^. Near L. scalaris Jord. 1 St)5, but the black-brown median area of pronotum 
strongly constricted, and the irregular sutural stripe of the elytra broken up into 
spots. Brown, markings huffish grey. Proboscis with five carinae, median one 
higliest, more strongly elevate at base than farther down, reaching to nuddle, 
fading away in the postmedian shallow depression, carina II incurved in basal 
half, then somewhat directed outward, parallel with outer margin of rostrum, its 
apical half vestigial, carina III almost joining cariniform margin of antennal 
groove ; this margin continued as a carina to apical margin of rostrum. Frons 
narrow, only as broad as base of antemial segment III ; occiput and posterior 
portion of frons with large triangular brown median area. Antenna nearly reach- 
ing to apex of elytra, pale rufous at base, segment III longest, proportions : 
III 20, IV 10, Vlfl 18, IX 15, X 12, XI 17. 

Middle of pronotum brown, this area deeply constricted in antemedian 
transverse sulcus, both portions nearly oblong, the anterior portion one-fourth 
narrower tlian the posterior one, the latter occupying four-fifths of the widtli of 
the pronotum ; a narrow huffish grey median line broken uj) into four spots, the 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1933. 371 

spot beliind sulcu.s ob.solescent ; lateral area densely buffish grey, with a longi- 
tudinal abbreviated brown line which is somewhat widened anteriorly ; carina 
incurved in middle, slightly convex each side of middle, laterally flexed forward 
in an even arc, the lateral carina somewhat inclining do\^nward, nearly straight 
in middle, its tip slightly turned upward. 

Scutellum brown. Elytra strongly punctate-striate, with the following 
buffish grey markings : a large patch at shoulder, within it a brown spot at 
shoulder angle, a minute sutural spot behind scutellum, a small oblong spot in 
punctate stripe I on posterior side of subbasal swelling, near it a second spot in 
II, in interspace I from antemedian depression to near middle a line, almost 
interrupted, followed by a brown elongate-elliptical sutural spot, in stripe II a 
line beginning a short distance behind antemedian depression and ending in 
middle, where it is almost continuous with a Ihie in I ending at beginning of apical 
declivity, in stripe III a minute dot, in middle of III and IV a short oblong spot 
each, before declivity an elliptical spot occupymg interspaces II, III, and part of 
IV, at the side of it a smaller spot in interspace V, obliquely behind this largish 
double spot a dot in stripe VI, at lateral margin a spot before middle with a sub- 
lateral one obliquely above-behind it, another spot behind middle of margin, 
apex occupied by a largish triangular spot extending from suture to outer margin, 
broader than long, anteriorly excurved. 

Pygidium as long as basaUy broad, gradually narrowed, evenly rounded at 
apex, buffish grey at side, as is the underside of body. Legs rufous, base and 
underside of femora very pale, on tibiae a diffuse subbasal ring and the ajjex also 
paler than the rest of the tibiae. Grey pubescence on upperside of tarsal segment 
I scattered, denser on II. 

Length 5-3 mm., width 2-4 mm. 

Sumatra, 1 ,^. 

17. Litocerus tagens sp. nov. 

(J$. Near L. infirmus Jord. 1928, from Borneo and the Malay Pen., but eyes 
almost contiguous in ,^, segments IV to VII of antenna longer, the light coloiu- 
much more restricted on pronotum, and the angle of the carina less rounded. 

Segment IV of (^-antenna the longest, about one-fourth longer than III, 
twice as long as X, proportions slightly variable, in tyjje III 30, IV 37, VIII 26, 
IX 25, X 18, XI 23 ; in $ III 19, IV 15, VIII 15, IX IS. X 10, XI 19. Pronotum 
for the greater part blackish brown, a median stripe pale buff, constricted m the 
transverse antemedian sulcus, in front of carina more than half as wide as the 
brown lateral area, in this area a dorsal vitta represented by a row of spots, the 
last of them behind carina, the first long, above end of lateral carina and behind 
end of transverse sulvus a spot each. Elytra buff, a large brown-black area from 
shoulder to apical third of margin, extending upwards to line II of punctures 
(type) or to I, strongly narrowing above, its anterior margin much more slanting 
than the posterior, both somewhat irregular, from the anterior and jjosterior 
angles of its narrow sutural portion a curved Ime each projects towards or across 
suture ; in the black area about middle two buff spots, one obliquely above 
the other, on apical declivous area a black patch with 5 or 6 anterior and 1 or 2 
posterior projections, the one in interspace VIII reaching the large patch, and 
the most dorsal one being directed obliquely forward towards suture, between the 
two patches a brown cross, consisting of a transverse bar and a longitudinal line 



372 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1933. 

in V, this line connected with the large patch or free. ]\vgidinni a httle longer 
than broad in ^ (in rj of L. infirmus broader than long), as long as broad in $, 
gradually rounded-narrowed, with a brown median stripe. 

Legs rufeseent, basal half (or more) of femora, an antemedian ring on tibiae, 
and tarsal segments II to IV much paler. 

Length 5-7 mm., width 2-6 mm. 

Malay Peninsula : Perak (W. Doherty), 1 S- type, in Mus. Brit. 3 cJcJ, 1 ? ; 
Pahang, Fraser's Hill 4,000 ft., i.l929, and Cameron's Highlands, 4,800 ft., 
vi. 1923 (H. M. Pendlebury), in Mus. Kuala Lumpur. 

IJS. Litocenis callias dividus subsp. nov. 

cJ. Differs from L. c. callias Jord. 1911 (Malay Pen.) in the brown markings 
being reduced in size. On pronotum a brown stripe each side of middle, anteriorly 
about as wide as the interspace between the two stripes or somewhat narrower, 
divided at one-third into two stripes, the dorsal one short and thin, sometimes 
interrupted, the outer one about half as wide as the stripe is at apical margin. 
On elytra all the spots separate from each other or some of them connected by 
thin lines : three linear spots on suture, a minute dot in interspace II in ante- 
median depression, in III a line (sometimes interrupted) from near basal margin 
on to subbasal swelling, here joined by a thin Une in IV ; a thin line above 
shoulder in type (absent from the two paratypes), a spot on shoulder angle drawn 
out into a line which, in the paratypes, joins a median patch ; this patch extends 
from mid-IV to mid-VII, behind it in VIII a small spot joined to the patch in 
the paratypes ; a larger patch on apical declivous area widened and sinuous in 
front, triangular apart from its irregularities ; at outer margin three spots. 

Borneo: Sarawak, Limbang R., iii.1910, 1 tS (type) received from the 
Sarawak Museum, and Sarawak (Wallace), 1 (J in Mus. Brit, and another in the 
Hope Dept., Oxford. 

19. Tropideres scitus sp. nov. 

$. In size and shape similar to T. japonkus Roel. 1879. but elytra with well- 
defined black-brown transverse markings. 

Rufescent-brown, pubescence luteous grey above, \\liitish grey on rostrum 
and beneath. Frons slightly wider than in T.japonicus $, posteriorly at eye with 
an elongate black-brown spot continuous with the brown occiput. Antenna 
entirely pale testaceous. Disc of pronotum dark brown, shaded with drab 
pubescence, sides and a broad median stripe luteous grey, the stripe expanded 
in antemedian depression ; carina laterally more abruptly curved forward and 
lateral branch shorter than in T. japonicu.s. 

Scutellum white. Elytra with the subbasal callosity distinctly higher than 
in T. japonicus, bearing a short transverse spot, shoulder angle the same colour, 
a short distance behind antemedian depression a transverse patch from line II 
of punctures to VI, broader than long, variable in size, the patch continued 
towards suture as well as towards outer margin by some small spots or indications 
of spots, which give the patch the appearance of sending out two projections 
sidewards and two towards the patch on the other elytrum ; behind middle 
a transverse band from near suture obliquely backwards to outer margin ; on 
apical declivous area a thin transverse spot and one or two minute dots 
representing another transverse band ; all these markings black-brown ; inter- 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1933. 373 

space in somewhat convex from antemedian depression backwards, but not 
tuberculiform. Pygidium entirely grey. Tarsal segment II and apex of tibiae 
brown as in T. jajmnicu.s. 

Burma : Ruby Mines (W. Doherty), 3 $$ in Mus. Brit. 

20. Uncifer collaris sp. nov. 

cJ. Rufescent-brown, upperside of head and rostrum and the entire under- 
side densely pubescent-grey, pronotum and elytra spotted and banded with grey, 
rufous-brown and blackish brown. 

Rostrum nearly twice as broad as long (32 : 18). widest at basal third, apical 
margin excised in middle. Frons convex, narrower than the rostrum is long 
(ratio 14 : 18). Antenna reaching to middle of elytra, brown, base pale rufous, 
length of segments III 9, IV 8, V 6, VI to VII 7, IX 10. X 9, XI 11, VIII flattened 
like the club, but much narrower, VII also flattened, but less so than VIII, III 
the thinnest. 

Pronotum granulose, somewhat depressed before middle and along carina, 
the centre therefore convex, a little less than the anterior half rufous, covered 
with a grey pubescence, which is densest in the depression, apical margin dark 
brown each side of middle, from this grey collar to base the pronotum blackish 
brown except a grey median stripe from scutellum across carina, tapering in front 
and not reaching grey apical border, and a grey basal lateral patch extending 
forward sublaterally. opposite this projection another, from apical border back- 
wards, on upperside of this anterior grey projection a brown projection into the 
grey border ; dorsal carina distant from base, shallowly concave medianly, and 
then more strongly convex, its hooked end almost touching outer surface of 
shoulder, the angle of the pronotum projecting farther laterad than the shoulder. 

Scutellum almost semicircular, grey. Elytra strongly punctate-striate, 
rather coarsely granulose, spotted with grey, brown, and blackish brown, almost 
chequered, the more conspicuous blackish brown spots are ; a patch on subbasal 
callosity reaching base and enclosing a short grey basal dash in interspace III, 
a spot on shoulder angle, a larger rhombiform spot behind shoulder from margin 
to interspace VIII, an elongate-triangular sutural spot in middle, widest behind, 
and nearly the whole apical fourth except suture and two grey spots, in between 
these larger patches the grey pubescence broken up by spots and short lines. 
Pygidium with disiJersed grey pubescence, as long as broad, strongly narrowed 
to apex, which is truncate-rotundate, the sides straight, but oblique. 

Legs rufous, tarsi and apex of tibiae slightly darker than femora. 

Length 2-7 mm., width 1-3.5 mm. 

Malay Peninsula ; Pahang, Frazer's Hill, 4,200 ft.. July 1931 (H. M. Pendle- 
bury), 1 (^. 

21. Nessiara gibba sp. nov. 

J. Near N. te-ssellatiis Eyd. & Soul. 1839, but subbasal swelling of elytrum 
a high ridge. 

Black, spotted with tawny-ochraceous ; on pronotum an antemedian spot 
each side of middle ; scutellum, a short line behind subbasal tubercle on each 
elytrum and a few sinall dots in median half of sutural and third interspaces white, 
vertical basal margin of elytrum whitish midway between scutellum and shoulder. 



374 NOVITATKS ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1933. 

Legs black, femora with some greyish ochraccous dots, middle of tibiae and the 
entire tarsi pale rufous, with grey pubescence. 

Rostrum more coarsely punctate than in .V. tesseUatus ; club of anteima 
broader, segment XI broader than long, .slightly shorter than in .Y. tc-sxelhitun. 

Length 1 1 mm. 

North Borneo : Bettotan, near Sandakan, 17 .viii. 1927 {C. B. Kloss & H. M. 
Pendlebury), 1 q. 

22. Nessiara moluccamm sp. nov. 

0. Close to N. optica Jord. 1804, described from Sumatra ; broader, black 
spots of pronotum larger ; black-brown median siitiu'al patch placed in front of 
the grey spot of each elytrum larger than the black-brown markings placed behind 
the grey spot, the two black lateral spots of elytrum between shoulder and middle 
larger than in N. ojJtica, the grey spot in between tlieni correspondingly smaller 
and rounded ; pygidium broader than in ^V. optica, very slightly broader than 
long in X. moluccarum and a little longer than broad in N. optica (S6)- 

Length of type 10 mm., width 5 mm. 

Ceram : Piroe, ii.1900 (F. Muir), 1 $, type ; Amboina (F. Mulr), 1 S- 

The Amboina specimen is much smaller (length 8-2 mm., width 4-0 mm.), the 
median carma of the underside of the rostrum is less elevate, and the pygidium 
broader than in type. 

N. optica Jord. 1894 (Sumatra), A'. robuMa Jord. 1895 (Luzon), A', difficilis 
Jord. 1915 (Java), and A', moluccarum probably are geographical forms of one 
species. In all four segment XI of the antenna is short, being httle longer than 
broad, the elytra are depressed at sutvu-e from before middle to apical declivity, 
interspace III not elevate. 

7 

23. Oxyderes cyrtus modicus sp. nov. 

(J. Differs from O. c. cyrtus Jord. 1912, from Java (a single $ known to me), 
in the rostrum being a little shorter (ratio between length and width in 0. c. 
cyrtus 1 : 1-58, in O. c. modicm 1 : 1-34), the lateral angle of the pronotal carina 
more acute, the black spots in the alternate interspaces of the elytra less elevate 
and less rounded, and many of them longer than broad, and in the grey rings of 
the femora and tibiae being narrower and less conspicuous. 

Malay Peninsula: Selangor, Gomback valley, 16.x. 1921 (H. M. Pendle- 
bury), 1 ^. 

24. Oxyderes nasutus sp. nov. 

9. Like 0. fremitus Jord. 1897, but the rostrum longer (ratio of length and 
width in O. mi.tutus 1 : 1-33, in O.frenatus 1 : 1-70) ; carina of rostrum prominent, 
continued farther back than in O.freiiatus ; club of antenna narrower ; eye shorter. 

Malay Peninsula : Perak (W. Doherty), 1 $. In Mus. Brit, a ^ from 

Perak (Doherty) which shows the same differences. 

25. Oxyderes homalis sp. nov. 

$. Like O.f.frenntus Jord. 1897, differing only in the rostrum being shorter, 
twice as broad as long (ratio 14 : 7), and its median carina obsolescent, indicated 
at base as a thin longitudinal wrinkle and at apex as a slight swelling. 

Sumatra (J. Gerard), 1 $. 



NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAB XXXVIII. 1933. 375 

26. Apatenia viduata pulla subsp. nov. 

(^. Broader than A. v. vidtiatd Pasc. 18.59. Median carina of rostrum shorter, 
extending neither on to frons nor to the convex apical area. Frons strongly 
rugate-plicate longitudinally. Pronotum broader (length 10, width 12-3), some- 
what more strongly punctate. Pygidium (J") a little broader than long. 

Length 5-7 to 8-.5 mm. ; type, length 8-5, width 4-0 mm. 

South Celebes : Tjamba, viii-ix. 1891, and Macassar, vi.l896 (W. Doherty), 
2 c?<?, 2 ??. 

27. Apatenia viduata surda subsp. nov. 

(J. Like the preceding subspecies, but carina of rostrum still shorter, ter- 
minating on a level with the thin transverse swelling which extends from the edge 
of the antennal groove mesad. Pronotum and elytra mucli shaded with clay- 
colour. Pygidium (,J') a little longer than broad. 

Length 9 mm., width 4-3 mm. 

Batjan (W. Doherty), 1 (J. 

28. Apatenia madida sp. nov. 

cj. Distinguished from A. viduata by the short rostrum, broad frons, and the 
absence of the black postmedian patch of the elytra. 

Upperside clay-colour, dotted with brownish black. Rostrum more than 
one-half broader than long, a little more than the basal half depressed, apical area 
convex, middle carina confined to the depression, not ascending frons, which is 
anteriorly depressed and one-half as wide as the rostrum is long, proportions : 
width of frons 1-0, width of rostrum 2-5, length of rostrum 1-5 ; median apical 
lobe of rostrum prominent. Frons and occiput densely rugate-carinulate. Club 
of antenna distinctly decreasing in width from IX to XI. 

Pronotum as in A. v. surda, basal median spot somewhat larger. Suture 
and alternate interspaces of elytra pustulated with black. Pygidium one-fourth 
broader than long, its basal transverse sulcus deep ; the two lobes of hypopygi- 
diuni shorter and farther apart than in A. vidtuita. 

Length 8-3 mm., width 7-0 mm. 

Batjan (W. Doherty), 1 ^. 

29. Apatenia gnunosa sp. nov. 

$. Brownish black, pubescence drab. Rostrum coarsely punctate, twice as 
broad as long, basal half medianly depressed, in middle of rostrum the depression 
extended sidewards to margin of antennal groove, in the depression a longitudinal 
median swelling, subcariniform. not prolonged on to the frons. As on rostrum a 
few of the punctures on frons confluent ; frons almost exactly as wide as the 
rostrum is long ($), anteriorly concave, with an indication of a median longitudinal 
swelling, which does not extend down to rostrum, and with a creamy median 
spot. On occiput a black patch with three projections, one median, the others 
directed towards eyes, which they nearly reach. Median groove on underside 
of rostrum shallow anteriorly, absent posteriorly. Segments I and II of antenna 
rufous. 

Pronotum punctate, transversely depressed before middle, uneven, nearly 
one-foui-th broader than long ; a creamy median stripe from scutellum to trans- 



376 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1933. 

verse depre.ssion, pointed anteriorly and continued by a narrow subapical streal< ; 
the portion behind carina longer than broad, seven longitudinal black markings 
at apex, the three dorsal ones subapically connected with each other ; from 
transverse carina to depre.ssion five black markings, the median one bearing the 
creamy spot, the lateral ones including some drab pid)escence, the intermediate 
ones narrow ; base behind carina black, with a huffish spot nearer to angle than 
to middle and continued across carina ; angle of carina a Uttle larger than 90°, 
longitudinal carinula forming with dorsal carina an angle slightly smaller than 90°. 

Scutellum creamy. Elytra one-third longer than broad, coarsely punctate- 
striate, pustulated with brown-black, at sides a large black patch from basal 
fourth of margin to behind middle, basal callosity high, rounded, another high 
rounded tubercle behind middle in interspace III, and before apical declivity a 
transverse oblique row of three tubercles, before apical margin of each elytrum 
a black transverse comma. Pygidium about one-tenth broader than long, 
convex subapically, clayish, with an abbreviated narrow brown median stripe 
and a short lateral one. 

Prosternura pitted with large punctures, which are dispersed on basal 
lateral area ; meso-metasternites likewise punctate, convex median area of 
metasternite almost impunctate. Abdomen punctate, more densely so on median 
area of segment I. sides almost impunctate apart from a basal row and a few 
additional punctures, at side a row of luteous spots set off by black. Legs 
rufescent-black, femora with a large blackish median patch or half- ring, a subbasal 
ring on tibiae and a narrow apical one, as well as the extreme bases of the tarsal 
segments and apex of I grey. 

Length 6-3 mm., width 31 mm. 

Boeroe : Hat (W. Doherty), 1 $. 

30. Apatenia festiva sp. nov. 

$. Nearest to A, sagax Jord. 1929, from Boeroe, but rostrum much longer, 
with the median carina strongly developed, and each elytrum with two high, 
pointed, subapical tubercles. 

Rufescent-brown, pubescence pale chocolate variegated with lighter and 
darker shades. Rostrum a little more than one-half broader than long (ratio 
1-6 : 1-0), coarsely punctate, median carina high, reaching to apical margin and 
disappearing on anterior portion of frons, from eye an oblique cariniform swelUng, 
distinct to middle, then gradually fading away, not reaching apical margin ; 
between the two carinae the rostrum deeply impressed ; a small depression 
midway between eye and apical margin ; from lateral dorsal apical angle of 
rostrum a carina runs basad to about one-half, parallel with margin of antennal 
groove ; apical margin bisinuate, median lobe broad and projecting. Median 
channel on underside of rostrum distinct, extending to near transversely wrinkled 
neck. Frons half as wide as the rostrum, longitudinally rugate-plicate, crossed 
by a creamy anguliform Une extending from eye to eye and projected a little 
forward on median carina. Occiput with large chocolate triangle of which the 
tip is rounded off, this patch narrowly bordered with creamy pubescence and 
divided by a creamy median line. Antenna brownish rufous, club less flattened 
than is usual in this genus (the nearest approach being found in A. sagax), IX 
and X almost alike, X being very slightly .smaller, both rounded subapically 
and truncate, XI slightly smaller than X, widest beyond middle, nearly as 



NoviTATES ZooLOGiCAE XXXVIII. 1!I3:!. 377 

strongly narrowed basad as IX and X, apically gradually narrowed, almost 
elongate-lozenge-shaped. 

Pronotuni and elytra taken as a whole flattened, but very uneven ; pronotum 
almost exactly twice as broad as long (2-1 : 1-0), constricted before angle of 
carina ; lateral carina high, extending beyond middle, curved in dorsal aspect ; 
pronotum about one-eighth narrower at end of lateral carina than at subbasal 
angle, dorsal surface depressed before middle, the depression deepest each side 
of median line and fading away in front of end of lateral carina ; median line 
raised in the depression ; in area between dorsal and lateral carinae a large, 
shallow, rounded depression ; a bell-shaped central patch reaches from near 
apical margin to base, occupying three-fourths of the base, narrowing frontad, 
consisting of various markings : a velvety black subapical arch divided by a 
creamy grey longitudinal line and thinly bordered with grey in front and beliind, 
behind this arch a russet-chocolate arch, laterally exjianding a Mttle beyond the 
ends of the black arch and resting on a creamy grey transverse line situated at 
four-fifths from apex to carina, this line does not quite reach the sides of the 
patch ; along posterior side of line a dark shade, which turns laterally at right 
angles towards carina ; a large creamy grey patch before scutellum, rounded 
behind, expanding at carina and extending across it, forming a diffuse median 
stripe which joins the transverse line ; rest of the patch partly russet, particularly 
in the depressions ; dorsal carina taken as a whole straight, but slightly wavy 
and medianly curved backwards, lateral angle 90°, with the tip rounded off, 
longitudinal carinula almost a straight continuation of the lateral carina, hori- 
zontal in lateral asisect. 

Scutellum creamy grey. Elytra one-half longer than broad, with lighter 
and darker shades, some of which have an oblique position, mainly backwards- 
dorsad ; sides parallel from shoulder to three-fourths ; between shoulder and 
middle a diffuse blackish brown Umbal patch, dorsal surface except suture very 
uneven with numerous tubercles, three of which are particularly high, namely a 
subbasal one with two rounded tops (in interspaces III and IV), and two sub- 
apical ones, both the latter pointed and turned anad, one of them in interspace 
III, the other, somewhat higher, close to outer margin. Pygidium one-fifth 
broader than long, evenly rounded, clayish at base and apex. 

Underside of thorax and middle of abdomen coarsely punctate, the sclerites 
more or less outlined with greyish clay-colour, a broad stripe, narrowest in front, 
from apical margin of prosternum to base of metepisternum cream-colour, 
thickly pubescent, limited above by the lateral carma of prothorax. Legs more 
or less pale rufous, middle of femora brown, base and apex pubescent whitish 
grey, tibiae whitish grey at base and extreme apex, otherwise brown, midtibia 
on outside blackish brown, hindtibia broadened, its apical two-thirds brownish 
black, as is the upperside of hindtarsal segment I except extreme tip, segments 
II to IV in all tarsi paler than I. 

Length 6-7 mm., width 3-0 mm. 

Mandated New Guinea : Bolan Mts., 1 $. 

31. Hypseus dilectus sp. nov. 
?. Similar to H. fa.scicularis Pasc. 1860, but the club of the antenna and 
the colouring different, and the jiygidium densely yellowish cream-colour. 

Pale rufescent and blackish brown, variegated. Rostrum not quite twice 



378 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXXVIII. 1933. 

as broad as long (ratio 1-8 : 1-0), with short median cariniform swelling, proximaUy 
to which there is a depres.sion that extends on to frons and is laterally bounded 
by a feeble s\\elling running from inner margin of eye obliquely forward ; apical 
margin of rostrum somewhat rounded, slightly bisinuate. Frons two-fifths the 
width of the rostrum, rugate-pUcate, with pale median spot and narrow pale 
border to anterior margin of eyes, otherwise like occiput darker brown than 
rostrum. Segments I, II, VII, and VIII of antenna pale testaceous, the other 
segments of shaft rufescent-brown ; club flat, deeper brown, its segments decreas- 
ing in length and width, IX and X widest at apex, rounded-widened from close 
to base, apex truncate, XI ovate, with pale apex. 

Pronotum punctate, transversely depressed before middle and before 
carina, with a transverse row of sUght swellings in between ; apical dorsal median 
area oclu'eous, with an oblicjue, somewhat S-shaped, brown-black mark each 
side, from scuteUum to median swelling a creamy white stripe, constricted before 
carina, rounded at both ends, at each side of this stripe a large square black -brown 
patch from which a short spur extends forward along white line into the ochreous 
patch ; halfway between this patch and lateral carina a black-brown stripe 
stopping before middle at an ochreous dot surrounded with black -brown ; dorsal 
carina feebly convex from side to side, medianly sligiitly incurved, lateral angle 
very little smaller tlian 90°, longitudinal carinula more strongly slanting tiian in 
H. fascicidaris, forming equal angles with the dorsal and lateral carinae. 

ScuteUum creamy white. Elytra blackish brown, an irregular stripe from 
shoulder to subapical tubercle ochreous, interrupted by the two posterior 
tubercles, subbasal swelling the same colour, which extends to base, interspaces 
V, VII, and IX ^nth black pustules, in III behind middle and at beginning of 
apical declivity a rounded black tubercle, before apical margin a transverse 
tubercle or ridge, between the black pustules some grey dots. Pygidium entirely 
ochreous. 

Abdominal segment I oclireous, II to V with bro«n lateral spot. Femora 
and tibiae dark brown, en femora the base, a postmedian ring or spot and the 
apex pale testaceous, on tibiae an antemedian and a subapical ring and more or 
less also the base pale testaceous, as are the tarsi (of which segment I bears 
scattered dark hairs). 

Length 4-7 mm., width 2-0 mm. 

Ceylon: Bojuwantalura, 4,000-5,200 ft., 28.ii-12.iii. 1882, type, and 
Dikoya, 3,800-4,200 ft., O.xii. ]881-lG.ii.lS82 ; 2 ?$ in Mus. Brit, ex coll. 
G. Lewis. 

32. Phaulimia ofella sp. nov. 
(J. Near Ph. ■prii'a Jord. 1895, but broader, blackish brown, the pronotimi 
more coarsely granulate than in Ph. priva and the frons a little wider. The 
luteous grey anguliform mark on occiput not cjuite 90°. On pronotum the grey 
markings more definite and more conspicuous on the dark ground, and those 
in anterior half larger, the lateral ones separate, not merged togetlier as in 
Ph. priva ; dorsal carina somewhat concave in middle, then convex and towards 
angle again slightly concave, lateral angle 90°, with tlie tip strongly rounded. 
Elytra with numerous very small grey dots in the rows of punctures, here and 
there a dot in tlie interspaces, an oblong postmedian spot in thu'd interspace 
conspicuous, a smaller one at base of this interspace. 



NOVITATES ZoOLOalCAE XXXVIII. 1933. 379 

Under.side grey, abdomen inedianly rufescent, tarsi paler rufous at apex. 

Length 4 mm., width 2 mm. 

Nortli Borneo: Bettotan, near Sandakan, 19.vii.lil27 (C. B. Klass and 
H. M. Pendlebury), 1 q"- 

Note. — In Nov. Zool. xxxiv. p. 121 (1928) I gave a short definition of 
Ulorhinu.s Sharpe 1891 in which line 9 from above should read " Proboscis about 
twice as broad as long," instead of " twice as long as broad." 

33. Sintor peribalius sp. nov. 

$. Near S. philippinensis Jord. 1895, sliorter, rostrum much shorter, with 
the carinae obsolete in basal half, club of antenna narrower and loose, segment X 
being triangular and longer than broad, and the lateral arm of the pronotal 
carina shorter. 

Rufescent-brown or (immature) rufous, markings of upperside luteous or 
white, pubescence of underside silky grey. Rostrum one-tenth broader at apex 
than long ($ ; in ^J probably a little longer than in $), almost cylindrical at 
base, median carina represented by a low swelling from near apical margin to 
middle, base slightly impressed, the impression continued on to frons ; from 
margin of antenna! groove to dorsal apical angle of rostrum a carina, but no 
carina from antennal groove to eye. On head a thin median stripe and a border 
to the eyes, uniting anteriorly, the upperside of the rostrum nearly entirely 
luteous. Segment II of antenna as long as III, IV like I